Skip to main content

Full text of "The American shepherd : being a history of the sheep, with their breeds, management, and diseases : illustrated with portraits of different breeds, sheep barns, sheds, &c. : with an appendix, embracing upwards of twenty letters from eminent woolgrowers and sheep-fatteners of different states, detailing their respective modes of management"

See other formats


it         ■■-'ft-'  '  '--m'  -■  j:S^j-^^j^'JJ''''^J'--'-  -  ->  -:-'^'^- -----'-■-  ^-  -   - 

UMASS/AMHERST  % 

X6^ 


i 


EDbt.D05311fll.5 


-r  - 


*  rj  iy 


LIBRARY 


OF  THE 


MASSACHUSETTS 
AGRICULTURAL 

r^r\-r  T  T-  ^  p 

SF 


SOURCE  lit  7 


ft  ARCHIVES 


This  book  u    ^    oe  kept  out 

TWO   WEEKS 


.oj^tf,  and  is  subject  to  a  fine  of  TWO 
CENTS  a  day  thereafter.  It  will  be  due  on 
the  day  indicated  below. 


X 


State  Agricultural  Hall, 

Albany,  April  16th,  1845. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  New  York  State 
Agricultural  Society,  a  work  entitled  "  The  American  Shepherd,"  by 
L.  A.  Morrell,  of  Lake  Ridge,  Tompkins  county,  New  York,  was  pre- 
sented, and  the  manuscript  examined.  The  Committee  have  great 
pleasure  in  recommending  the  work  to  the  attention  of  wool-growers 
and  others  interested  in  the  Breeding  and  Management  of  Sheep,  as  one 
containing  a  large  amount  of  Practical  and  Scientific  inforaiation  on  the 
most  important  branch  of  American  Agriculture. 

Mr.  Morrell  has  a  high  reputation  as  a  skilful  and  successful  farmer 
in  everything  appertaining  to  the  breeding  and  improvement  of  Sheep. 
The  work  before  us  embodies  the  results  of  long  experience,  aided  by  a 
thorough  research  into  the  practice  of  the  best  breeders  of  Sheep  and 
Wool-growers  in  Great  Britain  and  the  Continent.  The  work  contains 
letters  from  some  of  the  most  distinguished  Wool-growers  and  Breeders 
in  America,  which  add  much  to  the  value  of  the  work. 

B.  P.  JOHNSON,  President 

LUTHER  TUCKER,  Rec.  Secretary. 


THE 


AMERICAI    SHE 


HISTORY   OF   THE   SHEEP, 

WITH    THEIR 

BREEDS,  MANAGEMENT,  AND  DISEASES. 

ILLUSTRATED    WITH 

PORTRAITS   OF   DIFFERENT    BREEDS, 
SHEEP  BARNS,   SHEDS,    &,c. 

Y/ITH  AN  A.PPENDIZ, 

E3IBRACING     UPWARDS     OF     TWENTY     LETTERS    FROM    EMINENT    WOOL- 
GROWERS   AND    SHEEP-FATTENERS   OF    DIFFERENT    STATES,    DE- 
TAILLXG    THEIR   RESPECTIVE  MODES    OF   MANAGEMENT. 


BY   L.    A.    MORRELL. 


NEW    YORK: 
HARPER  &  BROTHERS,  82  CLIFF  STREET. 

1845. 


fi  4  .3 


Entered,  according  to  the  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1845, 

BY    HARPER    &    BROTHERS, 

In  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States 

for  the  Southern  District  of  New  York. 


PREFACE. 


That  a  work  embracing  perhaps  all  the  topics  of  the 
present  treatise,  has  long  been  demanded  by  American 
Wool-growers,  cannot  be  denied.  The  English,  and 
other  foreign  works  on  the  important  subject  of  Sheep 
Husbandry,  notwithstanding  the  ability  with  which  they 
are  written,  are  unadapted  to  our  wants,  chiefly  because 
the  breeds  of  sheep  and  modes  of  management  are,  in  the 
main,  so  essentially  different  in  our  own  country  and 
Great  Britain.  Something  American,  therefore,  is  need- 
ed— a  work  which  w^ould  tend  to  correct  the  many  errors 
and  abuses  of  management,  and  enter  into  such  minute 
details  connected  therewith,  as  would  teach  the  merest 
novice  his  duties. 

With  many  others,  I  have  long  been  waiting  with  the 
hope  that  some  one  having  the  necessary  2^^^ctical 
knoidedge,  and  in  other  respects  eminently  quahfied, 
would  undertake  the  difficult  task  of  supplying  us  with 
such  a  treatise ;  but  no  one  having  come  forward,  after 
due  consultation  with  some  friends,  on  whose  judgment  I 
could  safely  rely,  I  determined  to  attempt  what,  under 
other  circumstances,  I  could  not  have  summoned  the  res- 
olution, and  I  may  add,  temerity,  to  do.  It  is,  therefore, 
with  no  ordinary  degree  of  apprehension  that  I  appear  be- 
fore the  public  in  the  character  of  an  author,  and  the 
more  especially  of  a  work  of  this  kind,  having  been  obli- 
ged, in  a  measure,  to  carve  out  my  own  Avay,  and  act  the 
"  lone  pioneer." 

It  was  my  original  intention  to  have  limited  the  histor- 
ical part  to  the  prominent  and  most  profitable  breeds,  but 
so  little  is  generally  known  of  those  pecuhar  to  Asia  and 
Africa,  as  well  as  remote  portions  of  Europe,  it  appeared 


PREFACE. 


to  me  that  a  brief  notice  of  these  would  be  acceptable  ; 
and,  in  adelilioii,  I  have  ii)troduccd  all  that  the  Scriptures 
aflbrd  us  concerning  the  sheep,  thereby  bringing  forward 
everything  of  consequence  to  know  from  the  most  remote 
antiquity  to  the  present  period.  I  have  availed  myself, 
principally,  of  Mr.  Youatt's  standard  and  able  work  to 
aid  me  in  this  department;  and  also  to  him  and  Mr. 
Blacklock,  both  distinguished  Veterinary  Surgeons,  for 
much  of  what  is  ollered  on  the  Diseases  of  Sheep  ;  and  to 
Mr.  Spooner,  the  author  of  a  recent  English  work,  and 
likewise  a  Veterinary  Surgeon,  for  the  interesting  chapter 
on  the  Structure,  or  Anatomy  of  the  sheep.  All  this  neces- 
sity compelled  me  to  do,  owing  to  the  paucity  of  works  in 
American  libraries  relative  to  the  history  of  the  species, 
and  the  very  little  progress  as  yet  made  among  us  in 
scientific  classification  and  treatment  of  diseases.  Mr. 
Youatt  is  probably  the  first  veterinary  surgeon  of  the  age, 
and  is  at  present  the  editor  of  a  London  periodical  devo- 
ted to  that  science  ;  therefore,  that  part  of  this  work  con- 
cerning Diseases  is,  undoubtedly,  entitled  to  much  confi- 
dence ;  in  addition,  my  own  observations  and  experience, 
together  with  all  that  I  could  gather  from  others,  have 
been  added. 

It  is  many  years  that  I  have  been  a  practical  manager 
of  sheep,  a  vocation  to  which  I  am  enthusiastically  at- 
tached. I  acknowledge  an  aflfection  for  the  sheep,  para- 
mount to  that  for  any  other  domestic  animal,  and  have 
studied  its  instincts  and  habits  at  all  seasons,  and  under 
all  circumstances  ;  and  now  and  always  have  shared  with 
my  laborers  in  every  department  connected  with  manage- 
ment. What,  therefore,  is  offered  on  this  subject,  is  the 
result  almost  solely  of  what  my  own  eyes  have  seen,  and 
hands  handled — indeed,  is  nearly  a  transcript  of  my  sys- 
tem of  practice.  Being  aware,  however,  of  the  tenacity 
with  which  farmers  cling  to  their  particular  modes  of 
management,  right  or  wrong,  I  entered  into  an  extensive 
correspondence  with  distinguislied  wool-growers,  to  aid  me 
in  perfecting  this  department  of  the  work,  with  a  view  to 
confirm  positions  which  are  set  fortli,  and  strike  a  more 
effectual  blow  at  errois.  To  my  brother  wool-growers,  as 
well  as  all  others,  who  have  so  kindly  aided  me  in  my 


PREFACE.  Vii 

undertaking,  I  acknowledg-e  myself  under  deep  obliga- 
tions, and  doubtless  this  will  be  the  response  of  every 
reader.  The  Appendix  cannot  be  otherwise  regarded 
than  as  a  valuable  portion  of  this  work. 

The  portraits  of  (he  several  breeds  of  sheep  w^ere  sub- 
mitted to  a  number  of  competent  judges,  and  pronounced 
faithful  representations.  In  reference  to  that  of  the  Span- 
ish Merino,  it,  Avith  one  other,  was  forwarded  to  the  Hon. 
Wm.  Jarvis,  of  Vermont,  who  pronounced  it "  a  fair  like- 
ness of  a  Merino  in  high  order,  and  with  a  long  fleece."  It 
will  be  apparent  to  every  one,  that  an  American  Merino 
portrait  woukl  be  inappropriate  in  treating  of  Spanish 
Merinos.  All  the  cuts  were  drawn  from  life,  and  mostly 
by  the  celebrated  animal  painter,  Harvey,  of  London. 

In  conclusion,  I  have  chosen  very  frequently  to  give 
the  very  language  of  my  authorities,  rather  than  my  own, 
except  when  condensation  became  necessary.  For  any 
one  individual  to  write  an  original  work  of  this  charac- 
ter, embracing  such  a  variety  of  topics,  of  course  is  im- 
practicable ;  therefore  the  course  adopted  I  believed  to  be 
best,  because  it  would  be  hkely  to  have  more  weight  with 
the  reader.  My  object  has  been  to  bririg  before  the  pub- 
he  a  strong  work — authentic,  if  possible,  in  every  partic- 
ular, and  worthy  to  be  trusted  and  appealed  to  upon  any 
question  and  point  of  importance  ;  and  lastly,  I  have  en- 
deavored to  convey  everything  in  language  simple  and 
unadorned,  to  suit  the  capacity  of  the  humblest  of  my 
brother  wool-growers,  for  whose  benefit  chiefly  this  was 
written.  To  these,  and  all  others  engaged  in  this  honor- 
able vocation,  I  appeal  for  a  decision  upon  its  merits, 
which,  if  favorable,  will  afford  me  a  degree  of  pleasure 
not  easily  conceived,  and  terminating  only  with  life. 


CONTENTS. 


INTRODUCTION. 

The  zoological  character  of  the  sheep — domesticated  at  a  very  early 
period  of  the  world — Abel  the  first  recorded  shepherd — the  flesh  of  the 
sheep  not  used  for  food  before  the  flood — vegetables  the  only  means  of 
sustenance  permitted  by  the  Divine  law — after  the  flood  this  command 
was  abrogated — vegetable  food  only  eaten  by  some  of  the  pagan  sects 
of  the  East  at  the  present  day — the  milk  of  the  sheep  used  as  an  article 
of  sustenance — converted  into  cheese  and  butter — Homer's  description 
of  milking  the  ewes — Mr.  Burckhardt's  description  also — custom  of 
the  ancients  of  removing  their  flocks  from  one  locality  to  another — 
Jabal  lived  500  j'ears  before  the  flood,  and  was  the  first  Nomadic 
shepherd — Arabian  and  Tartarian  shepherds  at  the  present  day  con- 
form to  that  primitive  custom — D'Arviex  description  of  the  same — 
Parson's  description  of  the  peregrinations  of  the  Arabs — flocks  in  an- 
cient Palestine  very  numerous — number  which  Job  possessed,  &,c. — 
these  numerous  flocks  accounted  for — the  ewes  supposed  to  have 
lambed  twice  in  the  year — flocks  very  numerous  at  the  present  day  in 
Palestine — Dr.  Shaw's  statement  of  this — first  recorded  improvement 
was  in  the  color  of  the  fleece — originally  tawny  or  dingy-black — 
tendency  of  the  sheep  in  modern  times  to  return  to  the  original  hue — 
instance  the  South  Down,  Norfolk,  Black-faced  sheep  of  Scotland, 
and  Asiatic  and  Jtt'ri'calif  breeds — Jacob  the  original  improver  of  the 
color — his  scheme  for  accomplishing  it — in  process  of  time  the  fleece 
became  wholly  white — the  Scriptures  silent  as  to  the  form  of  the  an- 
cient sheep,  except  that  the  ram  was  horned — the  fat-rumped  breed 
abounding  so  numerously  at  the  East  induced  Mr.  Youatt  to  suppose 
these  to  be  the  primitive  breed  instead  of  the  Argali — his  remarks 
and  those  of  Mr.  Price  on  the  subject — the  question  will  always  remain 
unsettled — the  horned  ram  more  particularly  mentioned — the  polled 
sheep  an  accidental  variety — reasons  for  cultivating  them — humanity 
a  prominent  characteristic  of  the  primitive  shepherds — Arab  shepherds 
the  same — Buckingham's  remarks — quotation  from  Dyer's  Fleece — 
music  of  the  ancient  shepherds  a  means  to  control  their  flocks — re- 
marks— Goldsmith's  description  of  the  Alpine  shepherds — evidence 
from  the  Bible  that  the  primitive  shepherds  washed  their  flocks  before 
they  were  shorn — Solomon's  comparison  of  the  teeth  of  his  mistress  to 
a  flock  just  come  up  from  the  washing — in  early  times  the  fleece  was 
detached  from  the  pelt  by  pulling — humanity  dictated  another  course, 
and  accordingly  the  shears,  in  process  of  time,  were  invented  and 
extensively  used — the  shearing  time  an  occasion  for  feasting  and  re- 
joicing— quotations  in  corroboration  of  this — remarks  of  Burder  on  the 
subject — the  system  of  cotting  practised  by  the  Israelites— remarks  of 


CONTEKIS. 


a  writer  on  this  point — custom  alro  in  Greece  and  Tarentum — art  of 
weaving  understood  in  the  primitive  ages — Scripture  testimony — dyeing 
also — quotation  from  Virgil — the  Egyptians  the  probahie  inventors  of 
the  weaving  of  flax — discussion  of  the  subject  by  a  writer — description 
of  the  rude  mode  of  weaving  of  the  Arabs^ — conclusion      ...       13 


CHAPTER  I. 
PROPERTIES  OF  WOOL. 

Introductory  remarks — structure  of  the  skin  of  the  sheep — nsed  for  book- 
binding, and  for  the  inscription  of  valuable  documents — anatomy  of 
woolly  fibre — the  weight  of  testimony  in  favor  of  the  theory  that  it  is 
tubular  in  conformation — its  vascularity — remarks  of  Dr.  Good  on  the 
vascularity  of  the  hair — its  structure  by  small  filaments  ranged  side 
by  side — remarks  of  Bakewell — chemical  composition  of  wool,  horns, 
hoofs,  &.C. — yolk  or  gum — its  chemical  properties — its  value — pronjotes 
the  growth  of  the  wool — mats  it  as  a  defence  against  cold  and  wet — 
abounds  much  in  the  Merino  fleece — temperature  and  condition  of  the 
sheep  influence  its  production — not  found  so  much  in  the  Saxon  breed 
— considerable  quantity  in  some  of  the  English  sheep — its  substitute 
in  Scotland  by  smearing  the  sheep  in  autumn — additional  value  im- 
parted to  cloth  by  yolk — description  of  the  form  of  thelibre  of  wool  by 
Youatt — its  semi-transparency,  &-c. — the  wool  of  half-starved  sheep 
hrenchy,  &,c. — importance  of  good  condition  to  counteract  it — elas- 
ticity of  the  fibre — pliability  also — dependent  on  the  spiral  curves — 
causes  the  beautiful  pile  or  nap  of  cloths — spiral  curve — conspicuous 
in  the  Saxon  and  Merino  varieties — not  so  much  in  the  Leicester  and 
other  breeds — the  number  of  spiral  curves  in  a  given  space  in  proportion 
to  the  fineness  of  the  fibre — German  experiment  to  determine  this 
point — this  principle  should  govern  much  in  breeding — softness — im- 
portance of  this  quality  in  wool — much  dependent  on  the  proper  sup- 
ply of  yolk — experiment  in  cloth  manufacture  from  harsh  and  soft 
wool  of  the  same  fineness — superiority  of  that  from  the  latter — fine- 
ness a  comparative  term  when  applied  to  wool — varies  much  in  dif- 
ferent individuals  of  the  same  breed — difference  in  the  diameter  of  the 
fibre  between  its  extremes — diameter  of  the  fibre — the  Merino  has 
four  qualities  in  its  fleece — grade  sheep  many  more — cut  representing 
where  the  different  qualities  of  wool  grow  on  the  Merino — length  of 
the  staple — preference  given  by  the  manufacturer  to  a  long  staple — 
less  dead  end  than  short — long  staple  fine  wool  needed  for  fine  worst- 
ed fabrics — the  question  stated,  whether  a  compact  fleece  with  a  long 
staple  can  be  produced  on  the  same  sheep — compact  fleeces  necessary 
in  a  northern  climate — color — first  recorded  improvement  in  sheep — 
manufacturers  prefer  fleeces  entirely  white — reasons — flock-masters 
should  never  breed  tVom  black  or  smutty  sheep — trueness — constituted 
by  equality  of  the  fibre  from  root  to  point — inequalities  caused  by  un- 
equal feeding  and  exposure  of  sheep — common  in  some  degree  to  every 
breed — Saxon  and  Alerino  ewes  should  be  turned  off  when  eight  or 
nine  years  old — influence  of  temperature — inequalities  of  temperature 
cause  an  unequal  growth  of  the  fibre — necessity  of  sheltering  sheep 
during  winter  to  counteract  it — remarks  of  Mr.  Hunter  on  the  influ- 


CONTENTS,  XI 

ence  of  climate  on  hair  and  wool — Mr.  Youatt's  remarks — M.  Las- 
teyrie's  statement — the  cultivation  of  the  Merino  and  Saxon  breeds  in 
the  Southern  States  alluded  to — causes  of  the  degeneracy  of  the  Me- 
rinos in  South  America — felting — this  long  remained  a  mystery- 
speculations  in  former  limes  on  the  subject — the  cause  of  felting  of 
wool  surmised  by  M.  Monge — the  true  theory,  but  did  not  demon- 
strate it — the  first  successful  effort  to  demonstrate  Monge's  theory  by 
Mr.  Youatt — his  description  of  the  scene  and  results — the  number  of 
serrations  within  an  inch  of  Merino  wool — cuts  representing  micro- 
scopic views  of  Merino  and  South  Down  fibres — conclusion  of  the 
chapter  with  remarks  by  Mr.  Youatt 27 

CHAPTER   IL 
HISTORY  OF  SHEEP. 

ARGALI,    MUSMON,    ASIATIC,    AND    AFRICAN    SHEEP. 

History  of  the  Argali — its  comparative  size  and  horns — color  and  tex- 
ture of  its  coat — inhabits  the  mountains  and  elevated  plains  of  Asia — 
found  in  small  flocks — rams  fight  furiously  in  the  rutting  season — 
killed  in  autumn  for  their  flesh  and  skins — difficult  to  domesticate  un- 
less taken  young.  American  Argali. — Supposed  to  be  a  variety  of 
the  Asiatic — remarks  of  Abbe  Lan)bert — Washington  Irving's  de- 
scription of  the  animal  on  the  Rocky  Mountains — called  ahsata  or  big 
horn — is  found  nowhere  else  in  America — dimensions  of  a  male — 
remarks  of  Major  Smith.  The  Mouflon  or  Musmon — considered  as 
identical  with  the  Argali  by  BufTon  and  Wilson — inhabits  the  moun- 
tains of  Sardinia  and  Corsica — described  by  Wilson — from  fifty  to  an 
hundred  herd  together — difficult  to  domesticate. 

Asiatic  Breeds.  Fat-rumped  breed — abounds  where  the  primitive 
shepherds  roamed — Dr.  Anderson's  description  of  the  animal — often 
weigh  200  lbs. — fat  on  the  rump  weighs  from  20  to  40  lbs.  Fat-tailed 
breed — more  numerous  than  the  fat-rumped — is  found  extensively  in 
Africa — Dr.  Russel's  account  of  the  breed — tails  often  weigh  15  lbs. 
— whole  live  weight  about  150  lbs. — supposed  to  be  a  variety  only  of 
the  fat-rumped. 

Persian  Sheep.  Fat-tailed  predominate — Fraser's  account  of  a  Persian 
caravan — a  variety  of  sheep  in  the  province  of  Kerman  produce  very 
fine  wool — much  of  it  manufactured  into  shawls. 

Tibet  Shefp.  Are  very  numerous — a  small  variety  of  the  fat-rumped 
with  black  heads  and  necks — wool  soft  and  long — converted  into  lone 
shawls. 

East  India  Sheep.     Consist  of  the  fat-rumped  and  fat-tailed  varieties. 

Chinese  Sheep.  Breeds  differ  much  from  each  other — a  breed  with 
extraordinary  long  legs — a  breed  resembling  some  of  the  European 
varieties — antiquity  of  Chinese  manufactures  alluded  to. 

African  Breeds.  Egyptian,  Ethiopian,  and  Abyssinian — both  varieties 
of  the  fat-tailed  found  in  EgjT)t — fat-tailed  and  fat-rumped  prevail  in 
Ethiopia — also  in  Abyssinia — the  many-horned  sheep. 

Madagascar  Sheep.     Dr.  Anderson's  description  of  the  same. 

Cape  of  Good  Hope  Sheep.  Native  sheep  of  the  broad-tailed  breed — 
every  variety  of  color — experiment  with  the  Merinos  by  the  Dutch — 


Xll  CONTENTS. 

its  failure,  and  causes — renewed  attempt  by  the  English — is  success- 
ful— wool  exported  from  the  colony — number  of  its  sheep. 

Angola  Sheep.     Description  of  a  very  singular  variety. 

Guinea  Sheep.  Two  varieties  found  on  the  slave  coast — one  resembling 
some  of  the  European  breeds — sheep  very  hairy,  and  men  very  woolly. 

Morocco  Sheep.  Breeds  superior  to  other  African — distinguished  for 
excellence  in  the  time  of  Columella — ewe  of  this  breed  owned  by 
Chancellor  Livingston—description  of  it 48 


CHAPTER  III. 

EUROPEAN  SHEEP. 

Italian  Sheep.  Were  very  superior  in  the  time  of  the  Romans — fleece 
cultivated  with  extraordinary  care — reasons  for  the  same — celebrity  of 
the  sheep  of  Apulia  and  Tarentum — generally  supposed  to  be  the  pro- 
genitors of  the  famed  Merinos — description  of  the  management  of  the 
Tarentine  sheep. 

Spanish  Sheep — Merinos,  &:c.  Spain  possessed  of  valuable  breeds  at 
an  early  period — superiority  of  the  fleece  of  Boetica — of  the  Tarentine 
variety — introduced  by  Columella — also  African  rams  to  improve  the 
Chunah  breed — origin  of  the  name  of  Merino — the  Tarentine  sheep 
amalgamated  to  some  extent  with  the  black  sheep  of  Spain — evidence 
of  this — portion  of  Spain  conquered  by  the  Moors — they  established 
extensively  woollen  manufactures — Seville  contained  16,000  looms — 
Moors  expelled  by  the  Spaniards — manufactures  ceased — fruitless  at- 
tempts of  the  Spanish  to  revive  them — the  excellence  of  the  Merino 
continued  through  centuries  of  political  strife — Chunah  sheep — abounds 
throughout  the  kingdom — owned  by  the  peasants — supposed  to  have 
been  iinproved  by  the  English  Costswold  breed — Spanish  Merinos 
classed  in  two  grand  divisions — Estantes  and  Transhumantes — the 
latter  composed  of  the  Leonese  and  Sorians — their  location  in  winter 
— places  where  summered — cause  of  their  peregrinations — the  Trans- 
humantes fell  into  the  hands  of  the  king,  courtiers,  and  clerg}' — tribu- 
nal of  Consejo  de  la  fiesta — its  tyrannical  laws — incidents  of  these 
journeys — under  a  Mayoral — numerous  under-shepherds  with  dogs — 
day's  travel  length  of  the  journey — injury  to  the  crops  by  the  sheep 
on  the  way — vigilance  necessary  on  their  arrival  at  their  place  of  des- 
tination— construction  of  pens  for  folding  at  night — large  quantities  of 
salt  given  to  the  sheep — half  the  lambs  destroyed  after  yeaning — Span- 
ish notion  on  this  point — exportation  of  the  skins  of  the  slaughtered 
Iambs — few  male  lambs  castrated — marking  of  the  lambs — number  of 
men  employed  as  shepherds — a  singular  race  of  men — buildings  for 
shearing,  called  esquilos — sweating  and  shearing — number  shorn  in  a 
day — number  of  shearers  employed — remarks  of  a  writer  concerning  the 
management  of  the  Tarentum  sheep — corresponded  with  Spanish  man- 
agement— Arthur  Young's  account  of  theCatalonian  and  Pyrenean  Me- 
rinos— his  description  of  their  fleeces,  &c. — number  of  the  estantes  or 
stationary  Merinos — ditto  of  the  transhumantes  or  travelling — number 
of  the  Chunah  breed — superiority  of  the  transhumantes — Mr.  Youatt's 
description  of  the  qualities  of  the  Merino — weight  of  fleeces,  &c. 


CONTENTS.  Xlll 

HWTORY     OF     THE     INTRODUCTION     OF     THE     MERINOS     INTO     THE     UNITED 
STATES. 

First  ram  imported  by  M.  Delessert  from  the  Rambouillet  flock — Seth 
Adams's  importation — his  account  of  the  same — Hon.  William  Jar- 
vis's  importations — his  account  of  the  same — also  Chancellor  Living- 
ston's— also  Gen.  Humphreys' — number  of  Merinos  purchased  by  Mr. 
Jarvis — the  kinds — what  ports  of  the  United  States  they  were  landed, 
and  the  number  at  each  port — his  description  of  the  qualities  of  the 
Paular  variety  of  Merinos — the  Nigrettis — the  Aqueirres — the  Es- 
curials — the  Montarcos — the  Gaudaloupes — number  of  each  he  put 
on  his  farm  in  Weathersfield,  Vermont — manner  of  breeding  them — 
allusion  to  an  importation  of  Rambouillet  Merinos  by  a  citizen  of  Con- 
necticut— weight  of  American  Merino  fleeces — enterprising  feeling  for 
wool  improvement — public  attention  directed  to  the  Merinos — com- 
mended. 

French  Sheep.  The  breeds  varied  as  the  face  of  the  country — remarks 
—the  most  valuable  wooled  sheep  in  the  south  part  of  the  kingdom — 
sheep  of  Aries — number — migratory — summered  on  the  Alps — sheep 
led  by  goats — singular  sagacity  of  these  animals — M.  Daubenton's  ex- 
periments with  Merinos — his  success  induced  the  French  government 
to  import  nearly  300  from  Spain — w^ere  placed  at  Rambouillet,  near 
Paris — not  prosperous  at  first — the  prices  ewes  and  rams  sold  at  from 
time  to  time — also  their  fleeces — experiments  in  crossing  with  native 
sheep — publication  on  their  management  by  M.  Gilbert — school  es- 
tablished for  the  education  of  shepherds — slow  increase  of  Merinos  in 
France — reasons  assigned — prices  of  Rambouillet  Merinos  in  1834 — 
Mr.  Trimmer's  description  of  the  flock  —  extract  from  M.  Gilbert's 
Report  concerning  them — importation  from  the  flock  by  D.  C.  Collins 
— number  imported — his  motives  for  so  doing — description  of  his  sheep 
from  the  American  Agriculturist. 

Swiss  Sheep.  Consist  of  two  kinds — valley  and  mountain — the  former 
conform  to  the  English  long-wooled  breeds — the  mountain  the  most 
valuable — have  been  improved  by  the  Merino  cross      ....       59 


CHAPTER  IV. 

Saxon  Sheep.  Introduction  of  Merinos  into  Saxony  in  1765 — the  late 
Mr.  H.  D.  Grove's  account  of  the  same — cause  of  the  high  prices  of 
Saxon  sheep — prices  of  rams — breeding  in  and  in  a  cause  of  the  fine- 
ness of  their  fleeces — remarks  of  Mr.  Grove  on  German  management 
— remarks  of  Mr.  Carr — also  Dr.  Bright — sheep  driven  into  the  yards 
daily  in  winter — great  care  in  selecting  breeders — mode  of  examina- 
tion— descrij)tion  of  the  native  breeds  of  Saxony — remarks  on  the  In- 
fantado  Merinos  of  Germany — mode  of  washing  them — description  of 
the  form  of  the  Saxon  Merino — average  weight  of  their  fleeces — great 
care  in  washing  and  shearing — wool  carried  to  Leipsic  for  a  market — 
manner  of  packing  wool — large  amount  exported  to  England  and 
France — superiority  of  German  woollen  fabrics — history  of  the  intro- 
duction of  the  Saxons  into  the  United  States  by  H.  D.  Grove — many 
miserable  specimens  of  the  breed  imported — many  American  flocks 
which  rival  the  best  German  in  fineness — American  Saxons  more 
2 


XIV  CONTENTS. 

hardy  than  the  German  Saxons — obstacles  In  the  way  of  American 
breeders — will  be  cultivated  with  equal  profit  with  Merinos — average 
weight  of  xVinerican  8axon  fleeces. 

Prlssia.n  tSnEEP.  Exertions  of  M.  Fink  to  improve  the  fleece  of  Prus- 
sia— his  experiments  with  Merinos  crowned  with  success — importation 
of  Merinos  by  the  government  in  1786 — failure  to  do  well — second 
attempt  through  M.  Fink — resulted  in  success — agricultural  school 
established  to  teach  the  best  modes  of  managing  Merinos — M. 
Fink's  system  in  winter — Prussian  fleeces  now  rival  the  best  Saxon. 

SiLEsiA.N  Sheep.  Native  sheep  better  than  those  of  Prussia  and  Hun- 
gary— the  introduction  of  the  Merinos  effected  great  improvement — 
JSilesian  wools  now  equal  to  Saxon. 

HuNGARiA.N  Sheep.  Native  sheep  of  Hungary  very  inferior — ]\Ierino3 
introduced  by  the  Empress  Maria  Theresa — agricultural  school  es- 
tablished to  instruct  in  their  management — rapid  progress  of  wool  im- 
provement in  Hungary — fleeces  compete  successfully  with  Saxon — 
number  of  sheep  in  the  Territory — flock  of  Prince  Esterhazy. 

Swedish  Sheep.  The  first  Merinos  carried  from  Spain  taken  to  Sweden 
in  1723 — introduced  by  Mr.  Alstroemer — he  triumphed  over  all  diffi- 
culties— agricultural  school  established — premiums  awarded  for  the 
best  wool — mode  of  management  in  Sweden — the  native  sheep  very 
inferior. 

Danish  Sheep.  Native  sheep  conform  to  those  of  Sweden — Merinos 
imported  in  1797  under  government  patronage — crossed  with  native 
breed — good  effects — wool  exported. 

Iceland  Sheep.  The  native  breed  very  hardy — carry  from  two  to  six 
horns — wool  worthless  for  manufacturing. 

Russian  Sheep.  More  attention  to  breeding  of  sheep  than  cattle — 
wandering  tribes  possess  many — great  variety  of  breeds — cloth  man- 
ufacture— extensive  flocks  owned  by  the  rich  Tartars — Merinos  in- 
troduced— great  improvement  followed — wool  exported  from  Odessa — 
description  of  the  character  of  Russian  Merino  wool. 

Australian  Sheep.  Character  of  the  climate  and  herbage  of  Austra- 
lia— subject  to  severe  drought — no  sheep  indigenous  to  the  country — 
Bengal  sheep  introduced — their  inferiority — South  Downs  and  Leices- 
ters  exported  from  England — favorable  cross  with  the  Bengal  sheep 
— Merinos  taken  there — afterwards  the  Saxons  by  Captain  McArthur 
— description  of  Australian  wool — its  microscopic  scrutiny  by  Mr. 
Youatt — used  much  for  the  better  combing  purposes — quantity  of 
wool  exported  in  184.3 — mode  of  management  of  sheep  in  the  colony 
— sheep  subject  to  foot-rot — manner  of  washing — average  weight  of 
the  Australian  fleeces       81 

CHAPTER  V. 
BRITISH  BREEDS. 

South  Down.  Classification  of  the  British  breeds — middle-wooled 
breeds — superiority  of  the  South  Down — their  location — Mr.  John 
Ellman — description  of  the  old  South  Down — means  of  Mr.  Ellman 
to  improve  them — description  of  improved  South  Downs — a  perfect 
South  Down  described — endure  short  keep — their  mutton — adapted 


CONTENTS.  XV 

for  a  low  country — former  weight  of  fleece — present  weight  of  tho 
same — weight  of  quarters — serrations  of  the  fibre — its  diameter — wool 
harsh — changed  character — South  Downs  healthy — prices  of  Mr. 
Elhnan's  flock. 

Ryeland  Sheep.  Origin  of  name — their  locaHty — weight  of  quarters 
— fine  fleeces — weight  of  the  same — diameter  of  fibre — ^form  of  the 
Ryeland. 

Dorset  Sheep.  Description  of  pure  breed — fecundity  of  Dorset  ewes 
— failure  of  cross  with  Leicester — successful  with  South  Downs — 
their  value  near  cities. 

Black-faced  Sheep.  Their  locality — origin  in  dispute — description  of 
the  old,  and  improved — quality  of  mutton — weight  of  quarters — their 
hardiness  of  constitution. 

Cheviot  Sheep.  Remarks — locality  of  Cheviot  breed — description  of 
pure  breed — hardihood — when  fit  for  the  butcher — weight  of  quarters 
— qualities  of  wool — its  adaptation — Sir  John  Sinclair's  description  of 
the  ancient  Cheviot — crossed  with  Leicester — result — extension  of 
the  breed — Highland  snow-storms. 

Shetland  Island  Sheep.  Their  situation — origin  of  the  breed — 
weight  of  quarters — weight  of  fleece — quality  of  the  wool — price  for- 
merly— remarks  by  Youatt. 

Irish  Sheep.  Adaptation  of  Ireland  for  sheep — soil,  climate,  and  her- 
bage— character  of  native  breeds — description  of  the  same  by  Cully 
— successful  cross  with  New  Leicesters — weight  and  character  of 
fleece — its  uses 102 


CHAPTER  VI. 
BRITISH  BREEDS. 

New  Leicester  or  Bakeavell.  Origin  of  the  long-wooled  sheep  in 
doubt — remarks — Old  Leicester  sheep — description  of  an  improved 
Leicester — time  when  Bakewell  commenced  their  improvement — 
means  employed — his  selections — extensive  spread  of  improved  Leices- 
ters— propensity  to  fatten — early  maturity — weight  of  quarters — 
quality  of  mutton — not  a  favorite  with  the  butcher — faults  of  the  New 
Leicester — quality  and  weight  of  the  fleece — extensive  cross  with' 
other  breeds — cross  with  the  Cheviot — Sir  John  Sinclair's  opinion — in- 
troduction of  the  breed  into  America. 

Teeswater  Sheep.  Origin  of  the  name — description  of  the  Old  Tees- 
water — very  prolific — instance  by  Mr.  Cully — weight  of  the  fleece — 
great  success  in  crossing  with  the  improved  Leicester. 

RoMNEY  Marsh  Sheep.  Locality  of  Romney  Marsh — characteristics 
of  the  old  breed — weight  of  the  fleece — the  breed  improved  by  cross 
with  Leicesters. 

Lincoln  Sheep.  Character  of  tlie  pure  Lincolns — were  bred  for  the 
fleece — general  remarks — contest  between  the  Leicesters  and  Lin- 
colns— cross  with  the  Leicester — the  result — weight  of  the  quarters 
— weight  of  the  fleece — character  of  the  wool,  and  uses — diameter 
of  the  fibre. 

Bampton  Sheep.    Where  found  and  origin  of  name — description  of  the 


XVI  CONTENTS. 

breed — weight  ot  quarters — weight  of  fleece  of  a  ram — cross  with 
Leicester — result. 

CoTswoLD  Sheep.  Antiquity  of  the  breed — origin  of  the  name — dis- 
pute among  writers  of  the  ancient  Cotswolds — characteristics  of  the 
Cotswold  breed — cross  with  Leicester — result — weight  of  quarters — 
cross  with  Hampshire  Downs — its  success — quality  of  mutton. 

Welsh  Sheep.  Primitive  breeds — their  character  by  Ellis — weight  of 
the  quarters — quality  of  the  mutton — cross  of  the  valley  sheep  with 
Leicester  and  Cotswold — result. 

Merino  Sheep  in  England.  Litroduced  by  George  IIL — a  second  im- 
portation by  that  monarch — success  which  attended  it — experiments 
in  crossing  with  English  breeds — that  of  Mr.  Coke  and  its  result — 
Sir  Joseph  Banks  and  Lord  Somerville — prices  of  Merinos  in  Eng- 
land— Merino  Society  instituted — the  result  thereof — downfall  of  the 
Merinos — reasons  by  several  therefor — remarks  on  the  climate. 

Table  of  Prices  for  Wools.  Spanish  Merino — Portuguese — German, 
Saxon,  and  Silesiau — Austrian,  Bohemian,  and  Hungarian — Austra- 
han — Van  Dieman's  Land — British  wools 115 

CHAPTER  VII. 

SHEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

Woolly  Sheep  of  Rocky  Mountains.  Captain  Bonneville's  descrip- 
tion of  them — ^general  character  of  the  native  sheep. 

Otter  Breed.     Their  origin — description  of  the  breed. 

Arlington  Long-wooled  Sheep.  Cultivated  by  Mr.  Custis — descrip- 
tion of  the  breed  by  Chancellor  Livingston. 

Smith's  Island  Sheep.  Their  locality  and  characteristics — general  re- 
marks on  the  progress  of  wool  improvement  in  the  United  States — 
character  of  the  wool  in  several  States — Prairie  management  by 
George  Flower — remarks  on  the  same — sheep  culture  in  the  Southern 
Slates 131 

CHAPTER  VIII. 
SUMMER  MANAGEMENT  OF  SHEEP. 

Sudden  Change  from  Dry  to  Green  Food  improper.  Reasons  there- 
for— course  recommended — separation  of  the  weak  from  the  strong — 
manner  of  doing  it.  Tagging  of  sheep — slovenly  mode  of  perform- 
ing it  by  many  farmers — reasons  for  doing  it  well — when  it  should  be 
done — mode  of  doing  it  with  male  and  female — humanity  recom- 
mended— where  the  tag  wool  should  be  placed — its  manufacture. 
Cutting  horns  and  hoofs — how  it  should  be  done — reasons  for  doing 
it  Drafting  sheep  for  sale — should  be  turned  to  good  keep.  Par- 
turition OR  LAMBING — period  of  gestation — proper  period  for  lambing 
—care  of  the  ewes  before  the  event — reasons  for  the  same — smooth 
fields  recommended — danger  of  ewes  being  cast — consequences — ne- 
cessity for  watchfulness — duties  of  the  shepherd  during  parturition — 
means  he  should  employ — ewes  should  not  be  interfered  with  too 
soon  after  their  labors  commence — influence  of  the  weather — mode 
of  assisting  the  ewe  to  lamb — fright  of  the  ewe  after  mechanical  aid 


CONTENTS.  Xvii 

•  is  employed— means  to  induce  her  to  suckle— lambs  of  fine-wooled 
sheep  sensitive  to  cold  and  wet  when  they  drop — storms  should  be  an- 
ticipated— ewes  should  be  got  under  cover — course  when  the  lambs 
are  brought  to  the  fire  to  overcome  numbness — means  adopted  with 
twins — death  of  the  lamb  causing  sometimes  garget — pasture  of  the 
ewes  before  and  after  parturition — number  should  herd  together af- 
fection of  the  ewe  for  her  offspring — an  instance  related  by  the  Et- 
trick  Shepherd,  James  Hogg.  Salting- no  longer  a  mooted  question 
—philosophy  of  salting— an  instance  in  France— care  to  be  observed 
m  the  spring— quantity  necessary  at  a  salting— salting  in  troughs  not 
recommended— time  of  day  when  the  writer  salts  his  flocks— benefit 
of  salting  late  in  the  fall— very  essential  in  winter— salting  of  hay 
recommended. 

Washing.  Careless  mode  of  doing  it  by  many— the  most  suitable  time 
dependmg  on  the  weather— water  and  weather  should  always  be  com- 
paratively warm— consequences  of  violating  it— the  day  should  be 
one  of  sunshine— flock-master  should  be  present— should  be  done  on 
temperance  principles— running  stream  of  pure  water  recommended 
—use  of  vats— process  described— the  "  clean  thing"  should  be  aimed 
at  and  not  missed — quotation  from  Samuel  Lawrence  on  the  subject 
— soap  for  buck  fleeces — necessity  for  turning  the  sheep  on  a  green 
sward  after  washing— driving  the  sheep  along  a  dusty  road  should  be 
avoided— Spanish  custom  of  washing— English  and  German  also— 
loss  by  scouring  Spanish,  German,  Australian,  and  American  Merino 
and  Saxon  wools— also  South  American— reform  called  for  in  Ameri- 
can mode  of  washing  wool. 

Castration  and  Docking.  Time  when  it  should  be  done— cool  weather 
recommended— reasons  therefor— lambs  should  be  brought  from  the 
field  without  bustle  and  confined  in  a  small  pound— mode  of  castra- 
tion—docking the  tail— should  be  cut  short— reasons  assigned— 
consequences  of  a  long  dock— ointment  used— the  ingredients  and 
preparation— application  of  it— means  to  employ  after  the  process  is 
through  with _     ^  2^g 

CHAPTER  IX. 
SUMMER  MANAGEMENT  CONTINUED. 

Shearing.  Harvest  of  the  shepherd— remarks  of  censure  on  American 
shearing— fault  lies  more  at  the  door  of  the  flock-master  than  shearer 
—bad  policy  of  hiring  men  to  shear  by  the  job— consequences— the 
practice  should  cease— number  a  good  shearer  can  perform  in  a  day 
—what  constitutes  a  good  shearer— instructions  for  a  novice  in  shear- 
ing—whole process  described— bad  policy  of  fretting  at  a  new  begin- 
ner—kindness recommended— good  effects  of  so  doing— mode  of 
taking  off"  the  fleece  in  England — recommended. 

Interim  between  Washing  and  Shearing,  &c.  Length  of  time 
should  depend  on  the  state  of  the  weather— time  stated— bad  conse- 
quences of  shearing  in  cold  weather— effects  of  storms  on  sheep  just 
shorn— their  suffering  very  great  if  exposed— duty  of  the  flock-mas- 
ter under  such  circumstances— horns  and  hoofs  should  be  cut  if  not 
already  done — indications  of  scab. 
2* 


XVlll  CONTENTS. 

Sorting,  &c.  Duty  of  the  master — quality  of  the  fleece  better  judged 
of  than  at  any  other  time — jjood  or  bad  points  of  form  readily  seen — 
retaining  the  best  for  breeders — bad  consequences  of  neglecting  to  sort 
sheep  at  this  time — cieissification  of  the  flock — ewes  and  lambs  only 
should  run  together — those  selected  for  sale  should  be  turned  to  good 
keep. 

Marking,  Sec.  Painting  the  initial  letters  of  the  owners  name  on  the 
sides  of  the  sheep — the  ludicrous  style  it  is  usually  done — an  iron 
formed  to  represent  a  triangle  or  diamond  recommended — where  the 
mark  should  be  put — materials  for  marking. 

Rolling  the  Fleeces.  Fleeces  should  be  carefully  taken  from  the 
floor — indifferent  locks  put  in  a  basket — the  process  of  rolling  and 
tying  described — consequences  of  slovenly  rolling. 

Arrangement  of  Wool  for  Sale.  The  flock-master  should  keep  be- 
fore him  the  motto  of  shopmen — applicable  to  ever^^thing  the  farmer 
sells — rough  and  tumble  style  of  arranging  wool  for  sale — a  good 
light  important — a  bad  light  aggravates  the  appearance  of  wool  if  in- 
ditFerently  washed — best  mode  of  arranging  wool  described — good  con- 
sequences— cheating  practices  of  wool-growers  exposed — reprobated 
— size  of  twine  stated. 

SiiEARiNG-HOUSE  AND  APPENDAGES.  Inconvcniences  without  them — 
the  expense  reimbursed  in  a  few  years — construction  of  pounds — wool 
loft  should  be  well  lighted — a  north  light  preferable — trap  door. 

Baleixg  Wool.  Burlap  used  for  sacks — the  proper  width,  and  quantity 
required  for  each  sack — truss  hoop  necessary — its  adjustment — pro- 
cess of  packing  described — too  much  haste  generally  in  packing 
wool. 

SiiEEP-TicK.  The  class  of  sheep  they  most  infest — consequences  of  per- 
mitting them  to  live — modus  operandi  of  eradicating  them — quantity 
of  tobacco  for  100  lambs — time  when  necessary  to  go  through  the 
operation — good  condition  an  immunity  against  ticks — tobacco  decoc- 
tion good  for  cutaneous  irruptions. 

Maggot  Flv.  Several  varieties — named  and  described — their  habits — 
means  employed  for  destroying  maggots  on  the  sheep,  and  warding  off" 
flies — great  vigilance  necessary  on  the  part  of  the  flock-master  du- 
ring the  summer. 

Noxious  Weeds.  Laurel,  burdoc,  and  tory-wced — burs  injurious  to 
wool — lessens  its  value — method  of  destroying  burdocks      .     .       177 


CHAPTER   X. 
SUMMER  MANAGEMENT  CONTINUED. 

Localities  for  Sheep.     Fit  localities  of  British  breeds — commended. 

Soil.  The  sheep  an  upland  animal — loves  the  short  herbage  of  moun- 
tain-sides, if  the  soil  is  not  poachy  from  an  excess  of  moisture — its  re- 
pugnance to  water — seeks  dry  situations  for  rest — its  instincts  in  this 
regard — chalky  soil  of  England — its  effect  on  the  fleece  of  the  Down 
sheep — effects  of  hard  water — calcareous  soil — a  sandy  soil  objec- 
tionable— reasons  for  the  same — a  soil  should  have  a  due  admixture 
of  clay — uniform  supply  of  pasture  very  necessary. 

Herbage.     Important  to  the  flock-master — influence  of  herbage  on  the 


CONTENTS.  XIX 

carcase  aud  fleece— remarks  by  Youatt — changed  character  of  Eng- 
lish wools  since  the  introduction  of  the  turnip  system — Dr.  Parry's 
remarks — deductions  from  the  premises — variety  of  herbage  necessa- 
ry to  the  welfare  of  sheep — experiments  by  Linnseus  in  otfering  plants 
to  the  horse,  ox,  and  sheep — instinct  of  sheep  on  this  point — philoso- 
phy of  variety  of  herbage — remarks  in  review — change  from  old  to 
new  pastures  recommended — reasons  for  changing  the  pasture  often 
— small  fields  recom.mended — incidental  duties — remarks  growing  out 
of  localities  of  British  sheep. 
Grasses.  Degree  of  nutriment  they  possess — Vernal — Meadow  Foxtail 
— Blue  Meadow — Rough-stalked — Sheep's  Fescue — Round-headed 
Cock's  Foot — Welsh  Fescue — Narrow-leaved  Meadow — Meadow 
Fescue— Rye-grass— Fertile  Meadow— Cat's-tail  or  Timothy— Tre- 
foil Clover — White  Clover — remarks. 
Shade  Trees.  Not  appreciated  by  the  American  husbandman  as  they 
should  be — grateful  to  sheep  during  the  summer — will  thrive  better 
if  provided  for  them — kinds  of  trees  for  shade  mentioned. 
Water.     Not  so  necessary  for  sheep    as  other  animals — they  need  it 

in  August — breeding  ewes  should  have  access  to  it  at  all  times. 
Weaning  Lambs.  The  time  dependent  on  the  breed  and  other  circum- 
stances— the  usual  time  of  suckling  four  months — when  the  ewes  and 
lambs  are  separated,  they  should  be  put  far  apart — reasons — lambs 
should  not  be  put  on  too  high  keep  immediately — consequences  of  so 
doing — salting  them  to  avoid  the  danger  from  gorging  themselves — 
tame  sheep  put  with  the  lambs — ewes  for  a  week  or  more  should  be 
put  on  low  keep — danger  of  doing  otherwise — after  which  their  feed 
must  be  good — reasons. 
Ear-marking.     Lambs  should  be  marked   when   they  are   weaned — 

cropping  the  ears  should  be  avoided. 
Wheat  Stubbles.     Danger  of  turning  sheep  upon  them — reasons  there- 
for— swine  should  always  precede  sheep — other  grain  stubbles    not 
dangerous  to  sheep — young  sheep  should  be  turned  on  them. 
Overstocking.     Opinions  of  a  foreigner — overstocking  too  common  with 
American  farmers — consequences  of  overstocking — 35  acres  required 
for  supporting  100  sheep  of  the  Merino  and  Saxon  varieties — example 
cited  of  a  New  York  flock-master, 
Fall  Pasturing.     Sheep  should  not  be  kept  on  pasture  exclusively,  late 

in  the  fall — reasons  assigned. 
Sorting   for  Winter.     Necessity   for   classifying  sheep — particulars 
mentioned — early  preparation  for  winter  important — reasons  .     .     192 


CHAPTER  XL 

WINTER  MANAGEMENT. 

Introductory  Remarks — Observations  on  Climate.  Sheep  dispersed 
over  a  large  portion  of  the  world — accounted  for — the  sheep,  if  long 
accustomed  to  a  temperate  climate,  it  is  difficult  to  model  at  will — 
circumstances  which  influence — geographical  positions  where  the  sheep 
does  not  attain  perfection — extremes  of  temperature  unfavorable — if 
left  to  its  instincts  will  avoid  extremes — remarks  of  Blacklock — favor- 
able climate  of  Australia  for  sheep— the  sheep  does  best  in  the  coun- 


XX  CONTENTS. 

tries  of  the  vine — southern  hemispliere  better  suited  to  its  habits  than 
the  northern — western  parts  of  continents  also  more  congenial  than 
the  eastern — southern  and  northern  temperature  of  the  Alps — de- 
ductions. 

Protection.  Its  importance — large  losses  accrue  from  its  neglect- 
practised  in  Germany  and  elsewhere — Mr.  Youatt  recommends  pro- 
tection, and  every  other  sheep  historian — quotation  from  the  Mountain 
Shepherd's  Manual — false  notions  of  many  on  the  subject — the  au- 
thor's experience  detailed — lost  many  sheep  before  he  sheltered  his 
sheep^per  centage  of  loss  since  they  were  protected — a  prevention  of 
disease — improves  the  properties  of  wool  and  increases  the  weight  of 
the  fleece — particulars  stated  on  this  point — protection  a  means  of  in- 
creasing the  number  of  lambs — accounted  for — also  a  saving  of  prov- 
ender— the  cause  why — also  a  means  of  making  additional  manure- 
manure  the  farmer's  mine  or  capital  stock — protection  urged  by  hu- 
manity. 

Production  of  Animal  Heat.  Principle  of  caloric — its  free  or  sensible 
form,  and  latent  or  uncombined  form — evolved  by  the  union  of  sulphu- 
ric acid  and  water — how  carbonic  acid  is  produced — combustion  pro- 
duced by  the  union  of  carbon  and  oxygen — the  former  the  fuel  and 
the  latter  the  fire — carbon  furnished  by  the  food — in  cold  climates 
fatty  substances  necessary,  abounding  more  with  carbon — reversed  in 
warm  climates,  the  inhabitants  preferring  a  vegetable  diet — application 
of  these  principles  to  the  several  positions  under  the  head  of  pro- 
tection   210 


CHAPTER  XIL 
WINTER  MANAGEMENT  CONTINUED. 

Feeding.  A  knowledge  of  fundamental  principles  necessary  to  correct 
practice — it  is  a  law  of  nature  that  nothing  is  lost  or  annihilated — the 
tree  derives  its  nourishment  from  the  atmosphere  and  the  soil — animals 
from  the  food  taken  into  the  body — food  a  two-fold  purpose  to  per- 
form, one  to  nourish  the  body,  and  the  other  to  support  animal  heat 
by  means  of  respiration — in  carnivorous  animals  the  whole  of  their 
food  is  converted  to  flesh — in  the  herbivorous  species  only  a  part — 
analyses  of  flesh  and  fat — proportions  of  constituents  nearly  the  same 
— no  food  destitute  of  nitrogen  can  nourish  the  body — analysis  of 
mutton  fat — sugar,  starch,  gum,  oil,  or  butter,  produce  fat,  but  not 
flesh — analysis  of  hay — nutritious  portions  of  the  blood  are  fibrine  and 
albumen — in  proportion  as  albumen  abounds  in  food  is  its  nutrient 
properties — analysis  of  albumen — young  animals  not  disposed  to  take 
on  fat  like  adults — cause  stated — analyses  of  cow  and  asses'  milk-* 
cassem  the  only  nitrogenized  substance  in  milk — various  tables  show- 
ing the  relative  proportions  of  nutriment  of  the  different  kinds  of  food 
consumed  by  sheep — items  connected  therewith — Petri's  table  of  va« 
nations  of  fodder  for  sheep — relative  proportions  of  a  slaughtered  sheep 
— Thaer's  remarks  on  food — Veit's  table  showing  that  sheep  consume 
of  food  in  proportion  to  their  live  weight — Mr.  Spooner's  estimate^* 
Veit's  remarks  on  the  different  kinds  of  straw. 

Fattening.     Introductory  remarks  by  Spooner^uietude  and  warmth 


CONTENTS.  XXI 

contribute  greatly  to  the  fattening  process — cold  robs  the  system  of 
animal  heat — warmth  a  substitute  for  food — experiment  of  Lord  Ducie 
to  prove  this — experiment  by  the  same  to  prove  that  quietude  is  neces- 
sary'— regularity  in  measure  of  food  and  time  o{  feeding  important — 
the  stables  should  be  well  supplied  with  litter — water — times  of  day 
for  feeding — sheep  when  fattening  should  have  a  variety  of  food — the 
shorter  the  process  of  fattening  the  more  profit  will  result — kinds  of 
food  best  adapted  for  fattening — caution  against  waste      .     .     .     220 


CHAPTER  XIII. 
WINTER  MANAGEMENT  CONTINUED. 

Recapitulation  of  analyses  of  flesh,  fat,  «&:-c. — what  food  will  produce 
the  most  wool — the  question  briefly  considered — De  Raumer's  table 
of  experiments — conclusions. 

Observations  ox  German  Management.  Their  practical  and  scientific 
knowledge  relative  to  agriculture — their  economy  in  feeding — varia- 
tions of  fodder — effect  of  variety  of  food  on  the  fleece — natural  wool 
— bad  policy  to  over-feed  for  the  sake  of  making  heavy  fleeces — prac- 
tice of  the  Germans — fodder  shoidd  be  proportioned  to  the  live  weight 
of  the  sheep — Petri,  Thaer,  and  Veit  on  this  point — the  result  of  their 
experiments — quantity  of  hay  alone  necessary  for  100  sheep  for  150 
days — the  quantity  required  according  to  English  estimate — quality  of 
the  hay  should  be  considered — old  meadows  furnish  the  best  hay  for 
sheep — top  dressing  them — an  equal  amount  of  food  necessary  to  pro- 
duce a  pound  of  flesh  or  a  pound  of  wool  without  regard  to  the  breed 
— example  of  the  South  Down  and  Leicester — quantity  of  food  re- 
quired by  each — example  of  Saxon  and  Merino — quantity  of  food  they 
respectively  consume — heavy  fleeces  produced  at  a  proportional  cost 
— remarks. 

Importance  of  Green  Food.  Feeding  of  green  food  an  essential  point 
of  good  management — dry  food  produces  the  stretches — remarks — 
green  food  improves  the  properties  of  wool. 

Water.     Should  have  water  during  the  winter  season — reasons  fully 


Management  of  Lambs.  Remarks  on  the  importance  of  providing  well 
for  young  stock  of  all  kinds — early  graining  very  important — modus 
operandi — quantity  to  begin  with,  tfcc. — meal  should  be  sprinkled  on 
potatoes — quality  of  their  hay — treatment  of  two-year  olds — treatment 
of  breeding  ewes — treatment  of  wethers — treatment  of  bucks — treat- 
ment of  hospital  sheep — modes  of  foddering — racks — description  of 
several — troughs — their  construction — fodder  pens — regularity  of  fod- 
dering— its  necessity — barns  and  shelters — plans  of  sheep-barns,     238 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

BREEDING  AND  CROSSING. 

Introductory  remarks— qualities  of  a  good  mutton  sheep — qualities  of 
pure  British  breeds — the  Leicester — South  Down — Cheviot — Lincoln 
— Cotswold — remarks  urging  a  more  extensive  cultivation  of  these 
breeds — reasons  assigned. 


XXU  CONTENTS. 

In-and-in  Brkedinq.  Quotations  from  Blacklock,  Spooner,  and  other 
writers  for  and  against  the  system — the  author's  conclusions  on  the 
question. 

Crossing.  Recommended — observations  as  to  the  course  it  is  best  to 
practice. 

Breeding  Register.  Mode  of  marking  the  ears  in  Germany — form  of 
a  Breeding  Register  kept  by  tlie  late  H.  D.  Grove — interesting  re- 
marks of  his  own  breeding. 

Influence  of  Sex.  Examples — good  points  of  a  Merino  and  Saxon- 
tupping  season,  and  the  duties  devolving  on  the  flock-master,     .     2  62 


CHAPTER  XV. 

STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

General  view  of  the  structure  of  the  sheep — skeleton — bones  of  the 
head — bones  of  the  body — bones  of  the  fore  extremities — the  foot — 
biflex  canal — the  hind  extremities — muscles  or  flesh — brain  and  nerves 
— organs  of  digestion — the  urinary  and  generative  organs — contents 
of  the  chest — circulation  of  the  blood — respiration  and  its  effects.    292 

CHAPTER  XVI. 

Introductory  observations.  Diseases  of  the  brain  are  sturdy  or  dizzy — 
hydrocephalus — trembling — apoplexy.  Diseases  of  the  air-passages— 
worms  in  the  head,  caused  by  the  cEstris  ovis  or  gad-fly — coryza  or 
colds.  Diseases  of  the  stomach  and  intestines,  are  hoove — braxy— 
stretches — diarrhoea  or  scours — acute  dropsy,  or  red  water — dysentery 
— poison.  The  lungs — anatomy  of  the  liver — rot — inflammation  of  the 
lungs — dropsy.  Diseases  of  parturition,  are  abortion — inversion  of 
the  uterus — garget.  Integument  or  skin.  Diseases  of  the  skin,  are 
scab  or  itch  —  erysipelas — Johnswort — scab.  Pelt-rot — sore  mouth. 
Maggots.     Foot-rot — fouls 349 


CHAPTER  XVII. 

SURGICAL  OBSERVATIONS, 

Wounds — to  stop  bleeding — removal  of  extraneous  matter — closure  of 
the  wound — bandaging — clean  cuts — punctured  wounds — bruises  and 
sprains — wounds  of  joints — fractures — blood-letting 382 

APPENDIX 389 


INTRODUCTION. 


The  sheep,  according  to  Cuvier,  belongs  to  the  Order 
RuMiNANTiA  ;  having  teeth  in  the  lower  jaw  only,  opposed 
to  a  callous  substance  in  the  upper  jaw  ;  six  molar  teeth  on 
either  side,  and  the  joint  of  the  lower  jaw  adapted  for  a  grind- 
ing motion  ;  four  stomachs,  and  these,  with  the  oesophagus, 
so  constructed  that  the  food  is  returned  for  the  purpose  of 
rumination  ;  long  intestines  not  cellated  : — the  Tribe  Ca- 
PRiD.E  ;  the  horns,  where  they  are  found,  being  permanent; 
placed  on  a  vascular  bony  basis  or  process  ;  the  horny  sheath 
receiving  its  increase  by  annual  ringlets  at  the  base,  forming 
deep  sulci  around  the  horn,  with  others  as  deep  running 
longitudinally,  and  dividing  the  surface  of  the  horn  into  a 
succession  of  irregularities  or  knots.  The  general  structure 
light,  and  adapted  for  springing  or  swiftness :  the  ears  usually 
erect  and  funnel-shaped ;  the  pupils  of  the  eye  oblong,  and 
there  not  being  any  canine  teeth  in  the  mouth : — the  Genus 
Ovis  ;  wdth  or  without  horns,  and  these,  where  present, 
taking  more  or  less  a  spiral  direction ;  the  forehead  or  out- 
line of  the  face  convex  ;  no  lachrymal  or  respiratory  open- 
ing under  the  eye  ;  the  nostrils  lengthened,  and  terminating 
without  a  muzzle  ;  no  beard  ;  the  body  covered  with  short, 
close  hair,  with  a  downy  wool  beneath,  and,  in  a  domestic 
state,  the  wool  prevailing  over  the  hair,  or  quite  superseding 
it ;  the  legs  slender,  yet  firm. 

Of  these  there  are  three  varieties  :  the  Ovis  Amnon,  or 
Argali  ;  the  Ovis  Musmon  ;  and  the  Ovis  Aries,  or  Do- 
mestic Sheep.  The  first  two  will  be  described  in  a  future 
chapter,  and  the  last  will  form  the  subject  of  this  work.* 

From  the  earliest  period  of  the  world  the  sheep  has  been 
domesticated  by  man,  and  appropriated  to  his  wants.     "  Cain 

*  Animal  Kingdom — Spiopsis. 
2 


14  INTRODL'CnOX. 

brought  of  the  first  fruit  of  the  ground  an  offering  to  the  Lord  ; 
and  Abel,  he  also  brought  of  the  firstlings  of  his  flock,  and 
of  the  fat  thereof." 

After  the  expulsion  of  the  4)rogenitors  of  the  human  race 
from  the  garden  of  Eden,  a  division  of  labor  was  assigned  to 
Cain  and  Abel,  the  latter  as  a  "  keeper  of  sheep,  and  Cain  a 
tiller  of  the  ground." 

During  the  antediluvian  age  there  is  no  authority  for  sup- 
posing that  the  flesh  of  the  sheep  was  used  for  food,  vegeta- 
bles and  bread  being  the  only  materials  of  human  sustenance. 
The  sentence  of  Adam  is — "  Cursed  is  the  ground  for  thy 
sake.  In  sorrow  shalt  thou  eat  of  it  all  the  days  of  thy  life, 
and  thou  shalt  eat  of  the  herh  of  the  field ;  in  the  sweat  of 
thy  face  shalt  thou  eat  bread'' 

The  language  to  Noah  after  the  deluge  is  very  difl'erent : 
— "  The  fear  of  you  and  the  dread  of  you  shall  be  upon  every 
beast  of  the  earth  and  upon  every  fowl  of  the  air,  upon  all 
that  moveth  upon  the  earth,  and  upon  all  the  fishes  ;  into 
your  hand  are  they  delivered;  every  moving  thing  that 
liveth  shall  he  meat  for  you.  Even  as  the  green  herb  (which 
■was  formerly  appointed  to  be  your  food)  have  I  now  given 
you  all  things."" 

But  many  centuries  elapsed,  notwithstanding  this  Divine 
permission,  before  the  flesh  of  animals  generally  was  used. 
It  was  first  partaken  at  the  periodical  sacrifices  ofl'ered  to 
the  jMost  High,  subsequently  as  a  luxury,  and  an  indulgence 
not  to  be  justified  except  on  some  particular  occasions.  The 
primitive  custom  of  subsisting  on  vegetables  alone  is  retained 
by  fragments  of  the  population  of  the  East,  and  is  enjoined 
in  their  code  of  religious  obligations.  This  usage,  however, 
prevails  only  in  a  limited  degree  with  some  of  the  pagan 
sects. 

Although  the  flesh  of  the  sheep  was  so  long  excluded  as 
an  article  of  sustenance,  the  milk  of  the  ewe  was  appropri- 
ated to  that  purpose  by  the  antediluvians,  as  it  has  since 
been  in  various  parts  of  the  world,  and  especially  even  to 
the  present  day  by  the  wandering  tribes  of  the  East.  A 
learned  author  thus  remarks  on  this  subject : — "  Ewe's  milk 
was  used  in  the  manufacture  of  cheese  many  centuries  before 
there  is  any  record  of  this  article  of  human  sustenance  being 
derived  from  the  milk  of  the  cow.  Ewe-milk  cheese  was 
often  made  in  the  early  times  on  a  large  scale,  and  was  a  very 
material  and   valued  article  of  food.     Butter   is  frequently 


INTRODUCTION.  15 

spoken  of  in  the  sacred  Scriptures,  but  it  is  the  opinion  of 
the  best  commentators  that,  during  the  first  period  of  the 
Jewish  history,  the  word  so  translated  means  the  caseous 
and  not  the  oleaginous  product  of  milk.  In  one  passage, 
where  the  mechanism  described  is  too  plain  to  be  mistaken, 
the  proper  translation  is  given,  and  that  in  the  most  ancient 
book  in  the  world  : — '  Hast  thou  not  poured  me  out  like 
milk,  and  curdled  me  like  cheese  .?'*  There  is  much  reason 
to  believe  that  this  w^as  the  product  of  the  sheep,  for  such 
was  the  cheese  spoken  of  by  other  writers  of  a  remote  age ; 
and  the  '  butter  of  kine,'  mentioned  in  a  later  period  of 
Jewish  record,  would  seem  to  be  a  delicacy  of  rare  occur- 
rence, promised  as  the  '  reward  of  obedience." 

Homer  flourished  about  900  years  before  the  Christian  era, 
and  in  his  Odyssey  alludes  to  the  subject  under  consideration  : 

"  He  next  betakes  him  to  his  evening  cares, 
And,  sitting  down,  to  milk  liis  ewes  prepares : 
Of  half  their  udders  eases  first  the  dams, 
Then  to  the  mother's  teats  submits  the  Iambs. 
Half  the  white  stream  to  hardening  cheese  he  pressed, 
And  high  in  wicker  baskets  heaped  :  the  rest, 
Resented  in  bowls,  supplied  the  mighty  feast."  t 

Mr.  Burckhardt  gives  the  following  account  of  the  manu- 
facture of  butter  from  ewes'  and  goats'  milk  by  the  Syrian 
Arabs  : — "  The  sheep  and  goats  are  milked  during  the  three 
spring  months,  morning  and  evening.  They  are  sent  out  to 
pasture  before  sunrise,  while  the  lambs  or  kids  remain  in  or 
near  the  camp.  About  ten  o'clock  the  herd  returns,  and  the 
lambs  are  allowed  to  satiate  themselves,  after  which  the 
ewes  belonging  to  each  tent  are  tied  to  a  long  cord,  and 
milked  one  after  another.  When  a  ewe  is  feeble  in  health 
her  milk  is  left  wholly  for  the  lamb.  The  same  process  oc- 
curs at  sunset.  From  a  hundred  ewes  or  goats  (the  milk 
of  Avhich  is  always  mixed  together)  the  Arabs  expect,  in 
common  years,  about  eight  lbs.  of  butter  per  day,  or  about 
seven  cwt.  in  the  three  spring  months." 

In  the  primitive  ages,  after  the  flocks  became  too  numer- 
ous to  be  supported  permanently  in  one  locality,  it  was  the 
custom  to  remove  them  to  a  contiguous  one,  which  originated 
the  race  of  men  called  wandering  shepherds.  Jabal  was 
"the  father  of  such  as  dwell  in  tents  and  have  cattle."     He 

*  Job  X.  10.  t  Pope's  translation. 


16  LN'TIIODUCTION. 

lived  about  500  years  before  the  flood,  and  was  the  first  no- 
madic shepherd.  The  example  of  the  original  shepherds  af- 
fords a  correct  picture  of  the  present  mode  of  life  of  the  Ara- 
bian and  Tartarian  shepherds.  Abraham  and  Lot  lived  in 
tents.  "  These  Arabs,"  says  D'Arvieux,  "  have  no  other 
lodging  but  their  tents,  which  they  call  their  houses ;  they  are 
all  black,  of  goat's-hair  canvass,  and  are  stretched  out  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  rain  easily  runs  off  without  ever  going 
through  them.  Their  whole  famihes,  and  all  that  they  have 
in  the  world,  even  to  the  stables,  are  there,  particularly  in 
the  winter.  The  tent  of  the  Emir  is  of  the  same  stufl',  and 
differs  only  from  those  of  his  subjects  in  bigness." 

Abram  pitched  his  tent  on  a  mountain.  The  same  author 
says  that  "  the  Arabs  commonly  encamp  on  the  top  of  some 
little  hills,  where  there  are  no  trees  to  hinder  them  from  dis- 
covering a  great  way  off  all  that  come  and  go,  that  they  may 
not  be  surprised,  having  nothing  else  to  fear." 

Abram,  it  is  recorded,  often  changed  his  place  of  resi- 
dence. D'Arvieux  continues,  "  The  Arabs  set  themselves 
down  wherever  they  find  springs  of  water,  or  rivulets  in  the 
valleys,  and  pasture  for  the  subsistence  of  their  cattle,  and 
then  decamp,  as  soon  as  that  is  gone,  and  go  and  post  them- 
selves in  another  place  every  fortnight,  or  at  most  every 
month.  They  live  all  the  summer  upon  these  hills,  always 
advancing  towards  the  north  :  and  when  winter  begins  to 
come  in,  they  go  by  degrees  towards  the  south,  as  far  as 
Caesarea  of  Palestine,  and  on  the  outside  of  the  mountains  of 
Carmel." 

Parsons,  the  traveller,  refers  to  the  peregrinations  of  the 
Arabs.  "  It  was  entertaining  enough  to  see  the  horde  of 
Arabs  decamp.  First  went  the  sheep  and  goats  in  regular 
divisions,  then  followed  the  camels  and  asses,  loaded  with 
the  tents,  furniture,  and  kitchen  utensils.  These  were  fol- 
lowed by  the  old  men  and  the  women,  and  the  boys  and  girls 
on  foot.  The  children  that  could  not  walk  were  carried  on 
the  backs  of  the  young  women,  and  the  boys  and  girls  :  and 
the  smallest  of  the  lambs  and  kids  were  carried  under  the 
arms  of  the  children.  The  procession  was  closed  by  the 
chief  of  the  tribe  mounted  on  the  very  best  horse."  The 
foregoing  manifests  the  tenacity  with  which  the  Arabs  ad- 
here to  the  customs  of  their  forefathers  established  thousands 
of  years  ago. 

On  the  authority  of  the  Scriptures,  the  flocks  which  abound- 


INTRODUCTION.  17 

ed  in  Palestine  were  very  numerous.  Job  had  14,000  sheep, 
besides  oxen  and  camels.  When  the  12,000  Israelites 
made  an  incursion  into  Midian,  they  brought  away  675,000 
sheep.  When  the  tribes  of  Reuben  and  Gad  made  war 
with  the  Hagarites,  their  spoils  amounted  to  250,000  sheep. 
The  King  of  Moab  rendered  a  yearly  tribute  of  200,000 
sheep  ;  and  Solomon  offered  120,000  at  the  dedication  of 
the  Temple. 

There  are  several  circumstances  which  will  readily  ac- 
count for  these  numerous  flocks.  They  constituted  almost 
the  only  riches  of  the  people ;  comparatively  few  were 
slaughtered,  for,  as  has  already  been  observed,  their  flesh 
was  rarely  eaten,  except  on  solemn  sacrifices  or  occasions 
of  peculiar  rejoicing,  and  there  is  reason  for  believing  that 
the  ewes  had  lambs  twice  in  the  year.  An  author  remarks 
— "  The  Jewish  writers  frequently  speak  of  the  first  and 
second  yeanings,  referring  the  former  to  the  month  Nisan, 
corresponding  to  the  March  of  the  modern  calendar  ;  and 
the  other  to  the  month  Tissi,  answering  to  September."  It 
appears,  from  the  concurrent  testimony  of  several  travellers, 
that  these  numerous  flocks  were  not  confined  to  ancient 
times.  Sir  John  Chardin  saw  flocks  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Aleppo  of  immense  numbers.  Dr.  Shaw  states  that  "  several 
Arabian  tribes  who  can  bring  no  more  than  300  or  400 
horses  into  the  field,  are  possessed  of  more  than  as  many 
thousand  camels  and  oxen,  and  treble  the  number  of  sheep 
and  goats." 

The  first,  and,  indeed,  only  improvement  in  sheep  breed- 
ing which  the  Sacred  Book  informs  us,  is  relative  to  the  fleece, 
the  color  of  which,  it  is  generally  believed,  was  originally 
tawny,  or  dingy-black.  Although  the  fleece  is  now  so  gen- 
erally white,  yet  instances  are  not  uncommon  in  some  of  the 
best-bred  flocks,  which  indicates  the  tendency  to  return  to 
the  original  color.  This  is  perceptible  in  the  legs  and  fa- 
ces of  the  distinguished  South  Down  (but  from  no  inter- 
mixture of  blood  has  become  a  permanent  characteristic  of 
that  breed),  more  so  in  the  Norfolks  and  black-faced  sheep 
of  the  Scottish  Highlands,  and  especially  so  in  the  African 
and  Asiatic  breeds. 

The  motive  which  prompted  Jacob  to  attempt  a  change  of 
the  color,  originated  in  a  bargain  between  himself  and  Laban, 
that  the  former  should  have  in  future  the  speckled  or  ring- 
streaked  sheep  and  goats,  as  a  compensation  for  his  services. 

2* 


1 8  INTRODUCTION. 

These  could  hitherto  have  been  very  few — and  were  of 
course  accidentals — or  the  selfish  and  avaricious  father-in- 
law  would  not  have  consented  to  the  proposal.  It  was  clear- 
ly Jacob's  wish  to  increase  the  number  which  would  fall  to 
his  share,  by  art,  and  the  principle  upon  which  he  acted  was 
drawn  from  the  experience  of  the  female  of  the  human  spe- 
cies as  exhibited  in  instances  where  the  imagination  of  the 
mother  caused  deformities,  or  peculiar  external  marks  on  her 
offspring,  before  its  birth.  The  ingenious  device  he  adopted 
is  set  forth  in  Genesis,  30th  chapter,  and  37  and  38  verses. 
Jacob's  scheme  was  crowned  with  success,  which  probably 
induced  others  to  follow  his  shrewd  example  ;  and  subse- 
quently, by  selections  in  breeding  from  male  and  female  of 
such  as  possessed  the  largest  proportion  of  white  in  the  fleece, 
in  process  of  time,  it  became  wholly  so.  In  David's  time, 
he  likens  it  to  snow  ;  and  Solomon  speaks  of  the  teeth  of  his 
mistress,  as  resembling  a  flock  of  sheep  just  come  up  from 
the  washing. 

Jacob's  policy  inculcates  a  lesson  to  breeders  of  all  kinds 
of  domestic  animals  which  should  not  be  neglected.  It  es- 
tablishes the  supremacy  of  art,  and  the  ease  with  which  both 
the  form  and  coat  can  be  moulded  to  the  will  of  man. 

The  Scriptures  are  silent  relative  to  any  peculiarities  of  the 
form  of  the  ancient  sheep — saving  that  the  ram  was  horned — 
and  we  have  no  information  of  any  attempts  having  been  under- 
taken for  its  improvement.  From  the  fact — as  will  more 
fully  appear  from  the  following  pages — the  fat-rumped  and 
fat-tailed  sheep  abounding  in  those  countries  which  were  oc- 
cupied by  the  primitive  shepherds,  Mr.  Yonatt  arrived  at  the 
conclusion,  that  the  peculiar  adipose  substance  collected  on 
the  rumps  and  tails,  was  common  to  the  sheep  both  before 
and  after  the  deluge,  and  sustains  his  opinion  on  the  follow- 
ing passage  of  Sacred  writ :  And  Moses  "  took  the  fat,  and  the 
rump^  and  all  the  fat  that  was  upon  the  inwards,"  and  *'  burnt 
them  on  the  altar  upon  the  burnt-offering."  Accordingly  he 
rejects  the  commonly  received  opinion  that  the  Argali  is 
the  original  breed ;  and  the  following  observations  of  Mr. 
Price,  an  English  writer  of  distinction  on  sheep,  will  throw 
a  doubt  over  the  subject,  and  leaves  the  question  unsettled, 
where,  with  man  at  least,  it  will  probably  forever  remain. 

The  question  whether  the  different  varieties  of  the  same 
species  of  animal  have  been  produced  by  accidental  devia- 
tions from  one  original  parent  breed,  or  whether  there  may 


INTRODUCTION.  19 

not  have  been,  from  the  beginning,  several  varieties  of  the 
same  species,  endowed  with  different  qualities,  and  instincts, 
and  propensities,  adapting  them  to  the  situation  in  which 
they  are  found,  is  one  of  considerable  interest  to  the  zoolo- 
gist, but  with  which  the  breeder  of  any  species  of  animal 
has  little  to  do.  It  is  also  a  question  difficult  to  solve — 
it  is  one  that  does  not  admit  of  demonstrative  proof  either 
the  one  way  or  the  other,  and  on  which  it  does  not  become 
the  candid  inquirer  to  speak  positively  and  with  arrogance. 

These  observations  are  induced  by  the  careless  and  pre- 
sumptuous way  in  which  almost  every  natural  historian  at 
once  settles  the  matter.  He  does  not  seem  to  admit  of  any 
doubt  respecting  the  affair,  but  at  once  assumes  it  as  a  cer- 
tainty that  every  species  of  animal  was  derived  from  one 
original  parent,  and  sets  himself  to  work  to  inquire  which 
was  the  parent  breed,  and,  worse  than  all,  derives  many  fan- 
ciful, nay,  even  some  practical  conclusions  from  that  which 
rests  at  best  only  on  probability.  Thus  there  is  scarcely  a 
writer  on  sheep  who  does  not  take  the  question  at  once  for 
granted,  and  describe  the  Argali,  or  the  Musmon,  or  some 
creature  of  his  own  imagination,  as  the  common  origin  of  all. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  one  variety  of  domesticated  ani- 
mals, if  prevented  from  mixing  with  any  other,  will  in  gene- 
ral propagate  the  same  kind  without  any  material  change. 
It  is  also  acknowledged  that  if,  from  some  unknown  or  ac- 
cidental cause,  an  individual  is  produced,  possessing  some  un- 
usual peculiarities,  his  progeny,  to  a  certain  degree,  will 
probably  possess  the  same  peculiarities  ;  and  if  a  male  and 
a  female  are  selected  with  these  peculiarities,  and  care  is  af- 
terwards taken  to  exclude  all  who  have  them  not,  a  new  and 
permanent  breed  may  be  established.  It  is  likewise  suffi- 
ciently clear,  that  climate,  soil,  and  pasture  will  gradually 
effect  a  considerable  change  in  the  form  and  the  quality  both 
of  the  wool  and  the  flesh  of  every  breed.  These  changes, 
however,  have  their  limits  ;  they  go  no  farther  than  producing 
modifications  of  the  former  breed  :  the  essential  and  distin- 
guishing character  may  yet  be  recognised,  or,  if  it  should 
be  rendered  somewhat  obscure,  it  will  burst  forth  again 
when  the  animal  regains  his  native  soil  and  climate. 

The  question  is,  when  there  are  varieties  of  a  species  es- 
sentially and  altogether  different  from  each  other  ;  when  the 
act  of  man  has  and  could  have  little  to  do  in  effecting  such  a 
difference ;  when  there  was  nothing  to  prevent  that  inter- 


20  INTRODUCTION. 

course  which  would  soon  wear  down  and  efface  every  acci- 
dental variety,  and  restore  the  primitive  character — the 
question  then  is,  whether  these  variations  are  not  best  ex- 
plained on  the  supposition  of  an  original  adaptation  of  each 
to  the  situation  in  which  it  was  placed,  and  the  functions  it 
was  to  perform. — See  Price  on  Sheep,  p.  14. 

The  fact  has  been  incidentally  stated  that  the  rams,  at 
least,  of  the  primitive  sheep  were  horned.  When  Abraham, 
in  obedience  to  the  Divine  command,  was  about  to  sacrifice 
his  son  Isaac,  his  arm  was  arrested  by  a  voice  from  heaven, 
"  and  he  lifted  up  his  eyes  and  looked,  and  behold,  behind 
him  a  ram  caught  in  a  thicket  hy  his  horns'^  The  trum- 
pets used  in  war  were  made  of  rams'  horns. 

The  polled  sheep  were  probably  an  accidental  variety  ; 
and  when  first  occurring,  cultivated  partly  for  their  singular- 
ity, and  more  for  their  utility,  whether  with  reference  to  the 
additional  closeness  of  folding  of  w^hich  they  were  capable, 
or  the  fewer  accidents  that  were  likely  to  occur,  or,  most  of 
all,  from  the  superior  docility  and  quietness  of  those  to  whom 
nature  had  not  given  these  weapons  of  offence,  and  of  the 
use  of  w^hich  all  animals  soon  become  too  conscious. 

A  prominent  characteristic  of  the  ancient  shepherds,  was 
their  humanity  and  extreme  watchfulness  of  their  flocks. 
This  was  proverbial,  which  induced  the  prophet  thus  to 
speak  of  the  Messiah  :  "  He  shall  feed  his  flock  like  a  shep- 
herd ;  he  shall  gather  the  lambs  with  his  arm,  and  shall  car- 
ry them  in  his  bosom,  and  shall  gently  lead  those  that  are 
with  young."  So  true  are  the  Arabs  to  the  customs  of  their 
ancestors,  that  they  evince  a  similar  care  and  humanity, 
which  should  put  to  the  blush  very  many  modem  shepherds. 
"  Some  beasts  of  burden,  guided  by  the  young  men,  bear  lit- 
tle ones  just  dropped,  and  not  able  to  travel.  The  little 
children,  just  able  to  toddle  along  themselves,  are  employed 
in  driving,  at  their  own  slow  pace,  the  lambs  a  little  older."* 

"  In  flowery  spring-time,  when  the  new- dropped  lamb, 
Tottering  with  weakness  by  its  mother's  side, 
Feels  the  fresh  world  about  him,  and  each  thorn, 
Hillock,  or  furrow,  trips  his  feeble  feet, — 
Oh,  guard  him  carefully." — Dyer's  Fleece. 

Music,  in  olden  times,  was  one  of  the  means  adopted  to 
control  sheep.     So  universal  was  the  practice,  that  the  an- 

*  Buckingham's  Palestine. 


INTHODUCTION.  21 

cient  poets  associated  the  music  of  the  shepherds  with  their 
chief  amusement  and  pleasure.  The  pastures  on  which  the 
sheep  fed,  consisted  of  immense  plains,  or  occasionally  of 
abrupt  alternations  of  hill  and  vale,  with  many  a  tangled  copse 
and  forest,  so  that  the  sheep,  or  a  portion  of  them,  were  of- 
ten out  of  the  sight  of  the  keeper,  and  occasionally  beyond 
the  reach  of  his  voice  ;  he  therefore  had  a  horn,  or  pipe, 
by  means  of  which  he  could  be  heard  at  a  greater  distance, 
and  the  well-known  sounds  of  which  the  leaders  of  the  flock 
would  immediately  obey.  To  while  away  the  time,  he  would, 
perhaps,  occasionally  endeavor  to  draw  other  and  more 
pleasing  sounds  from  this  instrument  necessary  to  his  vo- 
cation, and  thus  he  would  naturally,  or  almost  necessarily, 
become,  to  a  greater  or  less  degree,  a  musician  ;  therefore  the 
interesting  stories  of  the  poets  are  not  all  fictions  ;  and  it  can 
easily  be  imagined  that  the  shepherd  would  often  be  found  play- 
ing on  his  pipe  in  the  midst  of  his  flock,  and  they  apparently 
attentive  to,  and  pleased  with,  the  strain,  for  they  would 
have  suflicient  intelligence  to  associate  with  it  a  sense  of  the 
kindness  and  protection  they  experienced  from  the  player. 

Goldsmith,  in  his  '  Animated  Nature,'  alludes  to  the 
subject : — "  Before  I  had  seen  them  trained  in  this  manner, 
I  had  no  conception  of  those  descriptions  in  the  old  pastoral 
poets,  of  the  shepherd  leading  his  flock  from  one  country  to 
another.  As  I  had  been  used  to  see  these  harmless  crea- 
tures driven  before  their  keepers,  I  supposed  that  all  the  rest 
was  pure  invention  ;  but  in  many  parts  of  the  Alps,  and  even 
some  provinces  of  France,  the  shepherd  and  his  pipe  are 
still  continued  with  true  antique  simplicity.  The  flock  is 
regularly  penned  every  evening,  to  preserve  them  from  the 
wolf,  and  the  shepherd  returns  homeward  at  sunset  with  his 
sheep  following  him,  and  seemingly  pleased  with  the  sound 
of  his  pipe,  which  is  blown  with  a  reed,  and  resembles  the 
chanter  of  a  bagpipe." 

The  Bible  aflbrds  undoubted  evidence  of  the  fact  that  it 
was  customary  with  the  ancient  shepherds  to  cleanse  or 
wash  their  sheep  before  they  were  shorn. 

Solomon,  as  has  been  already  observed,  compared  the 
teeth  of  his  mistress  to  a  jiock  of  sheep  just  come  up  from 
the  washing.  These  early  records,  however,  do  not  speak 
of  the  manner  in  which  the  operation  was  performed ;  but 
the  inference  is,  that  inasmuch  as  sheep  constituted  the 
chief  riches  of   the  people,  and  were  objects  of  so  much 


22  INTRODUCTION. 

care,  suitable  and  convenient  places  were  erected,  by  many, 
for  this  purpose.  Jehu  "  slew  the  brethren  of  Ahaziah  at 
the  pit  of  the  shearing-house."  The  '  pit'  here  spoken  of, 
it  is  rational  to  suppose,  was  the  pool  in  which  the  sheep 
were  washed  previous  to  the  shearing.  From  the  scarcity 
of  water  in  parts  of  the  land  which  the  patriarchal  shep- 
herds occupied,  it  is  doubtful  whether  the  practice  of  cleans- 
ing the  wool  upon  the  back  was  very  general. 

In  what  particular  period  of  the  world  the  periodical  sep- 
aration of  the  wool  from  the  pelt,  by  means  of  shearing,  took 
place,  we  have  no  accurate  information.  In  earlier  times  it 
was  the  practice  to  detach  the  fleece  by  pulling,  which  was 
probably  not  a  very  difficult  task,  as  the  wool,  when  ma- 
tured, at  each  revolving  year  dropped  from  the  sheep,  as  is 
the  case  with  the  coarser-wooled  varieties  at  the  present 
day.  But  the  fleece  would  not  separate  over  the  whole  an- 
imal alike  easy,  and  portions  Avould  not  yield  without  inflict- 
ing pain.  Therefore,  prompted  by  that  humanity  which  so 
distinguished  the  management  of  the  primitive  shepherds, 
the  shears,  in  process  of  time,  were  invented,  and  intro- 
duced into  general  use. 

In  olden  time,  as  now  in  many  parts,  the  sheep-shearing 
was  the  season  for  feasting  and  rejoicing.  It  was  the  har- 
vest of  the  shepherd,  and  when  he  had  gathered  it,  a  gene- 
rous feeling  prompted  him  to  make  glad  the  hearts,  for  a  few 
hours  at  least,  of  those  who  had  participated  in  the  work. 
Nabal  asks  of  the  servants  of  David,  "  Shall  I  take  my 
bread  and  my  water,  and  my  flesh  that  I  have  killed  for  my 
shearers,  and  give  it  unto  men  whom  I  know  not  whence 
they  be  ?"  At  a  later  period  another,  but  not  pleasing, 
account  is  given  of  the  festivities  of  that  season  :  "  And  it 
came  to  pass  that  Absalom  had  sheep-shearers  in  Baalha- 
zor,  and  Absalom  invited  all  the  king's  sons,  and  Absalom 
commanded  all  his  servants,  saying.  When  Amnon's  heart 
is  merry  with  wine,  then  kill  him."  Burder,  in  his  work 
on  Oriental  Literature,  says — "  The  close  of  harvest  was  a 
season  of  rejoicing  in  most  of  the  ancient  nations,  and  sheep- 
shearing  was  the  harvest  of  the  nomadic  shepherd.  This 
periodical  festival  was  even  enacted  by  law.  Cecrops,  the 
founder  of  the  kingdom  of  Athens,  about  the  time  of  Moses, 
ordained  that  "  the  master  of  every  family  should  after  har- 
vest make  a  feast  for  his  servants,  and  eat  with  those  who 
had  taken  pains  together  with  him  in  tilling  his  ground." 


INTRODUCTION.  23 

The  system  of  cotting  was  known  and  adopted  by  the  Is- 
raelites. After  repelling  the  invasion  of  Sennacherib,  Hez- 
ekiah  applied  a  portion  of  the  spoil  to  works  of  public  utility  ; 
he  built  "  storehouses,  for  the  increase  of  corn,  and  wine, 
and  oil,  and  stalls  for  all  manner  of  beasts,  and  cotes  for 
flocks^  But,  a  commentator  remarks, — "  This  has  refer- 
ence more  to  the  inhabitants  of  considerable  towns  or  cit- 
ies than  to  the  wandering  shepherds." 

An  intelligent  writer  in  the  English  Annals  of  Agriculture 
says,  that  "  the  ancients  were  so  perfectly  satisfied  that  a  va- 
riety of  climate  was  absolutely  necessary  to  the  production 
of  fine  wool,  that  those  people  whose  situation  admitted  not 
of  any  change,  had  recourse  to  art, — housing  them  from  the 
day  to  defend  them  from  the  too  powerful  rays  of  the  sun, 
and  exposing  them  to  the  cold  of  night.  This  was  prac- 
tised by  Hezekiah ;  Columella  informs  us  that  the  same 
conveniences  were  adopted  in  Greece  and  Tarentum,  and 
there  is  a  line  in  Milton's  Lycidas  confirming  the  custom 
of  their  nocturnal  exposure  : — 

*  Battening  our  flocks  with  the  fresh  dews  of  night.' " 

For  a  long  period  it  has  been  customary  to  cott  or  shelter 
sheep  during  the  night,  instead  of  the  day,  to  protect  them 
from  the  ravages  of  wild  beasts,  from  cold,  and  to  preserve 
their  dung  for  manure. 

The  Scriptures  abound  with  passages  which  demonstrate 
the  art  of  weaving  to  have  been  well  understood  in  the 
primitive  ages.  Job  says,  "  My  days  are  swifter  than  the 
weaver's  shuttle."  Moses  alludes  to  those  whom  "  God 
had  filled  with  wisdom  of  art  to  work  all  manner  of  work  of 
the  engraver,  and  of  the  cunning  workman,  and  of  the  em- 
broiderer in  blue  and  purple,  in  scarlet  and  in  fine  linen, 
and  of  the  weaver,  even  of  those  that  devise  cunning  work." 

Some  three  hundred  years  before  the  escape  of  the  Is- 
raelites from  Egypt,  in  the  history  of  Joseph  it  is  recorded 
that  he  was  decorated  with  a  coat  of  many  colors,  being 
not  only  proof  that  weaving  was  practised  to  a  considerable 
degree  of  perfection,  but  dyeing  also.  Solomon  thus  de- 
scribes the  good  wife  : — "  She  seeketh  wool  and  flax,  and 
vvorketh  willingly  with  her  hands.  Her  household  are 
clothed  with  scarlet^  The  foregoing,  as  well  as  following 
passage,  indicate  also,  that  in  every  country  where  the 
simplicity  of  manners  and  virtues  of  the  female  are  uncon- 


24  INTRODUCTION. 

laminated,  spinning  and  weaving  are  the  ordinary  and  chosen 
employments.  "  She  maketh  herself  coverings  of  tapestry  ; 
her  candle  goeth  not  out  by  night.  She  layeth  her  hands 
to  the  spindle,  and  her  hands  hold  the  distaff.'''' 

"  Night  was  now  sliding  in  her  middle  course : 
The  first  repose  was  finished ;  when  the  dame 
Who,  by  her  distaft^'s  slender  art  subsists, 
"Wakes  tlie  spread  embers  and  the  sleeping  fire. 
Night  adding  to  her  work,  and  calls  her  maids 
To  their  long  tasks  by  lighted  tapers  urged."* 

A  writer  on  ancient  manufactures  says — "  Modern  his- 
torians have  united  in  tracing  the  invention  of  weaving  to 
the  Egyptians, — the  weaving  not  of  wool,  however,  but  of 
flax  ;  and  the  fabric  of  the  linen  cloths  in  which  some  of 
the  Eg}'ptian  mummies  were  wrapped  has  scarcely  been 
excelled  at  the  present  day.  Yet  it  may  be  questioned 
whether  the  claims  of  the  nomadic  shepherds  have  been 
fairly  considered.  The  cultivation  of  the  sheep  was  coeval 
with  the  expulsion  from  Paradise  ;  the  cultivation  of  flax 
must  have  been  an  improvement  in  husbandry  of  far  later 
date.  When  the  descendants  of  Noah  were  scattered,  they 
pursued  their  old  avocation  ;  their  flocks  and  their  herds 
accompanied  them  until  they  chanced  to  find  some  pecu- 
liarly fertile  and  convenient  tract,  which  they  gradually  made 
their  permanent  abode  ;  and  then,  building  cities  for  them- 
selves, they  by  degrees  changed  their  way  of  life,  and  ap- 
plied the  arts,  which  they  already  possessed,  to  other  and 
more  extensive   purposes. 

The  children  of  Mizraim,  the  offspring  of  Ham,  found  in 
Egypt  a  soil  not  well  fitted  for  the  prosperous  management 
of  the  sheep.  The  Nile  overflowed  its  banks  twice  in  the 
year ;  and  when  its  waters  receded,  a  surface  was  left  that 
was  soon  covered  with  luxuriant  vegetation,  but  which  in- 
fected and  destroyed  the  sheep  that  fed  upon  it.  Accident 
or  experiment,  however,  soon  proved  that  it  was  favorable 
•to  the  cultivation  of  flax,  and  that  from  the  fibres  of  the  flax 
fine  linen  might  be  woven.  Did  the  discovery  of  the  flax 
lead  to  the  invention  of  weaving,  or  was  an  art,  known  and 
practised  for  many  a  century  before,  directed  to  the  man- 
ufacture of  this  new  material  ?  The  latter  is  the  more  prob- 
able supposition,  especially  if  it  is  recollected,  that  during 

*  Virml. 


INTRODUCTION.  25 

the  early  period  of  the  history  of  the  Patriarchs,  some  as- 
sociated tribes,  that  had  previously  inhabited  the  country  to 
the  east  of  Egypt,  invaded  and  conquered  the  districts  bor- 
dering on  the  Nile,  and  established  a  dynasty  there  under 
the  appellation  of  the  Shepherd  Kings.  The  Abimelech,  with 
whom  Abraham  had  controversy,  and  who  presented  to  him 
sheep,  oxen,  and  slaves,  was  one  of  those  shepherd  kings. 

To  Egypt,  then,  let  the  honor  still  be  yielded  of  having 
first  woven  the  fibres  of  the  flax  into  linen  ;  but  the  invention 
of  weaving,  the  conversion  into  cloth  of  the  animal  fibres  that 
grow  on  the  back  of  the  sheep,  is  a  claim  of  yet  more  an- 
cient date,  and  belongs  either  to  those  who  wandered  with 
their  flocks  far  from  the  plains  of  Ararat,  or  who  carried  the 
customs  and  arts  of  their  forefathers  into  the  country  which 
they  subjugated."* 

Burckhardt  thus  describes  the  loom  at  present  found  among 
the  Arab  shepherds  : — 

"  The  Arab  women  use  a  very  simple  loom ;  it  is  called 
nulon,  and  consists  of  two  short  sticks,  which  are  stuck  into 
the  ground  at  a  certain  distance  according  to  the  desired 
breadth  of  the  shauke,  or  piece  to  be  worked.  A  third  stick 
is  placed  across  over  them,  and  over  the  two  horizontal  cross 
sticks,  the  woof.  To  keep  the  upper  and  under  woof  at  a 
proper  distance  from  each  other,  a  flat  stick  is  placed  between 
them.  A  piece  of  wood  serves  as  the  weaver's  shuttle,  and 
a  short  gazelle's  horn  is  used  in  beating  back  the  thread  of 
the  shuttle.  The  loom  is  placed  before  the  maharrem,  or 
women's  apartment,  and  worked  by  the  mother  and  her 
daughters.  The  distaflf  is  in  general  use  among  them.  At 
Palmyra  I  saw  several  men  using  the  distaff";  and  among 
the  Kilby  Arabs  all  the  shepherds  manufacture  wool." 

The  foregoing  details  are  important  as  aiding  to  confirm, 
by  collateral  testimony,  the  authenticity  of  the  Scriptures  as 
shown  in  the  customs  of  the  wandering  hordes  of  the  East 
at  the  present  day,  which  are  the  identical  customs  of  the  prim- 
itive shepherds  :  also,  the  humanity  and  watchfulness  of  their 
flocks  which  characterized  the  latter,  examples  which  should 
have  their  due  weight  with  every  shepherd  now,  and  in  all 
time  to  come. 

*  Farmer's  Series. 
3 


THE  AMERICAN  SHEPHERD. 


CHAPTER  I. 

PROPERTIES  OF  WOOL. 

As  frequent  allusions  will  be  made  in  various  parts  of  tliis 
work  to  the  structure  of  the  fibre,  the  distinctive  peculiari- 
ties of  the  various  kinds  of  wool,  and  the  uses  to  which 
these  wools  are  respectively  applied,  it  is  apparent  that  here 
will  be  the  proper  place  for  a  discussion  of  the  subject ;  and 
the  reader  is  invited,  for  reasons  which  will  appear  obvious, 
to  give  it  his  careful  attention. 

STRUCTURE    OF    THE    SKIN. 

The  skin  of  the  sheep,  and  of  animals  generally,  is  com- 
posed of  three  coats,  or  layers.  The  external  one  is  called 
the  cuticle  or  scarf  skin,  which  is  exceedingly  to'  gh,  devoid 
of  feeling,  and  pierced  by  innumerable  small  holes,  for  the 
passage  of  the  wool  and  insensible  perspiration. 

The  next  layer  is  termed  the  mucus  coat,  a  soft  structure, 
its  fibres  having  scarcely  more  consistence  than  mucilage, 
and  consequently  separated  with  much  difficulty  from  the 
coat  below  it.  From  the  fact  that  the  pulpy  substance  of 
this  layer  uniformly  approximates  the  color  of  the  hair,  or 
wool,  it  is  supposed  that  here  resides  the  coloring  matter. 
This  is  the  seat  also  of  sensation;  the  nerves,  or  rather 
their  terminations,  ramifying  minutely  in  its  substance. 

The  third  or  lowermost  layer  is  the  cutis  or  true  skin,  a 
dense,  firm,  elastic  substance,  in  order  to  fit  closely  to  the 
parts  beneath,  to  yield  to  the  various  motions  of  the  body, 
and  the  resistance  of  external  injury.     The  true  skin  is 


28  PROPERTIES    OF    WOOL. 

composed  almost  entirely  o^  gelatine,  so  that  although  it  may 
be  dissolved  by  much  boiling,  it  is  insoluble  in  water  at  the 
common  temperature. 

It  is  well  known  the  skin  of  the  sheep  is  seldom  fully 
tanned,  but  is  prepared  in  a  peculiar  way,  and  used  for  the 
common  sort  of  binding  for  books,  or  is  converted  into  parch- 
ment, which,  from  its  durable  nature,  is  used  for  the  inscrip- 
tion of  documents  of  more  than  ordinary  value.  Other  uses 
made  of  the  pelts  of  lambs  in  foreign  countries,  mention  will 
be  made  hereafter. 

ANATOMY    OF    WOOL.  • 

Although  the  fibre  of  wool  has  been  submitted  to  severe 
examinations  of  powerful  microscopes,  its  internal  structure 
is  not  yet  definitely  settled — whether  solid,  or  conisting  of  a 
hard  exterior  tube  with  a  pith  within.  The  weight  of  testi- 
mony, however,  is  much  in  favor  of  the  supposition  of  the 
latter.  The  fact  may  be  adduced  in  support  of  this  conclu- 
sion, that  the  wool  of  the  sheep,  when  in  high  condition,  is 
coarser  than  when  in  low  flesh,  the  fibre  being  distended 
apparently  from  no  other  cause  than  the  superabundance  of 
the  secretive  matter  designed  for  its  growth.  Could  it  be 
otherwise  were  it  not  tubular  in  its  conformation  ?  It  may^ 
however,  proceed  from  another  cause,  for  it  has  been  satis- 
factorily ascertained  that  the  fibre  is  vascular,  being  supplied 
with  vessels  which  convey  nourishment  from  the  pulp, 
which  seem  to  accompany  it  to  a  considerable  distance 
from  the  root,  if  not  through  its  whole  extent. 

The  learned  Dr.  Good  says  : — "  The  PUca  polonica,  a 
disease  whose  existence  is  doubted  by  some,  but  of  the  oc- 
casional occurrence  of  w^hich  there  is  abundant  testimony, 
completely  establishes  the  vascularity  of  the  hair ;  for  it  is 
an  enlargement  of  the  individual  hairs,  so  much  so  as,  in 
some  cases,  to  permit  the  passage  of  red  blood,  for  the  hair 
will  bleed  when  divided  by  the  scissors."  Admitting  it  to 
be  true  that  the  hair  is  vascular,  it  follows  that  the  fibre  of 
wool  is  also  ;  and  hence  if  a  sheep  is  in  more  than  ordinary 
condition,  the  consequent  repletion  of  the  fluids  would  cause 
an  increased  bulk  of  the  fibre,  without  the  necessity  of  a 
tubular  conformation.  But  leave  is  taken  of  the  question, 
with  the  repetition  that  the  preponderance  of  testimony  is 
in  favor  of  the  theory  that  the  fibre  is  hollow. 

Each  fibre  of  wool  is  composed  of  a  number  of  filaments 


ITS    CHEMICAL    COMPOSITION.  29 

or  smaller  hairs,  ranged  side  by  side,  which  can  be  perceived 
without  difficulty,  from  the  tendency  it  sometimes  has  to  un- 
ravel at  the  point.  Mr.  Bakewell  has  remarked  on  this  as 
follows :  "  Hair  is  frequently  observed  to  split  at  its  points 
into  distinct  fibres — a  division  has  also  been  seen  in  the  hair 
of  wool.  This  seems  to  prove  that  they  are  formed  of  dis- 
tinct long  filaments  uniting  in  one  thread  or  hair.  In  large 
hairs  I  have  discovered  a  number  of  divisions  from  the  root 
to  the  point.  In  one  hair  I  distinctly  perceived  fifteen  of 
these  divisions  of  fibres  lying  parallel  to  each  other,  and  ia 
some  of  the  fibres  a  further  subdivision  was  distinguishable. 
Probably  these  subdivisions  v/ere  each  composed  of  others 
still  smaller,  which  the  limited  power  of  our  instruments 
may  prevent  us  from  discovering.  If  such  be  the  structure 
of  the  hair  of  some  animals,  it  is  at  least  probable  that  the 
hair  of  all  others  may  have  a  similar  conformation,  although 
the  fibres  of  which  they  are  composed  may  be  too  minute, 
or  adhere  too  firmJy  together  to  permit  us  to  separate  or  dis- 
tinguish them." 

ITS    CHEMICAL    COMPOSITION. 

The  fact  has  long  since  been  established  that  the  chemi- 
cal composition  of  nails,  hoofs,  horns,  hair,  wool,  and  even 
feathers,  is  substantially  the  same.  i\.ccording  to  Henry, 
they  are  made  up  of  an  animal  substance  resembling  coagu- 
lated albumen ;  and  sulphur,  silica,  carbonate  and  phosphate 
of  lime,  and  oxides  of  iron  and  manganese.  The  similarity 
of  the  odor  of  hoofs,  horns  and  hair,  perceptible  when  burned, 
is  within  the  experience  of  all.  It  is  also  well  known  that 
the  horns  of  cattle  are  made  up  of  elongated  fibres  or  hair, 
which  will  be  obvious  to  any  one  who  will  take  the  trouble 
to  examine  with  the  aid  of  a  microscope.  Indeed,  without 
this  instrument,  the  fact  can  be  established  as  exemplified 
in  the  horns  of  the  deer,  at  certain  stages  of  the  growth,  and 
also  those  of  the  giraffe,  on  the  surface  of  which  hairs  can 
be  distinctly  traced.  Other  testimony  may  be  found  in  the 
circumstance,  uniformly  the  same,  that  the  horns  conform 
in  the  degree  of  their  twist  or  curve  to  the  hair  or  wool  of 
the  animals  on  which  they  respectively  grow.  Thus,  in 
the  Angora  goat  and  wild  sheep  of  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
the  horns  are,  like  the  hair  and  wool  they  produce,  compara- 
tively straight ;  while  the  horns  of  the  Saxon  and  Merino 
resemble  the  beautiful  spiral  curve  of  their  wool. 

3* 


30  PROPERTIES    OF   WOOL, 


YOLK. 


This  peculiar  substance  is  so  called  abroad,  from  its  ad- 
hesiveness and  color ;  but  with  us  it  is  termed  gum,  an  ap- 
pellation derived  from  its  glutinous  properties,  quite  as 
appropriate.  It  is  apparent  in  the  fleeces  of  fine-wool 
sheep,  especially  the  Merino,  at  all  seasons  of  the  year,  but 
very  much  so  in  the  winter  and  spring  ;  and  although  ditfused 
through  the  whole  fleece,  yet  such  is  its  profusion  in  the 
Merino,  that  it  is  observable  in  detached  concrete  particles^ 
resembling  ear  wax.  According  to  the  chemical  analysis 
of  Vauquelin,  it  consists  principally  of  a  soapy  matter,  with 
a  basis  of  potash  ;  a  small  quantity  of  carbonate  of  potash; 
a  small  quantity  of  acetate  of  potash ;  lirne  in  an  unknown 
state  of  combination  ;  and  an  atom  o{  muriate  of  potash.  Its 
peculiar  odor,  well  known  to  those  familiar  with  the  fleeces 
of  Saxon  and  Merino,  is  derived  from  the  infusion  of  a  small 
quantity  of  animal  oil,  and  is  in  every  respect  a  true  soap^ 
which  would  permit  of  the  fleece  being  thoroughly  cleansed 
by  the  ordinary  mode  of  washing,  were  it  not  for  the  exist- 
ence of  this  uncombined  fatty  or  oily  matter,  which  remains 
attached  to  the  wool,  and  rendering  it  glutinous,  until  sub- 
jected to  the  process  of  scouring  by  the  manufacturer. 

There  are  some,  from  ignorance,  who  imagine  the  yolk  or 
gum  to  be,  if  not  absolutely  a  detriment  to  wool,  at  least  a  use- 
less concomitant.  This,  however,  is  a  decided  mistake.  It  is 
a  peculiar  secretion  from  the  glands  of  the  skin,  acting  as 
one  of  the  agents  in  promoting  the  growth  of  the  wool,  and 
by  its  adhesiveness,  matting  it,  and  thereby  forming  a  de- 
fence from  the  inclemency  of  the  weather.  From  accurate 
observation,  it  has  been  ascertained,  that  a  deficiency  of 
yolk  will  cause  the  fibre  to  be  dry,  harsh  and  weak,  and  the 
whole  fleece  becomes  thin  and  hairy  ;  on  the  contrary,  when 
there  is  a  natural  supply,  the  wool  is  soft,  plentiful  and 
strong.  The  quantity  is  depending  on  equability  of  tem- 
perature, the  health  of  the  sheep,  and  the  proportion  of 
nutritive  food  it  receives. 

Although  it  is  found  in  greater  or  less  quantities  in  the 
fleeces  of  almost  every  variety  of  sheep,  such  is  its  excess 
in  the  Merino  breed,  that  it  causes  dirt  to  collect  on  the  sur- 
face to  such  a  degree  as  to  form  an  indurated  crust,  with  a 
hue  resembling  the  thunder  cloud.  This  excess,  although, 
as  already  remarked,  no  way  injurious  to  the  fibre,  yet  in 


YOLK.  3 1 

one  sense  it  is  so  to  the  manufacturer,  from  the  uncertainty 
as  to  the  amount  of  loss  sustained  by  cleansing.  Hence  it 
is  that  the  European  manufacturer  refuses  to  purchase 
Spanish  Merino  wool,  without  being  thoroughly  washed 
with  soap,  which  is  always  performed  after  the  fleece  is 
shorn,  and  even  then  the  wool  shrinks,  by  the  manufacturer's 
mode  of  cleansing,  generally  about  10  per  cent. 

It  has  been  observed  that  temperature  has  an  influence  in 
determining  the  quantity  of  yolk;  hence,  the  equable  and 
mild  climate  of  Spain  is  favorable  to  its  production;  and 
although  the  Escurial  Merino  is  for  the  most  part  the  parent 
stock  of  the  Saxony  sheep,  yet,  from  the  opposite  character 
of  the  climate  to  that  of  Germany,  it  is  found  in  a  greatly 
diminished  quantity  in  Saxon  fleeces.  The  Saxon  Merino, 
however,  when  kept  in  fair  condition,  has  the  requisite  sup- 
ply to  give  additional  softness,  pliability,  and  strength  to  the 
fibre. 

On  the  authority  of  an  English  writer,  the  wools  of  several 
breeds  of  sheep  in  the  more  southern  part  of  the  kingdom 
abound  in  yolk  in  great  abundance,  so  that  a  fleece,  un- 
washed on  the  back,  will  lose  one-half  of  its  weight  by  thor- 
ough scouring.  A  deficiency  of  this  substance  is  percepti- 
ble as  progress  is  made  northward  ;  and  in  Northumberland 
and  Scotland,  it  is  common  for  the  farmers  to  supply  its  loss 
by  means  of  smearing  the  sheep,  in  autumn,  with  a  mixture 
of  tar  and  oil,  or  butter,  which  will  be  more  particularly  no- 
ticed hereafter.  To  confirm  the  propriety  of  this,  as  well 
as  afford  additional  testimony  of  the  virtues  of  yolk,  the  fol- 
lowing fact  is  quoted,  recorded  by  Mr.  Bakewell,  the  emi- 
nent sheep  breeder : — 

"  An  intelligent  manufacturer  in  my  neighborhood,  who 
kept  a  small  flock  of  good  wooled  sheep,  informed  me  he 
had  adopted  the  practice  of  rubbing  the  sheep  with  a  mixture 
of  butter  and  tar.  He  could  speak  decidedly  to  the  improve- 
ment the  wool  had  received  by  it,  having  superintended  the 
whole  process  of  the  manufacture.  The  cloth  was  superior 
to  what  ungreased  wool  could  have  made,  if  equally  fine  ;  it 
was  remarkably  soft  to  the  touch,  and  had  a  '  good  hand  and 
feel,'  the  appearance  of  the  threads  being  nearly  lost  in  a 
firm,  even  textur^e,  covered  with  a  soft,  full  nap." 

The  additional  value,  then,  the  yolk  imparts  to  the  wool, 
affords  a  useful  lesson  to  the  wool-grower,  to  take  such  care 
of  his  sheep  as  will  best  supply  the  needful  quantity.     Equa 


32  PROrEIlTIES    OF    WOOL. 

bility  of  temperature  being  one  requisite,  he  should  protect 
his  flocks  during  the  winter  season ;  and  good  condition 
being  another,  wholesome  and  nutritious  food  should  not  be 
spared. 

FORM    OF    THE    FIBRE. 

The  fibre  of  wool  is  circular,  diflfering  materially  in  diam- 
eter in  the  various  breeds,  and  also  in  different  parts  of  the 
same  fleece.  It  is  generally  larger  towards  the  point  and 
also  near  the  root,  and  in  some  instances  very  considerably 
so.  Mr.  Youatt's  description  cannot  be  simplified  or  im- 
proved. "  The  fibres  of  white  wool,  when  cleansed  from 
grease,  are  semi-transparent ;  their  surface  in  some  places 
is  beautifully  polished,  in  others  curiously  encrusted,  and 
they  reflect  the  rays  of  light  in  a  very  pleasing  manner. 
When  viewed  by  the  aid  of  a  powerful  achromatic  micro- 
scope, the  central  part  of  the  fibre  has  a  singularly  glittering 
appearance.  Very  irregularly  placed  minuter  filaments  are 
sometimes  seen  branching  from  the  main  trunk  like  boughs 
from  the  principal  stem.  This  exterior  polish  varies  much 
in  diflerent  wools,  and  in  wools  from  the  same  breed  of 
sheep  at  diflerent  times.  When  the  animal  is  in  good 
condition  and  the  fleece  healthy,  the  appearance  of  the  fibre 
is  really  brilliant ;  but  when  the  sheep  has  been  half  starved, 
the  wool  seems  to  have  sympathized  with  the  state  of  the 
constitution,  and  either  a  wan,  pale  light,  or  sometimes 
scarcely  any,  is  reflected." 

His  closing  paragraph  is  especially  true.  The  wool  of 
half-starved  sheep  can  be  detected  without  any  difliculty  by 
the  wool  stapler  and  experienced  buyer,  and  its  consequent 
deterioration  aflects  the  price.  The  fibre  of  such  wool  is 
finer,  it  is  true  ;  but  the  numberless  breaches  injure  every 
manufacture  for  which  it  is  used.  This  is  another  illustra- 
tion of  the  bad  policy  of  farmers  in  neglecting  to  keep  their 
sheep  in  uniform  good  condition.  Healthy  sheep  will  pro- 
duce healthy  wool,  both  being  always  the  most  valuable,  and 
consequently  paying  the  largest  dividends. 

ELASTICITY. 

A  writer  observes — "  There  are  two  antagonistic  princi- 
ples continually  at  work  in  every  part  of  the  frame  of  every 
animal ;  and  it  is  on  the  delicate  adjustment  and  balance  of 
power  between  them,  that  all  healthy  and  useful  action  de- 


SPIRAL   CURVE.  33 

pends  ;  the  disposition  to  give  way,  or  submit  to  some  alter- 
ation of  form  when  pressed  upon,  and  an  energy  by  means 
of  which  the  original  form  is  resumed,  as  soon  as  the  ex- 
ternal force  is  removed."  These  two  principles  are  beauti- 
fully exemplified  in  the  fibres  of  wool,  obviously  much 
dependant  on  the  numerous  and  minute  spiral  curves,  so 
manifest  in  the  Saxon  and  Merino.  Take,  for  instance,  a 
single  fibre  of  wool  of  these  varieties  of  sheep,  if  it  be 
stretched  to  its  full  length,  and  then  suddenly  set  free  at  one 
extremity,  it  will  resume  its  ringlet  form ;  and  hence  upon 
the  union  of  pliahility  with  the  elastic  principle  chiefly  de- 
pends the  usefulness,  and  consequently  value  of  wool. 

The  play  of  these  powers  is  differently  adjusted  in  differ- 
ent wools.  In  the  Saxon,  calculated  for  our  finest  fabrics, 
-the  action  of  these  opposing  principles  is  beautifully  bal- 
anced. Hence  it  is  the  fabric  is  so  easily  shorn  of  its 
superfluous  nap,  the  facility  with  which  it  yields  to  pressure, 
and  covers  the  threads  of  the  cloth  with  a  dense,  soft  pile. 
Notwithstanding  the  injury  the  elastic  powers  may  receive 
by  the  process  of  manufacture,  yet  by  the  aid  of  a  micro- 
scope, the  nap  presents  innumerable  minute  curves  closely 
hugging  the  texture  ;  and  to  this  much  of  the  beauty  of  our 
finest  cloth  is  owing.  To  these  opposing  powers  of  the 
fibre,  the  felting  principle  is  not  a  little  indebted,  as  will  be 
explained  hereafter. 

SPIRAL    CURVE. 

The  spiral  curve,  or  ringlet  form  of  wool,  has  been  referred 
to.  This  is  one  of  the  distinguishing  qualities  between  wool 
and  hair,  the  latter  being  comparatively  straight.  It  is  re- 
markable in  all  short-wooled  sheep,  but  in  no  other  varieties 
is  it  so  conspicuous  as  the  Saxon  and  Merino.  It  is  ob- 
servable in  the  Leicester  and  other  long-wooled  varieties, 
but  in  a  far  less  degree  ;  and  with  some  species  of  the  goat, 
under  the  hair  of  which  is  found  a  perfect  wool,  having  the 
true  felting  property,  and  the  fibre  considerably  curved. 

There  is  an  intimate  connexion  between  the  fineness  of 
the  wool,  and  the  number  of  the  curves,  or  otherv/ise,  in  pro- 
portion to  the  number  of  curves  in  a  given  span,  is  the  diame- 
ter of  the  fibre.  It  should  be  stated,  however,  that  this  is 
more  generally  true  of  pure  Saxon  and  Merino.  It  can  be 
easily  demonstrated,  if  the  experiment  is  fairly  made  with 
(he  micrometer,  care  being  taken  not  to  destroy  the  curves 


34  moPERTiES  OF  Wool. 

by  extension,  but  the  fibre  placed  in  the  instrument  as  H 
naturally  grows  upon  the  sheep.  From  M.  Lafoun's  work 
on  German  management  of  sheep,  the  following  is  extracted, 
bearing  on  this  point : 

"  Those  breeding  pure  Saxons,  inspect  their  flocks  three 
times  in  the  year ;  before  winter,  when  the  selection  of 
lambs  is  made,  in  the  spring,  and  at  shearing  time.  Eacb 
sheep  is  placed  in  its  turn  on  a  kind  of  table,  and  examined 
carefully  as  to  the  growth,  the  elasticity,  the  pliability,  the 
brilliancy,  and  the  fineness  of  the  wool.  The  latter  is  as- 
certained by  means  of  a  micrometer.  It  being  found  that 
there  icas  an  evident  connection  hetioeen  the  jiiieness  of  the 
fhre  and  the  number  of  curves,  this  was  more  accurately 
noted,  and  the  following  table  was  constructed.  The  fleece 
was  sorted  in  the  manner  usual  in  France.  The  fineness 
of  the  Superelecta,  or  picklock,  is  represented  by  a  span 
corresponding  with  the  number  7  on  the  instrument." 


Curves  in 

Sort.       Name. 

an  inch. 

Diameter  of  filire. 

1.  Superelecta, 

27  to  29 

7     or  1 -840th  of 

an  inch, 

2.  Electa, 

24  to  28 

8     or  1 -735th 

3.  Prima, 

20  to  23 

9     or  1 -660th 

4.  Secunda  Prima, 

19  to  19 

10     or  l-588th 

5.  Secunda, 

16  to  17 

11     or  l-534th 

6.  Tertia, 

14  to  15 

111-  or  l-510th 

The  above  will  show  the  necessity  of  more  care  with 
wool-growers  in  breeding  from  such  sheep  only  whose  woo) 
approximates  nearest  to  the  principle  laid  down,  as  it  is  to 
this  curled  form  of  wool  its  most  valuable  uses  depend.  It 
is  one  agent,  though  not  the  principal,  in  producing  the  phe- 
nomena of  felting.  "  It  materially  contributes  to  that  dispo- 
sition  of  the  fibres  which  enables  them  to  attach  and  entwine 
themselves  together  ;  it  multiplies  the  opportunities  for  this 
interlacing,  and  it  increases  the  difficulty  of  unravelling  the 
feh." 

The  numerous  and  minute  curves  being,  as  observed,  emi- 
nently characteristic  of  the  pure  Saxon  and  Merino,  will 
serve  as  a  sure  test,  in  all  cases,  of  the  purity  of  blood,  and 
therefore  aflfords  a  certain  and  unerring  guide  in  the  selection 
of  breeding  sheep.  If  it  is  rightly  adhered  to,  the  every  day 
attempts  to  dispose  of  grades  for  high-bred  sheep  will  be 
frustrated. 


FINENESS.  35 


SOFTNESS FINENESS. 

It  is  not  as  generally  known  as  it  should  be,  that  softness 
is  a  quality  of  wool  of  much  consequence.  When  the  wool 
buyer  and  stapler  proceed  to  an  examination  of  a  parcel,  their 
judgment  will  be  materially  affected  as  to  its  value,  whether 
"  soft  in  handle,"  or  otherwise.  This,  however,  generally 
speaking,  is  the  result  of  comparative  fineness  ;  but  by  no 
means  always  so,  for  wool  of  the  same  quality  of  fineness 
has  not  the  same  degree  of  softness.  There  are  several 
causes  to  account  for  it,  and  among  them  is  soil ;  as,  for 
instance,  the  chalky  districts  of  England  affect  the  wool  to 
such  an  extent  as  to  make  it  invariably  brittle  and  harsh. 
This,  however,  is  only  local.  The  general  cause  of  a  de- 
ficiency of  softness  in  wools  of  the  same  breed,  may  be  re- 
ferred directly  to  the  condition  of  the  sheep.  It  has  already 
been  stated  that  when  the  animal  was  kept  in  uniform  good 
condition,  the  necessary  quantity  of  yolk  was  supplied.  Now 
if  there  is  but  little  of  this  substance,  which  will  follow  an 
abuse  in  management,  the  wool  will  be  less  pliable  and 
"  kind  to  feel."  Therefore  it  may  be  set  down  as  a  univer- 
sal rule,  that  wool  owes  much  of  its  softness  to  the  presence 
of  a  su-fficiency  of  yolk. 

As  a  testimony  how  much  this  quality  of  wool  is  appre- 
ciated by  the  manufacturer,  it  is  affirmed  on  the  authority  of 
an  English  author,  '•  that  two  parcels  of  sorted  wool  being 
taken,  possessing  the  same  degree  of  fineness,  but  the  one 
having  the  soft  quality  in  an  eminent  degree,  and  the  other 
being  harsh,  the  cloth  prepared  from  the  first,  at  the  same 
expense,  will  be  worth  more  to  the  manufacturer  than  the 
other,  by  full  20  per  cent." 

FINENESS. 

This  term,  when  applied  to  wool,  is  wholly  comparative  ; 
various  breeds  of  sheep  producing  wool  essentially  different 
in  quality,  the  same  breeds  varying  much,  and  all  breeds 
exhibiting  qualities  of  wool  of  unequal  fineness  in  the  same 
fleece.  It  is  also  sometimes  the  fact  that  the  extremity  of 
the  fibre,  as  ascertained  by  the  micrometer,  is  five  times 
greater  in  bulk  than  the  centre  and  root. 

The  fibre  may  be  considered  coarse  when  it  is  more  than 
the  five  hundredth  part  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  very  fine 
when  it  does  not  exceed  the  nine  hundredth  part  of  an  inch, 


36 


PROPERTIES    OF   WOOL. 


as  exhibited  occasionally  in  choice  samples  of  Saxon  Merino 
wool.  It  is  said  there  are  animals  which  have  a  wool  un- 
derneath a  covering  of  hair,  the  fibre  of  which  is  less  than 
the  twelve  hundredth  part  of  an  inch.* 

The  following  cut  will  show  the  points  in  the  pure  Merino 
and  Saxon  where  the  different  qualities  of  wool  are  to  be 
found.  The  divisions  do  not  always  accurately  correspond, 
but  Lasteyrie  and  Chancellor  Livingston,  who  were  both 
familiar  with  pure  Spanish  xMerinos,  agree  as  to  their  general 
truth,  and  the  observations  of  the  writer  confirm  their  decision. 

It  is,  then,  a  matter  to  be  studied  by  the  wool-grower  who 
is  desirous  of  propagating  sheep  of  the  fine-wooled  varieties  ; 
for  grades  will  often  exhibit  seven  and  eight  qualities  in  the 
same  fleece,  whereas  it  will  be  seen  that  unalloyed  breeds 
show  but  four  qualities.  Individuals  have  occasionally  been 
found  in  original  Saxon  flocks  whose  fleeces  would  divide 
into  only  two  sorts  ;  but  this  is  very  rare. 


m-mm':^  mm:-M^im^ 


^      ".-^^^    -:^>^^%s«f?rf 


MERINO    EWE. 

*  Luccock. 


LENGTH   OF   THE    STAPLE — COLOR.  37 

The  refina  (fig.  1),  or  the  picklock  wool,  begins  at  the 
withers,  and  extends  along  the  back  to  the  setting  on  of 
the  tail.  It  reaches  only  a  little  way  down  at  the  quarters, 
but,  dipping  down  at  the  flanks,  takes  in  all  the  superior  part 
of  the  chest,  and  the  middle  of  the  side  of  the  neck  to  the 
angle  of  the  lower  jaw.  The  jiiia  (fig.  2),  a  valuable  wool, 
but  not  so  deeply  serrated,  or  possessing  so  many  curves  as 
the  refina,  occupies  the  belly,  and  the  quarters  and  thighs 
down  to  the  stifle  joint.  No.  3,  or  third  quality,  is  found  on 
the  head,  the  throat,  the  lower  part  of  the  neck,  and  the 
shoulders,  terminating  at  the  elbow ;  the  wool  yielded  by 
the  legs,  and  reaching  from  the  stifle  to  a  little  below  the 
hock,  is  procured  from  the  tuft  that  grows  on  the  forehead 
and  cheeks,  from  the  tail,  and  from  the  legs  below  the  hock.* 

LENGTH    OF    THE    STAPLE. 

Formerly,  wool  of  short  staple  only  was  thought  by  the 
manufacturer  indispensable  to  make  a  fine  cloth  with  a  close 
pile  or  nap,  but  the  improvements  made  in  machinery  within 
a  few  years  have  superseded  this  consideration,  and  now 
long-staple  wool  is  most  valued.  This  in  part  proceeds 
from  the  fact  that  short  wools  have  more  "  dead  end,"  pro- 
portionally, than  long  ;  again,  the  new  American  enterprise 
for  manufacturing  muslin  de  laines,  calls  for  a  long,  tough, 
fine  staple.  The  Australian  wools,  which  are  of  Merino 
and  Saxon  blood,  from  the  mildness  of  the  climate  of  New 
South  Wales,  are  very  much  longer  in  staple  than  formerly, 
and  are  much  used  for  the  above  object.  It  is  a  query, 
however,  whether  a  fine  and  very  compact  fleece,  possessing 
a  long  fibre,  can  be  produced  on  the  same  sheep.  Very 
close,  fine  fleeces,  are  always  comparatively  short  in  staple ; 
and  close  fleeces  are  indispensable  in  our  rigorous  climate,  to 
protect  the  sheep  from  the  eflects  of  cold  and  wet ;  on  the  con- 
trary, open  fleeces  are  usually  long  in  staple,  but  a  poor  defence 
against  a  low  temperature.  It  is,  therefore,  a  question  for 
the  wool-grower  of  the  North  to  consider  whether,  in  obliging 
the  manufacturer,  he  will  not  adopt  a  policy  injurious  to  the 
constitution  of  his  sheep.  In  a  more  southern  latitude,  this 
consideration  is  not  so  important. 

COLOR. 

The  alteration   of  the  color  was  the  first  recorded  im- 

*  Livingston. 
4 


38  PROPERTIES   OF    WOOL. 

provement  of  the  sheep,  and  its  purity,  its  perfect  whiteness, 
should  never  be  lost  sight  of  by  the  sheep-master  of  the 
present  day.  It  is,  however,  not  so  much  considered  as  it 
should  be.  Manufacturers  desire  none  other  fine  wools 
than  those  of  the  purest  whiteness,  for  the  reason  that  those 
of  a  black  or  dun-colored  hue,  do  not  receive  a  perfect  fancy 
dye,  and  therefore  can  be  converted  only  into  black  cloths ; 
hence,  they  are  valued  accordingly.  Flock-masters  should 
never  breed  from  individuals  that  are  otherwise  than  purely 
white  ;  for,  independent  of  the  above  consideration,  black  or 
smutty  sheep  mar  the  appearance  of  a  flock. 

TRUENESS. 

The  quality  of  trueness  of  the  staple  especially  enhances 
the  value  of  every  grade  of  wool  in  which  it  is  found.  It 
comprises  an  equality  of  the  diameter  of  the  fibre  from  the 
root  to  the  point,  and  uniformity  of  the  fleece  generally. 
When  the  filament  greatly  lacks  in  this  particular,  it  may  be 
ascribed  to  an  irregular  and  unhealthy  action  of  the  secretion 
of  wool,  which,  in  turn,  must  be  attributed,  in  general,  to  abuses 
in  management  of  the  sheep.  For  instance,  if  the  animal  has 
fared  kindly  till  the  winter  season,  and  then  exposed  to 
storm,  and  cold,  and  withal  ill  fed,  the  growth  of  that  part 
of  the  fibre  during  this  period  will  be  considerably  dimin- 
ished in  diameter,  proportionally  weak,  and  when  examined 
by  the  microscope,  presents  a  withered  appearance.  On 
being  turned  to  pasture,  the  fare  being  better,  and  the  secre- 
tions again  becoming  healthy  and  abundant,  an  enlargement 
of  the  fibre  follows;  but  it  is  greatly  destitute,  from  the 
causes  stated,  of  the  quality  of  trueness,  and  therefore  de- 
bases the  value  of  the  whole  fleece.  The  weak  and  with- 
ered parts  of  the  fibre  are  termed  breaches,  and  injure  mate- 
rially every  manufacture  in  which  it  is  employed,  the  felting 
property  being  deteriorated,  and  the  cloth  having  less  strength 
and  softness.  The  skilful  stapler  and  wool-buyer  will,  on 
critical  examination,  easily  detect  this  serious  fault,  and  prize 
the  wool  accordingly.  By  pulling  asunder  a  single  fibre, 
the  break  will  uniformly  be  confined  to  the  breachy  or  with- 
ered point.     This  is  termed  unsound  wool. 

Although  this  description  of  wool  is  generally,  as  remarked, 
the  result  of  bad  management  of  the  flock,  yet  it  is  common 
to  all  good  sheep.  With  the  Saxon  and  Merino,  after  the 
ewes,  particularly,  pass  the  age  of  eight  or  nine  years,  the 


INFLUENCE  OF  TEMPERATURE,  39 

yolk  lessens  in  quantity,  which  is  followed  by  compara- 
tively a  hard,  inelastic,  unyielding  character  of  the  wool, 
with  the  strength  and  weight  greatly  diminished.  There- 
fore, notwithstanding  the  singular  longevity  of  these  breeds, 
it  is  better  to  pass  them  over  to  the  butcher,  when  arrived 
at  the  age  mentioned. 

Intimately  connected  with  producing  a  sound  and  true  sta- 
ple, is  the 

INFLUENCE    OF    TEMPERATURE. 

It  cannot  be  doubted  that  equability  of  temperature  is  an 
important  agent  in  perfecting  the  several  properties  of  wool. 
The  Spanish  custom,  continued  for  centuries,  of  driving  the 
sheep  in  the  spring  to  the  northern  and  mountainous  parts 
of  the  kingdom,  which  are  there  kept  until  the  approach  of 
winter,  originated  in  part  from  the  conviction  that  this  theory 
was  sound.  Indeed,  it  is  founded  in  the  natural  instinct  of 
the  sheep.  Every  one  knows  it  is  impatient  of  heat.  In 
the  midst  of  summer,  in  all  latitudes  where  it  is  found,  it 
will  seek  the  most  elevated  points  for  the  sake  of  the  cool- 
ing breeze,  and  retire  to  shades  to  guard  itself  against  the 
burning  rays  of  the  sun.  In  winter  it  will  flee  to  a  place  of 
refuge  from  storms  and  cold.  All  this  testifies  strongly  in 
favor  of  the  correctness  of  the  premises.  But  the  question 
may  be  asked,  what  has  the  bodily  comfort  of  the  animal  to 
do  with  perfecting  the  several  properties  of  the  fleece  ?  The 
answer  is,  every  thing.  If  health  and  thrift  are  promoted 
by  equability  of  temperature,  the  cutaneous  glands  are  alike 
healthy,  and  a  regular  and  even  growth  of  the  fibre  naturally 
follows. 

But  strictly  speaking,  equability  of  temperature  is  nowhere 
to  be  found ;  therefore,  in  our  rigorous  and  changeable  climate, 
the  fibre  of  w^ool  must  ever  present  a  greater  or  less  inequal- 
ity of  diameter  between  its  extremes.  It  is  remarkable  that 
the  point  has  always  the  largest  bulk.  This  is  the  product 
of  summer,  after  shearing  time,  when  there  is  a  repletion  of 
the  secretions  which  produce  the  wool,  and  when  the  pores 
of  the  skin  are  relaxed  and  open,  and  permit  a  larger  fibre 
to  protrude.  The  portion  near  the  root  is  the  growth  of  the 
spring,  when  the  weather  is  getting  warm ;  and  the  inter- 
mediate part  is  the  offspring  of  Avinter,  when,  under  the  in- 
fluence of  the  cold,  the  pores  of  the  skin  contract,  and  permit 
only  a  finer  fibe  to  escape. 


40  PROPERTIES    OF    WOOL, 

An  author  remarks,  "  The  variations  in  the  diameter  of 
the  wool  in  the  different  parts  of  the  fibre  will  also  curiously 
correspond  with  the  degree  of  heat  at  the  time  the  respective 
portions  were  produced.  The  fibre  of  the  wool,  and  the 
record  of  the  meteorologist,  will  singularly  agree,  if  the  va- 
riations in  temperature  are  sufliciently  distant  from  each 
other  for  any  appreciable  part  of  the  fibre  to  grow." 

In  confirmation  of  the  general  fact  as  to  the  influence  of 
climate  on  wool  and  hair,  the  remarks  of  Mr.  Hunter,  an 
English  author  of  high  authority,  are  quoted :  "  Sheep  car- 
ried from  a  cold  to  a  warm  climate  soon  undergo  a  remarka- 
ble change  in  the  appearance  of  their  fleece.  From  being 
very  firm  and  thick,  it  becomes  thin  and  coarse  ;  until  at 
length  it  degenerates  into  hair.  Even  if  this  change  should 
not  take  place  to  its  full  extent  in  the  individual,  it  will  in- 
fallibly do  so  in  the  course  of  a  greater  or  less  number  of 
generations.  The  effect  of  heat  is  nearly  the  same  on  the 
hairs  of  other  animals.  The  same  species  that  in  Russia, 
Siberia,  and  North  America,  produce  the  most  beautiful  and 
valuable  furs,  have  nothing  in  the  warmer  climates  but  a 
coarse  and  thin  covering  of  hair." 

The  above  must  be  received  with  some  limitation.  Mr. 
Youatt  makes  the  following  remarks  :  "  Temperature  and 
pasture  have  an  influence  on  the  fineness  of  the  fibre,  and 
one  which  the  farmer  should  never  disregard  ;  but  he  may 
in  a  great  measure,  counteract  this  influence  by  careful 
management  and  selection  in  breeding.  The  original  ten- 
dency to  the  production  of  a  fleece  of  mixed  materials  exist- 
ing, and  the  longer  coarse  hair  covering  and  defending  the 
shorter  and  softer  wool,  nature  may  be  gradually  adapting 
the  animal  to  his  new  locality ;  the  hair  may  increase  and 
the  wool  may  diminish,  if  man  is  idle  all  the  while  ;  but  a 
little  attention  to  breeding  and  management  will  limit  the 
extent  of  the  evil,  or  prevent  it  altogether.  A  better  illus- 
tration of  this  cannot  be  found,  than  in  the  fact  that  the 
Merino  has  been  transplanted  to  every  latitude  on  the  tem- 
perate zone,  and  to  some  beyond  it — to  Sweden  in  the 
north,  and  Australia  in  the  south,  and  has  retained  its  ten- 
dency to  produce  wool  exclusively,  and  wool  of  nearly  equal 
fineness  and  value." 

M.  Lasteyrie,  the  unwearied  advocate  of  the  Merinos, 
uses  this  remarkable  language  : — "The  preservation  of  the 
Merino  race  in  its  purity  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and 


FELTING.  4f 

under  the  rigorous  climate  of  Sweden,  furnish  an  additional 
support  of  this,  my  unaherable  opinion,  fine-wooled  sheep 
may  be  kept  wherever  industrious  men  and  intelligent  breeders 
exist." 

Notwithstanding  the  above  is  so  consolatory,  and  withal 
so  very  encouraging  to  our  brethren  of  the  Southern  States  to 
embark  in  sheep  husbandry,  yet  it  is  undeniable  that  in 
northern  latitudes  the  finest  wools  are  produced ;  but  this 
has  arisen  much  from  superior  skill  in  breeding,  and  great 
assiduity  in  management  in  every  regard.  If  sheep  are 
properly  selected  from  high-bred  Merino  and  Saxon  flocks, 
and  taken  to  a  latitude  not  south  of  28  deg.,  if  rightly  man- 
aged, will  suffer  little  deterioration  for  many  years,  and  will 
produce  wools  of  a  like  description  of  the  Australian,  soft, 
of  even  and  long  filament,  fit  for  felting,  and  also  admirably 
adapted  for  the  finest  and  most  beautiful  of  worsted  fabrics. 
An  instance  is  known  by  the  writer,*  of  an  imported  flock 
of  Saxons  having  been  taken  to  Tennessee  some  twenty 
years  since,  and  judging  from  the  samples  of  wool  from  it 
now  in  his  possession,  the  conclusion  is  inevitable,  that 
little  or  no  deterioration  has  been  produced  by  the  climate. 
If  sheep  are  provided  with  suitable  retreats  for  shade  during 
the  heat  of  the  summer  months,  there  are  many  districts  in 
the  Southern  States  unsurpassed  for  wool  cultivation.  If 
there  is  a  tendency  to  coarseness,  it  will  be  retarded  or 
wholly  prevented  by  an  occasional  recurrence  to  northern 
stock  getters. 

Many  imagine  that  the  climate  of  the  Southern  States  is 
wholly  unsuitable  for  the  production  of  a  fine  fleece,  because 
of  the  inferiority  of  the  wools  of  South  America.  The  de- 
generacy of  the  Merinos  taken  there,  has  not  arisen  so  much 
from  the  climate,  as  because  "  industrious  men  and  intelli- 
gent breeders"  were  not  present  to  manage  them;  further- 
more, very  many  of  the  sheep  transported  there  from  Spain, 
were  of  the  Chunah  breed,  producing  very  coarse  wool,  and 
these  were  promiscuously  bred  with  the  Merinos.  The 
conservative  power  over  the  fleece  lies  in  good  management 
far  more  than  climate. 

FELTING. 

The  phenomena  of  felting  long  remained  enshrouded  in 

*  Mr.  Mark  H.  Cockrill — see  liis  letter  in  Appendix. 
4* 


42  rnoPERTiEs  of  wool. 

mystery.  This  gave  rise  to  numerous  speculations  as  to  the 
primary  cause  or  causes,  many  of  which,  ahhough  plausible 
at  the  time  of  their  publicity,  now  that  the  true  cause  has 
been  discovered,  appear  sufficiently  ridiculous.  But  the 
keen  sagacity  of  man  at  length  mastered  the  subject  by  sur- 
mising the  correct  theory,  without  the  means,  however,  to 
demonstrate  it,  for  want  of  microscopes  of  adequate  power. 
To  M.  Monge,  the  distinguished  French  chemist,  are  we 
indebted  for  the  first  correct  view  of  the  structure  of  the 
fibre,  which,  from  its  peculiarity,  mainly  depends  the  felting 
principle.  He  asserted  "  that  the  surface  of  each  fibre  of 
wool  is  formed  of  lamellae,  or  little  plates  which  cover  each 
other  from  the  root  to  the  point,  pretty  much  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  scales  of  a  fish  cover  that  animal  from  the 
head  to  the  tail,  or  like  rows  placed  over  one  another,  as  is 
observed  in  the  structure  of  horns  ;"  and  he  accounts  for  the 
felting  process  in  the  following  way  : 

"  In  making  a  felt  which  is  to  constitute  the  body  of  a  hat, 
the  workman  presses  the  mass  with  his  hands,  moving  them 
backwards  and  forwards  in  various  directions.  This  pres- 
sure brings  the  hairs  or  fibres  against  each  other,  and  multi- 
plies their  points  of  contact.  The  agitation  gives  to  each 
hair  a  progressive  motion  towards  the  root ;  but  the  roots 
are  disposed  in  different  directions — in  every  direction  ;  and 
the  lamellae  of  one  hair  will  fix  themselves  on  those  of  an- 
other hair,  which  happens  to  be  directed  a  contrary  way, 
and  the  hairs  become  twisted  together,  and  the  mass  assumes 
the  compact  form  which  it  was  the  aim  of  the  workman  to 
produce.  If  the  wool  is  in  cloth  and  subjected  to  the  pro- 
cess of  fulling,  the  fibres  which  compose  one  of  the  threads, 
whether  of  the  warp  or  woof,  assume  a  progressive  move- 
ment ;  they  introduce  themselves  among  those  of  the  threads 
nearest  to  them,  and  thus  by  degrees  all  the  threads  become 
felted  together,  the  cloth  is  shortened  in  all  its  dimensions, 
and  partakes  both  of  the  nature  of  cloth  and  of  felt."  No 
language  can  be  employed  which  will  convey  a  more  cor- 
rect and  vivid  impression  of  the  process  of  felting,  than  the 
foregoing. 

Through  the  indomitable  perseverance  of  Mr.  Youatt,  the 
author  of  a  valuable,  though  too  diffuse,  treatise  on  British 
sheep-husbandry,  Monge's  theory  was  finally  demonstrated, 
although  he  was  often  frustrated,  and  almost  yielded  to  de- 
spair, from  the  imperfections  of  his  instruments.     The  con- 


FELTING.  43 

struction  at  last  of  a  superior  achromatic  microscope  by  Mr. 
Powell,  of  London,  enabled  him  to  realize  his  ardent  wishes  ; 
and  his  own  description  of  the  scene,  and  the  conclusioQs 
to  which  he  arrived,  are  of  too  much  interest  to  admit  of 
any  abbreviation. 

"  On  the  evening  of  the  7th  of  Feb.  1835,  Mr.  Thomas 
Flint,  woollen  manufacturer,  resident  at  Leeds  ;  Mr.  Sy- 
monds,  clothing  agent,  of  London,  Mr.  F.  Millington,  sur- 
geon, of  London,  Mr.  Edward  Brady,  veterinary  surgeon, 
Mr.  Powell,  the  maker  of  the  microscope,  and  the  author 
himself,  were  assembled  in  his  parlor.  The  instrument  was, 
in  Mr.  Powell's  opinion,  the  best  he  had  constructed.  A 
fibre  was  taken  from  a  Merino  fleece  of  three  years'  growth; 
th«  animal  was  bred  by,  and  belonged  to  Lord  Western.  It 
was  taken  without  selection,  and  placed  on  the  frame  to  be 
examined  as  a  transparent  object.  A  power  of  300  (linear) 
was  used,  and  the  lamp  was  of  the  common  flat-wicked  kind. 
The  focus  was  readily  found ;  there  was  no  trouble  in  the 
adjustment  of  the  microscope ;  and  after  Mr.  Powell,  Mr. 
Flint  had  the  first  perfect  occular  demonstration  of  the  ir- 
regularities in  the  surface  of  the  wool,  the  palpable  proof  of 
the  cause  of  the  most  valuable  of  its  properties — its  disposi- 
tion to  felt. 

"  The  fibre  thus  looked  at,  assumed  a  flattened  riband- 
like form.  It  w^as  of  a  pearly  grey  color,  darker  towards 
the  centre,  and  with  faint  lines  across  it.  The  edges  were 
evidently  hooked,  or  more  properly  serrated — they  resembled 
the  teeth  of  a  fine  saw.  These  were  somewhat  irregular  in 
different  parts  of  the  field  of  view,  both  as  to  size  and  num- 
ber. The  area  of  the  field  was  now  ascertained ;  it  was 
one-fortieth  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  By  means  of  the  mi- 
crometer we  divided  this  into  four,  and  we  then  counted  the 
number  of  serrations  in  each  division.  Three  of  us  counted 
all  four  divisions,  for  there  was  a  difference  in  some  of  them. 
The  number  was  set  down  privately,  and  it  was  found  that 
we  had  all  estimated  it  at  fifteen  in  each  division.  Having 
multiplied  this  by  four,  to  obtain  the  whole  field,  and  that  by 
forty,  the  proportionate  part  of  an  inch  of  which  the  field 
consisted,  we  obtained  a  result  which  could  not  be  disputed, 
that  there  were  2,400  serrations  in  the  space  of  an  inch,  and 
all  of  which  projected  in  the  same  direction,  viz.  from  the 
root  to  the  point.  Then,  before  we  quitted  the  examination 
of  the  fibre  as  a  transparent  object,  we  endeavored  to  ascer- 


44  PROPE!lTIES   OF   WOOL. 

tain  its  actual  character,  and  proved  it  to  1 -750th  of  an 
inch. 

"  We  next  endeavored  to  explore  the  cause  of  this  ser- 
rated appearance,  and  the  nature  of  the  irregularities  on  the 
surface,  which  might  possibly  account  for  the  production  of 
these  tooth-like  projections  ;  we  therefore  took  another  fibre, 
and  mounted  it  as  an  opaque  object.  There  was  considera- 
ble difficulty  in  throwing  the  light  advantageously  on  the 
fibre,  so  small  a  space  only  as  l-30th  of  an  inch  intervening 
between  the  lens  and  the  object.  At  length  Mr,  Powell 
perfectly  succeeded  ;  and  we  were  presented  with  a  beauti- 
ful glittering  column,  wdth  lines  of  division  across  it,  in  num- 
ber and  distance  seemingly  corresponding  with  the  serra- 
tions that  we  had  observed  in  the  other  fibre  that  had  been 
viewed  as  a  transparent  object.  It  was  not  at  once  that  the 
eye  could  adapt  itself  to  the  brilliancy  of  the  object ;  but  by 
degrees  these  divisions  developed  themselves,  and  could  be 
accurately  traced.  These  were  not  so  marked  as  the  in- 
verted cones  which  the  bat's  wool  presented,  but  they  were 
distinct  enough  ;  and  the  apex  of  the  superior  one,  yet  com- 
paratively little  diminished  in  bulk,  was  received  into  the 
excavated  base  of  the  one  immediately  beneath,  while  the 
edge  of  this  base  formed  into  a  cup-like  shape,  projected, 
and  had  a  serrated,  or  indented  edge,  bearing  no  indistinct 
resemblance  to  the  ancient  crown.  All  these  projecting  in- 
dented edges  pointed  in  a  direction  from  root  to  point. 

"  Whether  these,  like  the  cones  of  the  bat,  are  joints,  or 
at  least  points  of  comparative  weakness,  and  thus  accounting 
for  the  pliancy  and  softness  of  the  fibre,  or  regulating  the  de- 
gree in  which  these  qualities  exist,  may  perhaps  be  better 
determined  by  and  by ;  one  thing,  however,  is  sufficiently 
plain,  that  these  serrated  edges  in  the  transparent  object 
produced  (when  the  fibre  was  resolved  into  its  true  form  as 
an  opaque  one)  by  the  projecting  edges  of  the  cups  or  hol- 
lowed bases  of  the  inverted  cones,  affi^rd  the  most  satisfac- 
tory solution  of  the  felting  principle  that  can  be  given  or 
desired.  The  fibres  can  move  readily  in  a  direction  from 
root  to  point,  the  projections  of  the  cups  offering  little  or  no 
impediment,  but  when  they  have  been  once  involved  in  a 
mass,  and  a  mass  that  has  been  pressed  powerfully  together, 
as  in  some  part  of  the  manufactory  of  all  felting  wool,  the 
retraction  of  the  fibre  must  be  difficult,  and  in  most  cases 
impossible." 


FELTING. 


45 


The  annexed  cuts  exhibit  microscopic  views  of  the  fibres 
of  wool  from  picklock  samples  of  Merino  and  South  Down 
fleeces.  The  relative  difference  of  serrations  cannot  be 
conveniently  delineated  in  a  plate  :  a  marked  difference, 
however,  will  be  observed  in  the  construction  of  the  lamellae. 

No.  1,  a  fibre  of  Merino  wool  as  a  transparent  object; 
No.  2,  the  same,  as  opaque.  No.  3,  a  fibre  of  South  Down 
wool,  transparent :  No.  4,  the  same,  opaque. 


MICROSCOPIC   VIEW    OF   WOOL. 


No.  1.      No.  2.      No.  3.        No.  4. 


The  following  observations  by  Mr.  Youatt,  whose  inde- 
fatigable zeal  and  dilig^ence  in  the  investigation  of  many 
particulars  embraced  in  the  present  chapter,  entitles  him  to 
much  honor,  will  conclude  the  subject  : — 

"  There  can  no  longer  be  a  doubt  with  regard  to  the 
general  outline  of  the  woolly  fibre.  It  consists  of  a  cen- 
tral stem  or  stalk,  probably  hollow,  or  at  least  porous,  and 
possessing  a  semitransparency  not  found  in  the  fibre  of  hair. 
From  this  central  stalk  there  springs  at  different  distances,  in 
different  breeds  of  sheep,  a  circlet  of  leave-shaped  projec- 


46  PROPERTIES    OF    WOOL. 

tions.  In  the  finer  species  of  wool  these  circles  seemed  at 
first  to  be  composed  of  one  indented,  or  serrated  ring  ;  but 
when  the  eye  was  accustomed  to  them,  this  ring  was  resolv- 
able into  leaves,  or  scales.  In  the  larger  kinds  the  ring  was 
at  once  resolvable  into  these  scales,  or  leaves,  varying  in 
number,  shape,  and  size,  and  projecting  at  different  angles 
from  the  stalk,  in  the  direction  of  the  leaves  of  vegetables, 
from  the  root  to  the  point,  or  farther  extremity.  In  the  bat 
there  seemed  to  be  a  diminution  in  the  bulk  of  the  stalk, 
immediately  above  the  commencement  of  the  sprouting  of 
the  leaves,  and  presenting  the  appearance  of  the  apex  of  an 
inverted  cone  received  in  the  hollowed  cup-like  base  of  an- 
other immediately  beneath.  The  diminution  in  the  fibre  of 
the  wool  at  these  points  could  be  only  indistinctly  perceived  ; 
but  the  projection  of  the  leaves  gave  a  somewhat  similar 
cone-like  appearance.  The  extremities  of  the  leaves  in  the 
long  Merino  and  the  Saxon  wool  were  evidently  pointed, 
with  acute  indentations  or  angles  between  them.  They 
were  pointed  likewise  in  the  South  Down,  but  not  so  much, 
and  the  interposed  vacuities  were  less  deep  and  angular. 
In  the  Leicester  the  leaves  are  round,  with  a  diminutive 
point  or  space.  Of  the  actual  substance  and  strength  of 
these  leafy  or  scaly  circles  nothing  can  yet  be  affirmed  ;  but 
they  appear  to  be  capable  of  different  degrees  of  resistance, 
or  of  entanglement  with  other  fibres,  in  proportion  as  their 
form  is  sharpened,  and  they  project  from  the  stalk,  and  in 
proportion  likewise  as  these  circlets  are  multiplied.  So  far 
as  the  examination  has  hitherto  proceeded,  they  are  sharper 
and  more  numerous  in  the  felting  wools  than  in  others,  and 
in  proportion  as  the  felting  property  exists.  The  conclusion 
seems  to  be  legitimate,  and  indeed  inevitable,  that  they  are 
connected  with,  or,  in  fact,  that  they  give  to  the  wool  the 
power  of  felting,  and  regulate  the  degree  in  which  that  power 
is  possessed. 

"  If  to  this  is  added  the  curved  form  which  the  fibre  of  the 
wool  naturally  assumes,  and  the  well-known  fact,  that  these 
curves  differ  in  the  most  striking  degree  in  different  breeds, 
according  to  the  fineness  of  the  fibre,  and,  when  multiplying 
in  a  given  space,  increase  both  the  means  of  entanglement 
and  the  difficulty  of  disengagement,  the  whole  mystery  of 
felting  is  unravelled.  A  cursory  glance  will  discover  the 
proportionate  number  of  curves,  and  the  microscope  has  now 
established  a  connexion  between  the  closeness  of  the  curves 


FELTING.  47 

and  the  number  of  the  serrations.  The  Saxon  wool  is  re- 
markable for  the  close  packing  of  its  little  curves  ;  the  num- 
ber of  serrations  are  2720  in  an  inch.  The  South  Down 
wool  has  numerous  curves,  but  evidently  more  distant  than 
in  the  former  sample  ;  the  serrations  are  2080.  In  the  Lei- 
cester the  wavy  curls  are  so  far  removed  from  each  other, 
that  a  great  part  of  the  fibre  would  be  dissipated  under  the 
operation  of  the  card,  and  the  serrations  are  1860;  and  in 
some  of  the  wools  which  warm  the  animal,  but  were  not  in- 
tended to  clothe  the  human  body,  the  curves  are  more  dis- 
tant, and  the  serrations  are  not  more  than  480.  The  wool- 
grower,  the  stapler,  and  the  manufacturer,  can  scarcely  wish 
for  better  guides. 

"  Yet  there  is  no  organic  connexion  between  the  curve  and 
the  serration ;  the  serrations  are  not  the  cause  of  the  curve, 
nor  do  the  curves  produce  the  serrations  ;  the  connexion  is 
founded  on  the  grand  principle  that  the  works  of  nature  are 
perfect,  that  no  beneficial  power  is  bestowed  without  full 
scope  for  its  exercise.  The  curves  of  the  smooth  fibre 
might  entangle  to  a  considerable  degree,  but  some  of  the 
points  would  be  continually  unravelling  and  threatening  the 
dissolution  of  the  whole  felt.  The  straight  fibre,  however 
deeply  serrated,  its  root  being  introduced  into  the  mass, 
would  often  pass  on,  and  pass  through  the  felt  and  be  lost. 
It  is  by  the  curved  form  of  the  jagged  fibre  that  the  object 
can  be  accomplished  certainly  and  perfectly. 

"  Future  observers  may  possibly  detect  in  wool  the  apparent 
coned  and  jointed  structure  of  the  hair  of  the  bat,  and  then  a 
third  and  powerful  principle  would  be  called  into  action,  the 
pliability  of  the  fibre,  the  ease  with  which  it  is  bent  in  every 
different  direction,  and  in  each  becomes  more  inexplicably 
entangled.  A  great  point,  however,  is  gained  by  the  knowl- 
edge that  in  proportion  as  the  auxiliaries  in  the  felting  pro- 
cess are  multiplied,  the  direct  agents  are  also  increased." 


CHAPTER    II. 

HISTORY   OF    SHEEP. 

ARGALI,  MUSMON,  ASIATIC,  AND  AFRICAN   SHEEP. 


ASIATIC    ARGALI. 

The  following  description  of  the  Asiatic  Argali  is  from 
the  pen  of  Professor  Low: — 

*'  The  Argali  possessing  the  generic  characters  of  the 
sheep,  is  somewhat  less  than  the  size  of  a  stag.  He  has  enor- 
mous horns,  measuring  more  than  a  foot  in  circumference  at 
the  base,  and  from  three  to  four  feet  in  length,  triangularly 
rising  from  the  summit  of  the  head  so  as  nearly  to  touch  at 
the  root,  ascending,  stretching  out  laterally,  and  bending  for- 
ward at  the  point.  He  has  a  fur  of  short  hair,  covering  a 
coat  of  soft  white  wool.  The  color  of  the  fur  externally  is 
brown,  becoming  brownish  grey  in  the  winter  ;  there  is  a 
buff-colored  streak  along  the  back,  and  a  large  spot  of  a 
lighter  buff-color  on  the  haunch,  surrounding  and  including 
the  tail.  The  female  differs  from  the  male  in  being  smaller, 
in  having  the  horns  more  slender  and  straight,  and  in  the 
absence  of  the  disc  on  the  haunch.  In  both  sexes  the  tail 
is  very  short,  the  eyelashes  are  whitish,  and  the  hair 
beneath  the  throat  is  longer  than  on  any  other  parts  of  the 
body. 

"  These  creatures  inhabit  the  mountains  and  elevated  plains 
of  Asia,  from  the  Caucasus  northward  and  eastward,  to 
Kamschatka  and  the  Ocean.  They  are  agile  and  strong,  but 
very  timid,  shunning  the  least  appearance  of  danger ;  their 
motion  is  zigzag,  and  they  stop  in  their  course  to  gaze  upon 
their  pursuer,  after  the  manner  of  the  domestic  sheep.  They 
are  usually  found  in  very  small  flocks,  and  at  rutting  season 
the  males  fight  desperately,  using  their  horns  and  forehead 
in  the  manner  of  the  common  ram.     They  are  hunted  by 


THE    AMERICAN    ARGALI,  49 

the  people  of  the  country  for  their  flesh,  which  is  esteemed 
to  be  savory,  and  for  their  skins,  which  are  made  into 
clothing.  In  autumn,  after  having  pastured  during  the  sum- 
mer on  the  mountains  and  in  the  secluded  valleys,  they  are 
fat,  and  in  high  request ;  but  as  winter  advances,  they  are 
forced  to  descend  from  the  mountains  in  search  of  food  ;  they 
then  lose  their  plumpness,  and  are  sought  after  only  for  their 
skins.  When  taken  young  they  are  easily  tamed,  but  the 
old  ones  never  resign  their  natural  wildness." 

THE    AMERICAN    ARGALI. 

This  supposed  variety  of  the  Asiatic  Argali  is  well 
known  as  the  "  big-horn  of  the  Rocky  Mountains." 

The  Abbe  Lambert  gives  the  following  account  of  it : — 
"  Besides  several  sorts  of  animals  known  among  us,  there 
are  two  sorts  of  fallow  beasts  unknown  in  Europe.  They 
call  them  sheep,  because  they  have  the  figure  of  our  sheep. 
The  first  species  is  as  large  as  a  calf  one  or  two  years  old. 
Their  head  has  a  great  resemblance  to  that  of  a  stag,  and 
their  horns  to  those  of  a  ram.  Their  tail  and  hair,  which 
are  speckled,  are  shorter  than  those  of  a  stag ;  their  flesh  is 
very  good  and  delicate." 

The  following  account  was  rendered  by  Capt.  Bonneville, 
and  published  by  Washington  Irving  in  his  work  entitled 
the  "  Rocky  Mountains." 

"  Amidst  this  wild  and  striking  scenery.  Captain  Bonne- 
ville, for  the  first  time,  beheld  flocks  of  ahsata,  or  big-horn, 
an  animal  which  frequents  these  cliffs  in  great  numbers. 
They  accord  with  the  nature  of  such  scenery,  and  add 
much  to  its  romantic  effect ;  bounding  like  goats  from  crag 
to  crag,  often  trooping  along  the  lofty  shelves  of  the  moun- 
tains, under  the  guidance  of  some  venerable  patriarch,  with 
horns  twisted  lower  than  liis  muzzle,  and  sometimes  peering 
over  the  edge  of  the  precipice,  so  high  that  they  appear 
scarce  bigger  than  crows  ;  indeed,  it  seems  a  pleasure  to 
them  to  seek  the  most  rugged  and  frightful  situations,  doubt- 
less from  a  feeling  of  security.  It  has  short  hair  like  a  deer, 
and  resembles  it  in  shape,  but  it  has  the  head  and  horns  of 
a  sheep,  and  its  flesh  is  said  to  be  delicious  mutton.  It 
abounds  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  from  the  fiftieth  degree 
of  north  latitude,  quite  down  to  California  ;  generally  in  the 
highest  regions  capable  of  vegetation  ;  sometimes  it  ventures 
into  the  valleys,  but  on  the  least  alarm,  regains  its  favorite 

5 


50  HISTORY    OF    SHEEP. 

cliffs  and  precipices,  where  it  is  perilous,  if  not  impossible 
for  the  hunter  to  follow.  The  dimensions  of  a  male  of  this 
species  is,  from  the  nose  to  the  base  of  the  tail,  five  feet ; 
length  of  the  tail,  four  inches  ;  girth  of  the  body,  four  feet ; 
height,  three  feet  eight  inches  ;  the  horn,  three  feet  six  inches 
long  ;  one  foot  three  inches  in  circumference  at  the  base." 

In  that  valuable  work  entitled  the  "  Animal  Kingdom," 
Major  Hamilton  Smith  remarks  : — "  If  the  American  spe- 
cies be  the  same  as  the  Asiatic,  which  appears  very  proba- 
ble, it  can  have  reached  the  New  World  only  over  the  ice 
by  Behring's  Straits  ;  and  the  passage  may  be  conjectured 
as  comparatively  of  a  recent  date,  since  the  Argali  has  not 
spread  eastward  beyond  the  Rocky  Mountains,  nor  to  the 
south  farther  than  California." 

THE    MOUFLON    OR    MUSMON. 

Buffon  and  Wilson  have  considered  this  sheep  as  identi- 
cal with  the  Argali ;  others  regard  it  as  a  variety  only.  It 
inhabits  the  mountains  of  Corsica  and  Sardinia,  and  has 
been  found  in  some  of  the  islands  of  the  Grecian  Archipel- 
ago. It  is  asserted  by  Pliny  as  having  abounded,  at  an 
early  period,  in  Spain. 

Wilson,  the  distinguished  naturalist,  describes  it  thus  : — 
•'  It  is  usually  about  two  and  a  half  feet  in  height,  and  three 
feet  and  a  half  from  the  nose  to  the  commencement  of  the 
tail.  The  horns  never  exceed  two  feet  in  length  ;  they  are 
curved  backwards,  and  the  points  turn  inwards  ;  the  roots 
of  the  horns  are  very  thick  and  wrinkled  ;  the  ears  are  of  a 
middle  size,  straight  and  pointed  ;  the  neck  is  thick ;  the 
body  round  ;  the  limbs  muscular  ;  and  the  tail  short.  The 
color  is  generally  of  a  dull,  or  brownish-grey,  with  some 
white  on  the  fore  part  of  the  face  and  on  the  legs  ;  a  tuft  of 
long  hair  beneath  the  throat ;  a  dark  streak  along  the  back ; 
and  the  upper  part  of  the  face  black,  with  black  streaks 
along  the  cheeks.  The  forehead  of  this  sheep  is  particu- 
larly arched.  The  females  are  generally  without  horns, 
and  where  they  do  appear,  they  are  considerably  less  than 
those  of  the  male." 

The  Musmons,  like  the  Argali,  love  to  roam  on  the  high- 
est mountain-tops,  where  they  are  seen  congregated  in  herds 
of  from  fifty  to  an  hundred.  It  is  covered  by  a  fine  hair  of 
no  great  length,  having  beneath  it  a  thick,  grey-colored  wool, 


fat-e.umpi:;d  sheef. 


51 


short,  but  full  of  spirals,  and  the  edges  thickly  serrated. 
Cuvier  says  the  Musmon  is  difficult  to  domesticate,  rarely 
exhibiting  intelligence,  confidence,  affection,  or  docility. 


ASIATIC    BREEDS. 

FAT-RUMPED-FAT-TAILED— PERSIAN-TIBET— EAST  INDIA— CHINESE. 


FAT-RUMPED    SHEEP. 

From  the  earliest  times  of  which  we  have  any  authentic 
accounts,  the  Fat-rumped  sheep  has  inhabited  the  countries 
over  which  the  patriarchal  shepherds  roamed.  It  is  but 
little  known  in  Africa,  but  prevails  extensively  in  the  north 
and  south  of  Asia ;  is  found  in  Palestine  in  greater  numbers 
than  any  other  breed,  and  reaches  far  into  the  interior  and 
northern  parts  of  Russia.  It  is  purest  in  the  deserts  of 
Great  Tartary,  no  other  variety  being  near  to  contaminate 
its  blood. 


52  HISTORY    OF    SHEEP. 

Dr.  Anderson,  the  traveller,  gives  the  following  account 
of  this  singularly-formed  breed  :  "  The  flocks  of  all  the  Tar- 
tar hordes  resemble  one  another,  by  having  a  large  yellow- 
ish muzzle,  the  under  jaw  often  projecting  beyond  the  upper  ; 
by  long  hanging  ears,  and  by  the  horns  of  the  adult  ram 
being  large,  spiral,  wrinkled,  angular,  or  bent  in  a  lunar 
form.  They  have  slender  legs  in  proportion  to  their  bodies, 
a  high  chest,  large  hanging  testicles,  and  tolerably  fine  wool 
mixed  with  hair.  The  body  of  the  ram,  and  sometimes  of 
the  ewe,  swells  gradually  with  fat  towards  the  posteriors, 
where  a  solid  mass  of  fat  is  formed  on  the  rump,  and  falls 
over  the  anus  in  place  of  a  tail,  divided  into  two  hemispheres, 
which  take  the  form  of  the  hips,  with  a  little  button  of  a 
tail  in  the  middle  to  be  felt  with  the  finger." 

This  breed  often  weigh  200  lbs.,  and  may  be  considered 
the  largest  of  the  unimproved  sheep  ;  of  which  weight  the 
soft  oily  fat  alone  that  forms  on  the  rump  amounts  to  from 
20  to  40  lbs.  In  the  neighborhood  of  Caucasus  and  Tauri- 
da,  the  hind-quarters  of  the  sheep  are  salted  as  hams,  and 
sent  in  great  quantities  to  the  northern  provinces  of  Turkey. 
In  parts  of  Russia  the  fat-rumped  sheep  bears  a  somewhat 
fine  fleece,  but  generally  speaking  it  is  coarse,  and  is  adapted 
only  for  the  purposes  of  inferior  manufactures. 

FAT-TAILED    SHEEP. 

This  race  of  sheep  is  more  extensively  diffused  than  the 
fat-rumped,  since  it  is  found  throughout  Asia,  a  great  part 
of  Africa,  as  well  as  through  the  north-eastern  parts  of 
Europe. 

Dr.  Russell,  in  his  history  of  Aleppo,  gives  the  follow- 
ing account  of  it,  as  it  appears  in  Syria  : — "  The  dead  weight 
of  one  of  these  sheep  will  amount  to  50  or  60  lbs.,  of  which 
the  tail  makes  up  15  or  16  lbs. ;  but  some  of  the  largest  that 
have  been  fattened  with  care  weigh  150  lbs.,  the  tail  alone 
composing  one  third  of  the  whole  weight.  This  broad,  flat- 
fish tail  is  mostly  covered  with  long  wool,  and,  becoming 
very  small  at  the  extremity,  turns  up.  It  is  entirely  com- 
posed of  a  substance  between  marrow  and  fat,  serving  very 
often  in  the  kitchen  instead  of  butter,  and  cut  into  small 
pieces,  makes  an  ingredient  in  various  dishes." 

Dr.  Russell  further  remarks — "  Animals  of  this  extraor- 
dinary size  (150  lbs.)  are,  however,  very  rare,  and  kept  up 


FAT-TAILED    SHEEP. 


53 


in  yards,  so  as  to  be  in  little  danger  of  hurting  their  tails 
from  the  bushes.  The  shepherds  in  several  places  in  Syria 
fix  a  thin  piece  of  board  to  the  under  part,  which  is  not, 
like  the  rest,  covered  with  wool,  and  to  this  board  are  some- 
times added  small  wheels  ;  whence,  with  a  little  exaggera- 
tion, we  have  the  story  of  the  Oriental  sheep  being  under 
the  necessity  of  carts  to  carry  their  tails.  But  the  necessity 
of  carriages  for  the  tails  of  the  African  sheep,  mentioned  by 
Herodotus,  Rudolphus,  and  others,  is  real.  The  tail  of  that 
animal  when  fat  actually  trails,  not  being  tucked  up  like 
those  of  the  Syrian  sheep." 


THE    FAT-TAILED    SHEEP. 

A  distinguished  writer  on  sheep  supposes  the  broad  or 
fat-tailed  sheep  merely  a  variety  of  the  fat-rumped  ;  "  the 
strange  collection  of  adipose  matter  having  only  shifted  its 
situation  from  the  posterior  part  of  the  haunch — the  very 
rump — to  the  superior  part  of  the  tail.  This  may  have  been 
at  first  accidental,  and  perpetuated  by  accident  or  design." 

5* 


54  HISTORY    OF    SHEEP. 


PERSIAX    SHEEP. 

In  Persia  the  fat-tailed  sheep  predominate  greatly  over 
the  fat-rumped  ;  and  although  the  chief  sources  of  wealth  to  a 
large  class,  no  efforts  are  bestowed  upon  their  improvement. 
The  shepherds  still  follow  the  wandering  life  of  their  ances- 
tors.    In  Eraser's  account  of  Persia,  they  are  thus  described  : 

"  When  the  pastures  are  bare,  they  shift  to  some  other 
spot.  The  march  of  one  of  these  parties  is  a  striking  specta- 
cle. The  main  body  is  generally  preceded  by  an  advanced 
guard  of  stout  young  men,  well  armed,  as  if  to  clear  the 
way ;  then  follow  large  flocks  of  all  kinds  of  domestic  ani- 
mals, covering  the  country  far  and  wide,  and  driven  by  the 
lads  of  the  community.  The  asses,  which  are  numerous, 
and  the  rough,  stout  yaboos  (small  horses),  are  loaded  with 
goods,  tents,  clothes,  pots  and  boilers,  and  every  sort  of 
utensil,  bound  confusedly  together.  On  the  top  of  some  of 
the  burdens  may  be  seen  mounted  the  elder  children,  who 
act  the  part  of  drivers,  and  the  lesser  urchins  holding  on 
manfully  with  feet  and  hands.  A  third  class  of  animals 
bear  the  superannuated  of  the  tribe,  bent  double  with  age, 
and  hardly  distinguishable  from  the  mass  of  rags  that  forms 
their  seats.  The  young  men  and  women  bustle  about,  pre- 
venting, with  the  assistance  of  their  huge  dogs,  the  cattle 
from  straying  too  far.  The  mothers,  carrying  the  younger 
infants,  patiently  trudge  on  foot,  watching  the  progress  of 
their  domestic  equipage.  The  men,  with  sober,  thoughtful 
demeanor,  armed  to  the  teeth,  walk  steadily  on  the  flanks 
and  rear  of  the  grotesque  column,  guarding  and  controlling 
its  slow  and  regular  movement." 

Much  wool  is  grovv^n  in  those  districts  of  Persia,  where 
the  majority  of  the  inhabitants  lead  a  pastoral  life  ;  the  most 
valuable  is  found  in  the  province  of  Kerman.  This  is  a  very 
moimtainous  country,  hot  and  dry  in  summer,  and  intensely 
cold  in  winter.  The  wool  of  the  sheep  is  fine  in  quality, 
and  that  which  grows  at  the  roots  of  the  hair  of  the  goat  is 
nearly  as  fine.  The  latter  is  manufactured  into  various 
fabrics,  which  almost  equal  the  beautiful  shawls  of  Cash- 
mere. The  fine  felt  carpets,  for  which  Persia  is  so  cele- 
brated, are  manufactured  from  the  wool  of  the  sheep,  either 
in  Kerman  or  Koprasan.  Although  these  districts  are  re- 
motely situated  from  each  other,  the  wool  of  the  sheep  near- 
ly corresponds,  and  "  is  remarkable  for  being  spirally-curled, 


AND    CHINESE    SHEEP.  55 

and  of  a  grey,  or  mixed  black  and  white  color.  The  sheep 
are  below  the  ordinary  size,  the  horns  of  the  ram  curved 
back  and  spiral  at  the  tip,  the  ears  pendulous,  and  the  tail 
not  very  broad.  The  fine  furs  are  from  the  lambs  slaugh- 
tered w^ith  their  dams  a  few  days  before  yeaning."* 

TIBET    SHEEP. 

The  sheep  of  Tibet,  which  are  very  numerous,  are  chiefly 
a  small  variety  of  the  fat-rumped  Persian  and  Abyssinian, 
with  black  heads  and  necks.  Some  are  hairy,  with  short  wool 
underneath,  while  others  bear  a  long,  soft,  and  fine  wool.  It 
is  from  the  latter  that  many  of  the  costly  Indian  shawls  are 
made.  Not  a  little  of  this  peculiar  wool  finds  its  way  to 
British  India,  and  is  there  manufactured.  The  mutton  of 
Tibet  sheep  is  said  to  be  peculiarly  vv^ell  flavored. 

EAST    INDIA    SHEEP. 

The  sheep  which  abound  in  the  provinces  of  British  India, 
consist  for  the  most  part  of  the  fat-rumped  and  fat-tailed  va- 
rieties, and  therefore  no  farther  notice  will  be  requisite. 

CHINESE    SHEEP. 

In  the  immense  Empire  of  China,  as  might  naturally  be 
expected,  breeds  of  sheep  are  found  differing  essentially  from 
each  other.  One  of  the  most  singular  is  the  Long-legged 
sheep,  distinguished,  as  their  name  would  imply,  for  the  ex- 
traordinary length  of  the  legs.  This  breed  have  horns  which 
are  of  middle  size,  and  curved  ;  the  forehead  is  arched,  the 
neck  short,  with  a  collar  of  hair  reaching  from  the  nape  of 
it  to  the  shoulders  ;  the  head,  legs,  and  mane  are  of  a  red- 
brown  color ;  the  tail  is  long,  and  the  wool  short  and  coarse. 

The  fat-rumped  and  fat-tailed  extensively  abound  in  the 
more  southern  parts  of  China ;  and  in  certain  districts  a 
small  breed  is  found  resembling  the  form  of  the  European 
breeds,  which  produces  a  fine  and  very  useful  long  wool. 

The  antiquity  of  Chinese  manufactures  is  proverbial. 
An  old  traveller  says,  that  "  when  the  Dutch  presented  the 
Emperor  of  China  with  some  scarlet  and  other  cloths 
made  in  Europe,  he  asked  how,  and  what  they  were  made 
of?  Being  told,  he  replied  that  his  subjects  could  make 
ihem,  and,  therefore,  there  was  no  need  to  bring  them  so 
far." 

*  Fraser's  Travels. 


HISTORY    OF    SHEEP. 


AFRICAN     BREEDS. 

EGYPTIAX— ETHIOPIAN— ABYSSINIAN— MADAGASCAR— CAPE  OF 
GOOD  HOPE— ANGOLA— GUINEA— MOROCCO. 

EGYPTIAN,    ETHIOPIAN,    AND    ABYSSINIAN    SHEEP. 

According  to  Dr.  Anderson,  the  fat-tailed  sheep  prevail 
in  Egypt,  and  both  varieties  of  them  are  found  ;  but  those 
with  long  tails,  nearly  or  quite  reaching  to  the  ground,  are 
more  numerous  than  the  broad-tailed  kind.  They  are  of  a 
large  size,  mostly  with  black  heads  and  necks,  an  external 
coat  of  hair,  and  their  flesh  well  flavored. 

In  Nether  Ethiopia  the  sheep  begin  to  be  more  numer- 
ous ;  they  are  large — some  of  them  with  tails  from  18  to 
25  lbs.  in  weight — with  black  heads  and  necks,  and  the  re- 
mainder of  their  bodies  white  ;  others  are  quite  white,  with 
tails  reaching  nearly  to  the  ground,  and  curved  at  the  ex- 
tremity.* Here  also  appear  the  fat-rumped  sheep,  with 
black  heads  and  necks,  but  of  smaller  size  than  the  Persian 
breed. 

Proceeding  farther  south,  says  Bruce,  they  are  taller  and 
all  black  ;  their  heads  large,  and  with  ears  remarkably  short 
and  small.  They  also,  like  all  the  native  sheep  within  the 
tropics,  have  an  external  covering  of  hair.  It  is  in  this  re- 
gion (Abyssinia)  that  the  many-horned  sheep  is  found,  many 
bearing  four,  and  some  writers  have  asserted  that  individuals 
have  been  seen  with  six  horns. 

MADAGASCAR    SHEEP. 

The  island  of  Madagascar  is  situated  on  the  eastern  coast 
of  Africa,  and  mostly  within  the  tropic  of  Capricorn. 

The  sheep  have  broad  tails  like  those  of  Africa.  Dr. 
Anderson  states  the  following :  "  A  Danish  East  Indiaman 
put  into  Leith  roads  on  her  return  home.  I  went  on  board 
to  see  what  curiosities  she  had,  and  I  there  found  a  sheep, 
which  was  closely  covered  with  a  close  coat  of  thick,  short 
hair,  very  smooth  and  sleek,  like  the  coat  of  a  well-dressed 
horse,  but  the  hairs  rather  stiffer,  and  thicker  set  on  the 
skin,  and  the  color  a  fine  nut-brown.     This  sheep,  I  was 

*  Dapper's  Africa. 


CAPE  OF  GOOD  HOPE  AND  ANGOLA  SHEEP.         57 

told,  was  brought  from  the  island  of  Madagascar,  and  that 
all  the  sheep  found  on  the  island  were  of  the  same  sort." 

CAPE  OF  GOOD  HOPE  SHEEP. 

The  British  colony  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  occupies 
the  extreme  verge  of  Southern  Africa,  between  the  30th  and 
35th  degrees  of  south  latitude. 

The  native  sheep  are  of  the  broad-tailed  breed.  Barrow* 
says  "  they  are  of  every  variety  of  color,  black,  brown,  bay, 
but  mostly  spotted  ;  their  necks  are  small,  their  ears  long 
and  pendulous.  They  are  covered  with  strong  frizzled 
hair,  of  which  little  use  is  made,  except  for  cushions  and 
mattrasses." 

When  the  Cape  was  in  possession  of  the  Dutch,  an  ex- 
periment was  made  with  the  Merinos,  which,  from  the  un- 
favorable climate,  prejudice  and  bad  management,  resulted 
in  utter  failure.  After  its  cession  to  the  English,  a  more 
extensive  and  fairer  trial  was  made  with  Merinos,  which 
was  attended  with  better  success.  Much  good  wool  is  now 
sent  over  to  the  mother  country,  which  amounted  in  1833 
to  nearly  100,000  lbs.  The  number  of  sheep,  of  all  kinds, 
in  the  colony,  exceeds  two  millions. 

ANGOLA    SHEEP. 

Angola  is  situated  on  the  south-western  coast  of  Africa. 
Here  is  to  be  found  a  very  singular  sheep,  which  is  thus  de- 
scribed in  the  "  Animal  Kingdom."  "  It  is  called  the  Zenu. 
Its  legs  are  long  and  slender,  but  the  arms  and  shanks  are 
muscular  and  strong.  There  is  a  slight  elevation  at  the 
withers,  the  chest  is  narrow  and  flat,  and  falling  in  between 
the  arms  ;  the  false  ribs  project,  and  give  to  the  carcass  a 
strong  resemblance  to  that  of  the  Zehu.  The  fat  is  most 
singularly  disposed.  It  is  taken  from  the  tail  or  rump,  and 
is  distributed  over  three  parts  of  the  animal.  A  small  por- 
tion of  it  is  spread  over  the  posterior  part  of  the  loin  and  the 
commencement  of  the  haunch.  A  more  decided  accumula- 
tion is  found  on  the  poll,  and  precisely  of  the  semi-fluid 
character  which  the  fat  assumes  in  the  tail,  or  the  rump  of 
other  Eastern  sheep.  This  mass  commences  from  the  base 
of  the  ears,  and  extends  backwards,  in  the  form  of  a  rounded 
projection,  half  way  down  the  neck.     Under  the  jaw,  ex- 

*  Barrow's  Southern  Africa. 


58  HISTORY    OF    SHEEP. 

tending  downwards  and  covering  the  larynx,  is  a  third  col- 
lection of  soft  fatty  matter."  This  is  certainly  a  very  curious 
variety  of  sheep,  and  is  found  in  no  other  part  of  the  world. 

GUINEA    SHEEP. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  sheep  on  the  slave  coast.  One 
is  small,  their  forms  resembling,  in  some  particulars,  the  Eu- 
ropean sheep.  Says  a  Dutch  traveller, — "  They  have  no 
wool,  but  the  want  is  supplied  with  hair,  so  that  here  the 
world  seems  inverted,  for  the  sheep  are  hairy  and  the 
men  are  woolly.  The  hair  is  like  that  of  the  goat,  with  a 
sort  of  mane  like  a  lion  on  the  neck,  and  so  on  the  rump, 
and  a  bunch  at  the  end  of  the  tail." 

The  most  numerous  breed  in  Guinea  is  of  a  different 
character.  The  male  is  horned,  the  horns  generally  form- 
ing a  semicircle,  with  the  points  forward  ;  the  females  are 
hornless  ;  the  ears  are  pendulous,  and  black  spots  are  distrib- 
uted on  the  sides  of  the  head  and  neck,  as  well  as  body."* 
A  writer  remarks,  "  The  sheep  in  Guinea  have  so  little  re- 
semblance, in  general,  to  those  in  Europe,  that  a  stranger, 
unless  he  heard  them  bleat,  could  hardly  tell  what  animals 
they  were,  being  covered  with  white  and  brown  hairs  like 
a  dog." 

MOROCCO  SHEEP. 

Morocco  is  situated  in  the  northern  latitudes  of  Africa. 
Its  sheep  are  far  superior  to  any  other  breeds  of  that  region, 
and  the  only  ones  worth  cultivating.  The  form  and  fleece 
were  highly  appreciated  in  the  days  of  Columella,  as  was 
proved  by  his  selection  of  a  ram  to  improve  his  Spanish 
ewes,  at  the  time  of  his  residence  near  Cadiz.  Chancellor 
Livingston,  in  his  "  Essay  on  Sheep,"  says — "  I  have  in  my 
flock  a  ewe  that  is  descended  from  a  Barbary  ram.  Her 
fleece  is  long,  straight,  and  fine."  She  was  tupped  by  one 
of  his  Merino  rams,  and  the  produce  from  the  cross  exhibited 
a  wool  equal  to  seven-eighths  Merino ! 

*  Animal  Kingdom. 


CHAPTER    III. 

EUROPEAN    SHEEP. 

ITALIAN— SPANISH,  MERINOS,  &c.— FRENCH-SWISS. 
ITALIAN    SHEEP. 

When  the  Roman  Empire  was  at  its  height  of  power,  the 
sheep  of  Italy  surpassed  all  others  in  the  fineness  of  their 
fleeces.  "  The  best  wool,  of  all  others,"  says  Pliny,  "  is 
that  of  Apulia,  which  is  of  a  very  short  staple,  and  especial- 
ly in  request  for  cloaks  and  mantles." 

Ancient  authors  represent  the  Italian  sheep  and  wool  as 
being  cultivated  with  a  degree  of  care,  which,  if  true,  out- 
strips every  thing  in  modern  times.  The  reason  of  this  is 
obvious.  The  sumptuous  Roman  was  clothed  at  one  period 
in  woollen  fabrics,  and  ambitious  to  appear  in  none  other 
than  the  finest,  induced  the  extreme  assiduity  in  perfecting 
the  material  for  its  manufacture.  At  length  the  silk  and 
cotton  fabrics  of  the  East  were  introduced,  which,  on  being- 
found  better  adapted  to  the  climate,  caused  the  excessive 
care  of  the  sheep  to  relax,  which  were  soon  after  cultivated 
more  for  the  carcass  than  the  fleece.  The  celebrated  breeds 
of  Apulia  and  Tarentum  ultimately  disappeared,  and  were 
succeeded  by  a  larger,  coarser,  but,  under  the  altered  cir- 
cumstances, more  profitable  race. 

The  remarks  of  Mr.  Youatt  concerning  the  old  Tarentine 
or  Tarentum  breed,  the  admitted  probable  progenitors  of 
THE  famed  Merino,  will  be  read  with  interest. 

"  Although  the  old  Tarentine  sheep  produced  a  wool  un- 
equalled in  early  times,  they  were  not  without  their  defects, 
and  very  serious  ones  too.  They  were  called  by  the  agri- 
culturists of  those  days  pellite,  from  the  skins  and  other 
clothing  with  which  they  were  covered ;  and  also  molles, 
not  only  from  the  softness  of  their  fleece,  but  from  the  deli- 
cacy of  their  constitution,  and  the  constant  care  that  was  re- 


60 


EUROrEAN    SHEEP. 


quired  to  preserve  them  from  injurious  vicissitudes  of  heat 
and  cold.  The  care  bestowed  upon  the  fleece  was  a  work 
of  great  labor.  It  was  frequently  uncovered,  not  only  to  as- 
certain its  condition,  but  for  the  refreshment  of  the  animal  ; 
it  was  drawn  out,  and  parted  and  combed,  if  it  was  begin- 
ning to  mat ;  it  was  frequently  moistened  with  the  finest 
oil,  and  even  with  wine  ;  it  was  well  washed  three  or  four 
times  in  the  year ;  the  sheep-houses  were  daily,  and  almost 
hourly,  washed,  and  cleaned,  and  fumigated." 


._.. -'^V^s 


■^^^^M^r'M 


SPANISH    SHEEP,    MERINOS,    ETC. 

The  history  of  the  Spanish  Merino  sheep,  the  spread  of 
which  in  different  countries  has  effected  so  complete  a  rev- 
olution in  the  character  of  the  fleece,  cannot  but  be  a  mat- 
ter of  much  interest  to  the  American  wool-grower  ;  therefore 
the  compiler  has  no  apology  to  render  for  the  extended  no- 
tice of  this  renowned  breed,  which  is  here  presented. 

At  a  very  early  period,  it  appears  from  the  accounts  of 
several  writers,  Spain  was  possessed  of  several  breeds,  the 


SPANISH    SHEEP,    MERINOS,    ETC.  61 

fleeces  of  which  varied  in  color  and  quality.  One  of  these 
was  black,  and  noted  for  its  fine  texture ;  but  the  "  red 
fleece,"  as  it  was  called,  of  Boetica,  Granada,  and  Andalusia, 
was  superior  in  fineness  to  all  others.  The  breed  which  bore 
the  latter,  it  is  now  generally  believed,  were  originally  from 
Italy,  and  of  the  Tarentine  variety,  already  described.  They 
were  crossed  with  the  more  inferior  kinds,  while  others  of  the 
race  were  kept  distinct;  and  from  the  congeniaUty  of  the 
climate  and  herbage,  retained  their  original  superiority  of 
fleece.* 

In  the  reign  of  the  Emperor  Claudius  (A.  D.  41),  Colu- 
mella, a  distinguished  lover  of  agriculture,  introduced  many 
of  the  Tarentine  breed  into  Spain,  of  which  he  was  then  a 
resident;  and  also  improved  the  inferior  breeds,  by  convey- 
ing into  the  colony  some  African  rams  of  singular  beauty, 
which  had  been  exhibited  at  Rome,  and  which  will  account 
for  the  probable  origin  of  the  Chunah  breed,  to  be  presently 
noticed. 

Although  the  Tarentine  sheep  undoubtedly  laid  the  foun- 
dation of  the  excellence  of  the  Merino  race,  yet  the  breed 
betray  an  amalgamation  to  have  taken  place  to  some  extent 
with  the  black  sheep,  referred  to,  as  individuals  occasionally, 
at  the  present  day,  have  a  dun-colored  ear,  and  also  spots  of 
that  hue  on  one  or  more  of  the  legs. 

In  the  eighth  century  the  Saracens  or  Moors  conquered  a 
portion  of  Spain,  and  which,  in  the  language  of  a  writer, 
"  they  found  fruitful  in  corn  and  pleasant  fruit,  and  glutted 
with  herds  and  flocks."  This  warlike  and  enterprising  race 
were  distinguished  for  their  luxurious  customs,  and  a  fine 
and  expensive  wardrobe  was  regarded  an  object  of  essen- 
tial importance.  Hence,  in  the  13th  century,  Spain  became 
renowned  for  her  woollen  manufactures,  then  scarcely  known 
in  the  rest  of  Europe,  and  Seville  alone  contained  no  less 
than  16,000  looms.  The  manufacture  therefore  of  the  finest 
fabrics  was  the  source  of  much  national  wealth,  as  large 
quantities  were  exported  to  every  part  of  Europe,  as  well  as 
Africa. 

But  after  the  expulsion  of  the  Moors,  manufactures  be- 
came almost  extinct.     Nearly  a  million  of  these  enterprising 

*  The  evidence  of  the  foreign  origin  of  the  Merino  is  implied  in  the 
name,  of  which  "  the  Spanish  orthography  is  Mareno,  which  signifies 
from  or  beyond  sea." — William  Jarvis. 

6 


62  EUROPEAN    SHEEP. 

artisans  were  driven  from  the  kingdom  during  the  reigns  of 
Ferdinand  Y.  and  Philip  III.  ;  and  the  consequence  was 
that  "  the  1G,000  looms  of  Seville  dwindled  down  to  60, 
and  the  woollen  manufacture  almost  ceased  to  have  exist- 
ence throughout  Spain."* 

The  Spanish  government  saw  too  late  its  fatal  error,  as 
the  many  fruitless  attempts  to  restore  the  manufacture  of  the 
beautiful  fabrics  of  the  Moors  have  fully  proved.  But  during 
all  this  while,  however,  the  Merino,  notwithstanding  its 
neglect,  continued  to  produce  its  invaluable  fleece,  which, 
instead  of  meeting  with  adequate  skill  at  home  for  its  man- 
ufacture, was  sent  abroad  to  be  worked  by  other  more  inge- 
nious and  industrious  nations.  "The  perpetuation  of  the 
JNIerino  sheep  in  all  its  purity,  amidst  the  convulsions  which 
changed  the  whole  political  existence  of  Spain,  and  destroyed 
every  other  national  improvement,  is  a  fact  which  the  philos- 
opher may  not  be  able  fully  to  explain ;  but  which  he  will 
contemplate  with  deep  interest.  In  the  mind  of  the  agricul- 
turist, it  will  beautifully  illustrate  the  primary  determining 
power  of  blood  or  breeding,  and  also  the  agency  of  soil  and 
climate,  a  little  too  much  underrated,  perhaps,  in  modern 
times." 

Independent  of  the  Merinos,  there  is  another  race,  in 
Spain,  called  Chunahs,  which  are  larger  and  heavier  than 
the  Merinos,  and  carry  a  fleece  the  staple  of  which  is  from 
five  to  eight  inches  long,  and  coarse.  This  breed  extends 
throughout  all  Spain,  and  is  the  favorite  of  the  peasant  and 
small  proprietor.  The  Chunahs  are  supposed  to  have  been 
much  improved  by  the  English  Cotswold  breed,  of  which 
there  exists  a  record  of  the  15th  century  of  a  number  having 
been  exported  to  Spain  with  a  view  to  lengthen  the  staple 
of  the  coarser  and  more  inferior  breeds  of  that  country.  The 
sheep  under  consideration  are  stationary,  or  never  move 
from  their  homes  for  pasture  ;  and  hence  compose,  in  part, 
one  of  the  grand  divisions  of  Spanish  sheep  denominated 
Estantcs  or  stationary. 

The  Merinos  are  of  two  classes,  one  of  which,  like  the 
Chunahs,  are  of  the  Estantes  or  stationary  character,  which, 
as  the  name  implies,  are  never  moved  beyond  the  districts 
in  which  they  are  owned,  for  pasture  ;  the  other  class  or 

*  Wansey. 


SPANISH    SHEEP,    MERINOS,    ETC.  63 

division  is  termed  ti'anshumantes*  or  migratory,  which  are 
annually  driven  to  the  north  of  the  kingdom  for  pasturage 
during  the  summer  months. 

The  latter  are  composed  of  the  Leonese,  and  the  Soriaiis. 
The  former  pass  the  winter  on  the  north  bank  of  the  Gaudi- 
ana,  in  Estremadura,  and  begin  their  march  about  the  15th 
of  April,  in  divisions  of  from  two  to  three  thousands.  They 
pass  the  Tagus  at  Almares,  and  direct  their  course  towards 
Trecasas,  Alfaro,  and  L'Epinar,  where  they  are  shorn. 
This  operation  having  been  performed,  they  recommence 
their  travel  towards  the  kingdom  of  Leon.  Some  halt  on 
the  Sierra  (ridge  of  mountains)  which  separates  Old  from 
New  Castile,  but  others  pursue  their  route  to  the  pastures 
of  Cevera,  near  Aquilar  del  Campo.  Here  they  graze  until 
the  latter  part  of  September,  or  early  in  the  following 
month,  when  they  commence  their  return  to  Estremadura. 

The  Sorian  sheep  having  passed  the  winter  on  the  con- 
fines of  Estremadura,  Andalusia,  and  New  Castile,  begin 
their  route  about  the  same  time.  They  pass  the  Tagus  at 
Talavera,  and  approach  Madrid  ;  thence  they  proceed  to  So- 
ria,  where  a  portion  of  them  are  distributed  over  the  neigh- 
boring mountains,  while  the  others  cross  the  Ebro  in  order 
to  proceed  to  Navarre  and  the  Pyrenees. 

These  periodical  journeys  are  made  necessary  by  the 
severity  of  the  drouth  in  Spanish  Estremadura,  from  the 
close  of  April  till  near  the  1st  of  October,  which  parches 
the  plains  to  such  a  degree  as  to  destroy  almost  entirely  the 
growth  of  the  pasture.  The  rains  commence  falling  about 
the  autumnal  equinox,  and  continue,  with  intermissions  of  a 
few  days  only,  until  the  latter  part  of  March.  In  a  few 
weeks  from  their  beginning  the  plains  assume  a  beautiful 
verdure,  and  so  continue  till  the  approach  of  the  dry  season  ; 
and  during  this  time  the  thermometer  rarely  falls  below  40 
deg.f  The  rains  are  of  frequent  occurrence  in  the  summer 
season  on  the  sierras  or  mountains  ;  and  thus  these  numer- 
ous migratory  flocks  are  supported  the  entire  year  on  grass, 
which  the  Spaniard  at  one  time  supposed  was  the  cause  of 
some  of  the  valuable  properties  of  the  Merino  fleece.  The 
fallacy,  however,  of  this  has  been  fully  proved. 

*  From  trans  and  humus,  expressive  of  their  change  of  climate  and 
pasture. 

t  William  Jarvls. 


64  EUROPEAN    SHEEP. 

"  The  greater  part  of  these  travelling  sheep,  says  Chan- 
cellor Livingston,  in  process  of  time  got  into  the  hands  of 
the  king,  or  into  those  of  the  principal  courtiers  and  clergy ; 
and  from  thence  we  must  probably  date  the  oppressive  code 
by  which  their  march  is  regulated,  and  the  origin  of  tha 
great  Council  of  the  Royal  Troop  (Consejo  de  la  Mesta)  by 
whom  those  laws  are  administered."  This  tyrannical  tribu- 
nal was  established  as  early  as  the  14th  century.  It  estab- 
lished a  right  to  graze  on  all  open  and  common  land  that 
lay  in  the  way  ;  it  claimed  also  a  path  ninety  yards  wide 
through  all  the  enclosed  and  cultivated  country  ;  and  it  pro- 
hibited all  persons,  even  foot  passengers,  from  travelling  on 
these  roads  while  the  sheep  were  in  motion ! 

The  following  interesting  narrative  of  incidents  connected 
with  the  annual  peregrinations  of  these  sheep  is  from  Mr. 
Youatt's  work,  by  whom  it  was  compiled  chiefly  from  the 
writings  of  M.  Lasteyrie. 

"  They  are  divided  into  flocks,  each  of  which  is  placed 
under  the  care  of  a  mayoral,  or  chief  shepherd,  who  has  a 
sufficient  number  of  others  under  his  command,  with  their 
dogs.  He  uniformly  precedes  the  flock,  and  directs  the 
length  and  speed  of  the  journey  ;  the  others  with  the  dogs 
follow,  and  flank  the  cavalcade,  collect  the  stragglers,  and 
keep  off  the  wolves,  who  regularly  follow  at  a  distance  and 
migrate  with  the  flock.  A  few  asses  or  mules  accompany 
the  procession,  in  order  to  carry  the  little  clothing  and  other 
necessaries  of  the  shepherds,  and  the  materials  for  the  fold 
at  night.  Several  of  the  sheep,  principally  wethers,  are 
perfectly  tamed,  and  taught  to  obey  the  signals  of  the  shep- 
herds. These  follow  the  leading  shepherd,  having  been 
accustomed  to  be  fed  from  his  hand  ;  they  lead  the  flock — 
there  is  no  driving — and  the  rest  quietly  follow. 

"  When  passing  through  the  enclosures,  they  sometimes 
travel  eighteen  or  twenty  miles  a  day  ;  but  when  they  reach 
an  open  country,  with  good  pasture,  they  proceed  more 
leisurely.  Their  whole  journey  is  usually  more  than  four 
hundred  miles,  which  they  usually  accomplish  in  six  weeks, 
and  thus  spend,  in  going  and  returning,  nearly  one  quarter 
of  the  year  in  this  injurious  manner. 

"  It  may  be  readily  supposed  that  much  damage  is  done, 
carelessly,  or  unintentionally,  or  wilfully,  to  the  country  over 
which  these  immense  flocks  are  passing ;  and  particularly 
as  the  migrations  take  place  at  the  times  of  the  year  when 


65 

the  property  of  the  agriculturist  is  most  liable  to  injury.  In 
addition  to  this,  the  servants  of  the  Mesta,  like  the  servants 
of  Government  elsewhere,  have  little  common  feeling  with 
the  inhabitants  of  the  country  which  they  are  traversing ; 
they  commit  much  serious  and  wanton  injury,  and  they  re- 
fuse all  redress. 

"  The  shepherds  and  the  sheep  equally  know  when  the 
procession  has  arrived  at  the  point  of  its  destination.  It  is 
necessary  to  exert  great  vigilance  over  the  flock  during  the 
last  three  or  four  days,  for  the  animals  are  eager  to  start 
away,  and  often  great  numbers  of  them  make  their  escape. 
If  they  are  not  destroyed  by  the  wolves,  there  is  no  great 
danger  of  losing  them  ;  for  they  are  found  on  their  old  pas- 
ture, quietly  waiting  the  arrival  of  their  companions,  and  it 
would  be  difficult  to  make  any  of  them  proceed  a  great  way 
beyond  this  spot.  The  shepherds  are  immediately  employed 
in  constructing  pens  for  the  protection  of  the  sheep  during 
the  night,  and  which  are  composed  of  ropes  made  by  twist- 
ing certain  rushes  together,  which  grow  plentifully  there, 
and  attaching  them  to  stakes  driven  into  the  ground.  They 
next  build,  with  the  branches  of  trees  roughly  hewn,  rude 
huts  for  themselves. 

"  When  the  sheep  arrive  at  their  summer  pasture,  which  at 
first  is  very  luxuriant,  the  mayoral  endeavors  to  guard  against 
the  possible  ill  eflects  of  the  change  from  the  uncertain  and 
scanty  pasturage  found  on  the  journey,  by  giving  the  flocks 
a  considerable  quantity  of  salt.  He  places  a  great  many  flat 
stones  five  or  six  feet  from  each  other,  and  strews  salt  upon 
them,  Avhich  is  eagerly  devoured.  This  is  repeated  on  sev- 
eral successive  days  ;  and  a  case  of  general  inflammation,  or 
hoove,  seldom  occurs. 

"  During  the  summer  pasturage  the  labor  is  light  of  the 
shepherd.  The  ewes  are  put  to  the  rams  early  in  August. 
After  their  return  at  the  close  of  autumn,  and  when  yean- 
ing time  approaches,  the  barren  ewes  are  separated  from  the 
others  and  placed  on  the  poorest  pasture.  The  Merinos  are 
not  good  nurses,  and  nearly  half  of  the  lambs — or  in  bad 
seasons,  and  when  the  pasture  fails,  full  three-fourths — are 
destroyed  as  soon  as  they  are  yeaned.  The  males  are  al- 
ways sacrificed  first;  the  others  are  usually  suckled  by  two 
ewes — for  it  is  a  common  opinion  in  Spain  that  the  mother 
that  fully  suckles  her  lamb  would  yield  less  wool  ;  they  are 
afterwards  placed  on  the  best  pasture,  in  order  that  they 

6* 


66  EUROPEAN    SHEEP. 

may  acquire  sufficient  strength  for  their  approaching  journey. 
The  skins  of  the  slaughtered  lambs  are  sent  into  Portugal, 
and  thence  find  their  way  to  England,  where  they  are  used 
for  the  manufacture  of  gloves.  The  wool  is  soft  and  silky, 
and  is  formed  into  little  rings  or  curls. 

"  Few  of  the  male  lambs  are  castrated,  because  it  is  be- 
lieved that  the  weight  of  the  fleece  is  much  increased  on  the 
ram,  without  acquiring  proportional  coarseness.  The  shep- 
herd, however,  early  in  March,  has  four  operations  to  per- 
form on  the  lambs  :  he  cuts  off  their  tails  five  inches  below 
the  rump,  for  the  sake  of  cleanliness  :  he  marks  them  on  the 
nose  with  a  hot  iron  :  he  cuts  off  the  tips  of  their  horns  that 
they  may  not  hurt  each  other  in  their  frolicks,  and  he  cas- 
trates those  which,  from  their  superior  strength,  and  superior 
size,  he  has  selected  to  become  bell-wethers,  and  lead  the 
flock  in  their  peregrinations. 

"  It  is  supposed  that  forty  or  fifty  thousand  men  are  em- 
ployed in  these  peregrinations  of  the  sheep.  They  are  a 
singular  race  of  men,  enthusiastically  attached  to  their  pro- 
fession, rarely  quitting  it,  even  for  a  more  lucrative  one,  and 
rarely  marrying.  The  number  of  dogs  kept  for  the  purpose 
of  guarding  the  sheep  exceeds  thirty  thousand. 

"  The  shearing  does  not  delay  the  flock  more  than  a  day. 
Buildings  are  erected  at  various  places  in  the  early  portion 
of  their  journey  ;  they  are  very  simply  constructed,  and  con- 
sist only  of  two  large  rooms,  each  of  which  will  contain 
more  than  a  thousand  sheep :  there  is  also  a  narrow,  low, 
long  hut  adjoining,  termed  the  sweating  house.  The  sheep 
are  all  driven  into  one  of  these  apartments,  and  in  the  even- 
ing those  intended  to  be  shorn  on  the  following  day  are 
transferred  into  the  low,  long  hut.  As  many  are  forced  into 
it  as  it  will  possibly  hold,  and  there  they  are  left  during  the 
night.  As  some  are  liberated  in  the  morning,  the  others 
are  urged  towards  the  end  of  the  hut,  while  more  from  the 
apartment  occupy  their  situation.  In  consequence  of  this 
close  confinement  they  are  thrown  into  a  state  of  great  per- 
spiration ;  the  yolk,  which  formed  a  somewhat  hard  crust  on 
the  fleece,  is  melted,  and  thus  the  whole  is  rendered  softer, 
and  is  more  easily  cut.  There  is  no  previous  washing,  nor 
any  other  preparation  for  the  shearing.  From  150  to  200 
shearers  are  generally  collected,  and  a  flock  of  a  thousand 
sheep  is  disposed  of  in  a  day,  although  five  rams  or  eight 
ewes  are  reckoned  a  good  day's  work  for  a  Spanish  shearer ! 


SPANISH    SHEEr,    MERIXOS,    ETC.  67 

The  sheep  are  turned  back  as  they  are  shorn  into  the  second 
apartment,  and  on  the  following  day  continue  their  journey: 
thus  in  the  space  of  six  days,  as  many  flocks,  each  consist- 
ing of  a  thousand  sheep,  pass  through  the  esquilo  (shearing 
hut),  and  leave  their  fleeces  behind  them.  The  wool  is 
then  cleansed  with  water  and  soap  and  sorted  in  the  esquilo, 
and  is  ready  for  sale." 

A  writer  in  the  Encyclopedia  Londonensis  states  the  fol- 
lowing :  "  The  management  of  the  Spanish  flocks  is  pecu- 
liarly Roman,  and  shows  the  Italian  origin  of  these  sheep. 
The  Merino  mayoral  corresponds  exactly  with  the  magister 
jjecoris  of  Varro  and  Columella.  The  pra'^tice  of  destroy- 
ing half  the  sheep  at  their  birth,  and  of  suckling  each  of  the 
survivors  on  two  ewes  ;  of  sweating  the  sheep  before  they 
were  shorn,  in  order  to  increase  the  softness  of  the  fleece, 
and  of  conducting  them  from  their  high  winter  to  their  sum- 
mer stations,  by  long  journeys  through  public  sheep  walks, 
have  been  derived  from  Roman  institutions." 

Mr.  Youatt  condensed  Arthur  Young's  account  of  the 
Catalonian  or  Pyrenean  breed,  as  here  presented : — 

"  The  journeys  of  these  sheep  are  smaller,  and  performed 
in  a  diff'erent  manner.  On  the  northern  side  of  the  Spanish 
portion  of  the  Pyrenees  are  two  mountains,  the  sides  of  which 
are  covered  with  short,  but  plentiful  herbage,  and  from  one 
to  the  other  of  which  the  sheep  are  continually  travelling 
during  the  summer.  In  the  winter  they  are  sent  into  the 
lower  part  of  Catalonia,  a  journey  of  twelve  or  thirteen  days, 
and  when  the  snow  begins  to  melt  in  the  spring  they  are 
conducted  back  again  to  the  mountains ;  thus  they  are  kept 
the  whole  year  in  motion  :  they  are  never  housed  or  under 
cover,  and  never  taste  of  any  food  but  what  they  find  for 
themselves. 

"  Mr.  Young  had  the  opportunity  of  examining  a  flock  of 
these  Catalonian  sheep,  consisting  of  about  2000.  They 
were  generally  polled,  but  a  few,  both  of  the  rams  and  ewes, 
had  horns.  The  legs  were  white  or  reddish — the  faces, 
some  white,  some  red,  and  some  speckled,  and  some  with  a 
tuft  of  wool  on  their  faces  :  the  carcase  was  round,  the  back 
straight :  they  were  in  good  condition  :  would  weigh,  when 
fat,  from  15  to  18  pounds  per  quarter,  and  resembled,  on  the 
whole,  the  South  Down  breeds. 

"  Mr.  Young  wished  to  examine  them  more  closely,  and  in- 
timated this  to  the  shepherd,  who  immediately  walked  into 


63  EUROrEAN    SHEEP. 

the  flock,  and  singled  out  a  ram,  and  bid  it  to  follow  him, 
holding  out  his  hand  as  if  to  give  him  something.  The  ani- 
mal immediately  came  with  the  shepherd,  and  submitted  it- 
self to  Mr.  Young's  inspection.  He  found  that  mellowness 
of  the  skin  which  is  the  surest  proof  of  a  good  fleece,  and 
of  a  good  breed.  The  wool  was  beautifully  soft  and  fine, 
and  weighed,  as  he  imagined,  about  eight  pounds :  the 
average  weight  of  the  fleece  before  washing  was  usually 
about  four  or  five  pounds.  Four  shepherds,  provided  with 
fire-arms,  and  four  or  five  large  Spanish  dogs,  had  the  care 
of  the  flock.  The  sheep  were  collected  together  every 
night  on  a  particular  spot, — the  shepherd  slept  in  a  little  hut 
close  by,  and  the  dogs  gave  certain  notice  of  the  approach 
of  danger.  During  the  day  the  head  shepherd  sat  on  the 
mountain  top,  or  on  an  elevated  spot,  whence  he  could  see 
everything  around  him,  while  the  flock  browsed  on  the  de- 
clivities." 

The  Estantes  or  stationary  Merinos  amounted  at  one  time 
to  two  millions,  and  the  transhumantes  to  ten  millions  ;  but 
it  is  difficult  to  estimate  correctly  the  number  of  each  at  the 
present  time.  The  Chunali  breed.  Chancellor  Livingston 
states  in  his  essay,  numbered  about  six  millions. 

The  Leonesa,  which  compose  a  very  large  proportion  of 
the  travelling  sheep,  are  superior  in  fleece  to  all  others  in 
the  kingdom,  and  which  will  ahvays  sell  for  considerably 
more  per  pound  than  that  of  any  other  Spanish  sheep.  But 
on  the  other  hand,  says  Mr.  Youatt,  on  the  authority  of 
Burgoyne,  "  there  are  stationary  flocks  both  in  Leon  and 
Estremadura,  which  produce  wool  as  good  as  that  of  the 
transhumantes."  It  will  appear,  therefore,  that  these  migra- 
tions are  not  the  exclusive  cause  of  the  superior  fleeces  of 
the  transhumantes,  as  the  Spaniards  are  wont  to  suppose. 

For  reasons  not  necessary  for  the  compiler  to  assign,  he 
quotes  from  Mr.  Youatt  the  following  accurate  description 
of  the  prominent  characteristics  of  the  true  Spanish  Merinos, 
in  which,  it  will  be  seen,  he  justly  extols  their  excellencies, 
and  notes  impartially  their  defects,  which,  however,  are  tri- 
fling compared  with  the  returns  which  their  invaluable  fleeces 
afford. 

"  The  first  impression  made  by  the  Merino  sheep  on  one 
unacquainted  with  its  value  would  be  unfavorable.  The 
wool  lying  closer  and  thicker  over  the  body  than  in  most 
other  breeds  of  sheep,  and  being  abundant  in  yolk,  is  covered 


SPANISH    SHEEP,    MERINOS,    ETC.  60 

with  a  dirty  crust,  often  full  of  crocks.  The  legs  are  rather 
long,  yet  small  in  the  bone  ;  the  breast  and  the  back  are 
narrow,  and  the  sides  somewhat  flat ;  the  shoulders  and 
bosoms  are  heavy,  and  too  much  of  their  weight  is  carried 
on  the  coarser  parts.  The  horns  of  the  male  are  compara- 
tively large,  curved,  and  with  more  or  less  of  the  spiral  form  ; 
the  head  is  large,  but  the  forehead  rather  low.  A  few  of 
the  females  are  horned,  but  generally  speaking  they  are 
without  horns.  Both  male  and  female  have  a  peculiar 
coarse  and  unsightly  growth  of  hair  on  the  forehead  and 
cheeks,  which  the  careful  sheep-master  cuts  away  before 
the  shearing  time :  the  other  part  of  the  face  has  a  pleasing 
and  characteristic  velvet  appearance.  Under  the  throat 
there  is  a  singular  looseness  of  skin,  which  gives  them  a 
remarkable  appearance  of  throatiness,  or  hollowness  in  the 
neck.*  The  pile,  when  pressed  upon,  is  hard  and  unyield- 
ing ;  it  is  so  from  the  thickness  with  which  it  grows  on  the 
pelt,  and  the  abundance  of  yolk,  detaining  all  the  dirt  and 
gravel  which  falls  upon  it ;  but  when  examined,  the  fibre 
exceeds  in  fineness,  and  in  the  number  of  serrations  and 
curves,  that  which  any  other  sheep  in  the  world  produces. 
The  average  weight  of  the  fleece  (unwashed)  in  Spain  is 
eight  pounds  from  the  ram,  and  five  from  the  ewe.  The 
staple  differs  in  length  in  different  provinces.  When  fatted, 
these  sheep  will  weigh  from  12  to  16  pounds  per  quarter. 

"  The  excellency  of  the  Merinos  consists  in  the  unexampled 
fineness  and  felting  property  of  their  wool,  and  in  the  weight 
of  it  yielded  by  each  individual  sheep :  the  closeness  of  that 
wool,  and  the  luxuriance  of  the  yolk,  which  enables  them 
to  support  extremes  of  cold  and  wet  as  well  as  any  other 
breed  ;  the  easiness  with  which  they  adapt  themselves  to 
every  change  of  climate,  and  yet  thrive  and  retain,  with 
common  care,  their  fineness  of  wool :  an  appetite  which 
renders  them  apparently  satisfied  with  the  coarsest  food  ; 
a  quietness  and  patience  into  whatever  pasture  they  are 
turned,  and  a  gentleness  and  tractableness  not  excelled  by 
any  other  breed. 

*  Lord  Somerville  has  some  obsen^ations  on  this  point : — "  The  second 
property  to  be  noted  in  this  sheep  is  a  tendency  to  throatiness,  a  pen- 
dulous skin  under  the  tliroat,  wliich  is  generally  deemed  a  bad  property 
in  this  countr)',  and  the  very  reverse  in  8pain,  where  it  is  much  esteemed, 
because  it  is  supposed  to  denote  a  tendency  both  to  wool  and  a  heavy 
fleece." — Somerville  on  Sheejj. 


70  EUROPEAN    SHEEP. 

"  Their  defects,  partly  attributable  to  the  breed,  but  more 
to  the  improper  mode  of  treatment  to  which  they  are 
occasionally  subjected,  are,  their  unthrifty  and  unprofitable 
form  ;  a  voraciousness  of  appetite*  which  yields  no  adequate 
return  of  condition ;  a  tendency  to  abortion  and  to  barren- 
ness ;  a  difficulty  in  yeaning  ;  a  paucity  of  milk,  and  a  too 
frequent  neglect  of  their  young.f  They  are  likewise  said, 
notwithstanding  the  fineness  of  their  wool  and  the  beautiful 
red  color  of  the  skin  when  the  fleece  is  parted,  to  be  more 
subject  to  cutaneous  affections  than  most  other  breeds. 
Man,  however,  has  more  to  do  with  this  than  Nature." 

HISTORY    OF    THE    INTRODUCTION    OF    MERINOS    INTO    THE 
UNITED    STATES. 

The  first  individual  of  the  breed  introduced  into  this  coun- 
try, was  by  Mr.  Delessert,  a  French  banker.  He  purchased 
two  pairs,  in  1801,  selected  from  the  celebrated  Rambouillet 
flock,  near  Paris,  which  were  shipped  early  of  the  same 
year  to  the  United  States,  but  three  of  them  perished  on  the 
passage,  and  the  survivor,  a  ram,  was  placed  on  his  farm 
near  Kingston,  New  York. 

It  had  become  a  matter  of  history,  that  the  next  importation 
of  Merinos  was  by  Gen.  David  Humphreys,  of  Connecticut; 
but  very  recently  a  competitor  for  that  honor  has  appeared. 
It  is  now  of  little  moment,  further  than  as  a  chronological 
fact,  although  the  individual  in  question,  Mr.  Seth  Adams, 
of  Zanesville,  Ohio,  is  worthy  of  praise  as  one  of  the  pio- 
neers to  improve  the  fleece  of  his  native  country.  Mr. 
Adams'  statement!  was  addressed  to  the  editor  of  the  Alba- 

*  This  is  unmerited,  because  it  is  not  true.  A  fat  sheep  is  the  glory 
of  an  Englishman,  and  in  forming  an  estimate  of  the  Merino,  he  is  apt  to 
lose  sight  of  a  great  physiological  point,  namely,  no  sheep  can  be  the 
bearer  both  of  a  superior  fine  fleece  and  much  fat,  because  the  assimila- 
tion of  food  cannot  act  for  both  objects  in  an  equal  degree.  We  must  bo 
content  with  one  great  excellence,  and  not  expect  more  from  one  animal. 
— Compiler. 

t  Not  so,  after  arriving  at  maturity,  and  properly  provided  for. — Com- 
piler. 

t  "  I  imported  in  the  brig  Reward,  Capt.  Hooper,  which  left  Diepe  in 
August,  1801,  and  arrived  in  Boston  in  October  following,  a  Merino  ram 
and  ewe.  These,  I  believe,  were  the  first  pair  of  Merinos  imported  to  the 
United  States.  The  Agricultural  Society  of  Massachusetts  having  of- 
fered a  premium  of  .S^O  for  the  importation  of  a  pair  of  sheep  of  supe- 
rior breed,  General  D.  Humphreys  imported  a  flock  of  Merinos,  and  sent 
some  of  them  to  Massachusetts,  and  lie,  or  some  one  for  him,  applied  to 


INTRODUCTION  OF  MERINOS  INTO  THE  UNITED  STATES.         71 

ny  Cultivator  (which  is  appended  to  the  present  page),  in 
which  the  priority  of  his  importation  to  Gen.  Humphreys'  is 
clearly  shown,  and  a  reference  to  the  archives  of  the  Mas- 
sachusetts Agricultural  Society  will  confirm  it. 

For  particulars  relative  to  further  importations  of  the 
Merinos,  the  compiler  is  indebted  to  the  Hon.  William 
Jarvis,  of  Vermont,  whose  name,  with  that  of  David 
Humphreys,  will  ever  be  associated,  in  the  minds  of  Ameri- 
cans, with  the  Merino,  and  cherished  with  gratitude  as  the 
great  founders  of  wool  improvement  in  the  United  States. 
The  account  was  originally  addressed  to  L.  D.  Gregory,  of 
Vermont,  and  which  is  invaluable  from  its  authenticity,  and 
graphic  details  ;  and  the  compiler  thus  publicly  expresses 
his  grateful  obligations  to  Mr.  Jarvis  for  his  kind  permission 
to  insert  it  in  the  present  work,  and  its  readers  will  doubtless 
feel  likewise. 

After  many  interesting  details  concerning  the  manage- 
ment of  Merino  sheep  in  Spain,  Mr.  Jarvis  proceeds  thus  : 

"  I  shall  now  call  your  attention  to  the  first  introduction 
of  them  into  the  United  States.  Soon  after  the  accession  of 
Mr.  Jefferson  to  the  Presidency,  Chancellor  Livingston  was 
appointed  Minister  to  France,  and  in  1802,  he  obtained  from 
that  government  three  or  four  Merinos  of  the  Rambouillet 
flock,  which  he  sent  to  New  York  and  put  on  one  of  his 
farms.  This  flock  was  obtained  by  the  King  of  France 
from  the  King  of  Spain,  and  were  undoubtedly  pure-blooded 
sheep.  A  little  before  Gen.  Humphreys  left  Spain,*  he  was 
enabled  to  get  two  hundred  sheep  from  Spain  into  Portugal, 
and  they  were  sent  to  Figueira,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Monde- 
go,  and  thence  shipped  to  the  United  States.  From  what 
flock  he  obtained  them,  I  never  could  learn,  though  I  in- 
quired a  number  of  times  ;  but  as  Spanish  Estremadura  and 
Leon  border  on  Portugal,  from  38  deg.  of  latitude  to  the 
northern  boundary  of  Portugal,   and  as  no  other  than  the 


the  society  for  the  premium.  Knowing  from  report,  that  his  sheep  did 
not  arrive  before  the  spring  season  after  mine,  I  applied  at  the  same  time 
for  the  premium,  and  after  having  examined  the  sheep  and  wool,  and 
comparing  with  those  of  General  H.,  the  society  awarded  to  me  the  pre- 
mium, and  awarded  to  General  H.  a  gold  medal  for  having  imported  a 
larger  number.  My  sheep  were  from  the  flock  imported  by  Bonaparte, 
and  distributed  through  France  to  improve  the  flocks  of  that  kingdom." 

*  For  further  particulars  concerning  General  Humplireys'  importation, 
see  Mr.  Jarvis'  letter  in  Appendix. 


72  EUROPEAN    SHEEP. 

Leonesa  Tranbliumantes  are  found  in  that  part  of  Spain, 
there  can  be  but  httle  doubt  that  they  belonged  to  that  race. 

"I  attempted  in  1806,  also  in  1807,  to  obtain  some  from 
the  most  celebrated  flocks,  but  the  laws  were  so  strict  against 
their  exportation  without  royal  license,  that  I  failed  of  suc- 
cess. After  the  French  invasion  in  1808,  the  law  became 
more  relaxed,  and  in  1809,  by  special  favor,  I  obtained  two 
hundred  Escurials.  At  the  second  invasion  of  the  French 
under  Joseph  Bonaparte,  the  rapidity  of  the  march  of  the 
French  troops  hurried  the  Supreme  Junta  from  Madrid,  and 
they  retired  to  Badajos.  Being  without  money,  and  being 
afraid  of  disgusting  the  Estremadurans,  by  levying  a  tax 
upon  them,  they  were  compelled  to  sell  four  of  the  first 
flocks  in  Spain,  which  had  been  confiscated  in  consequence 
of  the  proprietors  joining  the  French.  These  were  the 
Paular,  previously  owned  by  the  Prince  of  Peace  ;  the  Ne- 
gretti,  previously  owned  by  the  Conde  Del  Campo  de  Alange  ; 
the  Aqueirres,  which  had  been  owned  by  the  Conde  of  the 
same  name,  and  the  Montarco,  owned  by  the  Conde  de  Mon- 
tarco,  and  were  such  sheep  as  could  not  have  been  got  out 
of  Spain,  had  it  not  been  for  the  invasion  of  the  French  and 
the  distracted  state  of  the  country  growing  out  of  that  inva- 
sion. When  the  Junta  sold,  it  was  upon  the  express  con- 
dition of  their  granting  licenses  to  carry  them  out  of  the 
kingdom.  Four  thousand  of  the  Paular  flock  were  sent  to 
England  for  the  king ;  and  Col.  Downie,  a  Scotch  officer  in 
the  British  service,  but  who  then  held  the  rank  of  General 
in  the  Spanish  service,  and  I,  purchased  the  remainder  of 
the  flock,  between  three  and  four  thousand  more  ;  and  of 
this  purchase,  I  took  fourteen  hundred,  and  he  sent  the  rest 
to  Scotland  with  the  exception  of  two  or  three  hundred, 
which  he  sold  to  come  to  this  country.  Sir  Charles  Stew- 
art purchased  the  Negretti  flock  and  sent  them  to  England, 
with  the  exception  of  about  a  hundred  I  got  out  of  his  flock 
after  they  reached  Lisbon. 

"  I  purchased  about  seventeen  hundred  of  the  Aqueirres 
flock  of  the  Junta,  and  the  remainder  was  sold  and  sent  to 
England.  The  Montarco  flock  was  bought  by  a  Spaniard  and 
a  Portuguese,  and  about  two  thousand  seven  hundred  were 
shipped  to  this  country.  I  shipped  to  the  United  States 
the  fourteen  hundred  Paulars,  one  thousand  seven  hundred 
Aqueirres,  two  hundred  Escurial,  one  hundred  Negrettis,  and 
about  two  hundred  Montarcos.     Of  this  number,  about  one 


INTRODUCTION  OF  MERINOS  INTO  THE  UNITED  STATES.        73 

hundred  were  sent  to  Wiscasset  and  Portland,  one  thousand 
one  hundred  to  Boston  and  Newburyport,  one  thousand  five 
hundred  to  New  York,  three  hundred  and  fifty  to  Philadel- 
phia, two  hundred  and  fifty  to  Baltimore,  one  hundred  to 
Alexandria,  and  two  hundred  to  Norfolk  and  Richmond. 
Besides  those  which  I  shipped  to  the  United  States  on  my 
own  account,  there  were  about  three  hundred  Gaudaloupes 
purchased  by  others,  and  two  to  three  hundred  of  the  Paular 
flock  sold  by  Gen.  Downie,  shipped  to  Boston ;  and  of  the 
Montarco  flock,  shipped  by  others,  about  two  thousand  five 
hundred  were  sent  to  Boston,  Providence,  New  York,  Phila- 
delphia, Baltimore,  and  Savannah.  The  Gaudaloupes,  Pau- 
lars,  and  Montarcos,  which  were  shipped  to  Boston  by  others, 
were  for  the  account  of  Gorham  Parsons,  Esq.,  Gen.  Sum- 
ner, D.  Tichenor,  and  E.  H.  Derby,  Esq.  All  these  sheep 
were  shipped  in  the  latter  part  of  1809,  during  1810,  and  the 
early  part  of  1811,  and  were  the  only  Leonesa  Transhumantes, 
if  we  include  Gen.  Humphreys'  and  Chancellor  Livingston's, 
(which  I  have  no  doubt  were  of  the  same  stock)  that  were 
ever  shipped  to  the  United  States.  Badajos  is  but  little  over 
one  hundred  miles  from  Lisbon,  and  all  the  sheep  purchased 
there  and  in  that  vicinity,  were  shipped  from  Lisbon.  I  was 
then  Consul  there,  and  from  my  office  was  actually  acquaint- 
ed with  all  the  shipments,  as  certificates  of  property  from 
me  always  accompanied  them. 

"I  shall  now,  in  compliance  with  your  wishes,  give  you  a 
description  of  the  sheep  of  the  different  flocks  sent  to  this 
country.  The  Paulars  were  undoubtedly  one  of  the  hand- 
somest flocks  in  Spain.  They  were  of  middling  height, 
round-bodied,  well  spread,  straight  on  the  back,  the  neck  of 
the  bucks  rising  in  a  moderate  curve  from  the  withers  to  the 
setting  on  of  the  head,  their  head  handsome,  with  aquiline 
curve  of  the  nose,  with  short,  fine,  glossy  hair  on  the  face, 
and  generally  hair  on  the  legs,  the  skin  pretty  smooth,  that 
is,  not  rolling  up  or  doubling  about  the  neck  and  body,  as  in 
some  other  flocks,  the  crimp  in  the  wool  was  not  so  short 
as  in  many  other  flocks,  the  wool  was  somewhat  longer,  but 
it  was  close  and  compact,  and  was  soft  and  silky  to  the 
touch,  and  the  surface  was  not  so  much  covered  with  gum. 
This  flock  was  originally  owned  by  the  Carthusian  friars  of 
Paular,  who  were  the  best  agriculturists  in  Spain,  and  was 
sold  by  that  order  to  the  Prince  of  Peace  when  he  came 
into  power.     The  Negretti  flock  were  the  tallest  Merinos  in 

7 


74  EUROPEAN    SHEEP. 

Spain,  but  were  not  handsomely  formed,  being  rather  flat- 
sided,  roach  back,  and  the  neck  inclining  to  sink  down  from 
the  withers  ;  the  wool  was  somewhat  shorter  that  the  Pau- 
lar  and  more  crimped,  the  skin  was  more  loose  and  inclined 
to  double,  and  many  of  them  were  wooled  on  their  faces  and 
legs  down  to  their  hoofs.  All  the  loose-skinned  sheep  had 
large  dewlaps.  The  Aqueirres  were  short-legged,  round, 
broad-bodied,  with  loose  skins,  and  were  more  wooled  about 
their  faces  and  legs  than  any  other  flock  I  ever  saw,  the 
wool  was  more  crimped  than  the  Paular,  and  less  than  the 
Negretti,  but  was  thick  and  soft.  This  flock  formerly  be- 
longed to  the  Moors  of  Spain,  and  at  their  expulsion,  was 
bought  by  the  family  of  Aqueirres.  The  wool  in  England 
was  known  as  the  Muros  flock,  and  was  highly  esteemed. 
All  the  bucks  of  these  three  flocks  had  large  horns.  The 
Escurials  were  about  as  tall  as  the  Paulars,  but  not  quite  so 
round  and  broad,  being  in  general  rather  more  slight  in  their 
make  ;  their  wool  was  crimped,  but  not  quite  so  thick  as 
the  Paular  or  Negretti,  nor  were  their  skins  so  loose  as  the 
Negretti  and  Aqueirres,  nor  had  they  so  much  wool  on  the 
face  and  legs.  The  Montarco  bore  a  considerable  resem- 
blance to  the  Escurials.  The  Escurial  flock  had  formerly 
belonged  to  the  crown,  but  when  Philip  the  II.  built  the  Es- 
curial palace,  he  gave  them  to  the  friars,  whom  he  placed  in 
a  convent  that  was  attached  to  the  palace,  as  a  source  of 
revenue.  These  four  flocks  were  moderately  gummed. 
The  Gaudaloupe  flock  was  rather  larger  in  the  bone  than 
the  two  preceding,  about  the  same  height,  but  not  quite  so 
handsomely  formed,  their  wool  was  thick  and  crimped,  their 
skins  loose  and  doubling,  their  faces  and  legs  not  materially 
diflerent  from  the  two  latter  flocks,  but  in  general  they  were 
more  gummed  than  either  of  the  other  flocks.  In  point  of  fine- 
ness there  was  very  little  diff'erence  between  these  six  flocks, 
and  as  I  have  been  told  by  well-informed  persons,  there  is 
very  little  diflerence  in  this  respect  among  the  Leonesa 
Transhumantes  in  general.  The  Escurials,  the  Montarcos, 
and  the  Gaudaloupes  were  not  in  general  so  heavy  horned 
as  the  other  three  flocks,  and  about  one  in  six  of  the  bucks 
were  without  horns,  or  what  is  commonly  called  a  polled 
buck. 

"  I  had  selected  by  the  Paular  shepherds,  who  came  with 
that  flock,  three  hundred  sheep  which  I  shipped  to  Newbu- 
ryport.     The  half  of  these  were  Paulars,  a  fourth  Aqueirres 


INTRODUCTION  OF  MERINOS  INTO  THE  UNITED  STATES.        (O 

an  eighth  Escurials,  and  the  other  eighth  Montarcos  and  Ne- 
grettis.  These  I  put  on  the  farm  in  Weathersfield,  Vt.,  that 
I  bought  after  my  return  to  the  United  States,  and  also  drove 
up  about  a  hundred,  the  remainder  of  those  I  had  shipped  to 
Boston.  In  compliance  with  the  invariable  practice  in  Spain, 
I  bred  the  respective  flocks  separately,  or  what  in  farmer's 
language  is  called  in  and  in ;  the  custom  in  Spain  having 
existed  from  time  immemorial,  of  breeding  the  bucks  and 
ewes  of  the  same  cabanna  or  flock  together,  or  in  and  in ; 
but  in  about  1816  or  1817,  I  mixed  the  different  flocks  to- 
gether, and  have  so  bred  my  Merinos  ever  since." 

An  importation  of  Rambouillet  Merinos  was  made  by  an 
enterprising  citizen  of  Connecticut  several  years  since, 
which  is  properly  noticed  under  the  head  of  French  Sheep. 

The  average  weight  of  the  Spanish  Merino  fleece  has  al- 
ready been  given ;  that  of  the  American  Merino  may  be 
safely,  under  good  management,  stated  at  31  lbs. ;  small 
flocks,  however,  which  are  apt  to  receive  better  attentions 
than  large,  will  yield  about  4  lbs.  ;  but  recently,  instances 
have  been  recorded,  where  the  flocks  have  been  unusually 
well  selected,  and  fed,  an  average  of  4|-  to  5  lbs.  has  been 
obtained.  High  feeding  has  much  to  do  in  increasing  the 
weight  of  the  fleece,  as  will  appear  hereafter. 

An  enterprising  feeling  is  abroad  over  large  portions  of 
our  country  for  wool  improvement,  and  public  attention  has 
latterly  been  directed  to  the  Merinos  to  forward  this  im- 
portant branch  of  agriculture.  This  is  right.  There  exists 
no  hardier  breed  than  the  Merinos  ;  and  for  the  small  flock 
proprietor,  whose  locality  is  cold  and  exposed,  they  are 
especially  well  adapted.  To  the  Merinos  we  must  look  for 
the  greatest  general  improvement  of  the  fleece  throughout 
our  widely-extended  country. 

FRENCH    SHEEP. 

With  the  exception  of  the  celebrated  Rambouillet  Merino 
flock,  near  Paris,  there  is  little  to  interest  the  American 
wool-grower  relative  to  the  sheep  and  sheep  husbandry  of 
France. 

The  breeds  are  varied  as  the  face  of  the  country,  and  none, 
except  towards  the  more  southern  parts  of  the  kingdom,  that 
yield  a  fleece  possessing  much  intrinsic  excellence  either 
for  the  purposes  of  combing  or  cloth.  This  appears  some- 
what singular,  considering  the  aptitude  of  the  French  nation 


76  EUROPEAN    SHEEP, 

for  the  art  of  manufacture,  the  general  excellence  of  the 
agriculture  of  the  country,  the  adaptation  of  the  climate  for 
perfecting  the  several  properties  of  wool,  and  the  super- 
abundance and  variety  of  the  herbage.  The  conclusion  is 
natural,  from  the  proximity  to  Spain,  that  France  would 
have  availed  herself  of  the  superiority  of  the  Merino  wool, 
and  long  since  have  become  second  to  no  country  in  the  ex- 
tent of  its  culture.  The  prize,  however,  which  she  could 
so  easily  have  possessed,  through  culpable  neglect,  has 
passed  to  Germany  and  Austria,  and  now  to  these  countries 
is  she  indebted,  like  England,  for  the  finest  wool  employed 
in  her  manufactures.  Justice,  however,  requires  the  state- 
ment, that,  before  her  bloody  and  exterminating  Revolution, 
measures  were  in  progress  to  ameliorate  the  character  of 
the  native  sheep,  by  the  introduction  of  the  Merino  as  rapidly 
as  the  government  of  Spain  would  sanction  their  exportation  ; 
but  that  terrible  event  overthrew  this  contemplated  good  to 
the  agriculture  of  the  nation.  The  first,  and  only  marked 
successful  effort,  was  the  flock  of  Merinos,  known  since  as 
the  Rambouillet's,  which  will  presently  be  referred  to. 

As  has  already  been  remarked,  the  most  valuable  wooled 
sheep  are  found  in  the  southern  parts  of  the  kingdom ;  and 
none  probably  surpass,  form  and  fleece  combined,  those  of 
Aries,  which  embraces  the  Districts  of  Crau,  Camarque,  and 
Le  Plain  du  Bourg.  About  250,000  are  kept  in  these  dis- 
tricts. All  these  sheep  are  migratory,  being  driven  from  the 
plains  of  Aries  in  the  spring  of  the  year  towards  the  Alps 
which  divide  Provence  and  Dauphine  from  Italy,  and  are 
driven  back  in  November.  These  migrations  have  continued 
from  time  immemorial ;  and  laws  have  been  enacted  limiting 
the  road  for  their  passage  to  36  feet  in  breadth.  The  flocks 
vary  in  number  from  10  to  40,000  ;  and  to  every  1000  sheep 
three  shepherds  are  allowed,  each  of  whom  has  his  dog. 
The  sheep  are  led  by  goats  which  are  trained  for  the  pur- 
pose, and  have  bells  around  their  necks.  The  discipline 
in  which  these  animals  are  kept,  and  the  intelligence  which 
they  display,  is  very  great.  They  halt  or  proceed  at  the 
direction  of  the  shepherd ;  they  come  to  the  centre  at  the 
close  of  each  day's  march,  and  there  wait  in  the  morning 
for  the  proper  order,  when  they  repair  to  their  station  at  the 
head  of  the  troop  with  the  greatest  regularity.  If  they  come 
to  a  stream  they  halt  until  the  word  of  command  is  given ; 
and  then  they  plunge  immediately  into  the  water,  and  are 


FRENCH   SHEEP.  77 

followed  by  the  rest  of  the  flock.  The  journey  usually  lasts 
from  twenty  to  thirty  days.  When  they  arrive  at  the  moun- 
tains each  shepherd  has  his  appointed  boundary  marked  out ; 
and  the  proprietors  of  the  land  are  usually  paid  about  twenty 
sous  per  sheep  for  their  pasture  during  the  summer.  The 
shepherds  sleep  with  their  flock  in  the  open  air,  and  live 
almost  entirely  on  bread  and  goats'  milk.* 

The  question  of  the  influence  of  these  peregrinations  on 
the  fleece  has  been  already  considered  under  the  head  of 
Spanish  Sheep. 

M.  Daubenton  having  experimented  a  suflicient  length  of 
time  to  test  the  eflfect  of  change  of  climate  and  habits  of  the 
Merino,  which  resulted  in  their  retaining  every  valuable 
quality  for  which  they  are  so  celebrated,  the  French  govern- 
ment resolved  in  1786  to  make  a  trial,  under  its  immediate 
patronage,  on  a  larger  scale  than  any  previously  made. 
"  Accordingly  376  ewes  and  lambs  were  purchased  in  Spain, 
and  sent  to  Rambouillet,  in  the  neighborhood  of  Paris, 
where  was  an  agricultural  establishment  expressly  devoted 
to  the  improvement  of  the  domesticated  animals.  Sixty  of 
them  died  on  their  passage. 

"  The  Rambouillet  flock  gradually  increased,  and  a  few  were 
given  to  those  agriculturists  who  appeared,  to  be  disposed  to 
bestow  sufl^icient  care  on  their  cultivation.  This  was  an  ill- 
advised  measure.  That  which  could  be  had  as  a  gift  was 
deemed  to  possess  little  value  ;  and  the  new  breed  had  not 
justice  done  to  it.  It  was  then  determined  that  an  annual 
sale  of  a  portion  of  the  flock  should  take  place.  The  first 
sale  was  made  in  1796,  ten  years  after  their  establishment  at 
Rambouillet.  The  average  weight  of  the  fleece  in  the  yolk 
was  then  6  lbs.  9  oz.  ;  the  average  price  of  the  fleece  5 
francs! — the  average  price  of  the  sheep,  107  francs  for  a 
ram,  and  71  francs  for  a  ewe,  and  the  highest  price  at 
which  a  single  sheep  sold  was  200  francs.  Five  years 
afterwards  the  flock  had  so  much  improved  in  public  estima- 
tion, and  in  real  value,  that  the  average  weight  of  the  fleece 
was  9  lbs. — its  price  28  francs  ;  the  average  price  of  the 
ram  412  francs,  that  of  the  ewes  236  francs,  and  the  high- 
est price  of  any  of  the  sheep  630  francs.f 

"  The  most  rigorous  examination  was  instituted  ;  and  the 

*  Annales  de  I'Agric.  France, 
t  A  franc  is  about  one  fifth  of  a  dollar. 
7* 


78  EUROPEAN    SIIEEP. 

superfine  wools  obtained  in  France  from  the  pure  breed, 
were  worked  into  cloths  in  every  respect  as  good  as  those 
from  the  rcfina  or  jyrima  wool  of  the  best  breeds  in  Spain. 
The  wool  produced  from  the  mixed  breed,  after  the  fourth  or 
fifth  cross,  when  made  into  cloth,  was  equal  to  that  manu- 
factured from  superfine  wool. 

"  In  order  to  perfect  the  undertaking,  a  publication  on  the 
treatment  of  sheep  was  drawn  up  by  M.  Gilbert,  under  the 
patronage  of  government ;  a  practical  school  for  shepherds 
was  instituted  at  Rambouillet,  and  two  other  depots  for 
Merino  sheep  were  established,  one  at  Pompadour,  and 
another  at  Perpignan,  at  the  foot  of  the  Pyrenees. 

"  These  statements  would  seem  to  be  highly  encourag- 
ing; but  so  systematically  had  the  sheep  been  neglected  in 
France,  and  so  inveterate  were  the  prejudices  of  agriculturists 
generally,  that  when  an  account  was  taken  of  the  number  of 
sheep  in  France,  in  1811,  25  years  after  the  establishment 
of  the  flock  at  Rambouillet,  there  were  thirty  millions  of 
the  native  breeds,  and  only  two  hundred  thousand  pure 
Merinos. 

"At  the  sale  of  Merinos  at  Rambouillet  in  1834,  the 
average  price  of  the  ram  was  328  francs,  and  the  greatest 
sum  given  for  the  best  510  francs.  The  average  price  of 
the  ewe  had  sunk  to  108  francs,  and  the  highest  price  of  the 
best  was  only  210  francs."* 

Mr.  Trimmer,  an  English  writer,  has  stated  the  following 
concerning  the  Rambouillet  flock,  which  he  visited  in  1827  : 

"  The  sheep  in  size  are  certainly  the  largest  pure  Merinos 
T  have  ever  seen.  The  wool  is  of  various  qualities,  many 
sheep  carrying  very  fine  fleeces,  others  middling,  and  some 
rather  indiff'erent ;  but  the  whole  is  much  improved  from  the 
quality  of  the  original  Spanish  Merinos.  *  *  *  *  Individ- 
uals are  found  in  this  flock  with  dewlaps  down  to  the  knees, 
and  folds  of  skin  on  the  neck,  like  frills,  covering  nearly 
the  head.  Several  of  these  animals  seem  to  possess  pelts  of 
such  looseness  and  size,  that  one  skin  would  nearly  hold  the 
carcases  of  two  such  sheep.  The  rams'  fleeces  were  stated 
at  14,  and  the  ewes'  10  lbs.  in  the  grease.  By  thorough 
cleansing  they  would  be  reduced  half,  thus  giving  7  and  5 
lbs.  each." 

From  the  fact  that  an  importation  from  this  celebrated 

*  Youatt. 


FRENCH   SHEEP.  79 

flock  into  the  United  States  has  recently  taken  place,  and 
others  not  unlikely  to  follow,  it  is  proper  that  the  public 
should  be  fully  enlightened  as  to  the  degree  of  its  merit. 

The  following  is  a  portion  of  a  report  concerning  them, 
drawn  up  by  M.  Gilbert,  of  the  French  National  Institute, 
and  Avill  be  found  inserted  in  Chancellor  Livingston's 
"  Essay  on  Sheep."  The  eminent  moral  character  of  Mr. 
Livingston  forbids  the  suspicion  that  the  account  is  exagger- 
ated, as  he  had  the  opportunity  personally  to  attest  its  truth. 

M.  Gilbert  says — "  The  stock  from  which  the  flock  of 
Rambouiliet  was  derived,  was  composed  of  individuals  beau- 
tiful beyond  any  that  had  ever  before  been  brought  from 
Spain  :  but  having  been  chosen  from  a  great  number  of  flocks, 
in  diflerent  parts  of  the  kingdom,  they  were  distinguished  by 
very  striking  local  differences,  which  formed  a  medley  dis- 
agreeable to  the  eye,  but  immaterial  as  it  affected  their 
quality ;  these  characteristic  diff'erences  have  been  melted 
into  each  other,  by  their  successive  alliances,  and  from  them 
have  resulted  a  race  which  perhaps  resembles  none  of  those 
which  compose  the  primitive  stock,  but  which  certainly  does 
not  yield  in  any  circumstance  to  the  most  beautiful  in  point 
of  size,  form,  and  strength ;  or  in  the  fineness,  length,  soft- 
ness, strength,  and  abundance  of  the  fleece.  The  manufac- 
turers and  dealers  in  wool,  who  came  in  numbers  to  Ram- 
bouiliet this  year  (1796)  to  purchase,  unanimously  agreed 
to  this  fact,  at  the  very  time  that  they  were  combining  to 
keep  down  the  price.  All  the  wool  of  Spain  that  I  have  ex- 
amined, not  excepting  the  prime  Leonese,  the  most  esteem- 
ed of  any,  appeared  to  me  to  contain  much  more  of  jar 
(hair)  than  that  of  Rambouiliet." 

An  importation  transpired,  in  1840,  of  twenty  ewes  and 
two  rams,  selected  from  this  celebrated  flock,  by  Mr.  D.  C. 
Collins  of  Hartford,  Conn.,  who  is  still  their  proprietor. 
The  motives  which  prompted  this  laudable  enterprise,  to- 
gether with  a  minute  description  of  these  valuable  sheep, 
appear  in  the  American  Agriculturist,  of  July,  1843.  The 
following  account  was  prepared  by  its  editor,  who  had  ex- 
pended much  time  in  examining  them  : — 

"  While  Mr.  Collins  was  travelling  in  Europe  in  the  year 
1839,  having  his  eye  occasionally  upon  its  agriculture  and 
improved  stocks,  among  other  things,  this  gentleman  was 
struck  with  the  marked  superiority  of  the  Spanish  Merinos, 
composing  the  celebrated  royal  flocks  kept  at  Rambouiliet 


80  EUROPEAN    SHEEP. 

in  France,  about  40  miles  from  Paris.  He  accordingly  de- 
termined to  procure  a  small  breeding  flock,  with  a  view  of 
raising  bucks  to  restore  the  fine-wooled  sheep  of  our  coun- 
try to  their  original  character  for  strength  of  constitution 
and  weight  of  fleece,  together  with  excellence  of  quality. 
******* 

"  The  result  of  our  observations,  and  the  information  we 
obtained,  with  respect  to  these  Spanish  Merinos  from  the 
Royal  flocks  of  Rambouillet,  and  the  produce  bred  from  them 
in  this  country,  is  : — 

"  1.  They  possess  as  good  constitutions,  and  are  as  thrifty 
and  as  hardy  as  any  native  or  imported  sheep  whatever. 

"  2.  They  attain  a  great  age,  having  been  known  to  reach 
20  years,  and  may  be  depended  on  as  good  breeders  till  12 
or  14  years  old. 

"  3.  They  have  large,  loose  skins,  full  of  folds,  especially 
around  the  neck  and  below  it,  on  the  shoulders,  and  not  un- 
frequently  over  the  whole  body ;  the  wool  thickly  covering 
its  surface,  the  forehead,  cheeks,  and  the  legs,  clear  down  to 
the  hoofs,  giving  the  fleece,  when  shorn  and  spread  out  in  its 
ample  dimensions,  the  appearance  of  having  been  taken  from 
the  carcase  of  a  huge  buflalo,  rather  than  so  small  an  ani- 
mal as  the  domestic  sheep. 

"  4.  The  fibre  of  the  wool  is  very  fine,  quite  equal  to  the 
best  Merino  in  Spain,  and  is  the  very  antipodes  of  that  of 
which  so  much  complaint  is  made  by  the  manufacturer,  of 
being  harsh,  dry,  crispy,  and  wiry.  The  fleece  opens  of  a 
brilliant  creamy  color  within,  on  a  skin  of  rich  pink,  and  is 
soft,  glossy,  wavy,  and  very  even  over  the  whole  body  ;  is 
exceedingly  close  and  compact,  and  has  a  yolk  free  from 
gum,  and  easily  liberated  when  it  comes  to  be  washed,  but 
which  protects  the  wool  from  the  weather,  and  keeps  it  free 
of  the  dead  ends  that  are  so  objectionable.  It  becomes  of 
the  purest  white  when  scoured  by  the  manufacturer,  and 
still  retains  its  mellow,  oily  touch,  so  grateful  to  the  hand- 
ling of  good  judges.  Its  felting  properties  are  beyond  dis- 
pute, making  it  a  choice  material  for  the  manufacture  of  fine 
cloths." 

SWISS    SHEEP. 

There  are  several  breeds  of  sheep  in  the  several  Cantons 
of  Switzerland.     The  valley  sheep  are  not  dissimilar  to  the 


SAXON    SHEEP. 


81 


long-wooled  English  breeds,  and  approximate  more  nearly 
to  the  Lincoln  variety. 

The  mountain  breed  are  esteemed  the  most  valuable, 
having  fine,  short  wool,  which,  latterly,  has  been  much  im- 
proved in  quality  and  weight  by  the  Merino. 


SAXON    RAM. 


SAXON    SHEEP. 


The  following  history  of  the  introduction  of  the  Merinos 
into  Saxony  was  written  by  the  late  Mr.  Henry  D.  Grove, 
of  Hoosic,  N.  Y.,  whose  decease  will  long  be  lamented  by 
those  who  knew  his  many  private  virtues,  and  by  American 
agriculturists,  who  will  not  cease  to  pay  the  homage  of 
gratitude  to  his  memory,  for  the  enthusiastic  enterprise  and 
zeal  he  continued  to  manifest  to  his  latest  moments  to  im- 
prove the  fleece  of  his  adopted  country. 

The  following  was  addressed  to  Messrs.  Benton  &  Barry, 
at  whose  request  it  was  written,  and  affixed  to  their  useful 
work  on  the  Statistics  of  Sheep  and  Manufactures  of  the 
United  States,  and  published  in  1837. 


82  EUROPEAN    SIIEEP. 

"In  the  year  1764,  the  Elector  of  Saxony  obtained,  by 
special  negotiation  through  his  ambassador,  a  grant  from  the 
King  of  Spain,  for  the  purchase  of  one  hundred  ewes  and 
one  hundred  rams,  and  a  few  surplus  ones  to  keep  that  num- 
ber good  rn  case  any  should  die  during  the  passage.  Ac- 
cordingly one  hundred  and  nineteen  ewes  and  one  hundred 
and  ten  rams  were  selected,  principally  from  the  Escurial 
flocks,  then  the  king's  private  property,  under  the  care  and 
management  of  the  monks  belonging  to  the  monastery  of 
that  name,  and  which  were  considered  the  finest  sheep  in 
the  kingdom.  They  M^ere  shipped  at  Cadiz,  in  the  month 
of  May,  1765,  accompanied  by  two  Spaniards  to  take  care 
of  them.  Five  rams  and  three  ewes  died  on  the  passage  ; 
the  remainder  arrived  safely  at  the  Electors  private  domain 
at  Stolpen.  The  Spanish  shepherds  remained  with,  and 
took  care  of  the  flock  till  the  middle  of  the  following  year, 
when  they  took  their  departure  for  Spain.  During  the  time, 
however,  they  remained  in  Saxony,  they  instructed  Saxon 
shepherds  in  the  care  and  management  of  sheep. 

"  In  order  the  better  to  make  this  valuable  acquisition  ben- 
efit the  country  as  much  as  possible,  the  Elector  appointed  a 
commission,  to  superintend  and  direct  the  general  concerns 
of  the  sheep  establishment,  whose  particular  duty  it  was 
made,  to  spread  all  the  information  they  could  obtain  on  the 
care  and  management  of  sheep  before  the  public,  and  who 
were  especially  instructed  to  dispose  of  the  young  rams  at 
low  prices,  in  order  to  induce  the  sheep-owners  to  improve 
their  flocks.  The  tenants  of  the  government  domains  were 
particularly  favored,  by  giving  them  the  preference  in  the 
purchase  (which  is  kept  up  till  this  day),  while  every  possi- 
ble care  was  taken  to  induce  farmers  generally  to  improve 
their  breed  of  sheep  throughout  the  Electorate.  It  was  fur- 
ther required  of  the  said  commission  to  make  a  detailed  re- 
port to  the  government,  annually,  on  the  condition  of  the 
sheep  establishment,  and  at  the  same  time  to  submit  a  list 
of  the  persons  who  had  received  sheep  from  the  national 
flock. 

"  During  the  first  years  these  valuable  animals  found  many 
opponents,  and  the  improvement  of  the  Spanish  crop  was 
very  slow,  mainly  on  account  of  the  common  prejudice  of 
the  farmers,  which  was  heightened  when  the  scab  broke  out 
among  them,  but  afterwards  they  became  convinced  of  their 
value,  and  the  improvement  was  more  rapid.     But  as  most 


SAXON    SHEEP.  83 

of  the  flocks  in  Spain  are  more  or  less  aflected  by  the  scab, 
those  transported  to  Saxony  had  to  undergo  the  same  ordeal. 
This,  of  course,  heightened  the  prejudice  of  many  against 
them,  who  pronounced  them  as  entirely  unfit  for  the  coun- 
try, their  meat  not  eatable,  or  at  best,  of  a  miserable  descrip- 
tion ;  a  notion,  however,  which  soon  exploded.  The  scab, 
however,  caused  great  ravages  among  them  before  they  were 
entirely  cured  of  this  disease. 

"  When  the  commissioners  had  exercised  their  functions 
ten  years,  the  call  for  young  rams  was  so  great, — and  in  or- 
der the  more  rapidly  to  improve  the  breed  of  the  country, — 
that  they  resolved  to  petition  the  government  to  make  another 
importation  of  ewes  and  rams  from  Spain,  for  which  purpose 
the  Elector  obtained  another  grant  from  the  King  of  Spain 
for  three  hundred  rams  and  ewes.  At  the  end  of  the  year 
1777,  a  gentleman  by  the  name  of  Vaigt,  manager  of  Count 
Eiorsidel's  farms,  who  was  considered  one  of  the  best  judges 
of  sheep  at  that  day  in  Saxony,  was  provided  with  the  ne- 
cessary credentials  and  sent  on  that  mission.  But,  for  some 
cause  unknown,  he  selected  only  one  hundred  and  ten  two 
year  old  rams  and  ewes,  and  returned  home  with  them. 
These  were,  however,  of  a  very  superior  quality,  selected  from 
the  best  flocks  of  Leon,  Escurial,  Cavagnon,  Negretti,  Mon- 
tarco,  and  Sorian,  and  exceeded  greatly  in  beauty  of  form 
and  quality  of  wool,  the  first  importation.  The  cost  of  them 
was  about  forty  rix  dollars  per  head. 

"  With  this  acquisition,  the  commissioners  then  planted  the 
Merino  Tree  on  the  fruitful  soil  of  Lohmen  and  Renners- 
dorf,  from  whence,  in  conjunction  with  Stolpen,  many  pure 
blood  flocks  derive  their  origin.  And  I  owe  it  to  truth  to 
remark,  that  I  have  examined  private  flocks  equal,  if  not  su- 
perior, to  the  national  flocks. 

"  It  would  lead  me  too  far  here,  to  detail  the  introduction 
of  the  Spanish  and  Saxony  Merino  into  other  parts  of  Ger- 
many, Prussia,  Austria,  &c.  Suffice  it  to  say,  that  many 
districts  rival  Saxony  ;  Prussia,  especially,  fosters  her  flocks, 
not  only  by  premiums,  bestowed  through  her  agricultural  so- 
cieties, but  by  that  enlightened  protection  to  domestic  indus- 
try, which  so  truly  characterizes  that  government." 

The  invaluable  properties  of  pure  Saxon  wool,  and  the 
demand  consequent  for  its  manufacture  into  fabrics,  the  fine- 
ness of  which  the  world  has  never  before  produced,  is  the 
cause  of  the  high  value  of  Saxon  sheep,  and  their  spread 


84  EUROPEAN    SHEEP. 

over  so  large  a  portion  of  Europe,  and  remote  parts  of  the 
world.  No  other  breeds  are  so  highly  prized  on  the  Conti- 
nent, and  none  which  command  such  enormous  prices.  Mr. 
Grove  has  stated,  that,  while  grade  Saxons  sell  for  3  to  15 
dollars  per  head,  individual  rams  of  uncontaminated  blood 
often  bring  from  100  to  250  rix  dollars;  a  flock  was  pur- 
chased, destined  for  Russia,  a  few  years  since,  for  which 
the  average  price  paid  exceeded  500  dollars  ;  and  Mr.  Spoon- 
er  states  that,  latterly,  rams  have  been  sold  at  the  almost  in- 
credible prices  of  100  to  near  300  guineas  per  head.  The 
cause  of  these  extravagant  prices  has  been  stated ;  and  so 
long  as  there  exist  grades  in  society,  and  the  highest  of 
these  covet  a  wardrobe  of  the  finest  texture,  the  breed  will 
continue  to  be  appreciated,  and  sedulously  cultivated. 

The  means  adopted  to  improve  the  wool  of  the  Saxon 
breed  so  much  beyond  the  Merinos  of  Spain  consisted  for 
the  most  part,  originally,  in  the  system  of  breeding  in-and-in, 
and  a  great  degree  of  care  in  management,  which  is  briefly, 
but  imperfectly,  detailed  by  several  writers,  as  follows  : — the 
first  remarks  are  by  Mr.  Grove  : — "  The  Germans  keep  their 
sheep  under  comfortable  shelter  during  the  winter.  By  this 
means  they  do  not  require,  in  the  first  place,  so  much  prov- 
ender ;  secondly,  the  tip  ends  of  the  wool  do  not  get  weath- 
er-beaten, which  is  an  injury ;  thirdly,  a  great  quantity  of 
manure  is  saved.  They  hurdle  their  sheep  during  sum- 
mer for  the  purpose  of  manuring  the  land,  which  makes  it 
more  productive.  They  raise  large  quantities  of  roots,  such 
as  ruta  baga,  potatoes,  mangel  wurtzel,  carrots,  round  turnips, 
&c.,  to  feed  out  during  winter.  Combined  with  straw,  it  is 
considered  an  economical  mode  of  wintering  sheep.  They 
enrich  their  land,  moreover,  by  this  course  of  management, 
which  enables  them  to  keep  still  more  sheep  and  cattle,  and 
raise  more  grain.  Many  farmers  in  that  country  keep  their 
sheep  from  nine  to  ten  months  of  the  year  in  the  yard  ;  some 
only  part  of  their  flock,  and  others  their  whole  flock.  For 
this  purpose  they  sow  red  and  white  clover,  lucerne,  and  es- 
parrette,  which  is  mowed  and  fed  to  them  in  racks,  three 
times  a  day,  and  in  wet  weather  a  foddering  of  straw.  It 
follows,  as  a  matter  of  course,  that  the  stables  and  yards  are 
well  littered  with  straw  every  day.  It  is  considered  that  an 
acre,  thus  managed,  will  maintain  double  the  number  of 
sheep,  or  cattle,  than  it  would  to  turn  them  out  to  pick  for 
themselves.     By  this  course  of  management  they  are  ena- 


SAXON    SHEEP.  85 

bled  to  keep  large  numbers  of  sheep,  without  infringing 
much  on  their  grain  growing,  and  enabled  to  come  in  com- 
petition with  the  wool-growers  of  other  countries.  As  there 
are  no  fences  in  that  country,  the  sheep  are  attended  by 
dogs.  One  shepherd  with  his  dog  will  manage  from  five 
hundred  to  eight  hundred  in  the  summer,  all  in  one  flock." 

Mr.  Carr,  an  English  gentleman  farmer,  but  now  a  resi- 
dent of  Germany,  states  the  following  in  the  Journal  of  the 
Royal  Agricultural  Society  of  England.  "  These  sheep 
(Saxons)  cannot  thrive  in  a  damp  climate,  and  it  is  quite 
necessary  that  they  should  have  a  wide  range  of  dry  and 
hilly  pasture,  of  short  and  not  over-nutritious  herbage.  If 
allowed  to  feed  on  swampy  or  marshy  ground,  even  once  or 
twice,  in  autumn,  they  are  sure  to  die  of  liver-complaint 
(rot)  in  the  following  spring.  They  are  always  housed  at 
night,  even  in  summer,  except  in  the  finest  weather,  when 
they  are  sometimes  folded  in  the  distant  fallows,  but  never 
taken  to  pasture  till  the  dew  is  off  the  grass.  In  the  winter 
they  are  kept  within  doors  altogether,  and  are  fed  with  a 
small  quantity  of  sound  hay,  and  every  variety  of  straw,  and 
which  is  varied  at  each  feed.  Abundance  of  good  water  to 
drink,  and  rock  salt  in  their  cribs,  are  indispensables." 

Baron  Geisler  has  been  many  years  one  of  the  most  suc- 
cessful breeders  of  Saxon  Merinos,  and  for  a  long  time 
(on  the  authority  of  Dr.  Bright)  "  he  has  exercised  un- 
wearied assiduity  by  crossing  and  recrossing,  so  that  by 
keeping  the  most  accurate  registers  of  the  pedigree  of  each 
sheep,  he  has  been  enabled  to  proceed  with  a  mathematical 
precision  in  the  regular  and  progressive  improvement  of  the 
whole  stock.  Out  of  seventeen  thousand  sheep,  comprising 
his  flock,  there  is  not  one  whose  whole  family  he  cannot 
trace  by  reference  to  his  books  ;  and  he  regulates  his  year- 
ly sales  by  these  registers.  He  considers  the  purity  of 
blood  the  jirst  requisite  towards  perfection  of  the  feece^  Dr. 
Bright  makes  a  few  remarks  on  management. 

"  For  fourteen  days  before  the  coupling-season  the  rams 
should  be  daily  fed  with  oats,  and  this  food  should  be  con- 
tinued not  only  during  that  particular  period,  but  for  fourteen 
days  after  ;  and  one  ram  will  thus  be  in  a  condition  to  serve 
60  ewes,  if  other  proper  attentions  have  been  paid  to  him 
previously. 

"  During  the  lambing  period  a  shepherd  should  be  con- 
stantly day  and  night  in  the  cote,  in  order  that  he  may  place 

8 


86  EUROPEAN   SHEEP. 

the  lamb,  as  soon  as  it  is  cleaned,  together  with  its  mother, 
in  a  separate  pen,  which  has  been  before  prepared.  The 
ewes  which  have  lambed  should,  during  a  week,  be  driven 
neither  to  water  nor  to  pasture  ;  but  low  troughs  of  water 
for  this  purpose  are  to  be  introduced  into  each  partition,  in 
order  that  they  may  easily  and  at  all  times  quench  their 
thirst. 

"  It  is  also  very  useful  to  put  a  small  quantity  of  barley- 
meal  into  the  water,  for  by  this  means  the  quantity  of  ewes' 
milk  is  much  increased.  When  the  lambs  are  so  strong 
that  they  can  eat,  they  are  to  be  separated  by  degrees  from 
their  mothers,  and  fed  with  the  best  and  finest  oats,  being 
suffered  at  first  to  go  to  them  only  three  times  a  day,  early 
in  the  morning,  at  mid-day,  and  in  the  evening,  and  so  to 
continue  till  they  can  travel  to  pasture,  and  fully  satisfy 
themselves." 

Although  rigid  attention  is  bestowed  on  these  sheep 
during  winter,  yet  they  are  not  quite  the  hot-house  objects 
which,  from  the  remarks  of  Mr.  Carr,  the  reader  would  in- 
fer. On  the  authority  of  Mr  Youatt,  although  the  sheep  in 
Saxony  and  Silesia  are  housed  at  the  beginning  of  winter, 
yet  they  are  turned  out  and  compelled  to  seek,  perhaps  un- 
der the  snow,  a  portion  of  their  food  whenever  the  weather 
will  permit;  and  the  season  must  be  unusually  inclement 
in  which  they  are  not  driven  into  the  yards  at  least  two  or 
three  hours  during  the  middle  of  the  day.  The  doors  and 
windows  also  are  frequently  opened,  that  the  sheep-houses 
may  be  sufficiently  ventilated.  This  is  the  practice  as  far 
north  as  Sweden. 

Very  great  care  is  taken  by  the  Saxon  flock-master  in 
the  selection  of  the  lambs  which  are  destined  to  be  saved  in 
order  to  keep  up  the  flock.  "  When  the  lambs  are  weaned, 
each  in  his  turn  is  placed  upon  a  table,  that  his  wool  and 
form  may  be  minutely  observed.  The  finest  are  selected 
for  breeding,  and  receive  a  first  mark.  When  they  are  one 
year  old,  and  prior  to  shearing  them,  another  close  -exami- 
nation of  those  previously  marked  takes  place  ;  those  in 
which  no  defect  can  be  found  receive  a  second  mark,  and 
the  rest  are  condemned.  A  few  months  afterwards  a  third 
and  last  scrutiny  is  made  ;  the  prime  rams  and  ewes  receive 
a  third  and  final  mark,  but  the  slightest  blemish,  is  sufficient 
to  cause  the  rejection  of  the  animal.  Each  breeder  of  note 
lias  a  seal  or  mark  secured  to  the  neck  of  the  sheep,  to  de- 


SAXON  SHEEP.  87 

tach  or  forge  which  is  considered  a  high  crime,  and  punish- 
ed severely."* 

Before  the  introduction  of  the  Merinos  into  Saxony  the 
indigenous  sheep  consisted  of  two  distinct  varieties,  one 
bearing  a  wool  of  some  value,  and  the  other  yielding  a  fleece 
applicable  only  to  the  coarsest  manufactures.  Both  of  these 
breeds  have  been  most  extensively  crossed  with  the  Saxon 
Merinos,  and  very  many  mixed  flocks  now  exhibit  fleeces 
litte  inferior  to  the  best  and  purest  Escurial  sheep. 

According  to  Mr.  Carr,  the  Infantado  Merinos  are  also 
cultivated  in  their  purity,  and  are  described  by  him  as  hav- 
ing shorter  legs,  and  heavier  and  rounder  bodies  than  the 
Escurial  Saxons,  with  heads  and  necks  comparatively  short 
and  broad.  The  wool  is  often  matted  upon  the  neck,  back, 
and  thighs,  and  grows  upon  the  head  to  the  eyes,  and  upon 
the  legs  to  the  very  feet.  The  grease  in  their  fleeces  is  al- 
most pitchy,  so  as  to  render  the  washing  very  difficult.  He 
describes  the  mode  of  washing  as  follows  : — "  A  warm,  mild 
day,  without  harsh  or  drying  wind,  is  indispensable.  A 
marl-pit  with  a  depth  of  from  8  to  10  feet  of  clear  water  is  a 
favorite  washing  place.  The  sheep  are  thrown  in  from  a 
stage  in  the  evening,  and  made  to  swim  the  whole  length 
of  the  pond  (20  or  30  yards),  between  rails,  with  boards  on 
one  side,  from  which  women  or  boys  assist  them  through 
their  bath,  by  placing  wooden  rakes  or  crooks  under  their 
chins,  and  so  passing  them  onwards.  When  the  water  has 
dripped  from  the  fleeces  for  an  hour  or  two,  the  sheep  are 
put  into  a  house  for  the  night,  as  close  together  as  possible, 
in  order  to  cause  the  greater  evaporation,  and  the  next  day 
they  are  swum  three  or  four  times  through  the  pond,  and 
they  are  kept  in  the  house  (well  supplied  with  clean  straw) 
on  dry  food,  for  three  or  four  days,  until  the  wool,  by  sweat- 
ing as  it  is  termed,  has  recovered  its  characteristic  softness. 
The  fleece  of  this  species  is  generally  thick,  closely  grown, 
and  abundant.  Ewes  average  2  1-4  to  3  1-4  lbs.  by  careful 
feeding  [which,  however,  must  never  approach  to  feeding  to  he 
fat,  else  the  wool  becomes  wiry  and  hard),  and  rams  and  wed- 
ders  vary  from  4  lbs.  to  even  6  lbs." 

The  Escurial  Saxon  breed  have  long,  tapering  necks, 
small  heads,  with  little  wool  upon  them,  round  carcases, 
with  rather  narrow  yet  deep  chests,  and  when  in  good  flesh, 

*  C.  Howard. 


88  EUROPEAN   SHEEP. 

generally  well  proportioned.  Indeed,  specimens  may  be  se- 
lected from  the  best  flocks  which  rival  in  symmetry  of  form 
any  sheep  in  the  world.  Compared  with  other  breeds,  they 
are  small,  and  consequently  their  fleeces  are  proportionally 
light ;  but  being  comparatively  free  from  gum,  is  one  of  the 
prominent  causes.  The  average  weight  of  the  ewe  fleeces 
is  from  1  1-2  to  2  1-2  lbs.,  and  full-grown  wethers  and  rams 
from  2  1-2  to  4  lbs.  The  finest  and  purest  flocks  yield 
heavier  fleeces  than  those  engrafted  on  common  stock. 

Extraordinary  care  is  observed  in  washing  the  sheep  be- 
fore shearing  (another  cause  of  the  fleeces  weighing  light), 
which  is  manifested  by  the  little  waste  when  subjected  to 
the  manufacturer's  process  of  cleansing.* 

The  shearing  is  conducted  in  the  most  skilful  manner, 
each  shearer,  generally,  being  limited  as  to  the  number 
of  fleeces  he  is  to  clip  per  day,  in  order  to  ensure  a  greater 
degree  of  care  in  his  work.  Thus,  the  skins  of  the  sheep 
are  not  mangled  as  in  our  country,  and  otherwise  presenting 
a  slovenly  appearance,  from  unevenness  of  the  clippings. 

After  the  shearing  season  is  past,  the  wool  is  bought  of 
the  small  proprietors  by  agents  of  wool  merchants,  and 
transported  to  Hamburg,  Breslau,  and  Leipsic,  where  it  is 
sorted,  and  resold  for  exportation  and  home  manufacture. 
The  annual  wool  Fairs  of  Leipsic  are  wonders  in  their  way, 
millions  of  pounds  often  exchanging  hands  in  a  single  day. 
The  large  proprietors  of  pure  flocks  efl'ect  their  sales  by 
samples,  subject  to  sorting,  which  is  an  art  nowhere  better 
understood  than  in  Germany.  The  fleeces  of  the  same 
quality  are  opened  and  spread  flat  against  each  other,  when 
packing,  and  each  bale  is  made  to  contain  from  400  to  500 
lbs.  The  amount  of  German  wools  (which  includes  Prus- 
sian, Saxon,  and  Austrian)  annually  exported  is  enormous, 
England  receiving  annually  from  20  to  30,000,000  lbs.  ; 
the  amount  taken  by  France  is  also  many  millions  of 
pounds. 

Few  Americans  are  aware  of  the  superiority  of  German 
woollen  fabrics,  as,  from  the  great  pains,  and  therefore  ex- 
pense involved,  in  their  manufacture,  few  specimens  com- 
paratively reach  our  shores.  The  Germans  make  no  haste 
in  doing  anything,  but  all  their  performances  are  conducted 
with  skill,  and  with  an  eye  to  durability  ;  and  thus  German 

*  See  Summer  Management — article  Washing. 


SAXON   SHEEP.  89 

cloths  are  unrivalled  in  strength,  the  brilliancy  and  perma- 
nency of  their  dyes. 

The  following  Report  relative  to  the  introduction  of  the 
Saxon  Merinos  into  the  United  States,  was  drawn  by  Mr. 
Grove,  and  read  before  the  annual  meeting  of  the  New  York 
State  Agricultural  Society,  in  1838,  and  which  will  be  found 
in  the  1st  volume  of  Transactions  of  the  Society  : — 

"  The  first  importation  of  Saxony  sheep  into  the  United 
States  was  made  by  Mr.  Samuel  Henshaw,*  a  merchant  of 
Boston,  at  the  instance  of  Col.  James  Shepherd,  of  North- 
hampton. They  were  but  six  or  seven  in  number.  In  1824, 
Messrs.  G.  and  T.  Searle,  of  Boston,  imported  77  Saxon 
sheep.  They  were  selected  and  purchased  by  a  Mr.  Kretch- 
man,  a  correspondent  of  the  above  firm,  residing  in  Leipsic, 
and  shipped  at  Bremen  on  board  the  American  schooner 
Velocity.  I  was  engaged  to  take  charge  of  the  sheep  on 
the  passage,  and  I  also  shipped  six  on  my  own  account.  I 
am  sorry  to  say,  that  as  many  as  one-third  of  the  sheep  pur- 
chased by  Kretchman  (who  shared  profit  and  loss  in  the  un- 
dertaking) were  not  pure-blooded  sheep.  The  cargo  were 
sold  at  auction  at  Brookline,  as  '  pure-blooded  Electoral 
Saxons,'  and  thus  unfortunately  in  the  very  outset  the  pure 
and  impure  became  irrevocably  mixed.  But  I  feel  the  great- 
est certainty  that  the  Messrs.  Searle  intended  to  import  none 
but  the  pure  stock ;  the  fault  lay  with  Kretchman.  In  the 
fall  of  1824,  I  entered  into  an  arrangement  with  the  Messrs. 
Searle  to  return  to  Saxony,  and  purchase,  in  connection  with 
Kretchman,  from  160  to  200  Electoral  sheep.  I  was  de- 
tained at  sea  seven  weeks,  which  gave  rise  to  the  belief  that 
I  was  shipwrecked  and  lost.  When  I  finally  arrived,  the 
sheep  had  been  already  bought  by  Kretchman.  On  being 
informed  of  what  the  purchase  consisted,  I  protested  against 
taking  them  to  America,  and  insisted  on  a  better  selection, 
but  to  no  purpose. 

"The  number  shipped  was  167,  15  of  which  perished  on 
the  passage.  They  were  sold  at  Brighton,  some  of  them 
going  as  high  as  from  400  to  450  dollars.  A  portion  of  this 
importation  consisted  of  grade  sheep,  which  sold  as  high  as 
the  pure  bloods,  for  the  American  purchaser  could  not  know 
the  difference.  It  may  be  readily  imagined  what  an  induce- 
ment the  Brighton  sale  held  out  to  speculation,  both  in  this 

»  American  Agriculturist ;  the  name  was  left  blank  in  the  Report. 
8* 


90  EUROPEAN   SHEEP. 

country  and  Saxony.  The  German  newspapers  teemed 
with  advertisements  of  sheep  for  sale,  headed  '  Good  for 
the  American  market ;'  and  these  sheep  in  many  instances 
were  actually  bought  up  for  the  American  market  at  five, 
eight,  and  ten  dollars  a  head,  when  the  pure  bloods  could  not 
be  purchased  at  from  less  than  30  to  40  dollars  each.  In 
1826,  Messrs.  Searle  imported  three  cargoes,  amounting  in 
the  aggregate  to  513  sheep.  They  were  of  about  the  same 
character  with  their  prior  importations,  in  the  main  good,  but 
mixed  with  some  grade  sheep.  On  the  same  year,  a  cargo 
of  221  arrived,  on  German  account,  Emil  Bach,  of  Leipsic, 
supercargo.  A  few  more  good  sheep,  and  of  pure  blood  ; 
but  taken  as  a  lot  they  were  miserable.  The  owners  sunk 
about  3000  dollars.  Next  came  a  cargo  of  210  on  German 
account ;  Wasmuss  &l  Multer  owners.  The  whole  cost  of 
these  was  about  81,125,  in  Germany.  With  the  excep- 
tion of  a  small  number,  procured  to  make  a  flourish  on,  in 
their  advertisement  of  sale,  they  were  sheep  having  no  pre- 
tensions to  purity  of  blood.  In  1827,  the  same  individuals 
brought  out  another  cargo.  These  were  selected  exclusive- 
ly from  grade  flocks  of  low  character.  On  the  same  year 
the  Messrs.  Searle  made  their  last  importation,  consisting 
of  182  sheep.  Of  these  I  know  little.  My  friends  in  Ger- 
many wrote  me  that  they  were,  like  their  other  importations, 
a  mixture  of  pure  and  impure  blooded  sheep.  It  is  due, 
however,  to  the  Messrs.  Searle  to  say,  that  as  a  whole,  their 
importations  were  much  better  than  any  other  made  into 
Boston. 

"  I  will  now  turn  your  attention  to  the  importations  made 
into  other  ports.  In  1825,  13  Saxons  arrived  in  Portsmouth. 
They  were  miserable  creatures.  In  1826,  191  sheep  ar- 
rived in  New  York,  on  German  account.  A  portion  of  these 
were  well  descended  and  valuable  animals,  the  rest  were 
grade  sheep.  In  June,  the  same  year,  the  brig  Louisa 
brought  out  173  on  German  account.  Not  more  than  one- 
third  of  them  had  the  least  pretensions  to  purity  of  blood. 
Next  we  find  158,  shipped  at  Bremen,  on  German  account. 
Some  were  diseased  before  they  left  Bremen,  and  I  am 
happy  to  state  that  twenty-two  died  before  their  arrival  in 
New  York.  All  I  intend  to  say  of  them  is,  that  they  were 
a  most  curious  and  motley  mess  of  wretched  animals.  The 
next  cargo  imported  arrived  in  the  brig  Maria  Elizabeth, 
under  my  own  care.     They  were  165  in  number,  belonging 


SAXON   SHEEP.  91 

to  myself  and  F.  Gebhard,  of  New  York.  These  sheep 
cost  me  65  dollars  per  head,  when  landed  in  New  York. 
They  sold  at  an  average  of  50  dollars  a  head,  thus  sinking 
about  $2,400  !  I  need  not  say  that  they  were  exclusively 
of  pure  blood.  A  cargo  of  81  arrived  soon  after,  but  I  know 
nothing  of  their  quality.  The  next  importation  consisted  of 
184,  on  German  account,  per  brig  Warren.  With  a  few  ex- 
ceptions they  were  pure-blooded  and  good  sheep.  We  next 
have  an  importation  of  200  by  the  Bremen  ship  Louisa. 
They  were  commonly  called  the  'stop  sale  sheep.'  They 
were  of  the  most  miserable  character,  some  of  them  being 
hardly  half  grade  sheep.  The  ship  Phebe  Ann  brought 
120  sheep,  of  which  I  know  little,  and  60  were  landed  at 
Philadelphia,  with  the  character  of  which  I  am  unacquainted. 
Having  determined  to  settle  in  America,  I  returned  to  Sax- 
ony, and  spent  the  winter  of  1826-7  in  visiting  and  exam- 
ining many  flocks.  I  selected  115  from  the  celebrated  flock 
of  Macherns,  embarked  on  board  the  ship  Albion,  and  land- 
ed in  New  York  June  27th,  1827.  In  1828,  I  received  80 
more  from  the  same  flock,  selected  by  a  friend  of  mine,  an 
excellent  judge  of  sheep.  On  their  arrival  they  stood  me 
in  70  dollars  a  head,  and  the  lambs  half  that  sum." 

Notwithstanding  so  many  imperfect  specimens  of  the  Sax- 
ons, as  appears  from  the  above,  reached  our  shores,  and 
which  have  laid  the  foundation  of  much  prejudice  towards 
the  breed,  yet  there  are  many  flocks  in  the  states  which 
rival  some  of  the  best  German  in  fineness,  and  superior  to 
the  latter  in  average  weight  of  the  fleece.  The  delicacy  of 
constitution  which  characterizes  the  German  Saxons  does 
not  appear  nearly  to  the  same  degree  in  the  American,  and 
the  reader  will  learn  by  reference  to  the  Appendix  many  par- 
ticulars from  different  sources  to  corroborate  this  statement. 

The  American  breeders  of  this  noted  race  have  struggled 
against  a  discouraging  obstacle,  from  the  injustice  of  manu- 
facturers, by  not  paying  the  true  difference  of  value  between 
their  fleeces  and  more  inferior  grades.  This,  however,  lat- 
terly, has  been  somewhat  rectified,  and  eventually,  with  in- 
crease of  competition,  will  be  wholly  so  ;  and  therefore  this 
breed,  with  their  meritorious  progenitors,  the  Merinos,  will 
continue  to  be  more  and  more  extensively  bred,  and,  by 
proper  management,  with  equal  degrees  of  profit. 

The  average  weight  of  American  Saxon  fleeces  is  from 
2  1-4  to  3  lbs. 


92  EUROPEAN    SHEEP. 


PRUSSIAN    SHEEP. 


Until  the  middle  of  the  1 8th  century,  no  attempts  had  been 
made  either  by  individuals  or  the  Prussian  government  to 
ameliorate  the  quality  of  the  native  sheep,  which  are  repre- 
sented to  have  been  of  a  very  inferior  character.  The  first 
move  towards  their  reformation  was  made  by  Mr.  Fink,  dis- 
tinguished as  an  enterprising  agriculturist,  and  his  enthu- 
siasm in  sheep-husbandry.  His  first  effort  was  to  obtain 
the  Silesian  native  breed,  which  had  long  been  celebrated 
for  the  comparative  fineness  of  their  wool.  Some  improve- 
ment was  effected,  but  he  was  not  satisfied,  and  became 
seized  with  the  mania-— then  common  in  Germany — for 
Merinos,  and  accordingly  imported  a  number  of  superior 
animals  of  this  breed,  direct  from  Spain.  His  success  in 
naturalizing  them  to  the  climate,  and  wonderful  improve- 
ment accomplished  by  them  to  his  native  flocks,  attracted 
the  attention  of  the  Prussian  government.  Frederick  n.,in 
1786,  imported  one  hundred  rams  and  two  hundred  ewes 
from  Spain ;  but,  says  Mr.  Youatt,  "  illustrative  of  the  dif- 
ference in  result  when  an  organized  plan  is  conducted  by 
one  acquainted  with  all  its  details,  and  whose  heart  is  in  the 
affair,  and  when  it  is  committed  to  those  who  know  and  care 
little  about  it,  the  greater  part  of  the  sheep  that  were  dis- 
tributed in  the  neighborhood  of  Berlin  perished  by  various 
diseases ;  those  that  were  sent  to  distant  farms  in  the  coun- 
try degenerated,  and  the  advantage  was  far  from  commen- 
surate with  the  expense." 

The  monarch,  however,  did  not  despair.  Mr.  Fink  was 
commissioned  by  the  government  to  purchase  a  flock  of  one 
thousand  of  the  choicest  Merinos  ;  and  a  school  was  estab- 
lished to  instruct  in  their  management,  at  the  head  of  which 
he  was  wisely  placed.  As  a  proof  of  the  extent  to  which 
he  improved  his  own  flocks,  it  is  stated  on  the  authority  of 
Lasteyrie,  who  had  an  opportunity  of  examining  them,  "that 
the  sheep  are  less  than  the  Merinos  of  Spain,  but  are  by  no 
means  inferior  to  them  in  perfections  of  fleece.  Before  the 
improvements  had  taken  place  the  native  breeds  produced 
wool  that  sold  from  5d.  to  8c?.  per  lb.,  but  now,  improved 
by  the  use  of  Spanish  rams,  it  sells  from  2s.  to  more  than 
3^.  sterling  per  lb." 

A  brief  sketch  of  his  system  of  management  may  not  be 
unacceptable  to  the  reader ;  valuable,  principally,  as  it  illus- 


PRUSSIAN    SHEEP.  93 

trates  his  knowledge  of  the  fondness  of  sheep  for  variety  of 
food,  which  all  experience  confirms  as  contributing  so  much 
to  their  welfare. 

"  He  properly  maintains,  that  occasional  exposure  to  the 
air  is  favorable  to  the  quality  of  the  wool,  and  therefore,  al- 
though the  sheep  are  housed  at  the  beginning  of  November, 
yet  whenever  it  freezes,  and  the  ground  is  hard,  even  al- 
though it  may  be  covered  with  snow,  the  sheep  are  driven 
to  the  wheat  and  rye  fields,  where  they  meet  with  a  kind 
of  pasturage  exceedingly  wholesome,  and  while  they  feed 
there  they  are  likewise  benefiting  the  crop.  When  the 
weather  will  not  permit  their  being  taken  out,  they  are  fed 
on  hay,  aftermath,  and  chopped  straw  of  various  kinds.  The 
kind  of  straw  is  changed  as  often  as  possible,  and  wheat, 
barley,  and  oat-straw,  and  pease-haulm  follow  each  other  in 
rapid  succession.  The  oat-straw  is  sparingly  given,  and 
the  pease-haulm  is  preferred  to  the  wheat  and  barley-straw. 
Oil-cake,  at  the  rate  of  six  or  seven  pounds  per  hundred, 
and  dissolved  in  water,  is  also  allowed  when  the  flock  cannot 
be  turned  on  the  young  wheat. 

"  Three  or  four  weeks  before  lambing,  an  additional  al- 
lowance of  hay  and  straw  is  given  to  the  ewes  ;  and  while 
they  are  suckling,  a  little  oat-meal  is  mixed  with  the  solu- 
tion of  oil-cake.  When  the  weather  will  permit  the  turning 
out  the  ews,  the  lambs  are  still  kept  in  the  houses,  and  the 
mothers  brought  back  to  them  at  noon  and  at  night ;  after 
that  the  lambs  are  not  permitted  to  graze  with  the  ewes,  but 
are  turned  on  the  fallows  or  the  clover  of  the  preceding 
year  ;  for  it  is  supposed  that  they  unnecessarily  fatigue 
themselves  by  running  with  their  mothers,  and  almost  inces- 
santly trying  to  suck,  and  that  on  this  account  they  refuse 
the  herbage  on  which  they  are  placed  and  take  less  nourish- 
ment than  when  quietly  kept  on  separate  pastures.  A  few 
barren  ewes,  however,  are  placed  with  the  lambs  for  the 
purpose  of  guiding  them,  and  perhaps  teaching  them  to  se- 
lect the  best  and  most  wholesome  food."* 

Many  of  the  Prussian  flocks,  at  the  present  day,  rival  in 
fineness  the  purest  Saxon,  and  command  an  equal  price  for 
their  fleeces. 

*  Lasteyrie.  ^ 


94  EUROPEAN    SHEEP. 

SILESIAN    SHEEP. 

As  has  already  been  said,  a  portion  of  the  native  sheep  of 
Silesia  were  comparatively  finer  than  those  of  Prussia  and 
Hungary.  Nevertheless,  the  breed  was  infinitely  below  the 
Merino  in  the  value  of  their  wool,  and  it  was  not  until  the 
introduction  of  the  latter  that  Sile&ian  fleeces  took  high  rank. 
At  present  the  wools  of  that  province,  for  the  purposes  of 
the  best  manufactures,  are  almost  equally  valued  with  the 
purest  and  finest  Saxony. 

HUNGARIAN    SHEEP. 

Hungary,  a  large  territory  within  the  Austrian  domin- 
ions, abounded  with  native  sheep  corresponding  in  inferi- 
ority with  other  northern  countries  of  Europe,  which,  with 
bad  management,  rendered  them  comparatively  worthless 
for  all  purposes. 

The  celebrated  Empress  Maria  Theresa,  after  witnessing 
the  success  of  the  Merinos  in  Saxony,  through  that  enter- 
prise which  shone  so  conspicuously  in  her  character,  to  en- 
gage in  everything  which  would  tend  to  promote  the  wel- 
fare of  her  people,  was  induced  to  import  in  1775  several 
hundred  of  that  breed.  They  were  placed  at  Mereopail, 
where  an  agricultural  school  was  established ;  but  it  was 
long  before  her  laudable  exertions  were  attended  with  the 
desired  success.  In  process  of  time  other  importations  of 
Merinos  were  made ;  and  within  the  last  thirty  years  no 
sheep  districts  have  surpassed  Hungary  in  the  rapid  progress 
of  wool  improvement.  The  Hungarian  fleeces  now  com- 
pete successfully  with  the  best  Saxon,  as  will  be  seen  on 
reference  to  the  wool  table  of  prices,  in  the  London  market, 
in  the  following  pages. 

The  number  of  sheep  in  the  Territory  of  Hungary  is 
probably  about  eight  millions,  three  millions  of  which  are 
the  property  of  Prince  Esterhazy  ! 

SWEDISH    SHEEP. 

For  many  centuries  the  Merinos  were  confined  to  Spain, 
and  preserved  with  jealous  care.  Sweden  appears  to  have 
been  the  first  country  which  succeeded  in  procuring  them ; 
and  there  are  now  about  seven  hundred  thousand  in  this 
country.* 

*  Spooner. 


DANISH   SHEEP.  95 

They  were  introduced  into  that  high  latitude  as  early  as 
1723  by  Mr.  Alstroemer,  an  enterprising  agriculturist,  and 
was  deemed  at  the  time  a  presumptuous,  indeed,  an  almost 
insane  attempt.  He  triumphed  over  all  difficulties,  which 
induced  the  Swedish  government  to  yield  its  patronage,  by 
the  formation  of  an  agricultural  school,  which  offered  pre- 
miums for  the  best  Spanish  Merinos,  and  on  the  sale  of  the 
best  wool. 

A  brief  notice  of  the  mode  of  management  in  this  extreme 
northern  latitude  may  be  acceptable. 

"  The  system  of  migration  is  completely  abandoned. 
Both  the  native  and  imported  sheep,  after  having  been  pas- 
tured during  the  day,  are  usually  housed  at  night  at  all  sea- 
sons, on  account  of  the  great  number  of  wolves.  The 
peasantry  and  small  farmers  have  these  houses  too  confined 
and  crowded ;  the  better  sheep-master  has  them  large  and 
well  ventilated.  The  native  Swedish  flocks  are  kept  in 
these  buildings  when  the  weather  is  unusually  severe ; 
the  Merinos  are  housed  during  the  six  winter  months ;  but 
scarcely  any  inclemency  of  weather  will  prevent  the  whole 
flock  being  driven  out  daily,  at  least  for  a  few  minutes,  in 
order  to  breathe  the  fresh  air  while  the  sheep-house  is  clean- 
ed. The  Merino  sheep  are  seldom  used  for  breeding  until 
they  are  two  and  a  half  years  old,  and  are  fattened  for  the 
butcher  at  seven."* 

The  native  sheep  of  Sweden  are  an  inferior  race  in  all 
respects,  but  the  wool  of  which  is  strong,  and  valuable  for 
the  clothing  of  the  peasantry. 

DANISH    SHEEP. 

The  native  sheep  of  Denmark  correspond  with  those  of 
Sweden,  Norway,  and  the  more  northern  parts  of  Russia. 
The  head  is  long  and  thin,  the  neck  arched,  the  eye  small, 
the  countenance  mild,  the  legs  and  tail  without  wool. 

In  1797  the  government  was  influenced,  by  the  example 
of  Sweden,  to  patronize  the  Merinos.  Accordingly  300 
Leonese  Transhumantes  were  procured  and  located  in  the 
vicinity  of  Copenhagen.  By  careful  and  skilful  manage- 
ment the  success  in  propagating  them  equalled  expectation ; 
and  by  crossing  them  with  native  sheep,  a  fair  wool  was 
procured. 

*  Youatt. 


96 


EUROPEAN   SHEEP. 


Denmark  now  exports  nearly  a  million  of  pounds  of  wool, 
one  half  of  wliich  is  represented  to  be  of  the  finest  quality 
of  Merino. 


ICELAND    SHEEP. 


ICELAND    SHEEP. 

The  sheep  of  Iceland  are  of  two  kinds  :  the  first,  termed 
the  native  breed,  is  small,  in  color  from  dun  to  almost 
black ;  the  second  is  larger,  the  fleece  white,  and  supposed 
to  have  originated  from  more  southern  regions.  The  fleece 
of  these  breeds  consists  of  hair  externally,  with  a  thick,  close 
layer  of  wool  within,  impervious  to  cold  and  wet ;  it  is 
worthless  for  manufacturing,  and  is  used  for  horse  collars, 
and  more  or  less  is  exported  and  appropriated  to  this  pur- 
pose. 

The  principal  peculiarity  about  the  native  sheep  is  the 
number  of  their  horns,  many  individuals  having  four  and 
five,  and  instances  have  been  known  of  eight.  These  hardy 
animals  propagate  without  the  care  of  man,  and  seek  refuge 


RUSSIAN    SHEEP.  97 

from  storms  among  the  caverns  of  the  coast  during  the  win- 
ter season. 

RUSSIAN    SHEEP. 

From  the  certainty  that  a  large  portion  of  the  waste  places 
of  the  immense  Empire  of  Russia  is  destined  to  be  filled 
with  countless  hordes  of  sheep,  a  brief  notice  of  the  progress 
already  made  will  doubtless  be  of  some  interest  to  the 
American  wool-grower. 

The  following  account  is  supplied  by  Youatt : 

"  Far  more  attention  continues  to  be  made  to  the  breeding 
of  sheep  than  that  of  cattle,  through  almost  the  whole  of  this 
immense  Empire.  All  the  wandering  tribes  possess  a  great 
number  of  sheep.  Many  of  the  inferior  Boors  and  Cos- 
sacks in  Southern  Russia  have  flocks  consisting  of  many 
hundreds. 

"  The  characters  of  the  sheep  differ  materially  in  the 
various  districts.  Towards  the  north  they  are  small,  short- 
tailed,  and  bear  a  coarse  and  harsh  wool.  About  the  river 
Don,  and  still  more  towards  the  centre,  and  on  the  banks  of 
the  Dneiper,  and  in  some  districts  of  the  Ukraine,  they  yield 
a  better  wool ;  and  thence  the  greater  part  of  the  material 
for  the  inland  cloth  manufactories  is  supplied.  In  the  neigh- 
borhood of  the  Baltic  a  still  superior  breed  is  found,  and  the 
Dago  and  Oesel  islands,  near  the  Gulf  of  Finland,  are  cele- 
brated for  their  wool.  The  half-cloths  that  are  manufac- 
tured from  it  have  often  as  fine  and  close  a  substance  as 
that  which  is  imported  from  Great  Britain.  The  finest  of 
the  Russian  wools  are  exported  from  Odessa,  on  the  Black 
Sea.  It  is  the  produce  of  all  the  neighboring  provinces,  but 
prhicipally  of  the  Crimea.  There  is  no  district  in  the  em- 
pire so  fitted  by  nature  for  the  pasturage  of  sheep. 

"  There  are  three  kinds  of  sheep  in  the  Crimea  and  in 
Taurida.  The  common  breed  is  white,  or  black,  or  grey, 
with  very  coarse  wool,  and  a  long  tail  covered  with  fat. 
They  are  kept  in  exceedingly  large  flocks.  A  rich  Tartar 
will  frequently  possess  50,000  sheep.  The  grey  sheep 
produce  the  grey  lamb-skins,  30,000  of  which  are  exported 
every  year.  Fifty  or  sixty  thousand  black  lamb-skins, 
which  are  also  much  valued,  are  exported  from  the  Crimea. 

"  The  mountain  sheep  are  smaller  than  those  on  the 
plains.  Their  wool  is  beautifully  fine,  and,  even  before  the 
improvement  which  many  of  the  flocks  have   undergone, 

9 


98  EUROPEAN    SHEEP. 

used  to  find  its  way  to  the  French  manufactories.  The 
Crimea  was  scarcely  in  the  possession  of  Russia  ere  many 
attempts  were  made  to  improve  the  sheep,  naturally  so  valu- 
able. The  Merinos  were  in  process  of  time  introduced 
here,  as  into  every  part  of  Europe.  A  few  have  been  cul- 
tivated as  a  pure  flock ;  more  have  been  employed  in  im- 
proving the  native  breeds,  and  the  consequence  is  that  the 
wool  exported  from  Odessa  is  increasing  in  quantity  and 
value  every  year.  In  1828,  184,000  lbs.  of  wool  were 
shipped  from  this  port;  in  1831  that  quantity  had  increased 
to  more  than  1,260,000  lbs.* 

"  The  staple  from  a  sample  of  Odessa  wool  is  from  four 
to  six  inches  in  length.  The  diameter  of  a  fibre  is  the 
1 -750th  part  of  an  inch,  and  2080  serrations  to  an  inch.  The 
wool  is  very  soft,  and  possesses  good  felting  properties  :  but 
it  is  inferior  to  Merino,  and  most  decidedly  so  to  Saxony." 

NEW    SOUTH    WALES,    OR    AUSTRALIAN    SHEEP. 

The  island  of  New  Holland,  now  better  known  as  Austra- 
lasia, or  Australia,  is  situated  in  the  Indian  Ocean,  between 
(including  the  southernmost  point  of  Van  Dieman's  Land) 
the  11th  and  41st  degrees  of  south  latitude.  The  climate 
is  temperate  of  that  portion  of  the  country  devoted  to  sheep 
husbandry,  compared  with  the  same  latitude  of  the  United 
States,  which  may,  in  part,  be  ascribed  to  the  proximity  of 
the  settlement  to  the  salubrious  influence  of  the  ocean.  The 
country  is  subject  to  severe  droughts,  though  not  of  frequent 
occurrence.  "  The  great  drought  which  commenced  in 
1826,  did  not  terminate  until  1829.  Very  little  rain  fell 
during  the  whole  of  this  period,  and  for  more  than  six  months 
there  was  not  a  single  shower."!  The  soil  in  general,  though 
exceedingly  variable,  being  in  many  parts  almost  wholly 
barren,  is  highly  productiue  of  herbage  well  adapted  to  the 
sheep. 

There  were  no  sheep  indigenous  to  the  country,  therefore 
the  early  colonists  were  compelled  to  provide  themselves 
with  mutton  and  wool  from  the  native  Bengal  sheep,  which, 
it  is  hardly  necessary  to  say,  were  of  the  most  inferior  charac- 
ter. According  to  Mr.  Atkinson,  these  sheep  resembled 
goats  more  than  anything  else  ;  but  the  change  of  climate, 
as  well  as  of  herbage,  contributed  in  a  short  time  to  work  a 

*  McCulloch's  Dictionary.  t  McCuIloch's  Com.  Dictionary. 


NEW   SOUTH    WALES,    OR   AUSTRALIAN    SHEEP.  99 

singular  modification  of  the  fleece,  losing  its  hairiness,  and 
tolerable  wool  supplying  its  place. 

Soon  after  importations  were  made  to  a  considerable  ex- 
tent of  South  Down  and  Leicester  sheep,  which,  being 
crossed  with  the  Bengalee  variety,  was  productive  of  much 
improvement  over  the  latter,  not  only  in  the  quality  of  the 
mutton,  but  a  similar  benefit  to  the  fleece. 

At  this  period  (1800)  there  were  about  six  thousand  sheep, 
of  all  kinds,  in  the  colony ;  and  comparing  this  insignificant 
number  with  that  of  the  present  time,  shows  how  remarkably 
the  animal  is  disposed,  in  temperate  latitudes,  to  increase. 
The  number  thirteen  years  afterwards  was  65,000,  in  1828 
563,000.*  The  export  of  wool,  of  all  kinds,  in  1843,  amount- 
ed to  16,226,400  Ibs.f 

The  colonists,  from  the  kind  nature  of  the  climate,  were 
induced  to  experiment  with  the  Merino.  Accordingly  a  few 
were  sent  over  from  England,  and  it  was  observed  that  the 
fifth  and  sixth  cross  produced  a  quality  of  wool  little  inferior 
to  the  pure  Merinos  of  Spain.  This  is  stated  by  Mr.  You- 
att,  on  the  authority  of  Mr.  Collins,  and  must  be  received 
with  some  doubt,  considering  the  decided  inferiority  of  the 
sheep  previously  in  the  colony. 

The  success  of  the  Merinos  paved  the  way  for  still  great- 
er improvement,  by  the  introduction  of  the  Saxons,  which 
have  since  stamped  the  high  character  and  value  of  Austra- 
lian wools.  The  original  importation  was  made  by  Captain 
McArthur,  then  in  government  employ,  and  distinguished  as 
an  enterprising  and  zealous  agriculturist.  Mr.  Youatt  says, 
"  It  would  not  perhaps  be  truly  said,  that  the  quality  of  the 
Saxon  fleece  was  improved  by  the  change  of  climate — per- 
haps it  was  somewhat  deteriorated — but  it  soon  became  evi- 
dent that  its  properties  were  superior  to  any  that  the  colony 
had  hitherto  possessed." 

The  present  prominent  characteristics  of  Australian  wool, 
of  the  improved  breeds,  are,  great  length  of  staple,  softness 
in  an  unusual  degree  compared  with  other  wools  of  the  same 
fineness,  and  "working  kindly"  in  every  manufacture  in 
which  it  is  employed.  But  the  climate  unquestionably,  al- 
though comparatively  so  temperate,  together  with  imperfect 
management,  have  wrought  deteriorating  effects,  compared 
with  the  wool  of  the  original  Saxon  stock  on  its  first  introduc- 

*  Wentworth's  New  South  Wales.  t  Spooner. 


100  EUROPEAN    SHEEr. 

tion  into  the  colony.  The  testimony  is  conchisive  of  a  deci- 
dence  in  fineness,  and  also  in  the  felting  property.  The  diam- 
eter of  a  fibre  from  a  sample  of  picklock  taken  from  a  fleece 
belonging  to  Captain  McArthur,  whose  flock  is  esteemed  the 
purest  and  best  in  the  colony,  was  the  1 -780th  of  an  inch,  about 
the  same  as  pure  Merino,  and  the  serrations  2400  in  the  span 
of  an  inch  less  by  150  than  Merino,  and  320  less  than  a 
fibre  of  picklock  Saxon.  This  is  the  result  of  a  microscopic 
view  made  by  Mr.  Youatt,  and  he  remarks  as  follows  : — 
"  The  serrations  of  this  sample  were  very  sharp,  and  in  ap- 
pearance almost  barbed.  But  there  is  a  marked  diff'erence, 
not  only  in  the  length  but  in  the  structure  of  the  Saxon  wool, 
as  obtained  direct  from  Germany  and  imported  from  Austra- 
lia. The  fibre  of  the  Australian  is  considerably  longer,  but 
it  is  not  so  fine — the  serrations  are  not  so  numerous — they 
are  of  a  different  character,  seemingly  giving  pliability  and 
softness  to  the  one,  and  feltiness  lo  the  other.  In  truth,  the 
manufacturer  has  properly  classed  them,  although  he  knew 
nothing  of  their  microscopic  appearance.  He  has  appropri- 
ated the  true  Saxon  wool  to  the  making  of  the  finest  cloth, 
owing  to  its  superior  felting  quality ;  and  he  is  using  the 
Australian  wool  for  the  better  combing  purposes,  in  which  a 
strong  tough  wool,  soft  and  long  in  the  staple,  is  useful." 

Before  proceeding  to  give  an  account  of  the  mode  of  man- 
aging sheep  in  Australia,  taken  from  Cunningham's  "  Two 
Years  in  South  Wales,"  it  is  proper  to  state  the  fact,  not 
perhaps  known  to  every  reader,  that  it  is  to  the  colonies  of 
New  South  Wales  and  Van  Dieman's  Land  England  banish- 
es her  criminals,  to  expiate  their  crimes  in  menial  servitude, 
not  a  few  of  which  are  employed  in  the  capacity  of  shep- 
herds. 

"  When  the  country  is  destitute  of  timber,  the  sheep  are 
very  easily  managed,  and  so  many  as  a  thousand  may  be 
trusted  to  a  single  shepherd ;  but  in  general  they  are  divided 
into  flocks  of  about  three  hundred  breeding  ewes,  or  four 
hundred  wethers.  Every  flock  has  a  shepherd,  who  takes 
his  sheep  out  to  graze  before  sunrise,  and  brings  them  in  at 
evening.  He  keeps  always  before  the  flock,  to  check  the 
forward  among  them  from  running  onwards,  and  wearing 
out  the  old,  sick,  and  lame  ;  making  all  thus  feed  quietly,  so 
as  to  keep  them  in  good  condition.  In  summer  he  sees,  too, 
that  they  have  water  during  the  heat  of  the  day ;  and  in 
drawing  up  under  a  tree  for  shade,  when  it  is  too  hot  for 


NEW    SOUTH    WALES,    OR    AUSTRALIAN    SHEEP.  101 

feeding,  he  passes  occasionally  gently  among  them,  spreads 
them  out,  and  makes  them  take  a  fresh  position  in  as  small 
groups  as  possible,  under  another  tree,  because,  when  they 
remain  too  long  together  in  one  place,  they  are  apt  to  become 
broken-winded.  It  is  a  rule  that  sheep  should  never  remain 
in  one  spot  so  long  as  to  paddle  the  ground  much  with  their 
feet ;  and  hence,  in  riding  round  your  sheep  stations,  you 
have  something  whereby  to  judge  whether  or  not  your  in- 
structions are  attended  to.  The  shepherd  takes  out  his 
victuals  with  him,  and  is  required  to  be  on  the  alert  all  day 
long,  to  prevent  the  sheep  from  being  lost  in  the  woods,  or 
wild  dogs  from  pouncing  in  among  them. 

"  Three  flocks  are  always  penned  together  under  the  charge 
of  a  watchman,  who  counts  each  regularly  in  at  night,  and 
the  shepherds  again  count  them  out  in  the  morning ;  so  that 
they  form  a  regular  check  upon  each  other,  and  prevent  loss- 
es from  carelessness  or  depredation.  The  watchman  has  a 
small  weather-proof  watch-box  to  sleep  in,  and  is  assisted 
by  a  watch-dog  ;  he  keeps  up  a  good  fire,  which  generally 
deters  all  native  or  wild  dogs  from  approaching  the  fold. 
The  hurdles  are  made  of  light  swamp  oak,  iron  bark,  or  gum, 
measuring  seven  feet  long,  with  five  bars,  so  close  together 
that  a  young  lamb  cannot  creep  through.  They  are  shifted 
to  fresh  ground  daily,  being  sloped  outward,  and  propped  to- 
gether by  means  of  forked  sticks,  driving  a  stake  through 
between  the  bars  here  and  there  to  keep  the  hurdles  firm, 
and  prevent  the  wind  from  blowing  them  over.  *****  Bells 
are  attached  to  the  necks  of  the  stoutest  leaders,  to  keep  the 
flock  together,  and  give  warning  of  anything  going  wrong 
within  the  fold." 

Notwithstanding  the  equability  and  dryness  of  the  climate, 
the  sheep  are  subject  to  the  same  maladies,  though  less  fre- 
quent, of  those  in  Europe,  and  especially  that  lamentable 
scourge,  foot  rot.  This  originates  from  the  poachy  nature 
of  the  soil. 

The  manner  of  cleansing  the  fleece,  is  by  conveying  water 
through  spouts,  where  practicable  ;  and  otherwise,  by  swim- 
ming repeatedly  the  sheep  across  narrow  streams,  and  after- 
wards squeezing  the  wool  with  the  hands.  It  is  not  unusual 
for  many  of  the  fleeces  to  lose  three  fifths  by  thorough  wash- 
ing. 

The  average  weight  of  the  fleeces  of  the  improved  breeds 
is  from  two  to  two  and  a  half  pounds. 

9* 


"i) 


CHAPTER    V. 

BRITISH   BREEDS. 


SOUTHDOWN— RYELAND— DORSET— BLACK-FACED— CHEVIOT— SHET- 
LAND  ISLAND— IRISH  SHEEP. 


SOUTH    DOWN. 

The  sheep  of  Great  Britain  for  a  long  time  have  been 
classed  into  middle-wooled,  and  long-wooled.  The  short 
wools,  properly  speaking,  now  employed  in  English  cloth 
manufactures,  are  of  foreign  growth. 

The  middle-wooled  breeds  comprise  the  South  Down, 
Norfolk,  Dorset,  Cheviot,  and  some  others,  which  are  infe- 
rior, however,  to  these. 

Confessedly,  on  all  hands,  at  the  head  of  the  middle- 
wooled  varieties,  stands  the  South  Down,  and  are  destined, 
doubtless,  to  occupy  a  large  share  of  the  attention  of  Ameri- 
can breeders. 

The  original  as  well  as  present  location  of  a  large  proportion 
of  this  breed  is  on  the  South  Downs  (from  whence  the  name 
of  the  breed  is  derived),  a  long  range  of  chalky  hills,  diverg- 
ing from  the  great  chalky  stratum  which  intersects  the  king- 
dom from  Norfolk  to  Dorchester.  "  They  may  be  considered 
as  occupying  a  space  of  more  than  sixty  miles  in  length,  and 
about  five  or  six  in  breadth,  consisting  of  a  succession  of 
open  downs,  with  very  few  enclosures.  On  these  downs  a 
certain  breed  of  sheep  has  been  cultivated  for  many  centu- 
ries, in  greater  perfection  than  elsewhere  ;  and  hence  have 
sprung  those  successive  colonies,  which  have  found  their 
way  to  every  part  of  the  kingdom,  and  materially  benefited 
the  breed  of  short-wooled  sheep  wherever  they  have  gone."* 

The  perfection  of  carcase  which  the  South  Down  at  pres- 
ent exhibits,  is  owing  to  the  skill  of  that  distinguished  sheep- 

*  Luccock  on  Wool. 


SOUTH    DOWN    bllEEP. 


103 


breeder,  Mr.  John  Ellman.  He  says,  "  This  breed  was  for- 
merly of  a  small  size,  and  far  from  possessing  a  good  shape, 
being  long  and  thin  in  the  neck,  high  on  the  shoulders,  low 
behind,  high  on  the  loins,  down  on  the  rumps,  the  tail  set 
on  very  low,  perpendicular  from  the  hip  bones,  sharp  on  the 
back,  the  ribs  flat,  not  bowing,  narrow  in  the  fore-quarters, 
but  good  in  the  leg,  although  having  big  bone." 


'ira^Ail/L^i      /  -~^  ^  V  >'' 


SOUTH    DOWN. 


The  improvement  effected  by  Mr.  Ellman,  was  not 
from  any  admixture  of  foreign  blood,  "  for  even  the  cross 
with  the  Leicester  was  a  failure,  and  the  promised  advan- 
tages to  be  derived  from  the  Merinos  were  delusive."*  It 
resulted,  mainly,  from  the  practice  of  the  true  principles  of 
breeding ;  a  system  of  choice  selection  from  male  and  fe- 
male. The  introduction  of  turnip  husbandry  was  another 
very  important  agent,  which  essentially  promoted  thrift  and 
size,  and  an  early  development  of  form.     "  They  are  now," 


*  Youatt. 


104  BRITISH  BREEDS. 

says  Mr.  EUman,"  much  improved  both  in  shape  and  consti- 
tution. They  are  smaller  in  bone,  equally  hardy,  with  a 
greater  disposition  to  fatten,  and  much  heavier  in  carcase 
when  fat.  They  used  seldom  to  fatten  until  they  were  four 
years  old  ;  but  it  would  now  be  a  rare  sight  to  see  a  pen  of 
South  Down  wethers  at  market  more  than  two  years  old,  and 
many  are  killed  before  they  reach  that  age." 

The  following  description  of  a  perfect  South  Down,  from 
the  pen  of  Mr.  Ellman,  will  be  valuable  to  the  American 
breeder,  as  well  as  guard  the  ignorant  from  imposition : — 

"  The  head  small  and  hornless  ;  the  face  speckled  or  grey, 
and  neither  too  long  nor  too  short.  The  lips  thin,  and  the 
space  between  the  nose  and  the  eyes  narrow.  The  under- 
jaw,  or  chap,  fine  and  thin ;  the  ears  tolerably  wide,  and  the 
forehead  well  covered  with  wool,  and  the  whole  space  be- 
tween the  ears  also. 

"  The  eye  full  and  bright,  but  not  prominent.  The  orbits 
of  the  eye,  the  eye-cap,  or  bone,  not  too  projecting. 

"  The  neck  of  a  medium  length,  thin  towards  the  head, 
but  enlarging  towards  the  shoulders  where  it  should  be 
broad  and  high,  and  straight  in  its  whole  course  above  and 
below.  The  breast  should  be  wide,  deep,  and  projecting 
forwards  between  the  fore-legs,  indicating  a  good  constitu- 
tion, and  a  disposition  to  thrive.  Corresponding  with  this, 
the  shoulders  should  be  on  a  level  with  the  back,  and  not 
too  wide  above  ;  they  should  bow  outward  from  the  top  to 
the  breast,  indicating  a  springing  rib  beneath,  and  leaving 
room  for  it. 

"  The  ribs  coming  out  horizontally  from  the  spine,  and 
extending  far  backward,  and  the  last  rib  projecting  more  than 
the  others  ;  the  back  flat  from  the  shoulders  to  the  setting  on 
of  the  tail  ;  the  loin  broad  and  flat ;  the  rump  long  and 
broad,  and  the  tail  set  on  high  and  nearly  on  a  level  with  the 
spine.  The  hips  wide  ;  the  space  between  them  and  the 
last  rib  on  either  side  as  narrow  as  possible,  and  the  ribs, 
generally,  presenting  a  circular  form  like  a  barrel. 

"  The  belly  as  straight  as  the  back. 

"  The  legs  neither  too  long  nor  too  short.  The  fore-legs 
straight  from  the  breast  to  the  foot  ;  not  bending  inward  at 
the  knee,  and  standing  far  apart  both  before  and  behind ;  the 
hocks  having  a  direction  rather  outward,  and  the  twist,  or 
the  meeting  of  the  thighs  behind,  being  particvflarly  full ;  the 


SOUTH   DOWN    SHEEP.  105 

bones  fine,  yet  having  no  appearance  of  weakness,  and  of  a 
speckled  or  dark  color. 

"  The  belly  well  defended  with  wool,  and  the  wool  com- 
ing down  before  and  behind  to  the  knee,  and  to  the  hock ; 
the  wool  short,  close,  curled,  and  fine,  and  free  from  spiry 
projecting  fibres." 

This  breed  will  sustain  themselves  with  occasional  short 
keep,  and  endure  hard  stocking  equal  to  any  other ;  and 
their  early  maturity  is  but  liltle  ir^ferior  to  the  new  Leices- 
ters,  the  flesh  finely  grained,  and  of  pecuharly  good  flavor.* 
Blacklock  says  "  it  is  unadapted  for  bleak  situations,  but 
sufficiently  hardy  and  active  for  a  low  ""country." 

The  average  weight  is  from  15  to  18  lbs.  a  quarter  ;t  but 
on  the  authority  of  Mr.  Youatt,  Mr.  Grantham  exhibited  a 
pen  of  three  sheep  at  Smithfield  in  1835,  one  of  them  weigh- 
ing 283  lbs.;  the  second  286  lbs.;   and  the  third  294  lbs. 

The  average  weight  of  the  fleece  was,  in  1800,  2  lbs.,  and 
the  staple  at  that  time  very  short :  it  has  now  increased  to 
3  lbs. ;  and  the  lowland  South  Down,  from  better  keep, 
shears  from  3 J  to  4  lbs.  The  staple  has  increased  from  li 
to  2  inches  in  length  to  from  3  to  4  inches.  A  picklock 
fibre  is  the  1 -600th  part  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  the  serra- 
tions 2080  to  an  inch.  For  a  microscopic  view  of  the  fibre, 
the  reader  is  referred  to  the  proper  place. 

A  serious  objection  has  always  existed  against  English 
South  Down  wools,  from  the  brittleness  of  the  fibre,  origi- 
nating in  the  chalky  nature  of  the  soil,  on  which  a  large  pro- 
portion of  this  breed  are  kept.  Formerly  much  of  this  wool 
was  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  army  cloths  ;  but  its 
changed  character,  within  a  few  years,  has  also  changed  its 
uses,  and  it  is  now  converted  into  flannels,  baizes,  and 
worsted  goods  of  almost  all  descriptions.  The  paucity  of 
serrations  will  prevent  its  uses  beyond  combing  purposes, 
for  which  it  is  now  highly  prized. 

There  are  no  sheep  more  healthy  than  the  South  Downs. 
They  seldom  sufTer  from  the  hydatid  on  the  brain,  nor  are 
they  as  much  exposed  to  rot  as  the  sheep  in  many  other  dis- 
tricts. Their  general  health  is  supposed  to  be  much  con- 
nected with,  frequent  change  of  food,  and  their  daily  journeys 
to  and  from  the  fold.| 

The  South  Downs  have  borne  witness  to  a  mania  for  their 

*  Baxter.  t  Blacklock.  t  Library  of  Ag.  Knowledge. 


106  BRITISH    BREEDS. 

possession,  like  the  Merinos  and  Saxons  of  our  own  coun- 
try. In  1800,  two  of  Mr.  Ellman's  rams  were  sold  to  the 
Emperor  of  Russia,  in  order  to  try  the  effect  of  a  cross  on 
the  Northern  sheep,  for  one  hundred  and  fifty  guineas  each. 
When  Mr.  EUman  retired  from  public  life,  in  1829,  his  flock 
was  sold  by  auction  at  the  following  rates :  770  ewes 
^13  64  each;  320  lambs  $7  92  each;  36  rams  $112  50 
each  ;  and  his  best  ram  for  $292  50.  This  valuable  breed 
continue  to  sustain  the  high  character  they  acquired  through 
Mr.  Ellman's  efforts,  and  amongst  the  purest  and  best  flocks, 
very  high  prices  are  demanded  and  obtained  for  breeders. 

For  a  further  notice  of  the  qualities  of  the  South  Down, 
the  reader  is  referred  to  the  chapter  on  Breeding  and 
Crossing. 

RYELAND    SHEEP. 

In  point  of  number,  the  most  distinguished  breed  of 
sheep  in  Herefordshire,  is  the  Ryeland,  so  called  from  a 
district  in  the  southern  part  of  the  county,  on  which  a 
large  quantity  of  rye  used  to  be  grown,  and  where  many  of 
these  sheep  were  bred.  This  breed  are  rather  small,  sel- 
dom exceeding  16  lbs.  to  the  quarter  ;  and  the  weight  of  the 
fleece  about  2  lbs.,  but  surpassing  in  fineness  any  other  Brit- 
ish breed.  The  diameter  of  the  fibre  was  formerly  the  same 
as  pure  Merino,  and  the  number  of  serrations  2420  to  an  inch. 

The  peculiar  form  of  the  Ryeland,  in  some  respects  re- 
sembling the  Merino,  led  to  the  suspicion  that  the  breed 
was  of  foreign  extraction.  The  lightness  of  the  fleece,  and 
its  comparative  inferiority  as  a  mutton  sheep,  will  cause  it 
eventually  to  be  merged  into  other  more  profitable  breeds, 
and  then  the  variety  will  become  extinct. 

DORSET    SHEEP. 

Dorsetshire  possesses  a  valuable  breed  of  sheep,  peculiar 
to  itself.  The  pure  breed  are  entirely  white,  the  face  long 
and  broad,  with  a  tuft  of  wool  on  the  forehead ;  the  shoul- 
ders are  low  but  broad,  the  back  straight,  the  chest  deep,  the 
loins  broad,  the  legs  rather  beyond  a  moderate  length,  and 
the  bone  small.  They  are  a  hardy  and  useful  breed,  and 
the  mutton  is  well  flavored,  averaging,  when  three  years 
old,  from  16  to  20  lbs.  a  quarter.* 

*  Youatt. 


BLACK-FACED    SHEEP, 


107 


A  principal  characteristic  of  this  breed  is  the  ahnost  sin- 
gular fecundity  of  the  ewe,  often  bearing  lambs  twice  in  the 
year.  "  When  on  luxuriant  food,  they  will  often  admit  the 
male  ten  or  twelve  days  after  yeaning,  and  continue  to  suckle 
the  first  lamb  after  they  are  pregnant  with  a  second." 

Crosses  with  the  new  Leicester  have  been  attempted,  but 
failed  of  success.  The  cross  with  the  South  Down  has 
been  otherwise,  and  the  breed  resulting  from  it  are  esteemed 
so  valuable  that  it  threatens  to  supersede  both  the  Dorset  and 
South  Down. 

In  the  neighborhood  of  cities,  where  early  lambs  are  in 
request,  the  pure  Dorset  will  always  be  properly  appre- 
ciated. 


THE    BLACK-FACED    HEATH    SHEEP. 


BLACK-FACED    SHEEP. 


This  noted  breed  abound  in  the  mountainous  parts  of  Lan- 
cashire, Westmoreland,  Cumberland,  Northumberland,  and 
over  the  whole  of  Scotland. 


108  BRITISH    BREEDS. 

By  many  it  is  supposed  to  be  the  aboriginal  sheep  of 
Scotland ;  but  Mr.  Cully,  who  is  high  authority,  thinks  the 
dun-faced  sheep,  which  is  smaller  and  slower  in  arriving  at 
maturity,  to  be  the  true  original  Scottish  sheep. 

The  belief  is  common  in  Scotland,  that  the  black-faced 
sheep  are  of  foreign  origin,  and  the  forest  of  Ettrick  was 
their  original  locality.* 

"  They  have  mostly  horns,  more  or  less  spirally  formed, 
but  the  females  are  frequently  without  horns.  The  faces 
and  legs  are  black,  or  at  least  mottled ;  the  eyes  are  wild 
and  fierce.  They  are  covered  with  wool  about  the  forehead 
and  lower  jaw,  and  the  wool  generally  is  somewhat  open 
and  long,  coarse,  and  shaggy  ;  not  so  long,  however,  but 
that  the  sheep  may  be  properly  classed  among  the  middle- 
wooled  breeds."! 

In  consequence  of  greater  attention  to  choice  selections 
of  individuals  for  breeding,  the  form  has  changed,  within  a 
few  years,  for  the  better ;  the  carcase  has  become  so  short, 
round,  firm,  and  handsome,  as  to  acquire  the  name  of  short 
sheep,  in  contradistinction  to  the  Cheviot,  or  long  sheep. 

The  mutton,  especially  since  this  improvement  of  form 
was  effected,  is  highly  esteemed  in  the  London  market,  re- 
sembling, more  than  any  other  English  breeds,  the  South 
Down  in  the  fineness  of  its  grain  and  the  delicacy  of  its 
flavor.  This  is  attributed  in  a  measure  to  the  nature  and 
variety  of  the  herbage  on  which  they  are  fed  during  sum- 
mer. The  weight  of  this  breed,  when  fattened,  is  from  16 
to  20  lbs.  per  quarter,  and  the  weight  of  the  fleece  unwashed 
is  about  5  lbs. 

No  other  breeds  equal  the  black-faced  sheep  in  hardiness 
of  constitution,  and  endurance  of  cold. 

CHEVIOT    SHEEP. 

One  of  the  most  distinguished  British  breeds  of  sheep  is 
the  Cheviot ;  and  from  their  comparative  early  maturity, 
valuable  mutton  qualities,  and,  especially,  hardiness  of  con- 
stitution, which  would  adaptate  them  to  the  rigorous  climate 
of  the  northern  portions  of  our  own  country,  it  can  scarcely 
be  doubted  that  a  trial,  at  least,  ere  long,  will  be  made  by 
some  of  our  enterprising  countrymen,  and  their  general 
merits  tested. 

*  Fanner's  Magazine.  t  Youatt. 


CHEVIOT    SHEEP. 


109 


**  The  Cheviot  Hills  are  a  part  of  that  extensive  and  ele- 
vated range  which  extends  from  Galloway  through  Northum- 
berland into  Cumberland  and  Westmoreland,  occupying  a 
space  of  from  150  to  200  square  miles.  The  majority  of 
them  are  pointed  like  cones ;  their  sides  are  smooth  and 
steep,  and  their  bases  are  nearly  in  contact  with  each  other. 
The  soil,  except  on  the  very  top,  is  fertile  ;  and  from  the 
base  to  the  summit  of  most  of  them  there  is  an  unbroken 
and  rich  greensward. 


Wi^M^"^^^^ ^^^^^f^ 


^^ 


THE    CHEVIOT    RAM. 


"  On  the  upper  part  of  that  hill  in  Northumberland,  which 
is  properly  termed  the  Cheviot,  a  peculiar  and  most  valuable 
breed  of  sheep  is  found.  They  have  been  there  almost 
from  time  immemorial.  Tradition  says  that  they  came  from 
the  border  districts  of  Scotland  ;  but  they  are  totally  differ- 
ent from  the  black-faced  sheep,  and  bear  no  resemblance  to 
the  original  dun-faced  Scottish  sheep.  How  two  breeds,  so 
totally  different  from  each  other,  came  to  inhabit  the  neigh- 

10 


110  BRITISH    BREEDS, 

boring  districts  of  Ettrick  forest  and  the  Cheviot  Hills,  nei- 
ther history  nor  tradition  has  attempted  to  explain."* 

They  are  described  by  Youatt,  as  hornless  ;  the  face  and 
legs  generally  white  ;  the  eye  lively  and  prominent ;  the 
countenance  open  and  pleasing ;  the  ear  large  ;  the  body 
long,  and  hence  they  are  called  "  long  sheep,"  in  distinction 
from  the  black-faced  breed.  They  are  full  behind  the  shoul- 
der, a  long,  straight  back,  round  in  the  rib,  and  well  proper- 
tioned  in  the  quarters  ;  the  legs  are  clean  and  small-boned,  j 
and  the  pelt  thin,  but  thickly  covered  with  a  fine,  short  wool, 
which  extends  over  the  w^hole  of  the  body. 

All  authorities  concur  in  stating  that  the  Cheviot  breed 
possess  considerable  fattening  properties,  and  can  endure 
much  hardship  both  from  starvation  and  cold.  It  is  fit  for 
the  butcher  when  three  years  old,  and  at  two  years  when 
crossed  with  the  Leicester.  The  wethers  average  from  12 
to  18  lbs.  per  quarter,  but  some  have  been  exhibited  at  the 
Highland  cattle  shows,  weighing  30  and  32  lbs,  per  quarter. 
.  The  wool  is  not  quite  so  fine  as  the  South  Down,  and 
since  the  improvement  of  the  carcase  commenced,  the  wool 
has  been  used  mostly  for  combing  purposes. 

The  following  is  Sir  John  Sinclair's  description  of  the 
original  Cheviot,  as  it  was  in  1792  ;  since  which  time  it  has 
been  extensively  crossed  with  the  new  Leicester,  with  de- 
cided success,  so  far  as  earlier  maturity  and  fattening  are 
concerned,  but  with  a  corresponding  reduction  of  hardiness. 

"  Perhaps  there  is  no  part  of  the  whole  island  where,  at 
first  sight,  a  fine-wooled  breed  of  shee])  is  less  to  be  ex- 
pected than  among  the  Cheviot  Hills.  Many  parts  of  the 
sheep-walks  consist  of  nothing  but  peat  bogs  and  deep  mo- 
rasses. During  winter  the  hills  are  covered  with  snow  for 
two,  three,  and  sometimes  four  months,  and  they  have  an 
ample  proportion  of  bad  weather  during  the  other  seasons  of 
the  year,  and  yet  a  sheep  is  to  be  found  that  will  thrive  even 
in  the  wildest  part  of  it.  Their  shape  is  excellent,  and  their 
fore-quarter,  in  particular,  is  distinguished  by  such  justness 
of  proportion,  as  to  be  equal  in  weight  to  the  hind  one. 
Their  limbs  are  of  a  length  to  fit  them  for  travelling,  and 
enable  them  to  pass  over  bogs  and  snows,  through  which  a 
shorter-legged  animal  could  not  penetrate.  They  have  a 
closer  fleece  than  the  Tweeddale  and  Leicester  breeds,  which 

*  Farmer's  Magazine. 


CHEVIOT    SHEEP.  Ill 

keeps  them  warmer  in  cold  weather,  and  prevents  either 
snow  or  rain  from  incommoding  them.  They  have  never 
any  other  food,  except  when  they  are  fattened,  than  the  grass 
and  natural  hay  produced  on  their  own  hills." 

The  Cheviot  has  pushed  itself  over  nearly  all  Scotland, 
and  is  everywhere  contesting  the  ground  inch  by  inch  with 
the  black-faced  sheep.  With  every  improvement  in  agricul- 
ture it  advances.  The  fleece  being  more  compact,  it  is  found 
to  be  a  better  endurer  of  cold,  though  not  so  patient  of  hunger. 
On  scanty  pasture  it  does  quite  as  well,  and  where  there  is 
great  abundance,  it  leaves  its  black-faced  competitor  far  be- 
hind ;  and  it  is  supposed  that  it  will  soon  be  the  only  breed 
worthy  of  the  Highlands  of  Scotland. 

This  may  be  considered  a  proper  place  to  describe  those 
terrible  storms  in  the  Scottish  Highlands,  to  which  these 
and  the  black-faced  sheep  are  so  often  exposed.  The  sub- 
joined accounts  are  from  the  "  Shepherd's  Calendar,"  by 
the  Ettrick  shepherd,  James  Hogg.  The  first  account  is 
termed  the  "  thirteen  drifty  days." 

"  For  thirteen  days  and  nights  the  snowdrift  never  once 
abated ;  the  ground  was  covered  with  frozen  snow  when  it 
commenced,  and  during  all  the  time  of  its  continuance,  the 
sheep  never  broke  fast.  The  cold  was  intense  to  a  degree 
never  before  remembered,  and  about  the  fifth  and  sixth  days 
of  the  storm,  the  young  sheep  began  to  fall  into  a  sleepy 
and  torpid  state,  and  all  that  were  so  affected  in  the  evening, 
died  in  the  night.  About  the  ninth  and  tenth  days  the  shep- 
herds began  to  build  up  huge  semicircular  walls  of  their 
dead,  in  order  to  afford  some  shelter  to  the  remainder ;  but 
shelter  availed  little,  for  the  want  of  food  began  to  be  felt  so 
severely,  that  they  were  frequently  seen  tearing  one  another's 
wool. 

"  When  the  storm  abated  on  the  fourteenth  day,  there  was 
on  many  a  high-lying  farm  not  a  living  sheep  to  be  seen. 
Large  misshapen  walls  of  dead,  surrounding  a  small  pros- 
trate flock,  likewise  all  dead  and  frozen  stiff  in  their  layers, 
were  all  that  remained  to  the  forlorn  shepherd  and  his  master. 
In  the  extensive  pastoral  district  of  Eskdale-muir,  which 
previously  contained  more  than  20,000  sheep,  only  forty 
young  wethers  were  left  on  one  farm,  and  five  old  ewes  on 
another." 

The  sheep  seem  possessed  of  an  instinctive  foresight  of 
the  approach  of  these  storms,  and  will  hurry  to  a  place  for 


112  BRITISH    BREEDS. 

protection,  when  the  shepherd  himself  sees  not  a  cloud,  and 
"  dreams  not  of  the  wind."  "  I  had  left,"  says  one  of  these 
mountain  shepherds,  "  my  sheep  under  their  accustomed  shel- 
ter, and  where  I  had  never  failed  to  find  them  safe  and  com- 
fortable in  the  morning,  and  I  was  plodding  my  weary  way 
homeward  ;  but  before  distance  and  darkness  closed  them  from 
my  sight  for  the  night,  I  looked  back  to  see  if  they  had  given 
over  work  (digging  for  their  food  from  under  the  snow),  when 
I  was  surprised  to  see  them  on  their  march  down  hill  towards 
a  plantation  which  would  afford  securer  shelter,  and  to  which 
I  had  been  accustomed  to  drive  them  when  I  feared  the 
coming  tempest.  They  had  fallen  into  rows,  pacing  one 
after  another  until  they  reached  the  plantation,  and  there  was 
nothing  to  suggest  to  my  mind  the  return  of  a  drift,  but  their 
movement  and  their  bleating.  They  passed  through  the 
plantation,  and  took  that  side  of  it  which  would  afford  them 
a  safe  shelter  from  the  southwest  hurricanes.  It,  however, 
happened  that,  although  their  instinct  had  admonished  them 
that  a  tempest  was  impending,  it  had  not  taught  them  from 
what  quarter  that  tempest  would  come,  and  it  soon  began  to 
blow  from  the  northeast,  from  which  they  had  no  defence. 
When  I  came  to  them  in  the  morning,  the  wreath  was  higher 
than  the  dyke,  and  was  leaning  over  upon  the  trees.  Some 
of  the  strongest  sheep  had  kept  treading  down  the  snow  as 
it  gathered  around  them,  and  were  on  the  top  of  the  wreath  ; 
but  many  of  them  further  back  were  quite  immersed  in  the 
snow.  However,  by  means  of  probing  and  digging,  I  got 
them  all  out,  except  two  that  had  been  crushed  by  the  weight 
of  the  snow." 

Instances  are  recorded  showing  an  almost  incredible  te- 
nacity of  life,  when  covered  with  snowdrift.  A  sheep  near 
Kendal  was,  in  the  winter  of  1800,  buried  in  the  snow  thirty- 
three  days  and  nights,  without  the  possibility  of  moving, 
and  yet  surviv^ed.  In  the  same  winter,  a  sheep  near  Caldbeck, 
in  Cumberland,  was  buried  thirty-eight  days  ;  when  found  it 
had  completely  eaten  the  wool  olF  both  its  sides,  and  was  re- 
duced to  a  skeleton.* 

Within  the  last  twenty  years  much  attention  has  been  paid 
to  smearing  the  sheep  of  the  Highland  districts  with  a  com- 
position of  tar  and  whale  oil,  which  mats  the  wool,  and 
shields  the  animal  alike  from  cold  and  wet. 

*  Annual  Register. 


SHETLAND    ISLAND    SHEEP IRISH    SHEEP.  113 

SHETLAND    ISLAND    SHEEP. 

The  Shetland  Islands  are  situated  far  to  the  north  of 
Scotland.  The  sheep  which  inhabit  them  have  long  been 
celebrated  for  the  remarkable  fineness  of  their  wool.  They 
are  not,  however,  aboriginal,  but  derived  many  centuries  since 
from  Denmark.  They  are  small,  seldom  weighing  more 
than  ten  pounds  to  the  quarter,  and  yield  about  two  pounds 
of  wool,  which  has  commanded  as  high  as  from  three  to  four 
shillings  sterling  per  pound. 

Mr.  Youatt  says — "  There  is,  perhaps,  no  part  of  the 
world  in  which  the  breed,  or  the  few  of  it  that  are  at  present 
found,  have  remained,  century  after  century,  precisely  in  the 
same  state.  This  admits  of  a  ready  explanation.  The  pure 
Shetland  sheep  deserves  not  the  name  of  a  domestic  animal. 
He  is  scarcely  seen  more  than  once  in  the  year,  when  he  is 
hunted  home  in  order  to  be  shorn.  Often  he  is  scarcely 
seen  at  that  period,  for  he  left  his  coat  among  the  bushes, 
and  is  suffered  to  escape  disregarded." 

IRISH    SHEEP. 

The  sheep  has  been  an  inhabitant  of  Ireland  from  time 
immemorial,  but  history  and  tradition  afford  no  accounts  from 
whence  the  animal  sprung. 

Few  countries  are  belter  adapted  than  Ireland  for  breeding 
and  perfecting  the  sheep.  The  climate  is  removed  from 
extremes  of  heat  and  cold,  and  the  soil,  even  to  the  summits 
of  its  highest  mountains,  prolific  of  pasture. 

The  primitive  sheep  were  of  two  kinds,  short  and  long 
wooled;  the  former  are  confined  to  the  mountains.  In  the 
county  of  Wicklow  the  short-wooled  breed  abounds,  perhaps, 
at  the  present  time,  in  the  largest  number.  The  fleece  is 
represented  as  wavy,  weighing  from  2  to  3  lbs.,  and  the  fibre 
about  two  inches  in  length.  The  breed  is  valuable  from  the 
fineness  of  its  wool,  hardiness,  and  endurance  of  hard  stock- 
ing. The  cross  of  the  South  Down  was  attended  with  evi- 
dent advantage,  yet,  from  the  prejudice  and  jealousy  of 
the  Irish  farmers,  it  was  not  carried  to  the  extent  its  success 
deserved.  A  cross  was  also  attempted  with  the  Merino,  but 
it  failed  principally  because  the  Merino  was  not  suited  to  the 
humid  and  cold  pastures  of  the  mountains. 

The  native  long- wooled  breed,  until  about  the  beginning 
of  the  present  century,  had  been  sadly  neglected.     They 

10* 


114  BRITISH    BREEDS. 

are  described  by  Mr.  Cully,  thus :  "  I  am  sorry  to  say  I 
never  saw  such  ugly  sheep  as  these — the  worst  breeds  we 
have  in  England  are  by  much  superior.  One  would  suppose 
that  the  sheep-breeders  in  Ireland  have  taken  as  much  pains 
to  breed  awkward  sheep,  as  many  of  the  people  in  England 
have  to  breed  handsome  ones.  I  know  nothing  to  recom- 
mend them  except  their  size,  which  might  please  some  old- 
fashioned  breeders  who  can  get  no  kind  of  stock  large  enough. 
These  sheep  are  supported  by  very  long,  thick,  crooked, 
grey  legs,  their  heads  long  and  ugly,  with  large  flagging  ears, 
grey  faces,  and  eyes  sunk  ;  necks  long,  and  set  on  behind  the 
shoulders  ;  breast  narrow  and  short ;  hollow  both  before  and 
behind  the  shoulders  ;  flat-sided,  with  high,  narrow,  herring 
backs  ;  hind  quarters  drooping  and  tail  set  low."* 

Mr.  Youatt  follows  up  this  description  with  the  remark, 
"that  much  must  be  set  down  to  the  score  of  prejudice." 
Mr.  Cully  himself  was  at  that  time  a  successful  breeder  of 
the  New  Leicester,  and  no  doubt  was  anxious  to  extend  his 
favorite  breed  into  Ireland.  This  by  others  was  soon  eff'ect- 
ed,  and  the  cross  established  a  sheep  admirably  adapted  to 
the  rich  pastures  characteristic  of  the  country,  and  resulted 
in  large  increase  of  profits  to  those  who  embarked  earliest  in 
the  enterprise.  So  much  as  150  guineas  were  paid  for  the 
hire  of  a  single  ram  of  the  improved  breed  of  Leicesters. 

Mr.  Youatt  says — "  The  new  breed  struggled  for  a  while 
against  prejudices  and  difficulties  of  every  description,  and 
at  length  completely  triumphed.  They  gradually  spread 
over  the  whole  of  Ireland  ;  and  the  Irish  sheep  that  are  now 
brought  so  plentifully  to  the  English  market  will  scarcely 
yield  to  the  best  improved  Leicesters  that  any  part  of  Great 
Britain  can  produce."  The  improved  fleece  weighs  from  5 
to  7  lbs. ;  the  fibre  is  the  560th  part  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
and  the  serrations  1920  in  the  space  of  an  inch.  Irish  wool 
is  used  for  stuffs,  bombazines,  and  bombazetts. 

*  Cully  on  Live  Stock. 


CHAPTEE  VL 

BRITISH    BREEDS 


NEW  LEICESTER,  OR  BAKEWELL— TEESWATER— ROMNEY  MARSH- 
LINCOLN— BAMPTON—COTSWOLD— WELSH  SHEEP— MERINO  SHEEP 
IN  ENGLAND. 


NEW    LEICESTER,    OR    BAKEWELL. 

Some  writers  have  contended  that  the  valuable  family  of 
long-wooled  sheep,  now  so  extensively  spread  over  Great 
Britain,  was  of  foreign  origin ;  but  thorough  investigation 
proves  their  assertions  groundless.* 

With  the  short- wooled  variety,  from  time  immemorial,  each 
was  assigned  a  locality  admirably  adapted,  from  soil,  herb- 
age, and  climate,  to  itself;  and  thus  their  respective  peculi- 
arities both  of  form  and  fleece,  through  many  centuries, 
remained  distinct.  Both  varieties  have  been  essentially 
improved  by  the  art  of  man,  as  has  already  been  shown  in 
reference  to  the  South  Down  ;  and,  if  possible,  a  still  greater 
improvement  has  been  effected  of  the  long-wooled  breeds, 
especially  as  to  profitableness  of  carcase,  through  the  inde- 
fatigable efforts  of  Mr.  Bakewell,  of  Dishby,  Leicestershire, 
and  Mr.  Cully,  his  able  coadjutor. 

The  compiler  will  offer  no  apology  for  introducing  to  the 
reader  nearly  the  whole  of  Mr.  Youatt's  faithful  and  inter- 
esting history  of  this  renowned  breed,  valuable  to  all  as 
showing  the  means  adopted  by  Mr.  Bakewell  by  which  the 
New  Leicester  was  brought  to  its  present  perfection  of  car- 
case, and  extraordinary  early  maturity. 

THE    OLD    LEICESTER    SHEEP. 

"  This  was  a  large,  heavy,  coarse-wooled  breed,  common 
to  most  of  the  midland  counties,  and  reaching  from  the  south 
of  Yorkshire,  and  as  far  as  Oxfordshire  and  Gloucestershire. 

*  Luccock. 


116 


BRITISH    BREEDS. 


It  had  a  white  face,  no  horns — it  was  long  and  thin  in  the 
carcase,  flat-sided,  with  large  bones — thick,  rough,  and  white 
legs — and  weighing,  the  ewe  from  15  to  20  lbs.,  and  the 
wether  from  20  to  30  lbs.  the  quarter.  It  was  covered  with 
wool  from  10  to  14  inches  in  length,  coarse  in  quality,  and 
weighing  from  8  to  13  lbs.  The  pelt  and  offal  were  thick 
and  coarse  ;  the  animal  was  a  slow  feeder,  and  the  flesh  was 
coarse-grained,  and  with  little  flavor." 

NEW    LEICESTER    SHEEP. 

The  following  description  of  the  New  Leicester  will  show 
the  reader  in  what  respects  Mr.  Bakewell  effected  his  im- 
provement over  the  old  breed. 


NEW    LEICESTER    RAM. 


The  head  should  be  hornless,  long,  small,  tapering  towards 
the  muzzle,  and  projecting  horizontally  forwards.  The  eyes 
prominent,  but  with  a  quiet  expression.  The  ears  thin,  rather 
long,  and  directed  backwards.  The  neck  full  and  broad  at 
its  base  where  it  proceeds  from  the  chest,  but  gradually  ta- 


NEW    LEICESTER    SHEEP.  117 

pering  towards  the  head,  and  being  particularly  fine  at  the 
junction  of  the  head  and  neck  ;  the  neck  seeming  to  project 
straight  from  the  chest,  so  that  there  is,  with  the  sUghtest 
possible  deviation,  one  continued  horizontal  line  from  the 
rump  to  the  poll.  The  breast  broad  and  full ;  the  shoulders 
also  broad  and  round,  and  no  uneven  or  angular  formation 
where  the  shoulders  join  either  the  neck  or  the  back,  par- 
ticularly no  rising  of  the  withers,  or  hollow  behind  the  situ- 
ation of  these  bones.  The  arm  fleshy  through  its  whole 
extent,  and  even  down  to  the  knee.  The  bones  of  the  leg 
small,  standing  wide  apart,  no  looseness  of  skin  about  them, 
and  comparatively  bare  of  wool.  The  chest  and  barrel  at 
once  deep  and  round ;  the  ribs  forming  a  considerable  arch 
from  the  spine,  so  as  in  some  cases,  and  especially  when  the 
animal  is  in  good  condition,  to  make  the  apparent  width  of 
the  chest  even  greater  than  the  depth.  The  barrel  ribbed 
well  home,  no  irregularity  of  line  on  the  back  or  the  belly, 
but,  on  the  sides,  the  carcase  very  gradually  diminishing  in 
width  towards  the  rump.  The  quarters  long  and  full,  and, 
as  with  the  fore  legs,  the  muscles  extending  down  to  the 
hock  ;  the  thighs  also  v/ide  and  full.  The  legs  of  moderate 
length,  the  pelt  also  moderately  full,  but  soft  and  elastic,  and 
covered  with  a  good  quantity  of  white  wool,  not  so  long  as 
in  some  breeds,  but  considerably  finer. 

"  It  was  about  the  middle  of  the  last  century  that  Mr. 
Bakewell  first  applied  himself  to  the  endeavor  to  improve 
the  then  existing  breed  in  Leicestershire.  Up  to  this  period 
very  little  care  had  been  bestowed  upon  the  breeding  of 
sheep. 

"  Two  objects  alone  appear  to  have  engrossed  the  attention 
of  the  breeders  :  first,  to  breed  animals  of  the  largest  possible 
size  ;  and,  secondly,  such  as  should  produce  the  heaviest 
fleeces.  Aptitude  to  fatten,  and  symmetry  of  shape,  that  is, 
such  shape  as  should  increase  as  much  as  possible  the  most 
valuable  parts  of  the  animal,  and  diminish  in  the  same  pro- 
portion the  ofl"al,  were  entirely  disregarded. 

"  Mr.  Bakewell  perceived  that  smaller  animals  increased 
in  weight  more  rapidly  than  very  large  ones  ;  and  that  they 
consumed  so  much  less  food,  that  the  same  quantity  of  herb- 
age applied  to  feeding  a  larger  number  of  small  sheep  would 
produce  more  meat  than  when  applied  to  feeding  the  smaller 
number  of  large  sheep  which  alone  it  would  support.  He 
also  perceived  that  sheep  carrying  a  heavy  fleece  of  wool 


118  BRITISH    BREEDS. 

possessed  less  propensity  to  fatten  than  those  which  carried 
one  of  a  more  moderate  weight. 

"  Acting  upon  these  observations,  he  selected  from  the  dif- 
ferent flocks  in  his  neighborhood,  without  regard  to  size,  the 
sheep  which  appeared  to  him  to  have  the  greatest  propensity 
to  fatten,  and  whose  shape  possessed  the  peculiarities  which 
he  considered  would  produce  the  largest  proportion  of  valu- 
able meat,  and  the  smallest  quantity  of  bone  and  oifal. 

"  In  doing  this,  it  is  probable  that  he  was  led  to  prefer  the 
smaller  sheep,  still  more  than  he  had  been  by  the  considera- 
tion above  stated,  because  it  is  found  that  perfection  of  shape 
more  frequently  accompanies  a  moderate-sized  animal  than 
a  very  large  one. 

"  He  was  also  of  the  opinion  that  the  first  object  to  be 
attended  to  in  breeding  sheep  was  the  value  of  the  carcase, 
and  that  the  fleece  ought  always  to  be  a  secondary  consider- 
ation. The  reason  of  this  is  obvious :  the  addition  of  two 
or  three  pounds  of  wool  to  the  weight  of  a  sheep's  fleece  is 
a  diflbrence  of  great  amount ;  but  if  to  procure  this  increase 
a  sacrifice  is  made  of  the  propensity  to  fatten,  the  farmer 
may  lose  by  it  ten  or  twelve  pounds  of  mutton. 

"  The  sort  of  sheep,  therefore,  which  Mr.  Bake  well  select- 
ed were  those  possessed  of  the  most  perfect  symmetry,  with 
the  greatest  aptitude  to  fatten,  and  rather  smaller  in  size  than 
the  sheep  then  generally  bred.  Having  formed  his  stock 
from  sheep  so  selected,  he  carefully  attended  to  the  peculi- 
arities of  the  individuals  from  which  he  bred,  and,  it  appears, 
did  not  object  to  breeding  from  near  relations,  when  by  so 
doing  he  put  together  animals  likely  to  produce  a  progeny 
possessing  the  characteristics  that  he  wished  to  obtain. 

"  Mr.  Bakewell  has  been  supposed  by  some  persons  to 
have  formed  the  New  Leicester  variety  by  crossing  diflerent 
sorts  of  sheep ;  but  there  does  not  appear  to  be  any  reason 
for  believing  this  ;  and  the  circumstance  of  their  varying  in 
their  appearance  and  qualities  so  much  as  they  do  from  the 
other  varieties  of  the  long-wooled  sheep,  can  by  no  means 
be  considered  as  proving  that  such  was  the  system  which  he 
adopted.  Every  one  who  has  attended  to  the  breeding  of 
domestic  animals  must  have  experienced  that,  hy  careful  se- 
lection of  those  from  which  he  breeds,  and  with  a  clear  and 
defined  conception  of  the  object  he  intends  to  effect,  he  may 
procure  a  progeny  in  which  that  object  will  be  accomplished. 


NEW    LEICESTER    SHEEP.  119 

"  Such  is  the  origin  of  the  New  Leicester  breed  of  sheep, 
which  have  within  little  more  than  half  a  century  spread 
themselves  from  their  native  county  over  every  part  of  the 
United  Kingdom,  and  are  now  exported  to  the  continents  of 
Europe  and  America.  Such,  indeed,  have  proved  to  be  their 
merits,  that  at  the  present  day  there  are  very  few  flocks  of 
long-wooled  sheep  existing  in  England,  Scotland,  or  Ireland, 
which  are  not  in  some  degree  descended  from  the  flock  of 
Mr.  Bakewell.  A  pure  Lincoln  or  Teeswater  flock  is  very 
rarely  to  be  found ;  and  although  some  flocks  of  the  pure 
Cotswold  breed  remain,  in  the  greatest  number  of  instances 
it  is  probable  that  they  have  been  crossed  with  the  New 
Leicester. 

"  No  other  sort  of  sheep  possesses  so  great  a  propensity 
to  fatten — no  other  sort  is  fit  for  the  butcher  at  so  early  an 
age — and  although  they  are  not  calculated  for  the  poorest 
soils,  where  the  herbage  is  so  scanty  that  the  sheep  must 
walk  over  a  great  deal  of  ground  for  the  purpose  of  procuring 
its  food,  no  other  sort  of  sheep,  in  soils  of  a  moderate  or 
superior  quality,  is  so  profitable  to  the  breeder. 

"  They  vary  much  in  size,  weighing  at  a  year  and  a  half 
old,  with  ordinary  keep,  from  24  to  36  lbs.  per  quarter.*  In 
this  respect,  therefore,  they  are  inferior  to  the  Lincoln,  the 
Cotswold,  and  the  Teeswater  sheep.  By  crossing  them 
with  either  of  these  breeds,  the  size  of  the  sheep  may  be 
considerably  increased ;  and  it  is  said  that  this  may  be 
done  without  diminishing  perceptibly  either  their  inclination 
to  become  fat,  or  the  early  maturity  for  which  they  have 
always  been  remarkable. 

'*  The  kind  of  meat  which  they  yield  is  of  a  peculiar  char- 
acter. When  the  sheep  are  not  over  fattened,  it  is  tender 
and  juicy,  but,  in  the  opinion  of  many  persons,  somewhat 
insipid.         **#*#* 

"  The  Leicester  sheep  were  never  favorites  with  the 
butcher,  because  they  had  little  loose  inside  fat.  It  ought, 
nevertheless,  to  have  been  recollected  that  the  smallness  of 
the  head,  and  the  thinness  of  the  pelt,  would  in  some  meas- 
ure counterbalance  the  loss  of  tallow  ;  and  that  the  diminu- 
tion of  oflial  is  advantageous  to  the  grazier,  for  it  shows  a 

*  The  heaviest  pure  Leicester,  of  which  there  is  any  authentic  account, 
belonged  to  Mr.  Morgan,  of  Loughton  ;  its  live  weiglit  was  368  lbs.,  and 
the  weight  of  the  carcase,  248  lbs. 


120  Br.ITISTI    BREEDS, 

disposition  to  form  fat  outwardly,  and  is  uniformly  accom- 
panied by  a  tendency  to  quickness  of  improvement. 

"  The  New  Leicesters,  however,  are  not  without  their 
faults.  They  are  not,  even  at  the  present  day,  so  prolific  as 
most  other  breeds.  This  was  too  much  overlooked  in  the 
time  of  Bakewell  and  his  immediate  followers.  Their  ob- 
ject was  to  produce  a  lamb  that  could  be  forced  on  so  as  to 
be  ready,  at  the  earliest  possible  period,  for  the  purposes  of 
breeding  or  of  slaughter,  and  therefore  the  production  of 
twins  was  not  only  unsought  after,  but  was  regarded  as  an 
evil.  ##*#** 

"  It  was  likewise,  and  not  without  reason,  objected  to 
them  that  their  lambs  were  tender  and  weakly,  and  unable 
to  bear  the  occasional  inclemency  of  the  weather  at  the 
lambing  season.  This  also  was  a  necessary  consequence  of 
that  delicacy  of  form,  and  delicacy  of  constitution  too,  which 
were  so  sedulously  cultivated  in  the  Leicester  sheep. 

"  The  last  objection  to  the  New  Leicester  sheep  was  the 
neglect  and  deficiency  of  the  fleece.  There  is  little  cause, 
however,  for  complaint  at  the  present  period.  The  wool  has 
considerably  increased  in  length,  and  has  improved  both  in 
fineness  and  strength  of  fibre  ;  it  averages  from  6  to  7  lbs.  the 
fleece,  and  the  fibre  varies  from  five  to  more  than  twelve 
inches  in  length.  It  is  mostly  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
serges  and  carpets. 

"  The  principal  value  of  this  breed  consists  in  the  improve- 
ment which  it  has  effected  in  almost  every  variety  of  sheep 
that  it  has  crossed  ;  but  it  has  met  with,  especially  in  Wales, 
a  powerful  antagonist  in  the  Cotswold." 

The  introduction  of  additional  evidence  showing  the  ne- 
cessity of  providing  luxuriant  pasturage  for  the  Leicester 
breed,  will  be  proper. 

"  I  occupied  a  farm,"  says  a  Lammermine  shepherd,  "  that 
had  been  rented  by  our  family  for  nearly  half  a  century.  On 
entering  it,  the  Cheviot  stock  was  the  object  of  our  choice, 
and  so  long  as  we  continued  in  possession  of  this  breed, 
everything  proceeded  with  considerable  success ;  but  the 
New  Leicesters  came  into  fashion,  and  we,  influenced  by 
the  general  mania,  cleared  our  farm  of  the  Cheviots  and  pro- 
cured the  favorite  stock.  Our  coarse  bean  pastures,  however, 
were  unequal  to  the  task  of  supporting  such  heavy-bodied 
sheep  ;  and  they  gradually  dwindled  away  into  less  and  less 
bulk ;  each  generation  was  inferior  to  the  preceding  one ; 


TEESWATER  SHEEP ROMNEY  MARSH  SHEEP.      121 

and,  when  the  spring  was  severe,  seldom  more  than  two  thirds 
of  the  lambs  could  sm-vive  the  ravages  of  the  storm." 

Sir  John  Sinclair  has  also  recorded  his  opinion  on  this 
point.  "  The  Leicester  breed  is  perhaps  the  best  ever 
reared  for  a  rich  arable  district ;  but  the  least  tincture  of  this 
blood  is  destructive  of  the  mountain  sheep,  as  it  makes  them 
incapable  of  withstanding  the  least  scarcity  of  food." 

The  New  Leicester  breed  have  been  extensively  intro- 
duced into  the  North  American  British  Provinces,  and  the 
United  States  ;  and  when  suitable  localities  have  been 
chosen,  their  cultivation  has  been  attended  with  success. 

TEESWATER    SHEEP. 

This  breed  derives  its  name  from  the  river  which  sepa- 
rates Durham  from  Yorkshire.  It  is  supposed,  from  its  simi- 
larity of  conformation  to  the  old  Lincolnshires,  to  have  orig- 
inated from  that  stock.  "  It  was  a  tall,  clumsy  animal,  poll- 
ed, and  with  white  face  and  legs  :  the  bones  small  compared 
with  those  of  other  large  breeds,  yet  supporting  a  thicker, 
firmer,  and  heavier  body  than  their  size  would  indicate  ; 
wide  upon  the  back,  somewhat  round  in  the  barrel,  and  yet 
yielding  a  heavier  carcase  than  any  other  sheep,  but  propor- 
tionably  longer  in  growing  to  perfection  ;  the  meat,  how^- 
ever,  was  finer-grained  than  could  be  expected  from  such  an 
animal." 

The  old  Teeswater  was  exceedingly  prolific.  Mr.  Cully 
records  a  singular  instance  of  a  ewe  belonging  to  a  Mr.  Ed- 
dison,  which,  at  two  years  old,  brought  him  four  lambs, 
three  in  the  following  year,  two  in  the  succeeding  one,  and 
the  extraordinary  number  of  five,  the  next  year.  The  fleece 
weighed  about  nine  pounds  previous  to  any  improvement  of 
the  carcase  by  the  cross  of  the  New  Leicester ;  and  the 
wool  was  remarkably  long,  coarse,  and  thinly  set  on  the 
skin. 

The  improvement  which  followed  the  cross  alluded  to, 
at  length  superseded  entirely  the  old  breed  ;  and  the  im- 
proved Teeswater  sheep  now  rivals  the  Leicester,  in  dis- 
position to  fatten,  early  maturity,  as  well  as  quality  of 
fleece. 

ROMNEY  MARSH  SHEEP,  OF  KENT. 

Romney  Marsh  Is  an  extensive  tract  of  land  recovered 
from  the  sea  in  a  very  earlv  period  of  English  history. 

11 


122 


BRITISH   BREEDS. 


A  portion  of  the  soil  is  poor  and  sandy,  but  very  much  of 
the  marsh  affords  a  superabundance  of  rich  and  valuable 
pasture  for  sheep.  A  long-wooled  and  highly  profitable 
breed  of  sheep  has  been  kept  on  these  reclaimed  lands 
from  time  immemorial,  and  which  has  undergone  but  partial 
change,  until  within  a  few  years. 


^'^' 


% 


-""^f^vx 


ROMNEY    MARSH    RAM. 


"  The  pure  Romney  Marsh  breed  of  sheep  arc  distin- 
guished by  thickness  and  length  of  head,  a  broad  forehead 
with  a  tuft  of  wool  upon  it,  a  long,  thick  neck  and  carcase. 
They  are  flat-sided,  have  a  sharp  chine,  and  tolerably  wide 
on  the  loin,  have  the  breast  narrow  and  not  deep,  and  fore- 
quarter  not  heavy  nor  full.  The  thigh  full  and  broad,  the 
belly  large  and  tabby,  the  tail  thick,  long,  and  coarse  ;  the 
legs  thick,  with  large  feet ;  the  wool  long,  and  not  fine  ;  they 
have  much  internal  fat,  and  are  great  favorites  with  the 
butcher.     They  have  much  hardihood  ;  they  bear  their  cold 


LINCOLN    SHEEP.  123 

and  exposed  situation  well,  and  they  require  no  artificial 
food  during  the  hardest  winter,  except  a  little  hay."* 

The  average  weight  of  the  fleece  is  from  6  to  7  lbs. 
The  breed  has  been  successfully  crossed  with  the  Leices- 
ter, and  many  of  the  bad  points  of  the  original  stock  rec- 
tified. 

LINCOLN    SHEEP. 

From  the  fact  that  the  Lincoln  sheep  have  been  intro- 
duced into  this  and  other  states,  and  are  deservedly  formida- 
ble rivals  of  the  Leicester  and  Cotswold,  the  author,  from 
motives  of  delicacy  towards  the  respective  breeders,  prefers 
to  render  the  account  of  the  Lincoln  breed  in  the  language 
of  Mr.  Youat,  which,  on  perusal,  will  appear  an  impartial 
one. 

After  contradicting,  on  good  grounds,  the  assertions  that 
the  breed  was  originally  foreign,  he  says — "  The  Lincoln 
sheep,  according  to  Ellis,  who  is  the  oldest  agricultural  wri- 
ter in  whom  any  description  of  them  is  given,  were  the 
"  longest  legged  and  largest  carcassed  sheep  of  all  others, 
and  carried  more  wool  on  them  than  any  sheep  whatsoever." 

"  It  is  true  that  a  larger  quantity  of  wool  was  clipped  from 
the  Lincolnshire  sheep  than  any  other  in  the  kingdom  ;  and 
thence  arose  the  error  into  which  the  Lincolnshire  breeders 
fell  ;  they  bred  for  the  fleece,  and  for  the  fleece  alone. 
Bakewell  neglected  the  fleece — the  Lincolnshire  farmer  the 
carcase  ;  hence  the  opposite  errors  of  each,  and  the  reason- 
ableness and  advantage  of  the  plan  by  which  both  the  car- 
case and  fleece  were  at  length  brought  to  the  highest  degree 
of  perfection. 

"  If  the  Lincolnshire  farmer  too  much  neglected  the  car- 
case, there  were  times  when  the  sheep,  or  when  nature, 
would  vindicate  its  claims.  It  is  true  that  the  form  was 
gaunt  and  somewhat  unsightly,  but  the  excellence  of  the 
breed,  as  a  grazing  sheep,  would  occasionally  appear.  If 
the  Lincoln  would  consume  more  food  than  the  Leicester,  it 
would  increase  in  weight  proportionably  to  the  extra  quan- 
tity of  food  which  it  ate  ;  and  this,  together  with  the  addi- 
tional weight  of  wool,  rendered  it  nearly  or  quite  as  profita- 
ble to  the  farmer. 

"  There  was  a  long  and  acrimonious  contest  between  the 

*  Price  on  Shoep. 


124  BRITISH    BREEDS. 

Leicesters  and  the  Lincolns  for  the  point  of  supremacy. 
The  contmuance,  however,  of  the  contest,  and  the  doubt 
which  even  now  exists  in  the  minds  of  some,  with  regard  to 
the  relative  value  of  the  respective  breeds,  show  that  the  old 
Lincolnshire  should  not  have  been  spoken  of  in  a  disparag- 
ing way.  Before  they  were  allied  to  the  Leicesters,  and 
ill-formed  and  rough  as  they  were,  they  had  attained  no  small 
degree  of  excellence  both  in  the  carcase  and  the  wool. 

"  At  length  a  union  was  established  between  them.  The 
Lincoln  ewe  was  put  to  the  Leicester  ram,  and  the  progeny 
certainly  displayed,  and  to  a  very  great  and  profitable  extent, 
the  excellencies  of  the  male  parent ;  the  wether  attained  its 
maturity  a  full  year  sooner  than  it  was  accustomed  to  do,  and 
with  less  comparative  expense  of  food  even  in  that  time  ; 
and  when  the  ewe  was  drafted,  she  too  was  sooner  ready  to 
be  sent  to  the  market,  and  weighed  considerably  more  than 
she  was  wont  to  do,  and  was  in  higher  repute  and  more  rea- 
dily sold. 

"  Mr.  Clark,  of  Can  wick,  in  1827,  exhibited  two  wether 
sheep  in  Lincoln  Market,  the  fleeces  of  which  had  yielded, 
each,  12  lbs.  of  wool.  They  were  slaughtered — the  carcase 
of  the  larger  one  weighed  261  lbs.:  the  fore-quarters  were, 
each  of  them,  73  lbs.,  and  the  hind  quarters  57  1-2  lbs. !  On 
the  top  of  the  rib  the  solid  fat  measured  nine  inches  in 
thickness ! 

"  The  average  weight  of  the  fleeces  of  the  Lincoln  breed 
is  from  8  to  10  lbs.  It  has  since  become  finer  and  the  co- 
lor is  improved,  but  it  is  shorter,  a  material  objection  in  some 
fabrics,  and  it  has  lost  some  of  that  toughness  which  is  an 
indispensable  quality  in  the  best  combing  wool.  The  light 
and  tender  kind  of  wool  is  valuable  in  the  manufacture  of 
the  rougher  woollen  articles,  but  it  is  not  suited  to  the  finer 
worsted  fabrics. 

"  The  fibre  is  the  480th  part  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and 
the  serrations  1280  in  the  space  of  an  inch." 

BAMPTON  SHEEP. 

This  breed  is  found  extensively  spread  over  the  north  of 
Devonshire,  and  also  in  Somersetshire.  The  name  is  derived 
from  a  village  on  the  borders  of  the  two  counties,  where  they 
are  supposed  to  have  been  first  bred. 

In  the  Annals  of  Agriculture,  a  writer  thus  describes  them  : 
"  They  are  the  best  breed  in  Devonshire,  and  have  existed 


COTSWOLD    SHEEP,  125 

in  the  neighborhood  of  Bampton  for  centuries.  A  fat  ewe 
of  that  breed  rises  to  20  lbs.  a  quarter  on  an  average,  and 
wethers  to  30  lbs.  or  35  lbs.  a  quarter  at  two  years  old. 
They  are  white-faced  ;  the  best  breed  living,  more  like  the 
Leicesters  than  any  other,  but  larger  boned,  longer  in  the 
legs  and  body,  though  not  so  broad-backed.  Eighteen  lbs. 
of  wool  have  been  shorn  from  a  ram  of  this  breed  that  was 
supposed  to  be  40  lbs.  the  quarter. 

They  have  been  crossed  with  the  Leicester  with  evident 
advantage  it  is  considered  by  some,  while  others  contend  to 
the  contrary,  the  wool  being  lessened  in  weight,  length,  and 
toughness,  and  the  lambs  more  tender  and  difficult  to  rear. 


^^ 


r^M 


'MX^^^^^A 


*"   '^'^'cf^, 


COTSWOLD    EWE. 
COTSWOLD    SHEEP. 


The  following  account  of  this  breed  is  by  Mr.  Spooner  : — 

"  This  is  an  ancient  and  celebrated  breed,  its  wool  being 

spoken  of  very  favorably  by  many  old  writers.      Cotswold 

signifies  a  sheep-fold  and  a  naked  hill.     The  Cotswold  hills, 

the  native  tract  of  the  breed,  are  of  moderate  elevation,  pos- 

11* 


126  BRITISH   BREEDS. 

sess  a  sweet  herbage,  and  thougli  formerly  consisting  mostly 
of  bleak  wastes,  have  been  latterly  much  improved.  Cam- 
den speaks  of  the  breed  as  having  fine  and  soft  wool.  Dray- 
ton writes  of  its  fleeces  as  more  abundant  than  those  of  Sa- 
rum  and  Leominster.  Speed,  writing  200  years  ago,  speaks 
of  the  wool  as  similar  to  the  Ryeland,  and  rivalling  that  of 
Spain.  Indeed,  some  imagine  it  was  the  origin  of  the  Me- 
rino sheep,  as  in  1464  Edward  IV.  permitted  a  number  to 
be  exported  to  Spain,  where  they  greatly  increased  and 
spread.  Spain,  however,  before  this,  was  celebrated  for  the 
fineness  of  its  wool.  Markham,  in  the  time  of  Queen  Eliz- 
abeth, speaks  of  the  Cotswold  as  having  long  wool,  and  Mr. 
Marshall  and  other  writers  consider  that  they  have  always 
been  a  long-wooled  breed.  It  is  difficult  to  reconcile  these 
difl'erences  of  opinion ;  for  my  own  part,  I  am  disposed  to 
think  that  the  present  are  the  descendants  of  the  old  race  ; 
be  this  as  it  may,  we  have  no  evidence,  either  oral,  written, 
or  traditional,  of  the  change  having  been  made. 

The  Cotswold  is  a  large  breed  of  sheep,  with  a  long  and 
abundant  fleece,  and  the  ewes  are  very  prolific  and  good 
nurses.  Formerly  these  bred  only  on  the  hills,  and  fatted  in 
the  valleys  of  the  Severn  and  the  Thames  ;  but  with  the 
enclosure  of  the  Cotswold  hills,  and  the  improvement  of 
their  cultivation,  they  have  been  reared  and  fattened  in  the 
same  district.  They  have  been  extensively  crossed  with 
the  Leicester  sheep,  by  which  their  size  and  fleece  have 
been  somewhat  diminished,  but  their  carcases  considerably 
improved,  and  their  maturity  rendered  earlier.  The  wethers 
are  now  sometimes  fattened  at  fourteen  months,  when  they 
weigh  from  15  lbs.  to  24  lbs.  per  quarter,  and  at  two  years 
old  increase  to  20  lbs.  or  30  lbs.  The  wool  is  strong,  mel- 
low, and  of  good  color,  though  rather  coarse,  six  to  eight 
inches  in  length,  and  from  7  to  8  lbs.  the  fleece.  The  supe- 
rior hardihood  of  the  improved  Cotswold  over  the  Leicester, 
and  their  adaptation  to  common  treatment,  together  with  the 
prolific  nature  of  the  ewes  and  their  abundance  of  milk, 
have  rendered  them  in  many  places  rivals  of  the  new  Lei- 
cester, and  have  obtained  for  them  of  late  years  more  atten- 
tion to  their  selection  and  general  treatment,  under  which 
management  still  further  improvement  appears  very  probable. 
They  have  also  been  used  in  crossing  other  breeds,  and  have 
been  mixed  with  the  Hampshire  Downs.  It  is,  indeed,  the 
improved  Cotswold  that,  under  the  term  New  or  Improved 


WELSH    SHEEP. MERINO    SHEEP    IN    ENGLAND.  127 

Oxfordshire  Sheep,  are  so  frequently  the  successful  candi- 
dates for  prizes  offered  for  the  best  long-wooled  sheep  at 
some  of  the  principal  agricultural  meetings  or  shows  in  the 
kingdom.  The  quality  of  the  mutton  is  considered  superior 
to  that  of  the  Leicester,  the  tallow  being  less  abundant,  with 
a  larger  development  of  muscle  or  flesh.  We  may,  there- 
fore, regard  this  breed  as  one  of  established  reputation,  and 
extending  itself  throughout  every  district  of  the  kingdom." 

WELSH    SHEEP. 

Little  can  be  said  of  the  welsh  sheep  to  interest  the 
American  wool-grower.  The  primitive  breeds  are  of  two 
kinds — mountain  and  valley  sheep  ;  the  former  producing  a 
short  fine  wool,  and  the  latter  a  coarse  fleece  with  medium 
length  of  staple. 

Ellis,  the  ancient  author  of  the  "  Shepherd's  Sure  Guide," 
says — "  I  am  now  come  to  write  on  the  hardiest  sheep  there 
are  for  living  in  a  cold  country,  and  any  where  else,  on  that 
short  bite  of  grass  where  a  large  sheep  would  pine  and 
starve  ;  but  they  are  not  the  choice  of  many,  because  they 
are  apt  to  straggle  and  run  away.  They  are  a  small,  short, 
knotty  sheep,  that  come  from  the  poorest  living,  and  thrive 
and  fatten  quickly  for  the  butcher,  and  become  the  sweetest 
of  mutton,  particularly  for  a  private  family's  uses,  who  de- 
light to  eat  the  best  and  finest  sorts."  The  ewes  of  this 
breed  average  about  8  lbs.  to  the  quarter,  and  the  wethers 
10  lbs,  when  at  three  years  old.  The  mutton  is  particularly 
well-flavored,  and  in  the  months  of  October  and  November, 
commands  a  much  higher  price  than  that  of  other  breeds  of 
larger  size.  A  considerable  quantity  of  Welsh  mutton  finds 
its  way  to  the  London  market. 

Since  the  introduction  of  turnip  husbandry,  the  cross  of 
the  Leicester  has  been  tested,  and  in  many  parts  of  the  val- 
ley regions  more  productive  of  herbage  than  others,  it  has 
succeeded  ;  but  the  Cotswold,  from  greater  natural  hardihood, 
has  contested  the  ground  with  the  Leicester,  and  with  mark- 
ed superiority  over  its  formidable  competitor. 

MERINO    SHEEP    IN    ENGLAND. 

George  the  IIL  was  distinguished  as  an  ardent  promoter 
of  agriculture,  and  determined  in  1787,  to  make  a  fair  trial 
of  this  renowned  breed  ;  and  accordingly  a  few  were  ordered 
and  placed  on  his  farm  at  Kew.    They  were  selected  in  Es- 


128 


BRITISH    BREEDS. 


tremadiira,  on  the  borders  of  Portugal ;  and  this,  at  that 
time,  was  a  sort  of  smuggling  transaction,  as  no  Merinos 
could  be  sent  from  any  Spanish  port  without  a  license  from 
the  king ;  therefore  they  were  obliged  to  be  shipped  from 
Lisbon,  The  sheep  were  hastily  chosen  from  different 
flocks  and  various  districts,  and  consequently  exhibited  but 
little  uniformity,  and  not  fully  the  true  character  of  the  breed  ; 
the  king,  therefore,  soon  disposed  of  them  to  others. 

Subsequently,  it  was  determined  to  make  a  direct  applica- 
tion to  the  Spanish  monarch  for  ])ermission  to  make  a  selec- 
tion from  some  of  the  best  flocks.  This  was  promptly 
gTanted  ;  and  a  small  number  was  taken  from  the  Negrette 
variety,  then  deemed  the  most  valuable  of  the  migratory 
sheep.  This  flock  arrived  in  1791,  and  was  immediately 
placed  on  the  king's  farm. 

From  ignorance,  they  were  at  first  badly  managed.  Hav- 
ing been  placed  on  a  moist  and  luxuriant  soil,  many  soon 
became  affected  with  foot  rot,  and  others  died  from  attacks 
of  liver  rot.  This  calamity  was  a  triumph  to  the  prejudiced, 
but  a  change  to  dryer  pasture  proved  a  remedy,  which  soon 
led  to  a  change  of  opinion  in  their  favor.  In  a  short  time  it 
appeared  that  they  were  no  more  subject  to  diseases  than 
British  sheep. 

Crosses  took  place  with  several  varieties  of  the  native 
breeds,  with  various  success.  Doctor  Parry  crossed  with 
the  Ryeland,  the  most  superior  short-wooled  sheep  in  Eng- 
land, and  the  fourth  cross  produced  a  wool  equal  to  pure 
Merino. 

Mr.  Coke,  the  renowned  English  agriculturist,  also  expe- 
rimented on  both  the  Ryelands  and  South  Downs,  and  af- 
firmed that  the  cross  with  the  latter  was  superior  to  that  of 
the  former.  It  was  but  a  few  years  afterwards,  that  he  ex- 
pressed the  following  opinion,  in  an  address  before  the  Me- 
rino Society,  at  Holkham : — "  I  feel  it  my  duty,"  said  he, 
to  state  my  latest  opinion  of  the  effects  of  the  cross  of  a  part 
of  my  South  Down  flock  with  Merino  tups,  and  I  wish  it 
could  be  more  favorable.  From  the  further  trial  which  I 
have  made,  (this,  the  fourth  year),  I  must  candidly  confess 
that  I  have  reason  to  believe  that,  however  one  cross  may 
answer,  afarther  progress  will  not  prove  advantageous  to  the 
breeder,"  This  opinion  of  Mr.  Coke  should  be  duly  consi- 
dered by  every  American  breeder. 

But,  sometime  antecedent  to  this  decision  of  Mr.  Coke, 


MERINO    SHEEP    IN    ENGLAND.  129 

very  many  who  had  entertained  apparently  insurmountable 
prejudices  were  bold  to  acknowledge  the  merits  of  the  Me- 
rinos, and  became  fully  satisfied  that  neither  the  climate  or 
herbage  of  their  new  home  were  incompatible  with  perfect 
success.  Sir  Joseph  Banks  and  Lord  Somerville  were 
amongst  their  staunchest  and  zealous  advocates,  and  the  lat- 
ter duly  tested  the  sincerity  of  his  opinions,  by  importing  a 
considerable  flock  of  them. 

Thirteen  years  after  the  king's  importation  of  the  Negrette 
flock,  a  public  sale  by  auction  was  made  of  Merinos.  The 
rams  averaged  about  fifty  dollars  per  head,  and  the  ewes  thir- 
ty. In  1808,  four  years  after,  the  prices  averaged  130  dol- 
lars for  rams,  and  100  dollars  for  ewes.  In  1810  the  Me- 
rinos arrived  at  the  climax  of  public  favor.  In  this  year,  at 
another  public  auction  sale,  rams  commanded  nearly  300 
dollars  per  head.  "  One  full-mouthed  Negrette  was  sold  for 
over  800  dollars,  and  another  for  nearly  700." 

A  Merino  Society  was  instituted  in  the  following  year,  at 
the  head  of  which  was  placed  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  with  fifty- 
four  Vice  Presidents,  and  local  committees  were  established 
in  every  county  in  England,  Scotland,  Ireland,  and  Wales. 

Mr.  Youalt  observes — "  No  more  striking  instance  can  be 
produced  of  the  fallacy  of  human  expectations  and  judgment, 
than  the  establishment  of  this  society.  From  this  period  is 
to  be  dated  the  rapid  decay  of  the  Merinos  in  public  estima- 
tion." After  a  passing  tribute  of  just  praise  to  the  breed,  he 
proceeds  to  say,  "  In  Great  Britain,  nevertheless,  where 
the  system  of  artificial  feeding  is  carried  to  so  great  a  de- 
gree of  perfection — where  the  sheep  is  so  early  and  so  pro- 
fitably brought  to  the  market — that  breed,  however  it  may  ulti- 
mately increase  the  value  of  the  wool,  can  never  be  adopted, 
which  is  deficient,  as  the  Merinos  undeniably  are,  in  the  prin- 
ciple of  early  maturity,  and  general  propensity  to  fatten." 

Other  reasons  for  the  abandonment  of  the  Merinos  are 
given  by  Mr.  Flint,  a  distinguished  agriculturist.  He  says 
— "  I  always  thought  the  speculation  of  cultivating  the  Me- 
rinos a  decidedly  foolish  and  unprofitable  one.  We  can  con- 
sume all  the  coarse  wool  we  grow,  and  more  if  we  could  get 
it ;  and  taking  carcase  and  weight  of  wool  together,  the  long- 
wooled  sheep  is  more  profitable  by  far  than  the  Merino.  Be- 
sides, if  the  English  breeds  were  to  any  considerable  extent 
superseded  by  the  Merinos,  the  price  of  that  wool  would 
fall,  and  long  wools  would  rise ;  and  the  advantage  of  grow- 


130  BRITISH   BREEDS. 

ing  fine  wool,  on  account  of  its  high  price,  would  slip  through 
the  fingers  of  the  agriculturist.  If  we  could  grow  more  of 
both  kinds,  well  and  good ;  but  in  present  circumstances,  a 
profit  by  foreign  wool  is  as  good  as  a  profit  by  fine  wool,  and 
we  can  only  have  one  ;  and  it  is  the  part  of  wisdom  to  take 
that  which  is  easiest  got." 

The  above  are  the  substantial  reasons  for  the  downfall  of 
the  Merinos  in  Great  Britain,  and  not  altogether,  as  many 
have  supposed,  from  the  humidity  of  the  climate.  Long  after 
their  introduction,  the  wool  of  the  Merinos  was  carefully 
compared  with  the  best  samples  of  pure  Spanish,  and  no 
deterioration  was  perceptible.  A  dry  climate  is  best  suited 
to  the  Merino,  but  many  years  would  elapse  before  a  humid 
one,  without  other  causes,  would  produce  any  essential 
change  in  the  properties  of  its  fleece.  High  feeding  is  al- 
together a  more  potent  cause  of  deterioration. 

The  Table  will  indicate  to  the  reader  the  comparative  va- 
lue of  the  wools  imported  into  Great  Britain.  The  prices 
were  current  in  1834,  in  London. 

$  cts. 

Spanish  Merino,  per  lb.     .        .        .  60 

Portugal  ditto 44 

Lamb's  wool  ditto       ....  36 

German,  Saxon,  and  Silesian  : — 

1st  and  2d'  Electoral  .        .        .        .         1  05 

Prima 88 

Secunda 66 

Tertia 48 

Austrian,  Bohemian,  and  Hungarian  : — 

1st  Electoral 88 

Prima 77 

Secunda 55 

Tertia 44 

Australian: — 

Best  fleeces 77 

Seconds 61 

Inferior  flocks 50 

Van  Dieman's  Land: — 

Superior  fleeces 55 

Middling 42 

Inferior  .......  22 

British  Fleeces  : — 

North  and  South  Down      ...  44 

Leicester  fleeces  ....  33 

Romney  Marsh,  Lincoln,  and  Cotswold  40 

Anglo  Merino  in  yolk  ...  22 


^  cts. 

to 

77 

a 

62 

(( 

41 

a 

1  15 

a 

1  10 

(( 

77 

u 

55 

u 

1  20 

a 

1  00 

(C 

78 

u 

67 

(( 

I  00 

(( 

88 

u 

62 

(( 

65 

(( 

46 

(( 

34 

a 

48 

u 

44 

a 

44 

(( 

30 

CHAPTER  VII. 

SHEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND 
SOUTH  AMERICA. 


WOOLLY  SHEEP  OF  ROCKY  MOUNTAINS— OTTER  SHEEP— ARLING- 
TON LONG  WOOLED  SHEEP— SMITH'S  ISLAND  SHEEP— REMARKS 
ON  MERINOS  AND  SAXONS— PRAIRIE  MANAGEMENT  OF  SHEEP- 
OBSERVATIONS  ON  WOOL  CULTURE  IN  THE  SOUTH,  AND  SOUTH- 
WESTERN STATES— CENSUS  STATISTICS— SOUTH  AMERICAN  SHEEP 
—ALPACA,  OR  PERUVIAN  SHEEP— WOOL  CULTURE  ON  THE  PAM- 
PAS. 


SHEEP    OF    THE    UNITED    STATES. 

Neither  North  or  South  America  can  boast  of  any  abo- 
riginal or  primitive  domestic  breeds  of  sheep  :  those  which 
have  received  the  name  of  "  native"  having  been  brought 
over  at  various  periods  from  Europe  by  the  colonists. 

Before  proceeding  to  notice  several  of  these  breeds,  it  will 
be  proper  to  refer  to  an  animal  found  among  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  which  is  confounded  with  the  Argali,  and  known 
as  the  "  woolly  sheep."  Captain  Bonneville  says,  "  This 
animal  is  found  about  the  country  of  the  Flathead  Indians. 
It  inhabits  cliffs  in  summer,  but  descends  into  the  valleys  in 
the  winter.  It  has  white  wool,  like  a  sheep,  mingled  with 
a  thin  growth  of  long  hair ;  but  it  has  short  legs,  a  deep 
belly,  and  a  beard  like  a  goat.  Its  horns  are  about  five  inches 
long,  slightly  curved  backwards,  black  as  jet,  and  beautifully 
polished.  Its  hoofs  are  of  the  same  colour.  This  animal 
is  by  no  means  so  active  as  the  big  horn ;  it  does  not  bound 
much,  but  sits  a  good  deal  upon  its  haunches.  It  is  not  so 
plentiful  either ;  rarely  more  than  two  or  three  are  seen  at 
a  time.  Its  wool  alone  gives  it  a  resemblance  to  the  sheep  ; 
it  is  more  properly  of  the  goat  genus.  The  fleece  is  said  to 
have  a  musty  flavor ;  some  have  thought  the  flesh  might  be 
valuable,  as  it  is  said  to  be  as  fine  as  that  of  the  goat  of 
Cashmere,  but  it  is  not  to  be  procured  in  sufiicient  quantities." 


132       SHEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

The  colonists,  coming  as  they  did  from  various  districts  of 
their  native  countries,  it  is  presumed  brought  with  them 
breeds  of  sheep  pecuUar  to  those  districts  ;  and  having  been 
promiscuously  bred,  at  the  period  of  the  introduction  of  the 
xMerinos,  few  of  them  conformed  to  any  of  the  varieties  of 
the  more  distinguished  British  breeds. 

They  were  long  legged,  narrow  chested,  comparatively 
slow  in  arriving  at  maturity,  yielding  a  coarse  white  wool 
of  medium  length  of  staple,  and  the  fleeces  averaged  from 
3  to  4  lbs.  The  principal  recommendation  consisted  in  being 
prolific  breeders  and  good  nurses  ;  but  their  defects  greatly 
predominated,  being  untractable,  impatient  of  restraint,  scaling 
high  fences,  and  committing  often  serious  depredations  on 
the  crops  of  the  farmer.  Happily  this  ungainly  and  unprofit- 
able tribe  has  disappeared,  except  in  portions  of  the  southern 
States,  and  their  place  has  been  supplied  with  more  profit- 
able sheep,  effected  by  crossing  them  with  ]\Ierinos,  Saxons, 
and  the  improved  English  breeds. 

For  the  gratification  of  the  curious,  rather  than  for  utility, 
the  compiler  will  notice  a  singular  breed  of  sheep  known  as 

THE    OTTER    SHEEP. 

This  unique  breed  have  derived  no  little  fame,  not  so  much 
however,  from  their  peculiarity  of  conformation,  as  from  their 
fortuitous  origin  ;  this  being  the  fact,  as  the  sire  and  dame 
of  the  first  individual  of  the  breed  were  distinguished  by  the 
usual  characteristics  of  the  natives,  long  legs,  &c.  This 
accidental  origin,  therefore,  is  valuable  to  the  philosopher  as 
accounting  in  part  for  the  numerous  varieties  of  the  genus 
Ovis,  now  spread  over  almost  every  inhabitable  part  of  the 
globe.  Climate  and  herbage  are  also  prominent  causes  of 
difierences  in  conformation,  but  accident  has  undoubtedly 
had  more  to  do  in  producing  these  differences,  than  is  gen- 
erally conceded. 

The  precise  point  where  the  Otter  breed  originated  seems 
unsettled  ;  Chancellor  Livingston  states  that  it  was  on  an 
island  opposite  the  New  England  coast ;  another  writer  says 
it  was  in  Massachusetts,  and  in  a  flock  which  belonged  to 
Seth  Wright,  and  occurred  in  1791.  It  is  however,  of  little 
moment,  as  the  breed  have  been  abandoned,  and  become 
extinct. 

A  ewe  gave  birth  to  twins,  one  of  which  v/as  a  male,  with 
legs  so  short,  and  being  turned  outward,  that,  as  Chancellor 


ARLINGTON    SHEEP. SMlTil's    ISLAND    SHEEP.  133 

Livingston  observes,  "  they  appeared  as  if  they  had  been 
broken  and  set  by  an  awkvi^ard  surgeon."  When  running, 
its  gait  was  of  a  hobbling  or  rickety  character,  and  painful 
to  the  beholder.  The  body  was  long  and  round,  and  the 
animal  presented  no  other  evidence  of  mal-formation.  Cu- 
riosity induced,  at  first,  breeding  from  it,  and  the  progeny 
presented  a  striking  resemblance  to  the  sire.  They  were 
prized  for  no  other  reason  than  because  nature  had  deprived 
them  of  the  power  to  scale  fences  and  commit  depredations 
on  the  farmers'  crops,  which  was  so  characteristic  of  their 
progenitors.  This  is  probably  the  only  instance  where  man 
has  availed  himself  of  a  defect  in  the  animal  kingdom,  and 
turned  it  to  his  advantage. 

ARLINGTON  LONG  WOOLED  SHEEP. 

Chancellor  Livingston  thus  notices  this  breed :  "  From 
the  Otter  breed  I  turn  with  pleasure  to  the  Arlington  long 
wooled  sheep.  These,  Mr.  Custis,  who  was  the  original 
breeder  of  them,  informs  me  were  derived  from  the  stock  of 
that  distinguished  farmer,  soldier,  statesman,  and  patriot, 
Washington  ;  who  had  collected  at  Mount  Vernon  whatever 
he  believed  useful  to  the  agriculture  of  his  country  ;  and, 
among  other  animals  a  Persian  ram,  which  Mr.  Custis  de- 
scribes as  being  very  large  and  well  formed,  carrying  wool 
of  great  length,  but  of  a  coarse  staple.  This  stock,  inter- 
mixed with  the  Bakewell,  are  the  source  from  which  the 
fine  Arlington  sheep  are  derived  ;  some  of  which,  he  says, 
carry  wool  fourteen  inches  in  length,  and  are  formed  upon 
the  Bakewell  model.  *  *  *  *  ^pj^g  sample  of  wool 
which  Mr.  Custis  sent  me  from  this  stock  possessed  every 
ingredient  which  is  esteemed  in  combing  wool.  It  was  fine 
for  the  sort,  soft,  silky,  and  beautifully  white." 

This  breed  is  still  held  in  high  estimation  among  some 
farmers  in  Virginia  and  Maryland,  but  are  now  very  much 
inferior  to  their  ancestors,  and  the  improved  long  wooled 
British  breeds,  both  for  mutton  and  value  of  fleece. 

There  is  yet  another  breed  of  sheep  to  notice,  which  have 
been  somewhat  famous,  and  were  doubtless  abundantly  su- 
perior to  the  average  of  other  sheep  of  the  day.  They 
were  called  the 

smith's    ISLAND    SHEEP. 

The  island  is  on  the  coast  of  Virginia,  and  it,  together 


134   SHEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

with  the  sheep,  were  the  property  of  Mr.  Custis,  who  stated 
the  breed  to  be  pecuUar  to  that  part  of  the  country. 

The  climate  being  temperate,  and  the  soil  producing  a 
succulent  and  varied  herbage,  all  being  so  well  suited  to 
sheep,  the  carcase  and  wool  in  process  of  time  became 
greatly  improved  ;  and  hence  the  deservedly  high  estimation 
of  the  breed  by  Mr.  Custis  and  others.  The  wool  was  very 
white,  and  comparatively  fine  ;  the  staple  from  8  to  10  inches 
in  length,  and  the  fleeces  averaged  about  8  lbs.  The  de- 
scendants of  the  flocks,  though  greatly  degenerated,  are  dif- 
fused over  a  wide  section  of  country  in  Virginia,  and  further 
south. 

From  the  foregoing  brief  description  of  the  qualities  of 
the  native  sheep,  it  will  readily  be  conceived  that  they  were 
susceptible  of  great  improvement.  Their  amelioration  com- 
menced on  the  arrival  of  the  Merinos  introduced  by  Chan- 
cellor Livingston  and  Gen.  Humphrey,  but  until  the  embargo 
of  1807,  there  was  little  stimulus  to  aid  this  laudable  enter- 
prise. After  that  event  and  during  the  war  with  Great  Brit- 
ain, which  soon  after  followed,  the  nation  was  thrown  upon 
its  industrial  means  for  the  supplies  of  the  staple  necessaries 
of  life  ;  and  wool  culture  received  such  an  impetus,  and  such 
consequently  was  the  competition  for  the  possession  of  the 
Merinos,  that  individuals  of  the  breed  sold  for  the  enormous 
prices  of  from  500  to  1400  dollars  per  head.  Manufactures 
had  been  commenced,  and  notwithstanding  the  little  skill 
employed  in  them  at  that  early  day,  they  prospered ;  but  on 
the  declaration  of  Peace  in  1815,  commerce  brought  to  our 
shores  the  cheaper  fabrics  of  Europe,  and  the  Merinos  and 
our  infant  manufactories  were  prostrated  together.  Remu- 
nerating prices  could  no  longer  be  obtained  for  wool  of  any 
description,  and  this  unfortunate  state  of  things  continued 
without  intermission  for  many  years.  Notwithstanding  this, 
however,  the  wool  growers  of  the  north  were  too  sagacious 
not  to  appreciate  the  Merino  fleece,  and  to  see  in  the  vista  of 
the  future  a  period  when  its  culture  would  again  be  a  source 
of  profit.  Hence  the  Merinos  spread  gradually  over  all  the 
northern  States  ;  and  in  all  instances  where  the  principles 
of  breeding  were  properly  understood  and  practiced,  their 
fleeces  suffered  no  deterioration. 

The  policy  of  our  National  Government  in  1824  being 
more  in  unison  with  the  agricultural  interests  of  the  country, 
revived  the  spirit  for  extending  the  culture  and  improvement 


PRAIRIE    MANAGEMENT.  135 

of  the  fleece,  which  had  been  so  many  years  prostrate  and 
dormant.  Accordingly  the  Saxons  were  soon  after  intro- 
duced; and  notwithstanding  the  gross  frauds  which  were 
practised  by  bringing  with  them  so  many  worthless  speci- 
mens of  the  race,  and  the  untoward  circumstances  which 
since  then  wool-growers  have  been  obliged  to  contend 
against,  the  exertions  to  perfect  the  fleece  have  been  crown- 
ed with  much  success,  though  by  no  means  commensurate 
with  its  importance. 

The  New  England  States,  from  the  unkindness  of  the  soil 
peculiar  to  large  portions  of  them  for  the  cultivation  of  crops, 
at  an  early  day  became  distinguished  for  the  growing  of 
wool,  and  yet  maintain  their  high  rank,  not  only  for  the  ex- 
tent of  its  production,  but  the  fineness  of  its  texture.  There 
are  Saxon  flocks  in  Connecticut  and  New  Hampshire  which 
rival  some  of  the  best  German ;  and  Merinos  also  in  nearly 
all  of  these  States,  whose  fleeces  surpass  in  weight  and  fine- 
ness those  of  Spain  at  the  present  day,  and  equal  the  far- 
famed  Rambouillets  of  France. 

The  State  of  New  York  has  within  her  borders  more  than 
one  quarter  of  all  the  sheep  in  the  Union  ;  and  in  the  aggre- 
gate, the  wool  of  her  flocks  is  unsurpassed  in  quality  by  that 
of  any  other  State. 

The  State  of  Pennsylvania,  although  she  has  fewer  sheep 
by  far  than  her  soil  is  capable  of  supporting,  yet  on  her  west- 
ern borders,  especially  in  the  county  of  Washington,  she  has 
flocks  that  are  rarely  equalled. 

Ohio  too  is  far  advanced  in  wool  culture,  and  the  flocks 
descended  from  the  celebrated  sheep  of  Messrs.  Wells  and 
Dickinson,  formerly  of  Steubenville,  are  of  very  superior 
quality,  the  wool  of  which  is  distinguished  for  length  and 
silkiness  of  staple. 

From  Pennsylvania  and  Ohio  have  sprung,  principally,  the 
colonies  of  sheep  which  are  now  present  on  the  western 
prairies,  and  which  leads  to  the  subject  of  wool  culture  on 
those  immense  plains. 

The  following  extracts  are  from  a  pamphlet  on  the  subject 
of  Prairie  Management,  written  by  Mr.  George  Flower,  and 
published  in  1841.  Mr.  Flower  has  been  a  resident  of  Ed- 
wards County,  Illinois,  since  1817,  and  during  the  wholo 
of  this  period,  a  manager  and  proprietor  of  fine-wooled  sheep. 

"  A  glance  must  now  be  taken  at  the  difficulties  and  risks 
to  which  flocks  are  exposed  in  new  countries,  and  which 


136       SHEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

have  hitherto  prevented  their  rapid  increase  upon  any  large 
scale. 

"  The  loolf  is  a  great  drawback  on  the  pleasure  and  profit 
of  sheep-keeping.  It  is  not  only  what  the  beast  destroys, 
but  the  expense  incurred  in  watching  against  his  attacks. 
But  the  greatest  loss  sustained  is  being  obliged  to  pen  the 
sheep  every  night,  for  safe  keeping.  *  *  *  *  Deaths, 
from  unknown  causes,  have  swept  away  whole  flocks,  newly 
brought  into  the  State,  which  tends  to  dampen  similar  enter- 
prises. Many  sheep  are  often  purchased  from  drovers,  which 
have  been  over-driven,  and  which  has  laid  the  foundation  of 
disease.  From  whatever  cause  it  may  arise,  if  the  sheep  are 
poor  in  the  fall  of  the  year,  great  loss  will  accrue  to  the 
owner.  The  dry,  mild  weather  in  autumn  is  often  accompa- 
nied with  scanty  herbage,  and  sheep  rapidly  decline  unob- 
served, the  growth  of  wool  concealing  their  poverty  from  an 
unpractised  eye,  and  a  mortal  stroke  is  inflicted  before  the 
owner  suspects  it.  It  is  a  great  point  to  procure  sheep  from 
healthy  flocks,  if  possible.  When  they  are  brought  from  a 
distance,  care  should  be  taken  that  they  are  not  over-driven. 
Twelve  or  fifteen  miles  a  day  is  far  enough,  and  should  never 
be  urged  beyond  their  naturally  slow  pace.  It  behooves  the 
farmer  to  see  that  he  has  an  abundance  of  nutritious  food  on 
their  arrival  at  their  journey's  end.  Keeping  sheep  of  all 
ages  in  a  flock,  in  a  pasture  barely  sufficient  for  them,  de- 
stroys the  young  and  the  old.  The  strong,  robust  sheep  eat 
up  all  the  food.  In  winter  feeding,  not  allowing  sufficient 
trough  and  rack  room  for  all  the  sheep  to  feed  at  once,  with- 
out crowding  each  other,  starves  the  weakest.  These  are 
some  of  the  known  causes  of  failure  of  success,  and  lest 
there  should  be  others  of  a  local  nature,  I  would  advise 
every  new  beginner  to  be  moderate  in  the  number  of  his 
flock  the  first  year ;  two  or  three  hundred  is  enough  for  the 
ewe  flock. 

"  The  Prairie  grass  is  green,  succulent,  and  nourishing, 
until  the  first  part  of  July  ;  Irom  that  time  onward  it  becomes 
less  and  less  acceptable.  If  a  flock  is  kept  upon  it,  in  the 
latter  part  of  summer  it  requires  a  large  range  and  fresh  pas- 
turage. But  a  method  is  known  to  the  frontier  settlers,  of 
retaining  spring  herbage,  until  the  approach  of  winter.  Se- 
lect a  patch  of  prairie  (some  five  or  ten  thousand  acres)  that 
has  not  been  burned  the  preceding  year.  The  mass  of  old 
dry  grass,  in  the  middle  of  Juno,  is  sufliciently  combustible  to 


PRAIRIE   MANAGEMENT.  137 

allow  fire  to  consume  it  with  the  growing  crop  of  green  grass. 
Burn  a  patch  in  June,  and  the  young  grass  will  immediately 
spring  up,  which,  in  July,  will  afford  a  rich  pasture  of  young, 
tender,  juicy  grass,  about  eight  inches  high.  Burn  another 
patch  in  July,  which  will  afford  another  pasture  in  August ;  and 
a  third  on  the  first  day  of  August,  which  will  remain  green  and 
tender  till  killed  by  winter  frosts.  In  this  way  juicy  pasture 
may  be  secured  from  early  spring  until  the  succeeding  win- 
ter. But  some  forecast  is  necessary  to  secure  this.  In  the 
previous  autumn  these  spots  should  be  selected  and  made 
secure  by  burning  round,  as  the  hunters  know  how  ;  other- 
wise they  might  be  consumed  in  the  general  conflagration, 
which  often  sweeps  hundreds  of  miles  of  prairie  grass  in  the 
fall  of  the  year.  Supposing  no  cultivated  grasses  are  pre- 
pared, sheaf  oats,  or  hay  and  corn,  should  be  given  at  night ; 
the  flock  going  out  to  pick  what  they  can  through  all  the  fine 
days  of  autumn  and  winter. 

"  In  the  summer  the  shepherd  must  have  a  cabin  near  his 
pasture  ground,  and  a  sheep-3'ard  with  a  loolf -proof  fence. 
The  flock  must  be  out  at  the  first  dawn  of  day,  and  graze 
late  in  the  evening.  During  all  the  heat  of  the  day  they  will 
shade  in  some  neighboring  grove.  The  shepherd  must  have 
his  horn  and  rifle,  and  a  pair  of  good  hunting  dogs,  to  chase 
away  the  wolf  and  fox.  The  size  of  the  flock  may  be  limited 
only  to  the  size  of  the  pasture.  For  a  summer  establish- 
ment I  should  select  an  eminence  on  some  of  our  extensive 
prairies,  and  build  four  cabins,  for  the  families  of  four  shep- 
herds— all  under  the  eye  of  an  experienced  man.  These 
four  shepherds  should  each  diverge  •  with  their  respective 
flocks  to  the  four  points  of  the  compass,  and  all  return  at 
night. 

"  Where  there  are  no  cultivated  grasses,  there  should  be 
large  fields  of  early  sown  rye,  for  winter  and  early  spring 
food.  Also  oats,  sown,  perhaps,  in  the  same  field  where 
oats  grew  before,  by  ploughing  the  field  immediately  after 
the  crop  is  off,  and  sowing  about  a  bushel  to  the  acre.  If 
no  cultivated  grasses  are  provided  for  sheep  to  feed  on  in 
autumn,  it  is  difficult  to  keep  up  their  condition  in  the  latter 
part  of  the  year.  But  the  greatest  advantage  is  to  be  derived 
from  blue  grass,  which,  if  shut  up  in  June,  will  keep  green 
all  winter ;  and,  if  a  succession  of  pastures  is  provided, 
the  sheep  will  do  well  upon  them  all  the  winter,  and  will 
only  need  feeding  when  the  snow  is  frozen  on  the  ground." 

12* 


138       SHEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

Mr.  Flower  states,  that  the  diseases  to  which  sheep  are 
subjected  on  the  prairies  of  Southern  Illinois,  are  liver-rot 
and  foot-rot ;  the  former  caused  by  "  suffering  sheep  to  pas- 
ture on  land  that  is  overflowed  with  water ;  even  a  crop  of 
green  oats,  early  in  the  fall  before  a  frost  comes,  has  been 
known  to  rot  young  sheep."  He  observes,  that  sheep  fed 
exclusively  on  pasture  are  more  liable  to  foot-rot  than  others. 

The  following  communication,  written  at  the  request  of 
the  writer,  by  J.  Ambrose  Wight,  associate  editor  of  the 
Prairie  Farmer,  sets  forth  the  extent  to  which  Northern  Illi- 
nois is  adapted  to  sheep  culture  ;  and,  in  the  main,  his  re- 
marks are  doubtless  applicable  to  the  prairies  of  all  the  North- 
western States  and  Territories.  There  is  manifestly  so  much 
ignorance  prevalent  on  this  subject,  no  apology  is  necessary 
for  the  minuteness  with  which  Mr.  Wight  has  treated  it. 

"  It  is  but  a  little  while  since  wool-growing  was  com- 
menced in  Northern  Illinois.  Small  flocks,  of  from  ten  to  a 
hundred,  have  been  kept  here  since  the  first  settlement  of  the 
country,  consisting  generally  of  hardy,  coarse-wooled  ani- 
mals ;  and  though  the  success  of  the  business,  when  con- 
ducted in  this  manner,  might  be  proof  of  the  adaptation  of 
the  country  to  the  keeping  of  sheep,  to  a  certain  extent,  it 
would  not  be  entirely  satisfactory  to  one  who  should  ask  the 
question,  whether  the  country  were  adapted  to  growing  fine 
wool  on  a  large  scale.  It  is  now  about  four  years  since  a 
commencement  was  made  of  driving  in  large  flocks  for  this 
latter  purpose  ;  since  which  time  the  increase  has  been  about 
one  hundred  per  cent,  yearly,  until  last  season,  when  the  in- 
crease was  so  much  larger,  that  no  accurate  estimate  can  yet 
be  made  of  it. 

"  In  order  to  answer  your  inquiries  the  more  satisfactorily, 
I  will  take  them  up  in  their  order. 

"  First — '  I  would  be  glad  to  know  whether  the  pasture  of  the 
prairies  dries  so  much  in  summer  as  to  compel  the  removal  of 
sheep  from  them  to  other  localities  V 

"  If  the  question  relates,  as  I  suppose  it  does,  to  summer 
drought,  I  answer  no  ;  the  upland  prairies — a  term  which  I 
suppose  embraces  nineteen  twentieths,  if  not  more,  of  the 
prairie  lands  of  Northern  Illinois — sustain  drought  better  by 
far  than  any  lands  I  have  ever  known.  A  large  component 
of  all  these  lands — and  the  remark  applies  as  well  to  what 
are  here  called  '  barrens  ' — is  black  sand  ;  though  the  color 
varies  much  in  diflferent  localities.     The  ashes  made  by  the 


PRAIRIE    MANAGEMENT.  139 

annual  fires  are  also  no  inconsiderable  component,  and  aid  in 
giving  character  to  the  soil.  Most  of  the  subsoil  is  a  sort 
of  hard-pan,  made  of  clay  or  loam  cementing  together  peb- 
bles and  gravel,  and  is  found  from  one  to  three  or  four  feet 
below  the  surface,  and  is  so  tenacious  as  to  require  a  pick  to 
break  through  it. 

"  In  the  lowlands,  both  of  prairies  and  barrens,  the  subsoil 
is  sometimes  clay,  and  the  soil  more  or  less  argillaceous. 
The  timber  growing  on  the  barrens  will  very  nearly  deter- 
mine the  character  of  the  soil  and  subsoil.  If  the  Burr  Oak 
is  plenty,  the  former  will  be  sandy,  and  the  latter  hard-pan ; 
if  black  or  white  oak  abounds,  clay  will  be  more  likely  to  be 
found.  Besides  the  resistance  to  drought,  offered  in  the 
character  of  the  soil,  the  roots  of  the  wild  grass  run  to  an 
extraordinary  depth  ;  many  of  them  reaching  entirely  through 
the  soil,  however  deep  it  may  be.  The  grass  grows  in 
stools,  at  distances  of  from  three  to  twelve  inches  apart, 
there  being,  in  fact,  where  the  wild  grasses  only  are  found, 
no  such  thing  as  a  surface  turf,  such  as  is  formed  by  red-top 
and  kindred  grasses.  It  will  be  seen  that  it  requires  a  very 
dry  summer  indeed  to  affect  such  pasture,  on  such  a  soil. 
In  the  autumn  of  1837,  there  was,  in  this  latitude,  for  the 
five  months  succeeding  the  5th  of  August,  not  rain  enough  to 
wet  the  ground  perhaps  an  inch  in  depth  ;  and  yet  potatoes 
and  corn  turned  out  well,  and  the  prairies  continued  in  ver- 
dure about  as  well  as  usual. 

"  If,  however,  the  question  is  asked, — Does  not  the  pasture 
on  the  prairies  fail  early  in  autumn,  so  as  to  compel  the  re- 
moval of  sheep  to  other  pasture  before  it  is  time  to  go  into 
winter  quarters  ?  I  answer,  yes — long  before.  In  many 
sections  the  prairies  afford  no  adequate  pasture  for  dairy 
purposes  after  the  first  of  September.  In  other  localities 
such  pasture  will  continue  in  some  vigor  till  as  late  as  the 
first  or  even  middle  of  October ;  this  is  the  case  with  lands 
lying  within  thirty  miles  of  Chicago  ;  but  such  lands  will  be 
proportionably  late  in  the  spring.  The  wild  grasses  are  ex- 
tremely vigorous  while  they  last,  hut  are  all,  without  an  ex- 
ception, short-lived.  This  may  be  a  habit  or  condition, 
induced  by  the  annual  fires,  which  kill  out  all  but  those  with 
long  roots  ;  and  a  prevention  of  fires  and  cultivation  might, 
after  a  time,  change  the  character  of  some  of  them  in  this 
respect ;  but  it  never  will.     They  are  disappearing,  a  little 


140       SHEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

more  slowly,  but  as  surely  as  the  Indians,  before  the  plough- 
share and  march  of  cultivation. 

"  '  Does  the  Prairie  grass  conform  in  habit  to  any  of  the 
English  grasses  V 

"  This  question  has  been  already  pretty  well  answered. 
There  are  a  large  number  of  wild  grasses  here.  The  dif- 
ferent plants  which  go  to  make  up  the  foliage  of  the  prairies, 
in  any  township  of  land,  are  very  numerous.  I  have  heard 
them  estimated  by  those  who  had  paid  attention  to  the  sub- 
ject, at  tw^o  or  three  hundred.  Of  these,  though  but  an  infe- 
rior proportion  are,  strictly  speaking,  grasses  ;  yet  they  all, 
or  nearly  all,  aflbrd  herbage  fit  to  be  eaten  by  animals.  An 
individual  has  but  to  cross  any  prairie,  which  has  not  been 
fed  or  mown,  in  a  tolerably  wet  season,  and  note  the  endless 
prospect  of  blossoms,  mingled  with  green,  which  wave  un- 
der the  wind  like  the  surges  of  a  sea  of  flowers  ;  observe 
the  ever-changing  colors  of  the  swells,  as  they  come  and 
go,  to  be  sensible  that  there  is  variety  enough.  These  flow- 
ers change  throughout  the  season,  a  dozen  or  two  varieties 
being  in  bloom  at  once,  and  continue  in  the  fall  long  after 
the  prairies  are  fit  for  pasture,  the  rear  being  brought  up  by 
blue  and  yellow  weeds.  These  flowering  plants  diminish 
in  number  at  once  from  feeding  or  mowing,  and  soon  almost 
entirely,  with  the  exception  of  the  coarser  ones,  disappear. 

"  '  What  length  of  time  is  foddering  necessary  in  Northern 
Illinois  V 

"  The  seasons  have  been  extremely  variable  since  my  resi- 
dence here — now  nearly  nine  years.  The  winter  of  1842 
and  '43  was  the  severest  one  since  the  settlement  of  the 
State,  and  the  foddering  season  lasted  from  the  middle  of 
October  to  the  middle  of  April.  The  winter  of  1843  and 
'44  and  the  present  one  would  require  foddering  for  a  less 
time,  by  full  two  months.  This  is  on  the  supposition,  how- 
ever, that  good  artificial  pasturage  is  provided.  If  the  wild 
prairies  alone  are  relied  on  for  pasture  and  hay,  full  two 
months  must  be  added  to  the  foddering  season  ;  and  stock 
would  barely  get  through  at  that ;  and  I  think  that  sheep,  in 
multitudes  of  instances,  would  perish.  In  this  latitude, 
with  timothy,  red-top,  and  clover  pastures,  the  average  time 
would  be  from  four  and  a  half  to  five  months.  If  a  good 
blue  grass  pasture  were  provided,  in  such  winters  as  the 
last  and  the  present,  it  might  be  reduced  to  two  months  ; 
and  I  am  told,  that  some  so  provided  for,  one  hundred  miles 


PRAIRIE   MANAGEMENT.  141 

south  of  here,  have,  the  present  winter,  scarcely  foddered  at 
all.  I  apprehend,  however,  that  our  winters  here  will 
always  be  variable,  and  that  it  will  be  far  more  difficult  to 
predict  their  length  and  intensity  than  in  New  England.  In 
relation  to  the  value  of  blue  grass  for  fall  and  spring  pasture, 
Thomas  N.  Welles,  of  Peoria,  in  a  communication  to  the 
Prairie  Farmer,  remarks  as  follows  : — '  My  .sheep  have  had 
no  feed  of  any  kind,  since  the  first  day  of  April,  except  pas- 
turage, (blue  grass,)  and  they  are  now  (May  10th)  fat. 
They  were  put  upon  it  as  soon  as  the  snow  would  let  their 
noses  to  the  ground.  Last  fall  my  stock  were  kept  upon  the 
grass  till  the  12th  of  November,  when  the  herbage  was  cov- 
ered with  snow.  Had  the  climate  been  open,  the  sheep 
would  have  required  little  else  than  the  grass.  The  tame 
grasses,  and  especially  blue  grass,  even  if  fed  through  the 
summer  and  fall,  will  afford  good  feed  about  six  weeks  later 
in  autumn,  and  six  weeks  earlier  in  spring,  than  the  prairie 
grass.  If  shut  up  all  the  summer  and  fall,  the  blue  grass 
affords  the  best  feed  all  winter,  when  the  snow  does  not 
cover  it.'  The  winter  adverted  to  was  the  severe  one 
already  mentioned. 

"  '  What  are  sheep  chiefly  fed  on?'' 

"  It  is  doubtful  if  any  fixed  mode  of  feeding  has  been  adopt- 
ed except  in  particular  instances.  Every  sort  of  feeding,  ac- 
cording to  circumstances,  is  practised.  Some  feed  almost  en- 
tirely on  the  wild  grass  and  hay  of  the  prairies,  which,  when 
cut  on  uplands  and  well  cured,  is  believed  by  sheep-keepers 
to  be  as  good  as  any  other,  though  more  of  it  in  weight  will 
be  required  than  of  good  English  hay.  Some  feed  this  hay 
with  a  proportion  of  oats  in  sheaf,  and  roots  twice  a  week, 
and  this  is  undoubtedly,  with  salt,  good  treatment.  It  is 
found  to  be  decidedly  better  to  keep  sheep  up  in  small 
flocks,  with  very  little  ground  to  run  over,  while  kept  on  hay, 
than  to  let  them  run  out  a  part  of  the  time,  and  get  such 
grass  as  they  can  pick,  while  there  is  not  enough  to  sustain 
them.  They  eat  much  dirt  in  such  cases,  are  liable  to  be 
poisoned,  and  lose  their  appetite  for  hay.  A  settled  course 
of  feed  of  one  character,  embracing  proper  variety,  is  found 
here,  as  at  the  East,  decidedly  preferable.  The  old  rule,  to 
keep  them  at  grass,  while  they  can  be  with  profit,  and  then 
to  put  them  to  hay  and  keep  them  at  it,  works  as  well  here 
as  anywhere. 

"  '  /i  is  reported  that  sheep  removed  from  the  old  States  be- 


1  42       SHEEP  OF  TlIE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

come  very  fat  the  first  season  07i  the  prairies ;  is  this  condi- 
tion kept  up  many  years  after  V 

"  The  first  part  of  this  question  is  true  of  persons,  and  is 
undoubtedly  true  of  stock,  and  in  part  may  be  attributed  to  a 
change  of  climate.  The  change  from  an  atmosphere  which 
is  surcharged  with  oxygen  and  which  stimulates  the  lungs 
like  that  of  the  East,  to  one  surcharged  with  carbon,  and 
which  stimulates  the  liver  like  that  of  the  West,  is  at  first 
generally  attended  with  obesity.  From  other  causes  too, 
stock  turned  upon  the  clear  prairies,  become  fat,  and  keep 
so  till  the  feed  fails.  Some  of  the  reasons  are,  that  the 
grass,  while  it  is  highly  nutritious,  is  somewhat  astringent, 
and  does  not  scour  cattle  when  turned  upon  it  in  the  spring, 
like  the  eastern  grasses.  Oxen  can  be  put  to  hard  work 
with  no  other  feed,  as  soon  as  it  is  started  in  the  spring,  and 
will  keep  in  good  heart  and  become  fleshy.  Again,  the  air 
of  the  prairies  is  the  freshest  and  purest  on  earth ;  and  stock 
are  less  annoyed  by  insects  while  fanned  by  it,  than  any- 
where else.  Sheep  or  other  stock,  but  more  particularly 
the  former,  put  upon  a  given  piece  of  wild  prairie,  and  con- 
fined to  it,  unless  the  range  be  very  large,  would  not  con- 
tinue to  keep  fat  one  season  after  another,  though  they  would 
the  first ;  but  if  allowed  a  new  range  each  season,  they 
would  always  keep  fat.  The  reason  is  this  : — sheep  in  such 
cases  will  go  over  their  range  and  select  such  food  as  they 
prefer,  and  will  keep  at  it  till  it  is  gone.  Hence  the  wild 
bean  and  pea  vine,  and  a  few  other  kinds  of  plants,  will  ob- 
tain their  constant  attentions,  and  will  be  kept  so  short  that 
they  will,  on  a  given  piece  of  land,  die  out  the  first  year. 
Therefore  if  turned  out  upon  the  same  grounds  another  sea- 
son, the  best  food  will  be  gone,  and  the  poorer,  with  which 
they  must  then  take  up,  and  which  itself  gets  continually 
poorer,  will  not  sustain  them  in  their  first  condition.  A 
small  flock  of  sheep  will  thus  run  over  a  large  extent  of 
ground. 

"  Hence  the  utter  hollowness  of  a  supposition  which  ap- 
pears to  be  common  at  the  East,  that  large  flocks  of  sheep 
can  be  sustained  on  the  wild  grass  of  the  prairies  alone. 
There  are  many  places,  it  is  true,  where  a  farmer  might 
keep  a  large  flock  on  the  wild  prairies  during  the  summer 
months  with  profit,  provided  he  had  not  two  many  neighbors 
in  the  same  business.  But  such  flocks  would  continually 
lessen  their  own  range,  at  the  same  time  that  it  is  lessening 


PRAIRIE    MANAGEMENT,  143 

by  immigration,  settlement,  and  extended  culture.  I  have 
been  in  the  country  about  nine  years,  having  gone  at  the 
first  into  an  entirely  unsettled  region,  and  have  paid  much 
attention  to  the  matter  ;  and  it  is  my  belief,  that  the  wild 
prairies  are  desirable  for  wool  growing  to  a  very  limited  de- 
gree ;  but  that  the  cultivated  prairies  are  desirable  for  this  pur- 
pose to  an  almost  limitless  extent.  When  the  cultivated 
grasses  are  fully  introduced,  and  people  get  at  the  business 
in  a  proper  manner,  the  prairies  will  supply  wool  of  all 
qualities  in  inconceivable  quantities.  Hence  I  have  con- 
stantly urged  this  view  of  the  subject,  and  maintained  the 
necessity  of  entering  upon  the  cultivation  of  grasses  at  once. 

"  '  Is  there  any  deterioration  of  the  wool  of  jine  jiocks  V 

"  In  a  letter  from  George  Flower,  of  Edwards  Co.,  in  this 
State,  published  in  the  Prairie  Farmer,  I  find  the  following : 
— '  When  I  emigrated  to  this  country  in  1817  I  brought 
with  me  six  of  the  finest  animals  of  the  wool-growing  spe- 
cies ever  imported  into  this  country.  This  is  the  origin  of 
my  flock.  They  have  been  kept  on  the  same  farm  where 
I  now  reside  ever  since.  No  deterioration  in  wool  has  taken 
place ;  on  the  contrary,  the  wool  fibre  of  them  is  somewhat 
finer.'  If  the  above  is  true  of  Southern  Illinois,  it  is  doubt- 
less equally  so  of  the  northern  part  of  the  State  ;  since  that 
is  nearly  400  miles  south  of  this,  and  consequently  much 
warmer.  Very  gross  keep  is  supposed  to  render  wool 
somewhat  coarse.  Even,  healthy  keep,  not  too  high,  is 
generally  considered  best  for  a  good  staple  oi fine  wool. 

"  '  Are  shepherds  and  dogs  indispensable  when  sheep  are  not 
enclosed.'' 

"  On  the  open  prairie,  it  would  undoubtedly  be  unsafe  to 
trust  large  flocks,  without  oversight.  Many  have  kept  small 
flocks,  for  years,  without,  by  merely  folding  them  at  night. 
In  small  flocks,  where  feed  is  plenty,  there  is  little  dispo- 
sition to  ramble.  Sheep  soon  get  accustomed  to  their 
homes  ;  but  in  large  flocks  the  temptation  is  increased  with 
the  dangers  of  it.  If  the  pasture  is  near  the  house,  and  a 
good  dog  is  kept,  any  further  care  is  generally  dispensed 
with.  The  prairie  wolf  is  a  term  beneath  which  animals 
of  considerable  difference  in  size  and  fleetness  are  ranged. 
Now  and  then  a  black  or  brown  one  is  found,  and  some  of 
the  grey  ones  equal  them  in  ferocity.  They  are  very  sly 
animals ;  and  I  have  known  one,  protected  by  a  hazel  bush, 
to  enter  a  flock,  while  the  keeper  was  with  it,  and  kill  quite 


144       SHEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

a  number  of  sheep  before  he  could  be  got  out.  The  flock 
frequently  does  not  seem  to  apprehend  the  wolf,  or  flee  from 
him  ;  and  he  will  do  his  work  without  causing  any  commo- 
tion among  them.  Still  the  destruction  by  wolves  is  very 
limited,  and  they  are  easily  exterminated.  Settlement,  and 
the  common  modes  of  war,  would  soon  drive  them  out  ;  but 
there  is  a  far  more  potent  means  of  being  rid  of  them. 
Strychnine,  an  extract  of  mix  vomica,  introduced  into  small 
pieces  of  meat,  is  a  most  insidious  and  deadly  mode  of  ex- 
termination. A  correspondent  of  the  Prairie  Farmer  thus 
describes  his  mode  of  using  it : — '  Take  a  carcase  of  any 
kind,  or  in  want  of  that,  the  offals  of  beef  or  pork,  and  lay 
them  in  a  place  likely  to  be  frequented  by  wolves,  as  a  bait 
or  decoy.  Then  take  a  piece  of  fresh  lean  meat  or  liver, 
about  the  size  of  a  small  cracker,  and  cut,  with  a  penknife, 
into  the  edge  of  it,  to  the  centre,  or  a  little  beyond ;  then  put 
in  the  strychnine,  in  bulk  about  the  size  of  a  kernel  of  wheat, 
or  the  l-8th  part  of  a  grain.  Be  careful  that  none  gets  on 
the  outside,  and  lay  it  within  a  few  feet  of  the  bait.'  The 
strychnine  in  crystals  is  best ;  and  a  wolf  will  frequently  fall 
dead  on  the  spot  where  he  eats  it.  Thousands  have  been 
killed  by  this  means  the  present  season,  and  if  persevered 
in,  the  country  will  soon  be  rid  of  them. 

'■''''  Is  foot-rot  common,  and  is  not  liver-rot  a  formidable  dis- 
ease to  which  sheep  are  subject  there  V 

"  The  foot-rot,  known  as  such  in  New  England,  has  never, 
as  far  as  I  can  learn,  been  discovered  here.  Sheep  have 
sometimes  had  a  disease  of  the  hoofs,  {the  fouls],  which  has 
in  all  cases  been  cured  by  paring,  with  perhaps  a  little  wash- 
ing in  water. 

"  The  liver-rot  has  never,  I  think,  made  its  appearance  in 
Northern  Illinois.  I  have  never  known  but  one  instance  of  it 
in  the  West,  and  that  was  in  another  State,  and  far  south  of 
this.  Frequent  examinations  have  been  made  for  it,  this 
season,  among  sheep  lately  driven  in ;  and  though  many 
have  been  found  with  diseased  lungs,  caused  by  over-driving, 
no  diseased  livers  have,  that  I  can  learn,  been  found.  I 
presume  this  question  was  prompted  by  the  impression  that 
many  of  our  prairie  lands  are  wet ;  but  from  the  description 
of  our  soil  already  given,  it  can  readily  be  seen  that  the 
liver-rot  can  never  prevail  to  any  extent  here.  Our  lands 
are  too  dry  and  warm  for  that  disease,  unless  under  some 
new  and  unexpected  development.     The  most  common  dis- 


PRAIRIE    MANAGEMENT.  145 

eases  known  among  us,  are  what  is  called  '  the  drying  of 
the  many-folds,'  and  a  sore  face.* 

"  '  What  sections  of  your  State  are  best  suited  to  sheep  V 

"  It  is  impossible  to  say,  for  though  the  State  extends  in 
length  about  400  miles  by  about  half  that  distance  in  breadth, 
there  is  such  a  similarity  in  its  general  pastures,  that  the 
description  of  any  three  counties  together  would  be  a  gen- 
eral description  of  the  whole.  There  are  particular  differ- 
ences, it  is  true,  but  these  are  balanced  more  or  less  against 
each  other.  Those  parts  of  which  I  can  speak  from  obser- 
vation are  the  Fox,  Rock,  and  Illinois  river  valleys,  though 
the  term  valley  has  no  particular  applicability  to  the  coun- 
ties lying  near  these  rivers,  unless  a  valley  may  consist 
of  high,  dry,  warm,  rolling  land.  The  central  counties  of 
Sangamon,  Cass,  Morgan,  Scott,  and  the  adjacent  ones,  are 
likewise  well  adapted  to  wool  growing  ;  nor  have  I  seen  any 
section  of  the  State,  unless  the  region  lying  within  ten  miles 
of  this  city,  (Chicago)  which  is  an  exception. 

"  There  are  in  every  county  some  wet  lands,  which  are  not 
suitable,  but  these  form  a  very  inconsiderable  portion.  The 
flocks  of  sheep  which  have  been  driven  in,  have  gone  to 
every  part  of  this,  as  well  as  to  neighboring  States  and  Ter- 
ritories ;  and  though  some  losses  have  been  experienced  the 
past  winter,  from  want  of  care  and  skill,  and  from  the  nature 
of  the  season  last  summer,  when  they  were  driven,  they  will 
doubtless  continue  to  come  in,  as  long  as  there  is  a  market 
for  wool. 

"  It  will  be  seen  that  the  same  general  rules  apply  to  sheep- 
keeping  here  as  are  applicable  elsewhere.  We  have  a  good 
climate,  can  produce  plenty  of  feed,  have  warm,  dry  soils,  all  of 
which  are  necessary  for  the  business.  Skill,  enterprise,  care, 
and  attention  will  ensure  success  in  it.  But  any  launching 
out  into  wild  experiments,  predicated  on  ideas  of  the  all-suffi- 
ciency of  green  savannas  and  South  American  pampas,  will 
end  in  disappointment  and  disgust." 

Mr.  Wight's  concluding  paragraph  is  very  significant,  and, 
in  connection  with  his  preceding  remarks,  at  once  dissipates 
the  notion  which  has  so  generally  prevailed  at  the  East,  that 

*  The  former  of  these  diseases  is  doubtless  caused  by  the  astringent  prop- 
erties of  the  prairie  hay,  and  the  absence  perhaps  of  water.  Green  food 
occasionally,  and  frequent  salting,  with  daily  access  to  drink,  will  act  as 
a  prevention.  The  sore  face  can  easily  be  cured  by  the  external  ap-^ 
plication  of  warm  tar  mixed  with  sulphur. — Author  Am.  Shepherd. 

13 


146       SHEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

the  prairie  grass  was  at  all  seasons  of  the  year  abundant, 
and  consequently,  that  sheep  could  be  sustained  with  very 
little  fodder,  and  generally  managed  at  little  cost  and  trouble. 
This,  however,  is  fallacious  ;  and  those  who  have  embarked 
largely  in  the  business,  without  previously  having  made  the 
provision  of  cultivated  herbage,  have  learned  that  that  be- 
nignant decree  of  Providence—"  by  the  sweat  of  thy  brow 
shalt  thou  eat  bread" — cannot  be  evaded ;  or  in  other  lan- 
guage, that  neither  wool  nor  any  of  the  necessaries  of  life 
can  be  procured  u-ithout  labor.  The  fulness  with  which 
Messrs.  Flower  and  Wight  have  treated  the  subject,  super- 
sedes further  remarks. 

We  will  now  advert  briefly  to  some  of  the  Southern  States 
where  there  are  large  ranges  admirably  adapted  by  nature 
for  wool  culture. 

The  western  part  of  Virginia  can  already  boast  of  pos- 
sessing some  of  the  finest  wooled  sheep  in  the  Union  ;  and 
from  the  nature  of  the  climate,  soil,  and  herbage  of  portions 
of  that  section  of  the  State,  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  they 
are  destined  to  greatly  multiply.  It  is  true,  the  climate  does 
not  permit  of  any  considerable  reduction  of  the  time  for 
foddering,  compared  with  Pennsylvania  and  portions  of  New 
York,  yet  the  mountain  lands  are  cheap,  and  productive  of 
herbage  of  a  varied  character,  so  well  suited  to  sheep.  If 
the  natural  grasses  are  not  abundant  enough,  the  deficiency 
can  be  supplied  by  sowing  from  time  to  time  the  seed  of  the 
cultivated  kinds.  This  course  may  be  necessary  in  all  the 
mountain  ranges  of  the  South,  when  appropriated  to  sheep 
husbandry.  Sheep  pastured  on  such  elevations,  and  trans- 
ported to  the  warmer  atmosphere  of  the  valleys  during  win- 
er,  cannot  but  be  a  source  of  profit ;  and  if  our  Southern 
riends  do  not  choose  to  avail  themselves  of  such  natural 
advantages,  they  may  rest  assured,  that,  ere  long,  they  will 
be  wrested  from  them  by  the  hardy  and  enterprising  sons  of 
the  North. 

In  large  districts  of  the  mountainous  portions  of  North 
Carolina,  sheep  can  be  reared  at  perhaps  as  little  expense  as 
any  section  of  the  United  States.  The  grass  peculiar  to 
them,  it  is  stated  by  some,  is  not  agreeable  to  sheep  ;  but  this 
can  be  remedied  in  a  very  brief  time  by  adopting  the  course 
above  recommended. 

The  following  extract  of  a  letter  from  the  Hon.  T.  L. 
Clingman,  of  North  Carolina,  addressed  to  Mr.  J.  S.  Skin 


WOOL  CULTURE  IN  THE  SOUTH  AND  SOUTHWEST.  147 

ner,  designates  some  of  the  districts  of  that  State  best  adapted 
to  wool-growing,  which  are  embraced  in  the  counties  of 
Yancey,  Haywood,  &c. 

Mr.  C.  says  the  elevation  of  Burns ville,  the  county  seat 
of  Yancey,  is  about  2900  feet  above  the  level  of  the  ocean, 
and  that  the  general  level  of  the  county  is  much  higher. 
The  climate  is  represented  as  being  delightfully  cool  in  sum- 
mer, the  mercury  seldom  rising  higher  than  70  or  80  deg. 
Very  little  of  the  county  is  said  to  be  too  rough  for  cultiva- 
tion ;  a  large  portion,  it  is  said,  is  a  sort  of  elevated  table- 
land ;  undulating,  but  not  too  broken  ;  "  even,"  says  Mr.  C, 
"  as  one  ascends  the  higher  mountains,  he  will  find  occasion- 
ally on  their  sides,  flats  of  level  land  containing  several  hun- 
dred acres  of  land  in  a  body.  The  top  of  the  Roan  (the 
highest  mountain  in  the  county  except  the  Black)  is  cov- 
ered by  a  prairie  for  ten  miles,  which  affords  a  rich  pasture 
during  the  greater  part  of  the  year.  The  ascent  to  it  is  so 
gradual  that  persons  ride  to  the  top  on  horseback  from  almost 
any  direction.  The  same  may  be  said  of  many  of  the  other 
mountains.  The  soil  of  the  county  generally  is  uncommonly 
fertile,  producing,  with  tolerable  cultivation,  abundant  crops. 
What  seems  extraordinary  to  a  stranger,  is  the  fact  that  the 
soil  becomes  richer  as  he  ascends  the  mountains.  The  sides 
of  the  Roan,  the  Black,  the  Bald,  and  others,  at  an  elevation 
even  of  five  or  six  thousand  feet  above  the  sea,  are  covered 
with  a  deep  rich  vegetable  mould,  so  soft  that  a  horse  in  dry 
weather  often  sinks  to  the  fetlock.  The  fact  that  the  soil  is 
frequently  more  fertile  as  one  ascends  is,  I  presume,  attribu- 
table to  the  circumstance  that  the  higher  portions  are  more 
commonly  covered  with  clouds,  and  the  vegetable  matter  be- 
ing thus  kept  in  a  cool,  moist  state  while  decaying,  is  incor- 
porated to  a  greater  degree  with  the  surface  of  the  earth, 
just  as  it  is  usually  found  that  the  north  side  of  a  hill  is 
richer  than  the  portion  most  exposed  to  the  action  of  the 
sun's  rays.  The  sides  of  the  mountains,  the  timber  being 
generally  large,  with  little  undergrowth  and  brushwood,  are 
peculiarly  fitted  for  pasture  grounds,  and  the  vegetation  is  in 
many  places  as  luxuriant  as  it  is  in  the  rich  savanna  of  the 
low  country." 

The  following  extract  of  a  letter  received  from  the  Hon. 
John  A.  Jones,  of  Paulding  County,  Georgia,  shows  the  ease 
with  which  sheep,  in  process  of  time,  can  be  maintained  in 
that  portion  of  the  State.    The  wolf,  formerly  so  destructive 


1 48       SHEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

at  the  North,  will  gradually  disappear  with  the  increasing 
settlement  of  the  country. — "  I  believe  the  pine  forest  in  the 
middle  and  southwestern  region  of  the  State  best  adapted 
to  the  raising  of  sheep.  The  climate  is  so  mild  that  they 
need  no  shelter  during  the  winter ;  the  wild  herbage  is  va- 
ried, luxuriant,  and  succulent  through  the  summer,  and  will 
keep  them  in  high  flesh ;  the  hardy  plants  that  stand  the 
winter  sustain  them  in  healthy  store  order.  I  think,  how- 
ever, there  are  still  wolves  in  that  region,  which  makes  it 
necessary  the  sheep  should  be  guarded  ;  indeed,  I  am  con- 
vinced of  this,  from  one  or  two  years'  experience  with  a 
flock  of  five  hundred,  kept  on  the  '  Lookout'  mountains  (in 
the  northwest  corner  of  the  State),  that  it  cannot  be  safely 
done  in  a  wooded  country.  If  the  range  of  the  sheep  is 
limited  they  become  poor  and  sickly ;  if  permitted  to  roam 
at  pleasure,  they  scatter,  and  are  lost  and  killed.  In  this  re- 
gion we  are  obliged  to  afford  them  grain  pastures,  or  feed 
them  on  corn  or  hay  three  months  of  winter.  If  we  dared 
to  turn  them  in  the  forest,  one  month's  foddering  would  suf- 
fice ;   but  this  the  wolves  will  not  permit  us  to  do." 

It  is  deemed  superfluous  to  particularize  further  the  vari- 
ous sections  of  the  Southern  States  in  which  the  culture  of 
wool  can  be  profitably  carried  on.  Suffice  it  to  say,  that 
wherever  the  herbage  is  varied  and  suitable  for  the  sheep, 
in  summer  and  winter,  the  soil  dry,  and  industrious  men  to 
manage,  there  can  wool  be  grown,  and  probably  with  more 
profit  than  the  great  staple,  cotton.  The  influence  of  climate 
upon  the  fleece  has  already  been  considered  ;  and  the  reader 
will  find  fully  discussed,  under  the  head  of  "  Summer  Man- 
agement," everything  appertaining  to  localities  and  herbage 
for  sheep,  thereby  enabling  each  one  to  form  an  opinion  as 
to  the  suitability  of  his  situation  for  sheep  husbandry. 

The  following  extracts  from  a  communication,  recently 
published  in  the  American  Agriculturist,  by  Judge  Beatty,  of 
Kentucky,  conveys  some  valuable  information  for  the  benefit 
of  those  engaged  in  wool-growing  in  the  South  and  South- 
western States,  as  well  as  sets  forth  the  great  facilities  for 
that  branch  of  husbandry  in  Kentucky,  which,  doubtless,  is 
equally  applicable  to  large  sections  of  Tennessee. 

"  For  some  years  after  I  commenced  raising  sheep  (my 
cleared  land  and  pastures  being  then  very  limited),  I  housed 
them  during  the  winter  months,  and  fed  them  with  hay, 
sheaf  oats,  and  occasionally  with  corn.    But  when  my  clear- 


WOOL  CULTURE  IN  THE  SOUTH  AND  SOUTHWEST.  149 

ed  land  and  pastures  became  more  extensive,  I  found  that  I 
could  winter  my  sheep  to  better  advantage  by  suffering  them 
to  run  on  blue  grass  pastures,  kept  in  reserve  for  them,  haul- 
ing out  and  scattering  on  the  turf  corn  fodder,  when  the 
grass  became  too  short,  or  was  covered  with  snow.  This 
mode  of  feeding  required  less  labor,  and  was  less  expensive, 
than  housing  them  ;  and  experience  soon  taught  me  that  my 
sheep  passed  through  the  winter  in  better  condition  than 
when  housed,  and  fed  on  hay  and  grain. 

"  I  have  now  about  300  acres  of  cleared  land  ;  nearly  one  of 
half  of  which  is  in  meadow,  clover,  and  blue  grass — j^oa  pra- 
tensis ;  and  the  other  half  reserved  for  cultivation  in  corn, 
wheat,  hemp,  &c.  ;  and  150  acres  in  woodland,  the  greater 
part  well  cleared  up  and  sown  in  blue  grass.  I  have  been 
taught  by  experience,  recently,  that  sheep  will  do  remarka- 
bly well  on  the  rankest  clover,  which  will  enable  me  in  fu- 
ture to  keep  more  of  my  blue  grass  pastures  in  reserve  for 
winter  feeding.  During  the  last  fall  (the  season  being  fa- 
vorable), my  clover  fields  furnished  my  flock,  of  somewhat 
less  than  400,  sufficient  pasturage  till  the  month  of  January  ; 
and  they  have  been  since  kept  on  my  blue  grass  pastures, 
without  the  necessity  of  feeding,  except  some  four  or  five 
days  when  the  ground  was  covered  with  snow  ;  and  there  is 
still  grass  enough  to  carry  them  through  the  residue  of  the 
winter. 

"  The  low  price  of  hemp,  and  agricultural  products  generally, 
has  induced  me  to  sow  down  much  of  my  cleared  land  in 
clover,  which  will  enable  me  to  keep  double  the  number  of 
sheep  I  now  have,  without  interfering  with  my  farming  ope- 
rations ;  and  when  I  get  the  whole  of  my  woodland  cleared 
up  and  set  in  blue  grass,  I  expect  to  extend  my  flock  to  1000 
sheep.  Thus  you  see  we  are  neither  under  the  necessity  of 
incurring  the  expense  of  erecting  buildings  to  shelter  our 
sheep,  nor  of  raising  grain  or  hay  for  their  food ;  nor  even 
to  employ  laborers  to  feed  them,  except  during  the  short  time 
it  may  become  necessary  to  haul  out  fodder  for  them,  when 
the  ground  is  covered  with  snow.  And  in  a  single  day 
enough  maybe  hauled  out  on  sleds  to  last  them  a  week  or  more. 
"  It  is  argued  by  some  that  our  rich  lands  are  too  valuable 
to  be  appropriated  advantageously  to  sheep  husbandry.  There 
would  be  nmch  force  in  this  objection  if  they  were  entirely 
appropriated  to  that  purpose.  But  not  so  when  sheep  hus- 
bandry is  combined  with  large  hemp  and  corn  crops.     Hemp 

13* 


150      SHEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA, 

has  hitherto  been  a  profitable  crop,  though  now  it  is  too  low 
to  justify  its  extensive  culture  ;  and  Targe  corn  crops  are  ne- 
cessary with  a  view  of  raising  horses,  mules,  cattle,  and  hogs. 
There  is  no  system  of  husbandry  so  well  calculated  to  pre- 
pare our  lands  for  large  products  of  corn  and  hemp,  as  feeding 
sheep  on  our  clover  lands.  I  had  supposed,  till  I  made  the 
experiment,  that  sheep  would  not  do  well  on  rank  clover. 
To  satisfy  myself  on  this  point,  I  put  about  150  wethers  on 
a  clover  field,  when  in  flower,  early  in  May.  The  clover 
was  at  the  time  nearly  as  high  as  the  sheep's  backs  (Merinos). 
I  kept  them  on  this  during  the  whole  summer,  and  in  the  fall 
they  were  fat  enough  for  the  butcher.  It  is  true  they  trod  down 
much  of  the  clover ;  but,  as  I  had  an  abundance  of  pasture, 
this  was  an  advantage,  as  it  left  a  thick  mat  of  grass  on  the 
ground,  intermingled  with  the  droppings  of  the  sheep,  dis- 
tributed with  much  regularity.  This  thick  covering  prevent- 
ed a  loss  of  manure  by  washing  rains,  and  rapidly  brought 
on  a  second  growth  of  clover,  which  furnished  my  whole 
flock  with  an  abundance  of  pasture  till  the  early  part  of  Jan- 
uary. The  season  was,  however,  unusually  favorable,  and 
hence  the  clover  pastures  lasted  two  or  three  weeks  later 
than  usual.  In  future  I  intend  to  keep  my  sheep  entirely  on 
my  clover  fields  from  the  time  they  are  in  flower,  and  thus  I 
shall  be  able  to  keep  in  reserve  a  greater  supply  of  blue  grass 
for  winter  feeding. 

"  But  it  is  not  upon  our  high-priced  rich  lands  alone  that  we 
can  carry  on  sheep  husbandry  to  advantage.  Kentucky  has 
a  belt  of  hill  and  mountain  country,  bordering  on  the  Vir- 
ginia line,  on  the  east,  and  on  the  rich  lands  of  the  State  on 
the  west,  averaging  about  75  miles  in  width,  extending  from 
the  Ohio  river  and  Big  Sandy,  latitude  38  degrees,  40  min- 
utes, to  the  Tennessee  line,  35  degrees  30  minutes  north. 
The  whole  of  this  region  is  admirably  adapted  to  sheep  hus- 
bandry. The  most  northern  part  but  a  few  minutes  north  of 
my  residence,  and  extending  about  two  degrees  farther  south. 
The  lands  are  very  cheap,  the  State  price  of  those  not  yet 
appropriated  only  five  cents  per  acre,  and  those  purchased 
second-handed,  more  or  less  improved,  may  be  had  from  25 
to  50  cents  per  acre,  and  still  less  when  unimproved.  This 
country,  in  a  state  of  nature,  furnishes,  during  the  spring, 
summer,  and  fall  months,  a  fine  range  for  sheep,  and  is  sus- 
ceptible of  great  improvement  by  clearing  up  and  sowing  the 
cultivated  grasses  for  winter  feeding.     This  whole  country 


WOOL  CULTURE  IN  THE  SOUTH  AND  SOUTHWEST.     151 

is  finely  adapted  to  the  Spanish  mode  of  sheep  husbandry. 
Very  large  flocks  might  be  driven  to  the  mountain  region, 
some  thirty  to  sixty  miles  from  the  rich  lands,  immediately 
after  shearing  time,  grazed  till  late  in  the  fall,  and  then  brought 
back  to  be  sustained,  during  the  winter,  on  the  luxuriant  blue 
grass  pastures  of  the  rich  lands  of  the  interior. 

"  A  very  intelligent  friend,  residing  in  the  southern  part  of 
the  above  district  of  country,  speaks  of  it  in  the  following 
terms  :  '  One  of  the  strongest  proofs  of  this  region  of  coun- 
try being  favorable  to  the  growing  of  sheep  stock  is,  that  we 
are  situated  in  the  same  degree  of  north  latitude  with  the 
sheep-raising  parts  of  Spain — Leon,  Estremadura,  Old  Cas- 
tile, &c. — only  that  our  mountains  are  more  richly  and  abun- 
dantly clad  with  luxuriant  wild  grasses  and  fern,  pea-vine 
and  shrubbery,  than  the  mountain  regions  of  Spain,  where  they 
raise  such  abundant  stocks  of  sheep.  Wayne  county,  with  a 
few  adjoining  counties,  affords  more  fine  water  power  than 
any  country  of  the  same  extent  that  I  have  ever  known  ;  and 
for  health  and  fine  pure  drinking  water,  no  country  excels  it 
on  the  face  of  the  globe.  Now  is  the  time  to  commence  the 
business  of  sheep  husbandry,  whilst  land  can  be  got  almost 
for  nothing.  It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  our  sheep  which 
are  suffered  to  roam  and  graze  in  the  mountains  altogether, 
produce  about  one  fourth  more  wool  at  a  shearing  than  the 
sheep  that  are  raised  and  grazed  altogether  on  our  farms,  and 
of  a  MUCH  BETTER  QUALITY  !'  In  another  part  of  his  letter 
he  says,  '  The  tops  of  the  mountains  of  Spain  are  sterile, 
without  verdure,  producing  no  food  for  sheep  or  other  ani- 
mals to  graze  on  ;  our  mountains  are  quite  different ;  they 
are  thickly  clad  from  bottom  to  top,  and  all  over  the  top, 
with  fine  rich  wild  grasses  and  shrubbery  of  every  variety 
for  stock  to  graze  on.  In  the  midst  of  our  mountains  are  to 
be  found  a  great  abundance  of  salt  water,  and  stone  coal  of 
the  finest  quality,  together  with  a  great  variety  of  mineral 
waters  and  pure  springs.' 

"  Another  friend,  residing  in  Knox  county,  writes  to  me, 
'  My  sheep  upon  my  farm,  adjoining  Barboursville,  do  not 
thrive,  even  with  pasture  and  winter  food,  like  the  sheep  in 
the  extremities  of  the  county,  which  have  neither  pastures 
nor  winter  food,  except  what  they  get  in  the  woods.  Without 
cultivated  grasses  of  any  description,  sheep  will  live  and  do 
well  all  the  winter,  subsisting  on  the  spontaneous  growth  of 
the  country.'' 


152       SHEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

"  Another  friend,  residing  in  the  northern  portion  of  the 
above  described  mountain  reg^ion,  writes  that  'the  counties 
of  Carter  and  Lawrence,  and  the  eastern  portion  of  the  State, 
are  admirably  adapted  to  sheep  husbandry.  There  are  sev- 
eral tlocks  of  sheep  in  tliis  neighborhood  that  thrive  and  in- 
crease wonderfully,  runimig  at  large,  at  little  cost  or  trouble 
to  the  owners.  Many  flocks  have  no  other  reliance,  during 
the  winter,  but  what  they  get  in  the  looods.  The  great  ad- 
vantages of  this  country  for  sheep  husbandry  is,  the  cheap- 
ness of  the  land,  its  adaptation  to  grasses,  grain,  and  roots, 
its  healthfulness — sheep  delight  in  mountain  or  hilly  land — 
the  natural  evergreens  and  shrubbery  upon  which  sheep  can 
feed  and  subsist  in  winter,  though  it  is  not  safe  to  rely  alto- 
gether upon  these.' " 

The  following  conclusions  of  Judge  Beatty  are  sound,  and 
coincide  with  the  views  of  many  others : 

"  A  few  remarks  as  to  the  probable  future  market  for  wool 
will  conclude  my  letter,  already,  I  fear,  too  long.  The  re- 
turns of  the  late  census  show  that  the  number  of  sheep  in  the 
United  States  in  1840  was  a  fraction  less  than  20,000,000. 
Twice  this  number  would  probably  not  furnish  more  avooI 
than  would  be  needed  by  a  population  of  17,000,000,  if  we 
were  to  manufacture  all  our  own  blankets,  carpets,  and  every 
other  description  of  woollen  fabrics.  The  period  is  not  very 
distant  when  this  will  be  done,  with  the  exception  of  some 
very  fine  goods.  We  shall  then  need  about  100,000,000 
pounds  of  wool  for  a  population  of  17,000,000,  and  in  that 
proportion  forborne  consumption,  even  supposing  none  should 
be  exported.  Now  as  our  population  increases,  as  past  ex- 
perience demonstrates,  at  a  compound  ratio  of  three  per  cent, 
per  annum,  \ve  shall  have  a  population  of  34,000,000  in  the 
year  1864;  51,000,000  in  1878;  and  60,000,000  in  1888. 
We  shall  need  at  these  respective  periods,  two,  three,  and 
four  hundred  millions  of  pounds  of  wool.  If  we  estimate 
sheep,  upon  an  average,  to  produce  2~  lbs.  of  wool  per 
head,  we  shall  require  in  the  year  1888,  a  little  more  than 
forty  years  hence,  160,000,000  of  sheep.  This  view  of  the 
subject,  without  looking  to  a  foreign  market,  holds  out  a  strong 
inducement  to  engage  in  sheep  husbandry." 


ALPACA  OR  PERUVIAN  &HEEP. 


153 


UNITED  STATES  CENSUS  STATISTICS  OF  LIVE  STOCK 
AND  WOOL  FOR  1839. 


LIVK    STOCK.                                      1 

1 

States,  i 

Pounds  of 
"•             Wool. 

Horses  & 
Mules. 

Neat 
Cattle. 

Sheep. 

Swine. 

Maine,     .    . 

.     ,     ,       1.465,551 

59,208 

327,255 

649,264 

117,386 

o 

New  Harapshi 

re,  .    .      1,260,517 

43,892 

275,562 

617,390 

121,671 

3 

Massachusetts 

.    .         941,906 

61,484 

282,574 

378,226 

143,221 

4 

Rhode  Island, 

.     .         183,830 

8,024 

36,891 

90,146 

30,659 

5 

Connecticut, 

.     .     .         889,870 

34,650 

238,650 

403,462 

131,961 

6 

Vermont, 

.     ,     .      3,699,235 

62,402 

384,341 

1,681,819 

203,800 

7 

New  York,  . 

.     .     .      9,845,295 

474,543 

1,911,244 

5,118,777 

1,900,065 

8 

New  Jersey, 

.     .     .         397,207 

70,502 

220,202 

219,285 

261,443 

9 

Pennsylvania, 

.     .     .      3,048,564 

365,129 

1,172,665 

1,767,620 

1,503,964 

10 

Delaware,    . 

.     .     .           64,404 

14,421 

53,883 

39,247 

74,228 

11 

Maryland,     . 

.     .     .         488,201 

92,220 

225,714 

357,922 

416,943 

12 

Virginia,  .    . 

.     .     .      2,538,374 

326,433 

1,024,148 

1,293,772 

1,992,155 

13 

North  Carolina 

.     .         625,044 

166,608 

617,371 

538,279 

1,649,716 

14 

South  Carolina 

,     .     .         299,170 

129,921 

572,608 

232,981 

878,532 

15 

Georgia,  .     . 

.    .         371,303 

157,540 

884,414 

267,107 

1,457,755 

16 

Alabama,     . 

.     .         220,353 

143,147 

668,018 

163,243 

1,423,873 

17 

Mississippi,  : 

:     :         175,196 

109,227 

623,197 

128,367 

1,001.209 

18 

Louisiana,    : 

:    :          49,283 

99,883 

381,248 

98,072 

323,220 

19 

Tennessee,  : 

:    :      1,060,332 

341,409 

822,851 

741,593 

2,926.607 

20 

Kentucky,    : 

:     :      1,786,847 

395.853 

787,098 

1,008,^0 

2,310,533 

21 

Ohio,   :    :    : 

:     :      3,685,315 

430,527 

1,217,874 

2,028,401 

2,099,746 

22 

Indiana,  :    : 

:     :      1,237,919 

^1,036 

619,980 

675,982 

1,623,008 

23 

Illinois,    :    : 

:    :         650,007 

199,235 

626,274 

395,672 

1.495,254 

24 

Missouri,      : 

:    :        562.265 

196,032 

433,875 

348,018 

1,271,161 

25 

Arkansas,    : 

:    :           64.943 

51,472 

188,786 

42,151 

393.058 

26 

Michigan,     : 

:     :         153,375 

30,144 

185,190 

99,618 

295,890 

27 

Florida  Ter. 

:    :            7.285 

12,043 

118,08] 

7,198 

92,680 

28 

Wisconsin  Ter 

.     :             6,777 

5,735 

30,269 

3,462 

51.383 

29 

Iowa  Ter.    ': 

:     :           23,039 

10,794 

38,049 

15,354 

104.899 

30 

Dist.  Columbia 

:     :               707 

2,145 

3,274 

700 

4,673 

35,802,114 

4,335,669 

14,971,586 

19,311,374 

26,301,293 

SOUTH    AMERICAN    SHEEP. 


As  has  already  been  observed,  no  sheep  are  found  in 
South  America  of  an  indigenous  character.  The  Argali  is 
not  there,  and  the  only  native  animal  whose  covering  is  ap- 
propriated to  manufactures,  is  the  Lama  of  Chili  and  Peru. 


ALPACA    OR    PERUVIAN    SHEEP. 

This  animal,  which,  from  its  great  resemblance  to  the 
camel,  was  classed  by  Linnseus  in  the  Camelide,  is  the 
Lama  of  Peru  and  Chili.  There  are,  according  to  Cuvier, 
three  species  of  the  animal ;  the  Guanico,  the  Paco,  and  the 
Vicuna.  It  is  the  Paco  or  Alpaca  which  is  under  notice, 
and  which,  from  the  peculiar  qualities  of  its  long  silky  hair 
or  wool,  has  obtained  the  name  of  Peruvian  sheep. '  The 
following  authentic  description  of  this  animal,  and  the  uses 


154   SHEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

to  which  its  fleece  is  applied,  is  from  a  late  London  Jour- 
nal : — 

"  Nine-tenths  of  the  wool  of  the  alpaca  is  black,  the  re- 
mainder being  partly  white,  red,  and  grizzled.  It  is  of  a 
very  long  staple,  often  reaching  twelve  inches,  and  resem- 
bles soft  glossy  hair — which  character  is  not  lost  in  dying. 
The  Indians  in  the  South  American  mountains  manufacture 
nearly  all  their  clothing  from  this  wool,  and  are  enabled  to 
appear  in  black  dresses,  without  the  aid  of  a  dyer.  Both 
the  lama  and  alpaca  are,  perhaps,  even  of  more  value  to  the 
natives  as  beasts  of  burden  than  wool-bearing  animals,  and 
their  obstinacy  when  irritated  is  well  known.  The  impor- 
tance of  this  animal  has  already  been  considered  by  the 
English,  in  their  hat,  woollen,  and  stuff*  trade,  and  an  essay 
on  the  subject  has  been  publisbed  by  Dr.  Hamilton,  of  Lon- 
don, from  which  some  of  these  details  are  collected. 

"  The  wool  is  so  remarkable,  being  a  jet  black,  glossy, 
silk-like  hair,  that  it  is  fitted  for  the  production  of  fabrics 
diff'ering  from  all  others,  occupying  a  medium  position  be- 
tween wool  and  silk. 

"  It  is  now  mingled  with  other  materials,  in  such  a  singu- 
lar manner,  that  while  a  particular  dye  will  aff'ect  those,  it 
Avill  leave  the  alpaca  wool  with  its  original  black  color,  thus 
giving  rise  to  great  diversity. 

"  The  alpaca  weighs,  when  full  grown,  from  160  to  200 
lbs.  It  yields  annually  a  fleece  weighing  from  10  to  14 
lbs.,  or  more.  The  flesh  is  said  to  be  wholesome  and  nu- 
tritious— the  skin  may  be  used  for  bookbinding  and  other 
purposes. 

"  The  alpaca  is  found  in  large  herds  on  the  Andes — 
sometimes  at  an  elevation  of  10,000  or  11,000  feet  above 
the  sea,  where  eternal  snow  rests  on  the  mountain  tops, 
where  frequent  and  violent  storijis  prevail,  and  where  the 
scanty  herbage  is  of  the  coarsest  kind.  There  they  pros- 
per, meeting  with  but  slight  attention  on  the  part  of  the 
shepherds.  Disease  is  unknown  among  them  ;  they  are  at- 
tached to  their  keepers,  and  never  stray  from  their  herds. 
They  brave  the  fiercest  snowdrifts  ;  the  strongest  of  the 
herd  advance  first,  bend  down  their  heads  to  meet  the  com- 
ing storm,  and  trample  down  or  leap  over  the  hillocks  of 
snow  that  obstruct  their  passage. 

"  Viewing  the  peculiar  habits  of  this  animal,  the  idea  of 
the  author  is,  that  it  might,  with  but  little  trouble  or  expense. 


ALPACA  OR  PERUVIAN  SHEEP.  155 

and  with  great  advantage,  be  naturalized  in  those  moun- 
tainous districts  of  Scotland  and  Ireland,  and  on  the  bleak 
and  barren  hills  of  England  and  Wales,  which,  from  their 
nature,  can  never  be  brought  into  cultivation,  and  which 
now  yield  subsistence  to  no  creatures  fit  for  the  use  of 
man.  From  long  and  extensive  inquiries  he  is  convinced 
that  the  alpaca  will  live  and  flourish  on  the  coarse  mountain 
grasses,  where  an  English  sheep  would  starve  ;  and  he  is 
satisfied  that  thus  a  large  addition  might  be  made  to  our  na- 
tional wealth,  as  the  alpaca  would  produce  fleeces  double 
the  weight  of  those  taken  from  an  English  sheep,  and  of  a 
superior  quality,  while  it  would  furnish  a  wholesome  meat 
for  general  consumption. 

"  The  experiments  which  have  hitherto  been  made  for 
naturalizing  the  alpaca  in  England  have  not,  it  must  be  own- 
ed, turned  out  favorably  ;  but  we  must  be  careful  not  to  con- 
found accidental  casualties  with  a  natural  incapacity  of  the 
creature  to  flourish  on  our  soil.  The  only  trials  yet  made 
have  been  on  too  limited  a  scale  to  furnish  any  decisive  re- 
sult. They  have  been  kept  in  pairs,  or  groups  of  five  or 
six,  and  have  rarely  been  judiciously  treated.  In  some  in- 
stances they  have  received  the  seeds  of  disease  during  their 
long  voyage,  from  which  they  have  never  recovered,  and  in 
others  have  been  injured  by  being  afforded  rich  pasturage, 
instead  of  the  coarse  and  scanty  food  to  which  they  are  ac- 
customed. Yet,  even  under  these  unfavorable  circum- 
stances, the  whole  current  of  testimony  of  those  who  have 
kept  them  is  in  favor  of  their  prospering  well  on  our  high 
lands,  if  the  experiment  were  fairly  tried. 

"  Mr.  R.  Bell,  of  Villa-house,  in  the  county  of  Kerry, 
procured  a  small  herd  of  alpacas,  and  his  account  of  them  is 
so  curious  and  interesting  that  we  extract  a  few  of  his  sen- 
tences : 

"  The  alpacas  on  his  farm  are  of  various  colors,  some  be- 
ing brown,  others  black,  and  one  perfectly  white.  They 
have  not  been  shorn  since  the  month  of  June,  1841,  and  the 
average  length  of  their  wool  at  this  time  is  eleven  inches, 
and  so  firm  to  their  bodies  that  the  smallest  lock  cannot  be 
pulled  oflf  without  great  force  ;  therefore  they  never  lose  a 
bit.  It  is  exceedingly  fine  and  silky  ;  indeed,  very  much 
finer  than  any  alpaca  wool  I  have  yet  seen  imported  into 
England  ;  and,  during  the  two  years  they  have  been  here, 
there  is  a  visible  improvement  in  the  texture  of  their  coat, 


156      8HEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

and  I  think  that  the  wool  of  the  alpaca  lamb  here  is  superior 
in  fineness  even  to  that  of  the  vicuna.  I  have  never,  even 
after  a  whole  day's  rain,  found  them  wet  to  the  skin ;  for 
their  wool,  on  becoming  wet  on  the  outside  or  surface,  mats 
together,  and  becomes  quite  impervious  to  the  heaviest 
showers.  I  certainly  do  not  exaggerate  when  I  say  that 
each  of  the  old  alpacas  here  would  clip  at  this  time  upward 
of  thirty  pounds  of  wool. 

"  The  alpacas  are  exceedingly  playful,  and,  to  see  them 
to  full  perfection,  a  dog  should  be  taken  into  the  field  beside 
them  ;  and  as  they  run  at  play  with  the  dog,  their  fine  and 
noble  positions  are  displayed  to  most  advantage.  From 
what  I  have  observed  of  the  nature  and  habits  of  the  alpaca, 
I  do  most  heartily  confirm  your  statement,  '  That  they  would 
live  where  a  sheep  would  starve,'  and  would  be  most  valua- 
ble as  a  breeding  stock  in  the  United  Kingdom.  They  are 
peculiarly  well  adapted  to  mountainous  districts,  however 
coarse  the  herbage,  if  the  ground  be  dry  ;  although,  at  the 
same  time,  I  will  say  that  the  alpaca  is  as  fond  of  a  bite  of 
good  sweet  grass  as  any  animal  I  know  of." 

There  are  at  present  about  one  hundred  of  these  animals 
in  Great  Britain,  and  efiforts  are  making  by  an  association  to 
introduce  more  of  them.  In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  it  has 
been  stated  by  Mr.  Walton,  a  member  of  this  association, 
"  that  the  alpaca  breed  in  the  third  year,  the  period  of  ges- 
tation is  seven  months,  have  one  at  a  birth,  attain  the  height 
of  3i  or  4  feet,  and  usually  live  ten  or  twelve  years.  In 
Peru,  they  are  generally  shorn  every  third  year,  about 
April,  when  the  wool  is  about  eight  inches  long ;  it  usually 
grows  three  inches  in  a  year,  but  if  shorn  yearly  grows  six 
or  eight  inches.  A  male  alpaca  shorn  three  years  ago  had 
a  coat  from  eighteen  to  twenty  inches  long ;  and  instances 
are  known  of  alpaca  wool  attaining  the  extraordinary  length 
of  thirty  inches." 

Considerable  quantities  of  alpaca  wool  are  imported  into 
England,  where  much  of  it  is  spun,  taken  to  France,  and 
made  into  the  finest  Cashmere  shawls.  If  the  ex])eriment  is 
successful  of  propagating  the  alpaca  in  England,  it  surely 
can  be  done  in  the  United  States,  as  the  climate  is  doubt- 
less iTfore  congenial  to  it,  as  well  as  the  herbage.  When 
American  enterprise  calls  for  its  covering,  the  trial  will  un- 
questionably be  made. 


WOOL    CULTIVATION    ON   THE   PAMPAS.  157 


WOOL    CULTIVATION    ON    THE    PAMPAS. 

Almost  the  whole  of  the  South  American  wool  is  the  pro- 
duction of  Spanish  sheep  that  have  been  taken  over  there, 
and  that  have  multiplied  to  a  very  great  extent.  Both  the 
sheep  and  the  fleece  have  considerably  degenerated,  pro- 
ceeding in  part  from  unfavorableness  of  the  climate,  but 
probably  more  from  unskilful  management.  Large  quanti- 
ties of  wool  are  exported  to  the  United  States,  and  also 
Great  Britain,  but  so  decidedly  bad  in  quality,  that  very  little 
of  it,  comparatively,  can  be  used  except  for  the  most  inferior 
manufactures.  The  extraordinary  facilities  for  w^ool  culture 
from  climate  and  exuberance  of  herbage  adapted  to  the  sheep 
in  parts  of  South  America,  have  induced  many  enterprising 
foreigners  to  embark  extensively  in  the  business,  and  great 
improvement  in  a  few  years  may  be  expected  to  result  in  the 
quality  of  the  wool. 

The  following  account  of  sheep  management  in  Buenos 
Ayres  is  by  a  correspondent  of  the  Albany  Cultivator : — 
"  The  fertile  '  Pampas '  in  the  interior  of  South  America 
have  been  long  celebrated  for  the  immense  herds  of  cattle 
and  horses  reared  upon  them.  So  abundant  are  they,  and 
so  easily  reared,  that  they  are  slaughtered  in  many  places 
for  their  skins  and  tallow  alone.  Sheep  too  of  native  breed, 
with  coarse  hairy  wool,  have  been  so  plentiful  that  their  car- 
cases were  used  for  fuel  in  burning  brick.  The  expense  of 
transportation  and  the  absence  of  timber  and  salt  for  barrel- 
ing alone  prevents  us  from  the  competition  of  their  meat  in 
our  own  parts.  The  attention  of  agriculturists  there  has  been 
of  late  years  turned  to  improving  their  stocks  of  sheep  by 
large  importations  of  Saxony  from  this  country  and  from  Eu- 
rope. An  English  gentleman  began  the  business  with  a 
stock  of  60  Saxons  and  3000  ewes,  and  in  the  year  1835 
he  had  increased  the  number  to  45,000,  and  the  grade  was 
nearly  increased  to  full  blood.  In  the  year  1837  he 
had  90,000,  and  intended  to  keep  on  until  he  numbered 
200,000,  which  quantity  he  has  doubtless  attained  before  this 
time  ;  others  were  copying  his  example,  until  the  business 
bids  fairly  to  outstrip  that  of  cattle,  within  a  few  years. 
The  prices  at  which  grade  wools  have  sold  have  been  from 
8  to  12  cents  per  pound  in  Buenos  Ayres. 

"  The  price  of  government  lands  there  is  ten  cents  per 
acre.      It  is  laid  off  in  '  estancias^  a  league  square,  con- 

14 


158   SHEEP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA, 

taining  5,760  acres  English  ;  the  face  of  the  country  almost 
a  dead  level,  no  timber,  but  a  luxuriant  coat  of  grass. 

"  A  cottage  is  erected  in  the  centre  of  the  farm  for  the 
shepherd,  and  an  ample  yard  enclosed  by  driving  the  trunks 
of  the  common  peach  into  the  earth,  and  wattling  the  inter- 
stices with  the  branches.  An  '  estancia'  will  support  3,000 
sheep,  which  is  about  the  size  of  their  flocks.  The  only 
care  they  require  is  to  guard  them  at  night  and  during  a 
storm.  They  will  seldom  wander  beyond  the  landmarks 
during  the  day ;  at  the  approach  of  a  storm  they  turn  their 
heads  to  leeward,  and  feed  on  until  turned  by  their  keeper 
towards  their  place  of  security.  An  instance  has  been 
known  where  900  of  a  fine  stock,  and  the  best  sheep  in  it, 
were  destroyed  by  being  in  a  storm,  pressed  by  the  rear 
ranks  into  a  run  of  w^ater,  until  the  chasm  was  filled  with 
dead  bodies,  and  the  remainder  of  the  flock  passed  over. 
The  shepherd  does  not  remain  with  the  flock,  but  at  the 
cottage,  having  a  horse  already  saddled  and  bridled  (ready 
for  a  sudden  call)  always  at  the  door  in  the  daytime. 

"  Thus  far  very  little  attention  has  been  paid  to  cleaning 
the  wool  for  market.     It  is  generally  sold  in  the  dirt." 


12* 


CHAPTER    VIII. 

MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP 
SUMMER  MANAGEMENT. 


A  SUDDEN  CHANGE  FROM  DRY  TO  GREEN  FOOD  IMPROPER— SEP AE- 
ATION  OF  THE  WEAK  FROM  THE  STRONG— TAGGING  OF  SHEEP— 
CUTTLNG  OF  HORNS  AND  HOOFS— DRAFTING— PARTURITION— SALT- 
ING—WASHING— CASTRATION  AND  DOCKING. 


A  SUDDEN  CHANGE  FROM  DRY  TO  GREEN  FOOD  IMPROPER. 

As  a  Starting  point,  let  us  imagine  the  time  to  have  arrived 
when  the  duties  of  the  flock-master  relative  to  foddering  his 
flocks  are  about  to  be  suspended,  by  turning  them  to  pasture. 
This  period,  in  the  Northern  States,  is  from  the  1st  to  the 
20th  of  April.  It  is  a  critical  time  with  sheep,  owing  to 
the  rigor  and  vicissitudes  of  the  climate,  and  their  long  con- 
finement to  dry  food,  especially  so  with  the  finer-wooled 
varieties,  and  therefore  claiming  more  than  ordinary  care. 
But  many  of  the  duties  involved  require  to  be  exercised  a 
month  or  more  antecedent  to  the  time  under  consideration, 
and  which  will  be  found  fully  detailed  under  the  head  of 
Winter  Management. 

If  sheep  have  been  confined  wholly  within  yards,  and 
not  permitted  to  taste  the  young  grass  until  it  is  sufficiently 
advanced  to  satisfy  their  hunger  without  the  aid  of  other 
food,  there  is  great  danger  in  turning  them  upon  it  too  sud- 
denly. This  results  from  its  flashy  and  stimulating  proper- 
ties, causing  scours  or  purging,  and  unfortunately  with  that 
portion  of  the  flock  least  able  to  endure  the  attack,  namely, 
those  in  low  flesh,  and  consequently  feeble.  In  nearly  all 
such  cases,  death  will  often  follow,  unless  a  timely  arrest  of 
the  disease  is  made  by  a  return  in  part  to  dry  food. 

But  it  is  better  to  attend  to  the  prevention,  which  is,  to 
allow  the  flock  to  graze  an  hour  or  two  each  day  for  at  least 


160  MANAGEMENT   OF    SHEEP. 

a  week  previous  ;  and  during  this  time  let  the  best  of  hay, 
accompanied  with  grain,  be  provided.  If  sheep,  however, 
have  been  trained  to  eat  roots,  and  have  partaken  of  them 
freely  through  the  month  of  March,  the  danger  accompany- 
ing the  too  sudden  transition  from  hay  or  other  dry  food,  will 
in  a  measure  be  avoided. 

SEPARATION    OF    THE    WEAK    FROM    THE    STRONG, 

Notwitstanding  the  duty  of  the  shepherd  may  have  been 
faithfully  discharged  by  taking  out  from  time  to  time  such  as 
are  failing  in  flesh  during  the  winter  season,  and  putting 
them  to  better  keep,  yet  not  a  few  in  indifferent  condition 
will  be  found  in  large  flocks  at  this  period,  which  had  better 
be  separated  and  treated  accordingly.  The  two  classes 
needing  this  attention  perhaps  the  most,  are  generally  ewes 
w^hich  have  already  or  are  about  to  yean,  and  yearlings. 
Whatever  they  are,  let  them  be  put  upon  the  best  pasture 
the  farm  will  furnish,  and  a  few  only  together. 

The  separation  will  be  quickest  performed,  by  adopting 
the  following  method  : 

Let  the  flock  be  stationed  one  or  two  hundred  yards  distant 
from  a  gateway  or  bars,  and  then,  if  called  by  the  shepherd, 
moving  on  a  run,  the  weaker  sheep  will  soon  fall  to  the  rear, 
and  when  these  are  about  to  pass  the  gateway,  let  them  be 
cut  off*  from  the  others  by  some  one  in  the  vicinity.  This 
mode  is  sure,  and  is  preferable  to  pounding  the  flock,  as 
mistakes  are  unavoidably  committed  by  so  doing,  especially 
with  yearlings,  owing  to  the  unusual  length  of  wool  in  indi- 
vidual cases,  which  frequently  hides  from  the  shepherd  their 
impoverished  condition. 

TAGGING    OF    SHEEP.* 

At  or  about  this  time,  is  assigned  the  important  and  indis- 
pensable duty  of  the  flock-master  of  thoroughly  tagging  his 
sheep.  It  is  wholly  neglected  by  many,  and  with  the  great 
majority  of  wool-growers  the  slovenly  and  half-way  manner 
of  performing  it  is  extremely  censurable.  It  is  thus,  because 
the  manufacturer  expects  from  us  that  the  wool  from  about 
the  dock  and  below  it,  as  well  as  that  between  the  thighs,  all 

*  In  England  termed  clatting. 


SUMMER   MANAGEMENT.  161 

of  which  is  generally  of  an  inferior  character,  should  be 
separated  from  the  fleece.  This  being  the  case,  by  neglect- 
ing it,  we  commit  a  direct  fraud  upon  him,  which  he  does 
not  fully  detect,  until  his  purchases  fall  into  the  hands  of  his 
sorters.  ' 

Tagging  should  always  be  attended  to  before  the  sheep 
are  turned  off"  to  pasture,  for  the  reason  that  if  any  of  them 
only  slightly  scour,  the  wool  about  the  dock  and  thighs  is 
rendered  a  mass  of  filth,  and  therefore  is  lost.  In  this  situ- 
ation, too,  they  are  liable  to  be  fly-blown,  and  without  timely 
discovery,  the  sheep  is  also  lost.  From  these  considerations 
alone,  it  is  clearly  the  interest  of  all  to  have  this  matter  sea- 
sonably and  well  performed. 

The  easiest  mode,  and  that  which  the  writer  has  adopted 
for  many  years,  is  to  place  the  sheep  upon  a  table,  resting 
on  its  rump.  The  table  should  not  be  more  than  twenty 
inches  in  height,  and  about  four  feet  in  breadth ;  the  length 
must  be  accommodated  to  the  wants  of  the  flock-master,  three 
feet  at  least  being  required  for  each  tagger.  It  should  be  as 
capacious  as  this,  with  a  view  to  spreading  the  wool  as  it  is 
cut  off",  which  facilitates  the  separation  of  the  good  locks 
from  particles  of  dung  and  other  stuff"  wholly  useless.*  A 
stool  should  stand  upon  the  floor  beside  the  table,  for  the 
tagger  to  rest  one  foot  upon ;  this  brings  his  thigh  in  such  a 
position  as  easily  accommodates  the  back  of  the  sheep 
against  it,  and  is  thus  placed  in  a  posture  to  perform  the  task 
without  pain  to  himself. 

If  it  is  a  male,  the  first  operation  is,  to  cut  the  wool  one 
or  two  inches  from  about  the  extremity  of  the  sheath,  for,  if 
it  is  neglected,  the  wool  being  constantly  saturated  with 
urine,  will  cause  soreness,  and  sometimes  ulceration.  After 
this,  let  the  wool  be  shorn  from  the  scrotum  or  testicle 
bag.  Then  the  tagger  with  one  hand  presses  upon  the  thigh 
joint,  which  forces  the  leg  to  lay  in  a  horizontal  position,  he 
proceeds  to  shear  from  the  inside  of  the  thighs,  and  down 
the  leg  to  the  fetlock ;  the  other  being  served  in  the  same 
way,  he  then  grasps  with  one  hand  both  legs  near  the  hoofs 
and  draws  them  upwards  and  towards  bim,  which  enables 
him  to  cut  all  that  is  necessary  from  the  dock  and  immedi- 
ately below  it. 

With  the  ewe  the  process  is  the  same,  with  the  addition 

*  The  table  can  also  be  used  for  rolling  the  fleeces  when  shorn. 
14* 


162  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

of  shearing  all  the  wool  growing  on  the  udder,  as  well,  if  it 
is  long,  a  little  from  around  it,  which  permits  the  lamb,  in 
its  first  attempts  to  suck,  to  find  the  teats  without  difficulty. 
This  is  very  important,  for  if  the  lamb  drops  when  the  tem- 
perature is  low,  the  sooner  it  receives  nourishment  the  better ; 
but  if  delayed  in  finding  the  teats,  from  the  cause  stated,  the 
cold  prostrates  it,  and  it  soon  dies. 

Ewes,  if  tagged  at  the  period  recommended,  are  generally, 
in  the  Northern  States  at  least,  heavy  with  lamb,  and  there- 
fore humanity  demands  that  they  should  be  handled  with  the 
utmost  care,  or  abortion  may  follow. 

The  tag  wool  should  be  placed  in  a  dry  situation  until 
ready  for  use,  and  if  wet,  which  is  very  common,  it  should 
be  spread  thinly  over  the  floor,  and  at  intervals  of  two  or 
three  days,  stirred  with  a  fork. 

There  are  many  household  purposes,  such  as  flannels, 
stockings,  and  carpeting,  to  which  this  description  of  wool 
can  be  converted  ;  and  the  increased  price  the  fleece  wool 
will  command,  aflbrds  an  ample  compensation  to  the  farmer 
for  the  expense  of  tagging  his  sheep  as  directed.  He  will 
find  consolation,  also,  in  having  performed  an  honest  part 
towards  the  manufacturer. 

CUTTING  HORNS  AND  HOOFS. 

After  the  individual  has  performed  his  task  of  tagging,  let 
him  place  the  sheep  upon  its  feet,  and  if  the  toes  of  the 
hoof  require  cutting,  let  another  be  at  hand  with  a  sharp 
chisel  and  mallet  to  do  it.  This  will  often  be  found  neces- 
sary with  the  Merino  and  Saxon  breeds ;  and  the  ground 
being  usually  wet  at  this  season,  the  hoofs  will  be  softer  and 
more  easily  cut,  than  perhaps  at  any  after  period.  The 
paring  of  the  feet  also,  adopted  by  many  in  localities  where 
foot-rot  prevails,  as  a  prevention  of  that  disease,  might  now 
be  attended  to.* 

It  is  not  unfrequently  the  case,  that  the  horns  of  sheep 
are  turned  inwards,  and  from  this  cause  likely  to  grow  into 
the  head  or  eyes,  unless  prevented.  If  neglected,  a  wound 
in  the  flesh  ensues,  causing  great  irritation ;  and  if  in  the 
warm  season,  life  is  endangered  by  attacks  from  maggots. 
If  the  horn  is  large,  a  fine  saw  should  be  used ;  if  other- 
wise, the  chisel  and  mallet  will  perform  it  soonest,  and  in- 

*  See  Foot-rot. 


SUMMER    MANAGEMENT.  163 

flict  the  least  pain.  As  to  the  use  of  a  block  on  which  to 
rest  the  horn,  or  placing  it  against  a  post  or  studd  of  the 
building,  must  be  determined  by  its  shape,  and  proximity  to 
the  head  where  it  may  be  necessary  to  sever  it.  If  the 
quick  is  touched,  let  it  be  anointed  with  tar. 

DRAFTING. 

Although  drafting  sheep  for  the  drover  and  butcher  is  not 
confined  to  any  particular  season  with  farmers  of  the  North, 
yet  no  period  is  preferable  to  the  present,  for  selecting  weth- 
ers and  such  ewes  as  have  been  condemned  for  breeding, 
for  sale,  after  shearing.  From  the  increased  competition  of 
drovers  at  the  present  day,  more  discrimination  is  exercised 
in  their  purchases  than  formerly,  and  consequently  it  will 
pay  well  to  have  such  as  are  drafted  put  at  once  into  good 
pasture.  An  increased  price  for  the  carcase,  and  some  in- 
crease of  wool,  will  be  the  natural  consequence  of  this  treat- 
ment. 

PARTURITION,    OR    LAMBING. 

The  usual  period  of  gestation  with  the  ewe  is  five  months, 
or  an  average  of  152  days. 

The  proper  time  for  parturition  must  be  determined  by 
circumstances,  of  which  climate  and  locality  are  the  most 
prominent,  and  these  the  flock-master  must  steadily  keep 
in  view.  The  month  generally  selected  in  the  Northern 
and  Middle  States  is  May,  the  vicissitudes  of  the  climate 
forbidding  an  earlier  period,  unless  in  instances  where  build- 
ings are  provided  for  shelter,  the  expense  of  which  is 
greater  than  the  majority  of  farmers  are  willing  to  incur. 

The  ewes  during  pregnancy  should  be  disturbed  as  little 
as  possible,  and  every  attention  paid  to  the  quantity  and 
quality  of  their  food.  Ewes,  however,  should  not  be  kept 
fat  at  this  stage  ;  indeed  this  state  is  injurious,  as  it  predis- 
poses them  sometimes  to  abortion  ;  but  what  is  usually 
termed  "  good  store  condition"  should  be  maintained  through 
the  whole  period  of  gestation.  Neither  should  ewes  be 
exposed  to  storms  and  cold  during  the  winter  and  early 
spring  months,  but  thoroughly  protected  from  both.  It  can- 
not be  expected  from  any  domestic  animal  a  healthy  off- 
spring, in  our  rigorous  climate,  if  the  dam  has  been  permit- 
ted to  suffer  the  hardships  of  cold  and  starvation  ;  therefore 
it  will  be  wise  if  the  sheep  husbandman  will  always  hold 


164  MANAGEMENT   OF    SHEEP. 

up  to  view  the  apothegm,  "  so  the  dam,  so  the  offspring.*' 
There  must  be  good  condition  to  sustain  the  mother  in  the 
trying  hour  of  lamb-birth  ;  and  like  good  condition  is  equally 
necessary  to  sustain  the  lamb  subsequently,  and  impart  to  it 
sound  constitution,  size,  and  thrift. 

The  field  chosen  for  the  ewes  to  fold  should  be  dry,  free 
from  stumps,  open  ditches,  and  possess  as  level  a  surface  as 
possible,  as  in  little  hollows  ewes  are  liable  to  be  cast,  which 
is  caused  by  lazily  stretching  themselves  in  sunny  weather, 
when  in  a  lying  posture.  In  this  situation  they  will  often 
be  found  flat  on  their  backs,  and  violently  kicking  the  air, 
without  the  power  of  recovery,  until  aided  ;  and,  if  unseen 
by  the  shepherd,  death  will  follow  sometimes  in  a  few  hours. 

But  perhaps  no  field  affords  that  smoothness  of  surface  to 
prevent  these  too  often  fatal  occurrences,  and  therefore  the 
duty  devolves  upon  the  shepherd  of  passing  leisurely  over 
every  part  of  the  field,  several  times  during  the  day,  to  guard 
against  them.  But  this  duty  must  not  be  delayed  until  some 
of  the  ewes  have  dropped  their  lambs  ;  he  must  commence  his 
career  of  watchfulness  at  least  ten  days  before,  for  it  is  very 
common  with  ewes  that  are  in  over  good  condition  to  be 
found  in  this  perilous  situation  some  days  before  their  time. 

Other  duties  obligatory  upon  the  shepherd  are  lucidly  set 
forth  by  Mr.  Youatt,  as  follows  : 

'•  The  lamber  should  have  with  him  his  lamb-crook  ;  a  bot- 
tle of  milk — ewes'  milk  if  possible,  and  carried  in  his  bosom 
or  in  an  inside  pocket,  that  it  may  be  kept  warm  ;  some  cords 
to  tie  the  legs  of  the  ewes  that  he  may  have  occasion  to  as- 
sist or  examine  ;  a  little  pot  of  grease  or  oil,  to  lubricate  his 
hand,  if  he  should  have  occasion  to  introduce  it  into  the  womb 
of  any  of  the  ewes  ;  a  sharp  knife,  with  a  round  or  rather 
curved  extremity,  should  it  be  necessary  to  remove  the  lamb 
piece-meal  from  the  mother ;  a  piece  of  stout  polished  iron 
rod,  of  the  size  of  a  goose  quill,  twelve  inches  in  length, 
and  rounded  at  one  end,  somewhat  like  a  button  hook,  in 
order  to  remove  from  the  womb  a  dead  or  divided  fcetus ; 
a  small  quantity  of  cordial,  consisting  of  equal  parts  of  bran- 
dy and  sweet  spirit  of  nitre  ;  and  a  strong  infusion  of  ergot 
of  rj-e. 

"  The  period  of  lambing  having  commenced,  the  attention 
of  the  lamber  should  be  increased.  He  should  carefully  ob- 
serve every  ewe  that  appears  to  be  in  labor.  While  she 
walks  about  and  does  not  exhibit  any  extraordinary  degree  of 


SUMMER    MANAGEMENT.  165 

suffering,  he  should  not  interfere  ;  nor  should  he  do  so  if  she 
rises  when  he  approaches,  and  walks  away,  unless  her  la- 
bor has  been  protracted  twenty  hours  or  more.  He  should 
not  be  in  haste  to  render  his  assistance,  although  she  should 
be  continually  lying  down  and  getting  up  again,  and  showing 
more  impatience  or  irritability  than  actual  pain  ;  but  if  her 
strength  appears  to  be  declining,  his  immediate  aid  is  required. 
If  he  has  to  drive  her  to  the  fold  or  pound,  it  should  be  as 
gently  as  possible,  or  he  should  drive  some  others  with  her, 
in  order  that  she  may  not  be  frightened  by  being  alone  se- 
lected. The  early  interference  of  the  lamber  is  always  prej- 
udicial, and  very  frequently  fatal.  Nature,  in  the  course  of 
twenty  or  twenty-four  hours,  will,  in  the  great  majority  of 
cases,  accomplish  that  which  carmot  be  hurried  on  by  art 
without  extreme  danger. 

"  The  state  of  the  weather  will  cause  a  very  considerable 
difference  in  the  duration  of  the  labor.  When  the  weather 
is  cold  and  dry,  and  especially  if  the  situation  is  somewhat 
exposed,  the  progress  of  the  labour  will  be  slow — the  throes 
will  be  comparatively  weak  and  ineffectual,  and  the  ewe  may 
and  should  be  left  a  considerable  time  before  mechanical  assist- 
ance is  rendered.  When,  however,  the  weather  is  warm,  and 
especially  if,  at  the  same  time,  it  is  moist,  the  throes  will  be  vio- 
lent, and  the  strength  of  the  sufferer  will  be  very  rapidly 
wasted  ;  there  will  be  a  dangerous  tendency  to  inflammation, 
and  the  aid  of  the  lamber  is  speedily  required.  Except  un- 
der these  circumstances,  no  motive  of  curiosity,  no  desire 
to  know  how  the  affair  is  going  on,  should  induce  the  lamber 
to  interfere  while  the  throes  are  natural  and  the  strength  con- 
tinues, unless  it  is  evident,  without  handling  the  ewe,  that  a 
false  presentation,  or  some  mechanical  cause,  prevents  the 
expulsion  of  the  foetus.  When  the  ewe  is  nearly  exhausted 
she  will  often  suffer  the  lamber  to  kneel  beside  her  and  suc- 
cessfully afford  the  requisite  assistance.  If  there  is  a  violent 
struggle  between  the  patient  and  the  lamber,  the  foetus  will 
often  be  destroyed ;  but  his  help,  when  she  quietly  submits 
to  him,  will  rarely  fail  to  preserve  the  mother  and  her  off- 
spring. Let  it  be  supposed  that,  from  certain  circumstances, 
she  is  driven  to  the  pound,  or  that  she  is  lying  quietly  by  the 
lamber  in  the  field.  He  should  first  endeavor  to  ascertain  the 
nature  of  the  presentation.  Is  the  lamb  coming  in  the  right  way 
with  its  muzzle  first,  and  a  fore-foot  on  each  side  of  it  ?  If  the 
tongue  is  not  protruding  from  the  mouth  and  becoming  almost 


166  MANAGKMLNT    OF    SHEEP. 

black,  and  her  strength  is  not  quite  wasted,  a  table  spoonful  of 
his  cordial,  with  double  this  quantity  of  the  infusion,  will  proba- 
bly increase  or  recall  the  pains ;  and  the  lamb  will  soon  be  born. 
If  this  is  not  effected  in  a  quarter  of  anliour,  a  second  dose  of 
the  infusion  should  be  given  ;  and,  that  being  followed  by  no 
good  result,  he  should  try  what  mechanical  assistance  will 
do.  He  should  draw  down  first  one  leg  and  then  the  other, 
endeavoring  with  his  finger  to  solicit  or  coax  the  head  on- 
■ward  at  the  same  time.  If  he  cannot  readily  get  at  the  legs, 
he  should  push  the  head  of  the  lamb  a  little  backwards  and 
downwards,  when  he  will  probably  be  able  to  grasp  them. 
If  he  does  not  now  succeed,  the  cause  of  the  obstruction  will 
be  sufficiently  plain,  namely,  the  too  great  largeness  of  the 
head,  which  cannot  pass  the  arch  of  the  pubis  ;  and,  there- 
fore, either  tying  the  legs  of  the  ewe,  or  an  assistant  keep- 
ing her  down  on  her  right  side,  the  lamber  should  grasp  the 
two  fore-legs  in  one  hand,  and  with  one  or  two  fingers  of  the 
other,  urge  it  forward  with  as  much  force  as  is  consistent  with 
the  safety  of  the  lamb.  The  young  one  will  rarely  fail  to  be 
extracted  by  these  means,  except  the  head  very  much  ex- 
ceeds the  common  size." 

In  addition  to  the  above  sound  observations,  when  me- 
chanical aid  is  employed,  it  is  always  accompanied  with 
considerable  fright  to  the  ewe,  and  if  she  is  permitted  to  es- 
cape immediately  after  the  birth  of  her  lamb,  will  often  re- 
fuse to  own  it;  therefore,  should  it  be  alive,  let  it  be  placed 
at  once  before  her,  and  by  its  form  and  scent,  she  will,  in 
most  cases,  recognise  it  as  her  offspring.  On  the  whole, 
the  surest  way  is,  to  secure  the  ewe  in  a  small  pound  or 
shed,  and  there  leave  her  for  the  day ;  for,  if  she  has  a  sup- 
ply of  milk,  rarely  further  trouble  need  be  apprehended. 
Should  she,  however,  under  these  circumstances,  or  any 
other,  refuse  to  suckle,  she  must  be  held,  and  a  teat  placed 
in  the  mouth  of  the  lamb.  This  alternative  seldom  fails  to 
conquer  all  difficulty. 

The  lambs  of  fine-wooled  sheep  are  extremely  sensitive 
to  cold  and  wet  when  they  drop,  and  to  guard  against  expo- 
sure, the  sheep-master  must  endeavor  to  anticipate  storms, 
and  place  his  flocks  beforehand  under  shelters.  These  should 
be  capacious,  as  the  ewe  dislikes  too  much  company  at  the 
time  of  parturition,  as  will  be  noticed  in  her  retiring  often 
quite  distantly,  if  in  a  field,  from  the  rest  of  her  companions, 
when  the  event  is  about  to  transpire.     In  such  instances 


SUMMER     MANAGEMENT.  167 

where  no  sheltering  is  provided,  greater  labor  and  vigilance 
must  be  employed,  the  presence  of  the  flock-tender  being 
constantly  needed,  with  his  bottle  of  warm  milk,  and  putting 
the  more  helpless  in  a  large  basket,  lined  with  hay  or  straw, 
and  bringing  them  before  the  fire  for  an  hour  or  more,  until 
animation  is  restored.  When  lambs  are  separated  from 
their  dams  under  such  circumstances,  care  should  be  ob- 
served not  to  have  them  wrapped  or  touched  with  anything 
that  is  offensive,  as  its  scent,  when  very  young,  is  the  prin- 
cipal source  of  recognition  by  the  mother.  A  clean  blanket 
or  woollen  cloth  will  be  best,  if  swaddling  should  be  found 
necessary. 

It  is  proverbial  that  the  Merino  and  Saxon  varieties  are 
not  as  good  nurses  as  the  English  breeds,  and  nature  there- 
fore rarely  overtasks,  by  supplying  them  with  twins.  When 
this  occurs,  however,  if  the  ewe  is  in  her  prime,  condition 
good,  udder  large,  and  her  keep  good,  it  will  be  proper  to  let 
both  of  the  lambs  run  with  the  mother  ;  but  if  the  reverse  of 
this,  let  one  of  them  be  brought  up  by  hand,  or,  as  is  the 
Spanish  custom,  be  destroyed.  A  different  course  will 
probably  cause  runts  of  both,  and  is  one  of  the  means  by 
which  many  flocks,  in  process  of  time,  are  sadly  deterio- 
rated. 

When  the  ewe  loses  her  offspring,  it  is  followed  by  a 
distension,  and  frequently  an  inflammation,  of  the  udder. 
But  such  cases  will  be  found  by  the  reader  fully  treated  of, 
in  the  chapter  of  diseases,  under  the  head  of  garget. 

During  the  period  of  lambing,  continuing  as  it  does  for  a 
fortnight  or  more,  the  pasture  for  the  ewes,  if  they  are  in  fair 
flesh,  should  not  be  luxuriant ;  but  when  it  is  passed,  then 
they  may  be  removed  to  better  keep  ;  and  in  all  cases  the 
situation  should  be  dry,  and  free  from  too  great  exposure. 
If  the  season  has  been  unpropitious  for  early  grass,  and 
consequently  the  keep  during  parturition  too  low,  the  flock 
should  have  the  run  of  two  lots,  which  should  adjoin,  and 
the  communication  between  them  at  all  times  kept  open. 
The  adoption  of  this  course  prevents  the  confusion  incident 
to  changing  the  whole  flock  at  once. 

The  number  of  ewes  herding  together  at  this  important 
period  should  not  exceed  one  hundred,  and  a  still  less 
number  will  result  advantageously  to  both  the  flock  and  mas- 
ter.   He  should  at  all  seasons  keep  before  him  the  fact,  that 


168  MANAGEMENT   OF    SHEEP. 

a  few  sheep  kept  together  will  do  better  than  many,  Avhich  will 
be  more  particularly  enforced  hereafter. 

The  affection  of  the  ewe  for  her  offspring  is  often  ex- 
ceedingly strong,  as  the  following  example  will  testify,  al- 
though rather  an  extraordinary  instance,  related  by  the  Et- 
trick  Shepherd. 

"  One  of  the  two  years  while  I  remained  on  the  farm  at 
Willenslee  a  severe  blast  of  snow  came  on  by  night,  about 
the  latter  end  of  April,  which  destroyed  several  scores  of  our 
lambs,  and  as  we  had  not  enough  of  twins  and  odd  lambs 
for  the  mothers  that  had  lost  theirs,  of  course  we  select- 
ed the  best  ewes  and  put  lambs  to  them.  As  we  were 
making  the  distribution,  1  requested  of  the  master  to  spare 
me  a  lamb  for  a  ewe  which  he  knew,  and  which  was  stand- 
ing over  a  dead  lamb,  about  four  miles  from  the  house.  He 
would  not  let  me  do  it,  but  bid  me  to  let  her  stand  over  her 
lamb  for  a  day  or  two,  and  perhaps  a  twin  would  be  forth- 
coming. I  did  so,  and  faithfully  did  she  stand  to  her  charge. 
I  visited  her  every  morning  and  evening  for  the  first  eight 
days,  and  never  found  her  above  two  or  three  yards  from 
the  lamb  ;  and  often  as  1  went  my  rounds,  she  eyed  me  long 
ere  I  came  near  her,  and  kept  stamping  with  her  foot,  to 
frighten  away  the  dog. 

"  The  weather  grew  fine  and  warm,  and  the  dead  lamb 
soon  decayed ;  but  still  this  affectionate  and  desolate  crea- 
ture kept  hanging  over  the  poor  remains  with  an  attachment 
that  seemed  to  be  nourished  by  hopelessness.  It  often  drew 
tears  from  my  eyes  to  see  her  hanging  with  such  fondness 
over  a  few  bones,  mixed  with  a  small  portion  of  wool.  For 
the  first  fortnight  she  never  quitted  the  spot ;  and  for  an- 
other week  she  visited  it  every  morning  and  evening,  utter- 
ing a  few  kindly  and  heart-piercing  bleats  ;  till  at  length, 
every  remnant  of  her  offspring  vanished,  mixing  with  the 
soil,  or  wafted  away  by  the  winds."* 


An  Important  duty  devolves  upon  the  flock-master  to  see 
that  his  sheep  are  regularly  and  plentifully  salted  from  the 
time  they  are  turned  to  pasture  till  the  commencement  of  the 
foddering  season. 

Fortunately  the  question,  whether  salt  contributes  to  the 

*  Hogg's  Shepherd's  Calendar. 


SUMMER   MANAGEMENT.  169 

health  and  thrift  of  sheep,  is,  at  the  present  day,  no  longer 
mooted,  its  salutary  effects  being  universally  admitted.  It 
operates  to  stimulate  the  appetite,  and  essentially  aids  the 
digestive  organs  in  extracting  the  nutriment  of  food  ;  and 
within  a  few  years  it  has  been  ascertained  that  its  free  use 
to  sheep  has  mitigated,  if  not  wholly  prevented  in  some  lo- 
calities that  terrible  scourge  to  British  flocks,  the  liver-rot. 
Its  security  against  the  attacks  of  other  dangerous  maladies, 
further  time  and  observation  will  doubtless  demonstrate. 

In  Mr.  Youatt's  work  will  be  found  the  following  remarks 
on  the  benefits  of  salting  : 

"  Passing  by  the  beautiful  country  of  Montpelier  and  the 
mouths  of  the  Rhone,  the  traveller  can  study  the  fine  sheep 
and  the  sheep  husbandry  of  Aries.  The  district  of  the 
Crau,  in  length  nearly  eighteen  miles,  and  about  half  as 
much  in  breadth,  extends  from  the  mountains  towards  the 
seacoast.  It  is  one  uniform  gentle  declivity  :  in  no  part  of 
it  is  there  the  slightest  portion  of  stagnant  water,  and  not  a 
tree  or  shrub  is  to  be  seen.  The  soil  is  dry  and  apparently 
barren  enough,  but  produces  a  varied  herbage  well  adapted 
to  the  sheep.  Not  less  than  one  hundred  and  thirty  thou- 
sand sheep  graze  on  this  declivdty." 

A  writer  in  the  Memoirs  of  the  Royal  Academy  of  Sci- 
ences at  Paris  attributes  the  thriving  of  the  sheep  on  such  a 
spot  to  the  free  use  of  salt,  thereby  enabling  the  digestive 
organs  to  extract  every  particle  of  nutriment  which  the  food 
contains.  He  says,  "  On  this  spot,  seemingly  so  sterile,  by 
the  free  use  of  salt,  more  numerous  flocks  of  sheep  are  bred 
and  reared  than  upon  any  other  common  of  equal  extent 
throughout  the  whole  kingdom ;  and,  what  is  not  less  re- 
markable, the  sheep  are  healthier,  hardier,  and  endure  the 
severity  of  the  winter  with  less  loss,  though  they  have  fewer 
sheep  cots  for  covering,  than  those  fed  and  bred  on  more  co- 
pious pastures,  and  that  have,  besides,  the  advantage  of  more 
convenient  shelter." 

For  a  short  time  after  sheep  have  been  turned  to  pasture, 
precaution  must  be  observed  not  to  salt  them  too  freely,  as, 
in  conjunction  with  the  stimulating  nature  of  young  grass, 
scours  or  purging  will  follow  ;  and  its  effects  upon  ewes 
shortly  before  parturition,  if  allowed  access  to  it  without 
limit,  will  tend  to  abortion,  as  will  be  found  more  fully  no- 
ticed in  another  chapter. 

If  common  fine  salt  (say  Salina  make)  is  used,  two  quarts 
15 


170  MANACEMElXT    OF    SHEEP. 

to  the  hundred,  given  about  once  a  week,  is  a  prudent  quan- 
tity at  that  time,  and  may  be  increased  to  four  quarts  after 
the  lirst  of  May,  for  every  fourth  or  tifih  day,  during  the  re- 
mainder of  the  pasture  season.  If  coarse  saU  (St.  Ubes)  is 
used,  a  quarter  to  one  third  less  than  of  fine  will  be  proper, 
it  being  of  a  much  stronger  quality. 

Salting  in  troughs  would  be  well  enough,  provided  the 
sheep  could  be  stationary  in  one  enclosure  ;  but  the  neces- 
sity of  their  removal  frequently  for  change  of  pasture,  re- 
quires the  removal  of  the  troughs  also  ;  and  the  llock-master 
with  several  hundred  sheep  will  soon  learn  that  that  is  quite 
too  troublesome.  Again,  troughs  are  thought  by  many  indis- 
pensable during  the  season  when  the  Estris  Ovis,  or  sheep 
gad-fly,  is  winging  its  tormenting  career,  for  the  reception  of 
the  tar  (upon  which  salt  is  sprinkled)  as  a  defence  against 
its  attacks.  But  this  does  not  supersede  their  removal,  and 
if  time  and  their  expense  are  considered,  it  will  be  found 
cheaper  to  pound  the  flocks  several  times  during  the  flight 
of  the  fly,  and  with  a  common  paint  brush  or  swab,  tarring 
their  noses  can  very  quickly  be  performed,  and  far  more 
efiectually  than  it  can  be  done  by  themselves  in  the  troughs.* 

The  writer  salts  his  sheep  upon  the  ground,  before  the 
dew  evaporates,  selecting  a  place  which  is  clean,  and  the 
grass  short,  and  divides  a  handful  into  two  or  three  parts,  as 
a  large  quantity  thrown  upon  one  spot  will  not  scatter  suffi- 
ciently the  quantity  used  for  the  flock,  and  thereby  the  sheep 
are  afforded  a  more  equal  chance.  Salt  is  a  fertihzer  of  the 
soil,  and  should  any  be  left  uneaten,  which  is  not  very  like- 
ly, of  course  its  effects  will  not  be  lost. 

Many  suppose  that  sheep,  late  in  the  fall,  require  little  or 
no  salt.  This  is  quite  a  mistake,  it  being  the  very  period 
when  it  will  prove  most  useful  to  them,  by  contributing  to 
extract  the  little  nutriment  left  in  the  decaying  herbage,  as 
well  as  causing  its  better  relish. 

Salt  is  quite  as  necessary  in  the  foddering  season,  if  not 
more  so,  than  at  any  other  time,  for  the  reason  that  dry  food 
being  harder  of  digestion  than  green,  the  stimulating  proper- 
ties of  salt  is  requisite  to  aid  the  process.  It  is  not  impor- 
tant that  the  hay,  or  whatever  else  may  be  fed,  is  salted,  if 
the  sheep  have  access  to  it  in  troughs  or  mangers.  But  if 
the  hay  is  salted  when  it  is  secured,  none  else  will  be  re- 

*  See  chapter  on  diseases,  Estris  Ovis,  for  further  remarks. 


SUMMER    MANAGEMENT.  171 

quired.     This  is  deemed  by  a  large  majority  to  be  the  bet- 
ter way,  and  coincides  with  the  writer's  views  and  practice. 

WASHING. 

This  is  a  branch  of  sheep  economy  which  is  wholly  in- 
dispensable. 

The  careless  and  slovenly  manner  with  which  it  is  per- 
formed by  the  great  majority  of  iVmerican  wool-growers, 
calls  for  severe  reprehension  ;  the  evil  consequences  result- 
ing from  it,  however,  are  inflicted  mostly  upon  themselves. 

The  most  suitable  time  depends  upon  the  latitude  and  sea- 
son ;  the  latter  causing  sometimes,  in  the  same  locality,  a 
considerable  variation.  At  all  events,  the  flock-master  must 
be  sure  of  one  thing,  namely,  that  the  water  and  weather 
are  comparatively  warm.  The  violation  of  this  is  very 
common,  which  is  exceedingly  cruel  and  inhumane,  and 
often  exposes  sheep  to  disease. 

The  day^selected  should  be  one  of  sunshine,  if  possible  ; 
and  as  this  work  in  the  Northern  and  Middle  States  is  com- 
monly attended  to  from  the  10th  to  the  25th  of  May,  it  will 
rarely  be  the  case,  at  that  season,  that  the  water  will  be  of 
the  right  temperature  before  nine  or  ten  o'clock  in  the  morn- 
ing ;  and  when  only  a  few  sheep  are  to  be  washed,  it  will 
be  better  generally  to  delay  it  until  the  afternoon. 

If  the  washing  can  be  conducted  immediately  after  a 
warm  rain  it  will  be  easier,  the  effect  of  it  being  to  soften 
and  loosen  the  dirt ;  in  this  event,  the  yearlings  should  be 
selected  first,  as  they  are  generally  the  filthiest. 

The  flock-master  should  always  be  present ;  and  if  he 
does  not  possess  the  physical  ability  or  inclination  to  "  bear 
a  hand,"  he  should  at  least  see  that  everything  goes  off 
properly,  and  is  conducted  on  "  temperance  principles,"  for 
rum  has  done  its  full  share  of  mischief  on  such  occasions. 
He  should  be  provided  with  a  pair  of  shears,  and  if  any 
dung  locks  are  seen,  they  should  be  severed  before  the 
sheep  are  put  into  the  water. 

Where  there  is  a  running  stream  of  pure  water,  with  a 
gravelly  or  stony  bottom,  no  better  mode  can  be  adopted 
for  wool  cleansing,  and  none  other  is  so  economical. 

For  a  number  of  years  past  the  writer  has  used  a  vat, 
made  of  two  inch  pine  plank,  and  held  together  by  three 
inch  oak  gripes.     It  is  about  nine  feet  long,  four  and  a  half 


172  MANAGEMENT    OF    SIIEEr. 

wide,  and  three  and  a  half  in  depth.  It  is  placed  at  the  bot- 
tom of  a  gentle  fall,  upon  top  of  which  is  laid  the  troughs 
that  conduct  the  water  into  the  vat,  the  elevation  of  them  be- 
ing about  eighteen  inches  above  the  level  of  the  top  of  the 
vat.  The  dimensions  of  this  are  much  larger  than  is  neces- 
sary for  the  farmer  with  a  small  number  of  sheep,  as  it  ad- 
mits of  the  use  of  two  sets  of  troughs,  and  therefore  calcu- 
lated for  the  Avashing  of  two  sheep  simultaneously.  All 
circumstances  being  right,  five  to  six  hundred  can  be  well 
washed  in  it  per  day. 

On  one  side  of  the  vat  is  a  permanent  platform  made  of 
stone  and  floored  with  plank,  the  surface  having  a  gentle  in- 
clination towards  the  vat,  on  which  the  sheep  are  held  for  a 
minute  or  more,  after  being  washed,  that  the  water  may 
drain  from  the  fleece.  Beside  the  vat  (not  in  it)  and  upon 
the  platform  stands  one  of  the  washers,  and  a  temporary 
staging  on  the  opposite  side  accommodates  another.  One 
man  is  employed  to  bring  the  sheep  from  a  small  pound 
close  at  hand,  and  put  them  into  the  vat,  in  which  two  are 
held  at  a  time  by  another  at  the  lower  end,  for  two  or  three 
minutes,  with  a  view  to  soften  the  dirt.  The  washers  then 
take  them,  and  each  holds  one  under  the  troughs  or  spouts, 
turning  them  in  every  position  to  receive  the  full  benefit 
from  the  fall  of  the  water,  Avhich  proceeds  with  such  force 
as  to  dislodge  the  dirt  rapidly,  and  in  a  much  briefer  time 
than  it  can  be  done  by  squeezing.  When  the  supply  of  wa- 
ter is  full,  no  squeezing  will  be  required,  except,  perhaps, 
the  belly  and  thigh  wool.  As  soon  as  the  sheep  held  by  the 
man  for  soaking  pass  from  his  hands  to  the  washers,  he  is 
immediately  supplied  with  others ;  and  thus  while  two  are 
soaking,  two  others  are  being  washed  under  the  spouts. 
One  end  of  the  vat  being  set  a  little  below  a  level,  the  dirt 
passes  freely  off,  and  consequently  the  water  is  compara- 
tively pure,  the  good  effects  of  which  will  be  seen  in  the 
almost  cotton  whiteness  of  the  inner  portion  of  the  fleece. 
As  to  eradicating  all  the  dirt  from  the  external  surface  of 
wool  when  upon  the  sheep,  it  is  not  expected,  for  it  is  im- 
possible to  accomplish  it ;  and  therefore  it  must  necessarily 
be  left  to  the  cleansing  process  of  the  manufacturer.  But 
that  much  more  can  be  extracted  than  is  usual,  cannot  admit 
of  a  doubt ;  and  if  a  general  trial  will  only  be  made,  those 
who  undertake  it  will  be  sure  to  succeed,  and  rewarded  not 
only  with  the  grateful  thanks  of  manufacturers,  but  a  hand- 


SUMMER     MANAGEMENT.  173 

some  advance  upon  the  prices  of  their  wool.  In  confirma- 
tion of  this,  Mr.  Samuel  Lawrence,  of  Lowell,  Mass.,  an 
eminent  woollen  manufacturer,  states  the  following  :  "  These 
cheating  practices  are  short-sighted,  inasmuch  as  the  '  clean 
thing'  brings  a  price  proportionate.  We  always  fix  the 
price  per  lb.  by  the  quantity  of  scoured  wool  it  will  yield. 
In  our  purchases  we  frequently  make  a  difference  of  five 
cents  per  lb.  in  precisely  similar  qualities."  This  advance 
will  amply  compensate  for  the  longer  time  required  in  wash- 
ing our  sheep  well,  and  if  acted  upon,  with  many  of  us,  our 
characters  for  honesty  will  be  considerably  amended. 

Bucks,  especially  of  the  Merino  breed,  require  an  extra 
time  to  wash  them,  and  if  a  little  soft  soap  should  be  used, 
their  fleeces  will  not  lose  anything  in  value  in  the  estima- 
tion of  the  manufacturer. 

After  the  washing  is  completed,  the  sheep  should  be  turned 
upon  a  thick-covered  sward,  that  no  dirt  may  collect  on  the 
fleeces,  before  they  are  shorn.  Driving  them  along  a  dusty 
road  must  be  avoided,  if  possible,  when  returning  from  the 
washing. 

The  Spanish  custom  is  to  cleanse  the  fleece  with  soap, 
after  it  is  shorn,  the  grease  or  yolk  abounding  to  such  a  de- 
gree, with  its  concomitant  dirt,  as  to  preclude  the  possibility 
of  cleansing  it  properly  in  the  ordinary  way. 

In  England,  the  breeds  having  less  of  gum  than  others, 
washing  is  comparatively  easy,  and,  where  practicable,  is 
done  by  swimming  the  sheep  to  and  fro  in  a  pond  or  stream, 
and  gently  squeezing  the  wool  with  the  hands. 

The  washing  of  Saxony  sheep  in  Germany  and  other  parts 
of  the  Continent,  conforms  to  the  better  modes  adopted  in  this 
country,  but  is  performed  with  far  greater  nicety  and  care. 

On  the  authority  of  the  manufacturer  above  named,  Span- 
ish wools,  after  being  washed  with  soap,  as  already  men- 
tioned, lose  10  per  cent,  by  the  manufacturer's  process  of 
cleansing  ;  German  or  Saxony  wool  24  per  cent.,  but  i^ accom- 
?nodated,  that  is,  the  skirts  and  head  taken  off',  only  16  per 
cent. ;  the  Australian  or  New  South  Wales  wools  about  30 
per  cent. ;  American  Saxony  averages  36  per  cent.,  and  Amer- 
ican pure  blood  Merino  42i  per  cent.*  The  waste  from  South 
American  wools  is  enormous,  being  from  70  to  80  per  cent. ; 

*  It  is  proper  to  state  that  all  manufacturers  do  not  agree  with  Mr. 
Lawrence  in  opinion,  many  of  them  estimating  the  waste  of  American, 
Saxon,  and  Merino  wool  to  be  a  little  less  than  above  stated. 

15* 


174  MANAGEMENT   OF   SHEEP. 

but  it  is  exported  "  in  the  dirt,"  which  will  explain  it.  The 
above  statement  proves  conclusively  the  inditferent  manner 
with  which  wools  grown  in  the  United  States  are  washed  by 
the  growers,  and  calls  loudly  for  a  relbrm. 

CASTRATION    AND    DOCKING, 

This  is  an  important  and  necessary  operation  to  lambs, 
but  in  very  many  instances  is  cruelly  and  unskilfully  per- 
formed. 

The  proper  time  depends  much  on  the  weather,  the  size  of 
the  lamb,  and  varying  from  five  to  twenty  days  from  its  birth. 

As  the  ewes  about  washing  time  are,  or  should  be,  through 
parturition,  two  or  three  days  after,  a  cool  one  may  be  select- 
ed for  this  purpose,  although  with  the  great  mass  it  is  de- 
ferred to  the  period  of  shearing.  No  matter,  however,  as  to 
this,  provided  it  is  done  very  early  in  the  morning,  as  a  warm, 
moist  temperature  is  very  unpropitious,  on  account  of  the 
danger  attending  it.  This  arises  from  the  extraordinary  ef- 
fusion of  blood  in  individual  instances,  which  frequently  re- 
sults in  the  death  of  the  lamb. 

Let  the  lambs  be  brought  from  the  field  with  as  little 
bustle  and  hurry  as  possible,  and  immediately  confined  in  a 
small  pound,  to  prevent  any  exercise  or  running  about  when 
catching  them.  This,  and  the  observance  of  the  following 
rules,  have  been  the  practice  of  the  writer  many  years  : — 

One  catches  a  lamb  and  seats  himself  astride  of  a  narrow 
plank  or  scantling,  which  is  placed  at  an  inclination  of  about 
30  degrees,  pressing  the  back  of  the  lamb  firmly  against  his 
belly,  and  with  his  hands  grasps  the  hind  legs,  drawing  them 
upwards  and  towards  him,  so  that  the  scrotum  is  fairly  ex- 
posed for  the  operation.  The  operator  with  a  sharp  knife 
cuts  off*  about  one  half  to  two  thirds  of  the  testicle  bag  ;  then 
drops  his  knife,  and  draws  out  one  of  the  testicles  at  a  time, 
till  a  portion  of  the  connecting  cord  is  seen,  which  he  divides 
by  friction  of  his  thumb  nail.  This  mode  of  division  la- 
cerates the  cord,  and  less  bleeding  will  follow  than  if  done 
by  a  sharp  instrument.  It  may,  to  some,  appear  unnecessary, 
and  therefore  objectionable,  to  cut  ofif  so  much  of  the  scrotum 
or  bag ;  but  if  dislodged  of  its  contents  it  is  certainly  quite 
an  useless  afl^air,  the  little  wool  growing  upon  it  being  almost 
worthless,  and  a  bother  always  to  the  tagger  and  shearer  when 
•-utting  it  ofif.  No  danger  can  arise  either,  if  the  ointment, 
which  will  presently  be  spoken  of,  is  used. 


SUMMER    BIANAGEMENT.  175 

After  the  testicles  are  removed,  the  operator  grasps  the 
tail  of  the  lamb  and  severs  it  about  one  inch  from  the  root. 
Here  the  writer  may  be  again  condemned  for  cutting  off  ap- 
parently too  much  of  the  tail,  it  being  considered  a  necessary 
appendage  which  the  God  of  nature  has  provided  the  animal 
to  brush  away  annoying  insects.  But  the  evil  consequences 
of  a  moderate  length  of  dock,  or  indeed  any  at  all,  he  has 
seen  too  often  manifested,  to  induce  him  to  swerve  from  his 
practice  ;  humanity,  indeed,  sanctions  it.  The  sheep  which 
carries  a  "  natural  tail,"  or  only  half  a  one,  is  very  certain 
not  to  take  that  care  of  it,  in  regard  to  cleanliness,  which  it 
ought ;  on  the  contrary,  it  is  often  seen  with  large  accumu- 
lations of  dung  attached  to  it,  and  presenting  anything  but 
a  tasteful  aspect.  But  the  sheep  is  not  to  be  blamed  for  this, 
for,  unlike  all  other  domestic  animals,  it  can  and  does  void 
its  excrement  in  a  lying  posture  ;  and  a  huge  tail  will  not 
be  removed,  on  such  occasions,  without  an  extraordinary 
effort.  Hence  it  is,  concretions  of  dung  are  formed,  which 
attract  the  maggot-fly,  and  unless  a  timely  discovery  is  made 
by  the  master,  the  sheep  dies  a  horrible  death.  Thus  the 
life  of  the  animal  is  often  jeopardized,  and  therefore  is  it  not 
humane  to  deprive  it  of  so  perilous  an  appendage  ?  Again, 
if  the  old  calculation  of  the  farmer  be  true,  that  it  takes  one 
bushel  of  corn  to  fat  a  swine's  tail,  it  is  a  problem  to  deter- 
mine, how  much  feed  is  requisite  to  keep  in  "  store  order" 
the  undivided  tail  of  a  sheep. 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  castration  and  docking,  use  is 
made  of  the  ointment  alluded  to.  It  is  composed  of  the 
following  ingredients  :  say  one  quart  of  tar,  two  lbs.  of  lard, 
and  after  being  warmed  to  a  thin  liquid,  add  a  gill  of  spirits 
of  turpentine,  and  apply  it  by  means  of  a  soft  swab  to  the 
mutilations,  and  for  one  or  two  inches  around  them.  This  is 
very  healing  in  its  effects,  prevents  inflammation  from  colds, 
and,  what  is  of  most  consequence,  is  an  effectual  guard 
against  the  attacks  of  the  maggot-fly.  None  will  approach 
it,  so  abhorrent  is  the  effluvia  of  tar  or  turpentine  to  all  winged 
insects. 

The  lambs  are  put  out  of  the  pound  as  fast  as  each  has 
passed  the  operation,  and  are  disposed  to  be  very  quiet, 
which  is  quite  right,  as  it  checks  the  discharge  of  blood. 
Let  them  remain  about  for  an  hour  or  more,  if  the  pasture 
to  which  they  are  to  be  turned  is  distant,  and  then  they  may 
be  moved  off,  but  very  slowly.     Be  careful,  before  this  is 


176  IMANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

done,  to  look  in  the  corners  of  fences,  behind  trees  or  what- 
not, in  the  immediate  vicinity,  as  some  may  be  concealed, 
and  the  stiffness  consequent  of  their  wounds  will  make  them 
unwilling  to  return  with  the  flock,  unless  discovered  and 
aroused.  Some  work  may  be  saved  by  this  little  piece  of 
vigilance,  as  they  may  get  mixed  with  other  flocks  subse- 
quently brought  up. 


CHAPTER    IX. 

SUMMER    MANAGEMENT    CONTINUED 


SHEARING— INTERIM  BETWEEN  WASHING  AND  SHEARING— SORTING 
—MARKING  THE  SHEEP— ROLLING  THE  FLEECES— ARRANGEMENT 
OF  WOOL  FOR  SALE— SHEARING-HOUSE— BALEING  WOOL— SHEEP 
TICK— MAGGOT-FLY— NOXIOUS  WEEDS. 


SHEARING. 

This  event,  the  harvest  of  the  shepherd,  as  the  reader  has 
been  informed^  in  the  "  olden  time"  was  celebrated  at  its 
conclusion  with  feastings  and  other  demonstrations  of  rejoi- 
cing. But  this  goodly  custom  has  for  long  been  discontin- 
ued in  this  country,  if  we  except  the  "  ancients"  of  Nantucket, 
who  yet  pertinaciously  adhere  annually  to  its  observance. 

It  is  very  properly  termed  a  harvest,  for  thus  it  is  to  the 
faithful  and  humane  flock-master ;  but  the  reverse  of  this  is 
the  case  with  that  unprofitable  servant,  whose  slothfulness 
and  negligence  may  be  seen  manifested  in  the  emaciated  and 
partly  denuded  forms  of  his  flock,  at  this  interesting  period. 
The  former  reaps  a  bountiful  reward,  while  the  other  gathers 
little  else  than  hurs  and  tag-lochs  ! 

The  remarks  of  censure  prefixed  to  the  notices  on  tagging, 
washing,  and  castration,  in  reference  to  the  heedless  and 
unskilful  manner  with  which  these  matters  are  usually  at- 
tended to,  by  a  large  majority  of  wool-growers,  will  apply 
with  tenfold  force  to  the  subject  now  under  consideration. 
It  will  be  proper  to  say,  without  ceremony  or  fear  of  contra- 
diction, that  the  shearing  of  sheep,  as  generally  conducted 
in  the  United  States,  is  utterly  disgraceful.  The  passing 
traveller,  to  be  satisfied  of  the  truth  of  this  assertion,  need 
not  confine  his  observation  to  the  "  poor  man's  flock"  as  seen 
grazing  by  the  roadside,  but  in  the  fields  of  those  who  sus- 
tain the  reputation  of  good  farmers  in  their  respective  neigh- 
borhoods, will  often  behold  sheep  whose  appearance  indicate 


178  MANAGEMENT    OF    SIIEEr, 

tliat  their  fleeces  were  gnawed  off  rather  than  shorn.  But 
with  a  view  to  repress  indignation,  the  writer  will  not  enter 
into  further  description  of  such  slovenly-looking  objects,  but 
propose  the  question.  Whose  fault  is  this,  and  to  whose  door 
is  it  to  be  laid  1     Is  it  the  shearer,  or  is  it  the  master  ? 

In  the  first  place,  the  mass  of  wool-growers  are  themselves 
ignorant  of  the  details  of  this  important  art,  very  few  having 
ever  learned  it  practically,  and  consequently  are  incompetent 
to  teach  it.  Therefore,  \Vhen  the  shearer  is  proceeding  with 
his  work,  the  master  looks  on,  and,  if  faults  are  committed, 
he  is  incapable  of  directing  how  they  shall  be  avoided.  He 
may,  it  is  true,  vehemently  denounce  the  unskilfulness  and 
cruelty  of  the  shearer,  but  he  has  not  himself  the  requisite 
knowledge  to  take  the  shears  and  personally  direct  how  they 
should  be  held,  and  how  far  they  should  clip  from  the  point, 
or  the  position  the  sheep  should  lie,  in  order  to  prevent  its 
tearing  the  fleece  with  its  feet.  In  addition  to  this,  it  is  quite 
probable  that  the  shearer,  with  a  view  to  save  a  shilling  or 
two,  has  been  hired  to  perform  the  work  by  the  lump,  or  so 
much  per  head  ;  and  under  such  circumstances  he  recklessly 
"  cuts  in"  and  dashes  ahead  to  accomplish  it  in  the  most 
speedy  time,  regardless  of  the  scolding  of  his  employer,  the 
manner  of  his  work,  or  humanity  to  the  suffering  animal. 

There  are  shearers,  but  they  are  few,  who  can  do  their 
work  quickly  and  yet  do  it  well ;  but  these  have  acquired 
the  art  correctly  at  the  beginning,  and  have  wisely  adhered 
to  its  rules  through  a  long  experience.  But  the  great  ma- 
jority have  been  spoiled  when  learning  the  rudiments,  by 
the  very  class  of  farmers  alluded  to.  Thus  even  shearers 
who  have  had  the  benefit  of  some  correct  teaching,  are  made 
reckless  performers  by  parsimonious  notions  on  the  part  of 
those  who  have  employed  them. 

Bad  habits  are  very  easily  acquired  by  a  shearer,  as  the 
writer  has  had  frequent  opportunities  of  observing  in  those 
who  have  served  him  in  this  capacity  for  successive  years  ; 
but  it  has  been  in  the  employ  of  these  shear-by-the-head  or 
job  flock-masters.  Here  is  the  root  of  the  evil — urging 
shearers  to  do  more  than  they  can  do  well,  and  thereby  con- 
firming the  old  but  truthful  adage,  "  haste  makes  waste." 
The  axe  must  be  laid  at  the  root  of  this  evil  at  once,  or  good 
workmen  will  continue  to  be,  as  now,  few  and  far  between. 
The  wool-grower  must  cease  to  entertain  the  false  notion 
that  by  hiring  his  shearing  done  by  the  head  or  job,  he  is 


SUMMER   MANAGEMENT.  179 

the  gainer,  for  the  very  reverse  is  the  fact  in  nine  tenths  of 
such  instances,  owing  to  the  slovenly  and  half-way  execu- 
tion which  follows,  the  sheep  carrying  away  wool  enough 
to  doubly  pay  the  ordinary  day  wages.  The  fault,  it  will 
have  been  seen,  lies  at  the  door  of  the  master,  and  not 
wholly  to  the  shearer. 

Of  those  who  can  sheaf  a  large  number  in  a  day,  and  per- 
form it  skilfully,  there  are  very  few  ;  but  nothing  precise  can 
be  stated,  as  it  depends  entirely  on  the  breed.  If  they  are 
Saxons  or  Merinos,  or  grades  of  these  breeds,  it  will  be 
very  safe  to  say,  from  twenty-five  to  forty,  taking  the  aver- 
age of  a  flock  ;  the  grown  sheep  fewer  than  of  yearlings. 
In  general  terms,  it  may  be  said  that  he  is  a  good  workman 
who  will  accomplish  about  the  largest  number,  cuts  the  wool 
with  one  clip  of  his  shears,  and  not  in  twain,  as  one  shear- 
ing too  fast  is  apt  to  do,  shears  even  and  close  without  cut- 
ting the  skin,  and  holds  his  sheep  in  those  positions  both 
easy  to  it  and  himself. 

The  following  instructions  may  be  followed,  intended  for 
the  novice  : — 

Supposing  that  the  floor  of  the  shearing-house  has  previ- 
ously been  thoroughly  cleaned,  the  pound  containing  the 
flock  littered  with  straw — the  shearer  proceeds  to  bring  his 
sheep  upon  the  floor.  This  he  must  avoid  doing  after  a 
common  method,  which  resembles,  rather  than  an3nhing 
else,  the  rough-and-tumble  efforts  of  a  dog  dragging  a  wood- 
chuck  from  his  burrow — but  after  catching  it,  to  throw  his 
right  arm  around  the  body,  grasping  the  brisket  with  his 
hand,  then  lift  it,  and  v/ith  his  left  hand  remove  dirt  or  straw, 
if  any  adhere  to  the  feet.  If  the  sheep  is  filthy  about  the 
tail,  or  perchance  any  burs  are  attached  to  the  wool,  at  the 
threshold  of  the  door,  let  all  be  cut  off  by  a  suitable  pair  of 
shears  at  hand  for  such  purposes  only.  Then  he  may  place 
the  sheep  on  that  part  of  the  floor  assigned  to  him,  resting 
on  its  rump,  and  himself  in  a  posture,  ^vith  one  knee  on  a 
cushion,  and  the  back  of  the  animal  resting  against  his  left 
thigh.  He  grasps  the  shears  about  half-way  from  the  point 
to  the  bow,  resting  his  thumb  along  the  blade,  which  affords 
him  better  command  of  the  points.  He  may  then  commence 
cutting  the  wool  at  the  brisket,  and,  proceeding  downwards, 
all  upon  the  sides  of  the  belly  to  the  extremity  of  the  ribs, 
the  external  sides  of  both  thighs  to  the  edges  of  the  flanks  ; 
then  back  to  the  brisket,  and  thence  upwards,  shearing  the 


180  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP, 

wool  from  the  breast,  front,  and  both  sides  of  the  neck — but 
not  yet  the  back  of  it — and  also  the  poll  or  fore  part,  and 
top  of  the  head.  Now  the  "jacket  is  opened"  of  the  sheep, 
and  its  position,  and  that  of  the  shearer,  is  changed,  by  be- 
ing turned  flat  upon  its  side,  one  knee  of  the  shearer  resting 
on  the  cushion,  and  his  other  gently  pressing  the  fore-quar- 
ter of  the  animal,  to  prevent  any 'struggling.  He  then  re- 
sumes cutting  upon  the  flank  and  rump,  and  thence  onwards 
to  the  head.  Thus  one  side  is  completed.  The  sheep  is 
then  turned  on  to  the  other  side,  in  doing  which  great  care 
is  requisite  to  prevent  the  fleece  from  being  torn,  and  the 
shearer  acts  as  upon  the  other,  which  finishes.  He  must 
then  take  his  sheep  near  to  the  door  through  which  it  is  to 
pass  out,  and  neatly  trim  the  legs,  and  leave  not  a  solitary 
lock  anywhere  as  a  harbor  for  ticks.  It  is  absolutely  neces- 
sary for  him  to  remove  from  his  stand  to  trim,  otherwise  the 
useless  stuff  from  the  legs  becomes  intermingled  with  the 
fleece  wool. 

In  the  use  of  the  shears,  let  the  blades  be  laid  as  flat  to 
the  skin  as  possible,  not  lower  the  points  too  much,  nor  cut 
more  than  from  one  to  two  inches  at  a  clip,  frequently  not 
so  much,  depending  on  the  part,  and  compactness  of  the 
wool. 

The  above  instructions  being  designed  for  a  beginner,  we 
will  suppose  that  this  is  his  first  and  only  attempt.  Let  his 
employer,  when  he  is  about  it,  and  it  will  be  a  good  while, 
have  an  eye  on  all  his  movements,  kindly  and  carefully  di- 
recting them.  After  the  pupil  is  through  his  maiden  effort, 
you  will  see  him  smoothing  out  the  crinkles  and  aches  from 
his  back  and  hips — for  thus  the  poor  fellow  will  feel — and  if 
the  weather  is  warm — and  of  course  it  should  be — wiping 
the  dripping  sweat  from  his  brow.  But  be  easy ;  let  him 
blow  a  while  before  he  catches  another  sheep,  for  if  you  hur- 
ry him,  long  before  night  you  will  hear  murmured  from  his 
lips,  that  "  shearing  is  a  back-breaking  business — it's  not 
what  it  is  cracked  up  to  be,"  &c.  &:c.,  indicating  that  he  is 
already  disgusted  with  it,  and  if  so,  adieu  to  his  ever  arriving 
at  skilfulness.  But  if  he  has  time  afforded  to  straighten 
himself,  and  is  patted  with  kind  compliments  "  upon  his  un- 
expected well-doing — that  he  improves  with  each  successive 
sheep — and  that  he  will  be  sure  to  make  a  first-rate  shear- 
er," you  will  bring  him  under  the  yoke  without  his  knowing 
its  hardships.     He  will  probably  shear  eight  or  ten  the  first 


SUMMER,    MANAGEMENT.  181 

day,  and  possibly  a  few  more  the  next ;  at  all  events,  guard 
him  all  the  while,  and  see  that  he  hurries  not,  or  slights  his 
work  in  any  respect. 

In  this  way,  and  none  other,  can  we  properly  educate 
shearers  to  do  their  work  with  tact,  and  increased  profit  to 
the  flock-master.  This  is  but  a  transcript  of  the  writer's 
course  ;  and  to  show  its  good  results,  he  has  now  in  mind 
an  instance,  among  several,  where  he  instructed  a  raw  one, 
and  the  following  season  his  pupil  sheared  forty  per  day, 
and  performed  his  task  admirably. 

Again :  if  this  plan  could  be  generally  adopted,  good 
shearers  would  be  more  plentiful,  and  wool-growers,  aside 
from  other  evils,  would  not  be  compelled  to  delay  shearing 
often  beyond  the  proper  time,  for  want  of  them. 

There  is  yet  another  mode  of  taking  off  the  fleece,  not  un- 
common in  this  country,  very  generally  adopted  in  England, 
and  in  nowise  objectionable,  and  which  is  here  laid  before 
the  reader.  The  following  description  of  it  is  from  the 
Farmer's  Series  : 

"  A  barn  or  shed  into  which  plenty  of  light  can  be  admit- 
ted near  the  shearers  should  be  selected,  and  a  part  of  the 
floor  covered  with  a  large  canvass  sheet,  on  which  two 
shearers  can  operate.  The  sheet  should  be  nailed  down, 
and  a  little  straw  placed  under  it  to  soften  it  as  a  cushion. 
The  floor  of  the  barn  should  be  swept  out  quite  clean,  and  a 
light  broom  be  at  hand  to  sweep  the  sheet  when  necessary. 
Everything  being  arranged,  a  shearer  seizes  a  sheep,  and 
sets  it  on  its  rump,  and  keeps  it  in  this  position  by  resting 
the  back  against  his  own  legs.  He  removes  all  straws, 
thorns,  burs,  &c.,  that  may  have  adhered  to  the  wool. 
While  thus  held,  the  wool  is  removed  from  the  head  and 
neck  as  far  as  the  shoulders,  and  also  from  the  belly,  the 
scrotum,  and  the  edge  of  the  thighs.  The  head  of  the  ani- 
mal is  then  bent  down  sideways,  and  the  shearer,  placing  a 
leg  on  each  side  of  the  neck  of  the  sheep,  pushes  out  the 
opposite  ribs  by  pressing  his  knees  gently  against  the  ribs 
that  are  nearest  to  him.  He  next  shears  the  wool  from  the 
far  side  with  his  left  hand,  from  the  belly  to  the  middle  of 
the  back,  and  as  far  down  as  the  loins.  The  sheep  is  now 
turned,  and  the  right  hand  is  employed  to  shear  the  wool 
from  the  near  side.  The  sheep  is  then  laid  flat  on  its  side, 
and  kept  down  by  the  shearer  with  his  face  towards  the 
rump  of  the  sheep,  resting  his  right  knee  on  the  ground  in 

16 


182  MANAGEMENT    OF   SHEEP. 

front  of  the  neck,  and  his  right  toe  being  brought  to  the 
ground  a  httle  behind  and  below  the  poll  ;  the  head  and 
neck  of  the  sheep  are  thus  confined  by  his  right  leg,  while 
lie  uses  his  right  hand  to  shear  the  wool  from  the  hind-quar- 
ter. In  this  way  the  clips  of  the  shears  will  appear  in  con- 
centric rings  round  the  body  of  the  sheep.  The  dirty  por- 
tions of  wool  about  the  tail  are  then  removed  by  the  shears, 
and  kept  by  themselves  ;*  the  outside  of  the  fleece  is  folded 
inwards,  beginning  at  the  sides,  and  narrowing  the  whole 
fleece  into  a  stripe  about  two  feet  wide.  The  stripe  is  then 
rolled  firmly  up  from  the  tail  and  towards  the  neck,  the  wool 
of  which  is  stretched  out  and  twisted  into  a  rope,  and  wound 
round  the  fleece  to  give  it  a  cylindrical  shape." 

IxVTERIM    BETWEEN    WASHING    AXD    SHEARING,    ETC. 

The  interim  between  washing  and  shearing  should  depend 
on  the  state  of  the  weather ;  if  cool  and  cloudy,  the  yolk  or 
oil  will  not  appear  so  readily,  a  substance,  as  the  reader  has 
been  informed  in  a  previous  part  of  the  work, which  is  high- 
ly necessary  to  confer  softness  and  brilliancy  to  the  wool. 
If  the  weather  has  been  sunny,  from  a  week  to  ten  days 
from  washing  will  be  quite  long  enough ;  and  when  the 
work  of  shearing  begins  and  is  proceeding,  the  temperature, 
in  the  Northern  States  at  least,  cannot  be  too  warm.  But 
there  are  thousands  who  violate  this,  and  thereby  reap  sad 
consequences  to  themselves,  by  the  death  of  many  of  their 
sheep,  which  arises  from  the  extreme  sensitiveness  of  the 
animal  to  cold  immediately  after  its  fleece  has  been  shorn. 
To  guard  against  this  evil  as  much  as  possible,  it  will  not 
be  safe  to  begin  shearing,  in  this  latitude,  before  the  1st  of 
June,  and  will  be  yet  safer,  generally,  to  defer  it  a  few  days 
longer.  After  waiting  till  the  last  moment,  if  a  cold  rain 
storm  should  occur  during  the  process,  those  which  have 
been  shorn  should  be  put  under  cover  without  a  moment's 
delay,  as  death  to  many  of  them  will  infallibly  follow,  if  it  is 
neglected.  The  extreme  sufl'ering  of  sheep  under  such  cir- 
cumstances is  inconceivable,  and  no  one,  unless  wholly  de- 
void of  humanity,  to  say  nothing  of  regard  for  his  pockets, 
will  refrain  to  fly  to  their  immediate  relief.  Veteran  flock- 
masters  will  duly  appreciate  these  remarks,  as  there  are  few 

*  This  is  exceptionable  ;  it  should  be  done  before  anything  else. — Au- 
thor Am.  Shepherd. 


SUMMER   MANAGEMENT.  183 

of  US  who  have  not  in  times  past  been  losers,  by  inhumanly 
neglecting  this  important  duty. 

If  the  cutting  of  the  horns  and  hoofs  has  not  already 
been  attended  to  at  tagging  time,  as  has  been  recommended, 
it  should  be  no  longer  delayed,  but  done  now. 

Although  the  indications  of  scab  at  any  time  are  infallible 
with  the  experienced  flock-master,  yet  perchance  a  discov- 
ery has  not  been  made,  after  the  fleece  is  removed  it  can  no 
longer  escape-  observation.  Should  any  be  found  infected, 
a  resort  to  the  proper  remedy  must  not  be  delayed  for  a  mo- 
ment.* 

SORTING,     ETC. 

To  the  breeders  for  mutton,  and  more  particularly  the  cul- 
tivators of  wool,  no  other  occasion  than  the  present  is  more 
favorable  to  institute  thorough  examinations  of  the  forms  and 
fleeces  of  their  flocks.  It  is  thus,  because  the  wool  will 
often  conceal,  when  growing  upon  the  sheep,  minor  imper- 
fections of  the  carcase  ;  but  after  the  fleece  is  shorn,  they 
become  more  obvious.  If  the  sheep  are  of  the  mutton  vari- 
ety, those  of  the  same  age  should  be  compared  as  to  size, 
and  the  individuals  having  the  greatest,  with  most  approved 
proportions,  should  be  marked,  and  retained  for  breeding 
purposes.  Although  the  fleece  can  be  pretty  accurately 
judged  by  the  experienced  wool  culturists  for  several  months 
antecedent,  yet  not  so  well  as  now ;  and  every  one  bearing 
wool  distinguished  for  those  properties  most  desirable,  as 
well  as  possessing  a  symmetrical  form,  with  indications  of 
thrift  and  easy  keep,  must  also  receive  a  lasting  mark,  for  it 
should  not  be  parted  with.  Let  the  fleeces  of  the  most  ap- 
proved be  weighed,  and  every  other  particular  noted.  In 
this  way  only  can  the  wool  culturist  advance,  whilst  its  neg- 
lect will  soon  manifest  itself  in  a  deterioration  both  of  fleece 
and  carcase. 

Although  it  is  quite  common,  and  withal  very  necessary, 
to  classify  sheep,  by  a  division  into  flocks  of  the  sexes,  at 
the  beginning  of  the  foddering  season,  yet  if  it  has  been  neg- 
lected, it  should  be  now  done.  Nothing  should  be  permit- 
ted to  run  with  the  ewes  and  lambs,  and  their  continuance 
on  the  best  pasture  will  be  of  the  highest  advantage.  The 
wethers  and  dry  ewes  selected  for  sale  should  also  be  turned 

*  See  Chapter  on  Diseases. 


184  MANAGEMENT    OF   SHEET. 

to  good  keep ;  and  indeed  so  of  all  others  of  tlie  flock,  if 
possible. 

MARKING,    ETC. 

There  is  another  incidental  duty  connected  with  shearing 
time — namely,  marking  the  sheep  before  they  are  finally 
disposed  of  to  the  fields.  It  is  usually  done  by  the  shearer 
or  with  his  aid.  This  does  not  refer  to  ear-marks,  but  paint- 
ing the  initial  letter  of  the  owner's  name  upon  the  body  of 
the  sheep,  which,  however,  is  commonly  performed  in  a  very 
uncouth  and  ludicrous  style.  This  can  be  obviated  by  hav- 
ing the  letter  cut  in  pasteboard,  and  thereby  some  degree  of 
taste  and  uniformity  will  result.  If  a  letter  is  not  indispen- 
sable, it  will  be  better  to  have  an  iron  formed  to  represent  a 
ring,  triangle,  or  diamond,  with  a  handle  attached  ;  then  dip 
the  iron  in  the  paint,  which  should  be  deposited  in  a  shallow 
vessel,  and  immediately  apply  it  to  the  wethers  on  the  right 
shoulders,  ewes  on  the  left,  or  vice  versa,  and  the  bucks  on 
the  rump.  This  is  practicable,  if  others  near  by  do  not 
adopt  the  same  mark.  Such  marks  of  ownership  are  quite 
necessary,  with  a  view  to  distant  or  more  obvious  recogni- 
tion, and  more  especially  so  if  any  of  the  flock  are  breachy 
and  disposed  to  stray.  The  manner  in  which  it  is  done  fre- 
quently reflects  the  character  of  the  flock-master.  If  it  is 
done  neatly,  the  inference  is  that  his  other  performances  are 
likewise. 

The  materials  for  marking  should  be  lampblack  and  lin- 
seed oil,  or,  as  a  substitute  for  the  latter,  hog's  lard.  Let  the 
lampblack  be  "  killed,"  as  painters  term  it,  by  using  a  very 
little  of  spirits  of  turpentine,  before  the  oil  is  mixed.  It  will 
not  rub  oiF  so  easily  if  allowed  to  stand  twenty-four  hours 
before  applied.  It  is  common  to  use  tar ;  but  this  is  objec- 
tionable with  the  manufacturer,  it  being  difficult  to  separate 
by  the  cleansing  process. 

As  soon  as  the  flock  is  pounded  for  shearing,  the  lambs 
should  be  separated  before  anything  else  is  done,  lest  the 
wound  occasioned  by  severing  the  dock  should  be  irritated 
by  the  squeezing  and  jostling  of  the  old  ones.  An  exam- 
ination of  the  altered  tups  may  be  made  to  see  if  all  is  right. 
If  there  are  any  worms  (which  is  not  very  likely  if  the  pre- 
caution has  been  observed  to  anoint  thoroughly  as  recom- 
mended), let  spirits  of  turpentine  be  applied,  which  the  flock- 
master  should  never  be  without. 


SUMMER    MANAGEMENT.  185 


ROLLIx\G    THE    FLEECES. 


After  the  shearer  has  performed  his  task,  the  fleeces  must 
be  carefully  taken  from  the  floor,  and  put  upon  the  rolling  ta- 
ble, the  outside  of  it  uppermost.  The  valuable  loose  locks 
about  the  shearer's  stand  must  all  be  picked  up,  and  the  use- 
less stuff"  from  the  legs,  &c,,put  into  a  corner,  bag,  or  basket. 
It  should  not  be  swept  out  of  doors,  as  it  possesses  valuable 
properties  for  manure. 

The  roller  then  proceeds  to  spread  out  the  fleece,  which 
cannot  be  too  carefully  done,  separates  the  ragged  portions 
from  the  skirts  and  head,  and  then  makes  it  as  compact  as 
possible  by  pushing  from  all  sides  towards  the  centre.  The 
loose  wool  is  then  thrown  upon  the  fleece,  which  is  followed 
by  turning  over  the  sides  and  ends  so  as  to  form  an  oblong 
stripe,  say  about  two  or  three  feet  long,  and  one  and  a  half  w^ide, 
which  is  moved  to  the  front  edge  of  the  table.  He  then  com- 
mences to  roll  the  long  side  of  the  stripe,  aided  by  a  boy  at 
the  other  end  of  it,  who  lay  their  arms  flat  from  the  elbow  to 
press  the  wool  as  the  rolling  proceeds,  till  the  stripe  is  re- 
duced to  six  or  nine  inches  in  width,  depending  on  the  size 
of  the  fleece.  The  boy  then  mounts  upon  the  table,  and  each 
commences  rolling  from  the  ends  of  the  stripe  till  the  parts 
meet,  when  the  boy  rolls  his  portion  on  top  of  his  assistant's, 
firmly  pressing  it  till  the  twine  is  passed  round  both  ways  and 
tied,  which  effectually  secures  the  fleece,  no  matter  how 
roughly  handled.  After  it  receives  a  slight  pressure,  it  pre- 
sents somewhat  the  form  of  a  cheese. 

There  are  other  modes  of  putting  up  fleeces,  performed 
without  any  aid ;  but  the  writer  has  yet  to  see  that  individ- 
ual who  alone  can  roll  a  fleece  as  firm  and  solid  as  it  should 
be,  at  the  same  time  giving  it  a  symmetrical  and  attractive  form. 
If  it  is  loosely  rolled,  the  quantity  of  canvass  used  for  pack- 
ing is  necessarily  much  increased  ;  and  this  item  of  extra 
expense  is  more  than  equivalent  to  the  services  of  a  lad  as  an 
assistant. 

ARRANGEMENT    OF    WOOL    FOR    SALE,    ETC. 

The  slovenly  manner  in  which  wool  is  rolled  and  after- 
wards prepared  for  exhibition  to  the  buyer,  deserves  a  pass- 
ing remark. 

The  wool-grower  should  keep  before  him  the  motto  of 
IG* 


186  MANAGEMENT   OF    SHEEP. 

tlie  shopmen,  "  goods  tidily  kept  are  half  sold."  This  applies 
with  equal  propriety  to  everything  saleable  by  the  farmer, 
and  to  nothing  with  greater  I'orce  than  his  wool.  They  are 
too  prone  to  get  along  with  this  matter  in  a  "  rough  and  tumble" 
style,  doing  up  the  fleeces  untidily,  and  then  depositing  them 
in  dark  and  uninviting  places  for  exhibition.  If  wool  has 
been  well  cleansed,  it  will  not  be  ashamed  of  too  much  light; 
if  only  half  washed,  a  dark  corner  only  aggravates  its  ap- 
pearance. There  is  an  art  in  disposing  wool  for  sale,  which 
enables  the  flock-master  to  put  his  best  foot  out,  and  yet  be 
guiltless  of  artifice  to  deceive  the  buyer  ;  on  the  contrary, 
increases  his  opportunity  to  judge  acctirately  of  everything 
appertaining  to  condition  and  quality. 

The  adoption  of  the  following  will  carry  out  the  writer's 
views  and  practice  : — 

First,  against  one,  or  all  sides — if  necessary — of  the  wool- 
loft,  let  four  or  five  tiers  of  fleeces  bo  placed  upon  top  of  each 
other,  as  nearly  alike  as  to  size  as  possible  ;  the  next  pile, 
one  tier  of  fleeces  less,  and  so  on  diminishing  the  succeed- 
ing piles  one  tier,  till  the  last  is  reduced  to  a  single  one.  In 
this  way,  the  fleeces  represent  piazza  steps,  or  perhaps  more 
properly,  the  ascending  seats  of  an  amphitheatre.  It  will 
readily  be  conceived,  that  if  the  fleeces  have  been  neatly 
rolled  and  adjusted,  the  whole  is  not  only  attractive,  but  saves 
the  buyer  much  time  in  overhauling  it,  which  is  unavoidable 
if  disposed  of  in  a  bin,  or  piled  in  any  other  form.  This 
constitutes  one  of  those  "  inviting  appearances"  which  the 
world  delight  to  gaze  on,  and  which  the  world  are  some- 
times disposed  to  pay  a  little  beyond  the  intrinsic  value  for 
the  sake  of  possessing.  Let  the  flock-master  honestly  tag 
his  sheep  and  cleanse  his  fleeces,  and  put  nothing  within 
them  but  the  "  clean  thing,"  and  the  inviting  scene  before  the 
buyer  cannot  mislead,  or  deceive  him  afterwards. 

This  leads  to  an  exposure  of  other  "  cheating  practices" 
of  wool-growers,  alluded  to  by  Mr.  Samuel  Lawrence,  under 
the  head  of  "  washing."  In  a  communication  to  the  writer  he 
states  the  following  : — "  The  practice  of  enclosing  in  the 
fleece  clippings,  &c.,  is  too  common,  and  should  be  discour- 
aged by  manufacturers.  I  have  known  sin  ounces  of  this 
useless  stuff  taken  from  one  fleece.  There  is  another  prac- 
tice equally  disgraceful — the  use  of  five  to  twenty  times  as 
much  twine  as  is  necessary.  A  short  time  since  I  took  sixty- 
six  feet  of  large  twine  from  one  fleece." 


SUMMER   MANAGEMENT,  187 

No  further  comment  is  necessary,  than  to  say,  that  any 
flock-master  who  will  put  tag  or  dung  locks,  clippings,  &c., 
in  the  fleece,  with  a  view  to  increase  the  weight,  for  such  is 
the  motive,  is  committing  a  gross  fraud,  and  in  every  instance 
of  discovery,  his  crime  should  be  exposed  to  the  public  for 
reprobation. 

In  addition  to  excessive  quantity  of  twine,  it  is  not  unusual 
for  the  size  to  be  adapted  almost  as  well  for  rope-traces,  as 
tying  of  fleeces.  It  should  be  about  half  the  size  of  a  pipe's 
tail,  as  smooth  as  possible,  otherwise,  the  fibres  of  flax,  hemp, 
or  cotton  are  intermingled  with  the  wool ;  the  carder  cannot 
dislodge  them — they  receive  the  dye  imperfectly,  and  con- 
sequently deface  the  surface  of  the  cloth. 

SHEARING-HOUSE    AND    APPENDAGES. 

Flock-masters  are  subjected  to  many  inconveniences  for 
want  of  an  appropriate  place  for  shearing,  with  the  necessa- 
ry appendages  of  pounds,  &c.  The  expense  of  a  shearing- 
house  is  not  large,  and  will  amply  reimburse  the  expense  in 
a  few  years,  as  it  can  be  used  for  the  reception  of  farm  im- 
plements, &c.,  when  the  shearing  is  over,  and  wool  removed. 

The  fence  for  the  pounds  should  be  constructed  of  posts 
and  boards  ;  two  are  required,  and  the  one  contiguous  to  the 
shearing-house  need  not  be  more  than  twenty  feet  square  ; 
the  other  may  be  much  larger. 

It  is  very  important  that  the  wool-loft  should  be  well  light- 
ed. No  matter  how  well  the  fleeces  may  have  been  cleansed, 
yet  if  there  is  a  deficiency  of  light,  they  present  a  dingy 
aspect.  One  window  of  good  size  is  all  that  is  necessary 
at  the  south  end,  and  two  will  be  required  at  the  opposite 
or  north  end,  for  the  reason  that  from  that  quarter  the  light 
is  milder,  and  gives  the  wool,  if  fine,  a  softer  and  more  silky 
appearance.  Wool  sorters  always  give  a  "  north  light"  the 
preference. 

The  trap  door  for  suspending  the  sacks  when  packing, 
should  be  in  a  central  part  of  the  floor,  which  leads  to  the 
subject  of 

BALEING    WOOL. 

The  article  commonly  used  for  baleing  is  termed  by  the 
merchant,  burlaps,  Avhich  varies  in  width  from  35  to  40  inch- 
es ;  the  latter  is  preferable.     The  quantity  necessary  for  a 


188  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEET. 

sack  is  3  yards .  A  truss  hoop  is  used,  around  the  rim  of  which 
the  mouth  of  the  sack  is  twisted,  and  is  then  placed  on  a  square 
frame  just  large  enough  to  permit  the  rim  of  the  hoop  to  rest. 
The  elevation  should  be  sufficient  to  clear  the  sack  from  the 
lower  floor,  when  suspended.  Some  half  dozen  fleeces  are 
then  thrown  in  for  a  layer,  followed  by  a  man  who  carefully 
adjusts  and  treads  each  successive  layer,  till  full.  Gener- 
ally, there  is  quite  too  much  haste  in  this  matter,  and  conse- 
quently the  wool  is  too  loosely  packed,  and  an  extra  quantity 
of  canvass  is  made  necessary.  It  will  be  well  before  the 
packing  commences,  to  stuff  the  bottom  corners  of  the  sacks 
with  wool  clippings,  and  tie  them,  which  aflbrd  handles  for 
lifting  the  bales. 

THE  SHEEP  TICK — {Acarus  reduvius.) 

This  disgusting  insect  infests  sheep  of  all  ages,  but  none 
others  so  much  as  yearlings.  While  they  tend  to  impoverish 
the  animal,  if  collected  in  large  numbers,  they  stain  the 
wool  in  such  a  manner  as  to  make  it  difficult  to  cleanse. 
But  they  are  so  easily  and  effectually  eradicated,  it  is  inhu- 
mane in  any  flock-master  to  permit  their  torments  to  any 
portion  of  his  sheep.  The  following  is  the  modus  operandi 
for  destroying  them : 

For  100  lambs,  use  5  lbs.  of  inferior  plug  tobacco,  or  10 
lbs.  of  stems  ;  the  former  should  be  chopped  into  small 
pieces,  that  its  strength  by  boiling  may  be  more  fully  extract- 
ed. This  will  require  some  hours  to  do,  and  the  most  ef- 
fectual way  will  be  to  apply  at  first  two  pails  of  water,  which 
may  boil  for  half  an  hour,  and  then  take  one  pail  of  liquor 
from  the  kettle,  and  at  the  same  time  add  another  of  water, 
and  so  on  till  30  gallons  of  decoction  is  made,  for  which 
the  quantity  of  tobacco  named  will  be  adequate. 

A  half  hogshead  will  be  the  best  thing  for  the  deposite  of 
the  liquor,  upon  one  side  of  the  top  of  which  should  be  fast- 
ened a  rack,  to  rest  the  lambs  after  their  immersion,  in  order 
that  the  liquor  may  drain  from  them.  If  this  is  not  done, 
much  of  it  will  be  unnecessarily  w^asted.  About  a  w^eek 
after  shearing  the  ticks  will  have  left  the  ewes  and  fastened 
themselves  upon  the  lambs,  which  will  be  the  proper  time 
to  have  them  got  up  for  this  purpose.  The  lambs  must  be 
held  by  the  head  with  both  hands,  and  then  dipped  to  the 
ears,  using  great  care  that  none  of  the  decoction  passes  into 
the  eyes  or  mouth. 


SUMMER    MANAGEMENT,  189 

There  are  some  flock-masters  who  immerse  all  their 
sheep,  but  if  the  Iambs  are  faithfully  attended  to  every  year, 
at  the  period  recommended,  few,  if  any,  of  the  remainder  of 
the  flock  will  ever  be  infested.  Good  condition  is  one  of 
the  best  preventives  for  this  nuisance. 

The  tobacco  decoction  will  also  be  found  excellent  for  slight 
wounds  of  the  skin,  and  cutaneous  irritations  from  johns- 
wort. 

MAGGOT-FLY. 

Sheep  during  the  summer  months  are  subjected  to  extreme 
annoyance  from  flies — principally  the  Estris  Ovis,  or  gad- 
fly, and  the  several  varieties  of  worm,  or  maggot  flies. 
Fine-wooled  sheep,  from  the  close  texture  of  their  coats,  do 
not  suffer  from  the  attacks  of  the  latter,  unless  dirty  from 
scours  or  wounds  ;  but  the  English  long-wooled  varieties 
are  especially  exposed.  The  following  observations  are 
copied  from  Blacklock : 

"  The  insects  passing  under  the  name  of  "  Fly,"  though 
most  troublesome  in  August,  attack  the  sheep  from  May  to 
September,  inclusive,  depositing  their  eggs  among  the  wool, 
in  general  about  the  tail,  the  roots  of  the  horns,  or  any  part 
which  aflbrds,  from  its  filthy  appearance,  a  prospect  of  suita- 
ble provision  for  the  maggot.  When  these  eggs  are  hatched, 
a  process  which  is,  in  sultry  weather,  almost  instantaneous, 
the  maggot  erodes  the  skin,  and  speedily  brings  the  adjacent 
parts  into  a  fit  condition  for  the  reception  of  succeeding  mem- 
bers of  its  species. 

The  backs  of  long-wooled  sheep  are,  from  their  exposure, 
more  liable  to  be  selected  by  the  flies,  as  a  receptacle  for 
their  eggs,  than  the  corresponding  parts  in  such  as  are  cov- 
ered by  a  short,  thick  fleece. 

No  sooner  has  the  maggot  begun  its  operations,  than  the 
sheep  becomes  uneasy  and  restless,  rubbing  itself  on  stones 
and  trees,  and  endeavoring,  by  every  means  in  its  power,  to 
free  itself  from  the  annoyance.  Teased  by  the  constant  ir- 
ritation, fever  soon  sets  in,  and,  if  the  sheep  be  unrelieved 
by  the  shepherd's  aid,  death  will  inevitably  follow. 

It  is  only  lately  that  attention  has  been  paid  to  the  history 
of  the  insect  pests  which  originate  the  mischief,  so  little 
damage  do  they  appear  to  have  occasioned  in  former  periods. 
In  a  valuable  paper,  containing  the  result  of  observations 
made  on  this  subject  in  the  Highlands,  and  published  in  the 


190  MANAGEMENT    OP    SHEEP. 

second  number  of  the  Quarterly  Journal  of  Agriculture,  they 
are  thus  described  : 

"  The  fly  which  is  so  troublesome  to  sheep,  as  far  as  my 
observations  could  extend,  consist  of  four  species,  viz. — the 
Muscar  Ceasar,  Cadavcrina,  Vomitoria,  and  Carnaria,  of 
Linnaeus.  ##*### 

"  M.  Ceasar  is  of  a  shining  green  color. 

"  M.  Cadaverma,  the  thorax  shining  bluish,  the  abdomen 
green,  like  the  Ceasar. 

"  M.  Vomitoria,  thorax  black,  or  dark-blue  grey,  abdomen 
dark  glossy  blue.     This  is  the  common  Blue-bottle  or  Flesh- 

fly- 

"  M.  Carnaria,  grey  ;  the  thorax  has  three  black  longitu- 
dinal markings  on  the  upper  surface  ;  the  abdomen  is  chec- 
quered,  in  some  positions  shining  whitish. 

"  In  all  instances  in  which  I  observed  them,  the  green 
flies  were  the  first  to  attack,  and  this  is  the  common  opinion 
among  the  shepherds.  After  a  time,  when  the  larvae  (mag- 
gots) commenced  gnawing  the  flesh,  the  putrid  stench,  which 
was  thereby  occasioned,  attracted  other  species.  The  Blae- 
hottle  was  very  common,  more  numerous  than  both  the  for- 
mer species,  and  perhaps  contributed  most  to  accelerate  the 
death  of  the  animal,  after  the  others  had  commenced.     *     * 

"  In  five  days  after  the  larvae  are  hatched  they  arrive  at 
full  growth,  provided  they  have  plenty  of  food  ;  they  then 
cease  to  eat,  and  seek  to  assume  the  pupa  state,  crawling 
under  ground  two  or  three  inches.  Here  they  remain  about 
fourteen  days,  when  the  shell  cracks,  and  the  imago,  or  fly, 
appears." 

The  correctness  of  this  description  of  their  transformation 
Blacklock  attests,  from  having  watched  their  habits  during 
his  anatomical  pursuits  in  the  summer  months. 

To  ward  off"  the  attacks  of  flies,  v'arious  substances  ob- 
noxious to  them  have  been  recommended.  Tar,  with  spirits 
turpentine,  may  be  applied  about  the  ears,  horns,  and  tail  ; 
while  others  prefer  a  little  melted  butter,  thickened  by  flour 
of  sulphur,  put  also  along  the  sheep's  back,  which  is,  on  the 
authority  of  Blacklock,  an  effectual  preventive. 

Flock-masters  cannot  be  too  vigilant  during  the  summer 
months,  in  watching  closely  every  individual,  and  if  any  are 
seen  with  scours,  they  should  be  got  up,  and  tar  and  turpen- 
tine applied.  Rams  should  be  still  more  closely  observed, 
especially  the  Saxon  and  Merino,  whose  pugnacious  tempers 


SUMMER    MANAGEMENT.  191 

incline  them  so  frequently  to  battle,  often  inflicting  wounds 
around  the  base  of  the  horns  which  are  certain  to  call  the 
flies.  Many  valuable  rams  have  been  lost  from  this  cause, 
which  watchfulness  might  have  prevented. 

NOXIOUS    WEEDS. 

Sheep,  from  their  fondness  of  variety  of  herbage,  are  often 
disposed  to  pluck  weeds  possessing  poisonous  qualities  ; 
and  to  guard  against  this  evil  entirely,  the  only  remedy  is, 
for  the  flock-master  to  eradicate  everything  of  the  kind  from 
his  sheep-walks.  The  low  Laurel,  Kalmia  Angustifolia,  is 
always  fatal  to  sheep,  and  Johnswort  also,  if  partaken  of  too 
freely  ;  but  the  reader  is  referred  to  the  chapter  on  Diseases 
for  further  observations  relative  to  these. 

The  burs  of  the  common  Burdock  and  Tory-plant  are  both 
injurious  to  the  appearance  of  the  fleece,  and  much  vigilance 
is  requisite  to  destroy  these  weeds,  as  their  most  congenial 
places  of  growth  are  in  fence  corners,  and  beside  old  stumps 
and  logs,  and  therefore  not  so  easily  seen.  But  it  is  an  old 
observation  of  wool-growers,  "  if  you  want  to  find  a  bur- 
dock, put  a  sheep  on  the  track,"  and  the  trophies  of  success 
will  soon  be  seen  carried  in  its  fleece.  Burs  in  wool  injure 
materially  its  sale,  and  a  reduction  in  price  frequently  fol- 
lows. If  a  burdock  is  early  severed  near  the  root,  and  a 
handful  of  salt  applied,  it  will  never  again  "  rise  and  report 
progress."  The  common  thistle  should  also  be  kept  down, 
for  which  the  washer,  shearer,  and  especially  the  roller  of 
fleeces,  will  return  their  grateful  thanks 


CHAPTER  X. 

SUMMER    MANAGEMENT    CONTINUED. 


LOCALITIES  FOR  SHEEP— SOIL  — HERBAGE  — DEDUCTIONS— VARIETY 
OF  HERBAGE— REVIEW  OF  PREMISES— FREQUENT  CHANGE  OF  PAS 
TURE— INCIDENTAL  DUTIES— REMARKS  ON  THE  LOCALITIES  OF 
ENGLISH  SHEEP— GRASSES  AND  THEIR  RELATIVE  NUTRITIOUS 
PROPERTIES— SHADE  TREES— WATER— WEANING  OF  LAMBS— EAR 
MARKING— WHEAT  STUBBLE— OVERSTOCKING— PASTURING  IN  THE 
FALL— SORTING  SHEEP  FOR  WINTER  QUARTERS. 


LOCALITIES    FOR    SHEEP. 

On  right  locality  mainly  depends  the  ultimate  profits  of 
sheep  culture,  which,  among  other  prominent  circumstances, 
embraces  that  of  climate,  which  will  be  found  fully  consid- 
ered in  a  subsequent  chapter. 

Until  within  the  last  hundred  years  no  extraordinary  at- 
tention had  been  paid  to  sheep  husbandry  in  Great  Britain ; 
but  when  the  nation  became  aroused  to  its  vast  importance, 
it  was  discovered  that  the  prominent  breeds,  with  their  nume- 
rous subdivisions,  were  placed  on  localities  admirably  adapted 
by  nature  to  each.  The  light-quartered,  long-legged,  restless 
Welsh  sheep  were  gambolling  upon  the  mountains,  and  pick- 
ing the  uncultivated  herbage,  peculiar  to  them.  The  Down 
sheep  were  upon  the  hill  slopes  feeding  upon  a  soil  afford- 
ing adequate  sustenance  for  a  medium-sized  breed  ;  the 
heavy-quartered,  long-wooled  varieties  were  consuming  the 
fat  pastures  of  the  plains  and  valleys  ;  and  the  Cheviot  and 
iron-constitutioned  black-faced  sheep  were  sustaining  them- 
selves among  the  heather  of  the  North  mountains  of  Eng- 
land, and  Highlands  of  Scotland,  where  other  breeds  would 
have  perished  from  starvation  and  cold.  The  pliancy  of 
constitution  of  the  sheep,  unequalled  by  any  other  domes- 
tic animal,  which  adaptates  it  to  almost  every  transition  of 
climate  and  soil,  will  account  for  the  difference  of  conform- 
ation of  the  several  breeds,  as  observsd  in  these  varied  lo- 


SUMMER    MANAGEMENT.  193 

calities.  But  centuries  were  required  to  accomplish  this,  for 
nature,  when  left  to  herself,  is  slow  in  effecting  radical  re- 
sults. But  thus  the  English  husbandman  found  them  at  the 
commencement  of  the  era  of  improvement,  and  he  under- 
stood quite  too  well  his  interest  to  transfer  the  sheep,  whose 
accustomed  walks  for  centuries  were  on  the  slopes  and 
mountain  tops,  to  the  abundant  herbage  of  the  valleys,  or 
exchange  the  rich  keep  of  the  larger  varieties  for  poorer 
and  more  scanty.  He  was  content  to  improve  the  forms, 
and  increase  the  disposition  to  fatten  and  earlier  maturity, 
but  to  go  no  farther ;  and  long  experience  has  attested  his 
practical  wisdom.  But  this  commendable  example,  from 
various  causes,  is  too  often  lost  sight  of  by  the  American 
breeder,  and  will  presently  be  alluded  to. 

The  first  point  appertaining  to  locality  which  will  be  con- 
sidered, is 

SOIL. 

The  soil  most  suitable  for  the  sheep  is  a  dry  one.  It  is 
emphatically  an  upland  animal,  and  loves  the  short  and 
varied  herbage  of  hill  and  mountain  slopes,  provided  the  soil 
is  not  poachy  from  an  excess  of  moisture.  To  no  other  do- 
mestic quadruped  is  water  more  repugnant,  unless  when  ne- 
cessary to  lave  its  thirst,  as  will  be  seen  in  its  aversion  to 
crossing  streams,  and  always  selecting  the  driest  points  for 
feeding  and  rest.  Whether  it  is  thus,  because  it  is  endowed 
with  the  instinctive  knowledge,  that  the  presence  of  too 
much  moisture  in  a  soil  engenders  diseases  too  fatal  to  it, 
cannot  conclusively  be  determined.  But  there  is  strong 
presumptive  evidence  that  it  is  so,  from  the  fact  that  this  in- 
telligent principle  abounds  in  all  the  brute  creation  to  that 
degree,  when  free  from  the  restraints  of  man,  which  induces 
the  formation  of  such  habits  only  as  conduce  for  the  most 
part  to  their  welfare  and  safety. 

The  chalky  districts  of  England,  on  which  so  large  a  por- 
tion of  the  Down  sheep  are  fed,  causes  a  harsh  and  inelas- 
tic feeling  of  their  wool,  as  has  already  been  remarked  in 
a  former  part  of  the  work.  Blacklock  says — "  Soil,  also, 
has  much  influence  on  the  pliability  of  the  wool.  Chalky 
lands,  which  are  so  notorious  for  injuring  the  fleece,  are 
supposed  to  act  in  the  manner  of  a  corrosive,  but  the  correct 
explanation  is,  not  that  the  chalky  particles  attack  the  fibre  in 
a  direct  way,  but  that  they  render  it  brittle,  by  absorbing  the 

17 


194  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

oily  moisture  with  which  it  is  naturally  imbued.  More- 
over, the  plants  growing  in  such  situations  cannot  but  be  in- 
jurious to  sheep,  owing  to  their  impregnation,  though  a 
slight  one,  with  calcareous  matter  ;  for  grooms  know  well 
how  soon  a  horse's  coat  becomes  disordered  by  the  frequent 
use  of  hard  or  well  water,  and  prefer,  therefore,  the  river  for 
their  steeds." 

His  last  remark  is  true,  and  is  worthy  of  much  consider- 
ation with  the  wool-grower.  By  careful  observation  and 
comparison,  it  will  be  found  that  where  sheep  are  fed  on 
limestone  soils,  and,  consequently,  the  water  hard,  the  wool 
from  them  does  not  possess  that  peculiar  softness,  as  that 
from  sheep  of  the  same  stock  kept  on  lands  deprived  of  cal- 
careous matter,  and  the  water  soft.  Exceptions,  however, 
to  this  exist,  if  the  herbage  materially  differs  of  the  respec- 
tive localities,  as  for  instance,  if  in  the  latter  it  is  very  lux- 
uriant, and  coarse,  and  the  former  short,  and  abounding  in 
aromatic  plants. 

The  presence  of  too  much  moisture  in  soils  being  a  para- 
mount objection,  other  than  very  chalky  ones,  none  are 
wholly  exceptionable  for  the  purposes  of  sheep  culture  but 
those  of  the  opposite  extreme,  viz. — too  dry,  from  their  po- 
rosity. This  is  the  case  in  nearly  all  sections  where  sand 
greatly  predominates  ;  and  is  thus,  to  a  considerable  extent, 
south  of  the  Middle  States,  in  light  loams,  from  exposure  to 
too  much  heat.  That  soil,  to  furnish  a  uniform  supply  of 
pasture,  should  have  a  due  admixture  of  clay,  to  cause  such 
a  degree  of  adhesiveness  as  will  prevent  the  herbage,  du- 
ring the  summer  months,  from  withering,  by  drought.  Too 
much  sand  in  a  soil  is  a  fatal  objection  to  sheep  culture 
■wherever  it  is  found,  and  especially  so  in  the  South  and 
Southwestern  States,  as  nothing  contributes  so  much,  not 
only  to  perfect  the  several  properties  of  wool,  but  early  ma- 
turity and  perfection  of  carcase,  as  a  uniform  and  plentiful 
supply  of  food  at  all  seasons  ;  and  this  a  soil  too  porous  can- 
not be  expected  to  furnish  during  the  warm  parts  of  the  year, 
scarcely  in  any  section  of  the  United  States. 

The  next  essential  thing  connected  with  locality,  is 

HERBAGE. 

There  is  nothing  beyond  this  in  importance  to  the  sheep- 
breeder,  as  from  the  quality  and  quantity  of  the  herbage 
produced  on  his  lands  necessarily,  in  a  measure,  influences 


SUMMER    MANAGEMENT.  195 

liis  choice  of  breeds,  and  determines  the  number  he  ca» 
keep. 

The  question  has  been  conclusively  settled,  that  food  ex- 
erts a  more  immediate  and  radical  influence  upon  the  car- 
case, and  especially  so  upon  the  fleece,  than  any  other 
known  circumstance,  which  is  confirmed  by  every  sheep  his- 
torian. Mr.  Youatt  states  the  following :  "  Pasture  has  a 
far  greater  influence  than  climate  on  the  fineness  of  the 
fleece.  The  staple  of  the  wool,  like  every  other  part  of  the 
sheep,  must  increase  in  length  or  in  bulk  when  the  animal 
has  a  superabundance  of  nutriment  ;  and,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  secretion  which  forms  the  wool  must  decrease  like  every 
other,  when  sufficient  nourishment  is  not  afforded. 

"  When  little  cold  has  been  experienced  in  the  winter, 
and  vegetation  has  been  scarcely  checked,  the  sheep  yields 
an  abundant  crop  of  wool,  but  the  fleece  is  perceptibly 
coarser,  as  well  as  heavier.  When  the  frost  has  been  severe, 
and  the  ground  long  covered  with  snow — if  the  flock  has  been 
fairly  supplied  with  nutriment,  although  the  fleece  may  have 
lost  a  little  in  weight,  it  will  have  acquired  a  superior  degree 
of  fineness,  and  a  proportional  increase  of  value.  Should, 
however,  the  sheep  have  been  neglected  and  starved  during 
this  prolongation  of  cold  weather,  the  fleece  as  well  as  car- 
case is  thinner,  and  although  it  may  have  preserved  its 
smallness  of  filament,  it  has  lost  in  weight,  and  strength, 
and  usefulness." 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  in  Great  Britain  wool  has 
materially  changed  its  character  since  the  introduction  of 
artificial  food,  and  the  adoption  of  the  forcing  system.  Mr. 
Nottage  states,*  of  the  Western  Down  sheep,  "  that  he  used 
to  get  one-eighth  part  of  the  finest  English  wool  from  each 
fleece  ;  but  that  now  the  quantity  is  so  small  he  does  not 
throw  it  out ;  he  does  not  set  a  basket  for  it  at  all."  Mr. 
Sutcliffe  says,  that — "  Thirty  years  ago  there  was,  in  some 
South  Down  flocks,  nearly  as  good  wool  grown,  as  the  fine 
German  that  now  comes  into  the  country."  Mr.  Varley 
adds,  that  "  he  used  to  throw  his  wool  extremely  high  to  the 
sort — very  good  to  the  sort — but  he  found  that  the  qualities 
generally  were  getting  so  low,  that  if  he  continued  that  sort 
of  practice,  he  should  have  been  looking  into  two  of  his  best 
bins  without  finding  a  bit  of  wool  in  them."     Mr.  Fison 

*  Testimony  before  a  committee  of  Parliament. 


196  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

States  of  the  Norfolk  sheep,  that  "in  1780,  420  lbs.  of 
clothing  wool  grown  in  Norfolk  would  produce  200  lbs. 
prime — in  1828,  it  would  produce  only  14  lbs."  These  are 
certainly  convincing  proofs  of  the  effect  of  high  keep. 

Dr.  Parry,  an  English  writer  on  sheep,  and  distinguished 
as  a  patron  of  the  Merino,  says — "  The  fineness  of  a  sheep's 
fleece  of  a  gi^-en  breed  is,  within  certain  limits,  inversely  as 
its  fatness,  and  perhaps  also  as  the  quickness  with  which  it 
grows  fat.  A  sheep  which  is  fat  has  usually  comparatively 
coarse  wool,  and  one  which  is  lean,  either  from  the  want  of 
food  or  disease,  has  the  finest  wool ;  and  the  very  same 
sheep  may  at  different  times,  according  to  these  circum- 
stances, have  fleeces  of  all  the  intermediate  qualities  from 
extreme  fineness  to  comparative  coarseness."* 

The  facts  and  deductions  set  forth  in  the  foregoing  ex- 
tracts are  applicable  wherever  sheep  are  kept,  as  may  be 
seen  manifested  in  very  many  flocks  which  have  been  re- 
moved from  the  old  States,  to  the  prairies  of  the  West.  A 
large,  and  intelligent  wool-growerf  of  Washington,  Penn,, 
who  with  others  has  kindly  favored  the  writer  with  his 
course  of  management,  after  alluding  to  the  effect  of  climate 
upon  the  fleece,  says,  "  Much  also,  in  my  opinion,  depends 
on  the  soil ;  high,  poor  lands  will  produce  better  wool  than 
rich  low  lands.  I  sent  a  flock  a  few  years  since  to  Warren 
County,  Illinois,  of  about  our  latitude,  and  after  three  years' 
experience  I  scarcely  knew  my  own  wool ;  the  quantity  of 
fleece  and  size  of  the  sheep  have  increased,  but  the  wool 
has  not  retained  its  fineness.  This  no  doubt  arises  from 
the  pasturage  ;  they  become  very  fat  in  summer,  which  in- 
creases the  harshness  of  the  wool  and  destroys  that  delicate 
texture  it  has  in  the  more  eastern  and  high  lands." 

But  the  eflect  of  rich  keep  is  not  peculiar  to  the  prairies  ; 
and  therefore  forms  no  objection  to  them  for  wool  culture, 
simply  because  there  is  a  decidence  in  fineness,  since  the 
carcase  is  enlarged  and  with  it  the  quantity  of  wool,  the  fil- 
ament or  fibre  made  stronger,  as,  also,  the  fabric  from  which 

*  Columella,  whose  sheep  were  cultivated  principally  for  their  fleece, 
mentions  the  hungry  lands  about  Parma  and  Modena,  as  feeding  the  most 
valuable  sheep  ;  and  Virgil  was  perfectly  aware  of  the  influence  of  lux- 
uriant pasture  in  giving  coarseness  to  the  fleece  when  he  warns  against 
the  ''  pabula  IcBta  ;" 

"  Nor  in  too  rank  a  pasture  let  them  live." 

t  John  H.  Ewing,  Esq. 


SUMMER    MANAGEMENT.  197 

it  is  made.  But  it  is  not  now  the  business  of  the  writer  to 
discuss  the  policy  of  removing  the  finest  breeds  to  the  prai- 
ries ;  sufficient  for  him  is  it  to  make  known  the  result  from 
ordinary"  to  high  keep,  and  that  the  effect  everywhere  is 
precisely  the  same  where  experiments  have  been  made. 
It  may,  however,  be  remarked,  that  the  cheap  uplands,  not 
easily  made  arable  for  general  agricultural  purposes,  will 
eventually  be  occupied  for  the  cultivation  of  the  finest  wool, 
simply  because  they  are  best  suited  to  the  object.  It  is  on 
these  localities  the  Saxon  and  Merino  can  be  maintained  in 
healthy  store^  order,  and  beyond  this  nothing  more  is  requi- 
red. On  the  other  hand,  the  rich  valley  lands  will  be  in  re- 
quisition to  fill  our  granaries,  and  large  districts  of  the  prai- 
ries, unneeded  for  this  purpose,  will  grow  the  medium  and 
coarser  wools,  of  which,  owing  to  the  competition  of  the  ex- 
treme fine  qualities  of  Germany  and  other  large  portions  of 
Europe,  no  redundancy  can  be  produced,  for  very  many 
years  at  least,  to  over  supply  the  wants  of  the  American 
manufacturer.* 

No  other  domestic  animal  is  known  to  manifest  that  fond- 
ness for  variety  of  herbage  equal  to  the  sheep. 

Blacklock,  after  properly  rebuking  the  English  breeders 
for  not  providing  a  greater  allowance  of  straw  or  like  mate- 
rials to  mix  with  their  turnip  feeding,  proceeds  to  say — "  We 
find,  from  a  perusal  of  the  works  of  travellers,  and  from  the 
anatomical  peculiarities  of  the  sheep,  that  it  is  fitted  for  res- 
idence in  countries  precipitous  in  surface,  and  scantily  sup- 
plied with  herbage  ;  consequently,  it  must  range  over  a  vast 
extent  of  ground  for  a  subsistence,  and  its  food  must,  owing 
to  the  varied  features  of  the  country,  consist,  not  of  one  or  a 
few  plants,  but  of  a  most  extensive  mixture  of  herbage.  Ex- 
periment also  points  out  that  the  deductions  from  these  ob- 
servations are  correct.  Sheep,  in  fact,  consume  a  greater 
number  of  plants  than  any  other  domestic  animal.  Linnaeus, 
in  examining  into  this  subject,  found,  by  offering  fresh  plants 
to  such  animals,  in  the  ordinary  mode  of  feeding,  that  horses 
ate  262  species,  and  refused  212  ;  cattle  ate  276  species, 
and  refused  218  ;  while  sheep  took  387  species,  and  only 
refused  141.  We  find,  too,  great  difficulty  in  preventing 
sheep  from  springing  over  the  dykes  and  hedges  that  we 
place  as  boundaries  to  their  rambling  habits,  yet  how  seldom 

*  For  further  remarks,  see  Sheep  of  the  United  States. 
17* 


198  MANAGEMENT   OF    SHEEP. 

do  we  see  tlie  true  cause  of  their  determination  to  set  tliem 
at  defiance.  We  may  partly  account  for  it  by  considering 
their  analogy  to  the  goat,  and  their  propensity  to  scale  rug- 
ged eminences  ;  but  I  think  these  movements  rather  indicate 
an  anxiety  to  change  a  pasture  already  exhausted  of  variety, 
for  fresh  fields,  and  herbage  abounding  in  that  miscellaneous 
provision  which  nature  apparently  reckons  essential  for  them. 
Shepherds  own  as  much,  and  will  tell  you  that  frequent 
change  of  pasture  is  the  soul  of  sheep  husbandry. ^^ 

In  explanation  of  the  philosophy  of  variety  of  food,  an 
English  author*  briefly  remarks, — "  It  is  also  well  worthy 
of  remark,  that  various  herbaceous  plants  which  spring  up 
among  others  that  are  esculent,  yet  are  rejected  by  cattle 
when  off*ered  alone,  give  a  higher  relish  and  even  salubrity 
to  the  fodder  with  which  they  are  intermixed.  As  man 
cannot  live  on  tasteless,  unmixed  flour  alone,  so  neither  can 
cattle  in  general  be  so  thrifty  by  mere  grass,  without  the  ad- 
dition of  various  plants  in  themselves  too  acid,  bitter,  salt,  or 
narcotic  to  be  eaten  alone.  Spices  and  a  portion  of  animal 
food  supply  us  with  the  requisite  stimulus  or  additional  nu- 
triment, as  the  ranunculus  tribes,  and  many  others,  seasoA 
the  pasturage  and  fodder  of  cattle." 

In  reviewing  the  premises  set  forth  appertaining  to  local- 
ities, with  a  view  to  further  practical  conclusions  and  com- 
ments, it  is  manifest  in  the  first  place,  that  the  sheep  cultu- 
rist  must  beware  of  soils  too  wet,  and,  consequently,  poachy. 
Lands  of  this  character  are  found  quite  to  as  great  an  extent, 
indeed  more  so,  on  mountain  declivities  as  in  valleys  ;  it 
therefore  is  clearly  to  the  interest  of  those  in  possession 
of  such,  if  they  contemplate  embarking  in  sheep  hus- 
bandry, to  have  them  made  as  dry  as  possible,  by  drain- 
age, before  they  are  stocked.  If  the  adoption  of  this 
course  does  not  succeed  (as  is  often  the  case  from  being 
'•'  springy"),  they  should  be  abandoned  for  sheep  culture,  and 
converted  to  dairy  or  other  purposes.  If  persisted  in,  the 
owner  may  expect  those  consequences  which  are  inevitable, 
namely,  foot-rot  and  other  diseases  incidental  to  such  local- 
ities.! 

It  will  also  have  been  seen,  that  the  short  and  yet  nutri- 
tious hebrage  of  uplands  is  best  adapted  to  the  Merino  and 
Saxon  varieties,  as  being  most  conservative  of  those  peculiar 

*  Sir  J.  E.  Smith.  t  See  Liver  and  Foot-rot. 


SUMMER.    MANAGEMENT.  199 

properties  of  their  wool  which  adaptates  it  to  the  manufacture 
of  the  finest  and  softest  fabrics  ;  but  on  the  other  hand,  if 
these  breeds  are  removed  to  rich  pastures,  these  vakiable 
quahties  of  the  fleece  become  in  a  measure  deteriorated. 
This  is  unquestionably  true  if  the  removal  is  permanent,  but 
will  prove  in  nowise  injurious  if  a  change  is  made  from  up- 
land to  valley  herbage  at  short  and  frequent  intervals.  In- 
deed, this  is  highly  proper,  as  that  variety  of  food,  so  con- 
ducive to  the  health  and  thrift  of  the  animal,  is  thereby  af- 
forded. 

From  old  or  natural  to  the  cultivated  grasses,  alternately 
once  a  week  or  fortnight,  the  flock-master  will  learn,  from 
observation,  suits  well  the  inclinations  of  sheep.  In  keeping 
with  this,  they  should  be  allowed  occasionally  the  range  of 
open  wood-lands,  to  brouse  upon  forest  shoots,  the  slight 
acidity  of  which  is  much  to  their  liking. 

A  further  argument  in  favor  of  frequent  change  of  pasture, 
is  the  fact  that  if  sheep  are  confined  too  long  on  one  enclo- 
sure, no  matter  how  good  the  feed  may  be,  it  becomes  taint- 
ed by  their  constant  wanderings  over  it ;  and  hence,  from 
their  nice  habits  and  extraordinary  keenness  of  smell,  will 
neglect  it.  When  the  flock  is  seen  nosing  here  and  there 
without  eating  contentedly,  lose  no  time  in  removing  them, 
even  if  the  pasture  to  which  they  are  taken  is  shorter  and 
less  abundant.  It  will  be  fresh  and  untainted,  which  is  al- 
ways reason  enough  for  the  change. 

Connected  with  frequent  shiftings  of  their  pasture,  is  the 
necessity  of  small  enclosures.  This  is  well  understood  to 
be  the  right  policy  in  England,  and,  where  feasible,  is  rigidly 
adhered  to.  "  In  an  enclosed  country  sheep  generally  do 
best  when  they  are  separated  into  small  parcels  ;  they  feed 
more  quietly,  and  they  waste  less.  When  as  many  sheep 
are  put  upon  a  fair-sized  pasture  as  it  will  properly  keep, 
they  will  be  cleared  off"  for  market  considerably  earlier  than 
if  they  were  put  in  large  numbers  on  extensive  grounds. 
Grass  land,  in  small  divisions,  will  keep  and  fatten  many 
more  sheep  than  when  they  are  of  a  greater  extent."* 
Some  of  the  writer's  fields  are  large,  but  mostly  from  ten  to 
fifteen  acres — and  he  has  learned  the  fact  that  100  sheep 
will  do  better  on  twenty-five  acres  if  divided,  than  on  thirty 
acres  with  no  division. 

*  Farmer's  Series. 


^00  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

There  are  several  incidental  duties  to  notice  when  chang- 
ing sheep  from  one  pasture  to  another,  or  removing  them 
for  any  purpose,  namely — ^where  gates  are  not  provided,  to 
take  out  three  or  four  of  the  lower  bars.  It  is  quite  common 
to  drop  only  one  end  of  them  ;  and  if  an  hundred  or  more 
sheep  are  to  pass  through,  they  lose  their  good  manners  and 
patience,  and  rush  with  such  impetuosity  that  the  weaker  ones 
are  frequently  thrown  down  and  injured,  as,  also,  liable  to 
have  their  feet  caught  in  the  bars,  and  legs  thereby  broken. 
This  is  of  still  more  consequence,  if  the  Hock  consists  of 
ewes  and  young  lambs. 

Again  :  when  flocks  of  this  description  are  changed,  the 
master  should  go  thoroughly  around  the  field  to  see  that  all 
the  lambs  are  aroused,  as,  when  quite  young,  they  sleep 
much  in  the  daytime,  and  therefore  are  liable  to  be  left. 
The  better  course  is,  not  to  remove  them  beyond  an  adjoin- 
ing lot  if  possible,  and  still  better,  until  after  shearing  to  leave 
the  communications  open  to  change  themselves  at  pleasure 
As  has  been  before  observed,  this  obviates  all  confusion  and 
trouble. 

Before  proceeding  to  enumerate  the  various  grasses,  and 
detail  their  relative  proportion  of  nutritive  properties,  it  will 
perhaps  be  well  to  recall  the  introductory  observations  to  the 
present  chapter,  respecting  the  appropriate  localities  of  the 
dificrent  breeds  of  sheep  in  Great  Britain,  intended  as  hints 
to  the  American  breeder. 

It  is  always  of  paramount  importance  to  adaptate  the  breed 
to  the  quantity  of  feed  the  particular  locality  on  which  they 
are  placed  is  capable  of  furnishing.  But,  in  this  and  other 
States,  this  consideration  hitherto,  in  very  many  instances, 
has  been  lost  sight  of.  The  American  farmer  hears  of  the 
amazing  size,  weight  of  carcase  and  fleece  of  some  of  the 
English  breeds,  and  makes  undue  haste  to  purchase,  in  some 
instances  without  previously  knowing  whether  their  wool  is 
suitable  for  felting  or  combing  purposes,  and  without  duly 
considering  the  fact  that  the  relative  quantity  of  food  sheep 
consume  is  in  the  ratio  of  their  size.  The  herbage  of  his 
farm  is  of  the  upland  character,  or  their  situation  is  too  nmch 
exposed  to  cold,  or,  on  the  principle  that  a  "  sheep  is  a 
sheep,"  he  stints  them  to  the  quantity  of  feed  which  is  capa- 
ble of  supporting  a  similar  number  of  the  smaller  breeds  ; 
and  from  one  or  more  of  these  causes,  his  expectations  are 
disappointed,  and  he  abandons  them  with  execrations.    This 


SUMMER    MANAGEMENT.  201 

has  arisen  from  placing  them  on  too  low  keep — the  locality- 
was  not  adapted  to  them,  because  the  soil  was  not  capable 
of  furnishing  that  rich  and  abundant  herbage  requisite  to 
support  and  fatten  such  large  animals.  He  was  not  aware 
that  the  profits  of  the  English  breeds  must  be  looked  to  from 
the  carcase  and  not  so  much  from  the  fleece  ;  and  therefore, 
to  bring  around  quick  and  remunerating  returns,  that  they 
required  large  and  continuous  supplies  of  succulent  food 
from  the  start.  One  of  the  grand  improvements  effected  in 
the  English  mutton  sheep,  is  an  earlier  maturity,  in  order 
that  they  may  be  cleared  off  to  the  butcher  in  the  shortest 
time  ;  but  to  accomplish  this  the  English  breeder  takes  spe- 
cial care  not  to  place  the  famed  Leicester,  Cotswold,  or  Lin- 
coln breeds  on  the  stinted  feed  of  mountain  sides,  but  in  such 
situations  where  ample  provision  is  found  for  full  feed  and 
quick  fattening.  In  such  localities  as  are  near  to  a  market 
where  fine  fatted  mutton  is  appreciated  and  paid  for  accord- 
ingly, the  heavy  British  breeds  will  be  found  profitable  ;  un- 
der other  circumstances,  the  Merino,  Saxon,  and  grades  of 
these  varieties  will  bring  the  largest  returns  of  profit  to  the 
American  sheep  culturist. 

Connected  with  the  general  observations  of  the  present 
chapter,  is  the  consideration  of  the  various  grasses,  with  the 
amount  of  nutriment  they  respectively  afford.  The  following 
summary  was  compiled  by  Mr.  Youatt  from  Sir  Humphrey 
Davy's  distinguished  work  on  Agricultural  Chemistry.  Their 
times  of  flowering  differ  not  essentially  in  this  country  and 
England,  and  in  this  order  they  will  be  mentioned. 

The  SwEET-scENTAD  Vernal  Grass  [Anthoxanthum 
odoratuni)  is  found  on  almost  every  kind  of  soil,  and  is  a 
true,  permanent  pasture  grass  for  general  purposes,  and  for 
early  appearance  ;  but  it  is  not  liked  by  sheep,  who  will 
scarcely  touch  it  if  there  are  any  white  clover  or  meadow 
foxtail. 

Meadow  Foxtail  Grass  [Alopeciirus  pratensis).  This 
flowers  about  May  20,  and  the  seeds  are  ripened  about  June 
24.  On  a  clayey,  loamy  soil,  at  the  time  of  flowering,  will 
yield  about  one  and  a  half  tons  to  the  acre  (in  this  country), 
every  half  pound  yielding  11-4  drachms  of  nutritive  matter. 
The  aftermath  affords  2  drachms  of  nutritive  matter  from 
every  half  pound.  Sheep  are  fond  of  this  grass  during  May 
and  June. 

Short  Blue  Meadow  Grass  {Poa  CcBridea),  common 


202  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

in  the  drier  parts  of  peaty  meadows  ;  nutritious,  but  not 
sufficiently  productive  for  the  purposes  of  hay.  Sheep  and 
cattle  are  exceedingly  fond  of  it. 

Rough-stalked  Meadow  Grass  {Poa  trivalis).  In 
rich,  moist  soils,  and  sheltered  situations,  it  is  a  highly  valu- 
able grass  ;  but  on  high  and  exposed  ground  its  produce  is 
inconsiderable.  It  flowers  about  the  middle  of  June,  and 
seed  ripens  July  10.  It  is  highly  nutritive,  and  sheep  are 
exceedingly  fond  of  it.  The  nutritive  matter  is,  at  seed  time, 
5  1-2  drachms  to  the  pound.  Its  superior  value  when  fully 
ripe  is  very  striking,  and  should  not  be  forgotten. 

Kentucky  Blue  Grass,  June  Grass,  Spear  Grass,  &c. 
(Poa  pratcnse),  supposed  to  be  indigenous  to  this  country. 
It  is  one  of  the  most  nutritive  of  grasses,  either  for  pasture 
or  hay  ;  and  on  rich  soils,  particularly  those  of  a  calcareous 
nature,  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  that  can  be  cultivated.  It 
is  this  variety  which  gives  name  to  the  far-famed  ''  blue  grass** 
pastures  of  Kentucky,  and  the  fertile  valleys  of  Ohio. 

Sheep's  Fescue  [Festuca  ovina).  Flowers  about  June  25, 
and  the  seeds  ripen  about  July  10.  The  produce  is  com- 
paratively small,  and  the  proportion  of  nutriment  is  not  more 
than  3  drachms  to  the  pound  ;  but  sheep  are  exceedingly 
fond  of  it.  Linnaeus  affirms  that  sheep  have  no  relish  for 
hills  and  heaths  that  are  destitute  of  this  grass.  Sheep  are 
so  fond  of  it,  they  thrive  wherever  it  is  found. 

Cock's  Foot,  or  Orchard  Grass  {Dactylis  glomerata). 
This  is  an  exceedingly  productive  and  nutritive  grass  ;  af- 
fording in  the  flowering  time  5,  and  when  the  seeds  are  ripe, 
7  drachms  to  the  pound  of  nutritive  matter.  The  leaves 
of  the  aftermath  are  very  succulent.  It  is  valuable  for  per- 
manent pasture,  and  sheep  eat  it  very  readily. 

Welsh  Fescue  {Festuca  Ca?nbrica).  The  sheep  are  as 
fond  of  it  as  of  the  common  sheep's  fescue,  while  it  is  more 
productive  and  succulent.  It  is  most  valuable  when  the 
seeds  are  ripe. 

Narrow-leaved  Meadow  Grass  [Poa  angustifolia). 
Flowers  at  the  end  of  June  ;  and  the  seed  perfect  at  the  end 
of  July.  On  account  of  its  early  and  rapid  growth,  it  is  very 
valuable  for  permanent  pasture,  and  sheep  like  it. 

Hard  Fescue  [Festuca  duriuscula).  This  grass  is  most 
prevalent  on  light  rich  soils,  but  is  always  found  in  the  best 
natural  pastures,  where  the  soil  is  retentive.  It  is  one  of 
the  best  of  the  finer  or  dwarf-growing  grasses  ;  and  is  most 


SUMMER   MANAGEMENT.  203 

valuable  for  the  feeding  of  sheep.  It  flowers  about  the  be- 
ginning of  July,  and  at  this  time  it  affords  7  drachms  of  nu- 
tritive matter  to  the  pound. 

Meadow  Fescue  Grass  [Festuca  pratensis).  It  con- 
stitutes a  very  considerable  portion  of  the  herbage  of  all  rich 
natural  pastures,  and  makes  excellent  hay.  It  is  much  liked 
by  cattle,  but  sheep  comparatively  neglect  it.  At  flowering 
time  it  yields  about  3-4  of  a  ton  per  acre,  and  affords  9 
drachms  to  the  pound  of  nutritive  matter. 

Rye  Grass  [Lolium  perenne).  Mr.  Sinclair  says  of 
this  grass  :  "  Sheep  eat  it  when  it  is  in  the  earliest  stage  of 
its  growth,  in  preference  to  most  others  ;  but  after  the  seed 
approaches  towards  perfection,  they  leave  it  for  almost  any 
other  kind.  A  field  in  the  park  at  Woburn  was  laid  down 
in  two  equal  parts,  one  part  with  rye  grass  and  white  clover, 
and  the  other  part  with  cock's  foot  and  red  clover.  From 
the  spring  until  midsummer  the  sheep  kept  almost  constant- 
ly on  the  rye  grass,  but  after  that  they  left  it  and  adhered 
with  equal  constancy  to  the  cock's  foot  during  the  remainder 
of  the  season."  This  grass  is  of  almost  equal  value  at  the 
flowering  and  seed  season — the  latter  at  the  end  of  July. 
It  may,  however,  be  objected  to,  as  it  exhausts  the  soil. 

Fertile  Meadow  Grass  [Poa  fertilis).  In  early  growth, 
the  proportion  of  nutritive  matter,  and  the  nutritive  quality 
of  the  latter  math,  this  grass  will  yield  to  few.  It  continues 
to  send  forth  a  succession  of  flowering  culms  until  the  frost 
arrests  their  growth.  It  is  therefore  an  excellent  meadow 
grass  combined  with  others. 

Meadow  Cat's-tail,  or  Timothy  Grass  [Phleum  pra- 
tense).  This  is  of  much  value,  for  permanent  pasture,  mixed 
with  other  grasses,  on  account  of  its  early  herbage,  its  great 
productiveness,  and  the  superior  proportion  of  nutritive  mat- 
ter which  it  contains.  At  a  little  before  the  seed  is  ripe, 
when  it  should  be  cut,  it  affords  no  less  than  11  1-2  drachms 
of  nutritive  substance  to  the  pound.  It  is  most  useful  for 
sheep  in  the  form  of  hay. 

Mr.  Youatt  proceeds  no  farther  than  the  above,  except  the 
mention  of  some  of  the  artificial  grasses,  such  as  tares  and 
the  several  varieties  of  vetches ;  but  very  many  years  must 
elapse,  before  necessity  will  require  their  culture  in  this 
country. 

Of  the  Clovers,  the  most  valuable  variety  for  general  pur- 
poses is  the  common  red  clover  [Trifolium  pratense).    Sheep, 


204  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

however,  eat  it  sparingly  before  the  first  flowering,  if  any  of 
the  natural  grasses  abound  in  the  same  field.  But  the  after- 
math or  rowen  they  eat  greedily,  and  is  exceedingly  nutri- 
tious to  all  domestic  animals.  Clover  will  be  alluded  to 
again  hereafter,  and  the  comparative  quantity  of  nutriment  it 
affords,  mentioned. 

White  Clover  {Trifolium  repens).  This  grows  spon- 
taneously on  dry  uplands,  after  they  have  been  manured  with 
gypsum  or  with  bog  marl.  It  is  a  very  sweet  grass  for 
pasture,  but  not  productive.  Sheep  eat  it  readily  when 
mixed  with  other  varieties,  and  proves  salubrious  to  them. 

But,  of  the  various  natural  grasses  common  to  the  United 
States,  none  appear  to  be  so  much  relished  by  sheep,  or 
afford  a  greater  degree  of  nutriment,  than  the  blue  or  poa  pre- 
tense and  timothy  grasses.  Unlike  some  of  the  others,  sheep 
consume  these  with  avidity  from  the  earliest  to  the  latest 
period  of  the  pasturage  season.  A  tolerably  well-conducted 
experiment,  made  several  years  since,  satisfied  the  writer 
that  the  sheep-grower  must  rely  much  on  timothy,  as  being 
for  pasture  and  hay  combined,  unsurpassed  by  all  others. 

SHADE    TREES. 

For  the  purposes  of  adornment  and  utility,  shade  trees  are 
not  sufficiently  appreciated  by  the  American  husbandman. 
To  sheep,  particularly  just  after  shearing,  they  are  pecu- 
liarly grateful ;  and,  during  the  warm  season,  are  indispensa- 
bly necessary  to  promote  thrift,  inasmuch  as  they  contribute 
to  greater  quietness.  If  the  axe  has  been  ruthlessly  laid  to 
the  roots  of  those  which  have  been  natural  tenants  of  the 
farm,  their  places  should  be  supplied  by  others.  The  com- 
mon maple,  linden,  and  sycamore  will  be  found  valuable  for 
this  purpose.  A  few  of  the  second  shoots  of  forest  clear- 
ings, which  grow  with  great  rapidity,  and  consequently,  in 
a  few  years,  afford  an  abundant  shade,  should  be  left,  and 
the  most  thrifty  ones  selected  for  this  purpose.  If  the  flock- 
master  is  careful  in  his  observations,  he  will  learn  that  sheep 
which  have  had  the  benefit  of  woods  to  retire  to  during  the 
heat  of  the  day,  will  be  in  better  condition  in  the  fall,  than 
others  deprived  of  such  grateful  retreats. 

WATER. 

AVater  is  not  deemed  so  absolutely  necessary  for  sheep  as 
other  domestic  animals,  since  their  instincts  lead  them  to 


SUMMEPc   MANAGEMENT.  205 

graze  early  in  the  morning,  before  the  dew  evaporates,  and 
again  for  a  while  in  the  evening,  when  the  temperature  of 
the  season  is  warmest.  In  the  hot  month  of  August,  how- 
ever, when  the  feed  is  less  succulent,  they  appear  eager  for 
it,  and  should  be  gratified,  if  possible.  But  the  lambs,  when 
suckling,  will  do  better  if  the  mothers  have  access  to  it  at 
all  times.  Therefore,  since  every  pasture  is  not  supplied 
with  water,  the  master  should  appropriate  those  which  con- 
tain it  to  his  breed  ewes.  It  should  be  considered,  that  the 
milk  secretions  cannot  be  so  abundant  if  the  ewe  suffers  too 
much  from  thirst,  nor  in  any  wise  do  as  well. 

WEANING    LAMBS. 

This  period  necessarily  varies  somewhat  with  locality, 
the  particular  breed,  the  time  of  parturition,  and  the  disposi- 
tion afterwards  to  be  made  of  the  lambs. 

The  time  usually  allotted  for  the  lamb  to  suckle  is  about 
four  months,  and  if  the  weaning  lakes  place  about  Septem- 
ber 1st,  which  is  about  the  common  period  in  the  Eastern 
and  Middle  States,  it  supposes  the  birth  to  have  been  in  the 
early  part  of  May.  If  the  lambs  are  of  the  mutton  breed,  a 
longer  or  shorter  time  is  taken,  depending  on  the  condition 
they  are  in  for  the  butcher.  But  with  sheep  kept  for  wool 
culture,  in  about  this  latitude,  weaning  should  not  be  delay- 
ed beyond  August  25th,  or  at  most  a  few  days  after.  As 
early  as  this  is  quite  necessary,  as  the  time  is  full  short  for 
the  ewes  to  recover  their  wonted  order  for  renewed  gesta- 
tion, and  pass  with  safety  through  the  rigorous  winters  inci- 
dent to  our  climate. 

The  first  thing  to  be  attended  to,  is  to  remove  the  lambs 
and  the  ewes  as  far  as  possible  from  each  other.  There 
Avill  be  plenty  of  confusion  and  unhappiness  for  a  while,  and 
which  would  be  prolonged  until  it  was  injurious  both  to  the 
mother  and  the  offspring,  if  they  were  able  to  hear  each ' 
other's  bleating.  The  lambs  should  be  placed  on  better  pas- 
ture than  that  to  which  they  had  been  accustomed,  in  order 
to  compensate  for  the  loss  of  the  mother's  milk.  But  it 
must  not  be  too  luxuriant,  otherwise,  they  overgorge  them- 
selves, and  acute  diseases  in  some  form  will  follow.  From 
this  cause  flock-masters  often  complain  of  losing  their  lambs 
soon  after  weaning,  which  might,  however,  have  been  pre- 
vented,  if  they  had   previously  been  trained  to  eat   salt, 

18 


206  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

Avhich,  when  given  freely,  operates  much  to  counteract 
hoove,  and  some  other  diseases  of  the  digestive  organs. 
When  lambs  are  first  placed  on  clover  rowen,  let  them  have 
all  the  salt  they  will  eat.  If  this  is  done,  the  gases 
evolved,  instead  of  acting  as  in  cases  of  hoove,  will  pass 
naturally  through  the  intestines.  This  is  applicable  to 
every  class  of  sheep,  and  the  course  recommended  is  found- 
ed upon  the  writer's  experience. 

When  the  weaning  takes  place,  let  one  or  two  tame  sheep 
be  put  with  them,  to  subdue  their  wildness,  learn  them  to 
eat  salt,  and  aid  in  conducting  them  through  bars  for  change 
of  pasture. 

A  contrary  course  must  be  adopted  with  the  ewes,  in  ref- 
erence to  their  pasture,  for  a  week  or  more  after  weaning. 
It  can  scarcely  be  too  poor ;  otherwise,  it  is  frequently  fol- 
lowed by  great  distension  of  their  udders,  and  inflammation 
or  garget.  Under  any  circumstances  they  should  be  watch- 
ed, and  if  this  is  likely  to  occur  with  any  of  the  flock,  they 
should  be  separated  and  milked  for  a  day  or  two,  and  during 
this  time  fed  with  hay  or  other  dry  food.  After  the  lapse 
of  a  week  or  more,  the  ewes  should  be  placed  on  such  pas- 
ture as  will  hasten  their  return  in  the  most  speedy  time  to 
good  condition.  Should  there  be  a  few,  which  is  often  the 
case,  much  below  the  order  of  the  majority  of  the  flock,  they 
should  be  taken  out,  and  put  on  better  keep  than  the  others. 
The  loss  of  valuable  ewes  from  poverty  during  the  winter, 
may  be  traced  frequently  to  a  neglect  of  this.  This  admo- 
nition is  applicable  also  to  the  lambs. 

EAR-MARKING. 

The  duty  devolves  on  the  flock-master,  at  the  time  of 
weaning,  to  mark  the  ears  of  his  lambs,  and  putting  the  ini- 
tials of  his  name  on  their  bodies,  if  deemed  necessary. 
One,  or  both,  is  quite  indispensable,  as,  from  their  anxiety 
to  get  to  the  mothers  immediately  after  their  separation,  they 
will  creep  through  fences,  in  places,  too,  where  it  would  not 
be  supposed  possible,  and  stray.  This  is  quite  likely  to 
happen,  if  placed  in  enclosures  adjoining  the  road  in  which 
sheep  are  permitted  to  run.  It  is  quite  common  to  crop  one 
of  the  ears,  which  is  not  proper,  as  it  gives  the  sheep  an  un- 
natural and  ungainly  appearance.  It  requires  no  special  in- 
genuity to  devise  a  mark  w^hich  will  leave  the  length  of  the 
ears  entire. 


SUMMER  MANAGEMENT.  207 


WHEAT  STUBBLE. 


Permitting  sheep  to  run  on  ungleaned  wheat  stubble  is 
exceedingly  dangerous,  and  should  be  avoided.  This  arises 
from  the  inflammatory  nature  of  wheat,  if  eaten  in  too  large 
quantities  by  herbivorous  animals.  Swine  should  always 
precede  sheep,  unless  the  field  is  small,  and  the  flock  a  large 
one.  Even  under  these  circumstances  it  will  conduce  to 
greater  safety,  if  the  sheep  are  full  salted  at  the  time,  and  light- 
ly for  one  or  two  days  following.  There  is  no  danger  to  be 
apprehendedby  allowing  sheep  to  glean  other  stubble.  The 
lambs  and  least  fleshy  portions  of  the  flock  should  have  the 
run  of  them. 

OVERSTOCKING. 

Said  a  foreigner  to^the  writer,  "  There  are  two  impoTtaiit 
errors  committed  by  American  agriculturists — they  overdo, 
and  underdo ;  the  former  consisting  in  cultivating  too  much 
land,  and  overstocking, — and  the  latter  in  the  slovenly  per- 
formance of  their  work,  and  heedless  management  of  their  an- 
imals." There  is  no  want  of  sagacity  or  truth  in  these  as- 
sertions, however  unpalatable  they  may  be.  If  overstocking 
is  an  "  overdoing,"  few  of  us  can  escape  the  charge,  for  it  is 
confessedly  quite  too  common  an  error ;  and  to  this  cause, 
perhaps,  more  than  any  other,  the  passing  traveller  may  at- 
tribute the  emaciated  carcases  of  sheep  during  the  winter 
which  he  sees  around  the  dwellings  of  numerous  farmers. 
Too  many  of  us  imagine  that  sheep  can  be  supported  on  little 
or  nothing  ;  while  others  suppose  the  larger  the  number  they 
can  assemble  on  their  premises,  the  greater,  consequently,  must 
be  the  returns  of  profit,  not  being  sensible  of  the  fact  that  100 
sheep  well  fed  and  well  managed  are  more  lucrative  than  the 
addition  of  one  quarter  more,  if  ill  fed  and  otherwise  indiffer- 
ently provided.  Charity  should  be  extended  to  the  inexperi- 
enced under  such  circumstances,  but  withheld  from  those 
who  pertinaciously  cling  from  year  to  year  to  this  unprofita- 
ble, and  it  may  justly  be  added,  inhumane  policy.  The  well- 
ordered  husbandman  will  gather  wisdom  from  seeing  his  er- 
rors ;  but  the  "  overdoing"  and  "  underdoing"  not  from  his,  un- 
til gradual  reduction  to  poverty  make  them  too  tangible  lon- 
ger to  escape  his  observation. 

The  number  of  acres  required  for  the  annual  support  of 
one  hundred  sheep  of  the  Merino  and  Saxon  varieties,  or 


208  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

high  grades  of  these,  it  is  scarcely  necessary  to  say,  depends 
entirely  on  the  quantity  of  feed  the  soil  is  capable  of  furnish- 
ing, if  the  writer  may  judge  from  his  own  experience  and 
of  the  many  with  whom  he  has  corresponded,  the  average 
may  be  stated  at  thirty-live  acres.  One  flock-master  made 
provision,  last  season,  by  the  aid  of  some  straw  and  chaff 
fed  through  the  winter  for  the  above  number,  from  off  twenty- 
five  acres.  But  his  locality  is  of  the  fertile  region  of  West- 
ern New  York,  and  his  example  therefore  will  not  be  safe 
generally  to  follow,  without  the  hazard  of  incurring  the  charge 
of  "  overdoing."  In  considering  his  success,  the  straw  and 
chafl"  must  be  taken  into  view,  which  of  course  grew  not  on 
the  area  of  land  stated. 

BAD  POLICY  IN  KEEPING  SHEEP  TOO  LONG  ON  PASTURE 
ALONE,  LATE  IN  THE  FALL. 

It  is  the  practice  of  a  large  majority  of  flock-masters  to 
allow  their  sheep  to  run  upon  the  fields  in  the  fall,  as  long 
as  the  ground  is  uncovered  with  snow,  without  the  aid  of  a 
little  hay  or  grain.  This  is  bad  management,  and  cannot  be 
too  strongly  condemned.  The  grass,  it  is  well  known,  after 
repeated  freezing,  loses  much  of  its  virtue  to  nourish,  and 
therefore  fails  to  keep  up  good  condition,  unless  accompanied 
with  a  modicum  of  hay,  or  grain.  The  diminution  of  flesh 
may  not  be  very  apparent,  yet  nothing  is  more  certain  than 
that  the  sheep  are  losing  their  stamina.  If  some  are  expos- 
tulated with  on  this  subject,  they  reply,  "  We  do  offer  hay, 
but  the  sheep  refuse  to  eat  it ;"  but  on  further  investigation, 
it  proves  to  be  the  tops  of  their  stacks,  somethimg  not  worthy 
the  name  of  hay,  and  therefore  no  wonder  the  sheep  rejected 
it,  preferring  the  decaying  grass  to  such  trash.  It  would 
not  have  been  thus,  if  it  had  been  barn  hay ;  which  is  an 
item  proving  the  great  utility  of  barns  to  the  flock-master. 
Many  sheep  are  sent  out  of  this  "  breathing  world  before  their 
time  ;"  and  if  their  ghosts  were  permitted  to  return  and  un- 
fold the  cause,  they  would  shake  their  woolly  locks,  and  say, 
"  We  did  it,"  by  starvation  late  in  the  fall.  Let  us  reform  in 
this  matter  altogether. 

SORTING,    PREPARATORY    TO    \\XNTER. 

This  very  obvious  and  essential  duty  is  strangely  unheed- 
ed, yet  nothing    scarcely  is  more    important.     To  put  the 


SUxMMER    MANAGEMENT.  209 

weak  with  the  strong,  spring  lambs  with  adults,  or  wethers 
with  breeding  ewes,  should  always  be  avoided. 

The  writer,  about  the  lOtli  of  November,  assembles  his 
lambs,  and  classifies  them  as  to  condition  and  size,  and  herds 
them  in  flocks  of  about  one  hundred  each. 

The  older  sheep  are  already  divided  with  respect  to  sex, 
as  he  never  permits  wethers  and  ewes  to  run  together,  at 
least  not  after  their  first  shearing.  Of  these,  100  constitute  a 
flock. 

The  least  fleshy  are  selected,  and,  from  this  time  onward, 
receive  attentions  accordingly. 

Wethers,  designed  to  be  turned  oflf  the  following  summer, 
are  thrown  out,  and  fed  a  little  grain  daily,  as  these  are  pro- 
vided through  the  winter  mostly  with  oat  or  wheat  straw, 
with  an  allowance  of  grain  ;  therefore,  early  graining  is  some- 
what necessary. 

The  breeding  ewes  should  be  sorted  with  great  care  ;  but 
this  duty  will  be  found  adverted  to  in  the  chapter  on  Breed- 
ing. 

An  early  preparation  for  winter,  in  this  latitude,  is  quite 
indispensable  ;  otherwise,  from  the  vicissitudes  of  the  cli- 
mate, a  premature  depth  of  snow  will  find  the  flocks  unsort- 
ed  and  many  little  duties  undischarged.  After  the  1st  of 
November,  the  master  should  be  speedy  in  making  all  repairs 
necessary  about  his  barns,  yards,  &c.,  for  the  reception  of 
the  flocks  into  their  respective  quarters.  It  is  better  to  be  a 
few  days  too  early,  rather  than  even  a  few  hours  too  late. 
"  Ever  ready"  is  the  motto  of  the  thrifty  and  well-ordered 
flock-master. 

18* 


CHAPTER    XL 

WINTER    MANAGEMENT. 


INTRODUCTORY  REMARKS— OBSERVATIONS  ON  CLIMATE— PRO- 
TECTION OF  SHEEP— PRODUCTION  OF  ANIMAL  HEAT. 


INTRODUCTORY    REMARKS. 

On  reviewing  the  subject  of  Summer  Management,  it  will 
be  perceived  that  the  duties  of  the  flock-master  are  far  from 
being  few,  and  that  uolhing  short  of  unremitted  care  is  re- 
quired to  ensure  that  degree  of  condition  and  health  with 
his  sheep,  to  enable  them  to  withstand  the  hardships  of 
Northern  winters.  If  it  has  been  thus,  it  will  be  well  with 
them,  and  the  truthful  adage,  "  well  summered,  half  wintered,^'' 
will  be  verified.  On  the  other  hand,  if  they  have  not  suffi- 
ciently occupied  his  thoughts,  and  have  been  permitted  to 
"  sherk"  for  themselves ;  while  the  rest  of  his  stock  only 
have  eaten  of  the  fat  of  the  pasture, — it  will  not  be  so  well 
with  them ;  and  consequently,  it  will  be  a  vain  expectation 
that,  at  the  proper  time,  they  will  make  grateful  returns  for 
attention  and  humane  treatment  which  they  have  not  re- 
ceived. 

But  whatever  may  be  the  condition  of  the  flock  when 
winter  arrives,  to  carry  it  through  with  safety  and  profit, 
greater  skill  and  attention  will  be  called  in  requisition  than 
during  any  other  period  of  the  year,  as  will  be  fully  demon- 
strated before  the  detail  of  duties  involved  is  concluded. 

OBSERVATIONS    ON    CLIMATE. 

Although  the  influence  of  temperature  upon  the  sheep  has 
been  partially  considered  in  the  early  part  of  the  work,  yet 
a  few  additional  remarks  are  deemed  necessary,  with  a  view 
to  establish  certain  premises,  from  which  useful  deductions 
will  be  drawn,  having  an  important  bearing  on  the  duties  in- 
terwoven with  winter  economy. 


WrNTER.    MANAGEMENT.  2U 

The  history  of  the  breeds  with  their  distinctive  peculiari- 
ties, found  dispersed  over  so  large  a  portion  of  the  world, 
exhibiting  such  diversified  forms  and  coverings,  naturally 
excites  our  wonder,  and  staggers  the  belief  of  a  common 
origin.  But  this  perplexity  is  easily  unravelled.  In  con- 
sideration, it  would  seem,  of  their  great  utility  to  man,  na- 
ture has  endowed  them  with  a  pliancy  of  constitution,  which 
accommodates  them  to  every  variety  of  climate,  becoming 
impressed  at  each  transition  with  some  peculiarity  suited  to 
their  welfare.  But  Vv^here  the  climate  is  temperate  and 
equable,  the  sheep,  if  long  accustomed  to  it,  seems  almost  to 
defy  our  efforts  to  model  it  at  will ;  but  whatever  the  local- 
ity, if  a  change  is  wrought  in  any  important  particular,  na- 
ture constantly  battles  to  return  to  the  original  point,  unless 
the  alteration  attempted  is  in  unison  or  compatible  with  the 
temperature  and  other  circumstances  which  surround  it. 
Thus,  if  any  given  breed,  distinguished  for  its  compactness 
of  fleece,  is  transported  to  a  latitude  materially  warmer  than 
that  to  which  it  had  been  accustomed,  nature  flies  to  its  aid 
by  relieving  it  of  a  portion  of  its  superfluous  coat,  to  prevent 
the  suffering  consequent  of  an  oppressive  degree  of  heat. 
To  this  may  be  referred  the  cause  of  the  annual  falling  off 
of  the  fleece,  when  unshorn,  of  the  coarser  breeds,  in  nearly 
all  parts  of  the  world,  at  the  approach  of  summer.  There 
is  an  exception  to  this,  in  the  Merino  variety,  but  its  fleece 
becomes  thinned  by  removal  into  regions  too  warm,  and 
man's  efforts  are  in  vain  to  counteract  it.  And  thus  it  is, 
too,  if  the  heavy  British  breeds  are  taken  to  a  climate  ma- 
terially colder  than  its  native,  the  carcase  losing  its  rotun- 
dity, unless  precautionary  measures  are  adopted  to  protect 
them  against  the  cold  incident  to  their  new  locality  ;  the 
fleece,  also,  is  shortened  in  staple,  but  proportionally  thick- 
ens, to  check  the  escape  of  warmth  from  the  body,  and 
thereby  guarding  against  a  rapid  waste  of  the  system. 

It  will  be  deduced  from  the  foregoing,  that  plants  and  ani- 
mals are  analogous,  and  that  however  pliant  may  be  the  con- 
stitution of  the  sheep,  there  are  geographical  limits,  out  of 
which  it  does  not  attain  perfection.  It  is  true,  the  animal 
propagates  in  Iceland,  and  districts  within  the  tropics  ;  al- 
though there  are  certain  localities  in  the  last,  in  which 
sheep  have  been  taken  to  from  temperate  latitudes,  and  per- 
ished from  the  excessive  lieat  of  the  climate.  This  was  the 
case  in  Batavia,  as  also  on  the  plains  of  South  America, 


212  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

near  the  equator.  Extremes  of  temperature,  then,  being  un- 
suited  to  the  animal,  the  question  arises,  How  does  it  happen 
to  have  spread  over  so  many  parts  of  the  world  in  spite  of 
such  extremes  ?  Simply  for  the  reason,  that  when  under 
the  dominion  of  its  instincts,  and  free  from  the  restrictions 
of  man,  it  will  not  subject  itself  to  the  danger  of  an  ex- 
treme in  anything,  for  it  will  not  remove  to  remote  points  in 
a  single  season,  and  thereby  expose  itself  to  sudden  changes. 
A  writer  happily  remarks — "  The  natural  dispersion  of  all 
animals  is  gradual,  so  that  their  constitutions  are  enabled, 
from  the  slowness  of  the  transition,  to  accommodate  them- 
selves, by  an  alteration  in  covering  and  habit,  to  surrounding 
circumstances,  which  M^ould,  were  the  variations  abrupt, 
speedily  destroy  them.  The  reason  why  a  race  of  animals 
occasionally  thrives  so  well  in  a  country  to  which  it  may  be 
removed,  appears  to  lie  in  its  being  suited,  I  may  say,  acci- 
dentally, by  peculiar  conformation,  to  the  temperature  to 
which  it  is  transplanted.  There  are  some  happy  climates, 
where,  introduce  what  animals  you  will,  no  matter  how 
stunted  they  are,  or  how  different  the  degree  of  warmth 
may  be,  the  offspring  will  thrive,  proving  large  and  vigor- 
ous, and  every  way  worthy  of  being  placed  at  the  head  of 
the  species.  These  are,  however,  cases  where  the  transition 
is  from  an  extreme  heat  or  cold  to  a  temperate  one."  The 
writer  quotes  in  corroboration  of  these  views  the  report  of 
Mr.  Dawson,  of  the  Australian  Agricultural  Company,  as 
follows  :  "  Both  the  climate  and  the  soil  appear  by  nature 
to  produce  fine  wool,  and  fine  animals  tbo,  eveii  from  the 
icorst  beginnings.  The  latter  seems  a  paradox.  The  exten- 
sive range  afforded  to  every  animal  keeps  it  in  good  condi- 
tion, and,  perhaps,  the  natural  grasses  have  more  of  good  in 
them  than  their  appearance  indicates.  However  this  may 
be,  the  climate  clearly  has  a  wonderfnl  effect  on  the  size  of 
all  animals,  even  upon  man,  who  is  universally  tall  here, 
though  born  of  diminutive  parents.  From  this  I  am  led  to 
believe,  that  the  climate  governs  chiefly,  and  thus  every 
breeding  animal  introduced  here  will  attain  a  size  not  known 
in  Europe." 

Notwithstanding  sheep  are  forced  to  submit  to  extremes 
of  temperature,  there  is  a  happy  medium  of  climate  which 
it  delights  in,  and  which  greatly  disposes  it  to  yield  the 
largest  profits,  and  this  is  found  in  the  countries  of  the  vine. 
The  western  parts  of  continents  also  are  more  congenial  to 


WINTER   MANAGEMENT.  213 

its  habits  than  the  eastern ;  and  the  Southern  hemisphere 
than  the  Northern,  for  the  reason,  that  in  the  former  situa- 
tions the  temperature  is  milder  and  more  equable.  Degrees 
of  latitude,  in  reference  to  temperature,  correspond  in  the 
ratio  of  elevation  or  declination  on  mountains  ;  and  thus  it 
is  that  at  an  altitude  on  the  Cordilleras,  under  the  equator, 
of  from  3,500  to  7,000  feet,  sheep  propagate  scarcely  with- 
out care  during  the  entire  year,  while  at  the  base,  the  heat 
is  so  excessive  they  perish.  On  elevated  points,  the  south- 
ern side  is  very  much  warmer  than  the  northern,  as  will  be 
seen  on  the  Alps  at  identical  degrees  of  height,  the  north 
aspect  presenting  the  Glacier,  and  the  southern  the  vine- 
yard yielding  a  perfect  fruit. 

From  the  foregoing  premises,  somewhat  incoherently  sta- 
ted for  the  sake  of  brevity,  as  also  in  consideration  of  the 
subject  having  been  heretofore  partially  treated,  the  reader 
will  readily  deduce,  that  the  temperature  of  the  Eastern  and 
Middle  States  is  not  so  well  suited  to  the  nature  of  the  sheep, 
as  in  sections  where  the  climate  is  more  temperate.  It  will 
therefore  appear,  in  order  to  counteract  the  injurious  effects 
of  exposure  to  the  rigors  of  Northern  winters,  that  shelters 
are  indispensably  necessary ;  which  leads,  without  further 
preliminary  remarks,  to  th'e  subject  of 

PROTECTION. 

There  is  nothing  appertaining  to  sheep  economy,  in  the 
Northern  States,  more  generally  neglected  than  the  provision 
of  ample  and  warm  accommodations  for  shelter,  and  from  no 
other  cause  does  such  large  losses  annually  accrue.  It  is 
rigidly  practised  in  all  climates  corresponding  to  our  own, 
in  Prussia,  and  throughout  all  Germany,  as  well  as  in  Scot- 
land and  the  northern  parts  of  England ;  and  every  sheep 
historian  earnestly  recommends  it.  Mr.  Youatt  frequently 
alludes  to  it  as  a  very  necessary  point  of  good  management, 
and  the  Mountain  Shepherd's  Manual  (a  Scotch  publication) 
speaks  thus  : — "  Shelter  is  the  first  thing  to  be  attended  to 
in  the  management  of  sheep.  While  every  good  shepherd 
is  decidedly  hostile  to  their  being  confined,  or  to  their  being 
forced  into  shelter,  whether  they  wish  it  or  not,  it  cannot  be 
too  strongly  recommended  to  all  sheep  farmers,  to  put  the 
means  of  avoiding  the  severity  of  stormy  weather  within  the 
reach  of  their  flocks  at  all  times."     The  remarks  of  Mr. 


214  MANAGEMENT   OF   SHEEP. 

Spooner  on  the  subject,  with  the  examples  he  adduces,  will 
be  quoted  hereafter. 

The  opponents  of  sheUcrs  assert,  without,  however,  ever 
having  made  any  experiments  to  decide  positively,  that  they 
tend  to  make  sheep  tender,  induce  disease,  &c.,  which  is 
about  as  reasonable  as  it  would  be  to  contend  that  man  phys- 
ically degenerates  by  having  a  comfortable  dwelling  to  protect 
him  from  the  cold  inseparable  from  northern  climates.  But 
before  offering  any  philosophical  reasons  to  sustain  the  ques- 
tion of  the  necessity  of  shelters,  the  writer  begs  to  obtrude 
his  own  experience  touching  this  matter,  and  if  more  space 
is  occupied  than  many  think  necessary,  his  apology  must 
be  found  in  his  belief  that  nothing  is  more  conducive  to  the 
health  and  thrift  of  sheep,  and,  consequently,  profit  to  the 
flock-master,  and  which  he  will  endeavor  to  demonstrate. 

Until  within  the  last  ten  years,  the  writer's  flocks,  like 
thousands  of  others  at  the  present  time  in  this  and  other 
States,  were  denied  the  benefits  of  shelters  ;  and  the  loss, 
in  proportion  to  the  severity  of  winters,  varied  from  five  to 
ten  per  cent.  The  diseases  caused  by  their  exposure  were 
scab,  pelt-rot,  dysentery,  and  colds,  which  caused  an  exces- 
sive discharge  of  mucus  from  the  nostrils,  while  many  died 
from  no  other  cause,  apparently,  than  sheer  poverty  of  con- 
dition. Since,  however,  his  sheep  have  been  protected,  the 
deaths  have  not  exceeded  one  and  a  half  per  cent,  in  regard 
to  number,  and  if  comparative  value  w^ere  the  standard,  it 
would  not  be  considered  of  any  moment,  as  the  loss  has  been 
mostly  among  diminutive  spring  lambs — so  from  bad  nursing, 
and  old  ewes  which,  from  superiority  of  fleece  or  carcase, 
were  retained  thus  long,  to  breed  from.  If  this  is  contrasted 
with  the  per  centage  of  loss  before  the  resort  to  protection, 
it  will  readily  dispel  the  delusion  that  shelters  enervate  the 
constitution  of  sheep,  or  are  in  any  wise  an  inducing  cause 
of  disease  ;  for,  since  protected,  no  epidemic  has  prevailed 
among  them,  and  disease  of  any  kind  is  rare  indeed,  and  only 
occurring  in  individual  cases. 

The  next  strong  argument  in  favor  of  protection,  is  the 
fact  that  it  materially  increases  the  weight  of  the  fleece,  as  well 
as  improves  its  properties,  which  arises  from  the  better  con- 
dition which  it  is  the  means  of  producing. 

All  farmers  are  aware  that  in  fattening  swine,  or  other 
animals,  mildness  of  temperature  is  of  paramount  importance 
to  hasten  the  process — and  why  ?    The  philosopliical  reason 


WINTER   MANAGEMENT.  215 

will  be  duly  assigned  hereafter ;  but  in  common  parlance, 
the  answer  is,  because  the  comfort  of  the  animal  is  thereby 
promoted ;  and  it  will  not  be  denied  that  this  is  equally  ap- 
plicable to  the  sheep.  Hence,  if  the  animal  will  better  retain 
its  flesh,  or  be  likely  to  receive  accessions  from  being  shel- 
tered, because  it  conduces  to  greater  comfort,  it  follows  that 
its  fleece  will  be  increased  proportionally ;  for  the  flesh  se- 
cretions and  the  wool  fluids  are  derived  from  the  same 
source  ;  and  any  cause  which  will  increase  or  diminish  the 
one  will  operate  thus  on  the  other.  But  the  following  facts 
will  supersede  for  the  present  further  theorizing  : 

The  clips  of  the  writer's  flock,  (which  is  of  the  Saxon 
Merino  blood)  before  sheltering,  varied  from  2  lbs.  5  oz.  to  2 
lbs.  9  oz.  per  head,  the  latter,  under  the  most  favorable  cir- 
cumstances, being  the  maximum.  But  since  then,  notwith- 
standing material  advances  have  been  made  in  fineness,  it 
has  averaged  2  lbs.  12  oz.,  and  the  last  season  arose  to  3  lbs. 
2  oz. ;  and  thus  the  aggregate  amount  of  increase,  within 
about  nine  years,  exceeds  2000  pounds,  which  has  amply  re- 
imbursed all  expenses  incident  to  the  construction  of  barns, 
shelters,  and  their  appendages,  to  say  nothing  of  other  profits 
derived  from  the  same  cause. 

The  additional  softness  of  the  fleece,  and  also  cA^enness 
and  soundness  of  the  fibre,  may  be  traced  to  the  same  cause 
which  increases  its  weight ;  for  if  the  cutaneous  glands  are 
full  and  healthy,  which  follows  good  condition,  greater  sup- 
plies of  yolk  are  imparted  to  the  wool,  conferring  greater 
pliability,  elasticity,  and  brilliancy,  and,  at  the  same  time, 
promoting  greater  equality  in  the  growth  of  the  filament. 
Hence  it  is  that  in  Spain,  Australia,  and  other  countries  cor- 
responding in  mildness  and  equability  of  climate,  the  wool 
of  the  sheep  possesses  a  degree  of  softness  and  imiformity 
of  growth  unequalled  by  any  other,  which  arises,  for  the 
most  part,  from  the  evenness  of  the  condition  of  the  sheep 
through  the  year,  and  consequently  regular  supply  of  yolk, 
not  being  checked  in  its  flow  at  any  period  by  extreme  cold. 
From  this  cause,  the  true  Spanish,  Merino,  and  Austrahan, 
to  use  the  phraseology  of  manufacturers,  "  work  more  kindly" 
than  all  other  fine  wools  ;  and  less  wastage  follows  in  the 
process  of  cloth  making,  occasioned  by  their  soundness  and 
toughness. 

Another  material  source  of  profit,  induced  by  better  con- 
dition from  sheltering,  is  the  increased  number  of  lambs. 


216  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

Very  many  of  the  ewes,  from  their  exposure,  and  in  spite 
of  full  feeding,  were  sadly  impoverished  at  the  time  of  yean- 
ing, and  consequently  were  unable  in  many  instances  to  fold 
without  assistance.  In  all  such  cases,  the  character  of  the 
offspring  may  easily  be  conceived ;  for,  if  they  lived,  they  were 
puny  and  ill  constitulioned,  from  the  deficiency  of  nutriment 
afforded  by  the  mothers.  It  is  needless  to  add,  that  when 
winter  came  it  made  terrible  havoc  with  these. 

But  an  entire  change  came  over  the  ewes  after  they  had 
experienced  the  benefits  of  protection.  Rarely  mechanical 
aid  is  now  needed  at  parturition,  the  lambs  are  alike  healthy 
with  their  dams,  and  receive  a  "  good  start"  from  the  greater 
amount  of  nutriment  afforded  them  ;  and  thus  the  foundation 
of  all  good  animals,  in  all  cases,  is  laid. 

Another  source  of  profit  originating  from  protection,  is  the 
saving  of  provender. 

Facts,  the  result  of  thorough  experiments,  which  will 
hereafter  be  adduced,  satisfactorily  confirm  this  position,  al- 
though the  writer  regrets  that  he  has  none  to  offer  deduced 
from  his  own  experience.  But  nevertheless,  he  is  as  well 
persuaded  of  its  truth,  as  though  he  had  made  hundreds  of 
experiments,  for  it  is  founded  in  the  very  nature  of  things, 
and  made  conclusive  by  only  ordinary  observation.  Every 
practical  farmer  is  well  aware,  that  every  description  of 
stock  will  consume  more  food  in  severe,  or  moderately  cold 
weather,  than  when  it  is  otherwise.  Now  nature  is  always 
exerting  herself  with  everything,  from  man  to  the  reptile,  to 
promote  its  physical  welfare  for  the  preservation  of  the  prin- 
ciple of  life.  Hence  when  any  animal  is  exposed,  or  sub- 
jected to  extreme  hardship,  and  our  climate  is  the  greatest 
natural  one,  it  is  prompted  to  partake  of  greater  quantities  of 
food  in  order  to  combat,  or  counteract  it ;  therefore,  inasmuch 
as  sheep,  from  the  severities  of  our  winters,  are  subjected  to 
more  hardship,  without  protection  than  with  it,  the  inference 
is  legitimate  that  they  will  consume  a  larger  amount  of  food 
with  a  view  to  their  welfare.  But  further  reasoning  here 
will  not  be  necessary,  as  this  position  will  be  again  advert- 
ed to. 

Again,  shelter  for  sheep  is  a  means  of  making  additional 
manure,  which  is  the  mine  to  which  the  farmer  must  look  as 
the  main  source  of  his  wealth.  Indeed,  this  is  his  capital 
stock,  and  whether  it  is  to  be  increased  or  diminished,  de- 
pends wholly  on  his  l)ad  or  good  management.     If  the  ma- 


WINTER    MANAGEMENT.  217 

nure  is  protected  from  the  weather,  its  virtues  are  not  dissi- 
pated by  the  winds  ;  and,  being  amassed  at  a  single  point, 
can  be  distributed  when  and  where  it  best  suits  the  interest 
of  the  husbandman.  In  Germany,  England,  and  elsewhere 
in  Europe,  this  matter  is  deemed  of  such  consequence,  it  is 
customary  to  fold  the  sheep  nightly  in  convenient  places, 
that  their  manure  may  be  concentrated,  and  subsequently 
deposited  where  it  is  most  needed.  Thus  the  American 
wool-grower,  if  he  chooses,  can  make  his  flocks  efficient 
auxiliaries  to  increase  the  productiveness  of  his  lands,  and 
thereby  reap  greatly  additional  profits  from  his  labors. 

What  has  been  advanced  in  support  of  the  policy  of  pro- 
tection, it  is  apparent,  has  been  with  entire  reference  to  pe- 
cuniary gain;  but  does  not  humanity  urge  us  to  its  adoption? 
If  the  sheep  had  not  been  tamed  to  man's  submission,  its  in- 
stincts would  not  have  led  it  to  regions  like  ours.  No,  the 
God  of  nature  would  have  protected  it  from  the  sufferings 
inseparable  from  northern  winters,  by  guiding  its  wandering 
steps  to  warmer  climes.  Therefore,  since  man  has  ap- 
propriated it  to  his  use,  does  not  the  great  Dispenser  of 
good  require  of  us  that  we  should  deal  kindly  towards  it  ? 
It  is,  indeed,  a  religious  obligation  thus  to  do,  which  it  would 
seem  none  but  barbarians  would  violate.  When  the  storm 
howls,  and  bitter  cold  urges  around  the  "  blazing  hearth," 
let  us  feel  happy  in  the  reflection  that  we  have  provided  the 
animal,  which  clothes  and  warms  us,  with  the  means  of 
making  its  situation  alike  comfortable  with  ourselves. 

Before  entering  into  further  details  of  a  mere  mechanical 
nature  connected  with  management,  it  will  be  proper  to  il- 
lustrate the  foregoing  results  by  some  familiar  reference  to 
the  principles  of  chemistry,  and  which  will  serve  also  as  a 
fit  prelude  to  observations  on  feeding  QX\di  fattening. 

PRODUCTION    OF    ANIMAL    HEAT. 

Animal  heat  is  produced  by  means  of  respiration,  the 
chemical  process  being  carried  on  in  the  lungs. 

An  extremely  subtle  fluid  pervades  all  nature  denominated 
caloric,  the  particles  of  which  have  a  tendency  to  repel  each 
other  and  unite  with  other  substances.  This  is  apparent  if 
we  touch  a  body  the  temperature  of  which  is  lower  than  that 
of  the  hand,  caloric  passing  rapidly  from  it  to  the  substance, 
and  a  sensation  of  cold  is  experienced;  and,  on  the  contrary, 

19 


218  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

if  the  temperature  of  the  substance  is  higher,  we  feel  a  de- 
gree of  heat  from  the  passage  of  caloric  into  the  hand. 
Fire  or  heat  is  the  derivative  of  caloric.  It  is  one  of  those 
singular  phenomena  of  nature,  that  caloric  exists  in  two 
different  states,  the  one  in  a  free  or  sensible  form,  the  other 
in  a  latent  or  combined  form.  Thus  two  bodies  may  have 
apparently  the  same  degree  of  temperature,  yet  one  contains 
a  larger  quantity  of  caloric  than  the  other,  but  from  its  pecu- 
liar combination  with  the  body,  it  is  not  sensible  to  the  touch. 
For  instance,  if  sulphuric  acid  and  water  be  mixed,  although 
each  fluid  may  be  before  cold,  a  high  temperature  will  sud- 
denly be  effected,  and  caloric  will  be  evolved. 

In  the  process  of  fermentation  of  malt  liquors,  the  temper- 
ature is  elevated,  and  carbonic  acid  is  produced,  the  sub- 
stance expired  by  the  lungs ;  indeed,  whenever  this  is  formed, 
heat  is  evolved. 

Now  heat  is  produced  and  supported  by  the  chemical 
union  of  two  substancces,  oxygen  and  carbon,  which  cause 
combustion  of  wood,  coal,  and  our  candles.  Carbon  is  the 
fuel,  not  only  in  ordinary  combination,  but  also  in  the  animal 
economy  ;  while  oxygen  may  be  regarded  ihefire.  Carbon 
is  furnished  by  the  food,  whether  in  man  or  beast,  and  if  a 
sufficiency  is  not  taken  in  to  counteract  the  consuming  ten- 
dency of  the  oxygen,  a  gradual  waste  of  the  system  follows, 
and  life  eventually  ceases.  Now  in  cold  climates  the  air  is 
dense,  and  in  proportion  to  this  is  the  amount  of  oxygen  in- 
spired by  the  lungs,  and  greater  waste  of  the  system  would 
take  place  were  it  not  counteracted  by  an  increase  of  appe- 
tite, and  consequently  more  food  is  required,  especially  that 
■which  contains  within  it  the  largest  proportion  of  carbon. 
Thus  in  the  icy  regions  the  inhabitants  consume  largely  of 
oily  or  fatty  substances  which  consist  chiefly  of  carbon ; 
while  those  living  in  hot  climates  prefer  vegetable  diet.  So 
we  perceive  the  functions  of  the  lungs  and  the  stomach  sin- 
gularly agree.  In  cold  weather  large  fires  are  necessary  to 
keep  up  the  animal  warmth ;  otherwise  the  tissues  of  the 
body  would  be  rapidly  wasted  by  the  consuming  properties 
of  the  oxygen. 

Without  proceeding  further,  the  above  will  afford  a  ready 
solution  of  several  of  the  positions  under  the  head  o( protec- 
tion. It  will  be  deduced  that,  if  the  equilibrium  of  the  sys- 
tem in  reference  to  animal  heat  is  deranged,  unhealthy  ac- 
tion surely  follows.    If  the  sheep  is  permitted  to  breathe  too 


WINTER    MANAGEMENT.  219 

dense  or  cold  an  atmosphere,  the  excess  of  oxygen  with 
which  it  is  surcharged,  if  the  language  may  be  used,  be- 
comes proportionally  voracious  for  the  carbon  of  which  it 
preys  on  ;  and  if  it  meets  not  with  an  adequate  supply  in  the 
food,  it  flies  to  the  tissues  of  the  body.  In  this  case  the 
equilibrium  is  overcome — the  carbon  of  the  food  is  not  a 
match  for  the  oxygen,  and  the  consuming  fire — for  thus  it  is 
aptly  termed — gradually  wastes  the  system,  and  life  sooner 
or  later  terminates  in  the  last  stages  of  exhaustion  or  impov- 
erishment. To  this  may  be  ascribed  what  every  farmer  has 
borne  witness,  namely,  when  extreme  cold  occurs  for  a  few 
days  together,  during  its  continuance,  but  more  particularly 
at  its  subsidence,  his  stock,  if  exposed,  present  a  lank  and 
haggard  appearance  ;  and  hence  the  common  saying,  "  Cold 
impoverishes  animals."  Here  is  the  reason  at  hand,  fur- 
nished by  science,  why  all  animals  thrive  better  in  temperate 
latitudes  ;  as  also,  why  it  is  proper,  if  transported  to  colder 
ones,  the  means  recommended  should  be  adopted  to  guard 
against  the  waste  incident  to  exposure.  If  the  effects  of 
low  temperature  can  thus  be  avoided,  it  follows  that  the  equi- 
librium will  be  preserved — the  general  organization  unim- 
paired, and  thus  disease  will  be  warded  off.  Here  too  is 
the  ready  explanation,  why  the  sheep  yields  a  heavier  fleece 
— no  larger  quantity  of  carbon  being  abstracted  from  the 
food  than  is  needed  for  respiration,  having  portions  adequate 
for  nourishing  the  frame  ;  and  thus  the  lacteals  or  absorbents 
carry  through  their  fructifying  channels  ample  provision  to 
expand  and  increase  dimensions  at  every  point.  And  thus 
too  we  learn,  why  protection,  by  modifying  the  temperature 
of  the  air  inhaled,  sheep  will  consume  less  provender,  for 
the  reason  that  less  oxygen  is  imbibed,  and  consequently  a 
smaller  portion  of  food  will  supply  the  requisite  quantity  of 
carbon  it  unites  with  to  engender  animal  heat  through  the 
act  of  respiration. 


CHAPTER  XII. 

WINTER    MANAGEMENT    CONTINUED 


FEEDING— SCIENTIFIC  PRINCIPLES  APPLIED— FATTENING. 


FEEDING. 


"VVe  are  now  about  to  enter  a  department  of  winter  econo- 
my of  the  highest  importance,  and  will  require  at  the  outset 
a  brief  development  of  a  few  fundamental  principles,  a  know- 
ledge of  which  is  indispensably  necessary  to  correct  prac- 
tice. 

It  is  a  law  of  nature  that  nothing  is  lost  or  annihilated. 
In  the  combustion  of  wood  or  straw,  the  elements  which 
compose  them  only  change  their  form  by  assuming  a  gase- 
ous character,  and  thereby  become  active  agents  in  repro- 
ducing other  bodies  of  like  nature.  The  majestic  tree, 
springing  into  existence  from  the  tiny  acorn  or  nut,  in  at- 
taining its  huge  bulk,  does  not  produce  any  new  elements  ; 
its  growth  is  derived  from  the  power  it  possesses  to  assimi- 
late that  which  floats  in  the  atmosphere  or  exists  in  the  soil. 
These  are  the  sources  of  nourishment  to  plants  ;  on  the 
other  hand,  animals  derive  their  sustenance  from  the  food 
taken  into  the  body,  and  through  the  process  of  digestion 
converting  the  nutrient  part  of  the  food  into  flesh  and  blood. 
The  animal  mass,  with  its  various  organs,  is  formed  of  the 
constituents  of  the  herbage  upon  which  it  feeds.  The  ex- 
ercise of  animals  to  obtain  subsistence,  and  for  other  pur- 
poses, requires  a  certain  force,  to  produce  which  is  attended 
with  loss  or  waste  of  the  system — "  the  living  parts  become 
dead  parts,  and  are  at  length  cast  from  the  system."  To 
counteract  this  tendency  to  waste  food  is  required,  and  when 
the  suppl}'-  of  food  and  the  waste  are  equal,  the  weight  of 
the  animal  is  unaltered. 

Food  has  a  twofold  purpose  to  eflfect :  one  is  to  nourish  the 
system,  the  other  affords  the  means  by  which  animal  heat  is 


WINTER    MANAGEMENT.  221 

supported.  The  temperature  of  the  body  is  considerably 
warmer  than  the  surrounding  atmosphere,  and  varies  but  lit- 
tle throughout  the  whole  year.  The  cause  of  this  high  tem- 
perature has  already  been  explained. 

According  to  the  theory  of  Liebeg,  in  carnivorous  animals 
the  carbon  required  for  the  purposes  of  respiration  and 
warmth,  is  supplied  by  the  waste  of  the  tissues  of  the  body, 
which  waste  is  materially  greater  than  in  herbivorous  ani- 
mals ;  but  in  the  latter  the  greater  proportion  is  supplied  by 
the  food  itself.  In  the  carnivora  the  whole  of  the  food  is 
converted  into  flesh  ;  but  in  the  herbivorous  species  a  part 
only  is  thus  assimilated,  other  portions  being  required  for 
animal  heat,  and  the  formation  of  fat.  But  this  will  be  bet- 
ter understood  by  the  following  analysis  of  these  several  sub- 
stances. Flesh  and  blood  consist  of  the  following  elements, 
subject  to  some  variations,  and  to  the  water  being  removed. 
To  avoid  decimals,  we  will  suppose  the  substance  to  consist 
of  10,000  parts. 

Flesh.  Blood. 

-  -  5195 

-  -  717 

-  -  1507 

-  -         2139 

-  -  442 


Carbon 
Hydrogen     - 
Nitrogen 
Oxygen 
Ashes 

5182 

757 

1501 

2137 

423 

10,000  10,000 

By  comparing  the  above,  it  will  be  perceived  that  the 
relative  proportions  of  constituents  is  very  nearly  the  same, 
especially  those  of  carbon  and  nitrogen.  These,  then,  are 
properly  the  proportions  in  which  these  elements  unite  in 
the  tissues  of  the  body,  and  hence  nitrogen  being  a  distin- 
guished element  of  flesh  and  blood,  no  food  destitute  of  ni- 
trogen can  nourish  the  body. 

By  the  following  analysis  of  mutton  fat,  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  principal  difference  between  flesh  and  fat  consists 
in  the  absence  wholly  of  nitrogen. 

Carbon  -  -  -  7,900 
Hydrogen  -  -  1,170 
Oxygen      -      -      -  930 


10,000 
Thus  it  is  that  such  articles  of  food  as  sugar,  starch,  gum, 
19* 


222  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

oil,  or  butter,  will  increase  the  development  of  fat,  yet  not 
so  the  flesh ;  consequently  animals  confined  wholly  to  such 
diet,  will  certainly  die. 

The  analysis  of  hay  is  thus:  11 G2  parts  being  dried  in 
the  air  will  contain  162  parts  of  water,  which,  being  deduct- 
ed, leaves  1000  parts,  which  are  thus  composed: 

Carbon        ...       458 

Hydrogen  -       -       -         50 

Oxygen       ...       387 

Nitrogen    ...         15 

Ashes         -       -       .         90 


1000 
A  scientific  writer  comments  on  the  analysis  of  blood  and 
hay  as  follows  : — "  It  is  evident  that  an  animal,  to  make  10 
lbs.  of  blood,  must  eat  100  lbs.  of  hay  before  he  acquires 
sufficient  nitrogen  to  compose  it.  By  consuming  this  100 
lbs.  of  hay,  which  we  will  suppose  divided  into  10,000 
parts,  he  will  take  4580  parts  of  carbon,  whilst  not  more 
than  520  parts  are  required  by  the  blood,  leaving  4060  por- 
tions not  required  for  nutrition  ;  there  will  also  be  424  parts 
of  hydrogen  unrequired,  and  3656  of  oxygen  ;  what  then  be- 
comes of  these  superfluous  elements  ?  Why,  they  are  re- 
quired principally  for  the  purpose  of  sustaining  the  heat  of 
the  body ;  the  hydrogen  and  oxygen  form  water,  and  the 
carbon  unites  witli  the  oxygen  taken  by  respiration,  pro- 
ducing heat  by  the  combustion,  and  is  given  off  by  the  lungs 
in  the  form  of  carbonic  gas.  The  nutritious  portions  of  the 
blood  are  jibrine  and  albumen,  whose  elements  are  almost  ex- 
actly the  same,  and  correspond  also  with  the  fibrine  and  al- 
bumen found  in  vegetables.  Although  nitrogen  forms  such 
an  essential  part  of  nutritious  food,  yet  it  cannot,  in  any 
way,  enter  the  system  or  afford  nourishment  in  a  simple  or 
uncombined  form,  hut  only  in  such  comhitiation  as  we  find  in 
albumen.  It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  to  form  blood  food 
must  be  taken  which  contains  albumen,  or  substances  analo- 
gous to  it,  in  order  to  be  nutritious,  aiid  in  proportion  to  the 
amount  of  albu7nen  it  possesses  will  be  its  nutrient  properties. 
Modern  chemists  designate  food  which  is  thus  capable  of 
nourishing  as  nitrogenized  or  azotized,  from  its  containing 
nitrogen ;  whilst  other  varieties  of  food,  such  as  starch, 
gum,  sugar,  fat,  wine,  beer,  and  spirits,  which  contain  no 
nitrogen,  are  denominated  carhoivizcd  or  unazotized.''^ 


WINTER    MANAGEMENT.  223 

Albumen  is  thus  composed  : 

Carbon 550 

Hydrogen  -         -         -         -         70 

Nitrogen  -         -         -         -  159 

Oxygen 221 


1000 

Fat,  we  have  seen,  contains  no  nitrogen  ;  it  is  clearly, 
therefore,  produced  from  the  excess  of  the  carbon  of  food 
beyond  that  which  is  required  for  respiration.  Starch,  gum, 
sugar,  and  other  similar  substances,  are  converted  also  into 
fat  by  the  abstraction  of  their  oxygen. 

Young  animals  are  not  disposed  to  take  on  fat  like  adults, 
much  of  their  food  being  assimilated  into  blood,  for  the  de- 
velopment of  size.  Another  cause  may  be  assigned,  the 
additional  waste  from  their  playful  exercise,  which  is  pecu- 
liarly so  with  lambs.  This  arises  from  their  breathing  be- 
ing increased,  thereby  consuming  a  larger  amount  of  oxy- 
gen, and  more  carbon  consequently  is  expended.  The  milk 
of  sheep  contains  a  much  greater  proportion  of  nitrogenized 
matters,  than  the  food  partaken  by  the  lamb  after  its  wean- 
ing. 

The  following  shows  its  analytical  composition  : 

Ewe.  Ass. 

19 

13 

63 

905 

1000  1000 

Of  the  above,  Cassein  is  the  only  nitrogenized  substance, 
and  this  with  butter  form  cheese.  Cassein  resembles  albu- 
men, into  which  it  can  readily  be  converted  in  the  system. 
The  butter  and  the  sugar  are  the  carbonized  constituents  for 
respiration,  and  the  ashes  contain  phosphate  of  lime  and 
common  salt,  for  the  formation  of  bone  and  the  gastric  juice. 

The  writer  will  now  proceed  to  spread  before  the  reader 
a  series  of  tables,  exhibiting  the  relative  proportions  of  nu- 
triment of  the  various  kinds  of  food  consumed  by  sheep, 
which  were  prepared  by  distinguished  scientific  men.     The 


Cassein 

-       40 

Butter 

-       46 

Sugar 

-       38 

Ashes 

6 

Water        - 

-     890 

224 


MANAGEI\IENT    OF    SHEEP. 


first  ^\ 

^ill  show,  that   the 

usual  food  of  sheep 

abounds  very 

considerably  with  the  carbonized 

constituents. 

Water. 

Organic  matters. 

Ashes. 

100  lbs.  of  Hay  contain  - 

-      16 

-     -      76^ 

- 

-     7i 

(( 

Turnips 

-     89 

-     -      10 

- 

(( 

Swedes 

-     85 

-     -     14 

- 

1 

(( 

White  Carrots 

-     87 

-     -      12 

- 

1 

(( 

Potatoes 

-     72 

-     -     27 

- 

1 

t( 

Peas 

-     16 

-     -     80|^ 

- 

-     3^ 

(( 

Oats 

-     18 

-     -     79 

- 

-     3 

(( 

Oatmeal 

-       9 

-     -     89 

- 

-     2 

The  organic  matters  thus  separated  are  found  to  consist 
of  the  following  proportions  : — 

Albumen.                        Unazotized  matters- 
Hay        ...        8  68| 

Turnips       --        1  9 

Carrots        -     -       2  10 

Potatoes      -     -       2  24 1 

Oats             -     -  10| 68 

Peas             -     -  29  51^ 

The  next  table,  showing  the  nutriment  of  a  large  num- 
ber of  articles  of  food,  is  translated  from  the  French,  by  W. 
Rham,  of  England,  and  is  said  to  be  "  the  result  of  the  ex- 
periments made  by  some  of  the  most  eminent  agriculturists 
of  Europe  in  the  actual  feeding  of  cattle."  Mr.  Rham  ac- 
companies it  with  the  following  observations  : 

"  Allowance  must  be  made  for  the  different  qualities  of 
the  same  food  on  different  soils  and  in  different  seasons.  In 
very  dry  summers  the  same  weight  of  any  green  food  will 
be  much  more  nourishing  than  in  a  dripping  season.  The 
standard  of  comparison  is  the  best  upland  meadow  hay,  cut 
as  the  flower  expands,  and  properly  made  and  stacked,  with- 
out heating  ;  in  short,  hay  of  the  best  quality.  With  re- 
spect to  hay,  such  is  the  difference  in  value  that  if  100  lbs. 
of  the  best  is  used,  it  will  require  120  lbs.  of  a  second  qual- 
ity to  keep  the  same  stock,  as  well  as  140  lbs.  of  the  third, 
and  so  on  till  very  coarse  and  hard  hay,  not  well  made,  will 
only  be  of  half  the  value,  and  not  so  fit  for  cows  or  store 
cattle,  even  when  given  in  double  the  quantity.  While  good 
hay  alone  will  fatten  cattle,  inferior  hay  will  not  do  so  with- 
out other  food. 


WINTER    MANAGEMENT. 


225 


"  I  shall  give  the  table  as 
which  accompany  it. 


it  stands,  and  add  the  notes 


lbs.   _ 

Good  hay 

100  is    equal   in   nourishment   tc 

Lattermath  hay 

102 

Clover  hay 

90  made  when   the  blossom   is 

completely  expanded. 

Ditto  - 

88  before  the  blossom  expands. 

Clover,  second  crop 

98 

Lucerne  hay   - 

98 

Sainfoin  hay   - 

89 

Tare  hay 

91 

Clover    hay,  after    the 

seed    -         -         - 

146 

Green  clover  - 

410 

Vetches  or  tares,  green 

457 

Shelter  wheat  straw 

374 

Rye  straw 

442 

Oat  straw 

195 

Pea  straw 

153 

Bean  straw 

140 

Mangoid-wurtzel 

339 

Turnips 

504 

Carrots 

276 

Swedish  turnips 

308 

Wheat  (cleaned) 

45 

Barley    - 

54 

Oats 

59 

Vetches 

50 

Peas 

45 

Beans     -         -         - 

45 

Wheat  bran     - 

105 

Wheat  and  oat  chaff 

167 

"  Lattermath  hay  is  good  for  cows,  not  for  horses.  Raw 
potatoes  increase  the  milk  of  cows,  but  they  must  be  given 
with  caution,  and  only  a  few  at  first,  till  the  stomach  is  ac- 
customed to  them  ;  boiled,  they  fatten  every  kind  of  stock  ; 
mixed  with  cut  chaff,  they  are  excellent  for  horses  ;  14  lbs. 
of  boiled  potatoes  will  allow  of  a  diminution  of  8  lbs.  of  hay  ; 
hence  their  value  in  this  way  is  calculated. 

"  Every  kind  of  cattle  eat  turnips  except  horses.  Turnips 
will  feed  store  pigs,  but  they  will  not  fatten  them.  Carrots 
and  parsnips  are  excellent  for  horses,  and,  when  boiled,  will 


226  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

fatten  hogs.  Riita-baga  is  liked  by  horses ;  it  makes  their 
coats  line,  but  it  must  not  be  given  in  too  great  quantity,  or  it 
will  gripe  them." 

In  the  German  Farmer's  Encyclopedia,  Petri,  an  hono- 
rary and  corresponding  member  of  many  societies  for  the 
promotion  of  agriculture,  contributed  a  valuable  paper  on  "  The 
keeping,  care,  and  breeding  of  Sheep,"  in  which  will  be 
found  the  following  table  of  the  comparative  nutriment  of  vari- 
ous kinds  of  food. 


[matter. 

100  lbs. 

of  aromatic  meadow  hay  contains  50  lbs. 

nutritious 

100  " 

Clover  hay, 

55^ 

ditto. 

100  " 

Tender  vetch  hay,   - 

55| 

ditto. 

100  " 

Wheat  straw,    - 

14 

ditto. 

100  " 

Corn  straw  (stalks). 

20 

ditto. 

100  " 

Barley  straw,    - 

27i 

ditto. 

100  " 

Oat  straw,  -      -       - 

25 

ditto. 

100  " 

Pea  straw. 

25 

ditto. 

100  " 

Vetch  straw,     - 

25 

ditto. 

100  " 

Millet  straw,     - 

26,^ 

ditto. 

100  " 

Chaff,       -         -        - 

27^ 

ditto. 

100  " 

Potatoes,  -       -       - 

25 

ditto. 

100  " 

Cabbage  turnips, 

25 

ditto. 

100  " 

Yellow  turnips, 

25 

ditto. 

100  " 

White  turnips,  - 

12i 

ditto. 

100  " 

Beets, 

16^ 

ditto. 

100  " 

Corn,        -         -       - 

95 

ditto. 

100  " 

Wheat,     -         -       - 

95 

ditto. 

100  " 

Rye,          -         ^       - 

90 

ditto. 

100  " 

Barley,     -         -       - 

82 

ditto. 

100  " 

Buckwheat, 

78 

ditto. 

100  " 

Oats,    -      -      -       - 

70 

ditto. 

100  " 

Peas,    ...       - 

93 

ditto. 

100  " 

Vetches,     -      -       - 

93 

ditto. 

100  " 

Wheat  bran. 

48 

ditto. 

100  " 

Rye  bran,    -      -       - 

46 

ditto. 

Petri  confirms  what  has  already  been  said  in  relation  to 
the  fondness  of  sheep  for  variety  of  food,  by  enumerating  252 
plants  which  they  eat  with  salutary  effects,  and  39  others  they 
partake,  of  an  injurious  tendency. 

He  gives  the  following  as  examples  of  average  of  fodder 
for  a  ewe  in  the  month  of  January,  when  the  yeaning  com- 
mences in  March : 


WINTER    MANAGEMENT. 


227 


1st  day,- 

-In  the  morning,  | 
noon,        ^ 

2d  day, 

evening,  f 
morning,  f 
noon,        2 

3d  day, 

evening,  | 
morning,  1 
noon,        1 

evening,   1 

4th  day, 

morning,  | 
noon,        f 

5th  day. 

evening,  | 
morning,  | 
noon,        2 

6th  day. 

evening,  f 
morning,  f 
noon,  as  in 

evening,  1 

lb.  of  good  oat  straw. 

"    of  good  hay  or  clover. 

"    of  good  barley  straw. 

"    of  millet  straw. 

"  potatoes  with  4  oz.  chopped 
straw,  and  4  oz.  of  oats. 

"    barley  straw. 

"    hay. 

"    hay. 

"  wheat,  oat,  barley  or  buck- 
wheat straw. 

"    summer  straw. 

"  chopped  straw,  with  3  oz.  oats 
and  3  oz.  bran,  moistened 
with  water. 

"    winter  straw. 

"    of  hay. 

"  of  potatoes  with  ~  lb.  chop- 
ped straw. 

"    winter  straw. 

"    of  hay. 

4th  day. 

"    of  straw. 


He  has  likewise  given  the  following  table  of  variations  of 
Fodder,  which  may  be  successfully  practised  with  sheep : 


1 

Loth, 

Loth,  1 

LoUi, 

Day. 

Lbs. 

equal 

i^oz. 

Morning'. 

Lbs. 

equal 

Noon. 

Lbs. 

'Zf 

Evenins-. 

1 

21 

hay 

21 

hay 

2? 

hay 

2 

1 

1 

rye  straw 

1 

22 

hay 

1 

1 

ry-e  straw 

3 

23 

bean  straw 

26 

vetch  hay 

23 

bean  " 

4 

1 

wheat  " 

1 

sainfoin 

1 

wheat  straw 

5 

1 

6 

oat 

21 

hay 

1 

6 

oat 

6 

1 

6 

artichoke  stalk 

I 

19 

red  clover 

1 

6 

artichoke  stalk 

7 

1 

8 

turkey  wheat 

1 

12 

luzerne 

1 

8 

turkey  wh.  str. 

8 

1 

8 

b'kwheat  straw 

1 

16 

hay 

1 

8 

b'wheat  straw 

9 

1 

6 

oat 

7 

horse  beans 

1 

6 

oat             " 

10 

19 

red  clover 

19 

red  clover 

19 

red  clover 

11 

18 

sainfoin 

18 

sainfoin 

18 

sainfoin 

12 

1 

6 

millet  straw 

1 

6 

millet  straw 

1 

6 

millet  straw 

13 

30 

lentil  straw 

21 

hay 

30 

lentil      " 

14 

30 

pea  straw 

21 

hay 

30 

pea 

15 

30 

barley  straw 

1 

artichoke  stalk 

30 

barley    " 

16 

1 

10 

horse  bean  str. 

1 

10 

horse  bean  str. 

1 

10 

horse  bean  str. 

17 

1 

1 

rye   straw 

1 

11 

oat  straw 

1 

1 

rye    straw 

18 

1 

3 

wheat  " 

1 

9 

1 

3 

wheat  " 

19 

1 

6 

rye 

1 

turkey  wheat 

1 

3 

"       <' 

20 

1 

6 

oat        " 

1 

a                  u 

1 

6 

oat       " 

21 

1 

3 

wheat  " 

22 

artichoke  stalk 

1 

6 

"         " 

22 

30 

lentil    " 

1 

30 

vetch  straw 

30 

lentU    " 

23 

1 

G 

oat       " 

1 

6 

wheat    " 

1 

6 

oat       " 

228  MANAGII.UEM    OF    tfllEEP. 

Petri  allows  on  an  average  to  a  sheep,  of  hay,  3  to  3^  lbs. 
per  head,  and  says  :  "  In  the  winter  a  full-grown  sheep  of 
70  lbs.  live  weight,  eats,  in  fattening-fodder,  3  lbs.  of  hay,  or 
with  some  hay  3  to  4  lbs.  potatoes,  or  14  to  18  lbs.  of  cab- 
bage leaves,  by  which  he  weekly  gains  1^  lbs.  of  flesh  and 
wool."  The  following  example,  of  a  slaughtered  sheep  weigh- 
ing 116  lbs.,  gives  the  proportions  of  the  parts  : 

Flesh  and  tallow,       -         -         -         -  54  lbs. 

Fat  taken  from  the  entrails,         -         -  7^ " 

Liver,  lights,  and  milk,       .         -         -  5    « 

Blood, 3    « 

Head,  paunch,  and  other  entrails,         -  42^  *' 


112 
Leaving  for  blood  and  waste,       4 


Total,    116 

Thaer  was  a  long  time  at  the  head  of  the  distinguished 
agricultural  school  of  Mogelin,  in  Prussia,  where  many  ex- 
periments were  conducted  in  sheep  management  under  his 
own  eye.  The  late  Judge  Buel,  in  his  Farmer's  Companion, 
speaks  of  him  as  one  "  who  has  not,  perhaps,  his  superior  in 
the  practical  and  scientific  business  of  farming  anywhere." 

Thaer  says,  "  The  quantity  of  hay  which  is  given  to  sheep 
is  very  difTerent.  In  poor  sheep-folds  it  is  considered  much 
to  allow  3,000  or  4,000  lbs.  of  hay  to  100  sheep  for  a  win- 
tering. In  better  conducted  ones  7,500  lbs.  is  considered 
the  minimum  for  100  sheep  :  3^  lbs.  of  dry  fodder  for  a  sheep 
daily  are  necessary,  and  the  greater  proportion  of  this  in  nu- 
tritious hay,  compared  with  dry  straw,  the  better.  Where 
hay  is  not  plenty,  it  is  usual  to  have  recourse  to  grain-fodder  ; 
oats,  rye,  and  barley  are  equally  good  ;  where  peas,  beans, 
and  vetches  are  largely  cultivated,  these  may  be  used.  The 
grains  are  given  them  either  threshed  or  unthreshed  ;  more 
frequently  they  have  the  rough  grain  mixed  with  chafl'  some- 
what moistened.  It  is  customary  also,  especially  with  the  ker- 
nels of  the  leguminous  fruits  (peas,  beans,  &c.),  to  soak  them ; 
others  prefer  to  fodder  with  the  pods  strewed  on  chopped, 
straw,  &c.  Sheep  which  have  daily  1^  lbs.  of  hay,  and  1 
lb.  of  potatoes,  or  1  lb.  of  hay  and  2  lbs.  of  potatoes,  and  some 
straw,  can  be  kept  in  a  well-fed,  wool  and  milk- producing 
state." 


Dailv. 

Yearly. 

Summer. 

Winter. 

lbs.' 

lbs. 

lbs. 

lbs. 

2.50 

912 

532 

380 

2.20 

803 

473 

330 

1.87 

682 

402 

280 

1.55 

566 

334 

232 

1.65 

602 

355 

247 

WINTER    MANAGEMENT.  229 

Veit  was  Professor  of  Agriculture  in  the  Royal  institution 
of  Bavaria,  and  his  work  is  full  of  experiments  and  calcula- 
tions at  that  seat  of  agricultural  science.  He  makes  the 
following  observations : — 

"  The  need  of  fodder  is  proportioned  to  the  live  weight  of 
the  sheep,  and  two  and  a  half  pounds  of  the  value  of  hay  is 
required  daily  for  every  100  lbs.  live  weight,  to  keep  the  an- 
imal in  a  profitable  state.  Hence  the  following  amount  of 
fodder  is  required  :" — 

Live  wt.  c 

lbs. 

For  a  bug-wool  German  sheep,  100 

Infantado  Merino,  88 

Electoral  species,  (grade  Saxons,)  75 

Escitrial  electoral,  (pure  Saxon,)  62 

One-eighth  electoral,  66 

In  juxtaposition  with  the  above  the  writer  will  place  the 
estimate  given  in  Mr.  Spooner's  work  on  sheep. 

"  An  ox  requires  2  per  cent,  of  his  live  weight  in  hay  per 
day;  if  he  works,  he  requires  2  1-2  per  cent.  ;  a  milch  cow, 
3  per  cent. ;  a  fatting  ox,  5  per  cent,  at  first ;  4  1-2  per  cent, 
when  half  fat ;  and  only  4  per  cent,  when  fat ;  or  4  1-2  on 
the  average.  Sheep  grown  take  up  3  1-3  per  cent,  of  their 
weight  in  hay  per  day,  to  keep  in  store  condition."  It  must 
be  understood  by  the  reader  that,  in  this  estimate  as  well  as 
all  others,  good  hay  is  the  standard  of  nutriment,  and  that  if 
any  grain  or  other  food  is  used  as  an  equivalent,  allowance 
must  be  made  for  the  quantity  of  hay  accordingly. 

The  following  remarks  relative  to  the  different  kinds  of 
straw,  by  Veit,  are  worthy  of  attention  by  the  feeders  of 
every  kind  of  stock. 

"  1 .  The  straw  of  the  usual  liguminous  fruits,  and  espe- 
cially of  lentils,  vetches,  and  peas,  is  more  nutritious  than 
the  straw  of  seed-clover.  The  greener  the  tips  are,  the  less 
it  is  lodged  the  better  can  it  be  dried  and  brought  in,  the 
more  nourishing  it  is.  The  fine  stalk  vetch  straw  is  also 
very  nutritious,  behind  which  stands  somewhat  the  pea 
straw,  with  its  thicker  stalk.  All  straw  of  liguminous  fruit 
is  particularly  a  welcome  fodder  to  sheep,  on  which  account 
therefore  it  is  greatly  prized  by  many  sheep-owners,  and 
considered  equal  to  hay. 

"  2.  Oat  and  barley  straw  is  the  straw  for  fodder  of  the 
cereal  fruits.  Oat  straw  is  most  agreeable,  and  also  most 
nutritious,  on  account  of  its  peculiar  taste,  for  all  species  of 

20 


230  MANAGEMENT   OF    SHEEP. 

cattle,  because  on  the  tips  of  the  panicles  are  usually  found 
unripe  grains,  and  oats  are  cut  before  they  are  fully  ripe. 
Barley  straw  has,  on  account  of  its  moisture,  and  short  pe- 
riod of  vegetation,  a  high  value  as  fodder,  and  other  things 
being  equal,  is  as  nutritious  as  oat  straw,  if  it  were  not,  as  is  the 
case,  fully  ripe  before  reaping.  Yet  it  is  more  liable  to  in- 
jure than  oat  straw,  because  it  imbibes  more  moisture  from 
the  air  and  soil. 

"  3.  Straw  of  summer  wheat,  summer  speltz,  and  summer 
rye,  for  fodder,  stands  after  oat  and  barley  straw. 

"4.  The  stalk  of  maize  or  Indian  corn  contains  much  sac- 
charine matter,  and  therefore  is  very  nutritious,  used  fine,  and 
agreeable  to  all  kinds  of  cattle.  The  cobs,  after  the  corn 
has  been  taken  off,  ground  up,  are  likewise  a  very  nutritious 
fodder,  and  the  hard  stalks  may  be  chopped  up  for  the  pur- 
pose. Taking  all  these  things  into  view,  it  stands  next  to 
the  straw  of  summer  rye  in  value  as  fodder. 

"  5.  Millet  straw  has  a  hard  stalk,  but  contains  at  least  as 
much  nutriment  as  the  winter  straws. 

"  6.  Buckwheat,  on  account  of  its  quantity  on  a  field  of  less 
fertility,  and  if  of  fine  stalk,  in  which  its  value  as  fodder 
from  its  straw  being  rich  with  leaves,  is  enhanced,  is  as 
good  as  the  straw  of  winter  grain. 

"  7.  Bea?i  straw,  in  case  its  leaves  have  not  fallen  off  or 
decayed,  and  the  ends  of  the  stalk  are  green  when  it  is  cut, 
as  many  experiments  have  shown,  is  more  valuable  than  gen- 
erally supposed." 

Observations  naturally  suggested  by  a  review  of  the  tables 
of  feeding,  as  well  as  some  comments  on  German  manage- 
ment of  sheep  in  general  will  be  found  in  the  succeeding 
chapter. 

FATTENING. 

As  an  introduction  to  the  subject,  the  following  interesting 
observations  by  Mr.  Spooner  will  be  considered  very  appo- 
site : — 

"  Though  in  many  countries  the  principal  value  of  sheep 
is  to  be  attributed  to  their  woolly  covering,  yet  in  this  coun- 
try (Great  Britain),  for  some  years  past,  the  flesh  has  been 
the  greatest  source  of  profit,  and  the  carcase,  therefore,  the 
paramount  consideration. 

"  This  has  naturally  led  the  attention  of  breeders  to  the 
consideration  of  what  particular  breed  has  the  most  aptitude 


WINTER    MANAGEMENT.  231 

to  make  flesh  and  fat,  how  these  qualities  could  be  improved, 
and  what  particular  shape  or  form  is  connected  with  this 
propensity  to  fatten  ?  But  though  the  above  has  been  per- 
haps the  principal  consideration  in  view,  there  are  other 
subordinate  ones  springing  out  of  it  of  scarcely  inferior  im- 
portance— such  as  which  breed,  or  individual  sheep,  will  fat- 
ten soonest  on  good  pasture  ?  Which  on  indifferent  or  bad 
pasture  ?  Which  has  the  earliest  maturity  ?  Which  can 
bear  wet  and  dirt  with  the  greatest  impunity,  or  can  best 
endure  exposure  to  the  weather  in  a  cold  and  severe  lo- 
cality ? 

"  These  several  points  must  all  enter  into  the  consideration 
of  the  sheep-owner,  vvho  must  of  course  pay  the  utmost  at- 
tention to  the  nature  and  quality  of  his  land  and  its  suitability 
for  particular  sheep,  being,  after  all,  governed  by  the  ultimate 
calculation  as  to  which  brings  in  the  greatest  return  of  profit. 

"  The  various  points  in  the  form  of  a  sheep,  connected 
with  the  aptitude  to  fatten,  have  received  the  utmost  atten- 
tion from  practical  and  sagacious  breeders,  although  some  of 
these  points  are  still  matters  of  dispute.  The  superiority  of 
particular  improved  breeds  is  now  generally  acknowledged, 
and  may  be  considered  to  be  established  on  certain  principles, 
though  in  arriving  at  these  principles  it  must  be  confessed 
that  we  are  little  indebted  to  science,  but  to  the  long  and  at- 
tentive observation  and  correct  reasoninor  of  sagacious  and 
practical  men.  It  is,  indeed,  only  very  lately  that  anything 
like  a  correct  explanation  could  be  offered  for  the  various  phe- 
nomena that  attend  the  fattening  of  animals,  or  why  one 
description  of  food  should  be  more  suitable  for  the  purpose 
than  another.  It  had,  indeed,  been  laid  down  as  a  fact,  that 
a  large  capacious  chest  and  lungs  were  necessary  for  the 
production  of  fat,  and  that  its  secretion  depended  in  a  great 
degree  on  the  quantity  of  air  that  could  be  respired ;  whilst 
the  researches  of  modern  chemists  have  shown  that  nothing 
could  be  fmlher  from  the  truth.  And  now  that  the  fallacy 
has  been  exposed  by  chemistry  it  can  also  be  readily  shown 
by  anatomy,  for  we  find  that  whilst  the  horse  and  the  camel 
have  eighteen  ribs,  the  ox  and  the  sheep  have  only  thirteen. 
The  absence  of  these  five  pair  of  ribs  must  of  course  mate- 
rially diminish  the  cavity  of  the  chest,  and  its  greater  breadth 
(necessary  for  another  purpose)  does  not  by  any  means  com- 
pensate for  its  diminished  length.  Animals  of  speed  have 
rarely  a  propensity  to  fatten,  but  in  greyhounds,  foxes,  deer, 


232  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

&c.,  we  find  the  chest  is  long  and  deep,  though  not  wide, 
whilst  in  pigs,  sheep,  and  oxen,  we  notice  an  opposite  con- 
formation. Tlie  fact  is,  in  proportion  to  the  activity  of  the 
animal  is  its  respiration  and  demand  for  oxygen,  and  in  pro- 
portion to  the  consmnption  of  oxygen  is  the  wear  and  tear 
of  the  system  and  the  consumption  of  the  elements  of  the 
food.  If  the  exertions  are  therefore  excessive,  that  portion 
of  the  food  that  would  have  increased  the  weight  of  the  body 
is  called  for  to  support  respiration. 

"  In  animals  having  a  propensity  to  fatten,  we  find  the 
chest  of  a  circular  form ;  the  ribs  spring  from  the  spine  more 
horizontally  than  in  others,  almost  at  right  angles  ;  this  is 
observed  in  the  ox,  compared  with  the  horse,  and  still  more 
so  in  the  sheep.  The  effect  of  this  conformation  is  certain- 
ly in  one  respect  to  increase  the  width  of  the  chest,  but  an- 
other important  effect  is  to  increase  very  considerably  the 
size  of  the  abdomen ;  for  in  order  to  obtain  the  greatest  pos- 
sible nutriment  from  the  food,  it  is  essential  that  the  organs  of 
digestion  should  be  capacious,  which  cannot  be  the  case  un- 
less the  cavity  in  which  they  are  situated  is  large.  The 
abdominal  muscles  and  membrane  which  support  the  bowels 
are  attached  to  the  cartilages  of  the  ribs,  and  the  short  ribs 
in  some  measure  cover  the  abdomen.  It  must,  therefore,  be 
evident  that  in  proportion  to  the  width  between  the  posterior 
ribs  must,  in  a  great  measure,  be  the  size  of  the  abdomen ; 
and  this  width  must  be  in  proportion  to  the  horizontal  direc- 
tion in  which  the  ribs  are  given  off.  The  loins  must  cor- 
respond with  the  ribs  ;  the  transverse  processes  are  long 
and  horizontal  in  proportion  to  the  horizontal  manner  in 
which  the  ribs  spring  from  the  spine  ;  for,  in  fact,  they  are 
but  a  continuation  of  the  same  roof,  and  must  possess  the 
same  relative  proportions.  We  must  illustrate  this  point  by 
comparing  it  with  an  umbrella,  which,  when  thoroughly  open, 
the  whalebone  ribs,  so  to  speak,  coming  off  at  right  angles, 
may  be  compared  with  the  broad  circular  animal,  and,  when 
half  extended,  to  the  narrow-chested,  flat-sided  beast.  In  its 
former  state  the  umbrella  forms  the  roof  of  a  much  larger 
space  of  ground  than  it  does  in  its  latter  state ;  and,  in  the 
same  manner,  the  long  transverse  lumbar  processes  must 
form  the  roof  of  a  larger  abdominal  cavity  than  the  short 
transverse  processes  found  with  narrow  loins.  The  same 
form  that  extends  the  roof  of  the  abdomen,  also  gives  a 
larger  surface  for  the  muscles  of  the  back  and  loins  to  rest 


WINTER     ALAJ«IAGE]V1ENT.  233 

on  ;  and  thus  we  find  in  sheep  of  this  description  a  very- 
considerable  development  of  the  fiesh  or  muscles  of  the  loins 
— the  primest  part  of  the  carcase.  It  is  a  common  observa- 
tion with  judges  of  sheep,  that  one  of  the  best  points  is  a 
channel  between  the  shoulders  and  along  the  back.  This  is, 
indeed,  a  desirable  form,  for  it  is  connected  with  those  ne- 
cessary qualifications  for  producing  flesh  and  fat.  The 
channel  along  the  back  is  owing  partly  to  the  large  develop- 
ment of  the  muscles  of  the  loins  and  back  arising  from  the 
form  we  have  commended,  and  partly  to  the  shortness  of  the 
upright  or  spinous  processes  of  the  vertebrae  of  the  back.  Now 
the  use  of  these  processes  is  to  afford  leverage  to  the  mus- 
cles, and  their  length,  therefore,  enhances  the  activity  of  the 
animal.  Sheep,  however,  do  not  possess  nor  require  these 
active  powers,  and  they  would,  in  fact,  be  very  detrimental 
to  the  principal  object  of  the  animal's  existence  ;  it  is  a 
quiet  state  and  a  quiet  disposition  that  disposes  an  animal  to 
increase  in  flesh  and  fat.  The  shortness  of  these  processes 
is  illustrated  in  the  sheep  as  compared  with  the  goat,  and  in 
the  improved  breeds  of  the  former  as  compared  with  those 
of  the  mountain  and  the  forest." 

With  a  view  rather  to  confirm  principles  already  stated, 
the  following  remarks  by  Mr.  Spooner,  and  the  examples  in 
illustration,  are  quoted.  It  will  be  proper  to  add,  that  in  no 
other  country  is  the  system  of  fattening  better  understood 
than  in  England,  established  by  numerous  experiments  of 
her  many  enlightened  and  sagacious  breeders. 

"  Quietude  and  icarmth  greatly  contribute  to  the  fattening 
process.  This  is  a  fact  which  has  not  only  been  developed 
by  science,  but  proved  by  actual  practice.  The  manner  in 
which  these  agents  operate  is  simple  and  easily  explained : 
— motion  increases  respiration,  and  the  excess  of  oxygen 
thus  taken  requires  an  increased  quantity  of  carbon,  which 
would  otherwise  be  expended  in  producing  fat  So  like- 
wise, cold  robs  the  si/stem  of  animal  heat,  to  supply  which 
more  oxygen  and  more  carbon  must  be  employed  in  produ- 
cing extra  combustion,  to  restore  the  diminution  of  tempera- 
ture. Nature  enforces  this  restoration  of  warmth  by  causing 
cold  to  produce  both  hunger  and  the  disposition  for  motion, 
supplying  carbon  by  the  gratificalion  of  the  former,  and  ox- 
ygen by  the  indulgence  of  the  latter.  The  above  facts  are 
illustrated  by  Lord  Ducie  : — 

"  One  hundred  sheep  were  placed  in  a  shed,  and  ate  20 
20* 


234  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP, 

lbs.  of  Swede  turnips  each  per  day,  whilst  another  hundred, 
in  the  open  air,  ate  25  lbs.,  and  at  the  end  of  a  certain  period 
the  former  animals  weighed  each  3  lbs.  more  than  the  latter, 
plainly  showing,  that,  to  a  certain  extent,  icarmth  is  a  sub- 
stitute for  food.  This  was  also  proved  by  the  same  noble- 
man in  other  experiments,  which  also  illustrated  the  effect  of 
exercise  : — No.  1.  Five  sheep  were  fed  in  the  open  air,  be- 
tween the  21st  of  November  and  the  1st  of  December  ;  they 
consumed  90  lbs.  of  food  per  day,  the  temperature  being  about 
44° ;  at  the  end  of  this  time  they  weighed  2  lbs.  less  than  when 
first  exposed.  No.  2.  Five  sheep  were  placed  under  shel- 
ter, and  allowed  to  run  at  a  temperature  of  49°  ;  they  con- 
sumed at  first  82  lbs.,  then  70  lbs.  per  day,  and  increased  in 
weight  23  lbs.  No.  3.  Five  sheep  were  placed  in  the  same 
shed,  but  not  allowed  any  exercise  ;  they  ate  at  first  64  lbs., 
then  58  lbs.,  and  increased  in  weight  30  lbs.  No.  4.  Five 
sheep  were  kept  in  the  dark,  quiet  and  covered ;  they  ate  35 
lbs.  per  day,  and  increased  in  weight  8  lbs. 

"  A  similar  experiment  was  tried  by  ]\Ir.  Childers,  M.  P., 
and  is  thus  related  by  that  gentleman  in  the  Journal  of  the 
Royal  Agricultural  Society  of  England  for  that  year.  He 
says,  '  I  last  winter  enclosed  a  small  yard  with  posts  and 
rails,  and  erected  a  low  thatched  shed,  just  large  enough  to 
allow  a  score  of  sheep  to  lie  down  at  once.  The  floor  of 
this  shed  was  boarded  with  rough  slabs,  and  was  raised 
eighteen  inches  above  the  surface  of  the  ground,  the  boards 
being  placed  three-eighths  of  an  inch  apart,  in  order  to  allow 
the  free  passage  of  water  and  keep  the  boards  dry,  as  my 
great  fear  was  that  the  sheep  might  get  the  foot-rot. 

"  '  I  then  proceeded,  on  the  1st  of  January,  to  draw  forty 
wethers  out  of  my  flock  of  Leiccsters,  and  divided  them  into 
two  lots,  as  equal  in  quality  as  I  could  get  them.  On 
weighing  each  sheep  separately,  I  found  the  weight  of  one 
score  to  be  2565  lbs.,  and  that  of  the  other  2580  lbs.  I  put 
the  first  lot  into  the  yard,  and  placed  the  other  lot  on  turnips. 
The  field  was  a  dry  sandy  soil,  well  sheltered,  and  peculiar- 
ly favorable  and  healthy  for  sheep.  Each  lot  had  exactly 
the  same  quantity  of  food  given  them,  which  was  as  fol- 
lows : — 

" '  1st.  As  many  cut  turnips  as  they  could  eat,  which  was 
about  378  lbs.  per  day  for  each  lot. 

" '  2d.  Ten  pounds  of  linseed  cake,  at  the  rate  of  half  a 
pound  per  sheep  per  day. 


WINTER    MANAGEMENT.  235 


c<  < 


3d.  Half  a  pint  of  barley  per  sheep  per  day. 

4tli.  A  little  hay,  and  a  constant  supply  of  salt. 

For  the  first  three  weeks  both  lots  consumed  equal  por- 
tions of  food  ;  but  in  the  fourth  week  there  was  a  falling  off 
in  the  consumption  of  the  wethers  in  the  shed  of  52  lbs.  of 
turnips  per  day ;  and  in  the  ninth  week  there  was  also  a 
falling  off  of  28  lbs.  more  ;  of  linseed  cake  there  was  also  a 
falling  off  of  3  lbs.  per  day.  The  wethers  in  the  field  con- 
sumed the  same  quantity  of  food  from  first  to  last.  The  re- 
sult of  the  experiment  was  as  follows  : 


20  Shed  Wethers. 

Increase. 

20  Field  Wethers. 

Increase. 

anuary  1,       2565  lbs. 

2580  lbs. 

February  1,     2870    " 

305  lbs. 

2794    " 

214  lbs. 

^larch  1,          3020    " 

150    " 

2914    " 

120    " 

^pril  1,            3355    " 

335    " 

3092    " 

178    " 

Total  increase,    790  lbs.  512  lbs. 

"  '  Consequently  the  sheep  in  the  shed,  though  they  con- 
sumed nearly  one  fifth  less  food,  made  above  one  third 
greater  progress.  The  circumstances  of  the  experiment 
were,  if  anything,  unfavorable  to  the  sheep  in  the  shed. 
The  turnips,  by  being  stored  in  a  house  for  their  use,  be- 
came drier  than  those  consumed  by  the  sheep  in  the  field ; 
and  also  in  February  the  shed  wethers  were  salved  or  rub- 
bed with  mercurial  ointment,  which  is  generally  supposed  to 
give  a  check  to  feeding  sheep.  The  floor  of  the  shed  was 
kept  clean  by  fresh  straw  litter  after  every  rain.' " 

Mr.  Spooner  adds  the  following  : — "  The  result  of  these 
important  and  valuable  experiments  is  precisely  what  we 
should  expect  from  theoretical  reasoning  on  the  principles  of 
the  subject.  It  shows  the  pecuniary  advantage  of  attending 
to  the  comforts  of  sheep  and  other  animals,  the  expediency  of 
providing  proper  sheds,  and  affording  shelter  when  the  weather 
is  severe,  and  lessening,  as  much  as  possible,  their  exercise." 

Quietness,  as  has  been  observed,  is  indispensable  to  rapid 
fattening  of  sheep,  or  cattle,  and  to  contribute  as  much  as 
possible  to  this  object,  regularity  is  requisite  not  only  in  the 
quantity  of  the  food,  but  the  time  which  it  is  given.  It  is 
not  a  little  surprising  how  quick  animals,  especially  when 
fattening,  will  learn  the  stated  hours  when  their  food  is  to  be 
supplied  ;  and  if  it  is  transgressed,  they  become  restless, 
which  greatly  retards  the  process.  The  observance  of  this, 
with  full  measure  of  feed,  are  of  paramount  importance. 


236  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

Again  :  it  is  essential  that  the  sheds  or  buildings  in 
which  they  are  confined  should  often  be  supplied  with  fresh 
litter,  and  plenty  of  it ;  in  short,  everything  must  be  done  to 
promote  complete  rest,  ease,  and  contentment. 

Sheep,  when  fattening,  should  not  be  fed  oftener  than 
three  times  a  day — namely,  when  day  has  fairly  dawned,  at 
noon,  and  an  hour  before  sunset.  The  interim  between 
feedings  will  enable  them  to  fill  themselves  leisurely,  and  to 
have  time  sufficient  for  that  quiet  digestion  which  is  inter- 
rupted by  too  frequent  feeding.  Water  should  be  given 
without  limitation,  and  that  immediately  after  their  meals. 

The  sheep-fattener  must  not  lose  sight  of  that  peculiar 
habit  of  the  animal  exhibited  in  its  fondness  for  variety  of 
food.  Indeed,  change  is  very  essential,  as  otherwise  it  may 
become  cloyed  on  one  species  of  diet.  In  fattening  all  ani- 
mals, the  shortest  time  in  which  it  can  be  accomplished,  the 
most  profit  will  result.  To  effect  this,  we  will  suppose  that 
it  will  take  at  first  only  of  one  kind  of  sustenance  sufficient  to 
maintain  good  store  order  ;  if  it  can  be  induced  to  eat  one 
quarter  more  of  another  sort,  then  it  begins  to  acquire  fat ; 
but  if  in  addition  to  this,  its  appetite  can  be  stimulated  to  eat 
yet  another  quarter  of  something  else,  it  will  readily  appear 
that  the  animal  will  fat  all  the  sooner.  A  great  point  to 
gain,  is  to  induce  it  to  eat  as  largely  as  possible  of  the  most 
nutritious  food ;  but  we  shall  fail  in  this  if  the  appetite  of 
the  sheep  is  not  courted  and  stimulated  by  variety.  An  au- 
thor remarks — "  Variety  of  food,  with  animals,  operates  like 
cookery  in  the  human  subject,  enabling  more  sustenance 
to  be  taken." 

When  sheep  are  put  up  for  fattening,  care  should  be  ob- 
served at  first  not  to  feed  in  full  quantities  of  grain  or  meal, 
as,  in  so  doing,  acute  diseases  of  the  intestines  will  be 
avoided.  Again :  those  of  the  same  age  with  similarity  of 
condition  should  be  put  together,  as  better  calculations  may 
be  made  of  the  aggregate  quantity  of  food  they  will  require 
daily.  This  is  suggested  for  the  reason  that  animals,  when 
growing,  require  longer  time  and  additional  feed  to  make 
them  fit  for  the  butcher,  as  a  portion  of  it  nature  appropri- 
ates for  the  development  of  muscle  or  flesh.  Hence  the 
great  excellence  of  some  of  the  improved  English  breeds, 
whose  early  maturity  allow  of  fattening  when  only  eighteen 
months  old. 

The  following  sound  observations  by  Mr.  Spooner  will 


WINTER   MANAGEMENT.  237 

conclude  the  subject : — "  With  respect  to  the  most  advanta- 
geous food  to  be  given,  there  is  some  difference  of  opinion, 
some  preferring  oil-cake,  some  beans  or  peas,  and  others 
oatmeal  or  barley-meal.  It  must,  of  course,  depend,  in  some 
measure,  on  the  nature  of  the  farm,  as  it  must,  to  a  certain 
extent,  be  preferable  to  use  the  product  of  the  farm.  Sheep 
certainly  prefer  beans  to  oats  ;  and  where  the  former  are 
grown  they  can  be  undoubtedly  used  to  advantage.  They 
abound  in  that  principle  in  which  turnips  are  most  deficient, 
and  thus  are  adapted  to  counteract,  in  a  measure,  the  too 
weakening  effect  of  the  turnips  ;  and  the  latter,  abounding 
more  in  the  elements  of  fat,  prevent  the  beans  from  harden- 
ing the  flesh  too  much,  which  they  are  otherwise  apt  to  do. 
Oats  and  barley  are  more  fattening  than  beans,  both  contain 
less  albumen  ;  and  oil-cake  nourishes  but  little,  but  possess- 
es the  principle  of  fat  in  a  concentrated  form.  Perhaps  the 
best  plan  would  be  to  begin  with  beans,  gradually  mixing 
oil-cake,  and  finishing  with  that  and  turnips  alone  ;  or  it 
may  be  prudent  to  mix  other  grain  with  the  beans  ;  or,  if 
more  convenient,  substitute  peas.  Mr.  Childers  states  that 
sheep  fed  with  the  addition  of  half  a  pint  of  barley  per  sheep 
per  day,  half  a  pound  of  linseed-cake,  with  hay,  and  a  con- 
stant supply  of  salt,  become  ready  for  the  butcher  in  ten 
weeks,  and  gain  of  flesh  and  tallow  33  lbs.  to  40  lbs.  per 
head  (one  sheep  gained  55  lbs.  in  twelve  weeks)  ;  and  that, 
with  artificial  food,  30  tons  of  turnips  will  feed  60  sheep  ; 
while,  on  the  usual  plan  of  feeding  on  turnips  alone,  out  of 
doors,  the  average  of  the  country  is  that  20  tons  of  turnips 
will  feed,  in  sixteen  weeks,  10  sheep,  with  a  gain  of  only 
20  lbs.  of  flesh  and  tallow." 

Although  the  ruta-baga  turnip  is  the  essential  food  for  fat- 
tening sheep  in  Great  Britain,  yet  in  localities  in  the  United 
States  unadapted  for  its  culture,  the  American  breeders 
have  ample  substitutes  in  potatoes,  Indian  corn,  as  well  as 
all  other  grains  usually  appropriated  to  this  purpose  abroad. 
By  reference  to  the  tables  of  comparative  nutritiousness  of 
the  different  kinds  of  food,  and  by  weighing  a  few  5f  the 
sheep  when  put  up  for  fattening,  a  ready  calculation  will  be 
made  of  the  quantity  required  for  feeding  daily,  which  is 
highly  necessary  to  know,  in  order  to  prevent  waste.  Profit 
being  the  ultimate  object  in  keeping  sheep  of  any  kind,  small 
things  must  be  kept  steadily  in  view.  Handfuls  make 
bushels,  and  ounces  make  pounds. 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

WINTER    MANAGEMENT    CONTINUED 


REVIEW  OF  THE  TABLES  OF  ANALYSES— WHAT  FOOD  WILL  PRO- 
DUCE THE  MOST  WOOL— DE  RAUMER'S  TABLE  OF  EXPERIMENTS- 
OBSERVATIONS  ON  GERMAN  MANAGEMENT— VARIATIONS  OF  FOD- 
DER—FODDER PROPORTIONED  TO  THE  LIVE  WEIGHT  OF  THE  SHEEP 
—IMPORTANCE  OF  GREEN  FOOD— WATER  NECESSARY— MANAGE- 
MENT OF  LAMBS— TWO-YEAR  OLDS— BUCKS— HOSPITAL  FLOCK- 
MODES  OF  FODDERING-RACKS— TROUGHS— BARNS  AND  SHELTERS 
—PLANS   OF  SHEEP   BARNS. 

If  the  reader  will  now  pause,  and  recall  that  which  has 
been  set  forth  in  the  two  preceding  chapters,  but  more  par- 
ticularly the  last,  he  will  perhaps  concur  with  the  writer, 
that  there  is  much  matter  for  reflection,  and  much  to  form  the 
basis  of  .correct  practice  in  winter  economy.  Let  us  take  a 
brief  and  familiar  retrospect. 

From  the  analyses  of  fat,  flesh  and  blood,  and  of  the  vari- 
ous kinds  of  food  consumed  by  sheep,  although  very  clear 
conclusions  may  be  drawn  by  the  better  educated,  yet  per- 
haps it  will  be  well,  for  the  benefit  of  those  whose  informa- 
tion is  limited  in  the  rudiments  of  science,  to  glance  at 
these  things  again. 

It  will  have  been  seen,  that  there  is  quite  a  distinction  in 
difl'erent  plants  in  regard  to  the  relative  proportions  of  the 
nitrogenized  and  carbonized  constituents  they  respectively 
contain  ;  and  that  food  destitute  of  the  former  can  afford  no 
nutriment  to  the  blood,  and  consequently  none  to  the  body ; 
but  those  which  furnish  carbonized  properties  most  abun- 
dantly, make  much  fat.  Hence  all  kinds  of  food  which  are 
highly  carbonized,  to  be  which  they  must  possess  much  of 
sugar,  starch,  gum,  (fee,  in  combination,  are  fitted  for  fatten- 
in  «•  purposes.  Therefore  it  will  appear  plain  that  wheat, 
barley,  corn,  rye,  oats,  buckwheat,  and  ruta-baga,  are  better 
for  fattening,  than  the  leguminous  grains — such  as  peas, 


WINTER    MANAGEMENT.  239 

beans,  &c.,  simply  for  the  reason  that  their  chemical  prop- 
erties correspond  more  nearly  with  the  elements  of  fat,  and 
the  organs  of  the  system  therefore  readily  assimilate  them 
for  its  formation.     The  question  now  presents  itself, 

WHAT    FOOD    WILL    PRODUCE    THE    MOST    WOOL  ? 

Peas,  beans,  vetches,  &c.,  are  useful  for  the  purpose  of 
enriching  the  blood,  by  furnishing  it  with  large  supplies  of 
albumen,  which  is  its  principal  constituent.  It  will  be  re- 
membered that  in  the  analyses  of  flesh  and  blood  the  relative 
proportions  of  their  constituents  are  nearly  identical ;  con- 
sequently, whatever  food  contains  nitrogen,  and  the  greatest 
amount  of  albumen,  is  best  adapted  to  the  development  of 
flesh  or  muscle,  and  is  therefore  the  most  nutritious.  Wheat, 
rye,  barley,  and  buckwheat,  contain  large  quantities  of  albu- 
men, especially  the  first  two  ;  while  oats,  it  will  have  been 
seen,  contains  10^  per  cent,  of  its  organic  elements  of  albu- 
men, and  peas  and  leans  no  less  than  29  per  cent.  What 
conclusion,  then,  is  to  be  drawn  from  this  ?  In  Chapter  I. 
it  is  seen  that  the  chemical  composition  of  horns,  hoofs, 
hair,  wool,  and  even  feathers,  is  substantially  the  same  ;  their 
organic  elements  are  coagulated  albumen  and  gelatin,  and 
their  inorganic,  silica,  carbonate,  and  phosphate  of  lime, 
and  the  oxides  of  iron  and  manganese.  Hence  it  will  read- 
ily appear  that  that  food  given  to  the  sheep  which  will  sup- 
ply the  greatest  proportion  of  albumen,  in  the  same  ratio 
will  increase  the  wool  secretions,  and  consequently  be  pro- 
ductive of  the  most  wool,  provided,  however,  they  also  hold 
in  suitable  combination  the  inorganic  substances  of  wool,  with- 
out which  they  assimilate  mostly  for  the  formation  of  flesh 
or  fat.  This  may  be  exemplified  thus — a  soil  may  be 
highly  productive  of  corn,  as  well  as  a  few  of  the  cereal 
grains  ;  yet  for  the  production  of  wheat  it  may  lack  the 
proper  proportion  of  the  phosphate  and  carbonate  of  lime, 
and  consequently  the  berry  will  not  only  be  deficient  in 
quantity,  but  quality. 

The  following  table  exhibits  the  results  of  the  experiments 
of  the  distinguished  agriculturist  De  Raumer,  on  the  efiects 
produced  by  an  equal  quantity  of  several  substances  in  in- 
creasing the  flesh,  tallow,  and  wool  of  sheep : 


240  MANAGEMENT    OF    SIIEEP. 


m 

1. 
11 

il 

lbs. 

lbs. 

ite^ 

)00  lbs. 

potatoes,  raw,  with  salt, 

46i 

H 

12i 

do. 

do.                 without  salt, 

44 

H 

iH 

do. 

mangel  wurtzel,  raw, 

38i 

H 

6i 

do. 

wheat, 

155 

14 

59i 

do. 

oats, 

146 

10 

42i 

do. 

barley, 

136 

m 

60 

do. 

peas. 

134 

14J 

41 

do. 

rye,  with  salt, 

133 

14 

35 

do. 

do.  without  salt, 

90 

I2i 

43 

do. 

meal,  wet. 

129 

13^ 

17^- 

do. 

buckwheat, 

120 

10 

33 

These  results  are  said  to  agree  with  those  of  De  Dombale, 
and  with  those  of  a  number  of  other  agriculturists. 

It  will  be  perceived  by  the  above  table,  that  u-heat  pro- 
duces the  greatest  increase  in  the  flesh  of  the  sheep,  though 
but  little  greater  than  oats ;  that  peas,  wheat,  and  rye,  pro- 
duce the  greatest  increase  of  wool ;  and  that  barley  and 
wheat  cause  the  greatest  increase  of  tallow.  That,  as  an 
average,  grain  generally  gives  about  three  times  the  increase 
in  the  flesh,  that  roots  do  when  in  equal  weight ;  that  grain 
produces  about  twice  as  much  wool  as  is  caused  by  an  equal 
weight  of  roots,  and  several  times  the  amount  of  tallow. 

The  legitimate  conclusion  from  the  foregoing  is,  that  the 
flock-master,  whose  object  is  wool  only,  must  rely  on  good 
hay  and  some  straw,  whose  constituents  are  admirably 
adapted  for  the  growth  and  perfection  of  wool,  with  a  mod- 
erate allowance  daily  of  ground  peas  and  oats,  and  some  po- 
tatoes as  green  food,  for  the  greatest  amount  of  wool  ;  and 
those  gross  substances,  oil-cake,  corn-meal,  and  ruta-baga, 
may  be  turned  over  to  the  producers  of  fat  mutton.  This 
will  presently  be  adverted  to  again. 

OBSERVATIONS  ON  GERMAN  MANAGEMENT. 

The  Germans  are  unrivalled  in  their  scientific  and  practical 
knowledge  of  every  department  in  agriculture,  and  in  no 
one  superior  to  that  of  sheep  management.  Economy  is  the 
grand  basis  of  every  species  of  cultivation,  and  their  profits 
are  rigidly  determined  by  the  expense  of  means  employed 


WINTER    MANAGEMENT.  241 

in  production.  A  writer  who  is  familiar  with  the  subject 
speaks  thus  :  "  The  great  distinction  in  German  agricuhure, 
compared  with  our  own,  is  economy.  The  question  is  not, 
whether  a  great  crop  can  be  produced,  or  a  fine  story  can 
be  told,  what  large  animals  can  be  raised,  &c. — but  what  is 
the  whole  cost,  the  expenditure  of  labor,  of  land,  of  manure, 
&c.  For  this  reason  computations  have  been  made,  and 
the  proportion  of  all  the  parts  and  processes  has  been  fixed. 
Economy  compels  them  to  weigh  and  measure  their  fodder. 
The  minutest  details  have  been  entered  into,  the  most  diffi- 
cult points  examined,  and  the  results  brought  out." 

The  variations  of  fodder,  daily,  with  the  quantities  of  each 
duly  weighed  and  proportioned  to  the  size  of  the  animals  to 
be  fed,  as  observed  in  the  different  tables,  is  not  a  solitary 
experiment  to  determine  a  point  only  ;  but  having  become 
confirmed  by  thousands  of  experiments,  is  the  basis  of  uni- 
versal practice  among  her  numerous  wool-growers.  The 
late  Mr.  Henry  D.  Grove,  in  seasons  of  scarcity,  was  accus- 
tomed to  weigh  daily  the  rations  of  his  flock ;  and  thus  per- 
mitted nothing  to  waste,  which  exhibited  the  economical 
practice  of  his  native  country.  These  remarks  are  deemed 
essential,  in  order  that  the  tables  may  be  appreciated  by 
those  whose  information  is  limited  relative  to  the  perfection 
to  which  sheep  husbandry  has  attained  in  Germany. 

The  first  thing  which  will  strike  the  reader  is  the  daily 

VARIATIONS    OF    FODDER, 

in  which  we  see  manifested  the  principle  of  economy  prac- 
tically carried  out.  The  grain  fields,  and  not  almost  wholly 
meadows,  as  in  this  country,  are  made  greatly  the  means  of 
maintenance  of  their  flocks  during  winter  ;  thus  not  a  pound 
of  straw  nor  a  pound  of  anything  valuable  is  permitted  to  be 
wasted.  Hence  the  cultivation  of  sheep  and  crops  in  a  meas- 
ure are  mutually  dependent  on  each  other.  The  manure  of 
the  flock  augments  the  quantity  of  grain,  and  thus  a  larger 
quantity  of  straw  is  provided  for  it  in  return.  We  also  ob- 
serve displayed,  their  knowledge  of  that  habit  of  the  sheep 
as  seen  manifested  in  its  eagerness  for  varieties  of  food,  and 
of  its  love  of  frequent  change.  In  this  habit  of  the  ani- 
mal we  behold  that  wise  economy  of  nature  in  endowing  it 
v.-ith  instincts  to  promote  its  welfare  to  the  greatest  extent  in 
every  point  of  view.  Oae  kind  of  food  may  develop  flesh, 
21 


242  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

and  another  make  fat ;  but  it  seems  to  be  aware  that  several 
kinds  are  required  to  enable  its  digestive  organs  to  effect  such 
chemical  combinations  as  will  not  only  nourish  the  wool, 
but  assimilate  the  inorganic  substances  which  compose  the 
external  parts  of  the  filament.  From  thousands  of  experi- 
ments made  in  Germany,  it  has  been  demonstrated  that  hay 
alone  will  not  produce  as  much  wool,  as  when  straw  is  mixed, 
which  cannot  be  philosophically  explained  on  any  other  prin- 
ciple than  that  which  has  been  laid  down.  It  must  be  re- 
peated, that  variety  only  icill  furnish  those  perfect  proportions 
of  organic  and  inorganic  materials  of  which  wool  is  composed. 
If  we  give  the  animal  too  much  food  of  a  carbonized  or  fat- 
tening character,  the  fibres  of  wool,  being  tubular  in  their 
conformation,  distend  or  become  coarser,  and  the  weight  is 
certainly  increased  ;  but  on  the  contrary,  if  fed  several  kinds, 
and  each  abounds  as  largely  as  possible  with  albumen,  the 
fibre  is  materially  increased  in  length,  though  not  so  much 
in  bulk,  simply  because  the  variations  of  food  supply  to  a 
greater  extent  the  substances  requisite  to  form  the  filament 
This  may  be  termed  natural  wool,  the  quantity  or  weight  of 
which  will  be  as  great  as  that  produced  by  feeding  grosser 
food,  which  has  the  effect  to  increase  the  diameter  of  the  fibre 
at  the  expense  of  the  length,  and  therefore  is  coarser,  as  well 
as  harsh  and  wiry.  The  Germans  abhor  feeding  large  quan- 
tities of  fattening  food  in  growing  Saxon  wool,  as  it  destroys 
its  delicate  texture,  and  its  value  is  lessened  accordingly  for 
the  manufacture  of  the  finest  and  softest  fabrics. 

The  American  wool-grower  need  not  overfeed  simply  with 
a  view  to  make  heavy  fleeces,  as  the  wool  of  the  sheep,  when 
fat,  is  comparatively  coarse  ;  and  the  expense  of  the  food  used 
in  placing  them  in  this  condition,  together  with  the  reduction 
in  the  vahie  of  their  wool,  will  more  than  counterbalance  the 
gain  from  the  increased  weight.  The  wool  of  the  Saxon  and 
Merino  variety  is  never  so  beautiful  and  perfect  in  all  respects, 
as  when  it  is  natural ;  and  this  follows  only  from  keeping 
the  sheep  in  healthy  store  order,  and  nothing  beyond  that. 
The  feeding  of  grain  by  the  Germans  is  simply  as  equiva- 
lents, hay  always  being  the  standard,  by  which  the  quantity 
of  any  kind  of  food,  daily,  is  determined.  Their  aim  is  not 
to  increase  the  flesh  and  fat  at  the  expense  of  the  wool  or 
any  of  its  valuable  properties  ;  and  if  we  ever  expect  to  rival 
them  in  the  extensive  production  of  the  most  beautiful  wool 
in  the  world,  and  at  the  least  sacrifice,  we  must  imitate  their 


WINTER    MANAGEMENT.  243 

economy  in  feeding,  and  unsurpassed  mode  of  management 
in  all  things. 

The  next  point  which  will  claim  attention,  from  a  review 
of  the  tables,  is,  that  the  quantity  of 

FODDER    SHOULD    BE    PROPOPcTIONED    TO    THE    LIVE    WEIGHT 
OF    THE    SHEEP. 

That  animals,  after  arriving  at  maturity,  consume  of  food 
in  the  ratio  of  their  size,  is  a  fact  which  admits  of  no  dispute. 

Petri,  it  appears,  estimated  3  lbs.  of  hay,  or  with  some 
hay  3  to  4  lbs.  potatoes,  or  14  to  18  lbs.  of  cabbage  leaves  to 
be  necessary  for  a  sheep  of  70  lbs.  live  weight,  when  fatten- 
ing— and  with  this  amount  daily  of  food  would  gain  1^  lbs. 
of  flesh  and  wool  weekly. 

Thaer's  estimate  is  3^  lbs.  of  dry  fodder  for  a  sheep  daily, 
and  "  the  greater  proportion  of  this  innutritious  hay,  compared 
with  dry  straw,  the  better." 

Veit,  from  numerous  experiments,  determined  that  2^  lbs. 
of  the  "  value  of  hay"  is  required  daily  for  every  100  lbs.  live 
weight,  to  "keep  the  animal  in  a  profitable  state." 

Now  we  will  suppose,  taking  Veit's  estimate  as  the  stand- 
ard, that  the  average  weight  of  a  flock  of  sheep  to  be  80  lbs. 
per  head,  and  the  foddering  time  150  days  ;  this  will  give  2 
lbs.  daily  to  each,  and  for  150  days  300  lbs.,  and  consequent- 
ly for  that  period  100  will  eat  30,000  lbs.,  or  15  tons. 

This  certainly  seems  a  low  estimate  as  to  the  quantity  a 
sheep  requires  daily,  it  being  i^)ths  less  than  the  English 
standard,  as  rendered  by  Mr.  Spooner.  But  different  breeds 
and  their  subdivisions  vary  so  materially  in  weight,  that  to 
form  a  proper  estimate,  the  sheep-master  should  weigh  some 
of  each  of  different  ages  of  his  flock,  and  by  classifying  them 
according  to  their  relative  size,  he  may  feed  with  greater  ac- 
curacy. He  must  remember,  however,  that  sheep  when 
growing,  of  any  breed,  require  nearly  as  much  food  as  when 
ihey  have  arrived  at  maturity ;  and  sheep  growing  should 
never  be  stinted. 

Another  very  important  consideration  must  not  be  lost  sight 
of,  namely,  the  quality  of  the  hay.  If  it  is  coarse,  much  of  it 
sheep  will  reject ;  and  consequently  an  allowance  of  from 
10  to  25  per  cent,  must  be  made  accordingly.  It  is  for  this 
reason,  old  meadows  produce  a  better  quality  of  hay  for  sheep, 
than  new  ;  that  of  the  former  being  finer,  and  more  miscella- 


244  manaCtE:\ient  of  sheep. 

neous.  Sheep  love  clover  hay,  and  will  increase  more  rap- 
idly in  flesh  it'  it  is  provided  for  them,  than  by  any  other  de- 
scription ;  but  the  quantity  in  bulk,  comparatively,  they  re- 
quire of  it,  is  enormous.  If  farmers  will  top-dress  their 
meadows  with  sheep  manure,  and  occasionally  harrow  them, 
and  early  in  the  fall  sow  a  little  of  timothy  and  other  grass 
seed,  the  herbage  will  maintain  a  vigorous  growth,  and  full 
crops  for  successive  years  may  be  expected.  The  manure, 
however,  from  the  sheep-folds  will,  if  hay  has  been  used  for 
fodder,  afford  generally  the  required  quantity  of  seed. 

From  the  above  premises  we  are  enabled  to  deduce  an  ex- 
ceedingly important  fact,  which,  if  always  duly  considered, 
will  be  the  means  of  avoiding  the  serious  blunders  hitherto 
so  frequently  committed  by  American  breeders,  namely,  that 
it  Requires  an  equal  amount  of  food  to  produce  a  pound  of  fleshy 
or  a  pound  of  wool,  without  regard  to  the  size  of  the  sheep,  or 
the  breed.  This  is  indeed  a  truism,  and  therefore  self-evi- 
dent. But  by  way  of  illustrating  the  point,  let  us  select  one 
of  each  of  the  rival  breeds  of  England — the  South  Down 
and  Leicester  ;  we  will  suppose  the  live  weight  of  the  former, 
when  in  store  condition,  to  be  100  lbs.,  and  that  of  the  Lei- 
cester 150  lbs.,  which  is  probably,  in  general,  the  relative 
disproportion.  Now  it  is  clear,  taking  the  estimate  of  Mr. 
Spooner,  which  is  the  standard  of  England,  the  Down  sheep 
will  consume  3  1-3  lbs.  of  hay  daily,  while  the  Leicester 
will  need  5  lbs.  Is  the  latter,  however,  more  or  less  profit- 
able than  the  Down  ?  Clearly  there  is  no  difference,  for  the 
offal  is  relatively  the  same,  and  so  is  the  proportion  of  the 
valuable  parts — the  flesh  and  the  wool.  The  expenditure 
of  food  for  the  Leicester  is  greatly  the  largest,  but  only  in 
proportion  to  the  difference  of  value  derived  from  the  addi- 
tional size  of  its  carcase.  Thus  it  is  seen,  the  pound  of 
everything  in  both  animals  costs  alike,  and  all  circumstances 
being  equal,  the  profits  are  the  same.* 

But  we  will  go  farther,  and  instance  the  Merino  and  Sax- 
on, alike  distinguished  for  wool-growing  purposes.  The 
Saxon,  it  will  be  remembered,  is  of  the  same  race,  being 
only  a  sub-variety  of  the  former.  Let  a  selection  be  made 
of  one  of  each,  which  combines  to  the  greatest  extent  their 

*  Let  it  be  understood  by  the  reader  that  the  point  is  wool  dind  flesh, 
and  not  fat,  which  it  will  readily  be  conceded  several  breeds  of  animals 
will  gather  more  rapidly  than  others,  arising  either  from  improved  con- 
formation or  more  quietness  of  habit. 


WINTER  m.vnage:\ient.  245 

perfections  respectively.  By  taking  the  standard  of  Veit,  as 
shown  in  his  table,  of  the  live  weight  of  a  pure  Merino,  say 
88  lbs.,  and  that  of  a  pure  Saxon,  say  62  lbs.  (which  is  per- 
haps the  comparative  weights  of  the  breeds  when  pure),  the 
Merino,  if  fed  at  the  rate  of  2  1-2  lbs.  of  hay  per  100  lbs.  of 
live  weight,  consumes  2  ro^jths  lbs.  daily,  and  the  Saxon 
1  Troths  lbs.,  a  difference,  it  will  be  noticed,  of  nearly  40 
per  cent,  less  than  the  Merino.  Now,  both  being  supplied 
with  this  pro  rata  of  ration  daily,  the  Merino  will  produce 
40  per  cent,  more  of  wool  and  flesh,  at  an  expenditure,  how- 
ever, of  40  per  cent,  more  of  feed.  Thus  it  is  clear  that  the 
pound  of  wool  and  flesh,  in  both  cases,  costs  precisely  the 
same.  Hence  it  may  be  laid  down  as  a  rule  by  which  the 
unwary  may  learn,  that,  after  knowing  the  usual  average 
weight  of  carcase  and  fleece  of  a  given  breed,  if  he  hears 
of  any  very  extraordinary  individual  instances  of  either, 
generally  it  may  be  ascribed  to  extra  feeding,  and  at  a  cost 
accordingly. 

Let  not  the  reader,  however,  misapprehend  the  point  in 
question.  The  breeds  of  sheep  vary  much  in  the  quanti- 
ties of  wool  they  respectively  produce,  and  individuals  of  a 
given  breed  will  often  outstrip  their  fellows,  although  fed  in 
the  same  fold,  in  the  amount  of  wool  they  will  yield.  But 
if  two  are  selected  of  the  same  breed  and  of  equal  weight, 
and  fed  precisely  alike,  and  all  other  circumstances  equal,  if 
one  shears  a  heavier  fleece  than  the  other,  it  will  be  found, 
on  weighing,  to  lack  an  equal  amount  of  flesh,  which  his 
comrade  has  acquired  at  the  expense  of  his  covering.  This 
has  arisen  from  the  difference  in  the  assimilation  of  the  food 
— in  the  one  case,  more  for- the  formation  of  wool  than  the 
other. 

IMPORTANCE    OF    GREEN    FOOD. 

The  feeding  of  green  food,  such  as  potatoes,  apples,  hem- 
lock or  pine  bows,  &c.,  is  strangely  disregarded  by  a  large 
majority  of  American  sheep-growers.  This  is  a  prominent 
point  of  attention  in  German  management ;  indeed,  it  is  thus 
in  every  section  of  the  Continent  where  fine-wooled  sheep 
are  cultivated.  The  sheep,  if  placed  in  localities  suitable 
to  its  general  habits,  at  no  period  of  the  year  is  it  so  perfectly 
healthy  and  thrifty  as  during  the  season  of  pasturage  ;  and 
from  this  the  inference  should  be  deduced,  that  succulent  food 
is  the  prominent  inducing  cause.     Confinement  wholly  to  dry 

21* 


246  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

food  does  not  comport  with  that  variety  of  condiment,  which 
has  so  frequently  been  urged  ;  and  consequently,  if  a  pro- 
vision is  not  made  of  something  else,  it  will  be  followed  by 
disorganized  action  of  the.  digestive  functions^  producing 
costiveness  and  constipation.  The  disease  so  frequent  and 
fatal  in  American  flocks,  called  the  "  stretches,"  rewsults  from 
costiveness  ;  but  this  is  scarcely  known  in  England,  which 
arises  from  the  large  quantities  of  succulent  food  the  sheep 
are  supplied  with  during  the  winter  months.  In  addition  to 
this,  further  proof  may  be  found  in  the  fact  that  it  is  never 
known  to  attack  the  animal  during  the  grass  season.  The 
writer  speaks  from  personal  observation,  in  stating  that  a 
supply  of  green  food  is  indispensably  necessary  as  a  pre- 
ventive of  this  disease. 

In  addition  to  green  food  operating  thus,  it  has  a  tendency 
to  increase  the  wool  and  yolk  secretions,  and  thereby  those 
valuable  properties  of  wool,  such  as  elasticity,  softness,  and 
soundness,  are  increased  and  perfected  ;  and  withal,  being 
conducive  to  health,  the  condition  is  improved,  and  conse- 
quently an  augmented  quantity  of  wool  is  a  certain  result. 

WATER    NECESSARY. 

That  water  during  the  foddering  season  is  of  paramount 
importance  to  the  health  and  general  well-doing  of  sheep,  is 
no  longer  a  mooted  point.  It  is  true  that  the  animal  will 
quench  its  thirst,  as  far  as  it  is  possible,  by  eating  snow  ;  but 
if  tested  by  experiment,  it  will  readily  be  seen  which  it 
prefers.  Some  object  to  provide  water,  for  the  reason,  that 
when  the  weather  is  very  cold,  it  drinks  too  much,  and  there- 
by is  robbed  of  much  animal  heat.  This  is  somewhat  true, 
but  if  warm  shelters  are  provided,  as  they  should  be,  it  is 
counteracted.  If  the  experiment  is  made  with  a  given  num- 
ber, a  portion  being,  permitted  access  daily  to  water,  and  the 
others  only  the  poor  privilege  of  eating  frozen  snow  to  be 
dissolved  in  the  stomach,  it  will  be  discovered  that  the  first 
are  more  healthy,  and  will  yield  a  greater  crop  of  wool, 
which  will  be  distinguished  for  those  properties  named  under 
the  preceding  head.  It  cannot  be  expected  that  the  wool 
fluids  will  be  abundant  if  the  sheep  is  denied  water,  unless 
roots  form  a  good  proportion  daily  of  its  consumption.  In 
this  case  they  will  rarely  drink,  provided  they  are  not  salted 
too  profusely.     If  the  reader  will  refer  to  the  chapter  on  the 


Wli^JTER,    MANAGEMENT.  247 

«  Siructiire  of  Sheep,"  he  will  discover  that  a  large  supply 
of  saliva  is  needed  in  the  process  of  rumination,  which  must 
be  afforded,  mostly,  either  by  green  food  or  water.  In  con- 
clusion, humanity  demands  our  practical  attention  to  this 
subject. 

Having  introduced  sufficient  to  answer  as  a  basis  for  what 
the  writer  deems  a  correct  system  of  practice  in  winter,  he 
will  now  proceed  briefly  to  set  forth  some  general  instruc- 
tions for  the  management  of  the  different  classes  of  a  flock 
— and  first — 

MANAGEMENT    OF    LAMBS. 

The  necessity  for  making  ample  provision  of  pasture  for 
lambs  from  their  weaning  until  the  approach  of  winter, 
has  already  been  urged.  This,  however,  is  not  properly  at- 
tended to  by  many,  and  when  winter  is  at  hand,  their  condi- 
tion is  by  no  means  what  it  should  be.  It  may  be  set  down 
as  a  rule  never  to  be  transgressed  with  impunity,  that  all  an- 
imals when  growing  should  be  bountifully  fed,  as  well  as 
receive  all  other  proper  attentions  conducive  to  their  welfare ; 
otherwise,  it  will  be  in  vain  to  expect,  when  at  maturity, 
they  will  exhibit  the  perfection  of  their  species.  The  general 
qualities  of  any  domestic  animal,  however  perfect  nature  may 
have  done  her  work,  can  always  be  further  improved  by  art, 
or  otherwise,  by  judicious  feeding,  and  strict  attentions  in 
every  other  regard.  It  is  very  much  from  this  cause,  that 
celebrated  breeders  have  gained  their  renown  for  improve- 
ments effected  in  breeds  of  cattle,  as  well  as  sheep.  If  we 
would  have  perfect  animals,  we  cannot  commence  too  early 
to  lay  the  foundation  of  their  excellence. 

It  is  a  custom  with  quite  a  large  majority  of  sheep  farmers 
to  delay  graining  their  lambs  until  the  approach  of  spring, 
when  they  are  sometimes  far  gone  in  poverty.  Is  this  wise? 
Would  it  have  been  thus  if  they  had  been  grain-fed  at  the 
beginning  and  through  the  early  part  of  winter  1  Is  it  not 
better  to  begin  as  soon  as  this,  in  order  to  furnish  them  with 
the  necessary  stamina  to  withstand  the  severities  of  northern 
winters,  which  is  always  greatest  in  the  months  of  January 
and  February  ?  Put  them  early  in  a  condition  to  pass 
through  those  terrible  months,  and  subsequently  all  will  be 
well.  Truly  the  course  of  flock-masters,  in  this  regard,  is 
like  giving  the  patient  his  medicine  when  he  is  on  the  con- 
fines of  death !     Therefore,  viewing  the  matter  in  this  light, 


248  MANAGEIMENT    OP    SHEEP. 

the  writer  has  no  hesitation  in  saying  that  a  single  peck  of 
grain  fed  in  December  is  worth  the  bushel  fed  in  March. 

As  was  remarked  at  the  conchision  of  Summer  Manage- 
ment, the  grass  at  the  beginning  of  November  loses  much 
of  its  nutrition  from  repeated  freezing ;  therefore  at  this  pe- 
riod the  lambs  should  be  assembled,  and  classed  relative 
to  size  and  condition,  divided  into  flocks  of  about  100  each, 
and  feeding  them  grain  should  forthwith  commence.  As  it 
is  sometimes  impracticable  to  call  them  into  the  sheep-folds 
without  considerable  trouble,  the  feeding-troughs  should  be 
removed  to  the  field  in  which  they  are  confined  ;  then  the 
flock-master  may  begin  feeding  them  about  four  quarts  of 
oats,  daily,  which  he  should  be  careful  to  distribute  the  en- 
tire length  of  the  troughs.  They  will  be  very  shy  for  a  day 
or  two,  but  the  example  of  approaching  them  by  the  tame 
sheep  which  were  placed  among  them  at  weaning  time,  will 
be  the  means  of  soon  overcoming  it.  After  the  lapse  of  a 
week,  the  quantity  of  grain  may  be  gradually  increased  to  a 
half  a  bushel,  which  should  be  the  minimum  quantity  for  the 
residue  of  the  season.  When  the  major  portion  have  par- 
taken of  the  oats,  the  troughs  may  be  removed  back  to  the 
sheep-yards,  and  the  time  fixed  for  feeding  should  be  about 
sundown,  after  which  they  can  retire  to  the  shelters,  should 
the  weather  require  it.  At  this  time,  a  little  hay  should  also 
be  given  early  in  the  morning,  which  may  be  pursued  until 
circumstances  demand  a  change  wholly  to  fodder. 

About  the  middle  of  December,  or  before,  let  the  feed  be 
somewhat  changed,  by  mixing  with  the  oats  a  portion  of 
pea-meal  or  wheat  shorts  ;  at  all  events,  let  it  be  meal  of  some 
kind  which  they  may  fancy,  for  in  order  to  induce  them  to 
eat  potatoes  it  will  be  necessary  to  cut  them  into  delicate 
pieces  and  sprinkle  the  meal  well  over  them.  If  sheep  are 
wholly  unaccustomed  to  potatoes  their  aversion  to  them  will 
not  be  overcome  without  the  adoption  of  this  course.  Beets  and 
ruta-baga  may  be  substituted  for  the  potatoes  ;  but  the  reader 
has  been  informed  that  they  are  better  adapted  to  the  purpose 
of  the  sheep-fattener.  If  it  is  our  wish  to  grow  wool  and  not 
fat  mutton,  it  will  be  wise  in  us  to  use  those  means  which 
will  afford  the  largest  returns.  Half  a  bushel  of  potatoes 
given  at  intervals  of  twice  a  week  will  be  the  right  quantity, 
which  it  will  be  well  to  continue  to  sprinkle  with  meal,  as 
well  as  with  a  small  quantity  of  salt.  On  other  days  the  pea- 
meal  and  oats  may  be  fed. 


WINTER    MANAGEMENT.  249 

The  hay  given  them  should  be  of  fine  stalk,  and  of  the 
choicest  quality  ;  but  in  its  place  may  be  substituted  once  or 
twice  a  week,  for  a  single  foddering,  oat  or  barley  straw. 
If  the  lambs  are  thus  provided  through  the  winter,  and  have 
the  benefit  of  warm  shelters,  their  size  at  shearing  time  will 
equal  the  majority  of  two-year  olds,  whose  treatment  has 
been  only  ordinary. 

TWO-YEAR    OLDS. 

The  class  of  sheep  thus  designated  refers  to  those  passing 
into  their  second  year ;  therefore  they  require  extra  atten- 
tions, on  account  of  not  having  yet  attained  their  maturity. 
The  quantity  of  food  they  need  is  quite  as  much  as  will  suf- 
fice for  mature  sheep,  which  proceeds  from  that  law  of  na- 
ture, when  the  animal  is  growing,  the  dead  parts  of  the  sys- 
tem thrown  off"  are  not  in  the  ratio  of  increase  of  the  living 
parts,  demanded  for  the  development  of  size  ;  and  to  efi'ect 
this,  additional  food  is  necessary.  Here  is  the  reason  why 
animals  are  stunted — the  food  given  them  was  only  equal  to 
the  natural  waste,  whereas,  an  extra  quantity  was  needed 
not  only  for  this,  but  an  extension  of  the  system  and  its  va- 
rious organs.  When  animals  become  matured,  this  exten- 
sion or  growth  ceases,  and  the  w'aste  parts  and  the  new  for- 
mations are  equal,  when  adequately  provided  with  food. 

It  will  be  proper,  therefore,  to  make  provision  for  this 
class,  and  especially  the  ewes,  approximating  that  of  lambs. 
The  measure  of  grain,  however,  must  be  determined  by  cir- 
cumstances ;  if  they  have  attained  good  size,  and  the  season 
has  been  favorable  for  the  accumulation  of  flesh,  a  less 
quantity  will  be  required.  Let  them  have  pine  or  hemlock 
brouse,  which  has  a  very  salubrious  tendency  with  sheep, 
cut  apples,  or  potatoes,  and  also  pea,  oat,  barley,  or  wheat 
straw  once  or  twice  a  week.  They  should  have  a  variety, 
at  all  events. 

BREEDING    EWES. 

This  portion  of  the  flock  demand  no  especial  attention 
beyond  a  full  measure  of  food,  until  the  approach  of  spring. 
The  course  of  management  then  will  depend  on  the  time  of 
yeaning,  which,  if  fixed  for  the  month  of  April,  they  will  re- 
quire a  large  measure  daily  through  March  of  potatoes,  for  the 
assimilation  of  milk.  In  addition,  nothing  better  can  be  sup- 
plied them  than  a  half  pint  each  of  wheat  shorts,  mixed  with  a 


250  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

little  barley  or  oat-meal.  Oil-cake  and  corn-meal  are  not  so 
suitable,  as  they  do  not  aflbrd  as  much  cassein,  the  only  ni- 
trogenized  element,  as  the  reader  has  been  informed,  of  milk. 
Their  fodder  through  the  winter  should  be  of  a  miscellaneous 
character.  Pea  and  buckwheat  straw  are  highly  agreeable 
to  them,  especially  the  former,  which,  from  its  succulency,  is 
well  suited  to  their  situation. 

The  reader  is  referred  to  the  correspondence  in  the  Ap- 
pendix for  many  valuable  hints  on  the  management  of  breed- 
ing ewes,  when  the  yeaning  takes  place  in  April.  In  con- 
clusion, comfort,  quietness,  and  generous  feeding  are  cardinal 
points  of  attention  with  breeding  ewes,  through  the  whole 
period  of  gestation. 

WETHERS. 

The  proper  treatment  for  wethers  must  be  determined 
by  their  ages  ;  when  growing,  however,  they  should  receive 
better  attention  than  is  usually  bestowed.  If  turned  off  after 
their  third  year,  which  is  usually  done  if  of  the  Saxon  or 
Merino  variety,  during  the  previous  winter  some  graining 
will  be  necessary  for  profit's  sake.  At  this  age  the  writer 
confines  his  wethers  mostly  to  oat  and  wheat  straw,  feeding, 
in  addition,  to  each  hundred  half  a  bushel  of  ^corn-cob  and  oat- 
meal mixed,  or  that  quantity  of  unground  oats  and  corn,  daily, 
with  half  a  bushel  of  cut  apples,  thrice  a  week.  Apples  are 
much  relished  by  sheep,  and  withal  are  very  nutritious.  After 
partaking  of  a  mess  they  manifest  greater  eagerness  for  other 
food,  which  is  quite  conclusive  of  their  being  stimulating  to 
the  appetite.  They  are  an  excellent  substitute  for  roots  and 
brouse.  Half  a  bushel  (quartered  before  fed)  to  the  hundred, 
thrice  a  week,  will  be  proper. 

BUCKS. 

After  the  tupping  season  is  over,  the  bucks  should  be  sep- 
arated from  the  ewes,  and  fed  a  generous  allowance  of  good 
hay,  with  some  grain.  The  latter  is  especially  necessary,  if 
they  have  performed  extra  service  ;  and  whether  thus  or 
not,  those  which  have  not  yet  attained  maturity,  should  re- 
ceive the  best  of  attention.  For  development  of  the  greatest 
size  and  the  fairest  proportions,  which  are  certainly  objects 
of  the  highest  importance,  no  other  policy  will  accomplish. 
It  will  be  wise,  therefore,  in  the  flock-master  not  to  spare 


WINTER,   MANAGEMENT.  251 

his  attentions,  at  no  period  of  the  year,  to  his  stock's  rams. 
For  some  other  observations  on  this  subject,  the  reader  is 
referred  to  the  chapter  on  Breeding  and  Crossing. 

HOSPITAL    FLOCK. 

This  is  the  general  appellation  of  such  sheep  as  are  in 
low  condition,  proceeding  either  from  poor  keep,  or  temporary- 
illness. 

The  attentive  and  well-ordered  sheep  husbandman  will 
not  be  troubled  with  many  of  this  class,  for  he  will  not  over- 
stock, neither  will  he  permit  any  to  remain  on  his  hands  till 
they  have  become  too  old  ;  thus  few  will  enter  the  "  poor 
house"  to  reflect  unskilful  management.  It  is  scarcely  ne- 
cessary to  say,  however,  that  every  good  flock-master  will 
provide  a  place  for  the  reception  of  sheep  under  consider- 
ation, as  often,  in  spite  of  his  humane  care,  disease  will  make 
its  way  to  some  individuals,  which,  in  that  event,  require 
removal  from  their  strong  and  healthy  comrades,  and  treated 
accordingly.  After  the  disease  is  subdued,  their  diet  should 
depend  much  on  the  character  of  the  malady.  As  a  general 
rule,  their  food  at  first  should  not  be  of  an  exciting  nature, 
especially  if  the  disease  was  seated  in  the  stomach,  or  intes- 
tines. But  all  suitable  advice  in  this  regard  will  be  found 
in  the  history  of  diseases.  When  a  sheep  is  seen  declining 
in  flesh,  let  it  be  removed  forthwith  to  the  hospital,  and  after 
a  few  weeks  perhaps  it  may  resume  its  place  in  the  flock 
from  whence  it  was  taken  ;  this  is  often  so,  if  the  removal 
is  instant  in  the  early  stages  of  decline.  Variations  of  the 
food  will  greatly  contribute  to  restore  invalids,  as  well  as 
those  in  poverty  of  flesh. 

MODES  OF  FODDERING RACKS. 

The  custom  so  general  among  sheep-farmers  of  strewing 
fodder  on  the  ground,  is  attended  with  a  vast  waste  in  the 
aggregate,  and  a  corresponding  ill-doing  of  the  flock.  No 
animal  is  more  nice  in  its  habits,  or  more  keen  in  its  sense 
of  smell,  than  the  sheep ;  consequently,  if  their  fodder  is 
thrown  upon  the  ground,  in  moist  weather,  two  or  three 
passing  over  it,  will  cause  the  whole  flock  to  reject  the  great- 
er proportion,  and  thus  from  day  to  day  their  appetites  are 
unsatiated.  The  waste  from  this  slovenly  practice  during 
one  season  only,  will  more  than  counterbalance  the  cost  of 
suitable  racks. 


252 


MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 


FIG-.5. 


7 


j^i^ 


F1G-.4. 


The  kinds  of  rack  most  generally  approved  conforms  to 
those  represented  in  the  cuts,  or  are  very  similar. 

Figure  1  is  a  model  of  those  used  by  the  writer  for  many 
years.  They  cost  but  little,  and  little  waste  can  result  from 
their  use  ;  and  are  also  light,  and  therefore  easily  removed, 
which  is  sometimes  necessary  whether  feeding  is  done  under 
cover  or  not.  Where,  however,  the  severity  of  the  climate 
compels  feeding  wholly  under  shelter,  the  kind  designated 
by  figure  2,  appears  admirably  adapted  for  the  purpose.  The 
writer,  however,  never  having  used  any  of  this  description, 
cannot  speak  confidently  whether  their  superiority  is  greatly 
over  the  other  kind,  and  must  therefore  refer  the  reader  to 
the  remarks  concerning  them  of  several  of  his  correspond- 
ents. 

The  upright  pieces  or  posts  of  figure  1  should  be  of  pine 
or  hemlock  scantling,  2  by  3  inches,  and  at  least  2  feet  9 
inches  in  length.  The  lower  boards  12  inches  in  width, 
and  the  upper  10  inches  ;  the  spaces  between  them  9  inches  ; 
the  width  of  the  rack  2  1-2  feet.  The  most  convenient 
length  is  about  12  feet,  and  if  thus,  6  will  be  required  for 
100  sheep  of  the  Saxon  and  Merino  varieties,  or  grades  of 
these,  when  full  grown. 

For  lambs,  the  width  of  the  lower  boards  may  be  reduced 
two  inches,  the  top  board  not  any,  and  the  space  between, 
less  about  two  inches,  the  width  of  the  rack  four  inches  less, 
and  the  posts  shortened  three  inches. 


WINTER   MANAGEMENT.  *  25S 

From  the  length  of  the  posts,  an  allowance,  it  will  be 
seen,  is  made  for  nailing  the  lower  boards  two  or  three  inches 
above  the  bottoms  of  them,  which  is  proper.  Five  racks,  if 
each  is  12  feet  long,  will  be  required  for  100  lambs  of  ordi- 
nary size.     There  should  be  no  crowding  when  eating. 

The  front  and  upper  edges  of  the  lower  boards  should  be 
planed  slightly,  to  prevent  the  wool  from  the  breasts  and 
necks  of  the  sheep  from  being  rubbed  off.  To  secure  the 
boards  permanently  to  the  posts,  spikes  should  be  used  of 
sufficient  length  to  clinch.  Four  spikes  to  each  side  and 
end  board  are  necessary. 

Figure  2.  The  most  correct  idea  of  the  construction  of 
this  is  given  by  the  cut,  which  represents  one  sawed  in  two 
crosswise.  Six  pieces  of  3  by  4  inch  scantling  and  33 
inches  each  in  length  are  required  for  a  rack.  The  shelv- 
ing boards,  as  seen  above  the  heads  of  the  sheep,  are  of  ^ 
inch  stuff,  and  14  inches  in  width,  and  are  very  necessary 
to  prevent  hay  seed  and  chaff  from  falling  into  the  necks  ; 
and  further,  the  hay,  if  pulled  down  faster  than  eaten,  cannot 
waste,  as  it  is  saved  by  the  troughs.  The  front  board  of  the 
troughs  should  be  9  inches  in  width  ;  the  space  for  the  heads 
of  the  sheep  10  inches  ;  and  from  the  top  of  the  space  to  the 
end  of  the  support,  14  inches.  The  triangles  A  A  represent 
the  troughs.  This  is  a  double  rack,  but  on  this  principle 
they  can  be  made  single,  and  placed  against  the  sides  of  the 
shelter.  They  are  more  expensive  than  the  kind  first  de- 
scribed, but  have  decided  advantages  for  feeding  within 
doors,  as  troughs  are  connected. 

TROUGHS. 

The  boards  of  the  trough  (Fig.  3)  may  be  of  hemlock,  or 
pine  ;  the  former,  however,  are  not  only  cheapest,  but  hold 
nails  more  firmly.  They  should  be  10  inches  in  width,  one 
inch  thick,  and  nailed  at  right  angles,  or,  simply  the  edges 
of  two  nailed  together.  A  notch  must  then  be  sawed  pre- 
cisely to  correspond  with  the  flare  of  the  trough  into  a  two- 
inch  pine  plank,  a  piece  of  which  12  inches  wide  and  15 
inches  long  constitutjes  the  proper  dimensions  for  the  end 
pieces,  or  legs  of  the  trough.     (See  end  piece,  Fig.  4.) 

FODDER    PENS. 

In  connection  with  the  subject  in  hand,  pens  for  the  re- 
ception of  the  fodder  when  thrown  from  a  stack  or  barn,  are 

22 


254  MAiVAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 

very  necessary.  Let  four  pieces  of  3  by  4  inch  scantling 
be  used  lor  posts,  to  which  slats  or  boards  4  or  5  inches  in 
width  should  be  nailed,  and  sufficiently  close  to  prevent  the 
sheep  from  putting  their  heads  between  them.  On  each 
side  of  the  pen  should  be  fastened  a  slat  diagonally,  which 
adds  to  its  strength.  The  posts  may  be  3J  feet  high,  and 
the  pen  about  five  feet  square.  Thus  the  hay  is  not  run 
over  by  the  sheep  when  thrown  down,  and  injured  ;  and  if 
the  quantity  should  exceed  a  foddering,  it  can  remain  in  the 
pen,  and  the  trouble  of  pitching  it  back  is  saved. 

REGULARITY  OF  FODDERING. 

The  remarks  as  to  regularity  of  feeding  when  fattening 
are  equally  applicable  to  store  sheep.  At  a  given  hour  na- 
ture calls  for  the  allowance  of  food,  and  the  careful  shepherd 
will  see  that  it  is  not  transgressed.  But  it  is  not  more  a 
fixed  time,  than  regular  quantity,  which  needs  observance. 
Quantity,  however,  varies  with  temperature,  as  well  as  the 
quality  of  the  fodder,  of  which  the  reader  has  already  been 
made  acquainted. 

There  are  not  a  few  who  think  it  necessary  that  sheep 
should  be  fed  four  times  per  day ;  but  this  is  wholly  un- 
necessary— three  is  quite  often  enough.  If  fed  early  in  the 
morning,  at  noon,  and,  in  the  heart  of  winter,  an  hour  and  a 
half  before  sunset,  it  ajEfords  them  ample  time  between  feed- 
ings for  quiet  rumination  and  rest,  which  is  interrupted  by 
more  frequent  attentions.  Let  the  roots,  grain,  or  whatnot 
always  be  fed  at  noon ;  after  which  the  sheep  will  work  at 
the  stubbs  or  coarser  parts  of  the  hay  or  straw  left  of  the 
morning  foddering ;  and  thus  all  is  consumed.  If,  however, 
the  temperature  is  severe,  let  a  little  fresh  fodder  be  given  in 
addition  to  their  grain. 

BARNS  AND  SHELTERS. 

Of  the  utility  of  barns  for  the  protection  of  fodder  no'one 
will  question,  and  that  a  well-constructed  barn  is  conducive 
to  economy,  is  susceptible  of  demonstration.  Hay  is  often 
essentially  damaged  when  stacking,  by  a  sudden  and  violent 
rain  ;  whereas,  whatever  is  secured  in  a  barn  is  freed  there- 
after from  harm.  Again,  a  skilful  stacker  is  rare,  and  there- 
fore much  hay  is  subjected  to  damage  from  this  cause  ;  and 
when  unthatched,  of  course  much  is  injured  on  the  surface. 
Taking  only  these  into  view,  the  inducement  is  ample  for 


WINTER     MANAGEMENT.  255 

every  sheep-farmer  to  build  commodious  barns  for  the  recep- 
tion of  his  provender.  That  they  will  reimburse  their  ex- 
pense in  a  few  years,  by  the  saving  of  hay,  and  the  better 
order  of  the  flock  can  be  sustained  from  the  improved  quality 
of  the  hay,  all  who  have  had  the  opportunity  to  judge,  will 
at  once  testify. 

The  construction  of  barns,  as  with  dwellings,  will  always 
vary,  depending  on  the  taste  and  means  of  the  proprietor. 
Where  the  climate  is  severe,  and  subject  to  considerable 
depth  of  snow,  making  it  difficult  at  times  to  travel  a  distance 
to  the  sheep-folds,  a  large  barn  capable  of  sheltering  all  the 
sheep,  as  well  as  their  provender,  is  certainly  desirable,  and 
would  be  preferred  to  several,  especially  if  placed  remotely 
from  each  other.  But  it  is  a  question,  however,  whether 
the  extra  time  consumed  in  carting  the  hay  to  fill  one  of 
these  mammoth  barns  will  not  more  than  overbalance  this 
inconvenience.  Again,  in  case  of  conflagration  by  lightning, 
which,  if  ever,  is  almost  always  after  being  filled  with  hay, 
the  loss  is  very  considerable.  The  prudent  flock-master, 
therefore,  will  duly  consider  everything  before  he  makes  his 
decision. 

The  locality  of  the  writer  being  favorable  with  regard  to 
climate,  and  the  snow  rarely  of  much  depth,  he  gives  the 
preference  to  single  barns,  which  are  situated  on  the  borders 
of  his  meadows,  and  therefore  very  convenient  for  the  re- 
ception of  hay.  These  barns  are  32  by  24  feet,  with  16 
feet  posts.  The  sheds  are  placed  at  the  east  end  of  the  barns, 
and  front  the  south.  The  latter,  however,  is  objectionable  ; 
they  should  be  on  the  west  side,  and  front  the  east.  By  this 
plan  the  barn  affords  ample  protection  from  the  cutting  winds 
of  the  north  while  the  flock  is  feeding.  The  writer  would  rec- 
ommend, in  reference  to  the  sheds,  the  north  gable  ends  to  be 
placed  in  a  line  with  the  south  sides  of  the  barns,  with  single 
roofs,  the  peaks  of  which  may  ascend  to  the  eaves  of  the 
barns,  and  the  lower  ends  elevated  ten  feet  from  the 
ground.  The  space  for  the  sheep  to  occupy  should  be  six 
feet  in  height,  with  a  view  to  easy  removal  of  the  manure  by 
carts  ;  and  above,  there  will  be  abundance  of  room  for  the 
stowage  of  straw  and  pea  vines,  for  the  variations  of  fodder, 
and  for  the  deposite  of  litterings.  For  100  sheep  the  shed 
should  be  20  by  30  feet  at  least.  By  this  plan,  it  will  be 
seen  that  the  feeding  racks  must  be  placed  in  the  yards. 

To  those  whose  circumstances  forbid  the  expense  of  the 


256  MANAGEMENT   OF    SHEEP. 

erection  of  barns  and  framed  sheds,  the  writer  would  recom- 
mend the  following: — For  the  consumption  of  100  sheep, 
during  the  foddering  season,  two  large  stacks  of  hay  are 
necessary ;  let  those  be  placed  in  a  north-east  and  south- 
west line  ;  and  when  they  are  about  to  be  built,  place  two 
poles  35  feet  each  in  length  on  the  top  of  the  stack  pens, 
the  centre  of  the  poles  to  be  supported  by  strong  crotches. 
Before  winter  the  hovel  may  be  completed  by  putting  rails 
crosswise  of  the  poles  to  support  the  straw  necessary  for  the 
roof;  the  back  can  be  made  of  common  boards,  or  by  placing 
rails  or  poles  parallel,  and  about  one  foot  apart,  and  stuffed 
with  old  or  partly  rotted  straw.  This  description  of  hovels 
are  warm,  and  made  in  a  very  brief  time.  Wind-breakers 
may  be  built  at  right  angles  of  the  hovels,  of  the  materials 
and  manner  as  the  back  of  the  hovel,  which  afford  much 
protection  from  winds  when  the  sheep  are  feeding. 

The  following  plans  of  sheep-barns  are  submitted,  and 
which  were  selected  from  a  large  number  forwarded  to  the 
writer,  nearly  all  of  them  possessing  considerable  merit. 

Fig.  1  represents  a  side-hill  barn  with  underground  apart- 
ments, which  are  unquestionably  warmer  for  sheep  than  any 
other,  and  probably  can  be  erected  at  as  little  expense. 
Where,  however,  it  is  not  feasible  to  build  after  this  model, 
the  kinds  represented  by  Fig.  2  and  3  may  be  substituted. 
In  regard  to  Fig.  2,  the  carriage-house  and  horse  stable  may 
be  dispensed  with,  and  a  shearing  and  wool  house  substi- 
tuted. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  FIGURE  1. 

BY  M.  Y.  TILDEN,  OF  NEW  LEBANON,  COLUxMBIA  CO.,  N.  Y. 

A.  Well  with  pump. 

B.  Water  tubs. 

C.  Boxes  for  hay  4  by  6  ft.  directly  under  a  trap-door,  through  which  hay  is 
thrown  from  the  mow;  this  prevents  the  sheep  running  into  it  before  feeding,  and 
also  keeps  the  dust  and  seed  out  of  the  wool. 

D.  In  this  section  is  a  shearing  floor,  13  by  40  ft.,  and  wool  room  14  by  18  ft., 
plastered. 

Racks  are  placed  around  the  sides  of  each  apartment. 


WINTER    MAN'AGEMENT. 


257 


258  MANAGEMENT   OF    SHEEP. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  FIGURE  2. 

BY  RICHARD  MORGAN,  OF  AURORA,  CAYUGA  CO.,  N.  Y. 

I  have  adopted  the  plan  of  bringing  all  of  the  buildings  upon  the  farm  into  ono 
compact  body  instead  of  being  scattered  promiscuously  over  the  farm.  You  will 
discover  that  I  have  drawn  four  sheep- barns  in  connection  with  each  other,  a  de- 
scription of  one  of  which  will  answer  for  all.  Sheep  barn  No.  1  is  a  building^/fy 
feet  in  length  by  ticenty  in  width,  with  fifteen  feet  posts,  the  first  room  or  sheep 
room  to  be  sbc  feet  and  a  half  in  height  from  the  bottom  of  the  sill  to  the  floor.  A 
tight  floor  overhead  to  keep  oi«  all  dust  and  seed.  The  sheep  are  to  be  on  the 
ground,  it  being  better  than  a  floor  of  wood.  A  pen  tliree  feet  high,  and  to  contain 
a  space  equal  to  five  or  six  feet  square,  to  be  placed  as  ^shown  by  the  letter  P  on 
ground  plan,  for  receiving  the  hay  when  pitched  from  the  mow,  that  the  sheep  may 
not  trample  upon  it,  and  for  holding  the  surplus  hay  that  may  be  pitched  from  the 
mow.  A  rack  for  hay,  grain,  and  roots,  to  extend  entirely  around  the  barn,  except- 
ing at  the  doors ;  one  door  opening  into  the  interior  yard  and  one  into  the  outer 
yard.  The  outer  yard,  in  which  the  sheep  are  to  go  into,  for  their  daily  exercise, 
extends  around  the  barns  upon  three  sides,  to  be  subdivided  into  small  yards  for 
the  acconmiodation  of  each  flock  ;  to  be  enclosed  by  a  fence  five  or  six  feet  high, 
close  boarded  ;  the  division  fences  are  each  to  have  a  gate  near  the  barn  for  passing 
with  a  team,  as  the  barns  are  to  be  filled  with  hay  from  that  side ;  yards  No.  1  and 
4  are  thirty-five  feet  by  fifty ;  Nos.  2  and  3  are  thirty-five  by  eighty-five  feet.  The 
mow  is  surticient  for  twelve  or  fourteen  tons  of  hay  each.  The'^sheds,  if  built  all  at 
a  time,  may  be  divided  by  a  fence  between  flocks,  and  the  mow  be  left  all  in  one. 

Each  sheep  barn  gives  room  for  one  hundred  sheep ;  fifteen  inches  of  rack  for 
each  sheep ;  suflicient  room  for  all  to  lie  down  in,  without  being  too  much  crowded  ; 
the  room  should  be  well  ventilated  by  funnels  running  up  through  the  roof,  or  by 
windows  near  the  upper  floor,  with  blinds,  or  slats.  The  barn  I  believe  to  be  a 
good  size  for  one  hundred  sheep,  but  to  those  who  are  willing  to  add  two  or  three 
feet  more  in  width,  in  order  to  give  an  alley  between  the  sides  of  the  barn  and 
racks,  would  find  it  convenient  and  profitable  ;— but  with  the  size  given  there  would 
not  be  suflicient  room.  I  will  give  you  a  description  of  the  barn  and  carriage  room 
attached.  The  barn,  carnage-house,  and  stable,  occupies  thirty-five  by  one  hun- 
dred feet ;  K,  is  a  granary  for  oats ;  J,  is  a  bay  for  oats  in  the  sheaf;  a  cellar  under 
both  for  roots,  with  stairs  at  S,  to  enter  the  cellar,  to  be  closed  by  a  trap  door,  to  be 
hung  with  hinges ;  I,  is  threshing  floor ;  G,  is  bay  for  hay ;  H,  is  a  stable  for  four 
cows  or  oxen ;  a  passage  way  leads  from  the  stable  into  the  barn  floor ;  a  small 
door  opens  out  of  the  stable  into  the  yard;  a  small  door  also,  from  the  threshing 
floor,  with  large  door  in  front  for  driving  in  with  hay  and  grain:  the  whole  occu- 
pies forty-four  feet  of  the  building  ;  F,  is  a  covered  road-way  into  the  yard,  twelve 
feet  in  width;  D,  is  a  grain  room  for  the  horses;  C,  is  the  horse  stable  with  five 
stalls,  racks  for  hay  and  grain,  &c.;  B,  is  an  alley,  for  mixing  feed,  enclosed  tight  to  keep 
dust  and  dirt  out  of  the  wagon-room ;  O,  is  stairs  leading  into  the  hay  mow  ;  A,  is 
carriage  room,  a  deposit  for  farm  implements,  &c.  A  tight  floor  covers  the  carriage 
room  and  stable,  leaving  the  room  nine  feet  in  the  clear.  At  N,  sUiirs  lead  into  a 
room  for  storing  wool.  Let  a  room  of  suflicient  size  be  partitioned  off"  in  the  loft, 
and  be  made  tight  against  rats,  mice,  and  dust,  lighted  by  a  window  in  the  end  of 
the  barn.  Let  there  be  a  window  or  door  at  each  end  of  the  mow  for  filling  the 
same  with  hay.  When  the  sheep  are  to  be  shorn  let  them  be  housed  in  sheep 
barn  No.  1 ;  let  the  wagon  and  tool  room  be  cleared  out  for  the  purpose,  and  be 
used  for  a  shearing  room  ;  V,  V,  V,  are  tables,  or  leaves  made  smooth,  and  to  be  hung 
with  hinges  to  the  side  of  the  room  near  the  floor,  to  be  used  for  shearing  upon, 
eight  and  a  half  feet  wide ;  when  not  in  use  to  be  fastened  back  against  the  side  of 
the  room,  taking  up  but  two  inches  of  the  room  ;  the  roller  to  place  his  table  in 
such  a  place  near  the  stairs,  that  he  may  throw  the  fleece,  when  tied  up,  directly 
into  the  wool  loft;  let  there  be  a  trap  door  in  the  wool  loft  for  sacking  the  wool. 
The  sheep,  when  "fleeced,"  may  be  turned  into  the  interior  yard.  If  the  barns 
cannot  be  supplied  with  water  by  pii)es,  let  the  well  be  dug  as  shown  in  the  yard. 
Yard  No.  5  would  answer  a  good  purpose  for  fowls,  and  yard  No.  6  for  the  hog- 
pen, or  if  needed,  erect  a  shelter,  and  keep  the  bucks  safe  from  the  other  sheep,  or 
such  other  purpose  as  may  be  most  convenient.  The  interior  yard  is  fifty  by  sixty 
feet,  and  may  be  used  for  young  cattle.  I  should  have  given  the  height  of  the 
barn  and  carriage  house,  which  is  eighteen  feet  posts.  The  expense  of  erecting 
one  sheep  barn  would  be  about  ."JloO.  The  expense  of  erecting  all  of  the  buildings 
would  be  about  eight  or  ten  hundred  dollars,  depending  entirely  upon  the  price  of 
lumber,  and  of  labor. 


WINTER   MANAGEMENT, 


259 


-< 

> 

■< 

73 

> 

a 

73 

z 

a 

?5. 
GATE. 

1 

2 

i 

TO 

n 

<  :  <  ;  <  :| 

r         5;i 

^ 

^s 

"""" " I 

z 
> 

1        ^'" 

1 

"i 

•o 

o 

lil 

,  ,,^,   ,    $ 

o 

1 

o 

n 

/O 

O 

70 

-< 

p 

^ 

o 

•n 

=^ 

p" 

9 

111! 

> 

70 

to 

1 1      I— — 

Zm 

^ 

^'^f 

^    5    X 

wro 

70 

•"      7D     n 

7s 

.-.^ 

—Ji.   ^ 

-z. 

P 

? 

r-       ^ 

ri 

5 

70 

73 

O 

Q 

z 

Z 

•o 

Oj 

4=^ 

260  MANAGEMENT    OF    SHEEP. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  FIGURE  3. 

BY  JOSHUA  BICKNELL  CHAPIN,  PROVIDENCE,  R.  ISLAND. 

No.  1 — A,  represents  the  main  building  or  store-house — of  the  following  dimen 
Bions  :  length  45  ft.,  width  34  ft.,  height  to  the  eaves  16  ft 

The  front  internal  arrangement  is  shown  by  supposing  this  end  open. 

B,  B,  are  grain  bins  for  convenience  of  daily  distribution.  They  are  3  1-2  ft.  wide, 
12  ft.  long,  3  ft.  deep  in  front,  and  3  ft.  8  in.  at  the  back,  with  one  or  more  divi- 
sions. The  bins  are  placed  in  lobbies — that  lead,  from  either  side,  to  the  sheep-folds. 
At  the  farther  end  of  the  main  building  on  the  left  is  a  granary  (not  shown  in  the 
drawing)  12  by  15  ft.  and  8  ft.  high.  Adjoining  this  may  be  constructed  a  wool 
room,  of  like  dimensions  ;  and  over  these  two  rooms,  as  well  as  over  the  lobbies, 
are  spaces  for  depositing  the  straw  of  the  dillerent  grains. 

The  space  at  the  right,  C,  C,  beyond  the  lobby,  and  occupying  the  entire  re- 
mainder of  that  side  of  the  barn,  forms  a  capacious  bay  for  the  deposit  of  clover 
hay,  &c. 

The  width  of  the  lobbies,  including  the  bins,  is  7  1-2  ft.  The  width  of  the  main 
floor  is  10  ft.  Under  this,  and  descended  to  by  a  trap-door,  is  the  cellar,  capable  of 
containing  2500  bushels  of  roots. 

It  is  intended  that  the  main  floor  be  used  for  the  operations  of  cutting  or  other- 
wise preparing  the  food,  shearing,  &c.  The  entrance  at  each  end  is  the  same. 
The  barn  will  contain  from  60  to  80  tons  of  hay,  and  2000  bushels  of  grain. 

On  the  right  and  left  of  the  main  building  are  two  wings,  E,  E,  which  are  the 
sheep  barns.  These  are  75  ft.  long  (they  may  be  longer  or  shorter  according  to  the 
number  of  sheep  desired  to  feed),  25  ft.  wide,  and  6  ft.  high  at  the  eaves,  and  will 
amply  accommodate  400  or  500  sheep. 

F,  F,  are  the  racks,  which  pass  all  around  the  folds,  with  the  exception  of 
an  entrance  at  either  ends  :  the  one  for  the  ingress  and  egress  of  the  sheep  to  the 
yards,  the  others  for  the  convenience  of  the  shepherd.  Between  the  racks  and 
the  outer  walls  of  the  fold  is  a  passage  way,  of  2  1-2  ft.  width,  passing  all  around, 
the  floor  of  which  extends  under  the  racks,  and  four  feet  beyond  them,  into  the 
fold  proper.  This  is  designed  for  the  sheep  to  stand  upon  while  feeding— by  this 
plan  they  eat  better  and  waste  less.  The  platform  is  elevated  about  8  in.  above  the 
ground— (represented  in  the  drawin  gby  the  shaded  part). 

The  windows,  hinged  shutters,  and  doors,  are  sufficiently  well  shown  in  the 
drawing.  The  shutters  should  be  kept  open,  except  during  stonns,  and  severe  cold 
weather.  No  animal  suffers  sooner  or  more  seriously  from  imperfect  ventilation 
than  the  sheep.  Allowing  a  fold  on  either  side  of  the  main  barn,  admits  of  a  divi- 
sion of  the  flock,  which  is  of  much  consequence. 

The  disposition  of  the  yards  is  also  shown  by  the  drawing.  Racks  and  open 
sheds  may  be  arranged  around  these  if  desirable. 

A  small  house  may  be  attached,  and  a  division  yard  made  at  the  outward  end  of 
either  fold,  say  at  G,  for  diseased  sheep.     At  H  is  a  pump. 

No.  2  is  an  enlarged  view  of  the  rack,  f,  &c. ;  a  is  the  platform  spoken  of  above, 
b  is  the  back  of  the  rack,  c  the  feeding  trough  in  front,  d  the  feeding  hopper  to 
the  trough. 


WINTER   MANAGE]\IENT. 


261 


lit 


I'lln'l     'i  'I  :'iM 


'ijifliii 


v.'rifei:| 


.'iiilifei 


'''Ililillillilllif  "^ 

iiil  li: 


ft 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

BREEDING    AND    CROSSING. 


INTRODUCTORY  OBSERVATIONS— QUALITIES  OF  A  GOOD  MUTTON 
SHEEP— QUALITIES  OF  PURE  BRITISH  BREEDS— LEICESTER— SOUTH 
DOWN— CHEVIOT,&c.— REMARKS  ON  THEIR  CULTIVATION— IN-AND- 
IN  BREEDING-CROSSING— BREEDING  REGISTER  — INFLUENCE  OP 
SEX— GOOD  POINTS  OF  A  MERINO  AND  SAXON— TUPPING  SEASON. 


INTRODUCTORY     OBSERVATIONS. 

There  is  no  department  connected  with  the  management  of 
every  description  of  stock  of  such  paramount  importance  as 
the  one  we  are  about  to  consider  ;  and  comparative  success 
or  failure  must  depend  in  a  measure  on  the  degree  of  knowl- 
edge of  physiological  principles  the  breeder  may  possess,  to- 
gether with  that  information  acquired  by  perseverance,  and 
close  and  discriminating  observation.  Those  principles 
which  form  the  basis  of  successful  stock  breeding  are  not 
wholly  the  results  of  scientific  investigation,  but  in  part  by 
having  the  particular  points  to  be  added  or  changed  in  the 
form  and  fleece  well  defined  in  the  mind,  a  ready  perception 
of  minute  blemishes  as  well  as  good  points,  and  indefatiga- 
ble attentions  in  management  in  every  regard.  The  breed- 
er acts  on  that  general  law  of  nature,  that  "  like  produces 
like,"  a  knowledge  of  the  anatomical  structure  of  the  animal, 
with  a  thorough  acquaintance  of  its  habits  ;  but  art  or  skill  is 
equally  necessary  to  make  everything  available  to  his  pur- 
pose. So  it  is  an  union  of  art  and  science  which  forms  the 
perfectly  successful  breeder. 

The  jostling  incident  to  a  redundant  population  necessarily 
begets  excessive  competition  in  every  department  of  industry, 
which  sets  invention  at  work,  and  wit  accordingly  is  sharp- 
ened to  aid  in  every  enterprise.  Hence,  in  England,  to  sup- 
port her  numerous  subjects,  everything  is  brought  into  requi- 


INTRODUCTORY    OBSERVATIONS.  263 

sition — every  rood  of  ground  is  made  subservient  to  grazing 
or  tillage — the  form  of  every  animal  is  studied,  and  if  sus- 
ceptible of  improvement,  with  a  view  to  additional  profit,  is 
persevered  in  till  accomplished.  Perfection,  therefore,  in 
tillage  and  stock  can  only  become  very  general  where  com- 
petition is  excessive  at  all  points,  in  order  to  secure  individ- 
ual competency,  and  the  support  of  an  overgrown  population. 
Thus  we  have  only  to  refer  to  countries  sparsely  settled,  and 
the  means  of  support  consequently  ample  and  attainable  with 
little  effort,  to  find  indifferent  agriculture,  as  well  as  indiffer- 
ent animals,  and  therefore  little  knowledge  possessed,  or  at- 
tention paid,  to  correct  principles  of  breeding.  Our  own 
widely-extended  country  unfortunately  affords  incontroverti- 
ble evidence  of  the  truth  of  this  position  ;  hence  it  is  appre- 
hended that  we  shall  not  practically  avail  ourselves  of  all  the 
light  which  has  been  afforded  on  breeding,  to  a  very  general 
extent,  for  many  years  to  come,  because  stern  necessity  is 
not  at  our  backs,  as  in  overgrown  Europe,  to  require  it.  This 
is  the  fact  at  present,  and  it  is  feared  the  cause  stated  will 
long  operate  to  retard  the  progress  of  general  improvement 
in  stock,  commensurate  with  its  importance. 

England  is  indebted  to  Bakewell  and  EUman  for  extraor- 
dinary reformations  in  her  breeds  of  sheep  ;  but  it  is  hazard- 
ing little  to  say  that  she  numbers  hundreds  among  her  breed- 
ers at  the  present  day  quite  as  enlightened  as  their  illustri- 
ous predecessors.  Bakewell  and  Ellman  acted  as  pioneers 
in  a  new  and  unexplored  enterprise,  and  are  worthy  of  the 
renown  they  have  so  justly  acquired  ;  but  their  efforts  were 
bent  to  improve  the  form  and  hasten  its  maturity,  while  the 
American  Bakewells  and  Ellmans  have  a  twofold  and  far 
more  important  object  to  accomplish — improvement  of  form 
and  fleece.  Both  are  within  the  reach  of  American  enter- 
prise and  skill,  and  in  process  of  time  will  be  attained. 

As  hitherto  remarked,  the  carcase  engrosses  almost  ex- 
clusively the  attention  of  British  breeders,  mutton  being  the 
great  object,  and  the  fleece  therefore  takes  secondary  rank, 
while  in  the  United  States  it  is  the  reverse.  The  subject  of 
breeding  consequently  will  be  divided,  and  that  which  will 
claim  attention  first,  is  the  consideration  of  the  English  breeds 
of  which  the  writer  has  no  personal  experience  in  their  culti- 
vation, and  therefore  is  necessarily  compelled  to  rely  on  such 
authorities  as  his  best  judgment  approves.  The  following 
sound  observations  of  Mr.  Spooner  will  open  the  discussion : 


264  BREEDING   AND    CROSSING. 


QUALITIES    OF    A    GOOD    MUTTON    SHEEP. 

"  There  are  various  points  that  are  sought  after  by  breed- 
ers, not  because  of  the  particular  vahie  of  those  points,  but 
because  they  are  evidence  of  other  vahiable  qualities,  such 
as  aptitude  to  fatten  and  early  maturity.  Thus,  in  the  South 
Down  breed,  small  heads  and  legs,  and  small  bones,  are  es- 
teemed, as  they  are  qualities  which  are  found  connected  with 
fattening  properties.  Black  muzzles  and  legs  are  also  val- 
ued, probably  because  they  denote  the  good  constitution  and 
hardihood  of  the  animal.  We  must,  however,  take  care  lest, 
in  carrying  these  points  to  an  extreme,  we  neglect  other  val- 
uable qualities.  Straighlness  of  the  back,  breadth  of  loins, 
and  rotundity  of  frame,  are  points  which  cannot  be  disputed, 
and  are  not  merely  signs  of  good  qualities,  but  good  qualities 
themselves.  The  straightness  of  the  back,  so  perfect  in  the 
Leicester,  is  by  no  means  natural  to  the  South  Down,  in  an 
unimproved  state,  but  rather  the  contrary.  In  the  improved 
breeds,  however,  it  is  present,  and  is  justly  regarded  as  an 
excellent  point,  giving  a  better  surface  for  the  laying  on  of 
jflesh,  and  affording  larger  scope  for  the  abdominal  organs. 
Its  converse,  too,  a  round  or  convex  back,  is  produced  or  in- 
creased by  the  effects  of  poverty  and  cold,  and  is  almost  sure 
to  follow  if  the  breed  is  neglected  and  exposed. 

"  The  development  of  bone,  of  course,  requires  nutriment 
as  well  as  any  other  part,  though  not,  perhaps,  in  the  same 
degree.  Large  bone,  therefore,  abstracts  nutriment  which 
would  otherwise  be  more  profitably  employed,  and  thus  is 
anything  but  a  desirable  point  in  sheep.  Horns,  for  the  same 
reason,  are  much  better  dispensed  wdth.  One  point  in  sheep, 
which  is  justly  regarded  as  extremely  favorable,  is  a  soft, 
mellow  feeling  of  the  skin  and  pai'ts  beneath.  These  parts  are 
the  cellular,  or  rather  adipose  membranes,  which  in  fat  sheep 
are  full  of  fat,  and  in  lean  sheep,  when  possessing  this  mel- 
low feeling,  denote  the  plentiful  existence  of  these  membra- 
nous cells  ready  for  the  reception  of  fat,  which  is  deposited 
in  them  almost  in  the  form  of  oil. 

"  Breadth  of  loin  and  rotundity  of  frame  are  qualities  that 
require  no  observation,  having  been  before  alluded  to.  The 
former  denotes  the  presence  of  a  large  quantity  of  flesh  in 
the  spot  where  it  is  most  valuable,  and  it  also  bespeaks  a 
large  and  roomy  abdomen.  A  round  frame  is  also  the  sure 
attendant  of  a  large  abdomen,  and  an  extended  surface  for  the 


QUALITIES    OP   PURE    BRITISH   BREEDS,  265 

muscles  of  the  back  and  loins.     A  general  squareness  of 
frame  bespeaks  large  muscles,  particularly  of  the  quarters. 

"  What,  indeed,  is  wanted  in  a  good-formed  animal,  is  as 
much  flesh  and  as  little  bone  and  gristle  as  possible,  and  this 
flesh  is  required  where  it  is  most  valuable  ;  for  instance,  it 
is  much  more  valuable  on  the  loins  and  quarters  than  about 
the  head  and  upper  or  scrag-end  of  the  neck.  A  large  de- 
velopment of  flesh  is  pretty  sure  to  be  accompanied  by  a 
disposition  to  fatten  ;  but  for  profitable  feeding  it  is  essential 
that  these  qualities  should  be  developed  early — constituting 
early  maturity." 

QUALITIES    OF    PURE    BRITISH    BREEDS. 

The  three  pure  breeds  which  claim  so  large  a  share  of 
attention  in  Great  Britain,  are  the  New  Leicester,  South 
Down,  and  Cheviot.  It  is  universally  conceded  that,  so  far 
as  propensity  to  fatten  and  early  maturity  are  considered,  the 
Leicester  outstrips  all  competition.  These  qualities  may 
be  regarded  as  a  model,  and  other  breeds  are  proportionally 
valuable  as  they  approximate  these  prominent  points  of  the 
Leicester.  Placed  on  a  fertile  pasture,  and  free  from  expo- 
sure, its  quick  and  large  returns  of  profit  will  ever  make  it 
the  favorite  of  a  large  majority  of  English  sheep-farmers. 
Its  drawbacks,  originating  from  the  extreme  refinement  of 
its  breeding  by  Mr.  Bakewell  and  his  successors,  are,  com^ 
paratively,  a  weak  constitution,  incapacity  to  endure  travel 
and  exposure  to  bleak  situations,  and  great  liability  to  inflam- 
matory disorders.  Again,  the  assimilation  of  its  food  tends  so 
greatly  to  the  production  of  flesh  and  fat,  the  milk  secretions 
are  proportionally  injured,  and  its  qualities  therefore  for  nurs- 
ing are  decidedly  inferior  to  the  South  Down,  Cotswold, 
Lincoln,  Cheviot,  as  well  as  some  other  varieties.  Its  prom- 
inent good  qualities,  as  mentioned,  have  been  turned  to  the 
improvement  of  other  breeds  deficient  in  these  qualities,  and 
to  such  an  extent  that  an  original  Lincoln  or  Cotswold  is 
quite  rare  in  all  England  ;  indeed  it  is  thus  with  all  other  of 
the  ancient  long-wooled  varieties.  Mr.  Spooner  observes, 
"  That  the  Leicester  have  been  extensively  employed  in  im- 
proving the  breed  of  other  sheep,  and  so  successfully  has 
this  practice  been  in  many  instances  that  the  result  of  the 
cross  has  produced  a  breed  more  profitable  than  the  Leicester 
itself,  retaining  the  fattening  qualities  of  the  sire  with  the 
greater  hardihood  and  adaptation  to  the  soil  possessed  by  the 

23 


26G  BREEDING    AXD    CROSSIXG. 

native  breed."  This  is  applicable  to  the  Lincoln,  Cotswold, 
and  Romney-marsh  breeds.  The  mutton  of  the  Leicester 
(on  the  authority  of  ^Ir.  Spooner)  is  by  no  means  so  good 
as  the  South  Down,  which,  however,  is  partly,  not  wholly, 
owing  to  the  early  period  (twenty  months)  at  which  they  are 
fit  for  the  butcher,  and  partly  to  the  very  large  proportion  of 
tallow  compared  to  the  lean.  Thus  it  is  not  a  favorite  in  the 
London  markets,  and  accordingly,  of  late  years,  the  first  cross 
between  the  Leicester  and  the  Down  has  been  produced 
instead  of  the  Leicester  ;  and  it  is  contended  that  this  cross 
is  the  most  profitable  sheep  that  can  be  fattened,  making 
greater  and  more  rapid  progress  than  the  Down,  and  better 
meat  than  the  Leicester. 

In  the  history  of  the  South  Down  the  reader  is  made  aware 
that  between  the  original  Down  and  the  Improved  there  is  a 
wide  diflTcrence,  the  latter  possessing  most  of  the  important 
requisites  which  constitute  the  perfect  mutton  sheep.  With 
a  propensity  to  fatten  inferior  only  to  the  Leicester,  but  with 
later  maturity,  this  breed  are  good  travellers,  hardy  compared 
with  the  Leicester,  and  capable  of  thriving  on  short  pas- 
ture. Their  mutton  is  second  only  to  the  mountain  breeds 
in  fineness  of  flavor,  and  instead  of  their  fat  being  concen- 
trated as  in  the  Leicester,  it  is  dispersed  through  the  flesh, 
or  "  well  mattled,"  according  to  the  butcher's  phraseology. 
Mr.  Spooner  says,  "  Nothing  can  aflbrd  a  better  proof  of  the 
sterling  qualities  of  this  breed  than  the  fact  that  some  twenty 
years  since,  the  price  of  South  Down  wool  rendered  the 
fleece  a  matter  of  great  importance  ;  and  now,  although  the 
price  is  reduced  to  one  third,  and  it  can  never  expect  to  real- 
ize much  advance,  yet,  notwithstanding  this,  the  valuable 
qualities  of  the  animal,  and  the  improvements  that  have  been 
made,  have  enabled  the  breed  still  to  retain  a  foremost  rank 
in  public  favor." 

The  South  Down  ram  is  extensively  employed  at  the  pres- 
ent day  in  Great  Britain  for  perfecting  the  more  inferior 
breeds,  and  with  the  long-wooled  sheep  to  produce  a  first 
cross,  the  mutton  of  which  is  so  highly  esteemed.  A  dis- 
tinguished breeder  in  Hampshire  some  years  since  crossed 
the  improved  Cotswold  ewe  with  the  Down  ram,  and  to  such 
perfection  has  he  brought  the  product,  that  he  now  challen- 
ges all  England  to  produce  a  breed  that  will  yield  larger 
returns.  The  Down  is  evidently  making  rapid  progress  in 
the  estimation  of  American  breeders,  and  thus  far,  the  cross 


QUALITIES    OF    PURE    BRITISH    BREEDS.  267 

with  low  grade  sheep  has  been  attended  with  much  success, 
which,  however,  considering  its  marked  superiority,  is  by 
no  means  a  cause  of  wonder.  Wherever  the  pasture  is  not 
over-abundant,  this  breed  is  likely  to  take  precedence  over 
all  others  for  mutton. 

The  third  pure  breed  is  the  Cheviot,  which  are  inferior  to 
the  South  Down  in  fattening  powers  and  early  maturity,  but 
greatly  superior  in  hardihood  and  endurance  of  cold.  Their 
excellence  as  nurses  is  pre-eminent,  and  consequently  in 
instances  where  it  was  desirable  to  push  forward  lambs  for 
market,  the  cross  with  the  Leicester  has  been  resorted  to 
with  complete  success.  In  the  northern  parts  of  this  State, 
as  well  as  through  the  New  England  States,  the  Cheviot  is 
admirably  adapted  to  the  climate,  and  ordinary  modes  of 
management. 

The  next  breeds  of  the  long-wooled  varieties  which  will  be 
very  briefly  noticed,  are  the  Lincoln  and  Cotswold.  These, 
however,  have  lost  some  of  their  original  characteristics  by 
extensive  crossing  with  the  Leicester  ram,  and  by  it  have  been 
made  as  greatly  superior  to  their  ancestors,  as  the  modern 
Leicester  is  over  the  old  breed.  In  many  respects  the  Lin- 
coln and  Cotswold  are  better  suited  for  American  breeders 
than  the  Leicester,  being  hardier,  carrying  heavier  fleeces, 
and  withal,  are  better  nurses  ;  and,  as  observed  of  the  Lei- 
cester, where  ample  provision  can  be  made  for  quick  fatten- 
ing, and  placed  in  localities  which  afford  facilities  for  easy 
access  to  a  good  mutton  market,  they  are  worthy  of  much 
consideration  with  those  who  cultivate  sheep  for  the  carcase. 

The  above  brief  summary  of  the  qualities  of  the  prominent 
English  breeds,  which  is  but  a  recapitulation  of  what  the  reader 
has  remarked  in  their  history,  is  for  the  purpose,  in  part,  of 
calling  the  attention  of  American  breeders  to  their  great  and 
undisputed  merits.  It  will  at  once  be  conceded,  that  they  are 
not  as  profitable  as  the  fine-wooled  breeds,  if  placed  in  situa- 
tions unadapted  to  them,  and  such  localities  have  already  been 
pointed  out.  But  it  is  scarcely  necessary  to  say,  that  it  would 
be  unwise  for  all  to  turn  their  attention  to  raising  fine  wool, 
and  wholly  neglect  the  production  of  an  article  which  is  be- 
ginning to  be  so  highly  appreciated,  and  paid  for  accordingly, 
in  our  city  markets.  Fine  mutton  must  always  be  in  requi- 
sition as  well  as  fine  wool ;  and  with  a  considerate  choice  of 
breeds  which  produce  the  former,  and  of  such  as  are  partic- 
ularly adapted  to  the  products  of  the  farm,  the  growing  of 


268  BREEDING    AND    CROSSING. 

mutton  can  be  made  quite  as  profitable  as  the  cultivation  of 
wool  only.  In  addition  to  the  value  of  the  carcase,  the  new 
American  enterprise  for  manufacturing  the  combing  wool  of 
English  sheep,  has  already  materially  advanced  the  value  of 
their  fleeces,  as  good  combing  wools  are  now  commanding 
as  high  as  thirty-seven  cents  per  lb.  ;  and  the  average  weight 
of  fleece  of  the  long-wooled  breeds  may  safely  be  estimated 
at  six  lbs. 

The  prejudice  entertained  against  the  British  breeds  by 
American  farmers  originates  in  ignorance  and  mismanage- 
ment. In  many  instances  they  have  been  abandoned  and 
unjustly  condemned  because  they  could  not  be  supported  on 
the  same  amount  of  feed  which  is  requisite  for  smaller  breeds. 
Now  let  the  American  breeder  for  one  moment  consider  the 
fact  that  the  expenditure  of  food  is  in  the  ratio  of  the 
size  of  the  breed ;  and  if  the  same  amount  of  flesh  and  fat 
can  be  grown  on  three  English  sheep,  that  can  on  five  or  six 
grade  Saxons,  or  Merinos,  pray  why  are  not  the  three  as 
profitable  as  the  six?  The  English  breeds  consume,  we  will 
suppose,  double  the  quantity  of  an  equal  number  of  the 
ordinary  American  varieties,  but  when  they  are  butchered 
the  proportion  of  valuable  parts  to  the  ofial  is  greatly  the 
largest,  and  the  weight  of  carcase  is  occasionally  three  times 
greater,  and  almost  invariably  more  than  double.  All  that  it 
is  necessary  to  do  in  order  to  test  the  truth  of  these  remarks,  is, 
to  weigh  accurately  an  equal  number  of  English  and  Amer- 
ican sheep,  and  also  their  daily  rations  till  fit  for  the  butcher. 
This  is  the  only  way  for  every  farmer  to  do,  who  doubts. 

The  turnip  system  of  feeding  so  universal  in  Great  Britain 
for  fattening  sheep  should  be  resorted  to  in  this  country 
wherever  it  is  practicable,  and  conformity  in  all  other  respects 
to  English  practice.  This  we  should  not  despise  and  reject 
simply  because  England  is  one  thing  and  x\merica  another. 
English  animals  and  agriculture  are  second  to  none  in  the 
world  ;  and  in  whatever  point  we  imitate  these,  when  prac- 
ticable, will  result  in  the  largest  returns  of  profit.  The  fol- 
lowing observations,  by  Mr.  Spooner,  are  in  keeping  with 
the  above  remarks  : 

"  The  management  and  selection  of  any  breed  of  sheep 
must,  after  all,  become  a  matter  of  pounds,  shillings,  and  pence. 
The  question  the  farmer  has  to  consider  is,  what  description 
of  sheep  will  in  the  long  run  return  the  most  profit ;  and  this 
question  must  be  viewed  in  relation  to  the  management  he 


IN-AND-IN    BREEDING.  269 

will  be  able  to  adopt  on  the  particular  farm  on  which  he 
may  be  located.  It  is  not  therefore  a  simple,  biitt  a  compound 
question.  It  is  not  merely  which  breed  will  make  most  flesh 
and  fat,  but  which  will  make  it  in  the  shortest  time  and  on 
the  least  food ;  which  can  bear  the  weather,  or  hard  keep, 
or  travelling,  or  a  particular  mode  of  management,  with  the 
greatest  impunity.  All  these  considerations  must  enter  into 
the  farmer's  mind  before  he  can  come  to  a  sound  conclusion. 
From  the  want  of  making  these  considerations  many  fatal 
mistakes  have  been  made,  and  a  flock  has  been  selected  al- 
together unsuitable  to  the  soil,  and  incapable  of  bearing  the 
severity  of  the  weather." 

IN-AND-IN    BREEDING. 

No  point  connected  with  breeding  has  elicited  so  much 
controversy,  and  much  of  it  certainly  of  a  random  character, 
as  the  one  we  are  about  to  consider.  There  are  grounds,  to 
a  certain  extent,  both  for  an  affirmative  and  negative  of  the 
question ;  and  therefore,  the  writer,  with  due  deference  to 
divided  opinion,  will  present  some  of  the  views  and  argu- 
ments entertained  and  advanced  on  either  side,  which  will 
enable  the  reader  to  draw  his  own  conclusions  from  the 
premises. 

By  breeding  in  and  in  is  properly  meant  choosing  indi- 
viduals to  breed  from  of  the  same  family  between  which 
exist  propinquity  or  relationship  of  blood.  The  objects 
sought  to  be  accomplished  by  breeding  in  and  in,  are  to 
strengthen  good  qualities  and  get  rid  of  bad  ones  as  soon  as 
possible  ;  it  is  therefore  very  evident  that  it  requires  a  mas- 
ter's skill  in  selection  of  individuals,  for  if  any  possess  im- 
perfections, these,  however  slight  at  first,  become  hereditary, 
and  will  go  on  assuming  a  worse  and  worse  type  till  the 
breed  become  worthless.  Mr.  Cully,  the  eminent  sheep 
breeder,  entertained  the  opinion,  that  less  risk  was  run  by 
breeding  in  and  in  than  is  generally  supposed  ;  yet  at  the 
same  time  was  slyly  procuring  his  rams  from  Mr.  Bakevvell, 
and  selling  his  own  at  high  prices  to  others. 

Blacklock  contends  that  breeding  in  and  in  is  as  "  destruc- 
tive to  flocks,  as  marriages  of  near  relations  to  the  human 
kind.  We  would  not  Avitness  an  every-day  entailment  of 
diseases,  if  people  would  forego  their  unnatural  love  of 
money,  and  cease  their  endeavors  to  keep  it  in  '  the  family,' 
by  forming  matrimonial  alliances  with  those  who  are  near  of 
23* 


270  BREEDING    AND    CROSSING. 

kin.  The  law  of  God  forbids  us  to  wed  those  who  stand  in 
certain  degrees  of  propinquity  ;  but,  if  we  and  our  descend- 
ants avail  ourselves  of  the  limits  of  this  law,  and  marry  on 
its  verge  a  certain  number  of  times,  misery  must  infallibly 
be  the  lot  even  of  the  tenth  generation  ;  and  instead  of  be- 
ing fathers  of  a  mighty  people,  few  and  full  of  sorrow  will 
be  the  days  of  our  children  ;  while  in  place  of  retaining  in 
their  possession  our  darling  wealth,  it  will,  ere  long,  pass 
into  the  hand  of  the  stranger." 

In  1800,  Mr.  Ezra  L'Hommedieu,  Vice-President  of  the 
New  York  State  Agricultural  Society,  collected  very  many 
observations  and  facts  on  the  breeding  of  sheep,  which  went 
to  show  the  degenerating  tendency  of  breeding  in  and  in. 
Mr.  Dick,  of  Edinburgh,  states,  on  information  given  him  by 
many  intelligent  farmers,  that  cattle  bred  in  and  in  are  sub- 
ject to  dyers  in  the  throat  after  they  have  attained  their  first 
year.  Blacklock  says — "  Clyers  are  enlarged  lymphatic 
glands,  which  are  a  sure  sign  of  what  is  termed  a  scrofu- 
lous habit,  and  a  breaking  up  of  the  constitution." 

Mr.  Dickson  asserts  the  following,  which  will  be  found  in 
the  Quarterly  Journal  of  Agriculture,  of  Edinburgh  : — "  The 
evil  of  breeding  in  and  in,  or,  in  other  words,  producing  too 
great  refinement  of  tone,  is  manifested  in  the  first  place  by 
a  tenderness  of  constitution  ;  the  animals  not  being  able  to 
withstand  the  extremes  of  heat  and  cold,  rain  and  drought. 
If  the  evil  is  prolonged  through  several  generations,  the 
forms  of  the  animals  become  affected,  the  bone  becomes 
very  small,  the  neck  droops,  the  skin  of  the  head  becomes 
tight  and  scantily  covered  with  hair,  the  expression  of  the 
eye  indicates  extreme  sensibility,  the  hair  on  the  body  be- 
comes thin  and  short,  and  the  skin  as  thin  as  paper  ;  the 
jwints  continue  good,  and  predisposition  to  fatness  increases, 
but  the  whole  carcase  becomes  much  diminished  in  size, 
though  retaining  its  plumpness  and  beautiful  symmetry.  The 
evil,  however,  does  not  terminate  in  the  production  of  these 
symptoms.  Internal  diseases  ensue,  such  as  disorganiza- 
tion of  the  liver,  or  rot,  polypi  in  the  trachea,  clyers,  and 
malformation  of  the  neck  and  legs."  A  writer  observes — 
"  It  is  from  this  cause  that  almost  every  Royal  family  con- 
tains a  large  proportion  of  idiots,  or,  at  the  best,  persons  of 
very  weak  intellect ;  and  such  will  continue  to  occur  till 
legislators  fall  on  some  plan  of  striking  at  the  groundwork  of 
the  mischief.     If  the  laws  of  God  and  man  define  to  us  so 


IN-AND-IN    BREEDING.  271 

clearly  tlie  evils  of  intermnrrying  with  relatives, — and  if,  as 
all  animals  are  constructed  on  one  grand  plan,  we  admit  the 
proximity  of  the  sheep  to  the  human  race,  it  follows,  that 
what  is  destructive  in  this  respect  to  the  one,  is  destructive 
to  the  other,  and  that  we  should  seek,  by  a  nearly  similar, 
if  not  wider  range  of  rules,  to  obviate  many  of  those  dis- 
eases, of  which,  when  under  our  protection,  they  are  so 
frequently  the  subjects." 

The  above  is  deemed  sufficient  to  show  the  ground  on 
which  the  opponents  of  breeding  in  and  in  substantiate  their 
arguments.  The  writer  will  now  introduce  the  views  of 
Mr.  Spooner  on  the  other  side  of  the  question,  and  from  the 
great  interest  which  every  sheep-breeder,  who  aspires  to 
complete  success  in  his  calling,  should  feel  on  the  subject, 
no  apology  is  necessary  for  the  length  of  the  extract. 

"  The  subject  of  breeding  in  and  in,  or  from  near  affini- 
ties, is  one  which  has  given  rise  to  much  discussion,  and  on 
which  there  still  prevails  much  discordance  of  opinion.  Its 
merits,  however,  can  be  best  understood  by  carefully  exam- 
ining into  its  advantages  and  disadvantages.  In  the  human 
subject,  sexual  intercourse  between  near  relations  is  very 
properly  forbidden  by  law,  and  appears,  indeed,  altogether 
foreign  to  our  feelings  ;  and  even  marriage  between  rela- 
tives of  the  second  degree,  such  as  cousins,  is  regarded  by 
many  persons  as  subject  to  great  objection,  and  apt  to  entail 
disease  on  the  offspring,  and  particularly  disease  of  a  men- 
tal character.  Statistical  facts  bearing  on  this  matter  cer- 
tainly support  this  opinion  in  a  marked  degree. 

"  With  animals  there  is  no  reluctance  to  sexual  intercourse 
between  the  nearest  affinities,  and  the  custom  of  breeding 
from  sheep  closely  related  has  been  for  a  long  time  prac- 
tised by  breeders  of  considerable  eminence.  In  the  human 
subject  the  objections  to  the  practice  are  at  once  granted, 
but  let  us  see  whether  they  likewise  obtain  with  animals. 
In  the  former,  marriages  are  generally  entered  into  with 
little,  if  any  regard  to  the  health  of  the  individuals  con- 
cerned, the  consequence  of  which  is,  that  the  diseases  of 
the  parents,  or  rather  their  predispositions,  are  entailed  on 
their  offspring.  The  result  of  this  is,  that  most  families 
have  predisposition  to  some  particular  complaint  ;  and 
thus  if  two  members  of  the  same  family  have  sexual  inter- 
course, the  probability  is,  that  if  both  parents  had  predispo- 
sition to  a  particular  disease  in  an  equal  degree,  this  will  be 


272  BREEDING    AND    CROSSING. 

increased  in  their  offspring  in  a  double  ratio.  But  on  the 
contrary,  if  a  man  unites  with  a  woman  of  a  different  family 
and  a  different  predisposition,  the  idiosyncracy  of  the  off- 
spring to  the  diseases  of  either  parent  is  likely  to  be  pre- 
vented or  retarded. 

"  With  animals  the  case  is  different.  If  due  attention  be 
paid,  a  principal  object  will  be  to  breed  from  healthy  sub- 
jects, by  which  means  one  fertile  cause  of  hereditary  pre- 
disposition to  disease  is  prevented.  A  healthy  form  and 
sound  constitution  are  essential  to  successful  breeding,  and 
for  the  development  of  those  points  we  seek  to  obtain. 
Thus  the  principal  objection  to  breeding  from  near  affinities 
which  exists  in  the  human  subject,  does  not  obtain  amongst 
animals  ;  and  even  if,  in  the  former,  mental  disease  is  more 
apt  to  occur  when  this  practice  is  pursued,  this  also  is  an 
objection  which  does  not  apply  to  animals,  though  it  has 
been  urged  by  some  that  sheep  bred  in  and  in  are  more  sub- 
ject to  diseases  of  the  brain — a  conclusion,  however,  which 
I  am  much  disposed  to  doubt. 

"  Thus  the  objections  to  breeding  in  and  in  are  not  insuper- 
able ;  what,  however,  are  its  advantages  ?  The  stronger 
resemblance  there  is  in  the  qualities  of  both  parents,  sup- 
posing those  qualities  are  good,  the  more  likely  is  it  that  the 
offspring  will  be  perfect.  By  breeding  with  a  view  to  im- 
provement, the  greatest  excellences  are  likely  to  be  con- 
centrated in  one  family ;  if,  therefore,  the  members  of  this 
family  were  not  coupled,  they  must  probably  be  united  to 
inferior  animals  of  either  sex,  by  which  practice  improve- 
ment will  be  materially  retarded.  It  is,  therefore,  very  fre- 
quently the  surest  method  of  arriving  at  the  greatest  degree 
of  excellency,  and  thus  it  is  a  practice  which  has  been  fol- 
lowed by  the  most  eminent  breeders  of  sheep  with  the 
greatest  success  ;  yet  it  does  not  possess  any  advantages 
peculiar  to  itself  and  different  from  those  we  have  stated, 
and  if  two  rams  were  obtainable  possessing  precisely  equal 
qualifications,  I  should  not  be  disposed  to  select  one  because 
he  was  a  near  relation  to  the  ewe,  but  the  contrary. 

''  In-and-in  breeding  may  thus  be  either  productive  of  good 
or  bad  effects,  but  in  neither  case  is  the  result  to  be  attributed 
to  the  close  affmity,  but  rather  to  the  circumstances  con- 
nected with  it.  If  no  care  is  employed  either  in  selecting 
or  culling  the  flock,  unquestionably  both  disease  and  defect 
will  arise  ;  and  two  animals,  each  predisposed  to  the  same 


LN'-AND-IN    BREEDING.  273 

bad  quality,  being  allowed  to  connect,  the  predisposition  to 
such  defect  will  exist  in  their  offspring  in  a  twofold  de- 
gree. If,  on  the  other  hand,  proper  care  is  employed — 
if  those  animals  only  are  allowed  to  breed  that  possess 
good  forms  and  healthy  constitutions,  then  undoubtedly  the 
stock  will  be  preserved  pure,  disease  will  be  warded  off, 
and  the  proper  form  and  qualifications  will  be  perpetuated." 

It  is  proper  to  add,  that  Mr.  Spooner  in  a  subsequent  page 
qualifies  somewhat  more  the  tendency  of  the  above,  leaving 
the  reader  to  infer  that  breeding  in  and  in  is  a  very  nice  mat- 
ter, of  which  the  number  is  exceedingly  small  in  whose  hands 
it  can  be  intrusted  with  safety,  and  to  be  pursued  always 
within  proper  limits.  His  views  are  presented  rather  to 
show  what  can  be  said  in  its  favor,  and  not  because  the  wri- 
ter thinks  they  should  be  acquiesced  in.  In  his  humble  opin- 
ion, in  general,  it  is  to  this  vile  system  of  breeding  that,  quite 
as  much  as  the  miserable  general  management  to  which  Amer- 
ican flocks  have  been  subjected,  we  see  so  many  worthless 
specimens  of  sheep,  both  in  form  and  fleece,  throughout  the 
length  and  breadth  of  the  land.  It  has  been  the  practice  of 
thousands  of  sheep-farmers  to  confine  themselves  to  a  single 
tup  in  their  flocks  until  age,  perhaps,  had  nearly  destroyed  his 
procreative  powers,  putting  him  to  his  own  progeny  for  suc- 
cessive years,  which  resulted  in  causing  disease  and  prema- 
ture death,  which,  however,  was  often  ignorantly  and  unjust- 
ly attributed  to  imbecility  of  constitution  of  the  breed  :  hence 
in  numerous  instances  the  violent  prejudices  engendered 
towards  the  Saxon  race.  Farmers  in  general  of  the  North, 
from  the  vicissitudes  of  the  climate,  if  for  no  other  reason, 
must  avoid  the  system  of  breeding  in  question,  as  they  would 
a  reptile.  None  need  imagine  for  a  moment  that  their  sheep 
are  so  perfect  in  all  respects,  but  others  either  far  or  near 
may  be  found  among  which  can  be  obtained  individuals  fully 
equal  if  not  superior  to  their  own.  At  all  events,  the  effort 
should  be  made  to  find  them,  rather  than  incur  the  risk  of  ul- 
timately making  worthless  those  in  their  possession.  Every 
flock-master  should  beware  of  entering  any  flock  to  purchase 
from,  if  he  knows  that  its  proprietor  has  pursued  for  any 
length  of  time  the  breeding  in-and-in  system,  and  especially 
if  the  flock  is  small,  and  the  range  therefore  has  been  limited 
for  selection. 

The  evils  incident  to  breeding  in  and  in  have  long  since 
been  discovered  in  England,  and  also  among  the  celebrated 


274  BREEDING    AND    CROSSING. 

German  Saxon  wool-growers,  and  consequently  a  system  has 
been  adopted  of  breeding  from  different  families  of  the  same 
race.  This  unquestionably  is  the  best  course,  where  the  flocks 
are  about  perfect,  as  the  males  interchanged  have  shades  of 
difference  impressed  by  soil,  herbage,  and  treatment,  and  the 
defects  of  each  family  have  a  good  chance  to  be  counteracted 
by  the  perfections  of  the  other.  By  this  means  the  bad  points 
are  gradually  lessened,  and  of  course  are  succeeded  by  other 
valuable  properties. 

CROSSING. 

The  next  system  adopted  in  breeding,  is  crossing  an  infe- 
rior race  by  another  possessing  properties  desirable  to  ac- 
quire. This,  it  will  at  once  be  conceded,  is  the  most  proper 
course  for  us,  as  it  will  be  the  means  of  most  speedily  dimin- 
ishing the  imperfections  which  characterize  the  forms  and 
fleeces  of  a  large  majority  of  American  flocks.  Where  the 
contrast  is  so  great  as  it  is  between  the  ordinary  sheep  of  the 
country  and  the  pure  Merino  and  Saxon,  years  will  be  re- 
quired of  patience,  steady  perseverance,  and  nice  discrimina- 
tion in  selecting  from  generation  to  generation,  before  the 
goal  of  perfection  will  be  reached.  Many  sheep-farmers 
imagine  that  two  or  three  crosses  will  accomplish  their  ob- 
ject, whereas  nothing  scarcely  is  more  absurd  to  expect.  The 
greater  the  contrast,  or  less  homogeneousness  of  the  breeds 
crossed,  the  greater  length  of  time  will  be  required,  and  skill 
necessary  to  employ.  The  proper  steps  to  be  taken  in  the 
process  of  crossing,  the  writer  will  endeavor  familiarly  to 
illustrate. 

The  object  sought,  we  will  suppose,  is  the  improvement, 
for  the  most  part,  of  the  fleece,  by  changing  its  character 
from  openness  and  coarseness  to  the  opposites,  fineness  and 
compactness,  or  improvement  in  quantity  as  well  as  quality. 
The  ewes  we  will  imagine  are  the  more  ordinary  grades  and 
the  ram  of  the  Merino  blood,  the  good  pedigree  of  which 
there  can  be  no  question,  and  whose  fleece  comes  fully  up 
to  the  object  of  our  wishes. 

The  result  of  the  first  cross  will  exhibit  a  few,  the  wool  of 
which  about  their  shoulders  approximates  that  of  the  sire, 
while  of  other  parts  there  will  be  great  discrepancies,  and 
especially  so  in  the  region  of  the  rumps  and  thighs.  x\ll  will 
manifest  a  general  improvement  over  the  dams,  and  a  few  a 
marked  likeness  of  form  to  the  sire  ;  taking  the  whole  to- 


CROSSING.  275 

gether,  however,  the  progeny  of  the  first  cross  will  present  a 
queer  melange  ;  but  they  must  undergo  a  rigid  examination, 
and  those  whose  fleeces  conform  nearest  to  the  rams  should 
be  marked  and  retained,  and  those  farthest  from  his  excel- 
lencies, disposed  of.  The  ram  may  be  again  put  to  the  same 
ewes,  but  a  similar  result  will  follow,  and  selections  should 
be  made  from  the  second  batch  in  like  manner  as  from  the 
first.  The  question  now  presents  itself.  What  should  be  done 
with  the  ewes  of  the  first  cross,  which  we  will  suppose  old 
enough  to  receive  the  tup  ?  Should  they  be  put  to  their  sire  ? 
This  is  certainly  revolting,  to  say  the  least  of  it,  and  yet  if 
it  is  done,  is  part  and  parcel  of  the  in-and-in  system.  If  it 
is  permitted,  however,  there  can  be  little  doubt,  that  their 
progeny  will  approximate  more  nearly  to  the  sire  than  if  an- 
other ram  equal  in  all  respects  had  been  substituted.  This 
will  arise  from  the  first  cross  possessing  much,  in  a  general 
sense,  of  his  nature,  or,  in  the  phraseology  of  breeders,  a 
"  strong  dash  of  blood."  Notwithstanding  this,  and  however 
others  may  differ,  the  writer  would  prefer  decidedly  using  a 
second  ram,  as,  by  so  doing,  he  might  correct  some  trifling 
defect  the  original  one  may  have  possessed,  and  which,  if 
used,  where  the  affinity  is  so  extremely  close,  would  exhibit 
itself  in  a  much  stronger  type  in  the  second  progeny. 

If  the  second  ram  has  been  used,  which  we  will  consider 
the  most  proper,  it  will  make  a  second  cross,  and  the  prog- 
eny of  this  will  exhibit  also  a  curious  variety  of  fleeces  and 
forms,  being  neither  one  thing  nor  the  other ;  indeed,  on  the 
whole,  will  operate  to  discourage  much  the  breeder,  and  he 
will  think  his  object  almost  unattainable.  Some  will  be,  as 
those  of  the  first  cross,  pretty  good  about  the  shoulders,  the 
fleeces,  however,  thin  ;  others  will  show  a  dozen,  more  or 
less,  qualities  of  wool  in  their  respective  fleeces,  in  short, 
everything  but  being  right.  But  the  breeder  must  not  be 
discouraged.  Let  another  ram  be  procured  of  equal  excel- 
lence with  the  first  and  second,  and  used  for  the  third  cross, 
and  to  his  great  delight,  among  the  progeny  he  will  discover 
a  number  which  begin  to  resemble  quite  closely  the  object 
for  which  he  is  striving.  After  each  successive  cross,  he 
should  pursue  rigidly  his  course  of  selection,  for  his  ultimate 
triumph  will  depend  greatly  on  his  skill  and  attention  in  this 
respect.  The  progeny  of  the  fourth  cross  (at  least  a  good 
majority  of  them)  will  come  well  up  to  the  mark — not  quite, 
however,  as,  by  critical  examination,  he  will  discover  some 


276  BREEDL\G    AND    CRO^SLNG. 

coarseness  yet  about  the  rump,  belly,  thighs,  &c. ;  and  per- 
haps the  fleeces  will  not  be  compact  enough;  others  there 
will  be,  although  qualities  generally  good,  whose  fleeces  will 
be  too  dry,  not  being  sufficiently  imbued  with  yolk. 

Let  the  breeder  pursue  an  undeviating  track  in  selection, 
for  he  will  discover  individuals  even  after  the  seventh  and 
eighth  crosses  comparatively  indifferent,  and  if  his  motto  is 
"  onward,"  he  will  not  breed  from  these.  But  what,  perhaps, 
will  surprise  him  greatly  at  this  stage,  notwithstanding  a 
particular  ewe  may  be  almost  as  perfect  in  her  fleece  as 
either  of  the  rams  employed,  yet  she  will  bring  forth  an 
off'spring  occasionally,  which  will  represent  the  defects  in  a 
marked  degree  of  some  of  those  of  the  first  and  second  cross  ! 
but  were  he  an  "  old  stager"  this  would  not  astonish  him,  as 
it  is  an  ordinary  occurrence  for  even  ten  or  fifteen  years  after 
the  commencement  of  improvement  in  instances  where  the 
blood  on  one  side  was  of  the  ordinary  stamp,  and  which 
would  have  been  still  more  frequent,  if  the  rams  used  had 
not  been  iclwlly  pure.  This  is  an  item  showing  the  great 
value  to  be  attached  to  blood. 

After  the  seventh  or  eighth  cross,  will  it  be  proper  to  em- 
ploy any  males  produced  in  the  flock  ?  As  a  general  rule, 
no;  it  is  safer  to  procure  them  from  another  family  higher 
bred.  Hitherto  it  has  too  frequently  been  the  case  that,  after 
a  flock  has  been  pushed  far  on  to  perfection,  the  breeder  has 
resorted  to  his  own  rams,  by  which  improvement  has  ceased, 
arising  from  the  propensity  of  even  high-grade  animals  to 
transmit  some  of  the  defects  of  the  stock  on  one  side  from 
which  they  sprang,  to  their  progeny.  This  rule,  however, 
may  sometimes  be  violated  with  impunity.  For  instance, 
after  the  third  or  fourth  cross,  some  of  the  ewes  may  pro- 
duce offspring  uniformly  alike,  and  very  perfect,  and  such 
instances  show  that  they  have  been  very  thoroughly  infused 
with  the  pure  blood  of  their  sires  ;  therefore  in  such  cases  it 
may  be  safe  to  employ  their  off'spring  as  tups.  But  the 
breeder  should  be  very  sure  of  the  circumstance  stated,  which 
can  only  be  arrived  at  with  certainty  by  attention  in  marking 
the  lambs  for  several  successive  years. 

In  breeding  for  the  fleece,  other  points  must  not  be  neg- 
lected, such  as  form,  and  indications  of  sound  constitution. 
The  remarks  which  have  appeared  in  reference  to  breeding 
the  mutton  sheej)  will  apply  in  some  measure  to  Merinos 
and  Saxons.     Small  bone,  and  a  compact  square  frame,  but 


CROSSING.  277 

not  too  large,  are  always  good  points  in  any  breed,  and 
should  never  be  lost  sight  of.  It  should  be  considered  that, 
after  we  have  shorn  the  fleece,  the  drovers  have  a  right  to 
step  in  to  judge  of  the  carcase,  and  they  have  a  curious  way 
of  "  coming  over  us,"  if  our  sheep  are  too  small  and  slab- 
sided. 

The  following  observations  on  the  subject  in  hand  are  by 
Blacklock,  which  the  writer  believes  are  worthy  of  much 
attention,  and  which  he  quotes  for  the  reason  that  he  feels 
they  will  have  more  weight  than  any  he  can  offer  himself, 
while  they  also  corroborate  several  points  already  set  forth. 

"  The  fact  is,  that,  if  you  wish  to  have  a  particular  kind 
of  sheep,  you  must  first  of  all  be  in  possession  of  a  pasture 
suitable  for  the  new-comers.  You  must  consider  the  influ- 
ence of  the  individval  parents  on  the  progeny,  the  size  of 
the  animals,  their  habits  and  dispositions,  and  their  peculiar- 
ities in  regard  to  the  time  of  their  maturity,  and  fattening 
properties  ;  and,  having  anticipated  these  apparently  trifling 
affairs,  you  must  see  that  the  surface  of  the  farm,  its  degree 
of  exposure,  and  the  quantity  and  quality  of  its  productions, 
are  calculated  for  the  profitable  maintenance  of  the  breed  in 
view.  Far  too  little  attention  is  bestowed,  at  the  commence- 
ment of  such  an  undertaking,  on  these  all-swaying  matters. 
Farmers  enter  upon  this,  the  most  arduous  of  all  professions, 
with  the  settled  conviction,  that  nothing  is  so  simple  as  the 
engrafting  of  a  race  of  animals  on  a  particular  part  of  a  coun- 
try. They  have  read,  or  heard,  of  others  who  have  gained 
fame,  and  a  fortune,  by  successful  endeavors  of  the  kind,  and 
they  think  that  nothing  is  easier  than  to  follow  their  example  ; 
but  they  forget  the  thoughtful  hours,  and  irksome  duties, 
these  men  had  to  tolerate,  before  they  could  speak  of  any- 
thing like  success.  No  animal  can  be  made  to  forego  at  once 
a  long-used  food,  an  ancient  locality,  a  peculiarity  of  clime  and 
season,  and  the  instinctive  habits  that  have  been  long  nurtured 
by  these,  without  both  it  and  its  progeny  suffering  from  the 
change!^ 

"  In  crossing  there  are  several  important  things  to  be  at- 
tended to.  Well-formed  parents  ought  to  be  selected,  and, 
if  enlargement  of  the  carcase  be  wanted,  the  issue  should 
be  better  fed  than  its  originators,  which  ought  to  be  of  a  size 
rather  under,  than  above  what  the  pasture  is  capable  of  sup- 
porting. The  size  of  the  parents  should  not  be  much  dispro- 
*  The  truth  of  this  remark  will  strike  the  prairie  flock-master. 
24 


278  BREEDING   AND    CROSSING. 

2)ortioned  at  first,  as  nature  abhors  sudden  extremes,  and  does 
everything  in  the  most  gradual  manner.  We  must  not  imag- 
ine that  when,  by  dint  of  crossing,  we  have  obtained  the 
variety  wanted,  that  it  will  remain  in  the  condition  we  have 
brought  it,  without  the  slightest  liability  to  alter.  Many  far- 
mers believe  they  have  done  all  that  is  required,  if  they 
subject  their  stock  to  three  or  four  crossings  with  a  breed  of 
acknowledged  excellence.  They  think  that  the  improved 
animals  they  have  obtained  will  support  their  acquired  char- 
acters, uninfluenced  by  extraneous  agency.  Now  nothing  can 
be  more  faulty  than  this  mode  of  management,  as  is  proved 
by  a  comparison  of  stock  so  treated,  with  flocks  which  have 
uninterruptedly  received  that  undeviating  attention  which  can 
alone  ensure  a  continuance  of  the  properties  desired.  Such 
men  forget  that  the  climate  is  operating  with  as  great  certainty 
as  on  the  rocks  around  ;  and  that  as  the  herbage  is  determined 
by  the  nature  of  the  adjacent  rocks,  so  are  the  peculiarities 
of  the  sheep  influenced  by  the  herbage  ;  and  that  if  they  man- 
age to  change  the  characters  of  the  breed,  it  can,  in  a  majority 
of  cases,  be  only  for  a  time,  unless  the  tendencies  of  the  sur- 
rounding elements  are  counteracted  by  a  constant  recurrence 
to  the  originators  of  the  flock. 

"  In  crossing  we  must  beware  of  the  tendencies  which 
nature,  in  numerous  instances,  displays  to  perpetuate  dis- 
eases, dispositions,  and  aberrations  of  the  normal  structure. 
A  predisposition  to  many  diseases  is  engendered  in  the  sheep, 
by  too  great  refinement  in  breeding,  which  tends  to  diininish 
the  size  of  the  animal,  prevents  them  feeding  to  perfection,  de- 
stroys their  fecundity,  and  imparts  great  tenderness  of  con- 
stitution. Accidental  deviations  from  the  natural  type  may, 
also,  be  hereditary,  as  is  seen  in  those  races  of  dogs  which 
have  a  supernumerary  toe  on  the  hind  foot,  and  tarsal  bones 
to  correspond.  In  the  human  race,  also,  several  gener- 
ations of  a  particular  family  have  been  distinguished  by 
having  six  fingers  and  six  toes  on  their  hands  and  feet.  It 
is  in  like  manner  to  an  accidental  malformation,  that  the 
Americans  are  indebted  for  their  Otter  breed  of  sheep." 

BREEDING    REGISTER. 

It  is  of  the  highest  importance  that  every  sheep-farmer 
who  aspires  to  distinction  and  success  in  his  profession,  and 
more  especially  those  who  are  strictly  professional  breeders, 
should  properly  classify  their  sheep,  and  keep  a  record  of 


BREEDING    REGISTER. 


279 


them.  This  particular,  and,  indeed,  everything  appertaining 
to  the  subject  of  breeding,  is  most  rigidly  attended  to  by 
German  flock-masters,  and  is  the  means  by  which  breeding 
from  too  close  affinities  is  avoided,  as  also  for  affording  a 
reference  to  the  qualities  of  every  individual  of  the  flock. 

The  Germans  are  exceedingly  particular  in  their  examina- 
tions, beginning  with  the  lamb  when  only  a  few  months  old, 
which  receives  at  this  time  a  mark  denoting  its  qualities, 
and  subsequently  and  before  it  has  attained  the  age  of  one 
year,  is  subjected  to  two  more  inspections,  and  if  the  results 
correspond  with  the  first  examination,  it  receives  a  final 
mark  of  approval,  and  is  retained  as  a  permanent  member  of 
the  flock.  The  first  class  is  denominated  "  Super  Elector  ;" 
the  second  class  "  Elector  ;"  the  third  class  "  Prima  ;"  the 
fourth  class  "  Secunda  ;"  the  fifth  class  "  Tertia,"  Few 
among  the  better  flocks  will  range  as  low  as  the  last,  and  if 
any  individual  is  found  to  sink  any  farther,  it  is  disposed  of. 
The  sheep  are  put  upon  a  table  and  held,  while  the  exam- 
iner with  a  small  pair  of  scissors  clips  samples  from  the 
neck,  shoulders,  and  thighs,  which  are  at  once  enveloped  in 
papers,  and  on  the  back  of  each  is  noted  a  number  corres- 
ponding with  the  ear-marks.  A  clerk,  with  pen  and  ink,  is 
in  attendance,  who  notes  down  the  texture  of  the  staple, 
whether  short  or  long,  round,  flat,  or  spiral,  exterior  appear- 
ance of  the  fleece,  evenness,  size,  shape,  &c. 

The  following  cut  exemplifies  the  mode  of  numbering  on 
the  ears,  by  which  the  age  of  each  individual  is  denoted, 
and  its  general  qualities  explained  by  reference  to  the  Reg- 
ister. 


Each  slit  in  the  lower  rim  of  the  right  ear  represents,  1 

do.              upper                       do.  5 

do.             lower                     left  100 

do.             upper                      do.  500 


280 


BREEDING    AND    CROSSING. 


The  central  hole  in  the  right  ear,  25 

do.                left  50 
In  the  above  figure 

7  slits  in  the  upper  rim  of  the  left  ear,  500  each            3500 

4  do.              lower           do.         do.        100  do.                400 

The  central  hole  in                        do.  50 

4  slits  in  the  upper  rim  of  the  right  ear,    5  do.                  20 

4  do.               lower           do.           do.          1  do.                    4 

The  central  hole  in                          do.          1  do.                  25 

Number  of  the  sheep,  3999 

The  following  is  a  form  of  a  Breeding  Register  kept  by 
the  late  Mr.  H.  D.  Grove.  His  notes  of  explanation,  to- 
gether with  some  valuable  remarks,  are  quoted  from  Col- 
man's  Fourth  Mass.  Agricultural  Reports,  and  which  are 
worthy  of  much  attention,  from  his  acknowledged  experi- 
ence and  skill  as  a  sheep-breeder. 

BREEDING    REGISTER,  FROM  JULY   1,   1838,  TO   JULY   1,   1839. 


No. 

Year  in 
which 
born. 

Tup'dby 
Ram  No. 

Date  of 
lambiug 

No.  of  lambs. 

Classification  of  the 
Lambs,  etc. 

General  Remarks. 

Rams 

Ewes. 

25 
1 

1833 
1834 

27—4 
26—4 

6—4 

7—4 

1 

1 

1  CL  small,  and 
close  curled. 

2  CI.  middle, 
small  curls. 

Thin  lambs— one  was 
very  feeble  and  died. 

The  lambs  had  a  few- 
hairs  under  the  belly, 
&c. 

"  In  the  first  column  is  the  number  of  the  ewe  ;  in  the 
second,  his  age,  and  instead  of  writing  it  out  in  full,  I 
merely  write  3,  4,  5,  and  6,  which  means  either  1833,  '34, 
'35,  and  '36,  &c.  In  the  third  column  is  the  number  and 
age  of  the  ram,  thus  27 — 4, — 27  means  the  number,  and  4  his 
age,  namely,  1834,  &c.  In  the  fourth  column  is  the  day 
and  month  when  the  lamb  is  yeaned,  thus  6 — 4, — 6  means 
the  6th  day,  and  4,  fourth  month.  In  the  5th  and  6th  columns 
are  the  number  of  ram  and  ewe  lambs.  In  the  seventh  is 
the  classification  of  the  lambs,  when  a  few  days  old,  and 
the  last  column  is  for  general  remarks. 

"  I  am  very  particular  in  classifying  my  lambs  with  as 
much  accuracy  as  possible,  to  enable  me  to  decide  upon  the 
good  or  bad  qualities  of  a  progenitor  as  a  breeder  ;  if  his 
progeny  is  not  such  as  I  desire,  he  is  rejected  at  once  from 
further  service.     I  do  not  often  use  my  rams  after  they  are 


BREEDING    REGISTER.  281 

5  or  6  years  old,  for  when  they  have  attained  that  age,  their 
progeny  begins  to  fail  in  vigor  and  strength.  Much,  how- 
ever, depends  upon  the  treatment  he  receives.  If  a  ram  is 
carefully  used,  not  over-worked,  he  will  retain  his  vigor  and 
elasticity  much  longer,  and  I  have  known  rams  7,  8,  or  even 
9  years  of  age,  whose  progeny  was  as  vigorous  as  that  from 
a  ram  of  3  years  old. 

"  I  select  my  stock  rams  with  the  greatest  care,  for  I  con- 
sider this  the  most  important  point  in  breeding ;  and  here  I 
find  my  records  of  great  value  in  aiding  me  to  make  the  best 
choice.  If,  for  instance,  I  have  a  ram  before  me,  who  has, 
in  every  respect,  the  requisite  qualities,  and  turning  to  my 
records,  I  find  his  ancestors  occupy  a  high  rank,  that  is, 
stand  in  the  first  class  for  a  number  of  generations  back, 
I  then  have  no  hesitation  to  appoint  him  a  sire  for  my  ewes, 
and  in  nine  cases  out  of  ten,  he  acquits  himself  to  my  entire 
satisfaction.  Or,  if  I  have  two  rams  before  me  of  equal 
quality,  and  hardly  knowing  to  which  one  to  give  the  pref- 
erence, my  records  decide  the  question,  for  the  one  who  has 
the  best  ancestry  is  preferred  to  the  other. 

"  The  experienced  shepherd  knows,  that  even  in  full- 
blood  flocks,  not  all  individuals  are  equal  in  quality  of  wool, 
size,  form,  &;c.,  but  that  some  families  arrive  to  much  greater 
perfection  than  others.  Here  again  my  records  are  of  great 
value,  for  with  their  aid  I  can  designate  every  individual 
member  of  each  family,  and  cross  them  with  other  families, 
and  in  such  divisions  as  I  think  most  beneficial.  For  eleven 
years  have  I  thus  managed  my  flock,  and  selected  my  stock 
rams  from  those  of  my  own  raising,  and  yet  I  have  no  very 
near  relationship,  and  I  can  go  on  eleven  years  more  in  the 
same  manner  and  avoid  that  error,  only  taking  a  little  more 
trouble,  and  some  years  use  more  rams,  than  to  a  superficial 
observer  would  seem  necessary.  Now  if  my  sheep  were 
not  numbered  and  recorded,  I  could  not  go  on  without  run- 
ning the  risk  of  injury  to  my  flock  by  too  close  breeding. 
This  is  an  important  point  in  the  breeding  domestic  animals 
of  all  kinds,  and  if  once  lost  sight  of,  the  injury  will  soon 
be  perceived  by  the  experienced  and  discerning  eye,  which 
injury  is  often  irreparable.  That  it  is  lost  sight  of  and  is 
overlooked  by  too  many  of  my  brother  shepherds,  is  but  too 
true,  and  this  is  one  reason  why  so  many  make  but  little 
progress  in  the  improvement  of  their  flocks."* 

*  Notwithstanding  Mr.  Grove  undoubtedly  was  equal  if  not  superior  to 
24* 


282  BREEDING    AND    CROSSING. 


INFLUENCE     OF     SEX. 

This  question,  in  former  times,  excited  much  discussion 
among  breeders  and  physiologists,  many  contending  that  the 
influence  of  sire  and  dam  were  equal  upon  the  progeny, 
taking  general  and  not  particular  qualities  into  view.  When 
thus  considered,  there  is  much  of  truth  in  this  conclusion, 
although  correct  observation  has  very  clearly  established  the 
fact,  that  the  influence  of  the  male  greatly  predominates  rela- 
tive to  the  color,  as  well  as  texture  of  the  hair  and  wool.  This 
opinion  is  sustained  by  Mr.  Sanford  Howard,  associate  ed- 
itor of  the  Cultivator,  in  an  able  paper  on  the  subject  of 
breeding,  published  in  that  periodical  of  1844,  On  the  point 
in  question  he  speakes  thus  : 

"  It  is,  however,  reasonable  to  suppose,  that  in  some  re- 
spects this  influence  of  the  parents  cannot  be  equal ;  and 
that  the  theory  is  well  founded  that  the  constitutional  quali- 
ties, nervous  temperament,  &c.,  are  more  likely  to  resemble 
the  dam,  and  the  external  qualities,  such  as  outward  form, 
color,  hair,  &c.,  to  resemble  the  sire.  Many  examples 
might  be  cited  in  support  of  this  theory.  Many  farmers 
have  noticed  how  much  more  likely  their  animals  are  to  in- 
herit the  diseases  of  their  dams,  than  their  sires.  When  we 
consider  that  the  animal  is  supported  during  the  foetal  stage  of 
its  existence  entirely  from  the  blood  of  the  mother,  and  that 
this  blood,  circulating  through  every  part  of  the  system,  would, 
of  course,  be  afl'ected  by  the  state  of  the  animal's  health,  this 
consequence  would  seem  to  be  perfectly  natural. 

"  On  the  other  hand,  it  has  been  noticed  that  the  outward 
features  of  the  sire,  more  frequently  than  those  of  the  dam, 

any  other  sheep-breeder  of  our  country,  and  the  great  precautions  he  ob- 
served not  to  breed  from  those  between  whom  there  existed  too  near  af- 
finities of  blood,  yet  the  writer  has  every  reason  to  believe  that  he  en- 
croached on  the  breeding  in-and-in  system  to  a  greater  extent  than  he 
was  sensible  of.  Mr.  G.,  as  appears  from  his  concluding  remarks,  dep- 
recated the  practice,  for  no  one  knew  better  than  himself,  theoretically 
at  least,  the  certain  evils  attending  it.  The  writer  engaged  a  valuable 
ram  of  him  previous  to  his  decease,  which,  soon  after  getting  home,  he 
lost  by  one  of  those  legitimate  diseases  (dyers)  which  follows  the  system 
of  breeding  in  question.  The  loss  of  tlie  valuable  animal  is  certainly  a 
matter  of  no  consequence  to  the  public,  but  the  cause  is,  however,  and 
which  the  writer  has  purposely  delayed  mentioning,  that  it  might  go 
forth  appended  to  his  late  friend's  remarks  in  allusion  to  the  ])oint  in  hand, 
and  have  its  proper  weight  in  connection  with  all  that  has  hitlierto  been 
said  on  the  subject. 


INFLUENCE   OF    SEX.  283 

are  enstamped  on  the  progeny.  This  has  been  attributed  to 
the  nervous  influence  of  the  dam — or  what  is  called  the  in- 
fluence of  the  imagination  of  the  dam  on  the  foetus.  Prac- 
tical men  believe  there  is  something  m  this.  Professional 
breeders  avail  themselves  of  the  principle  in  giving  to  their 
animals  some  desired  marks  or  qualities.  It  must  have  been 
something  akin  to  this,  by  the  influence  of  which,  through 
the  medium  of  peeled  rods,  Jacob  caused  the  cattle  to  be 
born  '  ringed,  streaked,  and  speckled.'  Breeders  of  horses 
sometimes  take  great  pains  to  operate  on  the  imagination  of 
the  mare,  and  thus  produce  in  the  foal  certain  characteristics. 
At  the  time  of  conception,  or  within  the  first  month  after- 
wards, the  fcetus  seems  to  be  particularly  susceptible  to  this 
influence,  and  it  is  not  difficult  to  produce  the  changes  spo- 
ken of.  Some  striking  instances  of  the  eflfect  of  this  sym- 
pathetic influence  might  be  given.  One  of  the  most  re- 
markable, perhaps,  as  showing  the  evidence  of  anterior  ex- 
citement, is  that  of  a  mare,  seven-eighths  of  Arabian  blood, 
after  having  produced  a  foal  by  a  stallion  quagga,  (a  species 
of  zebra,)  continued,  after  a  lapse  of  five  years,  to  reproduce 
the  markings  of  that  animal,  at  three  successive  births,  al- 
though the  sire  of  all  the  subsequent  progeny  was  a  thorough 
bred  Arab  horse.  This  is  a  well  authenticated  fact,  and 
correct  portraits  of  the  mare,  the  hybrid,  and  the  three  foals 
which  the  mare  afterwards  had  by  the  horse,  the  latter 
showing  the  stripes  of  the  quagga,  are  preserved. 

"  The  influence  of  one  black  sheep,  though  it  may  never 
have  any  progeny,  is  often  noticed  in  causing  black  lambs. 
Shepherds  who  have  kept  black  dogs  with  their  sheep,  have 
observed  the  same  effect.  The  nervous  influence  of  animals 
in  a  state  of  pregnancy,  shows  itself  very  conspicuously  in 
the  eff'ects  of  fright  on  the  offspring.  Many  cases  of  this 
kind  might  be  cited  in  the  human  species,  as  well  as  in  our 
domestic  animals." 

In  immediate  connection'  with  his  closing  remarks,  the 
writer  will  state,  that  he  makes  it  a  point  never  to  breed  from 
sires  or  dams  that  are  otherwise  than  entirely  white,  yet  a 
few  years  since  one  of  his  highest  bred  ewes  produced  a 
lamb  whose  head  and  tail  were  perfectly  white,  but  every- 
where else  jetty  black,  and  thus  resembled  a  skunk.  From 
this  it  is  not  unreasonable  to  suppose  that,  in  the  early  stage 
of  gestation,  one  of  these  disgusting  animals  crossed  the  path 
of  the  ewe,  causing  such  a  degree  of  fright  as  to  impress  the 


284  BREEDING    AND    CROSSING. 

marks  of  the  skunk  upon  the  foetus.  This  is  only  an  analo- 
gous instance,  with  results  quite  as  singular,  as  observed  in 
the  offspring  of  the  human  species,  produced  by  highly  ex- 
citing circumstances  during  pregnancy. 

The  following  will  show  that  the  male  exercises  a  mate- 
rial influence  also  upon  the  form,  indicated  most  strongly, 
however,  in  general,  in  the  progeny  of  the  first  cross.  Mr. 
Boswell,  in  his  essay  on  the  subject  in  question,  published 
in  the  Quai'tcrJy  Journal  of  Agriculture,  says — "Being  fully 
convinced  of  the  power  of  the  male  on  the  offspring,  I  have 
always  accounted  it  as  a  loss  to  put  a  bad  male  to  a  high- 
bred female,  and  have  never  done  so.  I  have,  however, 
observed,  where  the  country  people  have  purchased  high- 
bred sheep  at  any  sale  of  mine,  and  bred  from  them  with 
the  ordinary  rams,  that  the  breed  very  quickly  got  bad ; 
whereas,  when  a  Bake  well  ram  had  been  purchased,  I  have 
seen  a  most  remarkable  change  in  the  quality  of  the  sheep  ; 
and,  in  several  instances,  where  the  ewes  had  been  tolerable 
from  which  they  had  been  bred,  the  cross  was  so  nearly  re- 
sembling a  New  Leicester,  as  to  deceive  any  one  who  was 
not  a  thorough  judge." 

A  writer  observes — "  The  progeny  of  most  domesticated 
animals  often  bear  a  striking  resemblance  to  the  grandmother 
or  grandfather,  and  it  is  well  known  that  the  desired  changes 
cannot  be  effected  on  a.  breed,  or  that  the  desired  breed  can- 
not be  produced,  till  the  third,  fourth,  or  even  the  fifth  cross- 
ing, so  that  the  importance  of  having  few  defects  in  a  stock 
will  readily  be  admitted,  seeing  their  debasing  consequences 
are  carried  through  whole  generations,  and  that,  though  ab- 
sent in  one  remove,  yet  that  they  may  appear  in  the  next." 

As  an  instance  to  show  how  these  "  debasing  consequen- 
ces "  may  be  prolonged  through  defect  of  the  male,  the  fol- 
lowing is  stated,  having  occurred  with  the  writer's  personal 
knowledge  : — The  father  of  the  writer,  nearly  twenty  years 
ago,  purchased  a  high  grade  Saxon  ram  distinguished  for 
good  form  and  fineness  of  wool,  but  was  objectionable  on  ac- 
count of  the  openness  of  his  fleece  and  shortness  of  its  sta- 
ple ;  he  was  used,  however,  for  several  years.  The  ram  ex- 
hibited a  peculiarity  about  his  eyes,  which  protruded  so  far, 
as  to  give  him  a  ludicrous  aspect,  and  consequently  he  re- 
ceived the  soubriquet  of  "  bulge-eye  ;"  in  addition  to  this,  his 
pate  was  entirely  bare  of  wool,  and  nothing  but  the  fineness 
of  his  fleece  induced  his  usage  in  the  flock.    But  after  a  fair 


GOOD    POINTS    OP   A   MERINO   AND    SAXON.  285 

trial  he  was  abandoned,  his  stock  in  general  exhibiting  his 
lightness  of  fleece,  and  many  his  peculiarity  of  visage ;  and 
therefore  the  worst  specimens  were  disposed  of  as  soon  as 
possible.  But  strange  as  it  may  appear,  for  more  than 
twelve  years  after,  a  "  straggler  "  would  now  and  then  ap- 
pear, whose  eyes  and  fleece  were  the  very  counterpart  of  the 
ram  in  question  !  and  the  novelty  of  the  circumstance  is,  the 
dams  of  these  were  as  perfect  in  all  respects  as  the  average  of 
the  flock,  and  entirely  free  from  the  peculiarities  described  in 
the  ram  !  I.  Stanley  Carr,  in  a  paper  published  in  the  Jour- 
nal of  the  English  Agricultural  Society,  on  the  agriculture  and 
management  of  sheep  in  Northern  Germany,  says — "  I  know 
an  instance  where  a  large  and  valuable  flock  has  been  for 
years  retrograding,  in  consequence  of  one  unsuitable  ram 
having  been  introduced  into  it  12  or  14  years  ago." 

The  above  strongly  manifests  the  influence  of  the  male, 
and  aflbrds  a  striking  lesson  to  the  flock-master,  to  beware 
of  imperfections  of  every  character,  no  matter  however 
slight,  in  his  stock  rams,  as  irreparable  injury  may  follow  if 
it  is  neglected. 

It  is  supposed  by  some  that  the  sex  of  the  progeny  is  de- 
termined by  the  relative  ages  of  the  parents  ;  thus,  issue 
from  a  young  male  and  an  old  female  will  in  general  he  fem- 
ifime,  while  that  from  an  old  male  and  a  young  female  will 
generally  be  masculine.  The  writer  having  little  confidence 
in  this  theory,  and  from  never  having  met  with  but  one  re- 
corded instance  of  its  being  tested,  he  has  never  thought  it 
worth  the  trouble  of  an  experiment.  He  has,  however,  re- 
peatedly put  rams  of  18  months  old  to  ewes  which  were 
from  4  to  7  in  years,  and  as  in  other  instances  where  older 
bucks  were  used  to  ewes  of  similar  ages,  the  number  of 
lambs  as  regards  sex  were  nearly  equal,  rarely  varying  more 
than  five  in  100,  which,  as  far  as  he  is  able  now  to  recall,  a 
majority  would  sometimes  be  masculine,  and  again,  feminine. 
The  point  is  noticed  that  others  may  make  the  experiment 
if  they  think  proper. 

GOOD    POINTS    OF    A    MERINO    AND    SAXON. 

From  the  description  of  the  Merino,  as  presented  to  the 
reader  in  the  history  of  the  race,  it  has  been  seen  that  there 
is  an  essential  diff*erence  in  conformation  between  some  of 
the  varieties,  and  that  all  are  deficient  in  that  symmetry  of 
outline  so  necessary  in  any  animal  to  please  the  eye  of  the 


286  BREEDING    AND    CROSSING. 

breeder  of  taste.  Many  of  their  ungainly  points  liav^e  been 
removed  by  the  Germans  ;  and  doubtless  it  would  have  been 
thus  to  some  extent  in  this  country,  provided  that,  from  their 
landing  on  our  shores  up  to  the  present  time,  there  had  ex- 
isted, without  interruption,  a  remunerating  price  for  their 
fleeces  ;  but  unfortunately  this  has  not  been  so,  and  conse- 
quently the  instances  are  rare  where  any  improvement  has 
been  effected  in  either  form  or  fleece.  Nature,  ever  benefi- 
cent in  her  purposes,  for  centuries  was  at  work  moulding 
the  Merino  for  a  specific  object,  and  that  object  consisted  in 
producing  a  superabundant  covering  for  its  body,  and  incom- 
parable in  its  general  qualities  for  the  manufacture  of  the 
softest  and  most  beautiful  fabrics  ;  whereas,  if  its  conforma- 
tion had  been  essentially  different,  it  would  not  be  what  it 
now  is,  but  a  mutton  sheep.  It  has  been  seen  that  the  im- 
provement effected  in  the  English  breeds,  was  at  the  sacri- 
fice of  the  quantity  and  quality  of  the  wool  of  the  old  breeds, 
proving  most  conclusively,  that  in  breeding  the  Merino,  if 
we  attempt  to  mould  its  form  too  much  after  the  fashion  of 
the  improved  English  sheep,  it  will  be  at  the  hazard  of  a 
diminution  of  some  of  the  admirable  qualities  of  its  fleece. 
A  wide  chest  and  large  abdominal  organs  are  indispensable 
qualities  in  a  mutton  breed,  as  they  afford  the  means  of  has- 
tening maturity,  by  enabling  the  animal  to  take  up  much 
food,  and  more  readily  converting  it  into  flesh  and  fat.  But 
on  the  contrary,  these  qualities  are  not  needed  to  the  same 
degree  for  the  production  of  a  material  for  the  finest  fabrics, 
and  in  the  largest  quantity.  Nature  constantly  battles  for 
her  rights  in  these  matters,  and  evinced  her  obstinacy  when 
the  English  breeder  undertook  to  overtask  her  by  endeavor- 
ing to  make  the  Merino  at  once  the  producer  of  fine  wool 
and  fat  mutton  ;  but  in  the  struggle  she  triumphed,  showing, 
that  the  race  and  draft  horse  can  never  be  so  assimilated, 
that  the  product  will  exhibit  the  fleetness  of  the  former 
with  the  strength  and  docility  of  the  latter,  nor  the  sheep 
both  the  bearer  of  much  fat  on  its  loins,  and  a  fleece  of  the 
finest  texture. 

It  has  been  observed  that  the  Germans  materially  cha,nged 
the  form  of  the  Merino,  but  it  must  be  considered  that  in  ef- 
fecting this,  they  resorted  to  that  extreme  "  refinement  of 
tone"  in  breeding,  which  always  results  in  producing  effem- 
inacy, and  to  this  is  to  be  ascribed  the  extreme  fineness  of 
the  fleece  of  the  Saxon  Merino  variety,  at  the  sacrifice,  how- 


GOOD    POINTS   OF    A    MERINO    AND    SAXON.  287 

ever,  of  quantity,  and  much  of  its  original  hardiness  of  con- 
stitution. It  is,  therefore,  for  the  reasons  assigned,  the 
writer  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  form  of  the  Merino  cannot 
be  essentially  altered  without  perverting  the  object  of  nature, 
and  at  the  hazard  eventually  of  pecuniary  loss.  If  we  at- 
tempt to  mould  it  after  the  fashion  of  the  true  mutton  sheep, 
there  is  danger  that  the  assimilation  of  its  food  will  be  for 
the  production  of  more  flesh  and  fat,  and  a  consequent  de- 
terioration of  the  fleece,  and  reduction  of  its  weight.  Again, 
if  we  breed  for  increase  of  size,  we  do  not  augment  profits, 
as  large  animals  consume  proportionally  ;  and  if  we  adopt 
the  German  example,  while  we  improve  the  appearance  of 
the  carcase,  and  texture  of  its  covering,  it  will  be  at  the  ex- 
pense of  size,  and  hardiness.  Therefore,  in  accordance 
with  these  views,  the  writer  is  bound  in  duty  to  say  to  the 
breeder  of  the  Merino,  Be  not  too  anxious  to  rid  the  animal 
of  those  peculiarities  with  which  nature  has  endowed  it.  We 
may  relieve  it  in  some  measure,  and  can  do  so  without  sacri- 
fice, by  proper  selections  of  a  portion  of  the  superfluous  folds 
of  skin  about  the  neck  ;  and  by  proper  attentions  in  feeding, 
it  will  acquire  that  rotundity  necessary  to  gratify  the  eye  of 
taste.  Wide  chest  and  an  expansive  abdomen  cannot  be 
efl'ected  by  mere  breeding  without  also  full  measure  of 
food.  The  horizontal  springing  out  of  the  ribs  from  the 
spine  in  the  improved  English  breeds,  is  quite  as  much 
from  this  cause  as  any  other.  Ill  feed  the  famed  Leicester 
for  two  successive  generations,  and  think  you  that  its  beau- 
tifully-arched ribs,  and  capacious  abdomen,  would  be  present  ? 
Indeed,  it  would  be  the  height  of  absurdity  to  expect  it. 

The  best  specimens  of  the  Merino  present  forms  well 
enough  for  all  practical  purposes,  and  it  should  be  our  duty 
to  breed  from  such  individuals  as  will  best  preserve  and  trans- 
mit the  admirable  properties  of  its  fleece  to  the  latest  gene- 
rations, and  not  hazard  experiments  simply  because  its  form 
is  not  as  perfect  as  our  wishes  would  have  it. 

The  qualities  of  a  good  Merino  ram  are  as  follows  : — 
Wool  should  appear  from  the  forehead  to  the  fetlocks,  and 
as  compact  as  possible,  with  due  regard  to  a  good  length 
of  staple,  which  is  now  highly  prized  by  manufacturers  ;  the 
fibres  spiral  or  much  crimped ;  no  jar  or  hairs  intermingled 
with  the  fleece  ;  little  variation  as  possible  in  the  qualities 
of  the  fleece,  as  in  the  genuine  Spanish  there  are  but  four 
qualities,  the  lowest  growing  about  the  legs,  and  this,  there- 


288  BREEDING    AND    CROSSING. 

fore,  is  one  of  the  most  essential  points  to  observe.  Mel- 
lowness of  skin,  which  indicates  a  fine  fleece,  and  that  the 
mucous  coat  is  filled  with  the  unctuous  substance,  yolk, 
which  confers  so  much  softness  and  brilliancy  to  the  wool, 
and  protects  its  surface  from  the  injurious  action  of  the 
weather ;  hence  in  the  male  there  can  scarcely  be  too  much 
yolk,  for  a  deficiency  in  the  ram  will  cause  too  little  in  the 
other  classes  of  the  flock,  in  which  it  is  never  present  in  too 
large  quantities,  however  abundant  in  the  sires  ;  the  eyes 
should  be  bright,  prominent,  with  a  placid  expression,  which 
indicates  docility  of  disposition,  a  point  always  to  be  consid- 
ered ;  the  horns  should  be  large,  and  the  spirals  not  too 
short,  and  not  too  near  the  eyes  ;  the  frame  compact,  but  not 
over  large,  neck  thick  where  it  sets  on  to  the  body,  and 
straight  from  the  withers  to  the  horns  ;  back  short  and  hori- 
zontal with  the  rump  as  possible,  which  is  rare,  however, 
with  the  breed ;  buttocks  well  protruded,  and  tail  at  its  root, 
not  too  wide  ;  the  bones  not  too  large,  as  they  abstract  nu- 
triment, nor  the  legs  too  long. 

We  will  now  consider  briefly  the  points  of  the  Saxon  va- 
riety of  the  Merino. 

The  artificial  value  attached  to  the  finest  fleece,  induced 
the  Germans  to  cultivate  the  Merino  solely  for  this  object  ; 
and  so  long  as  there  are  castes  of  society,  and  the  highest  of 
these  fancy  that  a  wardrobe  only  of  the  finest  texture  is  ne- 
cessary as  a  means  in  part  to  support  that  distinction,  so 
long  will  the  Saxon  race  be  appreciated  and  profitably  cul- 
tivated. But  when  this  adventitious  state  of  society  ceases, 
the  chief  aliment  of  profit  of  the  Saxon  will  cease  with  it. 
The  reader,  however,  will  probably  coincide  with  the  writer 
in  the  belief  that  that  day  is  very  remote,  and  therefore  the 
race  cannot  become  extinct ;  and  in  proportion  to  the  increase 
of  wealth  in  our  country,  in  that  ratio  will  increase  the  demand 
for  the  superlative  material  the  breed  produce. 

The  true  Saxon  is  of  beautiful  symmetrical  proportions,  but 
not  hardy  ;  a  light  fleece,  but  of  such  exquisite  fineness  of 
texture  as  in  some  instances  to  be  only  the  psVo^^^  P^^^  ^^  ^^ 
inch  in  diameter,  while  the  Merino  rarely  is  less  than  the 
Tjj^th.  That  tenderness  of  constitution  peculiar  to  the  German 
Saxon  is  not  present  to  the  same  degree  in  the  American  ;* 

*  The  writer  lias  now  in  his  possession  a  ewe  12  years  old,  from  the 
flock  of  Major  Grant  of  Walpole,  descended  from  the  Searl's  importa- 
tion, as  fleshy  and  hardy  as  any  individual  of  his  flock. 


TUPPING    SEASON.  289 

and  is  therefore  successfully  cultivated  in  the  cold  latitude  of 
New  Hampshire,  and  with  equal  profit  to  the  ]\Ierino,  when 
properly  managed. 

The  essential  points  of  a  good  Saxon  ram  conform  to  those 
of  a  Merino  ;  in  reference  to  the  eyes  and  horns  they  are 
identical ;  the  staple  cannot  be  too  fine,  silky,  long,  and  yet 
compact, — the  objection  to  a  very  short  staple  is  now  very 
general  ;  the  spiral  curls  or  crimp  very  minute  or  close, — 
this  is  a  prominent  good  point  ;  the  fleece  should  be  imbued 
with  yolk,  which  is  indicated  by  the  surface  being  somewhat 
dark, — a  dry  fleece  is  unprofitable,  and  the  wool  never  so 
soft  and  strong  ;  the  wool  should  be  very  white  below  the 
surface, — if  it  has  a  bluish  or  pearly-grey  cast,  it  denotes  an 
unhealthy  sheep  or  an  indifferent  constitution.  The  form 
should  be  square  and  compact,  with  a  tolerable  wide  but  deep 
chest,  and  full,  round  belly  ;  bones  small,  and  legs  not  too  long, 
with  a  good  covering  of  wool  ;  full  about  the  hind  quarters  ; 
the  neck  small  and  tapering  near  the  head,  without  ruflfles, 
and  no  droop  from  the  withers  to  the  poll ;  the  back  nearly 
straight,  with  tameness  and  docility  of  disposition. 

TUPPING    SEASON. 

This  important  season  we  will  suppose  being  near  at  hand, 
the  rams  should  be  rigidly  examined,  and  those  selected  for 
use  should  be  served  in  an  aldermanly  way  for  several  weeks 
before  they  are  put,  by  givdng  their  "  lordships"  each  a  gill 
of  oats  daily,  to  which  may  be  added,  at  intervals  of  two  or 
three  days,  half  a  handful  of  wheat,  which  will  increase  more 
rapidly  the  supply  of  seminal  fluid.  If  the  duty  to  be  per- 
formed is  extra,  high  feeding  should  be  continued  till  their 
services  for  the  season  have  expired. 

The  number  of  rams  apportioned  to  100  ewes,  depends 
much  on  the  breed,  the  age,  and  vigor  they  possess.  With 
the  English  breeds,  the  ram  is  put'when  18  months  old,  and 
if  he  has  been  pushed  forward  by  artificial  means,  will  cover 
from  60  to  80  ewes  ;  the  latter  is  considered  in  England  the 
maximum,  with  security  to  the  health  of  the  ram,  and  sound- 
ness of  constitution  to  his  progeny.  Overtasking  the  male  is 
always  followed  by  a  greater  or  less  degree  of  effeminacy  of 
his  gettings,  and  therefore  should  be  avoided.  Nothing  is 
gained  either  by  allowing  the  ram  to  cover  too  many,  as  his 
vigor  fails  him  proportionally,  when  he  arrives  at  the  age  of 
six  or  seven  ;  whereas,  if  prudently  worked  when  yoimg,  will 

25 


290  BREEDING    AND    CROSSING, 

retain  his  generative  powers  in  considerable  strength  till  he 
is  ten  years  old.  The  Saxon  and  Merino  breeds  being  slow- 
er in  attaining  maturity  than  the  British  varieties,  greater 
care  should  be  observed  with  the  young  rams,  by  not  permit- 
ting them  to  cover  more  than  from  15  to  20  ewes,  when  only 
18  months  old.  The  writer  uses  five  of  this  class  to  the 
hundred  ewes,  and  from  three  to  four  when  the  rams  are  in 
their  prime.  This  course  is  followed  by  hardier  and  earlier 
offspring,  the  lambs  nearly  all  dropping  within  the  space  of 
a  fortnight.  They  are  put  from  the  5th  to  the  8th  of  De- 
cember, and  thus  when  the  period  of  parturition  arrives,  the 
grass  is  somewhat  abundant,  and  a  flush  of  milk  follows. 

There  is  a  diversity  of  opinion  as  to  the  best  manner  of 
putting  the  rams — a  large  majority  turning  in  several  at  once, 
others  keeping  them  confined  in  yards  and  bringing  a  certain 
number  of  ewes  for  each  to  serve  daily,  while  many  turn  in 
only  one  buck  at  a  time,  to  remain  a  day  or  two,  when  he  is 
taken  out  and  his  place  supplied  by  another.  This  is  prob- 
ably, where  the  flocks  are  large,  the  better  and  least  trouble- 
some way  ;  and  prevents  contests  which  are  unavoidable 
■when  several  rams  are  together,  which  results  in  the  master 
one  performing  a  heavier  duty  than  is  compatible  with  reten- 
tion of  his  vigor,  and  hardiness  to  his  progeny. 

Supposing  the  rams  begin  their  services  in  the  early  part  of 
the  month  of  December,  they  should  cease  at  the  close  of  the 
month,  and  be  withdrawn  from  the  flock,  as  they  lose  their 
gallantry  after  the  tupping  season  is  over,  and  sometimes 
when  feeding  they  are  very  unceremonious  with  their  horns 
among  the  ewes,  which  cannot  but  cause  momentary  suffer- 
ing, if  nothing  worse.  In  conclusion,  the  writer  strongly 
protests  against  the  use  of  one  ram  to  over  50  ewes,  (and  to 
do  this  he  should  be  a  very  prime  animal)  not  but  what  a 
larger  number  can  be  tupped,  but  because  of  its  injurious  ten- 
dency with  the  progeny,  which  may  not  manifest  itself  par- 
ticularly when  young,  but  is  perceptible  when  grown,  in 
some  form  or  other,  and  limits  materially  longevity.  If  we 
reason  from  analogy  on  this  point,  it  will  quickly  set  us  right. 
From  the  earlier  maturity  of  the  British  breeds,  the  ewes 
are  ready  for  the  tup  when  at  18  months  old  ;  but  the  Saxon 
and  Merino  never  should  be  put  until  they  have  attained  the 
age  of  two  and  a  half  years.  If  done  before  this,  they  will 
drop  their  lambs,  and  often  wholly  disregard  them,  which 
arises  from  their  not  being  supplied  with  the  necessary  ali- 


TUPPING    SEASON.  291 

ment  to  sustain  them.  Nature  teaches  a  lesson  on  this  point 
which  should  not  be  disregarded,  and  supersedes  all  argu- 
ment. 

Has  the  flock-master,  before  the  tupping  season  has  arrived, 
duly  performed  his  duty  in  selecting  those  only  that  are  right 
in  all  respects,  for  breeders  1  Does  every  ewe  approximate  or 
come  fully  up  to  the  mark  in  form  and  fleece  ?  Is  the  latter 
fine,  close,  and  compact,  staple  long,  and  as  even  as  possible 
from  the  neck  to  the  thighs,  and  well  wooled  on  the  belly 
and  legs  ?  In  short,  do  they  possess  those  qualities  which 
look  to  the  goal  for  which  the  master  is  striving  1  If  so,  he 
has  at  least  done  his  duty,  and  patience  only  is  necessary  to 
obtain  his  certain  reward.  But  if  he  permits  a  solitary  ewe 
to  be  tupped,  whose  general  qualities  are  much  below  the 
average  of  the  flock,  his  course  of  improvement  will  be  re- 
tarded.    Let  him  look  to  it. 

15 


STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

BY    W.    C.    S  POONER, 

VETERINARY  SURGEON,  LONDON. 


CHAPTER  XV. 


GENERAL  VIEW  OF  THE  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP— SKELETON- 
BONES  OF  THE  HEAD— BONES  OF  THE  BODY— BONES  OF  THE  FORE 
EXTREMITIES— THE  FOOT— BIFLEX  CANAL— THE  HIND  EXTREMI- 
TIES—MUSCLES OR  FLESH— BRAIN  AND  NERVES— ORGANS  OF  MAS- 
TICATION, &c.— ORGANS  OF  DIGESTION— THE  URINARY  AND  GENE- 
RATIVE ORGANS— CONTENTS  OF  THE  CHEST— CIRCULATION  OF 
THE  BLOOD— RESPIRATION   AND   ITS  EFFECTS. 


GENERAL    VIEW    OF    THE    STRUCTURE    OF    THE    SHEEP. 

The  body  of  the  sheep  resembles,  in  most  respects,  that 
of  the  ox ;  with  a  somewhat  less  degree  of  nervous  energy, 
it  possesses  a  greater  capability  of  enduring  the  extremes  of 
cold  and  heat,  and  still  stronger  digestive  organs.  Much  of 
the  nervous  energy  is,  indeed,  expended  on  these  parts,  and  a 
diminished  degree  is  possessed  by  the  organs  of  locomotion 
and  sensation,  in  which  respect  both  the  ox  and  the  sheep 
differ  considerably  from  the  horse. 

The  body  of  the  sheep,  in  common  with  other  animals,  is 
composed  of  solids  and  fluids,  the  latter  exceeding  the  former 
in  weight  in  the  proportion  of  six  or  eight  to  one.  To  the 
solids,  however,  is  owing  the  organization  of  the  frame,  for 
they  surround  and  contain  the  fluids.  Late  anatomists  con- 
sider that  animals  are  composed  of  three  forms  of  tissues, 
which  they  have  denominated  the  fibrous,  the  lamellar,  and 
the  globular.  The  two  former  are  exemplified  in  the  struc- 
ture of  the  cellular  substance,  which  composes  the  greatest 
proportion  of  the  animal  fabric  :  the  fibrous  is  characteristic 
of   the  muscular  and  ligamentous   structures ;    the    fibrous 


STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP.  293 

united  with  the  granular  is  exhibited  in  the  texture  of  the 
glands,  and  in  the  medullary  substance  of  the  nervous  sys- 
tem ;  and  the  globular  is  shown  in  the  composition  of  the 
chyle,  the  blood,  and  several  of  the  secretions.  These  sev- 
eral textures  being  combined  together  in  different  propor- 
tions, we  have  the  various  organs  of  which  the  body  is  com- 
posed. 

To  give  support  to  the  animal  frame,  and  afford  fixed  objects 
for  the  attachment  of  various  parts,  is  the  use  of  the  skeleton, 
which  is  composed  in  the  sheep  of  nearly  two  hundred  bones 
of  various  sizes  and  shapes.  These  bones,  in  order  to  admit 
of  motion,  are  connected  one  to  another  by  means  of  strong 
bands  called  ligaments,  the  ends  of  the  bones  being  con- 
structed in  various  ways  so  as  to  admit  of  motion ;  in  many 
we  have  the  form  of  a  hinge,  in  others  that  of  a  ball  and 
socket.  The  motion  of  the  limbs  is  effected  by  means  of 
the  muscles  or  flesh,  which,  although  to  a  casual  observer 
appearing  as  a  homogeneous  mass,  is  readily  separable  into 
a  greater  number  of  distinct  bodies  of  various  forms  and  sizes. 
These  muscles  have  commonly  two  separate  attachments, 
which  are  usually  bones,  and  by  contracting  in  length,  they 
bring  these  points  of  attachment  nearer  to  each  other.  Mus- 
cles are  composed  of  a  vast  number  of  fibres,  which,  on 
being  acted  on  by  nervous  influence,  diminish  in  length  and 
increase  in  bulk,  and  thereby  approximate  the  different  ob- 
jects to  which  they  are  attached.  They  are  usually  fastened 
to  bones  by  means  of  a  strong  white  substance  called  tendon, 
which,  however,  possesses  in  itself  no  power  of  contraction, 
but  merely  communicates  the  contractile  force  to  the  object 
to  be  acted  on.  Where  the  two  objects  of  attachment  are 
distant  from  each  other,  the  greater  portion  of  the  distance 
is  occupied  by  the  tendons,  the  advantage  of  which  is  owing 
to  their  diminished  size  in  proportion  to  their  strength  ;  thus 
we  find  the  legs  of  sheep  below  the  knee  are  light  and  slen- 
der, from  the  absence  of  muscular  and  the  substitution  of 
tendinous  substance.  The  greater  part  of  the  muscles  are 
voluntary,  being  under  the  control  of  the  mind ;  but  some 
are  involuntary,  such  as  the  heart  and  the  diaphragm. 

Muscles  are  extensively  supplied  with  vessels  of  various 
kinds,  such  as  arteries  for  their  nourishment,  and  veins  for 
the  return  of  the  blood  after  this  purpose  is  effected.  They 
have  likewise  nerves,  which  not  only  furnish  sensation,  but 
also  communicate  to  them  the  mandates  of  the  will. 
2.5* 


294  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

These  nerves  proceed  either  from  the  brain  or  spinal  cord, 
which,  therefore,  may  be  considered  as  the  fountain  of  sen- 
sation and  the  residence  of  the  mind.  And  thus  sensation 
is  first  sent  from  the  extremities  to  the  brain  by  the  nerves, 
and  then  by  another  set  of  nerves  the  will  is  conveyed  to 
the  muscles. 

The  hraiii  is  a  soft  pulpy  substance  contained  within  the 
head,  and  the  spinal  cord  is  somewhat  similar  in  structure, 
and  extends  from  the  brain  to  the  tail,  through  a  hole  in  the 
bones  which  form  the  spinal  column.  The  body  is  divided 
into  two  principal  cavities,  the  chest  and  the  abdomen,  and 
separated  by  a  muscular  partition  called  the  diaphragm.  The 
former  contains  the  heart  and  lungs,  whose  uses  are  princi- 
pally to  purify  and  distribute  the  blood  by  means  of  the  res- 
piration and  the  circulation ;  and  the  latter  contains  the  stom- 
ach and  bowels,  in  which  the  functions  of  digestion  are  car- 
ried on,  besides  several  important  glands,  such  as  the  liver, 
kidney,  and  pancreas,  together  with  other  supplementary 
parts.  Both  the  small  and  large  intestines  are  fastened  to 
the  spine  by  means  of  a  strong  membrane  called  the  mesen- 
tery, which,  besides  veins  and  arteries,  is  furnished  with  a 
vast  number  of  small  vessels  called  lacteals.  These  lacteals 
open  into  the  intestines,  and  there  absorb  the  nutritious  part 
of  the  food,  which  is  a  white  milky  fluid  called  the  chyle, 
and  convey  it  to  a  vessel  running  along  the  course  of  the 
spine,  which  empties  itself  near  the  heart  into  the  circulating 
system.  Thus  by  these  means  the  blood  becomes  enriched 
with  nutriment,  and  is  thus  enabled  to  supply  the  constant 
waste  the  system  is  continually  undergoing. 

The  blood  being  furnished  with  nutriment,  requires  to  be 
purified  before  it  is  fit  for  circulation  ;  for  this  purpose  it 
passes  into  the  right  side  of  the  heart,  by  the  muscular  con- 
traction of  which  it  is  sent  to  the  lungs,  where-  it  becomes 
exposed  to  the  action  of  the  atmosphere,  by  which  it  is 
changed  from  a  dark  to  a  light  red  color,  and  being  freed 
from  impurities,  it  enters  the  left  side  of  the  heart,  and  from 
thence  is  sent,  by  means  of  the  arteries,  to  all  parts  of  the 
body,  supplying  every  part  with  nourishment,  and  furnishing 
the  various  glands  of  the  body,  not  only  with  their  own 
proper  nourishment,  but  with  material  for  the  secretion  of 
their  peculiar  fluids.  Thus  the  salivary  glands  separate  the 
saliva  from  the  blood ;  the  pancreas,  a  juice  somewhat  sim- 
ilar ;  the  testicles,  the  semen  ;  and  the  kidneys,  the  urine. 


STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP.  295 

Each  gland  separates  its  peculiar  fluid  and  no  other.  The 
urine  being  secreted  by  the  kidneys,  is  conveyed  by  means 
of  two  small  but  long  tubes  into  the  bladder,  whence  it  is 
excreted  from  the  body. 

The  liver  is  nourished  by  the  arteries,  but  separates  the 
bile  from  the  dark  impure  blood,  which  is  conveyed  to  it  by 
a  large  vein.  The  contents  of  the  bowels  are  passed  on- 
wards by  the  influence  of  their  peculiar  action,  and  having 
had  the  nutritious  part  extracted  are  excreted  from  the  body, 
generally  in  a  solid  form. 

The  cellular  membrane  is  a  very  elastic  substance,  and  en- 
ters largely  into  the  composition  of  the  body :  it  connects 
the  various  glands  together,  forms  frequently  a  covering  for 
the  muscles  as  well  as  for  various  vessels,  and  exists  in  the 
form  of  cells,  which  have  communication  with  each  other. 

The  adipose  membrane  is  found  in  various  parts  of  the 
body,  and,  indeed,  secretes  the  fat,  which  is  deposited  in  a 
liquid  form,  and  in  small  circumscribed  bags.  The  fat  thus 
contained  often  performs  the  important  office  of  affording  a 
cushion  for  parts  that  would  otherwise  be  exposed  to  injury ; 
thus  we  find  that  the  socket  of  the  eye  is  abundantly  fur- 
nished with  this  material. 

There  are  two  other  important  membranes  which  are  ex- 
tensively found  in  animal  bodies  :  they  are  the  serous  and 
the  mucous  membranes.  Whenever  an  internal  part  has  an. 
external  opening,  we  find  that  it  is  furnished  with  a  mucous 
membrane  which  secretes  mucus  for  its  protection ;  but 
when  the  cavity  has  no  external  opening,  then  it  is  lined 
with  a  serous  membrane  which  secretes  a  thin  watery  fluid 
to  lubricate  the  parts,  and  preserve  them  from  injury  by  fric- 
tion. Thus  from  the  entrance  of  the  mouth  and  nostrils  to 
the  anus,  throughout  the  whole  internal  surface  of  the  bow- 
els, a  mucous  membrane  exists,  by  which  the  fluid  is  se- 
creted, the  nature  of  which  gives  a  name  to  the  membrane, 
and  which  protects  it  from  injury  either  by  the  external  air, 
or  by  the  contents  of  the  bowels.  In  like  manner  we  find 
the  bladder  and  urinary  organs  similarly  lined. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  cavity  of  the  chest  and  the  abdo- 
men, with  their  contents,  as  well  as  the  internal  surface  of 
blood-vessels,  are  furnished  with  a  serous  membrane,  which 
secretes  a  watery  vapor.  These  different  membranes  are 
very  frequently  the  seat  of  disease,  and  are  subject  to  severe 
and  dangerous  inflammation.      The   admirable   manner  la 


296  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

which  the  various  organs  are  packed  away  in  their  proper 
cavities  is  worthy  of  particular  notice.  The  lungs  and  the 
heart  are  so  adapted  to  the  shape  of  the  chest,  that  there  is 
at  no  time  any  vacant  spot  ;  and  the  more  numerous  contents 
of  the  abdomen  are  so  disposed,  that  while  each  has  suffi- 
cient freedom  for  the  proper  performance  of  its  functions, 
yet  the  whole  are  packed  away  with  the  most  economical 
care  :  there  is  no  void  whatever  to  be  found. 

SKELETON  OR  BONY  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

The  skeleton  of  animal  bodies  is  formed  of  bone,  a  sub- 
stance possessing  firmness  and  stability  for  the  attachment 
of  muscles,  the  protection  of  the  vital  organs,  and  the  sup- 
port of  the  softer  parts.  It  is  composed  of  animal  matter 
and  earthy  salts  ;  the  former  consisting  of  cartilage,  gelatine, 
and  fat  or  marrow,  and  the  latter  of  phosphate  of  lime  in 
considerable  proportion,  a  lesser  quantity  of  carbonate  of 
lime,  and  a  small  portion  of  other  salts.  The  cartilage  of 
bones  is  formed  before  the  earthy  matter,  and  constitutes,  in 
fact,  the  nidus  in  which  the  latter  is  deposited.  Bones  can 
be  freed  from  their  earthy  portion  by  immersion  in  an  acid, 
by  which  process  the  gelatine  is  also  dissolved,  and  pure 
cartilage  is  left,  which  is  elastic,  but  retains  the  original  fig- 
ure of  the  bone.  On  the  other  hand,  bones,  by  exposure  to 
a  great  heat,  are  deprived  of  the  animal  substance,  and  the 
earthy  part  remains. 

The  use  of  the  marrow  is  more  particularly  to  prevent  the 
too  great  dryness  and  briitleness  of  bones.  To  the  animal 
portion  of  their  composition  they  are,  therefore,  indebted  for 
their  shape  and  what  degree  of  elasticity  they  possess,  and 
from  the.  earthy  portion  they  derive  the  important  purposes 
of  strength  and  stability.  Thus  are  these  different  elements 
combined  together,  and  by  an  union  of  their  diflerent  princi- 
ples form  a  substance  admirably  adapted  for  affording  full 
scope  for  the  play  of  the  various  organs  of  life,  protecting 
at  the  same  time  the  vital  parts  from  external  injury,  admit- 
ting and  assisting  the  powers  of  locomotion,  and,  in  fine, 
forming  a  secure  fabric  for  the  beautiful  building  of  animal 
frames. 

Every  bone  is  covered  by  a  membrane  called  the  perios^ 
teurn^  which  also  lines  the  internal  cavities  and  secretes  the 
marrow  ;  its  use  is  to  circumscribe  the  form  of  bones  and 
protect  them  by  its  tenseness,  as  well  as  to  afford  the  medium 


THE  BOXES  OF  THE  HEAD.  297 

whereby  lliey  are  furnished  with  their  vessels.  The  shape  of 
particular  bones  intimately  corresponds  to  the  purpose  for 
which  they  are  intended  ;  where  for  the  office  of  protection 
we  find  them  flat,  and  where  for  the  purpose  of  motion,  long 
and  cylindrical,  as  in  the  extremities. 

THE    BOXES    OF    THE    HEAD. 

In  the  construction  of  the  skull  the  most  perfect  mechan- 
ism is  displayed.  The  first  object  to  be  obtained  is  the  pro- 
tection of  the  brain  from  the  accidents  to  which,  from  the 
peculiarities  of  animals,  it  is  mostly  exposed.  For  this  pur- 
pose the  skull  consi>ts  of  two  tables  or  plates  ;  the  outer 
thick  and  tough,  the  inner  hard  and  brittle  :  the  former,  by 
yielding  in  a  measure  to  resistance,  diminishes  concussion, 
whilst  the  latter,  by  its  hardness,  prevents  sharp  bodies  from 
penetrating  to  the  brain.  Now,  if  these  two  plates  were  re- 
versed, the  brittle  would  not  only  be  in  great  danger  of  frac- 
ture, but  would  also  vibrate  considerably;  and  the  injurious 
effect  of  this  vibration  may  well  be  conceived  when  we  are 
told  that,  even  with  the  present  wise  precaution,  it  often  oc- 
casions in  the  human  subject  greater  mischief  than  the  most 
serious  fractures. 

There  is  a  remarkable  difference  in  the  appearance  of  the 
head  in  the  horned  and  the  polled  sheep ;  the  former  have  a 
more  pugnacious,  and  it  may  be  a  more  sensible  appearance, 
owing  to  the  elevation  and  projection  of  the  upper  part  of  the 
head.  This,  however,  is  in  appearance  only,  for  the  promi- 
nence of  the  head  is  not  formed  by  any  increase  in  the  brain, 
but  is  owing  to  the  considerable  space  which  exists  between 
the  two  tables  of  the  skull,  the  outer  being  half  an  inch  or 
upwards  from  the  inner.  This  separation  accomplishes  two 
purposes,  one  being  the  additional  security  it  affords  to  the 
brain  by  the  interposition  of  this  vacant  space,  and  the  other 
the  greater  root  or  basis  it  afibrds  to  the  horns.  And  when 
we  consider  that  horned  sheep  are  generally  more  pugnacious 
than  others,  and  that  they  have  not  only  the  will,  but  the 
power,  of  butting  each  other  with  great  force,  the  additional 
security  is  not  without  use.  In  fact  the  brain  is  seated  so 
much  beneath  and  behind  the  forehead,  that  very  little  of  the 
shock  can  be  communicated  to  it.  This  circumstance  too 
operates  in  affording  protection  to  the  polled  sheep  as  well. 
Between  the  skull  and  the  brain  are  interposed  several  mem- 
branes, which  also  assist  materially  in  preventing  vibration, 


298  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

like  a  piece  of  parchment  on  the  inside  of  a  rummer  glass. 
The  skull  in  quadrupeds  is  composed  of  upwards  of  thirty- 
bones,  which  are  connected  together  by  dove-tailed  sutures. 
It  used  to  be  considered  that  the  object  of  this  extensive  di- 
vision of  the  bones  was  the  convenience  of  ossification,  which 
always  commences  at  the  centre  ;  but  a  more  extended  view 
has  discovered  other  wise  purposes  ;  for  not  only  is  the  dove- 
tailed suture  the  strongest  mode  of  union,  but  it  is  also  the 
best  adapted  for  securing  the  brain  from  injury,  as  it  yields 
considerably  to  the  impression  received,  and  thus  wards  off 
both  concussion  and  vibration.  There  is  an  exception,  how- 
ever, to  this  usual  connexion  in  the  temporal  bones  which 
form  the  sides  of  the  cranial  cavity,  and  which  are  connect- 
ed to  the  other  bones  by  what  is  termed  the  squamous  suture 
— one  bone,  in  fact,  simply  overlaps  another.  This  union  is 
inferior  in  strength  to  the  former  ;  but  nature  has  here  another 
office  to  perform,  and  the  reason  of  this  exception  will  at  once 
be  comprehended  on  examining  the  skull.  If  a  considerable 
blow  be  received  on  the  upper  portion  of  the  arch,  its  sides 
are  the  parts  most  likely  to  give  way  ;  and  to  guard  against 
this  consequence,  the  under  bone  overlaps  the  upper,  and 
thus  acts  like  the  tie-beam  of  an  arch  in  keeping  the  parts 
together.  This  dove-tailed  suture  does  not  connect  the  bones 
of  the  inner  table  ;  for,  though  a  carpenter  might  find  this  mode 
of  union  serviceable  in  joining  the  sides  of  a  wooden  box,  it 
would  by  no  means  be  found  applicable  in  connecting  togeth- 
er brittle  substances,  as  it  would  be  extremely  liable  to  chip 
off  at  the  edges. 

The  cranial  cavity,  or  that  part  which  contains  the  brain, 
is  not  more  than  a  third  the  size  of  the  other  parts  of  the 
skull,  the  remaining  portions  being  devoted  to  mastication 
and  smelling. 

There  are  no  less  than  nine  bones  which  enter  into  the 
composition  of  the  cranium.  The  two  frontal  bones  form 
the  anterior  part  usually  called  the  forehead  ;  but  the  inter- 
nal plate  of  these  bones  separates  and  recedes  from  the  ex- 
ternal plate  so  as  to  form  a  cavity  between  them,  which  is 
called  the  frontal  sinus,  and  is  divided  by  a  septum  or  ridge 
of  bone  between  them.  The  internal  plate  forms  a  covering 
for  the  anterior  lobe  of  the  cerebrum.  In  horned  sheep  the 
separation  of  the  plates  of  the  frontal  bones  is  considerably 
greater  than  in  others.  The  horns  proceed  on  each  side 
from  the  frontal  bone,  and  seem,  as  it  were,  prolongations  of 


THE  BONES  OF  THE  HEAD.  299 

the  bone ;  for  although  externally  we  find  the  structure  of 
horn,  internally  we  have  bone,  and  between  this  horn  and 
bone  we  find  the  vascular  structure  by  which  both  are  secre- 
ted. In  many  animals  the  age  can  be  judged  of  by  the  horn, 
which  each  year  presents  an  additional  ring  round  its  base. 
In  the  cow  this  is  not  an  uncertain  guide,  and  is  owing  to 
the  irregular  growth  of  the  horn  at  different  periods  of  the 
year,  growing  probably  with  greater  force  in  the  spring  than 
in  the  winter  ;  but  in  the  sheep,  although  the  same  causes 
obtain,  yet  it  cannot  be  depended  on  with  accuracy.  At  the 
root  of  the  horn  we  observe  a  cavity  which  communicates 
with  the  frontal  sinus. 

The  two  parietal  bones  are  proportionately  shorter  than  in 
the  horse,  and  are  situated  at  the  upper  and  middle  parts  of 
the  cranium,  and  cover  the  middle  lobes  of  the  cerebrum,  to 
which  their  internal  part  closely  corresponds. 

The  occipital,  a  single  bone  of  great  strength,  is  found  at 
the  back  and  base  of  the  cranium.  Its  internal  surface 
covers  the  cerebellum,  and  on  a  strong  process  at  the  base 
the  medulla  oblongata  rests.  The  external  surface  of  this 
bone  is  extremely  irregular.  At  its  lower  and  back  part 
is  the  occipital  hole,  through  which  the  spinal  cord,  as  well 
as  some  nerves  and  an  artery,  make  their  exit  from  the  brain. 
On  each  side  of  this  hole  the  bone  is  smooth  and  rounded 
for  the  purpose  of  articulating  with  the  atlas,  the  first  bone 
of  the  neck  ;  besides  which  there  are  several  curious  pro- 
cesses for  the  attachment  of  muscles. 

The  temporal  bones  forming  the  sides  of  the  cranium  are 
composed  of  two  parts,  the  squamous  and  the  petrous. 
Though  in  man  these  pieces  are  united,  yet  in  the  sheep 
they  are  distinct  from  each  other.  The  squamous  portion  is 
externally  a  convex  plate  with  a  hooked  projection  arising 
from  it ;  this  process  assists  in  forming  the  zygomatic  arch. 
The  squamous  portion  affords  at  the  posterior  part  a  shallow 
cavity  for  the  articulation  of  the  lower  jaw-bone.  This  gle- 
noid cavity,  as  it  is  termed,  is  much  deeper  in  carnivorous 
animals,  which  require  to  open  their  jaws  more  extensively  : 
and  an  inspection  of  this  portion  of  the  skeleton  alone  will 
enable  the  comparative  anatomist  to  decide  to  what  order 
the  animal  might  have  belonged.  In  herbivorous  races  a 
grinding  lateral  motion  of  the  jaws  only  is  required,  and  ac- 
cordingly the  articulation  is  wide  and  shallow.  The  zygo- 
matic arch,  too,  is  much  more  arched  in  the  carnivora,  in  order 


300  STRUCTUltE    OF    THE    SHEEP. 

to  afford  more  room  for  the  development  of  the  temporal 
muscle,  which  governs  the  jaw,  than  is  required  for  the  more 
moderate  exertions  of  herbivorous  animals.  The  petrous 
portion  of  the  temporal  bone,  so  called  from  its  rocky  nature, 
is  apparently  a  solid  convex  figure.  It  contains,  however, 
the  organ  ol"  hearing,  and  has  on  its  internal  surface  orifices 
for  the  passage  of  the  auditory  nerve,  and  on  the  external  we 
fmd  a  larger  orifice  for  the  passage  of  sound.  The  internal 
structure  of  this  bone  is  as  beautiful  as  it  is  curious,  possess- 
ing vestibules  and  canals  for  the  ramification  of  the  nerve, 
and  a  singular  cavity  having  a  communication  with  the  mouth, 
in  which  are  discovered  four  diminutive  bones,  with  their 
corresponding  muscles,  which  serve  the  purpose  of  propaga- 
ting and  modifying  the  sound. 

The  inferior  and  middle  parts  of  the  cranium  are  formed 
principally  by  the  sphenoid,  a  bone  which  somewhat  resem- 
bles a  bird  in  flight,  having  a  bod}'  and  four  processes,  two 
of  which  are  called  the  wings  and  two  the  legs.  This  bone 
supports  the  middle  lobes  of  the  cerebrum,  and  presents 
holes  and  depressions  for  the  passage  of  nerves.  The  cranial 
cavity  is  separated  from  the  nasal  by  the  ethmoid  bone,  which 
also  somewhat  resembles  a  bird  in  flight,  but  without  legs, 
and  is  situated  in  front  of  the  bone  last  described.  It  sup- 
ports the  anterior  lobes  of  the  cerebrum,  and  has  holes  for 
the  exit  of  the  olfactory  nerves  ;  and  on  its  internal  and  in- 
ferior surface  it  forms  cavities  called  the  ethmoidal  sinuses, 
which  are  separated  by  a  long  septum  from  each  other,  and 
are  perforated  by  a  vast  number  of  small  holes  for  the  passage 
of  the  olfactory  nerves  to  the  nasal  cavities.  It  is  this  thin 
part  of  the  bone  which  is  penetrated  in  the  operation  of 
wiring  giddy  sheep.  Such  is  a  brief  description  of  the 
various  bones  which  form  the  cranium  and  envelop  the  brain, 
and  which  are  connected  together  and  arranged  on  principles 
more  durable  and  economical  than  can  be  displayed  by  the 
noblest  specimens  of  mechanical  skill. 

The  face  occupies  a  larger  portion  of  the  head  than  the 
cranium,  but  is  less  in  proportion  than  the  ox  and  the  horse, 
and  particularly  the  latter  animal.  Its  upper  part  is  formed 
by  the  lower  portion  of  i\ie  frontal  hones,  which  are  consid- 
erably longer  in  the  sheep  than  in  the  horse,  descending 
much  lower  down,  and  in  fact  forming  the  roof  of  a  great 
portion  of  the  nasal  cavity.  Another  peculiarity  in  these 
bones  is,  that  whereas  in  the  horse  they  descend  in  a  straight 


THE  BONES  OF  THE  HEAD.  301 

direction,  in  the  sheep,  just  above  the  orbit,  they  form  almost 
a  right  angle. 

The  nasal  bones  are  much  less  developed  in  the  sheep 
than  in  the  horse. 

The  superior  maxillary  bones,  though  relatively  smaller 
than  in  the  horse,  yet  form  a  great  portion  of  the  face,  ex- 
tending the  whole  length  of  the  molar  teeth,  for  which  these 
bones  form  suitable  sockets,  and  laterally  from  the  molar 
teeth  to  the  frontal  and  nasal  bones.  Within  the  cavity  of 
the  mouth  these  bones  form  the  roof  of  the  palate,  being 
united  together  by  a  suture.  This  portion  of  these  bones  is 
wider  though  shorter  than  in  the  horse,  so  that  the  molar 
teeth  are  farther  apart,  and  the  mouth  thus  gains  in  width 
what  it  loses  in  length.  Thus  situated,  these  bones  have 
three  surfaces — the  facial,  the  nasal,  and  the  palatine.  At 
the  superior  part  of  their  palatine  surface  we  find  what  are 
called  the  palate  bones,  which,  in  the  horse,  chiefly  consist  of 
narrow  curved  bones,  forming  tosfether  the  semi-oval  border 
dividing  the  cavity  of  the  mouth  from  that  of  the  nostril,  and 
serving  for  the  attachment  of  the  soft  palate.  In  the  sheep, 
however,  these  bones  extend  further  down  into  the  mouth, 
and  form,  indeed,  a  portion  of  the  palate,  which,  in  the  horse, 
is  formed  of  the  maxillary.  The  border,  too,  instead  of 
being  nearly  semi-circular,  is  almost  conical,  from  being  so 
very  narrow.  The  consequence  of  this  structure  is,  that  the 
upper  entrance  to  the  cavity  of  the  nostrils  is  much  less  in 
proportion  than  in  the  horse,  and  the  soft  palate  is  less  de- 
veloped, so  as  not  to  close  the  cavity  of  the  mouth.  The 
nature  of  the  sheep  corresponds  with  this  structure  :  not 
being  an  animal  of  speed,  it  does  not  require  to  inhale  so 
much  atmospheric  air  ;  and  the  purposes  of  rumination  re- 
quire the  food  to  ascend  from  the  stomach  to  the  mouth, 
which  it  could  not  do  if  the  soft  palate  were  developed,  as  in 
the  horse,  where  it  closes  the  back  part  of  the  mouth,  except 
when  food  is  passing  from  the  mouth  towards  the  stomach. 

The  anterior  or  inferior  maxillary  bones,  which  are  want- 
ing in  the  human  subject,  are  attached  above  to  the  superior 
maxillary  bones,  and  thence  descending  and  enlarging,  in  the 
horse  form  the  sockets  of  the  upper  incisor  teeth,  but  in  the 
sheep  and  other  ruminating  animals  not  possessing  these 
teeth,  they  become  smaller  instead  of  larger  as  they  descend, 
merely  forming  the  basis  of  the  hard  pad  which  meets  the 
under  incisor  teeth. 

26 


302  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

The  molar  bones,  comparatively  larger  in  the  sheep  than 
in  the  horse,  and  irregular  in  shape,  are  situated  on  the 
sides  of  the  face  above  the  large  maxillary,  and  partly 
within  and  partly  without  the  orbit  of  which  they  form  the 
lower  part. 

The  lachrymal  bones,  so  called  because  the  lachrymal 
duct  for  the  conveyance  of  the  superfluous  tears  to  the  nos- 
trils passes  through  them,  is  situated  about  half  within  and 
half  without  the  orbit,  the  latter  portion  being  between  the 
molar  and  frontal  bones — a  diflferent  arrangement  from  that 
which  obtains  in  the  horse.  The  orbit  or  bony  socket  which 
contains  the  eye  is  thus  composed  of  a  variety  of  bones. 

There  is  a  long  but  very  thin  bone  called  the  vomer,  situ- 
ated at  the  floor  of  the  nostrils,  and  running  throughout  their 
length,  and  having  a  groove  into  which  is  imbedded  the  car- 
tilaginous substance  which  divides  the  nostrils  into  two  equal 
cavities. 

The  posterior  maxillary  or  lower  jaw  bone  is  formed  of 
two  halves,  united  at  the  inferior  part  by  cartilage  in  the 
young  subject  and  by  bone  in  the  adult.  This  united  por- 
tion forms  the  sockets  for  the  eight  incisor  teeth,  which 
sockets,  however,  are  by  no  means  so  deep  or  so  strong  in 
proportion  as  in  the  horse,  and  thus  it  is  common  for  sheep 
to  lose  or  break  these  teeth  soon  after  they  are  fully  devel- 
oped. From  the  place  of  junction  the  lower  jaw  bones  sep- 
arate and  gradually  recede  from  each  other,  becoming  wider 
and  deeper,  and  forming  strong  and  secure  sockets  for  the 
molar  teeth,  after  which  the  bones  become  thinner,  turn  up- 
wards, and  terminate  in  two  extremities,  one  rounded,  which, 
with  the  temporal  bone  above,  forms  the  maxillary  joint, 
which  is  secured  from  displacement  by  a  hook-like  projec- 
tion which  is  the  other  termination  of  the  lower  jaw  bone. 

The  bones  which  we  have  mentioned  as  composing  the 
face  are  none  of  them  solid  in  their  structure,  but  most  of 
them  hollow,  and  thus  various  cavities  or  sinuses  are  formed 
which  are  called  after  the  bones  in  which  they  appear.  Ac- 
cordingly we  have  the  frontal,  the  maxillary,  the  sphenoidal, 
the  ethmoidal,  and  the  palatine.  The  frontal  are  the  largest 
and  most  important,  particularly  in  the  horned  sheep,  in 
which  they  are  partly  divided  into  cells  and  communicate 
with  other  sinuses  immediately  surrounding  the  horn.  These 
singular  cavities  are  not  found  in  the  young  subject,  but  are 
gradually  formed  as  the  size  of  the  head  increases.     They 


THE  BONES  OF  THE  BODY.  303 

thus  serve  the  important  purpose  of  increasing  the  size  of 
the  head  without  adding  to  its  weight. 

THE    BONES    OF    THE    BODY. 

The  neck  is  formed  by  seven  bones,  which,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  the  two  first,  are  very  much  alike.  The  first  is 
connected  with  the  occipital,  or  bone  of  the  skull,  with 
which  it  forms  a  joint  possessing  much  motion  in  a  vertical 
direction.  In  the  human  subject  it  is  termed  the  atlas,  from 
its  supporting  the  head.  It  forms  a  joint  behind  with  the 
dentata,  as  the  second  bone  is  termed,  from  its  having  in  the 
front  part  a  process  like  a  tooth,  which,  however,  aflbrds  the 
head  considerable  lateral  motion.  All  the  bones  of  the  neck 
are  extremely  irregular  in  shape  ;  they  all  possess  a  large 
hole  through  the  centre  for  the  passage  of  the  spinal  marrow, 
and  small  ones  at  the  sides  for  the  exit  of  nerves  and  arte- 
ries. They  have  also  projections  on  each  side  and  above 
for  the  attachment  of  muscles,  and  each  one  forms  a  joint 
both  before  and  behind  which  affords  that  great  flexibility 
to  the  neck  which  most  animals  possess. 

The  back  or  chine  is  composed  of  separate  bones  called 
vertebrae,  of  which  there  are  thirteen  belonging  to  the  back 
alone.  They  all  possess,  like  those  of  the  neck,  a  hole 
through  the  centre  for  the  passage  of  the  spinal  cord,  as  well 
as  a  small  one  at  the  side  for  the  exit  of  the  nerves.  The 
superior  projections  or  processes  are  much  higher  than  those 
of  the  neck,  but  considerably  shorter  than  we  find  in  the 
horse  ;  and  thus  we  have  high  withers  in  this  animal  and 
low  ones  in  the  sheep,  and  they  are  also  shorter  in  the  im- 
proved breeds  than  in  the  wilder  races  of  sheep,  a  channel 
between  the  shoulders  and  along  the  back  being  justly  re- 
garded as  a  sign  of  a  disposition  to  fatten.  These  processes 
serve  for  the  attachment  of  muscles,  as  well  as  of  a  strong 
elastic  substance  which  is  attached  to  all  the  bones  of  the 
neck  as  well  as  to  the  occiput,  and  serves  to  support  the 
head,  and  thus  relieves  the  muscles  to  a  great  extent. 

The  ribs  are  attached  to  the  vertebrae  by  means  of  a  joint 
— one  rib  is  joined  to  two  vertebrae,  and  vice  versa,  thus  af- 
fording the  ribs  a  certain  extent  of  motion.  There  are  thir- 
teen ribs  on  each  side,  eight  true  and  five  false  ;  the  former 
are  attached  to  the  sternum  or  breast-bone,  and  the  latter  are 
merely  joined  to  the  former  at  their  lower  parts,  which  is 
formed  of  cartilage.     The  ribs  should  spring  from  the  back 


304  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

bone  as  horizontally  as  possible,  as  thereby  the  rotundity  of 
the  frame  is  increased. 

The  loins  are  formed  by  five  bones,  which  partly  resem- 
ble the  bones  of  the  back  ;  but  instead  of  ribs  springing 
from  the  sides  there  are  fixed  bony  processes,  several  inches 
in  length,  which  aflbrd  a  protection  or  roof  for  the  abdomen. 
These  processes,  in  a  well-formed  sheep,  should  be  long 
and  horizontal. 

After  the  loins  the  spine  continues  in  the  sacriun,  which, 
in  the  lamb,  is  composed  of  separate  pieces,  but  is  consoli- 
dated into  one  bone  in  the  sheep.  This  bone  is  perforated 
for  the  passage  of  the  spinal  cord,  which,  however,  dimin- 
ishes in  size,  and  terminates  at  the  end  of  the  sacrum  in 
several  nerves  which  run  to  the  tail.  The  bones  of  the  tail 
are  numerous,  but  are  not  perforated. 

THE    BONES    OF    THE    FORE    EXTREMITIES. 

The  joints  or  articulations  of  the  extremities  are  the  same 
in  number  as  those  of  the  horse,  but  the  limbs,  on  reaching 
the  fetlock  joint,  become  divided,  and  the  four  bones  situated 
below  the  fetlock  are  consequently  double.  The  scapula  or 
blade-bone  is  similar  in  shape  to  that  of  the  horse,  having  a 
spine  or  ridge  down  its  middle  for  the  attachment  of  mus- 
cles, but  in  sheep  the  bone  is  not  so  long  in  proportion  to  its 
width.  It  is  attached  to  the  ribs  by  muscular  substance,  by 
means  of  which  the  body  is  suspended  or  hung  like  a  car- 
riage between  the  two  fore-legs,  and  concussion  is  thereby 
materially  diminished.  From  the  more  circular  shape  of  the 
ribs  the  shoulder  blades  are  attached  to  them  with  much  less 
mechanical  advantage  as  far  as  speed  is  concerned.  They 
are  placed  wider  apart,  both  above  and  below,  but  particu- 
larly at  their  lower  parts,  so  that  the  limbs  spread  open,  at 
a  greater  angle,  much  more  like  a  pair  of  compasses  than 
do  those  of  the  horse,  and  even  the  ox,  thus  giving  the 
sheep  that  rolling  walk  so  peculiar  to  the  animal  and  so  dis- 
advantageous with  regard  to  speed. 

The  humerus,  or  shoulder-bone,  strong  and  cylindrical, 
forms  with  the  blade  above  the  shoulder-joint,  the  action  of 
which,  with  that  of  the  elbow-joint  below,  is  more  limited 
than  that  of  the  horse. 

The  radius  or  bone  of  the  fore-arm  is  comparatively 
shorter  than  that  of  the  horse,  and  we  find  that  it  is  always 


THE   BOXES    OF    THE   FORE   EXTRExMITIEIS.  305 

long  in  animals  of  speed  and  short  where  speed  is  not  re- 
quired :   this  bone  is  also  strong  and  cylindrical. 

The  ulna,  or  bone  which  forms  the  elbow,  does  not  sup- 
port the  weight,  but  serves  for  the  attachment  of  the  power- 
ful muscles  so  conspicuous  in  a  shoulder  of  mutton  and 
which  are  generally  divided  by  the  first  cut.  For  this  pur- 
pose it  is  attached  to  the  radius,  and  rises  above  the  elbow- 
joint,  the  back  of  which  it  forms,  but  does  not  reach  the 
knee.  This  joint,  the  carpus,  is  composed  of  seven  bones, 
arranged  in  two  rows,  the  upper  of  which  articulates  with 
the  radius,  and  the  lower  with  the  cannon  or  metacarpus. 

The  metacarpus  or  shank  much  resembles  that  of  the 
horse,  until  it  reaches  the  fetlock,  where  it  is  to  some  little 
extent  cloven,  so  as  to  articulate  with  the  double  arrange- 
ment of  the  bones  below.  Instead  of  the  two  small  meta- 
carpal or  splent-bones  that  we  find  in  the  horse,  there  is 
merely  one,  and  that  of  small  extent  and  use. 

The  small  bones  situated  at  the  back  of  the  fetlock,  called 
the  sesamoids,  and  which  serve  as  levers  for  the  attachment 
of  ligaments  and  the  action  of  the  sinews,  are  double  those 
of  the  horse,  being  four  in  number. 

The  bones  below  the  fetlock,  viz.,  the  large  pastern  or  os 
suffraginis,  the  small  pastern  or  os  cototkb,  the  os  pedis  or 
coffin-bone,  and  the  navicular  bo?ie,  are  all  double,  and,  like 
the  same  parts  in  the  ox,  somewhat  resemble  in  shape  the 
bones  of  the  horse  sawn  in  two. 

All  these  joints  have  less  extent  of  motion  than  we  find 
in  the  horse,  and  the  bones  therefore  present  a  more  upright 
appearance.  In  the  horse  and  in  the  ox  an  angle  is  formed 
at  the  fetlock  with  various  degrees  of  obliquity,  and  the  three 
bones  below  pass  down  in  a  straight  line  though  in  an  ob- 
lique direction.  In  the  sheep,  however,  there  is  a  different 
conformation  ;  the  large  pastern-bone  passes  down  in  an  ob- 
lique forward  course,  as  in  the  ox,  but  the  small  pastern  de- 
scends in  a  perpendicular  direction  so  as  to  form  an  angle 
with  the  bone  above  almost  as  great  as,  though  precisely  op- 
posite to,  that  of  the  fetlock-joint.  This  it  is  which  gives 
the  more  upright  appearance  to  these  parts  in  sheep,  though 
the  cause  is  not  externally  visible,  and  it  throws  the  centre 
of  gravity  on  the  back  part  of  the  coffin-bone  and  on  the 
horny  heels  of  the  foot.  The  small  pastern  bone  is  rela- 
tively longer  than  in  the  horse,  and  there  is  more  motion  in 

26* 


306  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

the  pastern-joint,  though  much  less  in  the  fetlock  ;  indeed 
the  action  of  the  former  is  quite  as  much  as  the  latter. 

Though  not  belonging  to  the  skeleton,  this  will  yet  be  the 
most  convenient  situation  for  noticing  the  structure  of  the 
other  parts  of 

THE    FOOT. 

The  bones  dividing  at  the  fetlock,  the  tendons  likewise, 
both  before  and  behind,  become  divisible,  and  there  are  con- 
sequently two  flexor  tendons  or  benders  and  two  extensors  to 
each  division.  The  former,  as  in  the  horse,  consists  of  a 
perforans  and  a  perforatus,  the  latter  forming  a  sheath  for 
the  perforans  just  above  the  fetlock,  in  which  it  continues  to 
the  small  pastern-bone,  into  which  the  perforatus  is  inserted. 
The  perforans  then  glides  over  the  back  of  the  navicular 
bone,  which  forms  a  sort  of  pulley,  and  is  inserted  into  the 
lower  and  back  part  of  the  coffin  or  foot-bone.  Of  the  ex- 
tensors one  is  inserted  into  the  upper  and  front  part  of  the 
small  pastern,  and  the  other  is  continued  to  the  coffin-bone. 
These  bones  are  connected  together  by  capsular  and  other 
ligaments,  and  there  is  one  very  strong  one  in  particular,  which 
passes  from  the  lower,  inner,  and  anterior  part  of  the  large 
pastern  in  a  perpendicular  direction  to  the  inner  and  back  part 
of  the  coffin-bone.  To  the  lower  and  back  part  of  the  coffin- 
bone  is  attached  an  elastic  pad  of  a  fibrous  and  ligamentous  na- 
ture, which  receives  the  greater  part  of  the  superincumbent 
weight,  and  by  yielding  to  it  takes  off  the  jar.  It  rests  on 
the  horny  heels  of  the  foot,  which  thus  supports  the  principal 
part  of  the  animal's  weight,  very  little  resting  on  the  anterior 
portion  of  the  foot.  It  is  thus  very  evident  that  there  is  a 
considerable  difference  both  in  the  structure  and  functions  of 
the  various  parts  of  the  foot  in  the  sheep  and  in  the  horse. 
In  the  latter  we  find  that  the  crust  or  wall  of  the  foot  is  con- 
nected to  the  coffin-bone  by  means  of  a  double  arrangement 
of  a  vast  number  of  horny  and  fibrous  plates,  the  former 
connected  with  the  inside  of  the  crust,  and  the  latter  with  the 
coffin-bone.  These  laminae,  as  they  are  called,  are  dove- 
tailed together,  and  thus  the  connection  is  rendered  of  great 
strength ;  and  the  vast  extent  of  surface  thus  afforded,  and 
the  elasticity  of  the  parts,  obviate  concussion,  and  afford, 
indeed,  an  admirable  spring  and  a  principal  cause  of  the 
elastic  tread  of  the  animal.  In  the  ox  we  observe  an  ar- 
rangement somewhat  similar,  though  the  laminae  are  much 


BIFLEX    CANAL.  307 

less  developed  ;  but  in  the  sheep,  so  little  weight  being  sup- 
ported by  the  crust  and  front  part  of  the  foot,  such  a  com- 
plicated structure  is  not  required,  consequently  we  find  no 
laminae,  but  the  crust  is  connected  to  the  bone  by  a  simple 
vascular  structure,  which  secretes  the  principal  part  of  the 
crust,  in  the  same  manner  as  the  sole  or  lower  part  of  the 
foot  is  formed.  The  coronary  substance  which  in  the  horse 
secretes  the  greater  portion  of  the  crust  is  wanting  in  the 
sheep.  The  sole  of  the  foot  is  secreted  as  in  the  horse  by 
the  vascular  membrane  above,  and  there  is  a  greater  thick- 
ness of  this  dense  substance  interposed  between  the  coffin- 
bone  and  the  sole  of  the  foot. 

We  can  thus  understand  from  this  description  how  it  is 
that  the  horn  of  the  foot  is  so  speedily  restored  in  sheep 
when  the  hoof  is  lost  in  foot-rot  or  the  epidemic  by  the  matter 
insinuating  itself  between  the  horn  and  the  bone  :  it  has  not,  as 
in  the  horse,  to  wait  for  the  slow  and  tedious  growth  of  the  horn 
from  the  coronet  downwards.  The  inside  of  the  crust  is  con- 
siderably thinner  and  weaker  than  the  outside,  particularly 
towards  the  back  part,  where  foot-rot  most  frequently  com- 
mences. 

The  horny  part  of  the  foot  may  be  considered  to  consist  of 
the  crust,  or  wall,  and  the  sole.  The  former  surrounds  the 
outside  of  the  foot  and  turns  inwards  at  the  toe,  and  passes 
in  a  straight  direction  to  the  heels.  It  is  thickest  at  the  toe 
and  thinnest  on  the  inside.  The  sole  is  situated  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  foot  between  the  outer  and  inner  part  of  the  crust, 
but  it  is  difficult  to  say  where  the  crust  ends  or  the  sole 
begins,  the  structure  of  each  being  so  much  alike.  The 
heels  are  formed  both  by  the  crust  and  the  sole,  though  princi- 
pally by  the  former,  which  turns  inward  and  joins  the  inner 
crust,  and  it  here  becomes  more  elastic  and  spongy,  resem- 
bling very  much  the  frog  of  the  horse.  This  part  supports 
the  principal  part  of  the  weight,  and  suffers  most  when  sheep 
are  driven  much  on  the  hard  road. 

We  have  yet  to  notice  a  very  singular  peculiarity  in  the 
foot  of  the  sheep,  which  is  the 

BIFLEX    CANAL. 

The  large  pastern-bones  are  connected  together  by  liga- 
mentous substance,  and  it  is  not  till  the  pastern-joint  that  the 
foot  becomes  exteriorly  disunited.  At  the  situation  of  this 
joint  in  front  we  can  detect  a  small  opening  sufficiently  large 


308  STRUCTURE    OF    TIIE    SHEEP. 

to  admit  a  small  probe  ;  this  is  the  entrance  of  the  canal  just 
spoken  of,  which  presently  enlarges,  and  passes  first  down- 
wards, and  then  winds  round  in  a  semicircular  direction, 
ending  in  a  sort  of  cul  de  sac.  On  cutting  into  this  canal  it 
appears  to  be  a  duplication  of  the  skin  ;  its  internal  surface 
is  lined  with  hair,  and  there  is  found  a  considerable  quantity 
of  detached  hair  mixed  with  a  waxy  secretion  in  the  canal, 
secreted  by  various  glands.  This  hair  is  no  doubt  excreted 
from  the  internal  surface,  and  which,  from  the  smallncss  of 
the  opening,  cannot  escape,  or  rather  is  detained  for  a  useful 
purpose.  The  use  of  this  canal  thus  stuffed  with  hair  is  self- 
evident.  We  have  mentioned  the  great  motion  possessed  by 
this  pastern-joint,  which  is  so  great  as  to  threaten  to  chafe 
the  skin  by  the  friction  of  one  side  against  the  other.  It  is 
to  prevent  or  ward  off' this  friction  that  these  biflex  canals,  or 
rather  hair-stuff'ed  cushions,  are  provided ;  and  they  act,  indeed, 
precisely  like  the  fenders  which  are  lowered  down  the  side  of  a 
vessel  to  prevent  it  coming  into  contact  with  another.  The  ox 
possesses  little  or  no  motion  in  this  joint,  and  consequently  re- 
quires no  such  provision  to  prevent  friction.  The  benevolence 
of  Nature  is  strikingly  exemplified  by  this  simple  structure. 

This  part  occasionally  suff'ers  from  the  insinuation  of  dirt 
and  sand,  and  is  subject  to  inflammation  and  ulceration,  which 
sometimes  prove  very  troublesome. 

THE    HIND    EXTREMITIES. 

The  haunch  is  formed  by  three  bones  in  the  young  subject, 
but  these  bones  soon  become  consolidated  into  one,  and  is 
called  the  pelvis  or  basin,  within  which  is  situated  the  blad- 
der and  part  of  the  organs  of  generation.  Viewing  this  bone 
from  below  it  appears  pretty  nearly  circular  within,  but  exter- 
nally the  circle  is  broken  by  various  irregular  processes,  two 
of  which  project  upwards  on  each  side  the  spine  which  lies 
between  ;  then  two  others  extend  backwards  below  the  tail 
and  are  called  the  haunch  bones,  and  two  project  laterally,  and 
are  termed  the  hips.  These  bones  project  but  little  in  a  well- 
formed  sheep,  being  altogether  clothed  with  flesh  and  fat. 

The  bones  of  the  pelvis  extend  downwards  and  backwards 
from  the  spine,  and  towards  the  inferior  part  form  on  each 
side  a  deep  cap  or  sock(;t,  into  which  fits  the  upper  part  of 
the  thigh  bone,  which  is  formed  like  a  ball  so  as  to  fit  into 
the  socket.  The  thigh  bone,  or  fcBmur,  extends  forward,  and 
is  relatively  longer  in  the  sheep  than  in  the  horse.     It  is  the 


THE    MUSCLES    OR    FLESH.  309 

flesh  surrounding  this  bone  which  composes  the  bulk  of  a  leg 
of  mutlon.  Its  lower  part  forms  with  the  tibia  below  the  sti- 
Jle  joint,  which  is  singular  from  having  two  cartilaginous  bod- 
ies within  it ;  and  is  protected  in  front  by  a  small  bone  call- 
ed the  patella  or  knee-pan,  which  bone  becomes  a  sort  of 
pulley,  receiving  the  insertions  of  the  very  strong  muscles 
above,  and  is  attached  below  to  the  tibia  by  strong  ligaments. 

The  tibia  or  leg  bone  runs  backwards  from  the  stifle,  and 
is  not  so  long  in  proportion  as  in  the  horse  ;  it  corresponds 
to  the  radius  in  the  fore  extremity,  and  it  forms  the  upper 
part  of  the  hock  joint. 

This  joint  is  composed  of  six  bones  arranged  in  rows  so 
as  to  form  three  articulations,  but  motion  is  confined  to  that 
formed  by  the  astragulus  or  knuckle  bone  and  the  tibia ;  the 
other  bones  serve  as  cushions  to  diminish  concussion,  with 
the  exception  of  the  os  calcis,  situated  at  the  back,  which  acts 
as  a  lever  receiving  the  insertions  of  the  powerful  muscles 
which  straighten  the  hock.  This  bone  is  much  shorter  than 
it  is  in  the  horse,  speed  not  being  required.  The  bones  be- 
low the  hock  correspond  with  those  found  below  the  knee  in 
the  fore  extremity. 

THE    MUSCLES    OR    FLESH. 

Although  the  shape  of  the  body  depends  materially  on  that 
of  the  skeleton,  so  that  if  the  latter  is  anywise  faulty  the  for- 
mer wall  not  be  perfect,  yet  there  is  a  very  great  contrast  be- 
tween the  appearance  of  the  skeleton  and  that  of  the  body 
itself,  of  which  it  forms  a  part.  Whilst  the  former  is  angu- 
lar and  extremely  irregular,  the  latter  is  round  and  smooth, 
so  that  though  the  good  shape  of  the  animal  depends  on  the 
skeleton,  yet  it  requires  the  eye  of  the  anatomist  to  detect,  in 
the  conformation  of  the  latter,  the  good  points  which  in  the 
body  itself  are  readily  observed. 

The  bulk  of  the  body  is  formed  of  flesh  or  muscles  ;  their 
principal  use,  when  living,  is  to  effect  the  movement  of  the 
limbs  ;  when  dead,  to  afford  nutriment  to  man.  The  motion 
of  the  body  is  occasioned  by  the  contraction  of  the  muscles, 
which,  being  fastened  to  different  bones,  draw  these  bones 
towards  each  other,  and  thus  the  limbs  are  bent  whenever 
particular  muscles  shorten  or  contract.  These  muscles, 
which  bend  the  limbs,  are  called  the  flexors,  whilst  an  oppo- 
site set  which  straighten  them  again,  are  denominated  the 
extensors  ;  the  latter,  however,  are  mostly  smaller  and  weak- 


310  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

er  than  the  former.  The  size  and  shape  of  muscles  are  very 
diversified,  some  being  so  minute  as  to  be  scarcely  visible,  as 
those  within  the  ear ;  whilst  others,  namely,  those  of  the 
loins  and  buttocks,  are  large  enough  to  afibrd  a  feast  for  sev- 
eral persons  ;  some  muscles  are  thin  and  spread  out  like  a 
fan,  others  are  thick  and  bulky,  and  whilst  some  are  extreme- 
ly short,  others  are  cylindrical  and  of  great  length.  Muscles 
are  furnished  with  nerves  both  of  motion  and  sensation  :  the 
former  convey  the  mandates  of  the  will,  and  are  thus  the 
cause  of  motion  ;  the  latter  communicate  the  sense  of  feeling, 
and  are  the  medium  both  of  pleasure  and  pain ;  but  there  is 
considerably  less  degree  of  feeling  possessed  by  the  flesh 
than  by  the  skin.  The  muscles  are  composed  of  fibres,  and 
are  bound  together  by  cellular  membrane,  and  they  are,  in 
sheep,  mostly  clothed  with  fat,  which  also  is  deposited  amongst 
the  fibres.  It  is  the  capability  of  containing  this  fat,  and  the 
abundance  and  laxity  of  the  membrane  containing  it,  which 
distinguishes  a  sheep  of  a  good  from  one  of  a  bad  breed, 
and  gives  to  the  former  that  softness  and  elasticity  or  resil- 
iency which  is  felt  on  handling  it,  even  when  poor.  The 
former  sheep,  too,  possesses  large  muscles,  particularly  at 
those  parts  where  the  meat  is  most  esteemed.  Thus  the 
loins  of  a  good  sheep  are  broad,  and  abundantly  covered  with 
flesh  and  fat,  and  so  likewise  are  the  buttocks  and  the  shoul- 
ders, whilst  the  head  and  neck  are  small.  The  muscles  that 
are  in  most  constant  use  are  more  interlaced  with  tendinous 
fibre,  and  consequently  are  much  less  tender,  as  meat,  than  those 
which  are  less  actively  engaged.  The  muscles  of  the  lower 
part  of  the  legs  between  the  knees  and  hocks  and  the  joints 
above,  as  well  as  those  of  the  neck  and  head,  are  instances 
of  the  former  kind  ;  whilst  the  muscles  of  the  loins,  and  more 
particularly  those  within  the  pelvis,  are  examples  of  the  lat- 
ter, and  afford  the  most  tender  meat  in  the  body. 

THE    BRAIN    AND    NERVES. 

The  brain,  the  seat  of  the  mind,  and  the  fountain  of  sen- 
sation, is  a  soft  body,  situated  in  a  cavity  of  the  skull  called 
the  cranium.  In  man  it  occupies  by  far  the  greater  portion 
of  the  skull ;  but,  in  the  sheep,  from  its  much  smaller  size, 
and  from  the  large  space  devoted  to  the  face,  its  cavity,  the 
cranium,  is  much  the  smaller  part.  It  is  closely  invested  by 
a  membrane  called  the  pia  mater,  whilst  the  cranium  is  lined 
by  a  firm,  strong  membrane  called  the  dura  mater.     Between 


THE  BRAIN  AND  NERVES.  311 

these  there  is  another  delicate  membrane  called  the  tunica 
arachnoides.  The  dura  mater,  by  its  duplications,  forms  sev- 
eral processes  and  sinuses  ;  the  former,  by  descending  be- 
tween its  divisions,  serve  to  secure  the  brain  in  its  position, 
and  the  latter  act  as  reservoirs  for  the  venous  blood,  thus  pre- 
venting the  brain  from  being  injured  by  any  temporary  im- 
pediment in  its  passage. 

The  pia  mater  closely  embraces  the  brain,  and  dips  into 
its  convolutions.  The  brain  consists  of  three  parts — the 
cerebrum,  the  cerebellum,  and  the  medulla  oblongata. 

The  cerehrum  is  considerably  the  largest,  and  is  divided 
into  two  hemispheres,  each  of  which  closely  corresponds 
with  its  fellow. 

On  cutting  into  the  cerebrum,  we  find  that  it  consists  of 
two  portions — the  medullary  or  white,  and  the  grey  or  corti- 
cal part.  The  latter  is  mostly  situated  towards  the  surface, 
and  the  former  towards  the  centre,  but  both  appear  to  run 
into  each  other.  Within  the  hemispheres  there  appear  to  be 
various  cavities,  canals,  and  membranes,  which,  in  this  work, 
it  is  unnecessary  to  describe. 

The  cerebellum,  or  little  brain,  is  situated  behind  the 
cerebrum,  than  which  it  is  considerably  smaller.  It  appears 
to  consist  of  medullary  and  cortical  substance  mingled  to- 
gether. 

The  medulla  oblongata,  the  smallest  division,  is  situated 
at  the  base  of  the  brain.  It  is  medullary  in  its  structure, 
and  gives  origin  to  the  greater  part  of  the  cranial  nerves. 
It  is  by  far  the  most  sensible  part  of  the  brain,  for  whilst 
portions  of  the  cerebrum  have  been  cut  away  in  some  ani- 
mals without  giving  any  apparent  pain,  the  least  pressure  on 
the  medulla  is  productive  of  injury  or  death.  The  brain  is 
largely  supplied  by  means  of  the  carotid  arteries  with  blood, 
which  is  returned  to  the  heart  by  the  jugular  veins. 

The  spinal  marrow  may  be  considered  as  the  continuation 
of  the  brain,  running  from  the  medulla  oblongata,  throughout 
the  spinal  canal,  to  the  tail.  It  is  enveloped  by  the  same 
membranes  as  the  brain,  and  continues  to  the  sacrum,  where 
it  ends  in  several  nervous  cords.  Its  form  is  cylindrical, 
and  it  has  been  found  to  consist  of  six  bands,  in  the  centre 
of  which  there  is  a  sort  of  canal.  The  nerves  arising  from 
the  brain  and  spinal  cord,  in  sheep,  are  forty  pair,  ten  of 
which  proceed  from  the  brain  and  the  remainder  from  the 
cord,  and  are  therefore  called  the  spinal  nerves. 


312  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

On  examining  a  nerve,  we  find  that  it  consists  of  a  vast 
number  of  white  filaments,  each  having  its  particular  cover- 
ing, and  yet  compactly  bound  together  and  invested  by 
membrane. 

Of  the  cranial  nerves  the  first  pair  is  the  olfactory,  the 
nerve  of  smelling,  pulpy  in  its  structure,  and  the  largest  in 
the  body.  It  rises  from  the  cerebrum,  passes  out  of  the 
cranium,  and  is  spread  out  on  the  membrane  lining  the  nos- 
trils. 

The  second  pair,  the  optic,  rise  from  the  cerebrum,  but, 
before  they  pass  out  of  the  skull,  join  together  and  decussate, 
the  right  nerve  going  to  the  left  eye,  and  vice  versa.  Each 
takes  an  oblique  course,  pierces  the  outer  coats  of  the  eye, 
and  is  spread  out  in  the  form  of  the  retina,  and  thus  conveys 
the  impressions  of  objects  to  the  brain.  The  sense  of  hear- 
ing is  supplied  by  a  soft  nerve,  the  auditory,  which  enters 
an  orifice  in  the  temporal  bone,  where  the  seat  of  hearing  is 
contained.  The  sense  of  taste  is  supplied  by  the  fifth, 
which  is  a  compound  nerve,  conveying  both  sensation  and 
motion.  The  other  cranial  nerves  convey  sensation  and 
motion  to  the  various  parts  of  the  head ;  but  there  is  one 
nerve  which  demands  more  particular  notice.  This  is  the 
par  vagum,  or  pneumo-gastric  of  the  French.  It  rises  from 
the  brain,  passes  down  the  neck  close  to  the  carotid  artery, 
and  distributes  branches  to  the  pharynx,  larynx,  and  oeso- 
phagus, heart,  lungs,  stomach,  and  liver.  If  divided  on 
both  sides  in  the  living  animal,  death  immediately  ensues. 
Its  importance  may  thus  be  readily  conceived  ;  it  is  inti- 
mately connected  with  life  itself,  giving  to  the  heart  and 
stomach  their  power  of  motion,  independent  of  the  will. 
The  spinal  are  compound  nerves  ;  having  a  double  function 
and  a  twofold  origin,  they  convey  both  sensation  and  motion. 
They  arise  by  numerous  filaments  from  both  the  upper  and 
under  surface  of  the  spinal  cord.  The  filaments  coalesce, 
and,  before  they  emerge  from  the  dura  mater,  join  together, 
previous  to  which  the  upper  nerve  forms  a  sort  of  knot  called 
a  ganglion.  This  latter  is  the  nerve  of  sensation,  the  other 
the  nerve  of  motion  ;  and  thus,  though  united  together,  the 
filaments  are  yet  distinct,  and  a  part  is  endowed  mostly  with 
sensation,  or  with  motion,  according  as  the  filaments  of  the 
former  or  the  latter  predominate. 

There  is  yet  another  nerve  which  requires  to  be  noticed 


ORGANS    OF   MASTICATION.  313 

as  being  of  great  importance.  It  has  been  called  the  gan- 
glial,  from  the  nature  of  its  apparent  origin,  and  sympathetic, 
from  its  functions,  but  more  properly  the  great  organic  nerve. 
It  appears  to  arise  from  a  small  red  ganglion  or  knot  at  the 
base  of  the  brain,  and  just  previous  to  the  commencement 
of  the  spinal  cord.  It  appears  to  have  intimate  communica- 
tion with  all  the  other  nerves,  and  distributes  branches  to  all 
the  glands,  arteries,  and  absorbents  of  the  system — the  heart, 
lungs,  and  digestive  organs  ;  it  is  the  soul,  as  it  were,  of  the 
organic  system,  influencing  the  functions  of  nutrition  and  se- 
cretion. 

We  have  before  observed  that  the  brain  of  the  sheep  is 
small  as  compared  with  the  size  of  the  body.  In  fact,  the 
whole  nervous  system  is,  as  it  were,  feebly  developed,  and 
this  peculiarity  has  a  considerable  influence  over  the  diseases 
of  the  animal,  and  accounts  for  the  fact  that  in  the  greater 
number  debility  quickly  supervenes,  and  in  many  the  animal 
speedily  sinks. 

THE    ORGANS    OF    MASTICATION,   ETC. 

The  mouth  of  the  sheep  and  its  contents  are  admirably 
adapted  for  their  natural  functions.  The  sheep  is  intended 
by  Nature  to  thrive  on  scanty  pasture  and  to  take  a  consider- 
able bite,  and  much  closer  to  the  ground  than  the  ox.  The 
lips  are  therefore  protected  by  hair,  which  defends  them 
from  injury  from  the  ground  ;  they  approach  somewhat  to  a 
point,  and  the  upper  lip  is  cleft,  which  suits  it  well  for  the 
purpose. 

The  incisor  teeth  or  nippers,  like  those  of  the  ox,  are  sit- 
uated only  on  the  lower  jaw,  the  upper  having  instead  a  firm 
fibrous  pad,  sufficiently  strong  to  retain  the  food  between  it 
and  the  teeth.  The  incisor  teeth  are  eight  in  number  in  a 
perfect  mouth,  but  the  lamb,  when  dropped,  has  only  two, 
and  sometimes  none  visible,  but  in  a  few  weeks  the  others 
make  their  appearance  :  these,  however,  are  but  temporary 
teeth,  smaller  than  the  permanent  ones,  and  adapted  to  the 
size  of  the  mouth.  By  two  years  old  the  central  teeth  drop 
out,  and  are  succeeded  by  two  larger  and  stronger  teeth — the 
permanent.  These  teeth  are  formed  within  the  sockets  in 
the  bone  some  time  previous  to  their  appearance,  and  pressing 
against  the  root  of  the  temporary  incisors,  gradually  induce 
their  absorption.  By  three  years  old  the  two  next  teeth 
have  undergone  the  same  change,  and  are  succeeded  the 

27 


314  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

followincr  year  by  those  adjoining,  so  that  by  five  years  the 
whole  eight  teeth  are  thus  renewed,  and  the  sheep  is  then 
said  to  be  full-mouthed.  Although  the  order  and  period  of 
these  changes  are  sufficiently  regular  to  ensure  them  as  a  suffi- 
cient criterion  for  a  general  rule,  yet  it  is  not  without  exception, 
as  sometimes  the  permanent  teeth  appear  much  earlier,  and 
at  others  their  appearance  has  been  protracted  to  a  later 
period. 

After  the  sheep  becomes  full-mouthed,  there  is  no  method 
of  judging  of  the  age  with  accuracy,  but  the  teeth  rarely 
remain  perfect  long,  particularly  if  fed  on  turnips  ;  some  of 
them  are  lost  or  become  broken,  and  the  sheep  is  then  said 
to  be  broken-mouthed. 

The  incisor  teeth  are  somewhat  conical  in  shape,  the  point 
being  inserted  in  deep  sockets  ;  the  portion  visible  is  covered 
by  a  very  hard  transparent  material  called  the  enamel,  and 
it  is  brought  to  a  sharp  edge  at  the  anterior  part,  so  that  it 
cuts  very  much  like  a  chisel.  Compared  with  those  of  the 
horse  the  incisor  teeth  appear  somewhat  loose,  but  this  is 
rather  an  advantage  than  otherwise.  The  food,  being  em- 
braced between  the  incisor  teeth  and  the  pad  above,  is  torn 
asunder  by  the  nodding  action  of  the  head,  and  the  food  is 
conveyed  by  the  tongue  to  the  molars  or  grinders.  When 
turnips,  however,  form  the  diet,  the  food  is  scooped  out,  as 
it  were,  by  the  teeth  alone,  and  they  are  consequently  sooner 
worn  out  and  broken ;  but  even  otherwise,  this  effect  gener- 
ally follows  a  few  years  after  the  mouth  becomes  perfect. 
The  molar  teeth  are  six  in  number,  on  each  side  of  each  jaw  ; 
they  are  firmly  planted  in  deep  sockets,  and  their  faces  are 
covered  with  enamel.  These  faces  are  very  irregular,  but 
admirably  adapted  for  tearing  and  grinding  the  tough  and 
unyielding  grass  ;  and  they  are  also  secured  in  their  positions 
by  means  of  the  gums,  which,  in  common  with  the  other 
parts  of  the  mouth,  are  covered  with  a  mucous  membrane, 
and  in  some  parts  a  firm  dense  material  is  interposed  between 
the  mucous  membrane  and  the  bone. 

The  sides  of  the  mouth  are  formed  by  the  cheeks,  which 
are  composed  of  skin  and  membrane  sufficiently  loose  to 
admit  the  limited  motion  of  the  jaws  ;  they  are  connected 
with  the  powerful  masseter  muscles,  which  form  the  greater 
part  of  the  bulk  of  the  face,  and  principally  occasion  the 
grinding  motion  of  the  jaws.  In  the  skull  we  find  the  lower 
jaw  considerably  narrower  than  the  upper,  but  in  the  living 


ORGANS    OF   MASTICATION.  315 

animal  this  does  not  appear,  the  space  being  occupied  by  the 
masseter  muscles. 

The  lips  greatly  assist  in  gathering  together  the  food,  and 
are  largely  furnished  with  the  nerves  of  feeling ;  they  are 
composed  of  skin,  muscle,  and  membrane,  and  possess  the 
powers  of  motion  and  sensation  in  a  high  degree. 

The  mouth  is  abundantly  supplied  with  a  watery  fluid 
called  saliva,  particularly  during  mastication,  when  it  is  se- 
creted and  poured  in  in  considerable  quantities.  This  fluid 
is  principally  secreted  by  three  pairs  of  glands,  the  largest 
of  which  are  the  parotid,  situated  at  the  root  of  each  ear, 
and  from  which  two  ducts  on  each  side  convey  the  fluid  and 
unite  in  one  previous  to  entering  the  mouth.  The  submaxil- 
lary glands  are  situated  under  the  jaws,  and  their  ducts  ter- 
minate in  tubular  eminences  near  the  fraenum  or  bridle  of  the 
tongue.  The  other  salivary  glands  are  the  suhlinguul,  situ- 
ated under  the  tongue  :  its  ducts  terminate  rather  higher  up 
than  those  last  described.  Besides  these  there  are  other 
small  glands  connected  with  the  cheek  and  the  bottom  of 
the  mouth ;  and  one  peculiar  to  sheep  situated  behind  the 
lower  jaw,  and  extending  towards  the  eye,  and  communica- 
ting with  the  mouth  by  means  of  a  duct  opening  near  the  last 
molar  tooth.  There  is  thus  from  these  various  sources  an 
abundant  supply  of  saliva  more  copious  than  most  animals 
possess,  and  which  is  rendered  necessary  by  the  hard  and 
woody  nature  of  the  food  consumed  in  a  natural  state.  And 
it  has  been  found  that  a  large  supply  passes  into  the  stomach 
independent  of  mastication,  and  is  there  required  for  softening 
and  macerating  the  dry  food  ;  for,  when  deprived  of  this  sup- 
ply by  an  experiment,  it  has  been  found  that  the  contents  of 
the  paunch  remained  dry. 

The  mouth  is  principally  filled  with  the  tongue,  which  is 
muscular  in  its  structure  and  very  flexible,  being,  indeed,  a 
principal  agent  in  mastication  and  swallowing.  It  is  larger 
at  the  upper  part  than  towards  its  tip,  and  is  confined  poste- 
riorly to  the  muscles  between  the  branches  of  the  lower  jaw, 
by  a  sort  of  fleshy  bridle,  and  above  to  a  singularly  shaped 
bone  called  the  os  hyoides.  It  possesses  both  the  power  of 
feeling  and  tasting,  and  for  this  purpose  is  well  supplied  with 
two  descriptions  of  nerves,  and  is  covered  by  both  cutis  and 
cuticle. 

There  is  a  marked  distinction  in  the  back  part  of  the 
mouth  between  the  horse  and  the  sheep  and  other  rumina- 


316  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

ting  animals.  In  the  former  the  velum  palati,  or  soft  palate, 
a  fleshy  substance  attached  to  the  semicircular  border  ot  the 
palatine  bones,  is  sufficiently  long  to  fall  down  on  the  back 
of  the  tongue,  and  thus  effectually  to  close  the  back  part  of 
the  mouth,  except  when  food  is  passing,  and  prevent  either 
the  air  or  food  returning  through  the  mouth.  Thus  a  horse 
can  breathe  through  his  nostrils  only,  and  whenever  food  is 
vomited  it  passes  in  the  same  direction.  The  sheep  being 
a  ruminating  animal,  such  a  structure  would  be  inapplicable, 
as  it  would  prevent  the  food  being  returned  to  the  mouth  ; 
consequently  the  soft  palate  is  considerably  shorter  and  nar- 
rower. It  does  not  reach  the  tongue,  and  the  diminished 
extent  of  the  palatine  bones,  to  which  it  is  attached,  as  be- 
fore observed,  also  limits  its  action. 

The  larynx,  the  pharynx,  and  the  tongue  are  connected  to- 
gether and  to  the  upper  jaw-bone,  or  rather  to  the  bones  of 
the  head,  by  means  of  the  os  hyoides,  so  called  from  its  re- 
semblance to  a  spur.  The  semicircular  part  of  the  spur  em- 
braces, in  a  manner,  the  larynx,  whilst  the  shaft  is  intimately 
connected  with  the  root  of  the  tongue.  The  os  hyoides  has 
two  long  appendages,  which  articulate  with  the  temporal 
bone.  Thus  situated  and  constituted,  this  bone  gives  great 
support  to  the  soft  parts  connected  with  it,  whilst,  at  the 
same  time,  it  freely  admits  their  extensive  mobility.  In  the 
act  of  swallowing,  therefore,  this  bone  is  greatly  called  into 
action. 

Adjoining  the  pharynx  are  two  large  spaces  called  the 
Eustachian  cavities,  situated  one  on  each  side,  and  commu- 
nicating by  means  of  a  tube  with  the  internal  ear. 

THE    ORGANS    OF    DIGESTION. 

The  digestive  organs  of  the  sheep,  like  those  of  grami- 
nivorous animals  in  general,  are  extensive  and  complicated, 
having  a  far  more  difficult  and  elaborate  office  to  perform 
than  those  of  carnivorous  animals.  The  food  of  the  latter 
is  taken,  as  it  were,  ready  prepared;  its  constituents  closely 
resemble  those  of  the  blood  itself,  and,  of  course,  it  is  ex- 
actly similar  to  the  flesh  it  is  intended  to  nourish.  A  small 
quantity  of  food  only  is  required  to  be  taken,  and  nearly  the 
whole  of  this  food  is  employed  in  nourishing  the  system  or 
supplying  its  waste,  the  faeces  being  exceedingly  scanty. 
The  digestive  organs  of  herbivorous  animals  have  a  much 
more  onerous  task  to  accomplish ;  the  food  is  in  a  more 


ORGANS    OF    DIGESTION.  317 

crude  or  less  prepared  state  ;  the  nutritious  portions  bear  a 
much  smaller  proportion  to  the  whole  mass,  and,  accordingly, 
the  food  taken  is  of  very  considerable  bulk.  To  meet  these 
peculiarities  the  digestive  organs  are  much  more  spacious 
and  more  complicated  than  those  of  the  carnivora ;  means 
are  afforded  for  detaining  the  food  until  the  nutriment  can  be 
properly  extracted,  a  larger  amount  of  chemical  and  vital 
force  is  employed,  and  a  more  abundant  supply  of  nervous 
energy  afforded.  The  horse,  in  a  state  of  nature,  is  almost 
continually  feeding ;  he  bites  short  and  well  triturates  his 
food,  but  is  almost  constantly  so  engaged  ;  and  though,  in  a 
domesticated  state,  the  food  is  not  so  abundant  nor  so  fre- 
quently taken,  it  is  in  a  much  more  nutritious  form.  Corre- 
sponding to  these  natural  habits,  we  find  that  though  the  ali- 
mentary canal  altogether  is  of  enormous  bulk,  the  stomach 
itself  is  single  and  of  moderate  size.  Digestion  is  almost 
constantly  going  on  ;  food  is  passing  out  of  one  orifice  of 
the  stomach  as  it  comes  in  at  the  other,  and  the  supply  of 
bile  is  constant,  there  being  no  reservoir  for  it — no  gall- 
bladder. The  smallness  of  the  stomach  is  compensated  for 
by  the  prodigious  bulk  of  the  large  intestines.  Thus  the 
horse,  though  an  animal  that  requires  a  large  quantity  of  food, 
is  yet  able  to  perform  great  physical  exertions,  and  can  make 
them  after  a  full  meal  more  readily  than  any  other  animal. 

The  ox,  the  sheep,  and  other  ruminating  animals,  have, 
like  the  horse,  very  extensive  digestive  organs,  but  very  dif- 
ferently arranged.  The  horse,  in  a  state  of  nature,  will 
rarely  get  fat ;  the  ox  and  the  sheep,  in  good  pasture,  will 
almost  invariably  do  so,  and  will  otherwise  greatly  increase 
in  size  ;  the  digestive  organs  are,  therefore,  more  bulky  than 
in  the  horse,  and  much  more  complicated.  The  intestines 
are  of  greater  length,  though  not  so  large,  and  instead  of 
one  stomach  there  are  no  less  than  four. 

The  natural  food  of  the  sheep  is  embraced  by  the  joint 
apposition  of  the  incisor  teeth  of  the  under  jaw  and  the 
cartilaginous  pad  on  the  upper,  and  is  separated  mainly  by 
the  action  of  the  muscles  of  the  head  and  neck,  giving  the 
head  an  almost  constant  motion,  which  may  be  readily  ob- 
served when  the  animal  is  feeding  on  pasture.  The  grass 
is  torn  off,  not  bitten  ;  but  when  turnips  form  the  food  the 
teeth  are  more  actively  employed,  and  consequently  are 
more  worn  and  become  sooner  lost.  The  food  being  mode- 
rately chewed  by  the  molar  teeth  or  grinders,  to  which  it  is 
27* 


318  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

conveyed  by  the  tongue,  is  by  the  same  organ  carried  to  the 
back  of  the  mouth,  and  being  softened  by  the  saliva  and 
thereby  mixed  with  atmospheric  air,  enters  a  flesliy  bag 
called  the  pharynx  or  gullet. 

This  pharynx  is  lined  by  the  same  membrane  as  the 
mouth,  and  is  surrounded  by,  and,  in  fact,  composed  of  vari- 
ous muscles,  which  contracting  force  the  food  forwards  into 
a  long  tube  called  the  oesophagus,  which  leads  to  the  stomach. 
The  pharynx  is  situated  inmiediately  above  the  larynx  or 
cartilaginous  box  which  forms  the  entrance  to  the  windpipe, 
and  the  food  in  entering  the  gullet  passes  over  the  entrance 
to  the  larynx,  which  it  is  prevented  from  entering  by  a  trian- 
gular lid  termed  the  epiglottis,  which  in  the  act  of  swallow- 
ing shuts  down  on  the  larynx,  but  otherwise  leaves  it  open 
for  the  purpose  of  respiration.  The  food  after  leaving  the 
gullet  enters  the  oesophagus,  a  very  long  tube  lined  internally 
by  a  white  insensible  membrane,  and  externally  by  muscu- 
lar coats,  which,  by  contracting,  force  the  food  onwards  to 
the  stomach.  The  oesophagus  passes  down  the  neck  to- 
wards its  left  side  and  somewhat  above  the  windpipe,  with 
which  it  enters  the  chest  between  the  two  first  ribs  ;  it  then 
takes  an  upward  or  ascending  course  through  the  cavity  of 
the  chest  over  the  base  of  the  heart,  passes  the  midriff  or 
diaphragm,  and  then  descending  soon  afterwards  reaches 
the  stomachs.  On  entering  the  chest  it  somewhat  dimin- 
ishes in  size,  but  again  expands  in  the  abdomen.  It  does 
not  actually  terminate  in  either  of  the  stomachs,  but  in  what 
is  called  the  oesophagean  canal,  which  is  about  four  inches 
and  a  half  in  extent,  and  is  formed  above  by  a  continuation 
of  the  oesophagus,  and  below  by  a  sort  of  muscular  pillars 
— duplications  of  the  upper  portions  of  the  first  and  second 
stomachs.  Thus  the  oesophagean  canal  is  a  sort  of  lobby 
or  passage  having  entrances  to  the  different  stomachs,  and 
which,  with  the  exception  of  the  second  and  fourth,  are  the 
only  entrances  these  stomachs  possess.  By  the  annexed 
cut  it  will  be  seen  that  the  food  duct  commences  at  the  en- 
trance to  the  rumen,  and  for  the  space  of  three  inches  its 
floor  consists  of  muscular  pillars  or  lips,  formed  by  the  up- 
per part  of  the  second  stomach,  the  entrance  to  which  is  be- 
tween these  lips.  The  pillars  then  continue  within  the 
cavity  of  the  third  stomach  for  the  space  of  an  inch  and  a 
half  to  the  entrance  of  the  fourth  stomach,  the  cavity  of  the 
third  being  principally  situated  above,  forming  the  roof  of 


ORGANS    OF    DIGESTION.  Sl^ 

the  oesophagean  canal.  The  entrance,  however,  to  the  third 
commences  before  the  opening  into  the  second  stomach 
ceases.  The  entrance  to  the  fourth  stomach  is  two  inches 
and  a  half  in  extent,  and  is  formed  by  duplications  of  the 
mucous  and  muscular  coats  of  this  viscus,  which  meet  so 
as  to  close  the  entrance  when  either  the  will  of  the  animal 
or  the  necessity  of  nature  requires. 

The  usual  course  of  the  food  is  into  the  rumen  or  first 
stomach,  whose  entrance  is  close  to  the  termination  of  the 
oesophagus  and  the  entrance  of  the  canal.  This  stomach  is 
of  enormous  extent,  occupying,  indeed,  when  full,  nearly 
three-fourths  of  the  abdomen.  It  lies  towards  the  left  side 
extending  to  the  flank,  and  by  a  sort  of  muscular  band  it  is 
partially  divided  into  two  principal  compartments.  It  is 
lined  externally  by  the  peritoneal  membrane,  in  common 
with  the  other  contents  of  the  abdomen,  and  internally  by 
an  insensible  membrane,  called  the  cuticular,  between  which 
there  are  two  other  coats — the  mucous,  which  secretes  the 
fluid  found  in  the  stomach,  and  external  to  this  the  muscular 
coat,  which  is  formed  of  two  orders  of  fibres  running  in  op- 
posite directions.  Its  interior  aspect  presents  a  number  of 
pouches  or  compartments,  which  are  formed  by  muscular 
bands  thrown  across  from  one  part  to  another ;  and  the  sur- 
face presents  an  innumerable  number  of  papillae  or  eminen- 
ces, not  sharp,  but  blunt-pointed,  which  are  formed  by  the 
mucous  coat  and  merely  covered  by  the  cuticular.  These 
papillae  are  coarser  in  the  lower  compartment  of  the  viscus 
than  in  the  upper.  We  have  said  the  rumen  consists  of  two 
compartments,  but  with  greater  propriety  it  may  be  stated 
that  there  are  three,  a  smaller  one  being  situated  immediately 
below  the  termination  of  the  oesophagus  and  adjoining  the 
second  stomach.  The  use  of  these  partial  divisions  is  very 
evident.  They  relieve  one  portion  of  the  stomach  from  sus- 
taining the  whole  of  the  weight  of  the  food,  and  they  afford 
a  sort  of  steps  or  resting-places  for  the  food  that  has  under- 
gone maceration,  the  upper  and  smaller  compartment  being 
that  into  which  the  food  is  raised  just  previous  to  being  ru- 
minated. The  rumen  is  partly  attached  to  the  second  stom- 
ach, but  only  communicates  with  it  through  the  common 
opening  into  the  oesophagean  canal. 

The  second  stomach  is  called  the  reticulum ;  its  size  is 
considerably  less  than  the  rumen,  but  it  possesses  much 
strength  in  its  coats,  and  its  muscular  fibres  are  more  devel- 


320 


STRUCTURE    OF   THE    SHEEP. 


INTERNAL  VIEW  OF  THE  STOMACHS. 


ORGANS    OP    DIGESTION.  321 


DESCRIPTION    OF    THE    CUT. 

A.  The  lower  part  of  the  (Esophagus,  showing  its  external  coat. 

B.  Its  internal  coat  at  its  termination. 

C.  The  upper  compHrtaient  of  the  rumen,  or  first  stomach,  showing  its  internal  coat. 
I).  The  strong  mu-cular  band  which  divides  the  lower  from  the  upper  compartment. 

E.  The  lower  compartment  of  the  rumen. 

F.  Another  muscular  band. 

G  G.  The  external  coat  of  the  rumen. 

H.  The  entrance  to  the  rumen  cut  open,  and  its  opposite  part  reflected  Ijack,  so  as 

to  exhibit  an  internal  view  of  the  second  stomach. 
I.  The  external  coat  of  the  reticulum,  or  second  stomach. 
J  J  J  J.  The  muscular  pillars  forming  the  floor  of  the  CEsophagean  canal  whea 

close,  but  now  spread  open  to  show  the  second  stomach. 
K  K.  .\n  internal  view  of  the  reticulum,  or  second  stomach,  showing  its  peculiar 

honeycomb  structure. 
L  L.  The  continuation  of  the  oesophagean  canal  at    the  entrance  to   the   third 

stomach. 
M  M.  An  internal  view  of  the  maniplus,  or  third  stomach,  showing   its  peculiar 

folds  or  plaits. 
N  N.  The  fleshy  lips,  which  act  as  valves  to  guard  the  entrance  between  them  to 

the  fourth  stomach. 
O.  The  termination  of  the  oesophagean  canal. 
P  P.  The  external  coat  of  the  abomasum,  or  fourth  stomach. 
Q,  d.  The  internal  coat  of  the  abomasum,  or  fourth  stomach,  showing  its  folds. 

Both  these  coats  are  displayed  by  slitting  open  the  stomach  and  then  pinning 
the  duplications  together,  at  its  upper  part. 
R  R.  The  valve  formed  by  puckerings  of  the  internal  coat,  and  guarding  the  en- 
trance into  the  small  intestines. 
S.  The  internal  coat  of  the  small  intestines. 


oped.  It  is  globular  in  shape  and  somewhat  larger  than  the 
maniplus,  and  is  familiar  to  us  in  tripe,  not  only  from  its  cel- 
lular structure,  but  from  its  being  thicker  than  the  others. 
Its  internal  aspect  is  very  singular,  having  a  vast  number, 
indeed  several  hundred,  of  shallow  cells  somewhat  like  a 
honeycomb.  These  cells  are  much  smaller  at  the  part  of 
the  viscus  nearest  the  entrance,  and  gradually  increase  in  size 
from  this  point.  The  sides  of  these  cells  consist  of  ridges 
formed  by  the  mucous  and  cuticular  coats,  and  smaller  ridges 
are  also  observed  running  across  within  the  cells.  Most  of 
them  are  pentagonal,  but  many  have  six  sides,  and  on  their 
surface  we  observe  an  immense  number  of  sharp-pointed 
papillae  much  smaller  in  size  though  sharper  than  those  of 
the  rumen,  and  which  secrete  a  mucous  fluid.  This  viscus 
has  the  same  coats  as  the  rumen,  but  the  muscular  coat  has 
two  layers  of  strong  fibres  arranged  both  transversely  and 
longitudinally.  The  opening  into  this  stomach  is  of  some 
extent  compared  to  its  size  ;  the  duplications  or  lips  which 
form  it  are  indeed  the  floor  of  the  greater  portion  of  the  ceso- 
phagean  canal.  Though  in  the  ordinary  state  the  roof  or 
upper  part  of  the  reticulum  is  the  floor  of  the  oesophagean 
canal,  yet  if  air  is  pumped  into  the  cesophagus  so  as  to  dis- 


322  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

tend  the  stomachs,  the  situation  of  the  reticuhim  will  become 
reversed,  rising  up  towards  the  oesophagus  ;  and  thus  if  this 
viscus  is  disteiided  in  hoove,  as  from  its  free  communication 
with  the  rumen  it  probably  is,  it  must  press  upon  the  dia- 
phragm with  very  considerable  force,  greater  in  proportion 
even  that  the  rumen  itself  The  contents  of  this  stomach 
are  more  liquid  than  those  of  the  others. 

Somewhat  before  the  end  of  the  entrance  of  the  second, 
the  canal  terminates,  as  it  were,  in  the  third  stomach,  the 
maniplus  or  manifolds,  so  called  from  its  curious  internal 
structure,  which  is  formed  by  a  great  number  of  plaits  or 
folds  arranged  longitudinally  in  a  direction  from  the  entrance 
of  the  stomach ;  so  that  although  it  is  not  large,  externally 
not  exceeding  the  reticulum,  its  internal  surface  is  increased 
in  more  than  a  tenfold  degree.  These  plaits  are  very  cu- 
riously arranged,  being  in  the  form  of  seven  or  eight  groups 
of  six  leaves,  each  leaf  dissimilar  in  length,  the  longest  ex- 
tending almost  from  the  upper  to  the  lower  part  of  the  stom- 
ach. These  leaves  are  studded  with  numerous  small  papillae, 
much  harder  than  those  of  the  reticulum,  and  some  on  the 

edges  of  the  plaits  of  the  shape  of  a  bent  cone,  thus  /Y  , 

the  point  directed  towards  the  entrance.  It  has  been  found 
in  certain  cows  that  would  never  retain  their  food,  but  were 
continually  scouring,  that  these  plaits  were  unusually  short. 

The  maniplus  has  but  one  opening,  but  this  opening  is  in 
direct  communication  with  both  the  canal  and  the  fourth 
stomach,  as  may  be  seen  in  the  sketch,  page  320.  The 
plaits  are  studded  with  numerous  minute  papillae,  somewhat 
similar  to  those  found  in  the  reticulum.  The  maniplus  pos- 
sesses four  coats  like  the  others,  and  its  external  appearance 
is  globular.  Its  contents  are  generally  found  of  a  much 
harder  consistence  than  those  of  the  other  stomachs. 

This  stomach,  when  full,  is  found  above  the  oesophageal! 
canal,  forming,  indeed,  a  portion  of  its  roof,  and  its  longest 
leaves  fall  down,  as  it  were,  almost  into  that  canal. 

The  ahomasum,  as  the  fourth  stomach  is  called,  is,  in  fact, 
the  true  stomach,  being  that  which  secretes  the  gastric  juice 
by  which  the  food  is  converted  into  chyme.  It  is  this  pe- 
culiar acid  which  gives  it  the  power  of  coagulating  milk,  and 
in  calves  it  is  particularly  employed  for  this  purpose  in  the 
manufacture  of  cheese,  under  the  term  rennet. 


ORGANS   OF   DIGESTION.  323 

Externally  this  organ  is  somewhat  conical  in  shape,  its 
apex  being  the  part  which  joins  the  intestines.  It  possesses 
three  coats,  like  the  other  stomachs  ;  but  its  internal  surface 
is  very  different,  being  smooth  and  shining,  and  of  a  pale  red 
color.  Its  mucous  membrane  is,  indeed,  very  vascular,  and 
this  secretes  the  gastric  juice.  The  internal  surface  is  greatly 
increased,  and  exceeds  the  external,  by  being  in  the  form  of 
plaits,  arranged  longitudinally,  but  very  different  from  those 
found  in  the  maniplus.  The  entrance  to  this  stomach  (its 
cardiac  opening)  is  close  to  the  entrance  to  the  maniplus  ;  it 
is  arranged  somewhat  in  a  crescentic  form,  and  is  situated  at 
one  extremity  of  the  base,  whilst  the  pyloric  opening,  leading 
into  the  small  intestines,  is,  as  before  observed,  situated  at 
the  apex.  Having  thus  described  the  situation  and  appear- 
ance of  the  stomachs,  an  external  view  of  which  may  be  seen 
at  page  326,  we  must  return  to  the  consideration  of  the  course 
of  the  food  through  them. 

The  situation,  the  structure,  and  the  size  of  the  rumen 
point  it  out  as  the  first  and  general  receptacle  for  the  food, 
which  receives  in  the  mouth  only  sufficient  mastication  to 
enable  the  animal  to  swallow  it.  It  is  then  received  by  the 
rumen,  and  morsel  after  morsel  is  taken  until  this  viscus  is  com- 
paratively full.  The  animal  then  feels  some  repletion,  and 
rumination  usually  takes  place,  the  animal  generally  prefer- 
ring a  recumbent  posture.  It  has  been  shown,  however, 
that  it  is  not  the  food  just  taken,  but  that  which  has  been 
swallowed  some  twelve  or  sixteen  hours  previously,  that  un- 
dergoes the  ruminating  process.  The  food,  indeed,  is  turned 
and  shifted  about  the  stomach  by  its  muscular  action,  and 
well  mixed  with  the  fluid  secreted  by  its  internal  surface  : 
it,  of  course,  enters  at  first  the  superior  compartment,  from 
which  it  passes  to  the  inferior,  and  again  enters  the  former 
division  ere  rumination  takes  place.  A  tolerably  full  stom- 
ach is  necessary  for  the  act  ;  for  it  has  been  found  in  sheep 
that  had  fasted  for  several  days  that  a  tolerable  portion  of 
food  still  remained  in  the  rumen.  Before  rumination  can  take 
place  it  is  evident  that  the  food  must  rise  to  the  upper  part 
of  the  viscus  and  enter  the  oesophagean  canal.  What,  then, 
is  its  direction  ?  The  liquid  portion  passes  on  in  the  course 
of  the  canal ;  but  it  is  contended  by  some  physiologists  that 
the  second  stomach,  the  reticulum,  is  the  active  agent  in  ru- 
mination, and  that  the  food  enters  it  previous  to  its  being  re- 
turned to  the  mouth,  and  they  are  supported  in  this  opinion 


324  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

by  the  muscular  strength  possessed  by  this  viscus.  In  op- 
position to  this  opinion  it  may  be  urged  that  it  requires  but 
little  more  Ibrce  to  raise  the  food  to  the  root  of  the  oesopha- 
gus than  to  the  entrance  of  the  reticulum,  and  also,  that  the 
contents  of  the  second  stomach  are  of  a  more  fluid  nature 
than  those  of  the  first.  It  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  all  the  food 
taken  is  again  ruminated  ;  it  is  only  the  hard  indigestible 
portion  that  undergoes  the  process.  Rumination  is  assisted 
by  the  pressure  of  the  abdominal  muscles  and  the  diaphragm, 
and  the  larger  and  more  distended  the  stomachs  the  more 
likely  they  are  to  receive  assistance  from  these  aids.  Keep- 
ing these  facts  in  view,  we  are  inclined  to  believe  that  both 
the  first  and  second  stomach  may  have  equal  power  in  the 
process  of  rumination.  In  accordance  with  this  idea  we  must 
suppose  that  a  mass  of  food  is  raised  from  the  rumen  into  the 
oesophagean  canal,  that  the  hardest  and  driest  portion  is  se- 
lected by  the  root  of  the  oesophagus,  and  that  the  other  part 
passes  onwards,  and  whilst  some  portion  may  reach  the  third, 
the  great  part  will  fall,  as  it  were,  through  the  trap-door  into 
the  second  stomach,  there  to  undergo  a  further  macerating  or 
digesting  process.  When  this  viscus  is  moderately  full  it 
will  contract  on  its  contents,  and  first  squeeze  out  the  fluid 
portion,  which  will,  of  course,  pass  onwards  into  the  third 
and  fourth  stomachs,  whilst  the  solid  part  will  be  embraced 
by  the  oesophagus  and  returned  to  the  mouth. 

It  is  evident  that  the  functions  of  the  oesophagus  are  much 
more  onerous  than  in  non-ruminating  animals,  and  according- 
ly it  is  furnished  with  more  muscular  power ;  the  lower  por- 
tion particularly  is  surrounded  with  spiral  muscles,  by  which 
the  selected  pellet  is  first  sent  upwards. 

It  is  not  unlikely  that  some  portion  of  the  food  may  be 
submitted  two  or  more  times  to  the  process  of  rumination. 

It  is  probable  that  the  most  liquid  portion  of  the  food  at 
once  enters  the  fourth  stomach,  and  that  of  a  harder  nature 
the  maniplus.  The  singular  construction  of  this  viscus  evi- 
dently shows  that  it  must  eflfect  an  important  office,  and  it 
has  been  found  that  in  animals  which  through  life  have  never 
thriven  well,  notwithstanding  that  they  have  consumed  a  lar- 
ger quantity  of  food  than  other  beasts,  the  maniplus  has  been 
imperfectly  formed,  the  plaits  being  short  so  as  to  afford  con- 
siderably less  surface  than  usual.  The  use  of  this  stomach, 
therefore,  is  to  detain  the  food,  to  press  it  between  its  folds, 
and  to  soften  it  by  the  secretion  aflforded  by  its  extensive 


ORGANS   OF   DIGESTION.  325 

surface,  and  thus  to  prepare  it  for  the  action  of  the  gastric 
juice  in  the  fourth  stomach,  to  which  organ  we  now  trace  it. 

In  the  young  animal  living  entirely  on  its  mother's  milk, 
the  fourth  is  the  only  stomach  employed  ;  it  is,  therefore, 
then  fully  developed,  whilst  the  others  are  small  and  imper- 
fectly formed.  The  milk  contains  the  elements  of  nutri- 
tion in  a  much  more  perfect  state  than  it  exists  in  vegeta- 
ble food.  It  requires  but  a  little  separation  in  order  to  fit  it 
for  nutrition.  As  the  young  animal  gradually  becomes  in- 
ured to  other  food,  the  other  stomachs  become  more  devel- 
oped. By  the  time  the  food  reaches  the  abomasum  it  is  in  a 
macerated  pulpy  state,  and  fit  to  be  exposed  to  the  powerful 
solvent  action  of  the  gastric  juice.  This  fluid  is  secreted  in 
abundance  by  the  mucous  coat  of  the  fourth  stomach.  It  is 
a  peculiar  fluid,  acid  in  its  nature,  and  so  powerful  a  solvent 
that  it  has  been  known  after  death  to  dissolve  a  portion  of 
the  coats  of  the  stomach  itself.  It  has  in  its  composition 
hydrochloric  acid,  and  its  action  on  the  food  is  of  a  chemical 
nature,  converting  it  into  chyme  and  rendering  it  into  a  fit 
state  for  the  other  digestive  processes.  The  food  being  thus 
dissolved  passes  through  the  pyloric  opening  into  the  small 
intestines  ;  this  orifice  has  a  valve-like  construction  (see  p. 
320),  admitting  the  food  to  pass  in  one  direction  only,  and 
then  not  until  it  has  been  sufficiently  acted  on  by  the  gastric 
juice. 

The  small  intestines  are  of  considerable  length  in  the 
sheep,  being  upwards  of  sixty  feet.  In  the  human  subject 
it  is  customary  to  divide  them  into  three  portions,  and  they 
are  called  the  duodenum,  the  jejunum,  and  the  ileum.  These 
distinctions  are  arbitrary  even  in  man,  but  still  more  so  in 
the  sheep,  and,  in  fact,  cannot  be  properly  applied.  The 
first  portion  of  these  intestines  (the  duodenum  in  man)  dif- 
fers much  from  the  rest.  It  lies  comparatively  loose,  and 
on  opening  it  we  observe  a  yellow  substance,  which  is,  in 
fact,  the  bile,  which  enters  by  a  duct  or  very  small  tube 
some  eighteen  inches  from  the  stomach,  and  at  nearly  the 
same  place  another  fluid  flows  in  from  the  pancreas  or 
sweetbread.  These  fluids,  it  may  be  supposed,  exercise  an 
important  office  in  the  process  of  digestion,  and  the  early 
portion  of  the  small  guts  is  the  situation  where  the  admix- 
ture takes  place. 

The  liver  is  a  bulky  organ  whose  size,  general  appear- 
ance, and  shape  must  be  familiar  to  most  people.     Its  weight 

28 


326 


STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEF. 


EXTERNAL  VIEW  OF  THE  STOMACH  AND  INTESTINES 

Spread  apart  and  arranged  according  to  the  following  scale,  so  as  to  show  thcii 

actual  and  relative  size. 

1  font. 


ORGANS    OF    DIGESTION.  327 

DESCRIPTION    OF    THE    CUT. 

A  A.  The  msophagus. 

B  B  B  B.  The  rumen,  or  first  stomach,  showing  its  compartments. 

C.  The  reticulum,  or  second  stomach. 

D.  The  maniplus,  or  third  stomach. 

E.  The  abomasum,  or  fourth  or  true  stomach. 

F.  The  commencement  of  the  small  intestines  at  the  pyloric  orifice  of  the  stomach. 

G.  The  situation  where  the  biliary  duct  empties  its  contents  into  the  duodenum. 

H  H  H.  The  small  intestines  freed  from  the  mesentery,  and  arranged  evenly,  so  as 

to  show  their  length. 
I.  The  termination  of  the  small  and  beginning  of  the  large  intestines,  guarded  by  a 

valve. 
J  J.  The  colon,  or  first  large  intestine. 

K.  The  blind  extremity  of  the  colon,  by  some  termed  the  ccecum. 
L.  The  rectum,  or  straight  gut. 


in  sheep  is  about  one-fiftieth  that  of  the  carcase,  and  its  spe- 
cific gravity  is  somewhat  greater  than  water.  It  is  par- 
tially separated  into  divisions  or  lobes,  and  is  principally 
situated  towards  the  right  side.  Its  office  is  to  separate  the 
bile  from  the  venous  blood — that  which  has  circulated  through 
a  great  portion  of  the  body  and  is  on  its  way  to  the  lungs  to 
be  re-purified.  It  is  called  a  gland,  and  is,  in  fact,  a  fine 
sieve  or  filter,  having  the  power  of  separating  a  peculiar 
substance  from  the  blood  and  no  other.  It  is  supplied  with 
arterial  blood  for  its  own  nourishment,  but  by  means  of  a 
large  vein  called  the  vena  porta  it  is  furnished  with  venous 
blood  for  the  exercise  of  its  functions.  The  bile  being  thus 
separated,  is  then  conveyed  into  a  reservoir  attached  to 
the  liver  and  called  the  gall-bladder,  from  which  the  gall- 
duct  rises,  and  enters  the  intestine  about  eighteen  inches 
from  the  stomach.  Ruminating  animals,  in  common  with 
man  and  the  carnivora,  are  furnished  with  a  gall-bladder, 
whilst  horses  and  the  other  solid  ungulous  animals  do  not 
possess  them  ;  the  reason  being  that  in  the  latter  the  diges- 
tive process  is  continually  going  on,  and  therefore  a  constant 
supply  of  bile  is  essential,  while  in  the  former  the  food  is 
either  taken  in  distinct  meals,  as  in  man  and  the  carnivora, 
or  otherwise  the  ruminating  process  is  carried  on  and  re- 
newed at  different  periods,  as  in  sheep  and  cattle — in  either 
case  requiring  large  and  copious  supplies  of  bile  to  complete 
the  process  of  digestion.  It  must  be  evident  from  the  exist- 
ence of  the  gall-bladder  in  some  species  of  animals  and  its 
absence  in  others  that  the  bile  must  perform  an  important 
part  in  the  digestive  process.  One  of  its  functions  is  to 
neutralize  the  acidity  which  the  food  or  chyme  has  acquired 
in  the  stomach  by  means  of  the  gastric  juice,  and  thus  pre- 


328  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

pare  it  for  the  separation  of  the  chyle  which  may  be  seeii  on 
the  surface  of  the  food.  For  this  purpose  it  is  largely  sup- 
plied with  an  alkaline  fluid,  which  unites  chemically  with  the 
acid  of  the  chyme.  The  quantity  of  bile  secreted  by  the 
sheep  in  24  hours  is  very  considerable,  probably  from  3  lbs. 
to  5  lbs. ;  but  we  are  not  to  suppose  that  its  sole  use  is  that 
above  stated,  for  it  has  been  proved  that  the  bile  does  not 
pass  away  with  the  excrements,  but  is  again  taken  into  the 
S3^stem  to  perform  an  important  office  to  be  noticed  when  we 
speak  of  the  circulation.  Thus  the  liver  separates  that 
which  would  be  detrimental  to  the  blood,  and  it  supplies 
what  is  wanted  for  digestion  as  well  as  for  another  important 
process  in  respiration. 

Besides  the  bile  the  duodenum  receives  a  copious  supply 
of  fluid  of  a  thin  watery  nature  from  the  pancreas.  This 
fluid  closely  resembles  the  saliva,  and  its  principal  use  ap- 
pears to  be  to  liquify  the  contents  of  the  intestines. 

The  remaining  part  of  the  small  intestines  understood  un- 
der the  terms  jejunum  and  ileum  are  confined  to,  and  con- 
nected with,  the  spine  by  means  of  a  thin  transparent  mem- 
brane called  the  mesentery,  which  not  only  supports  the  in- 
testines, but  prevents  their  entanglement,  and  serves  as  the 
vehicle  by  means  of  which  the  arteries,  veins,  nerves,  and 
absorbent  vessels  are  transmitted  to  and  from  the  bowels. 
Amongst  these  there  are  some  very  minute,  though  very 
numerous  vessels  called  the  lacteals,  whose  office  it  is  to 
convey  the  chyle,  a  Avhite  milky  liquid  resembling  albumen, 
from  the  intestines  to  a  duct  termed  the  thoracic,  which 
passes  along  the  spine  and  terminates  in  a  large  vein  just 
previous  to  its  arrival  at  the  heart. 

The  composition  of  the  chyle  is  very  similar  to  the  blood, 
differing  from  it  in  little  more  than  the  absence  of  its  color- 
ing principles.  The  lacteals,  of  course,  open  into  the  inner 
coat  of  the  intestines,  and  the  greater  portion  of  the  chyle 
is  taken  from  the  food  in  the  small  intestines  and  in  the  ear- 
liest portion  of  them  in  the  greatest  degree.  The  small  in- 
testines are  remarkably  long  in  the  sheep,  exceeding,  indeed, 
sixty  feet,  and  this  great  length  renders  them  capable  of  con- 
taining much  more  than  the  large  guts. 

In  man,  the  large  intestines  are  distinguished  as  the  cmcum, 
the  colon,  and  the  rectum  ;  in  the  horse,  these  divisions  like- 
wise obtain,  and  with  much  more  propriety  than  the  artifi- 
cial distinctions  of  the  small  guts.      The  caecum  and  the 


THE  URINARY  AND  GENERATIVE  ORGANS.       329 

colon  in  the  horse  commence  almost  close  to  each  other, 
but  the  former  is  a  blmd  gut,  having  but  one  entrance. 
The  sheep,  however,  can  scarcely  be  said  to  possess  a 
caecum,  unless  we  term  the  blind  portion  of  the  colon 
by  that  name  ;  for  the  fact  is,  the  small  intestines  terminate 
in  the  large  at  a  right  angle  with  them  (see  I.  in  cut  p.  120), 
and  the  blind  portion  extends  about  a  foot  in  one  direction 
from  this  angle  and  maintains  its  size  for  the  space  of  two 
feet. 

The  termination  of  the  small  intestines  in  the  large  de- 
serves particular  notice.  The  internal  membrane  of  the 
former  projects  into  the  latter  so  as  to  form  a  sort  of  valve, 
which,  admitting  the  faeces  to  pass  forwards,  effectually  pre- 
vents their  passing  backwards,  and  thus,  too,  prevents  the 
effects  of  clysters  operating-  beyond  the  large  intestines. 
The  diameter  of  the  colon  is  about  treble  thai  of  the  small 
intestines,  but  this  increased  size  only  reaches  the  extent 
of  three  feet,  when  the  intestine  gradually  diminishes  to 
about  the  size  of  the  small  guts,  and  so  continues  for  about 
nine  feet,  when  it  enlarges  about  a  foot  prior  to  its  termina- 
tion. This  latter  portion  may  be  termed  the  rectum  without 
impropriety.  Soon  after  the  large  intestines  become  narrow, 
the  faeces  gradually  become  hard,  and  acquire  the  form  of 
small  black,  balls,  in  which  state  they  are  dropped. 

The  chyle,  we  have  observed,  is  principally  absorbed  from 
that  portion  of  the  small  intestines  termed  the  ileum ;  there 
is  little  or  none  remaining  by  the  time  the  faeces  reach  the 
large  intestines,  but  the  fluid  absorbed  from  these  guts  is 
principally  of  a  watery  nature. 

THE    URINARY    AND    GENERATIVE    ORGANS. 

The  urine  is  separated  from  the  arterial  blood  by  means 
of  the  kidneys,  which  are  two  large  glands  shaped  like  a 
bean,  situated  within  the  abdomen,  but  attached  firmly  to  the 
loins.  These  glands  are  largely  supplied  with  blood  by  im- 
portant arteries  ;  and  the  urine  being  separated  as  by  a  filter 
enters  two  long  white  ducts  termed  the  ureters,  one  of  which 
rises  from  the  pelvis  or  central  notch  of  each  kidney,  and 
passes  on  to  the  bladder,  whose  coats  are  pierced  in  an  ob- 
lique direction  (which,  forming  a  sort  of  valve,  prevents  the 
urine  returning)  not  very  far  from  its  extremity  or  fundus.* 

*  The  urine  of  the  sheep  is  much  less  copious  than  that  of  the  cow, 
28* 


330  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

The  bladder  is  situated  partly  in  the  pelvis  and  partly  in 
the  abdomen,  the  latter  part  being  comparatively  free,  whilst 
the  former  is  closely  attached  to  the  pelvis.  The  shape  of 
the  bladder  is  too  well  known  to  need  description.  It  be- 
comes smaller  as  it  approaches  its  posterior  part,  where  it 
contracts  and  forms  the  neck  just  prior  to  its  opening  into  a 
canal  called  the  urethra.  The  bladder,  although  apparently 
so  thin,  yet  has  three  coats,  the  middle  one  of  which  is  mus- 
cular and  possesses  the  power  of  contracting  so  as  to  expel 
the  whole  of  its  contents  when  required,  and  the  opening  is 
usually  kept  closed  by  a  sphincter  or  circular  muscle,  which 
relaxes  when  the  bladder  is  being  emptied.  The  urethra  in 
the  ewe  is  very  short,  a  few  inches  only  in  length,  and  it  is 
guarded  by  muscles  which  are  employed  both  in  expelling 
the  urine  and  in  the  act  of  procreation. 

In  the  ram  the  urethra  is  of  considerably  greater  length, 
extending  the  whole  length  of  the  penis  ;  it  forms  an  acute 
angle  at  the  perineum,  just  under  the  anus.  The  penis  is  a 
muscular  organ,  having  a  very  curious  structure,  which  ena- 
bles it  to  receive  at  times  a  considerably  increased  quantity 
of  blood,  which  causes  the  erection  of  the  organ  and  fits  it 
for  the  purpose  of  generation.  Its  usual  state,  however,  is 
flaccid,  when  its  use  is  confined  to  the  ejection  of  the  urine. 

The  vagina  and  uterus,  or  womb  or  lamb-bag,  lies  between 
the  rectum  above  and  the  bladder  below,  and  though  much 
within  the  pelvis  in  their  ordinary  state,  yet  when  pregnant 
they  rise  into  the  abdomen  to  a  great  extent.  The  vagina, 
which  commences  a  few  inches  within  the  body,  is  a  cylin- 

and,  though  less  abounding  m  substances  containing  nitrogen,  possesses 
a  larger  proportion  of  salts.  The  following  is  an  analysis  of  100000 
parts  by  weight : — 

Water 96000 

Urea,    along   with   some    albumen    and    coloring 

matter 2800 

Salts  of  potash,  soda,  lime,  and  magnesia,   with 

traces  of  silica,  alumina,  iron,  and  manganese     .  1200 


100000 
This  gives  4  per  cent,  more  water  than  the  urine  of  cows,  than  which  it 
is  less  fertilizing  to  the  soil,  if  the  latter  is  properly  prepared ;  but  the 
dung  of  sheep  is  much  more  nutritious  than  that  of  cows,  and  the  urine 
likewise,  when  dropped  on  pasture  land,  is  more  serviceable,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  small  quantity  deposited  at  a  time,  and  the  less  proportion 
of  caustic  ammonia  contained,  so  that  it  does  not  render  the  herbage 
rank,  as  is  the  well-known  effect  of  the  fresh  urine  from  cows. 


THE    URINARY    AND    GENERATIVE    ORGANS,  331 

drical  cavity  several  inches  in  length,  and  opens  into  the 
uterus  by  a  round  opening  called  the  mouth  of  the  womb, 
which  is  naturally  open,  but  becomes  closed  after  impregna- 
tion. Its  shape  corresponds  with  the  extremity  of  the  penis, 
and  these  parts  come  into  contact  in  the  act  of  coition.  The 
womb  consists  of  a  body  and  two  branches  or  horns.  It  has 
the  same  number  of  coats  as  the  bladder,  but  they  are  much 
stouter  and  more  so  than  those  of  the  vagina.  Attached  to 
the  extremity  of  each  horn  by  a  membranous  substance  are 
two  red  bodies  called  the  ovaries,  each  of  which  consists  of 
a  number  of  ova  or  eggs,  the  germs  of  the  offspring,  one  of 
which  on  being  impregnated  escapes  into  the  uterus,  and 
thus,  in  the  course  of  time,  becomes  a  young  animal ;  some- 
times, indeed,  two  or  even  three  ova  may  be  impregnated, 
and  twins  or  triplets  are  produced. 

The  testicles,  or  stones,  as  they  are  commonly  termed,  are 
two  oval  glands  situated  in  the  scrotum,  a  sort  of  bag  formed 
by  the  skin  and  two  membranes  within,  which  are  so  dis- 
posed as  to  form  two  separate  cavities,  each  containing  a 
testicle.  The  testicles  are  first  formed  in  the  abdomen  of 
the  foetus,  and  each  possesses  a  covering  closely  attached  to 
the  gland.  They  escape  from  the  abdomen  through  the 
openings  called  the  abdominal  rings  and  take  with  them  por- 
tions of  the  peritoneum,  the  membrane  which  lines  the  abdo- 
men and  its  contents  ;  thus  it  is  that  they  possess  two  coats 
besides  the  skin.  The  abdominal  rings  remain  open  after- 
wards, contrary  to  what  takes  place  in  the  human  subject, 
so  that  a  fluid  can  be  injected  from  the  scrotum  into  the  ab- 
domen, and  thus  it  is  that  sometimes  after  the  operation  of 
castration  inflammation  takes  place  and  spreads  upwards 
into  the  belly  and  destroys  the  lamb.  In  those  cases  where 
portions  of  the  intestines  are  found  in  the  scrotum  they  es- 
cape from  the  abdomen,  together  with  the  testicle,  and  the 
case  is  denominated  congenital  hernia.  The  testicles  are 
also  each  connected  with  the  belly  by  means  of  the  sper- 
matic cord,  which  consists  of  a  long  slender  muscle,  nerves, 
veins,  arteries,  and  a  strong  hollow  tube  called  the  spermatic 
duct.  It  is  the  latter  which  conveys  the  seminal  fluid  se-- 
creted  by  the  singular  structure  of  the  testicle  into  the  ure- 
thra, where,  after  mixing  with  other  secretions  from  some 
small  glands,  it  is  forcibly  ejected  by  the  muscles  of  the 
penis  in  the  act  of  copulation. 

The  testicles  are  very  large  in  proportion  to  the  size  of 


33S  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

the  animal,  and  are  in  keeping  with  the  powerful  seminal 
powers  possessed  by  the  ram,  and  which  enable  him  when 
lull  grown  to  serve  properly  eighty  ewes  or  upwards. 

THE    CONTEXTS    OF    THE    CHEST. 

The  mouth  in  the  horse  is  almost  entirely  devoted  to  the 
office  of  mastication.  It  is  separated  from  the  cavity  of  the 
nostrils  by  a  loose  fleshy  membrane  called  the  velum  palati, 
which  is  confined  to  the  bone  above  by  a  semicircular  bor- 
der, and  falls  downwards  and  backwards  so  as  to  prevent,  in 
a  natural  state,  any  communication  between  the  windpipe 
and  the  mouth.  The  sheep  likewise  possesses  this  velum 
palati,  but  it  is  not  so  long,  and  therefore  permits  this  animal 
to  respire  through  the  mouth  as  well  as  the  nostrils.  The 
importance  of  this  construction  is  seen  in  the  process  of  ru- 
mination, and  also  accounts  for  the  horse  vomiting  through 
the  nostrils,  on  those  few  occasions  when  this  animal  has 
been  known  to  vomit.  The  nostrils,  however,  are  the  prin- 
cipal channel  through  which  the  air  passes  to  and  from  the 
lungs.  Their  entrance  is  comparatively  small  and  confined  ; 
the  sheep  does  not  require  so  extensive  a  supply  of  air  as 
other  animals  that  are  called  upon  to  make  considerable  ex- 
ertions. The  cavity  of  the  nostrils  is  divided  into  two  com- 
partments by  a  thick  cartilaginous  substance,  termed  by 
anatomists  the  septum  nasi,  fixed  to  the  nasal  in  front,  and 
behind  to  the  maxillary  bones.  This  cartilage,  as  well  as 
the  other  parts  of  the  nostrils,  is  lined  by  a  fine  delicate 
membrane  which  secretes  a  mucus  for  its  protection.  It  is 
indeed  an  inflammation  of  this  membrane  which  constitutes 
a  catarrh  or  cold,  and  an  increase  of  its  natural  mucous  se- 
cretion is  the  discharge  from  the  nose  which  is  visible  in 
this  disease.  This  membrane  is  called  the  Schneiderian, 
from  the  name  of  its  discoverer,  as  well  as  the  pituitary,  and 
it  is  endowed  with  a  high  degree  of  sensibility,  which  it  de- 
rives from  an  abundant  supply  of  sensitive  nerves  ;  it  is  also 
the  principal  seat  of  the  sense  of  smelling,  and  for  this  pur- 
pose the  nerve  devoted  to  this  function  is  spread  out  on  its 
surface.  This  membrane  also  covers  four  curious  bones, 
thin  and  gauze-like  in  their  structure,  and  rolled  up  like  a  tur- 
ban, so  that  they  are  termed  turbinated,  and  attached  to  the 
chambers  of  the  nostrils.  These  greatly  extend  the  surface 
on  which  the  nerve  of  smell  is  diflfused,  and  consequently 


CONTENTS  OF  THE  CHEST.  333 

increases  the  function  of  this  sense,  which  sheep  enjoy  in 
a  very  high  degree.  The  nostrils  at  the  upper  and  back 
part  terminate  in  a  cartilaginous  box  called  the  larynx,  which 
is  situated  immediately  beneath  the  pharynx  or  food-bag,  so 
that  food,  in  passing  into  the  latter,  traverses  the  entrance  of 
the  former,  which,  however,  it  is  prevented  from  entering 
by  a  triangular  lid  called  the  epiglottis :  this  lid  in  its  usual 
state  is  elevated  from  the  glottis  or  entrance  of  the  larynx, 
so  as  to  admit  the  free  entrance  and  exit  of  the  air,  but  the 
passage  of  food  forces  it  down  so  as  to  close  the  entrance 
of  the  windpipe.  The  larynx  is  formed  by  four  separate 
cartilages  besides  the  epiglottis  just  spoken  of  One  is 
shaped  like  a  shield,  and  forms  the  front  of  the  larynx  and 
great  portion  of  its  sides.  Another  below  this  is  circular, 
and  two  other  smaller  ones,  shaped  like  an  ewer,  forms  the 
rims  on  which  the  epiglottis  shuts  down.  The  larynx  is 
lined  throughout  by  a  mucous  membrane,  which  is  endowed 
with  a  high  degree  of  sensibility,  particularly  at  its  upper 
portion  ;  and  thus  when  any  foreign  body  accidentally  en- 
ters, or  the  mucus  is  in  undue  quantity,  it  excites  the  mem- 
brane, and  coughing  is  produced,  by  which  it  is  expelled. 
The  idndpipe  consists  of  a  number  of  cartilaginous  rings 
connected  together  by  elastic  membrane  so  as  to  form  a  con- 
tinuous tube  passing  down  the  front  part  of  the  neck,  and 
entering  the  chest  between  the  two  first  ribs.  The  rings  are 
not  completely  cartilaginous,  but  the  circle  is  made  up  of 
membrane,  the  membranous  part  being  on  the  upper  portion 
of  the  tube.  This  structure  permits  the  windpipe  to  be  bent 
in  any  direction  or  compressed  without  injury,  its  elasticity 
quickly  restoring  it  to  its  former  shape,  or  position.  The 
windpipe,  on  entering  the  chest,  divides  into  two  portions, 
going  to  each  division  of  the  lungs  ;  and  these  subdivide  into 
others,  which  again  ramify  into  numerous  small  tubes,  which 
ultimately  terminate  in  very  minute  air-cells.  The  lungs, 
which  receive  these  terminations,  form  by  far  the  greater 
portion  of  the  contents  of  the  chest,  which,  however,  it  will 
be  proper  to  describe  first. 

The  chest  of  the  sheep,  in  common  with  most  quadrupeds, 
is  unlike  that  of  the  human  body,  becoming  narrow  towards 
the  lower  part  and  terminating  like  the  keel  of  a  ship  ;  a 
form  more  favorable  to  the  flexion  and  extension  of  the  fore- 
legs, as  well  as  of  the  shoulder-blades,  than  any  other. 
This  keel-like  form  is,  however,  much  less  developed  in  the 


334  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

sheep  than  in  the  horse  and  many  other  quadrupeds.  The 
upper  part  of  the  chest  is  formed  by  the  spine  or  back-bone, 
the  sides  by  the  ribs,  and  the  lower  and  front  part  by  the 
sternum  or  breast-bone.  The  number  of  ribs  varies  in  dif- 
ferent animals  ;  in  man  there  are  twelve,  in  the  horse  eigh- 
teen, but  in  the  sheep  there  are  only  thirteen  pair.  Each 
rib  possesses  two  heads  or  protuberances,  each  of  which  is 
connected  by  a  joint  with  two  vertebrae  or  bones  of  the  back, 
and  to  the  breast  bone  by  means  of  cartilage.  The  sternum 
or  breast-bone,  in  young  animals,  is  chiefly  cartilaginous, 
and  may  be  separated  into  eight  pieces  ;  it  afterwards  be- 
comes divisible  into  four  only,  and  with  age  is  consolidated 
into  one.  The  ribs  are  externally  convex,  and  are  divided 
into  the  true  and  false  ;  the  former  being  situated  anterior  to 
the  others,  and  immediately  connected  with  the  sternum, 
whilst  the  latter  are  implanted  into  each  other  at  their  carti- 
laginous extremities,  and  are  only  connected  with  the  breast 
bone  by  means  of  the  true  ribs.  Their  connexion  with  the 
spine,  by  means  of  a  double  joint,  affords  to  the  ribs  a  mo- 
tion backwards  and  forwards,  by  which  means  the  cavity  of 
the  chest  is  enlarged  or  diminished.  This  motion,  however, 
is  considerably  less  in  quadrupeds  than  in  man,  for  in  the  lat- 
ter the  rising  and  falling  of  the  chest  is  seen  in  common 
respiration,  whilst  in  the  former  it  is  not  perceived,  unless 
the  breathing  be  embarrassed.  The  ribs  are  connected  to- 
gether by  fleshy  substance,  termed  the  intercostal  muscles, 
which  are  disposed  in  an  oblique  course,  by  which  means 
their  length  considerably  exceeds  that  of  the  space  between, 
one  rib  and  another,  so  that  a  contraction  of  one-third  their 
length  will  bring  the  ribs  together,  which  could  not  be  the 
case  if  the  muscles  took  the  shortest  course  from  one  rib  to 
another. 

The  chest  is  separated  from  the  abdomen  or  belly  by  a 
very  singular  and  important  muscle,  called  the  diaphragm  or 
midriff,  which  is  convex  towards  the  chest  when  in  a  state 
of  rest.  This  muscle  is  shaped  somewhat  like  a  fan,  and  is 
attached  to  the  inferior  extremities  of  the  ribs  and  the  spine, 
by  which  means  its  position  is  rendered  oblique,  its  develop- 
ment more  extended,  and  its  action  greater  than  it  would 
otherwise  have  been.  The  diaphragm,  unlike  every  other 
muscle,  is  fleshy  at  its  circumference  and  tendinous  at  its 
centre.  The  reason  of  this  peculiar  construction  may  be 
thus  explained  : — the  central  part  of  the  diaphragm  is  pierced 


•THE   BLOOD   AND   ITS   CIRCULATION.  835 

with  two  holes,  for  the  passage  of  the  oesophagus  (the  tube 
which  conveys  food  to  the  stomach)  and  the  vein  which 
conveys  the  blood  to  the  liver  for  the  secretion  of  bile. 
Now,  if  these  important  vessels  were  surrounded  with  mus- 
cular substance,  they  would  be  forcibly  compressed  every 
time  the  diaphragm  contracted,  and  would  in  consequence 
be  liable  to  considerable  injury  ;  but  being  surrounded  with 
tendinous  substance,  which  possesses  no  such  power  of  con- 
traction, all  danger  of  compression  is  at  once  removed,  with- 
out any  sacrifice  of  strength  or  power  in  the  muscle.  The 
diaphragm,  when  in  a  quiescent  state,  is  convex  towards  the 
chest,  and  when  in  action  it  becomes  flat,  thus  enlarging  the 
cavity  of  the  chest. 

The  thorax  is  everywhere  lined  internally  by  a  thin  se- 
rous membrane,  which  secretes  a  fluid  by  which  the  sur- 
face of  the  cavity  is  lubricated,  and  its  contents  are  enabled 
to  glide  upon  each  other  without  occasioning  any  friction  or 
inconvenience.  This  membrane  is  called  the  pleura,  and 
the  portion  which  lines  the  chest  itself  is  designated  the 
pleura  costalis,  while  that  which  covers  the  lungs  is  distin- 
guished as  the  pleura  pulmonalis.  This  membrane  divides 
the  chest  into  three  cavities,  one  on  the  right  side  containing 
the  right  lung,  and  the  other  two  on  the  left  side,  the  smaller 
of  which  contains  the  heart  and  the  larger  the  left  lung. 

The  right  lung  is  thus  the  largest,  and  consists  of  three 
lobes  or  divisions,  whilst  the  left  lung  only  contains  two. 
These  divisions  of  the  chest  do  not  communicate  with  each 
other,  so  that  if  one  cavity  is  injured,  or  air  is  admitted  into 
it,  respiration  can  be  carried  on  in  the  other. 

The  lungs  are  light  spongy  bodies,  their  specific  gravity 
being  one-half  less  than  water.  They  are  composed  of  the 
air-cells  before  spoken  of,  the  bronchial  tubes  connected 
with  them,  and  a  vast  number  of  arteries,  veins,  and  absorb- 
ent vessels,  the  whole  being  connected  together  by  cellular 
substance,  or  parenchyma  as  it  is  termed  :  thus  constituted, 
the  lungs  are  closely  packed  away  in  the  cavity  of  the  chest, 
filling  every  part  of  it,  so  as  to  leave  no  vacant  space  what- 
ever. 

THE    BLOOD    AND    ITS    CIRCULATION. 

The  blood  is  by  far  the  most  important  fluid  in  the  animal 
machine  :  it  stimulates  the  heart  to  contract,  secretes  and 
nourishes  the  various  organs  of  the  body,  and  supplies  it 


336  STRUCTURE   OF  THE   SHEEP. 

with  heat ;  and  although  it  is  the  source  whence  other  fluids 
are  obtained,  it  is  yet  a  fluid  sui  generis,  differing  from  all 
others.  Soon  after  it  is  drawn  from  the  body  it  coagulates, 
and  then  separates  into  two  parts  :  the  serum,  a  watery,  col- 
orless fluid,  which  floats  on  the  top,  and  the  crassamentum, 
which  appears  of  a  firm  consistency  and  a  red  color.  The 
serum  is  a  peculiar  fluid,  and  may  be  separated  into  its  con- 
stituent principles.  If  subjected  to  a  temperature  of  150®, 
a  portion  is  converted  into  a  substance  resembling  albumen 
or  the  white  of  an  egg ;  the  other  portion  remains  fluid  and 
is  termed  the  serosity  of  the  blood,  and  is  that  which  consti- 
tutes the  gravy  in  meat.  The  serum  contains  several  salts 
in  solution,  the  most  abundant  of  which  is  soda.  The 
crassamentum  is  likewise  divisible  into  two  portions  :  the 
cruor,  w  hich  gives  to  the  blood  its  purple  hue  ;  and  the 
lymph,  which  is  more  solid  in  its  nature,  and  is  considered 
the  basis  of  the  coagulum.  The  latter  can  be  separated  from 
the  former  by  washing,  and  likewise  separates  when  the 
blood  is  a  long  time  coagulating,  in  which  case  the  red  por- 
tion of  the  blood,  being  the  heaviest,  falls  to  the  bottom  of 
the  vessel,  leaving  the  lymph  on  the  top.  The  cruor,  or 
red  portion  of  the  blood,  has  been  found,  on  being  submitted 
to  a  microscope,  to  be  composed  of  globules,  which  are  sup- 
posed to  be  each  about  the  three  or  four  thousandth 
part  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  It  is  therefere  to  these  glo- 
bules that  the  blood  owes  its  redness  ;  but  the  intensity  of 
the  color  is  subject  to  great  variation,  being  darker  in  animals 
that  are  poorly  fed,  or  when  exposed  to  carbonic  acid,  and 
becoming  more  florid  in  others  that  are  well  fed,  and  also 
when  exposed  to  oxygen,  or  to  atmospheric  air. 

The  other  part  of  the  crassamentum,  the  lymph,  which  from 
its  nature  is  also  called  the  fihrine,  is,  in  fact,  the  most  im- 
portant of  all ;  for  it  is  that  which  mainly  supplies  the  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  body,  particularly  the  muscles,  with  nu- 
triment, and  repairs  wounds  and  fractures  in  an  extraordinary 
manner.  Unlike  the  cruor,  it  exists  in  the  blood  of  all  ani- 
mals, and  in  every  part  of  the  system.  Some  animals  have 
entirely  white  blood,  the  cruor  being  absent ;  and  in  red- 
blooded  animals  there  are  some  portions  of  the  body,  such 
as  the  white  of  the  eye,  where  the  vessels  are  so  small  that 
they  do  not  admit  the  red  globules.  The  specific  gravity  of 
blood  rather  exceeds  that  of  water  ;  but  venous  blood  is 
somewhat  heavier  than  arterial.     The  temperature  of  the 


THE   BLOOD    Ais'D    ITS    CIRCULATION.  337 

blood  varies  in  different  animals  ;  in  man  it  is  90*^,  but  in 
the  sheep  nearly  100°.  It  is  rather  warmer  in  the  arteries 
than  in  the  veins,  and  is  liable  to  variation  from  disease,  it 
having  been  found  in  severe  inflammations  to  be  raised 
7*^  in  man,  and  in  the  cold  fit  of  agues  4°  lower  than  in  a 
state  of  health.  It  is,  however,  but  slightly  raised  or  de- 
pressed by  external  temperature.  It  was  not  till  compara- 
tively a  recent  date  that  the  blood  has  been  considered  to 
possess  vitality,  which,  however,  is  now  generally  acknow- 
ledged. The  vitality  and  fluidity  of  the  blood  are  intimately 
associated  ;  in  fact,  its  coagulation,  when  removed  from  the 
body,  constitutes  its  death.  The  time  in  which  this  is  ta- 
king place  is  different  in  different  animals,  and  is  influenced 
by  various  circumstances.  In  strong  animals,  such  as  the 
horse,  it  is  longer  than  in  such  weak  animals  as  the  sheep  : 
in  the  former  it  is  often  as  long  as  fifteen  minutes  ;  and  if 
the  body  be  in  a  state  of  plethora,  the  vital  power  being  too 
highly  developed,  the  death  of  the  blood  is  much  longer  re- 
sisted. In  these  cases  coagulation  is  delayed,  and,  in  con- 
sequence, the  red  portion  of  the  blood,  being  the  heaviest, 
falls  to  the  bottom  of  the  vessel,  and  the  fibrine  remains  at 
the  top,  constituting  the  huffy  coat  of  inflammation.  This 
separation,  when  arising  from  the  above  cause,  takes  place 
long  before  the  serum  is  developed.  The  coagulation  of  the 
blood  has  been  endeavored  to  be  accounted  for  without  suc- 
cess ;  it  was  held  by  some  that  it  was  produced  by  the  ces- 
sation of  its  motion  ;  but  it  has  been  found  that  if  stirred  in 
a  vessel  it  will  coagulate  quicker  than  before.  It  was 
thought  that  exposure  to  the  atmosphere  was  the  cause  ;  but 
it  has  been  known  to  coagulate  in  a  vacuum,  and  likewise 
in  the  body  when  a  vein  has  been  tied.  It  was  next  con- 
ceived that  it  was  caused  by  the  low  temperature  to  which 
it  is  exposed ;  but  it  has  been  ascertained  that  it  will  coag- 
ulate quicker  if  the  temperature  is  either  higher  or  lower 
than  natural ;  but  if  so  low  as  to  freeze  the  blood,  it  will  not 
coagulate  when  afterwards  thawed.  These  experiments 
show  that  the  blood  is  analogous  to  no  other  fluid,  and  that 
coagulation  cannot  be  owing  to  physical  causes,  but  can  be 
explained  only  by  reference  to  its  vitality. 

Although  the  blood  will  coagulate  in  the  body  if  obstructed, 
yet  there  is  a  considerable  difference  between  this  state  and 
its  coagulation  out  of  the  body.     In  the  former  instance  co 
agulation  is  longer  occurring,  new  vessels  are  thrown  into 

29 


338  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

its  substance,  and  it  becomes  organized.  So,  likewise,  if  a 
part  be  wounded,  the  divided  vessels  throw  out  clots  of 
blood,  which  adhere  to  the  surface  of  the  wound  ;  the  red 
particles  become  absorbed,  the  glutinous  fibrine  organized, 
and  the  breach  is  thus  gradually  restored.  Thus  we  see 
how  important  it  is  that  the  blood  should  possess  its  peculiar 
properties,  its  state  of  fluidity,  and  its  disposition  to  coagu- 
late :  if  the  former  did  not  exist,  the  blood  would  be  ob- 
structed in  the  capillary  vessels,  and  the  vital  functions 
could  not  be  carried  on  ;  and  if  deprived  of  its  coagulating 
property,  no  wounds  could  heal,  or  loss  of  substance  be  re- 
stored, but  the  most  trifling  cut  would  be  the  precursor  of 
death. 

The  quantity  of  blood  contained  in  the  body  is  very  dif- 
ficult to  ascertain  ;  for  if  an  animal  be  bled  to  death,  a  good 
deal  will  still  remain  in  the  blood-vessels.  It  has,  however, 
been  estimated  to  be  about  one-fifth  the  weight  of  the  body ; 
and  of  this,  about  three-fourths  are  contained  in  the  veins, 
and  one-fourth  in  the  arteries.  In  young  animals  there  is 
more  than  in  old  ones,  as  in  them  the  body  must  not  only  be 
sustained,  but  increased  in  size.  It  is  likewise  more  abun- 
dant in  wild  animals  than  in  tame  ones,  and  in  proportion  to 
the  vigor  of  the  animal. 

The  Heart  is  a  strong  hollow  muscle,  of  a  conical  shape, 
with  its  base  towards  the  spine,  and  its  apex  towards  the 
left  side,  against  which  it  is  thrown  at  every  contraction. 
It  is  double,  having  a  right  and  left  side,  the  former  contain- 
ing black,  and  the  latter  red  blood  ;  the  right  side  is  the 
thinnest  and  weakest,  being  devoted  to  the  lesser  office  of 
the  circulation  of  the  lungs  :  the  left  the  stoutest,  having  to 
govern  the  general  circulation  of  the  system.  Each  of 
these  halves  consists  of  two  cavities,  an  auricle  and  a  ven- 
tricle ;  the  former,  which  derives  \\s  name  from  its  resem- 
blance to  a  dog's  ear,  is  considerably  thinner  than  the  latter, 
and  is  situated  towards  the  base.  The  heart  is  formed  prin- 
cipally of  fleshy  fibres,  connected  together  by  cellular  tis- 
sue, whence  it  obtains  its  elasticity  ;  and  its  surfaces,  both 
internal  and  external,  are  lined  by  a  transparent  membrane. 
The  blood  is  prevented  from  moving  in  a  retrograde  course 
by  means  of  a  number  of  valves  :  there  are  three  in  the 
left  ventricle,  the  edges  of  which  are  connected  by  tendi- 
nous cords  [cord<B  tendina>)  to  small  fleshy  eminences  on  the 
inside  of  the  ventricle,   called    carnecs    coIujiiikb,  or   fleshy 


THE    BLOOD    AND    ITS    CIRCULATION.  339 

columns.  These  tendinous  cords  are  more  numerous  in  the 
valves  of  the  left  ventricle  than  in  the  other  parts,  and  be- 
ing supposed,  with  the  valves,  to  resemble  a  mitre,  are 
named  mitral  valves.  There  are  valves  also  in  the  right 
ventricle  for  similar  purposes,  which  are  named  tricuspid, 
or  three  pointed ;  also  in  the  great  artery,  or  aorta,  and  in 
the  pulmonary  artery,  where,  having  no  cords,  and  resem- 
bling, or  supposed  to  do  so,  a  half-moon,  they  are  named 
semilunar.  The  heart  is  enclosed  in  a  strong  membranous 
bag,  which  is  named  pericardium,  and  this  encloses  also  the 
trunks  of  the  veins  and  arteries,  as  well  as  the  appendages 
or  auricles. 

The  heart  is  a  muscle,  but,  unlike  other  muscles,  it  is  in- 
voluntary, being  altogether  independent  of  the  will,  and  is 
for  this  purpose  supplied  by  a  peculiar  set  of  nerves.  It  is 
also  furnished  abundantly  with  blood  for  its  support,  by 
means  of  arteries  which  are  the  first  that  are  given  off ;  and 
these  arteries  are  accompanied  by  veins  for  the  return  of 
the  blood  to  its  proper  receptacle. 

THE    CIRCULATION    OF    THE    BLOOD 

is  one  of  the  most  important  processes  in  the  animal 
economy  :  when  suspended  for  a  few  moments,  a  state  of 
insensibility  is  produced,  and  if  this  suspension  continues  a 
little  longer,  death  quickly  supervenes. 

The  heart,  we  have  seen,  consists  of  two  halves  or  sides, 
the  right  being  devoted  to  the  pulmonary  circulation.  The 
right  auricle  receives  from  a  large  vein,  called  the  vena 
cava,  the  blood  which  has  travelled  throughout  the  system  ; 
whence  it  passes,  by  the  action  of  the  heart,  into  the  right 
ventricle,  which  by  its  contraction  forces  it  into  a  large 
vessel  called  the  pulmonary  artery.  Thence  the  blood  is 
sent  into  the  lungs  and  ramifies  throughout  its  minute  ves- 
sels, where  it  is  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  inspired  air, 
and  becomes,  by  means  we  shall  afterwards  speak  of,  red- 
dened and  purified.  This  process  being  accomplished,  the 
blood  passes  into  minute  vessels,  which,  coalescing,  become 
the  pulmonary  veins,  and  through  them  the  blood  again  re- 
turns to  the  heart ;  thus  finishing  the  circuit  of  the  pulmo- 
nary circulation. 

The  left  auricle  receives  the  purified  blood  from  the  pul- 
monary veins,  forces  it  into  the  left  ventricle,  which,  con- 
tracting, sends  the  vital  fluid  into  a  large   strong  vessel 


340  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SUEEP. 

called  the  aorta,  whence  it  enters  smaller  arteries,  to  be  dis- 
tributed throughout  the  whole  system.  The  remote  divis- 
ions of  the  arteries  are  called  the  capillary  vessels,  and  in 
ihem  the  blood,  after  having  accomplished  its  purposes  and 
conveyed  nourishment  to  all  parts,  becomes  black  and  im- 
pure, and  in  this  state  enters  the  capillary  veins,  which,  con- 
joining and  increasing  in  size  and  diminishing  in  number, 
convey  the  blood  again  to  the  right  auricle  of  the  heart. 
Just  before  it  enters  the  heart  it  receives  a  supply  of  chyle, 
which,  as  we  have  before  observed,  is  extracted  from  the 
food,  absorbed  by  certain  small  vessels  called  lacteals,  and 
conveyed  by  a  specific  channel  to  the  heart.  Such,  then,  is 
the  circle,  or  rather  the  double  circle,  which  the  blood  takes, 
and  by  which  so  many  important  purposes  are  beautifully 
and  correctly  accomplished. 

The  circulation  of  the  blood  is  accomplished  by  the  joint 
action  of  the  heart  and  arteries,  but  principally  by  that  of 
the  former.  The  contraction  of  the  ventricles  and  of  the 
auricles  immediately  succeed  each  other  :  as  the  one  ex- 
pands to  receive  the  blood,  the  other  contracts  to  force  it 
forward,  thus  producing  the  unequal  double  action  of  the 
heart  that  we  feel.  These  actions,  however,  of  the  different 
cavities  could  not  be  correctly  performed  unless  some  provis- 
ion were  made  for  preventing  the  blood,  when  the  ventri- 
cles contract,  from  retrograding  into  the  auricles.  This, 
however,  is  effected  by  means  of  a  valve,  situated  between 
these  cavities,  which  is  formed  by  a  duplication  of  the  inner 
membrane  of  the  heart,  thickened  by  fibrous  substance. 
The  floating  edges  of  this  valve  in  the  right  ventricle  pre- 
sent three  points  and  in  the  left  two  ;  whence  the  former  is 
called  the  tricuspid,  and  the  latter  the  mitral.  The  edges 
of  each  valve  are  joined  by  numerous  short  tendons  to  the 
fleshy  columns  of  the  heart  ;  and  whilst  the  blood  is  flow- 
ing into  the  ventricles  the  fleshy  columns  are  passive  ;  but 
when  the  ventricles  act  these  columns  also  contract  and 
draw  the  edges  of  the  valve  together,  and  thus  close  the 
cavity  in  that  direction  and  prevent  the  blood  re-entering 
the  auricle. 

There  are  also  valves  that  guard  the  entrance  of  the 
aorta  and  pulmonary  arteries,  but  they  are  of  a  different  de- 
scription, being  of  less  strength,  because  they  are  not  called 
upon  to  oppose  the  powerful  action  of  the  ventricles.  Ac- 
cordingly we  find  that  they  consist  of  three  folds  of  mora- 


THE    BLOOD    AND    ITS    CIRCULATION.  341 

brane,  and  are  called,  from  their  shape,  semilunar.  They 
are  so  situated  that  when  the  blood  passes  into  the  arteries 
they  are  thrown  against  their  sides,  and  when  the  blood  has 
passed  they  are  thrown  up  so  that  their  edges  meet,  and  thus 
prevent  the  blood  returning  to  the  heart. 

In  fishes  the  heart  is  single,  and  only  serves  the  office  of 
the  pulmonary  circulation,  that  of  the  system  being  accom- 
plished by  the  arteries  alone.  In  the  sheep,  though  the 
heart  is  the  principal  power,  yet  the  arteries  greatly  assist. 
The  aorta,  which  receives  the  blood  from  the  left  ventricle, 
divides  into  two  branches,  called  the  anterior  and  posterior 
aorta  ;  the  former  conveying  the  blood  to  the  head  and  neck, 
and  the  latter  to  the  lower  parts  of  the  body.  These  arte- 
ries are  strong  and  thick,  and  consist  of  three  coats  ;  the 
outer,  the  strongest  and  thickest,  gives  the  vessels  the  re- 
markable elasticity  which  they  possess  ;  the  middle  coat  is 
the  fibrous,  which  seems  to  be  a  modification  of  muscular 
power,  and  enables  the  arteries  to  contract  on  their  contents  ; 
the  third  coat  is  the  serous,  vvhich  lubricates  the  interior  of 
the  vessel  and  facilitates  the  passage  of  the  blood.  Thus 
to  these  several  coats,  but  particularly  to  the  two  former,  do 
the  arteries  owe  the  remarkable  property  they  possess  of 
contracting  when  distended  with  blood,  and  almost  immedi- 
ately afterwards  expanding  to  receive  a  fresh  supply,  and 
which,  assisted  by  the  action  of  the  heart,  constitutes  the 
pulse  ;  and  may  be  felt  in  every  part  of  the  body  where  an 
artery  is  sufficiently  near  the  surface  to  be  perceptible. 

The  arteries,  however,  do  not  all  possess  an  equal  thick- 
ness and  power  ;  for  instance,  the  pulmonary  artery,  though 
quite  as  large  as  the  aorta,  is  neither  so  thick  nor  so  strong ; 
and  the  reason  is,  that  the  same  power  is  not  required  to 
send  the  blood  over  the  smaller  circuit  of  the  lungs  as  over 
the  larger  one  of  the  whole  system ;  and,  for  the  same  rea- 
son, the  right  side  of  the  heart  is  weaker  than  the  left. 
The  arteries,  as  they  divide  and  subdivide  in  their  course, 
become  weaker  in  their  coats  in  proportion  to  the  diminu- 
tion of  their  size,  till  at  length  they  terminate  in  the  minute 
branches  called  the  capillary  vessels,  which  do  not  possess 
any  pulsating  power,  and  many  of  which  do  not  contain  red 
blood.  Diminutive,  however,  as  these  branches  may  be,  yet 
it  is  by  them  that  the  most  important  offices  are  performed  ; 
by  them  the  different  parts  of  the  body  are  nourished, 
whether  bone,  flesh,  nerve,  or  skin ;  by  them  the  various 
29* 


342  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

fluids  are  secreted,  however  different  in  appearance  they 
may  be  ;  by  them  the  most  ghastly  wounds  are  healed,  and 
often  in  a  remarkably  short  space  of  time  ;  and  all  these 
various  offices  are  performed  not  only  by  the  same  class  of 
vessels,  but  by  the  same  fluid,  the  blood.  Having  accom- 
plished these  important  purposes,  the  capillary  arteries  ter- 
minate in  equally  minute  vessels,  called  the  capillary  veins  ; 
and  so  abundant  are  these  diminutive  vessels  that  the  finest 
point  of  the  finest  needle  cannot  be  plunged  into  the  body 
without  penetrating  some  of  them.  By  the  time  the  blood 
reaches  the  veins  it  becomes  dark  and  impure,  and  loaded 
with  carbon  :  the  office  of  the  veins,  therefore,  is  to  return 
it  to  the  heart  to  be  again  purified.  The  circulation,  how- 
ever, becomes  much  slower  as  it  is  further  removed  from 
the  impulsive  power  of  the  heart,  and  the  veins,  which  are 
supposed  to  contain  two-thirds  of  the  whole  blood  circula- 
ting in  the  system,  are  consequently  much  more  numerous 
than  the  arteries  :  they  do  not,  however,  possess  the  same 
strength  in  their  coats  as  the  arteries,  nor  have  they  any 
pulsating  power.  They  have,  however,  the  assistance  of 
other  agents  in  propelling  the  blood  to  its  destination.  The 
greater  number  of  them  possess  valves,  which  admit  the 
blood  to  pass  in  one  direction,  but  effectually  prevent  its 
passing  in  any  other.  It  was,  indeed,  from  reflecting  on  the 
structure  and  necessary  office  of  these  valves  that  led  the 
immortal  Harvey  to  discover  the  circulation  of  the  blood. 
Another  circumstance  peculiar  to  the  veins  is  their  situation, 
being  mostly  near  the  surface  of  the  body,  whilst  the  arte- 
ries are  generally  deep  seated.  The  wisdom  of  this  pro- 
vision is  evident :  it  is  well  known  that  in  wounds  it  is 
readily  ascertained  if  an  artery  be  wounded  by  the  jet  of 
blood  that  ensues,  and  which  even  from  an  artery  of  small 
size  is  very  considerable,  and  the  danger  of  death  from 
bleeding  is  often  great  in  consequence  of  the  force  with 
which  the  blood  is  thrown  into  these  vessels.  Now  such 
being  the  danger  attending  the  division  of  arteries,  it  was 
necessary  to  remove  them  as  much  as  possible  from  the  risk 
of  injury,  and  accordingly  they  are  almost  invariably  deep 
seated,  and  when  they  do  approach  the  surface  it  is  in  pans 
least  likely  to  be  injured.  Thus  round  these  important  ves- 
sels nature  throws  a  thick  muscular  covering,  and  protects 
the  whole  by  a  mantle  so  sensitive  as  to  give  warning  to  the 
least  attack.     The  veins,  however,  do  not  require  this  care  ; 


THE    BLOOD    AND    ITS    CIRCULATION.  343 

in  them  the  circulation  is  languid,  and  their  wounds  are  com- 
paratively unimportant  and  unattended  with  danger,  for  the 
blood  generally  stops,  without  assistance,  from  its  coagula- 
ting quality.  It  is  also  of  importance  that  the  greater  por- 
tion of  the  veins  should  be  situated  near  the  surface,  in  or- 
der to  receive  the  influence  of  the  atmospheric  pressure, 
which  greatly  assists  the  motion  of  the  blood  ;  and  it  has 
also  been  found  that  veins  possess  a  power  of  absorption  in, 
common  with  a  particular  order  of  vessels  called  the  absorb- 
ents ;  thus  these  various  purposes  are  effected  by  the  rela- 
tive position  of  the  veins  and  arteries.  The  structure  of 
the  veins  is  very  different  from  that  of  the  arteries  ;  for, 
whilst  the  latter  are  thick,  elastic,  and  composed  of  three 
coats,  the  former  are  thin,  inelastic,  and  composed  only  of 
two  coverings.  But  although  thin  they  are  yet  capable  of 
affording  great  resistance  to  pressure. 

We  have  seen  that  the  blood  is  sent  to  all  parts  of  the 
body  by  the  action  of  the  heart  and  arteries,  but  what  is  the 
cause  of  its  return  ?  First  in  importance  is  the  law  of  hy- 
drostatics, "that  all  fluids  support  their  level."  Thus  the 
same  law  by  which  springs  arise,  and  streams  are  produced, 
and  rivers  flow  towards  the  sea,  is  brought  to  bear  in  the 
living  system,  and  enables  the  blood  in  the  arteries  to  sup- 
port that  in  the  veins.  This  effect  is  greatly  assisted  by 
the  action  of  the  valves  in  supporting  the  column  of  blood. 
The  blood  thus  supported  and  propelled  by  the  arteries,  as- 
sisted by  atmospheric  pressure,  must  go  somewhere,  as  the 
valves  prevent  return  ;  it  goes,  therefore,  where  alone  a  va- 
cancy is  afforded,  and  that  is  in  the  right  auricle  of  the 
heart,  which  has  just  propelled  its  contents  into  the  ventri- 
cle. To  these  several  forces  may  be  added  a  power  of  suc- 
tion the  heart  possesses  whenever  the  chest  is  enlarged  in 
respiration. 

The  manner  in  which  the  chyle  is  mixed  up  with  the 
blood,  so  that  its  color  quickly  disappears,  is  worthy  of  par- 
ticular notice.  It  is  owing,  indeed,  to  the  great  agitation 
the  blood  receives,  and  to  the  irregularity  of  the  heart's  in- 
ternal surface.  When  the  auricles  contract,  their  contents 
are,  in  a  great  measure,  discharged  into  the  ventricles,  but  a 
portion  is  thrown  back  into  the  veins,  which  constitutes 
what  is  called  the  venous  pulse,  and  may  sometimes  be  seen 
in  the  jugular  veins.  In  like  manner,  when  the  ventricles 
contract  a  portion  of  their  contents  is  thrown  back  into  the 


844  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

auricles,  at  any  rate  that  part  of  it  situated  behind  the  vah-es. 
By  these  means  an  agitation  is  produced  which  effectually 
mixes  these  different  fluids  together. 

It  has  been  ascertained  that  the  veins  possess  a  power  of 
absorption  in  common  with  a  numerous  class  of  vessels 
called  the  absorbents,  or  lymphatics.  These  vessels  are 
very  minute,  and  are  distributed  throughout  the  whole  body  ; 
they  generally  accompany  the  veins,  and,  like  them,  are  fur- 
nished with  valves. 

0\    RESPIRATION    AND    ITS    EFFECTS. 

The  phenomenon  of  respiration,  which  is  carried  on  from 
the  first  mirmte  after  birth  to  the  last  of  existence,  consists 
of  two  acts,  inspiration  and  expiration.  The  former,  that  of 
inhaling  the  atmosphere,  is  accomplished  mostly  by  the 
diaphragm,  which,  in  its  relaxed  state,  is  convex  towards 
the  chest.  As  its  fibres  contract,  the  muscle  flattens,  and 
thus  enlarges  in  a  considerable  degree  the  cavity  of  the 
thorax.  A  vacuum  is  thus  produced,  or  rather  a  tendency 
towards  it;  for  the  air  rushes  into  the  lungs,  and  the  blood 
into  the  heart ;  and,  as  the  lungs  are  elastic  and  spongy  in 
their  nature,  they  become  closely  adapted  to  the  enlargement 
of  the  chest,  and  prevent  any  vacuum  from  taking  place  be- 
tween them  and  the  sides  of  the  thorax.  The  diaphragm  is 
thus  the  chief  agent  in  the  act  of  inspiration,  although  in 
some  degree  assisted  by  the  intercostal  muscles,  which  raise 
the  chest,  and  also,  when  the  breathing  is  violently  excited, 
by  those  muscles  that  in  quadrupeds  attach  the  fore  extremi- 
ties to  the  body.  The  air  thus  drawn  into  the  lungs  traverses 
throughout  its  internal  surface,  and,  having  fulfdled  its  office, 
is  forced  out  by  the  act  of  expiration.  This  part  of  the 
process  is  effected  chiefly  by  means  of  the  elasticity  of  the 
lungs,  which  acts  as  soon  as  the  diaphragm  becomes  passive, 
assisted,  however,  in  some  degree  by  the  elastic  cartilages 
of  the  chest,  and  occasionally  by  the  abdominal  muscles. 

Atmospheric  air  consists  of  unequal  parts  of  two  aeriform 
fluids,  viz.,  four-fifths  of  nitrogen  or  azote,  and  one-fifth  of 
oxygen  in  each  100  parts  ;  besides  which  it  contains  other 
heterogeneous  matters,  such  as  odorous  effluvia,  aqueous  ex- 
halations, electric  matter,  and  carbonic  acid  gas.  It  every- 
where surrounds  and  embraces  the  globe,  extending,  in  the 
opinion  of  some,  a  distance  of  forty-five  miles,  and  in  that 
of  others  a  much  greater  height.     Its  gravity  differs  very 


PwESPlRATlON.  345 

much  at  different  times  and  in  different  places,  being  heav- 
ier on  a  clear  than  on  a  close  day,  and  also  in  low  places 
than  in  lofty  ones.  The  small  portion  of  carbonic  acid  gas 
which  the  atmosphere  contains  is  not  chemically,  but  me- 
chanically mixed  with  it.  This  gas  is  evolved  by  the 
fermentation  of  beer,  and  the  decomposition  of  vegetables, 
and  is  often  found  in  wells  and  deep  places.  It  is  much 
heavier  than  the  atmosphere,  and  thus  remains  in  these  low 
places  by  its  gravity.  A  lighted  candle  placed  in  this  gas 
is  immediately  extinguished ;  so  that  it  is  used  as  a  safe- 
guard in  descending  into  these  low  and  foul  places  ;  for 
whatever  will  not  support  combustion  will  not  support  life. 
It  is  not  a  simple  gas,  like  oxygen,  but  is  formed  by  the 
union  of  carbon  and  oxygen. 

Nitrogen  or  azote  is  a  simple  gas,  but  its  use  in  the  at- 
mosphere seems  to  be  principally  of  a  passive  nature,  being 
for  the  purpose  of  diluting  the  oxygen  and  rendering  it  less 
stimulating :  it  will  not  alone  support  life  or  combustion,  but 
is  chemically  mixed  with  the  oxygen.  Oxygen  is  essential 
for  the  support  of  life  and  combustion  ;  for  if  air  be  deprived 
of  it  no  animal  can  live,  nor  will  a  candle  remain  lighted. 
It  is  abundantly  furnished  by  plants  and  shrubs,  which  thus 
restore  the  loss  of  it  occasioned  by  animals.  When  a  flame 
is  exposed  to  this  gas  it  greatly  increases  in  brilliancy  ;  and 
when  venous  blood  is  submitted  to  it,  it  quickly  becomes  florid. 

We  have  before  shown  that  all  the  blood  in  the  body  was 
in  its  turn  carried  from  the  heart  to  the  lungs  by  means  of 
the  pulmonary  artery,  which  di^ddes  and  subdivides  into  the 
smallest  branches,  and  terminates  in  small  capillary  veins, 
which,  coalescing,  become  larger,  and  convey  the  blood 
again  to  the  heart  by  the  pulmonary  veins.  Before  it  reaches 
these  veins,  however,  an  important  change  takes  place :  the 
blood  proceeds  from  the  heart  in  a  black  and  impure  state  ; 
it  returns  reddened  and  purified  ;  it  is  submitted  in  its  course 
to  the  action  of  the  air  in  the  air-cells,  not  by  actual  contact, 
but  through  the  membrane  which  forms  these  cells  :  and  by 
this  means  the  important  change  is  effected. 

There  is,  we  well  know,  a  considerable  difference  be- 
tween the  expired  and  the  inspired  air ;  the  former  is  hot, 
the  latter  cold ;  this  is  healthy,  that  injurious  ;  one  will  sup- 
port combustion  and  life,  the  other  is  unfit  for  breathing,  and 
will  extinguish  a  flame.  There  is  but  little  difference  in 
quantity  between  the  air  in  its  different  states,  but  the  oxy- 


346  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

gen  in  expired  air  has  nearly  disappeared  and  carbonic  acid 
gas  is  found  in  its  stead ;  it  also  contains  much  aqueous  va- 
por, which  is  condensed  in  a  visible  form,  at  a  temperature 
of  60°.      Thus,   although  the  carbonic  acid   gas  is  much 
heavier  than  common  air,  yet,  partly  from  the  aqueous  va- 
por which  the  expired  air  contains  being  much  lighter,  but 
principally  from  its  own  increased  temperature,  the  expired 
air,  notwithstanding  its  carbonic   acid,   is   yet  specifically 
lighter  than  the   atmosphere  ;   and  consequently  rises  up- 
wards, and  thus,  in  great  measure,  is  prevented  from  being 
respired  a  second  time.     It  has  been  found  by  experiment 
with  a  portion  of  atmospheric  air,  containing  80  parts  of  ni- 
trogen, 18  of  oxygen,  and  2  of  carbonic  acid,  that,  on  being 
respired,  the  nitrogen  continued  the  same,  but  the  carbonic 
acid  was  increased  to  13  parts,  and  the  oxygen  reduced  to 
5  ;  whence  it  appeared  that  11  parts  of  carbonic  acid  were 
substituted  for  13  of  oxygen,  2  parts  having  entirely  disap- 
peared.    Thus  the  disappearance  of  the  greater  portion  of 
the  oxygen  was  accounted  for  by  its  being  converted  into 
carbonic  acid  ;  but  there  remained  a  small  portion,  whose 
absence  could  not  be  thus  explained,  more  particularly  as 
Sir  H.   Davy  calculated   that  about  32  ounces  of  oxygen 
were  necessary  for  24  hours'  expenditure  in  a  man ;  but 
only  26^  ounces  are  requisite  for  the  formation  of  even  37 
ounces  of  carbonic  acid  gas,  giving  us  an  unexplained  sur- 
plus of  5j  ounces  of  oxygen,  during  the  above  period.     By 
some  it  was  supposed  that  this  surplus  oxygen  united  with 
the  hydrogen  thrown  off  by  the  blood,  and  is  thus  converted 
into  watery  vapor  :  by  others  it  is  held,  that  this  oxygen  is 
absorbed  by  the  blood,  and  enters  the  circulation.     Carbonic 
acid  gas  is  exhaled  from  the  lungs  in  different  quantities  du- 
ring different   periods  of  the  day,  being  generated  in  the 
greatest  quantity  about  noon,  decreasing  in  the  afternoon 
and  night,  and  again  increasing  in  the  morning.     It  also  in- 
creases in  man  by  taking  animal  food. 

Sir  H.  Davy  contended  that  a  small  portion  of  nitrogen  is 
absorbed  by  the  blood  ;  but  this  has  been  denied  by  others. 
The  chief  use  of  nitrogen,  however,  is  to  dilute  the  oxygen  ; 
for  if  the  latter  is  inspired  pure  a  sense  of  warmth  is  felt  in 
the  chest,  the  heat  of  the  skin  is  raised,  the  pulse  quickened, 
and  other  symptoms  of  excitement  are  produced.  A  given 
quantity  of  oxygen  will,  however,  support  life  longer  than 
the  same  quantity  of  atmospheric  air.     It  has  been  computed 


RESPIHATION.  347 

that,  in  the  course  of  twenty-four  hours,  about  2  lbs.  8  ozs. 
of  oxygen  is  consumed  by  a  man.  After  an  ordinary  respi- 
ration a  considerable  quantity  of  air  still  remains — perhaps 
four-fifths,  one-fifth  having  been  expired. 

Having  mentioned  the  changes  that  take  place  in  the  at- 
mosphere, we  must  next  consider  in  what  manner  the  blood 
becomes  so  altered  by  its  passage  through  the  lungs. 

The  blood,  as  it  traverses  through  the  body,  gradually  be- 
comes darker  ;  it  is  loaded  with  carbon,  and  is  rendered 
unfit  for  the  circulation,  and  in  this  state  it  is  called  venous 
blood.  If  venous  blood,  taken  out  of  the  body,  be  exposed 
to  oxygen,  it  quickly  becomes  red  ;  and  so  it  does  if  ex])0sed 
to  the  atmosphere,  but  not  so  rapidly.  So,  likewise,  if  ar- 
terial blood  be  exposed  to  carbonic  acid,  it  quickly  acquires 
the  color  and  character  of  venous  blood.  In  the  same  man- 
ner is  the  color  of  the  blood  changed  in  the  lungs  ;  thus  the 
principal  use  of  respiration  appears  to  be  to  free  the  blood 
from  its  impurities  ;  and  this  is  effected  although  the  air  and 
the  blood  do  not  actually  come  in  contact.  It  was  found, 
that  if  blood  in  a  common  bladder  were  exposed  to  the  at- 
mosphere for  some  time,  it  acquired  a  coating  of  florid 
blood ;  and  thus,  as  the  membrane  lining  the  air-cells  is  by 
no  means  so  thick  as  that  of  the  bladder,  there  is  no  longer 
any  difficulty  in  accounting  for  the  change  taking  place.  It 
has  been  the  subject  of  some  dispute  as  to  when  the  change, 
or  rather  exchange,  takes  place,  some  contending  that  the 
carbon  unites  with  the  oxygen  in  the  air-cells,  whilst  others 
maintain  that  the  oxygen  enters  the  blood,  and  there  unites 
with  the  carbon,  forming  carbonic  acid  gas,  which  is  then 
exhaled  into  the  air-cells.  It  was  found,  however,  that  if 
venous  blood  were  put  within  the  exhausted  receiver  of  an 
air-pump  a  quantity  of  carbonic  acid  escapes  ;  thus  proving 
the  presence  of  this  gas  in  the  blood,  and  supporting  the 
second  theory.  And  as  there  appears  to  be  a  greater  quan- 
tity of  oxygen  abstracted  from  the  atmosphere  than  can  be 
accounted  for  by  the  formation  of  carbonic  acid,  we  must 
conclude  that  a  portion  mingles  with  the  blood  and  enters 
the  circulation  ;  which  theory  agrees  with  the  fact,  that  it 
has  recently  been  discovered,  by  correct  analyses,  that  both 
venous  and  arterial  blood  contains  carbonic  acid,  nitrogen, 
and  oxygen  ;  but  that  the  latter  gas  is  most  abundant  in  ar- 
terial and  the  former  in  venous  blood. 

Although  the  action  of  the  heart  is  much  more  frequent 


348  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

than  that  of  the  chest  in  respiration,  yet  there  is  a  most  in- 
timate connexion  between  the  one  and  the  other  ;  for,  be- 
sides the  changes  which  we  have  spoken  of  in  the  blood,  it 
rushes  into  the  heart  when  the  chest  is  expanded,  and  when, 
from  any  cause,  respiration  is  delayed,  the  pulse  becomes 
less  frequent  and  more  languid  in  consequence  of  the  ob- 
struction in  the  current  of  the  blood.  Thus,  in  violent  fits 
of  coughing,  the  chest  collapses,  the  air  is  expelled,  and  the 
blood  not  being  purified,  is  unfit  for  circulation,  and  the  con- 
sequence is  the  veins  of  the  head  become  distended,  and, 
in  man,  the  person  becomes  red  or  black  in  the  face,  and 
sometimes  a  blood-vessel  has  ruptured  and  death  super- 
vened. 


CHAPTER  XVI. 

DISEASES    OF    THE    SHEEP. 


INTRODUCTORY  OBSERVATIONS  — DISEASES  OF  THE  BRAIN  AND 
SPINAL  MARROW— STURDY  OR  DIZZY— HYDROCEPHALUS— TREM- 
BLING—APOPLEXY.  THE  AIR  PASSAGES  — GESTRIS  OVIS  OR  GAD- 
FLY, CAUSING  WORMS  IN  THE  HEAD— CORYZA  OR  COLDS.  DIS- 
EASES OF  THE  STOMACH  AND  INTESTINES  — HOOVE  — BRAXY— 
STRETCHES— DIARRHCEA  OR  SCOURS-ACUTE  DROPSY  OR  RED  WA- 
TER—DYSENTERY-POISON. DISEASES  OF  THE  LUNGS— ANATOMY 
OF  THE  LIVER— ROT— INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  LUNGS  — DROPSY. 
DISEASES  OF  PARTURITION— ABORTION— INVERSION  OF  THE  UTE- 
RUS—GARGET. THE  INTEGUMENT  OR  SKIN -DISEASES  OF  THE 
SKIN— SCAB  OR  ITCH— ERYSIPELAS— JOHNSWORT  SCAB— PELT-ROT 
—SORE  MOUTH— MAGGOTS.    FOOT-ROT— FOULS. 


INTRODUCTORY    REMARKS. 

There  is  no  department  in  the  management  of  sheep  so 
little  understood  as  the  nature  and  treatment  of  their  dis- 
eases. Happily,  however,  for  the  American  shepherd, 
many  of  the  diseases  which  prove  so  destructive  in  Great 
Britain,  are  here  of  rare  occurrence.  From  this  circum- 
stance, the  compiler  of  the  following  treatise  has  been  com- 
pelled to  rely  on  Messrs.  Youatt  and  Blacklock,  both  distin- 
guished veterinary  surgeons,  for  much  information  concern- 
ing those  diseases,  which,  with  us,  are  but  partially  known. 
It  is  proper  therefore  to  affirm,  that  this  treatise  has  been 
compiled  from  the  most  approved  authorities — from  personal 
knowledge  of  the  writer  of  some  diseases  which  are  most 
common  to  the  country,  as  well  from  careful  comparison  of 
the  opinions  and  experience  of  some  of  the  most  distin- 
guished breeders  of  sheep  in  this  and  the  Eastern  States  ; 
and  hence,  he  has  every  reason  for  believing  that  the  pre- 
monitory symptoms,  preventives,  and  treatment  of  every  dis- 
ease, which  will  be  noticed,  are  entitled  to  the  implicit  con- 
fidence of  the  American  shepherd. 
30 


350  DISEASES    OF    TIIE    SHEEP. 

But,  should  the  several  remedies  proposed,  in  every  case 
prove  inadequate  to  perform  a  cure,  let  the  reader,  before  he 
condemns,  remember  that  diseases  of  the  human  family  are 
sometimes  fatal  from  their  extraordinary  virulence,  and  at 
other  times  from  neglect  of  timely  treatment.  This  remark 
is  applicable  to  sheep,  as  well  as  all  other  domestic  animals. 
Again  :  diseases  are  often  fatal  from  want  of  the  necessary 
knowledge  of  their  origin  and  locality,  confounding  those 
peculiar  to  the  brain  and  spinal  marrow  with  those  of  the 
air  passages,  or  the  sto?nach  and  intestines.  Therefore,  with 
a  view  to  avoid  mistakes  of  this  character,  the  various  dis- 
eases have  been  properly  classified  under  appropriate  heads, 
as  will  hereafter  be  noticed. 

The  following  remarks  of  Mr.  Blacklock,  inculcating 
"  caution  in  prescribing,"  are  very  just : — "  Great  reliance  is 
in  general  placed  upon  prescriptions,  which  profess  to  suit 
diseases  in  every  stage  and  circumstance.  Than  this,  how- 
ever, scarcely  anything  can  be  more  absurd.  It  is  an  opin- 
ion engendered  not  so  much  by  ignorance  as  by  laziness,  a 
determination  not  to  be  put  about  by  thinking  of  a  remedy 
for  the  evils  which  surround  us,  but,  while  we  continue  to 
soothe  ourselves  by  doing  something,  to  leave  everything  to 
the  hit-or-miss  practice  of  charlatans.*  There  are  many 
"who,  on  being  informed  of  the  presence  of  disease  in  a 
neighbor's  flock,  confidently  advise  the  employment  of  a 
favorite  nostrum,  on  the  empirical  supposition  that  because  it 
cured,  or  was  thought  to  cure,  one  flock,  it  will  cure  another. 
Nothing  is  taken  into  account,  saving  that,  in  both  cases  the 
affected  animals  are  sheep ;  and  it  is  at  once  concluded, 
that  what  benefited  one  will  benefit  another.  The  many 
niceties  in  prescribing  are  never  thought  of:  oh,  no,  that 
would  be  of  no  use  !  Of  course  it  can  be  of  no  importance 
to  give  a  moment's  attention  to  age  or  sex,  pasture  and  situ- 
ation, or  to  leanness  or  fatness,  or  to  the  presence  of  preg- 
nancy !  These  are  of  trifling  moment,  and  only  to  be  de- 
spised by  a  person  armed  with  a  recipe,  which  some  one 
has  shown  to  be  capable  of  walking  like  a  constable  through 
the  body,  and  bearing  off  the  intruder  !  But  enough  of  this  : 
sufficient  has,  I  think,  been  said  to  prove  the  utter  folly  of 
confiding  in  things  of  the  above  nature  or  intention,  and  to 

*  Whenever  we  hear  a  person  recommending  a  medicine  of  universal 
virtues,  we  may  safely  set  him  down  either  for  a  fool  or  an  impostor. 
Things  which  are  good  for  everything  are  good  for  nothing. 


STURDY,    OR    STAGGERS.  351 

show  that  such  confidence  can  lead  to  nothing  but  a  waste 
of  life  and  capital.  Even  though  the  remedy  is  a  harmless 
one,  it  ought  (unless  calculated  from  known  powers  to  arrest 
disease)  to  be  received  with  distrust,  as  incurring  a  loss  of 
time,  during  which  other  and  better  measures  might  have 
been  resorted  to." 


DISEASES  OF  THE  BRAIN  AND  SPINAL  MARROW. 

T^e  Diseases  of  the  Brain  are  Sturdy,  or  Dizzy,  caused 
ly  Hydatids  or  Blobs  ;  Hydrocephalus,  or  Water  in  the  Head  ; 
Trembling,  or  Leaping-ill ;  Apoplexy. 

STURDY,    OR    STAGGERS. 

This  disease  is  not  of  frequent  occurrence  in  the  United 
States,  but  very  common  in  Great  Britain.  It  is  caused  by 
Hydatids  or  Blobs.  "  These  are  animals,  generally  pear- 
shaped,  found  in  various  animals  where  they  are  parasitic, 
and  resembling  a  vesicle  or  bladder  filled  with  water.  It 
was  for  a  long  time  doubted  whether  they  had  an  indepen- 
dent existence  ;  but  as  they  have  evidently  a  voluntary  mo- 
tion, and  as  they  have  the  property  of  acting  on  matter  in 
such  a  way  as  to  convert  it  into  a  substance  like  that  which 
constitutes  the  agent,  (which,  according  to  Roget,  demon- 
strates a  vital  power)  there  is  no  reason  to  doubt  it  has  a 
distinct  animal  existence.  Hydatids  occur  sometimes  in 
man,  but  more  frequently  in  animals.  In  hogs,  it  causes  the 
measles  ;  in  sheep,  in  the  brain,  they  cause  the  staggers,  and 
in  the  liver,  the  rot."* 

In  England,  according  to  Mr.  Youatt,  this  disease  is 
nearly  always  confined  to  sheep  from  six  to  twelve  months 
old  ;  after  that  period  sheep  seem  to  have  acquired  an  im- 
munity from  the  attack  of  the  hydatid. 

The  symptoms  are  as  follows  : — "  The  sheep  cease  to 
gambol  with  their  companions — they  are  dull — they  scarcely 
graze,  they  ruminate  in  the  most  languid  and  listless  manner 
— they  separate  themselves  from  the  rest  of  the  flock — they 
walk  in  a  peculiar  staggering,  vacillating  way — they  seem  at 
times  to  be  unconscious  where  they  are,  or  they  seek  some 
ditch  or  brook,  and  there  stand  until  they  appear  to  be  com* 

*  Die.  of  Terms  ;  Cultivator. 


352  DISEASES   OF    THE    SHEEP. 

pletely  giddy,  and  suddenly  tumble  in.  In  the  midst  of  their 
grazing  they  stop  all  at  once,  look  wildly  around  as  if  they 
were  frightened  by  some  imaginary  object,  and  start  away 
and  gallop  at  full  speed  over  the  field.  They  lose  flesh  ; 
the  countenance  becomes  haggard  ;  the  eye  wanders  and  as- 
sumes a  singular  blue  color.  This  last  circumstance,  al- 
though not  observed  so  carefully  as  it  ought  to  be,  is  per- 
fectly characteristic  of  the  disease  ;  and  a  good  shepherd 
would  select  every  sturdied  sheep  from  the  flock,  guided 
simply  by  the  color  of  the  eyes. 

By  and  bye  the  sturdied  sheep  commences  a  rotatory  mo- 
tion, even  while  grazing,  and  always  in  one  way,  and  with 
the  head  on  the  same  side.  When  this  occurs,  he  almost 
ceases  to  eat  or  to  ruminate  (chew  the  cud),  partly  because 
the  disease,  from  its  debilitating  character,  destroys  the  ap- 
petite altogether ;  and  also  because  he  cannot  restrain  those 
circular  motions,  during  which  it  is  almost  impossible  to 
graze  ;  but  principally  because  he  is  rapidly  becoming  blind. 
He  begins  to  be  unconscious  of  surrounding  objects.  The 
habit  of  turning  round  increases  ;  he  continues  to  form  these 
concentric  circles  for  an  hour  at  a  time,  or  until  he  falls  ; 
and  then  scrambles  up  again,  and  commences  the  same 
strange  motion.  At  length  he  dies  emaciated  and  ex- 
hausted." 

The  remedy  sometimes  for  hydatids,  as  soon  as  discovered, 
is  by  removal  from  all  wet,  low  land,  to  dry  pasturage.  The 
disease,  however,  is  rarely  cured.  In  some  desperate  cases 
it  has  been  effected  by  trepanning,  and  the  extrication  of  the 
hydatids. 

James  Hogg,  the  Ettrick  Shepherd,  says — "  The  sturdy 
more  commonly  attacks  sheep  if  exposed  to  a  windy  and 
sleety  winter.  It  is  always  most  destructive  on  farms  that 
are  ill-sheltered,  and  on  which  the  sheep  are  most  exposed 
to  blasts  and  showers." 

HYDROCEPHALUS,  OR  WATER  IN  THE  HEAD. 

This  disease,  it  appears,  is  more  general  with  young 
lambs,  than  with  the  adult  sheep.  "  It  is  not  confined  within 
a  cyst — it  is  not  a  portion  or  part  of  a  living  animal,  as  in 
the  disease  just  treated  of — but  it  accumulates  between  the 
two  inverting  membranes  of  the  brain, — the  pia  mater  and 
the  arachnoid  coat ;  or  it  is  found  within  the  latter  ;  or,  and 


TREMBLING,    OR    LEAPING-ILL APOPLEXY.  353 

more  frequently,  it  occupies  and  distends  the  ventricle  of 
the  brain."* 

An  English  writer  remarks — "  Young  lambs  oftener  die 
of  water  in  the  head  than  the  shepherd  or  the  sheep-master 
suspects."  The  symptoms  are — a  short  time  after  birth  the 
appetite  sometimes  fails,  but  frequently  is  voracious — the 
bowels  become  relaxed,  but  oftener  constipated  ;  the  lamb 
is  dull  and  disinclined  to  move — staggering  a  little,  pining 
gradually  away  almost  to  a  skeleton — and  dying,  occasion- 
ally before  it  is  a  month  old.  The  disease  is  generally  in- 
curable. Epsom  sahs,  with  ginger  and  gentian,  have  some- 
times proved  efficacious.  Diseases  of  the  brain  in  animals 
are  unmanageable,  and  baffle  the  most  skilful  efforts  for 
their  removal. 

TREMBLING,    OR    LEAPING-ILL. 

Blacklock  says,  "  Several  affections  are  included  under 
the  name  of  trembling,  or  leaping-ill,  all  having,  in  common, 
more  or  less  of  the  symptoms  which  these  names  denote. 
They  may  be  considered  as  arising  from  exposure  to  cold 
and  damp,  especially  on  long,  fatiguing  journeys.  Injuries 
of  the  loins,  either  inflicted  by  themselves  in  jumping  and 
running,  or  by  others  from  rough  usage  in  the  fold,  are  com- 
mon causes  of  the  disease  ;  but  in  this  variety  the  hind  quar- 
ters only  are  powerless.  Another  species  is  owing  to  op- 
pression of  the  brain  from  congestion,  in  this  way  resem- 
bling incipient  sturdy,  and  occurring  only  in  very  fat  sheep. 

"  The  treatment  of  the  first  variety  is  by  rest,  shelter,  and 
a  supply  of  nutritious  food.  In  the  second  kind,  no  cure 
can  be  accomplished,  and  the  animal  should  be  immediately 
slaughtered.  Copious  blood-letting,  and  doses  of  Epsom 
salts,  will  be  found  of  most  advantage  in  the  third  species  ; 
but  if  the  sheep  can  be  disposed  of,  so  much  the  better,  as 
this  kind  of  trembling  is  almost  certain,  unless  combated  by 
energetic  depletion,  to  end  in  sturdy." 

APOPLEXY. 

This  disease  is  peculiar  only  to  sheep  when  they  are  very 
fat ;  it  is  their  plethoric  situation  which  is  the  inducing 
cause.  But  the  fit  rarely  occurs,  if  the  animal  is  kept  quiet ; 
but  hurried  journeys,  worry,  and  over-fatigue  will  often  do  it. 
Sheep,  therefore,  in  high  condition,  should  be  driven  with 
*  Youatt. 
30* 


354  DISEASES    OF    THE    SHEEP. 

great  care.  If  the  symptoms  are  aggravated,  a  small  quan- 
tity of  blood  should  be  drawn  from  the  jugular  vein,  and  four 
oz.  of  Epsom  salts  immediately  administered,  and  one  oz. 
every  six  hours,  until  the  bowels  are  open.  The  sheep 
should  then  be  very  sparingly  fed  for  a  few  days. 


THE  AIR  PASSAGES. 

CESTRIS    OVIS,    OR    GRUB    IN    THE    HEAD CORYZA. 

Blacklock  says,  "  Much  annoyance  is  caused  to  the  sheep 
by  the  presence  of  animals  in  the  air  passages.  The 
CEstris  ovis  (Gad-fly)  deposites  its  eggs  on  the  margin  of 
the  nostril  in  autumn  ;  these  are  soon  hatched,  and  the  larvae 
immediately  find  their  way  up  the  interior  of  the  nose,  till 
they  arrive  at  the  frontal  sinus,  a  cavity  situated  between  the 
layers  of  the  frontal  bone,  and  of  considerable  size  in  the 
sheep.  Here  they  remain  until  the  following  spring,  when 
they  quit,  burrow  in  the  earth  for  a  short  season,  then  be- 
come winged  insects,  and  ready  to  enter  upon  the  career  of 
torment  so  ably  gone  through  by  their  predecessors." 

To  prevent  the  attacks  of  this  mischievous  insect,  it  will 
be  found  necessary  about  the  beginning  of  July,  and  again 
about  the  first  of  August,  to  assemble  the  flock,  and  thor- 
oughly tar  the  parts  adjacent  to  the  nostrils.  Others  have 
tried,  with  success,  smearing  the  bottoms  of  troughs,  and 
sprinkling  salt  occasionally  over  it.  The  effluvia  of  tar  is 
abhorrent  to  all  winged  insects  ;  and  hence  the  philosophy 
of  this  treatment. 

Few  sheep  are  exempt  from  grubs  in  the  head,  and  when 
the  number  does  not  exceed  two  or  three,  will  not  cause 
much  annoyance.  It  feeds  on  the  mucus  secreted  by  the 
sinus  membrane. 

When  the  number  of  grubs  is  larger  than  common,  they 
produce  much  irritation,  and  the  sheep  will  sneeze  violent- 
ly. Blacklock  says,  "  Tobacco  smoke  is  the  only  available 
remedy,  and  a  very  good  one,  being  easily  brought  in  con- 
tact with  the  worms,  and,  when  properly  administered,  cer- 
tain in  its  eflfects.  One  person  secures  the  sheep,  holding 
the  head  in  a  convenient  position,  while  another,  having 
half-filled  a  pipe  with  tobacco,  and  kindled  it  in  the  usual 
manner,  places  one  or  two  folds  of  a  handkerchief  over  the 


CORYZA HOOVE.  355 

opening  of  the  bowl,  then  passes  the  tube  a  good  way  up 
the  nostril,  applies  his  mouth  to  the  covered  bowl,  and  blows 
vigorously  through  the  handkerchief.  When  this  has  con- 
tinued for  a  few  seconds,  the  pipe  is  withdrawn,  and  the 
operation  repeated  on  the  other  nostril." 

CORYZA. 

During  the  winter  season  this  disease  is  very  common 
with  sheep  that  are  wholly  exposed,  or  when  shelters  are 
imperfectly  constructed.  The  chief  annoyance  is  occasion- 
ed by  an  excess  of  mucus,  which  clogs  the  nasal  passages, 
and  causes  great  difficulty  of  breathing.  When  a  sheep  is 
in  this  situation,  it  is  said  to  have  a  "  bad  cold."  In  some 
cases,  unless  relieved,  the  sheep  will  sometimes  die  from 
suffocation.  At  other  times  the  inflammation  will  extend  to 
the  bronchial  tubes,  and  pulmonary  consumption  (rot)  will 
ensue. 

Treatment . — Removal  to  a  warm  shelter,  and  a  dose  oi 
purgative  medicine,  is  all  that  will  be  required.  The  eflx)rts 
of  nature,  however,  are  sufficient  to  remove  the  disease, 
when  the  attack  is  slight. 

The  preventive,  which  is  always  worth  the  pound  of  cure, 
are  good  shelters,  and  wholesome  food. 


DISEASES   OF    THE   STOMACH   AND   INTESTINES. 

HOOVE,    OR    DISTENSION    OF    THE    STOMACH    BY    GAS. 

This  cannot  be  considered  a  disease,  but  an  impediment 
of  respiration  and  circulation.  It  is  occasioned  by  the  sheep 
being  changed  from  a  poor  pasture  to  a  luxuriant  one,  and 
gorging  itself  to  an  immoderate  degree.  The  gullet  is  ob- 
structed, and  the  gases  in  the  paunch  cause  remarkable  dis- 
tension, with  no  passage  for  their  escape,  except  into  the 
chest,  which  ends  in  suffocation  of  the  animal. 

Treatment. — An  aperture  is  sometimes  made  with  a  sharp 
instrument  in  the  side  to  permit  the  passage  of  the  gas  ;  but 
this  Blacklock  explicitly  condemns.  The  remedy  is  the 
probang,  a  flexible  rod,  with  a  small  ball  of  wood  or  ivory  at 
the  end,  which,  being  forced  to  the  lower  extremity  of  the 
gullet,  removes  the  obstruction,  and  the  gas  or  wind  is 
readily  void^. 


356  DISEASES    OF   THE   SHEEP, 

Prevention. — Change  the  flock  often,  and  neither  a  poor 
pasture  nor  too  rich  a  one  will  follow.  But  peradventure  it 
happens  that  sheep  must  be  put  suddenly  on  too  high  keep, 
salt  them  freely  before  it  takes  place,  and  this  should  be  re- 
peated for  several  successive  days. 

BRAXY. 

This  disease  is  not  unusual  to  sheep  kept  in  the  latitude 
of  ours.  It  originates  from  several  causes  ;  and  first — a 
sudden  change  from  green  to  dry  food  ;  second — when  the 
animal  partakes  of  some  irritating  weed  to  which  it  is  wholly 
a  stranger  ;  third — frozen  grass  is  an  exciting  cause,  rapidly 
producing  inflammation  by  lowering  the  temperature  of  the 
stomachs  so  as  to  arrest  digestion ;  fourth — when,  being 
worried,  forced  to  plunge  into  a  stream  of  cold  water.  It  is 
constipation  of  the  bowels,  followed  by  a  high  degree  of  in- 
flammation. 

Sympto7ns. — The  sheep  is  seen  to  frequently  lie  down  and 
get  up,  loathing  its  food,  and  drinking  often  ;  the  mouth  is 
parched,  the  eyes  red.  partly  closed  and  watery.  The  head 
is  down,  the  back  drawn  up,  and  belly  swollen  ;  there  is 
scarcely  any  passage  through  the  bowels,  the  urine  is  small 
in  quantity,  high  colored,  and  sometimes  bloody.  Death 
occurs  not  unfrequently  after  a  lapse  of  a  few  hours,  and 
again,  not  till  nearly  the  expiration  of  a  week. 

Treatment. — Bleeding  must  be  resorted  to  at  as  early  a 
stage  of  the  disease  as  possible  ;  but  previous  to  this  the 
sheep  must  be  placed  in  a  tub  of  warm  water,  and  there  kept 
for  half  an  hour  ;  then  administer  two  ounces  of  Glauber 
salts,  dissolved  in  water.  An  injection  of  tobacco  decoction 
will  be  also  of  great  benefit.  The  animal  must  then  be  kept 
warm  by  throwing  a  blanket  about  it,  and  given  laxative 
provender  for  a  week  or  more. 

STRETCHES. 

This  disease  very  commonly  occurs  in  flocks  which  are 
kept  exclusively  on  hay,  or  other  dry  food,  and  is  fatal  very 
often,  unless  an  early  application  of  medicine  follows  the 
attack. 

Symptoms. — The  sheep  will  alternately  lie  down  and  rise 
at  brief  intervals,  frequently  stretching,  and  refuses  every 
kind  of  food.     It  is  now  generally  admitted  that  it  proceeds 


DIARRHCEA,   OR   SCOURS.  357 

from  costiveness,  by  being  deprived  wholly  of  green  food. 
The  disease  is  unknown  in  Great  Britain,  where  succulent 
provender  is  so  bountifully  fed. 

Treatment. — Two  table-spoonfuls  of  castor  oil,  or  one 
ounce  of  Epsom  salts,  will  be  effectual.  A  small  quantity 
of  hog's  lard  has  also  been  used  with  success.  A  neighbor 
administers  a  large  quid  of  tobacco ;  and  he  recently  in- 
formed the  writer  that  he  had  never  lost  a  sheep  by  the 
stretches  after  administering  this  nauseous  potion. 

Preventive. — Give  the  flock  green  food  once  a  week  or 
oftener — such  as  apples,  potatoes,  or  turnips.  Pine  or  hem- 
lock boughs  are  also  excellent. 

DIARRHCEA,    OR    SCOURS. 

This  being  so  common  and  fatal  a  disease  with  the  junior 
portions  of  the  flock,  in  our  own  country,  requires  an  ex- 
tended notice.  The  following  are  Mr.  Youatt's  remarks, 
and  mode  of  treatment : — 

"  If  the  affections  of  the  external  coats  of  the  intestines 
do  not  frequently  occur,  inflammation  of  the  inner  coat  or 
mucous  membrane  is  the  very  pest  of  sheep.  When  it  is 
confined  principally  to  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  small 
intestines,  and  is  not  attended  by  much  fever,  it  is  termed 
diarrhoea ;  when  there  is  inflammation  of  the  large  intestines, 
attended  by  fever,  and  considerable  discharge  of  mucus, 
and  occasionally  of  blood,  it  is  dysentery.  These  diseases 
are  seldom  perfectly  separate,  and  diarrhoea  is  too  apt  to  de- 
generate into  dysentery.  The  diarrhoea  of  lambs  is  a  dread- 
fully fatal  disease.  If  they  are  incautiously  exposed  to  the 
cold,  or  the  mother's  milk  is  not  good,  or  if  they  are  suckled 
by  a  foster-mother  that  had  yeaned  too  long  before,  a  violent 
purging  will  suddenly  come  on,  and  destroy  them  in  less  than 
twenty-four  hours. 

"  When  the  lamb  begins  to  crop  the  grass  at  his  mother's 
side  he  is  liable  to  occasional  disturbance  of  the  bowels  ; 
but  as  he  gains  str«».ngth,  the  danger  attendant  on  the  disease 
diminishes.  At  weaning-time  care  must  sometimes  be  taken 
of  him.  Let  not,  however,  the  farmer  be  in  haste  to  stop 
every  little  looseness  of  the  bowels.  It  is  in  these  young 
animals  the  almost  necessary  accompaniment  or  consequence 
of  every  change  of  diet,  and  almost  of  situation  ;  and  it  is 
frequently  a  sanative  process  ;  but  if  it  continues  longer  than 
twenty-four  hours — if  it  is  attended  with  pain — if  much  mu- 


358  DISEASES    OF    THE    SHEEP. 

cus  is  discharged — if  the  appetite  of  the  animal  is  failing 
him  in  the  slightest  degree,  it  will  be  necessary  to  attend  to 
the  case.  Then  use  the  following  remedy  : — Take  of  pre- 
pared chalk  an  ounce,  powdered  catechu  half  an  ounce, 
powdered  ginger  two  drachms,  and  powdered  opium  half  a 
drachm  ;  mix  them  with  half  a  pint  of  peppermint  water. 
The  dose  is  from  one  to  two  table-spoonfuls  morning  and 
night. 

"  The  diarrhcea  of  lambs  is,  in  a  majority  of  cases,  attribu- 
table to  the  carelessness  or  mismanagement  of  the  farmer, 
either  referrible  to  deticient  or  improper  food,  or  the  want  of 
shelter  at  an  early  age  ;  as  the  animal  grows  up  he  is  better 
able  to  struggle  with  the  disease. 

"  Diarrhoea  occasionally  attacks  the  full-grown  sheep,  and 
is  too  often  fatal,  especially  when  it  has  degenerated  into 
dysentery.  It  is  very  common  in  the  spring,  and  particularly 
in  the  early  part  of  the  season,  when  the  new  grass  begins 
rapidly  to  sprout.  Here,  still  more  decidedly  than  with  the 
lamb,  the  sheep  proprietor  is  urged  not  too  suddenly  to  in- 
terfere with  a  natural  or  perhaps  beneficial  discharge  ;  and 
after  w^hich  the  animal  often  rapidly  gains  condition.  Four 
and  twenty  hours  should  pass  before  any  decisive  step  is 
taken  ;  but  if  the  looseness  then  continues  the  sheep  should 
be  removed  to  shorter  and  dryer  pasture,  and  hay  should  be 
offered  to  them,  if,  after  having  tasted  of  the  fresh  grass  of 
spring,  they  can  be  induced  to  touch  it.  If  the  looseness 
does  not  abate,  then  adopt  the  treatment  recommended." 

With  the  writer's  flock,  diarrhcea  rarely  occurs  with 
lambs  when  suckling  the  ewes  ;  it  is  at  an  after  age,  gene- 
rally during  their  first  winter,  and  early  in  the  following 
spring,  when  they  commence  nipping  the  young  grass. 

The  disease  originates  under  the  following  circumstances : 

First:  Too  sudden  a  change  from  dry  to  green  food. 
Therefore,  as  has  already  been  remarked  in  a  previous  part 
of  this  work,  when  the  foddering  season  is  about  to  expire, 
the  flock  should  not  be  allowed  to  go  wholly  to  grass,  but 
permitted  to  eat  only  a  little  each  day  for  a  week  or  more  ; 
then  the  sheep  may  be  placed  on  their  pastures  permanently, 
with  impunity. 

Second  :  Salting  freely  too  early  in  the  spring,  while  the 
grass  is  young  and  flashy. 

Third :  When  beginning  to  feed  grain,  giving  it  in  too 


ACUTE   DROPSY,    OR    RED   WATER.  359 

large  quantities.  It  should  be  fed  moderately  at  first,  and 
the  quantity  gradually  increased. 

Fourth :  Feeding  unripe  hay.  This  is  not  generally- 
known  as  an  inducing  cause  of  scours  ;  but  the  compiler 
knows  it  to  be  so  from  sad  experience,  and  the  fact  has  been 
repeatedly  confirmed  by  the  experience  of  farmers  living  in 
the  vicinity  of  his  residence.  In  this  country,  it  is  prob- 
ably the  most  prominent  cause  of  the  disease. 

Fifth :  Exposure  to  sudden  transitions  of  weather  ;  shel- 
ters are  therefore  needed  as  a  preventive. 

Sixth  :  Eating  of  irritating  weeds  ;  the  flock  in  this  case 
cannot  be  removed  too  quickly  to  another  field,  and  salted. 

Diarrhoea  can  be  easily  arrested,  by  mixing  a  small  quan- 
tity of  pulverized  alum  in  wheat  bran,  and  fed  for  a  day  or 
two.  If  this  should  not  succeed,  there  is  a  tendency  to 
dysentery,  and  a  purgative  of  castor  oil  (a  table-spoonful) 
should  be  administered,  accompanied  with  dry  food,  and  lit- 
tle drink.  The  reader  is  also  referred  to  Mr.  Youatt's  re- 
cipe, already  stated.  A  decoction  of  hemlock  bark,  after 
boiling,  is  a  powerful  astringent,  and  has  been  used  with 
success. 

ACUTE    DROPSY,    OR    RED    WATER. 

Red  water  is  a  common  disease  in  American  flocks. 
Sheep  that  are  destroyed  by  it  present  no  premonitory  symp- 
toms of  any  disease  whatever  ;  the  shepherd  leaves  his 
flock  at  night  after  a  minute  examination,  and  on  his  return 
in  the  morning,  a  sheep  will  be  found  dead,  lying  nearly  in 
the  usual  posture,  the  legs  bent  under  them,  and  the  head 
protruded.  Apparently  there  has  not  been  any  severe  strug- 
gle, and  on  examination  the  belly  contains  a  greater  or  less 
quantity  of  bloody  fluid.  Often  a  change  of  pasture,  espe- 
cially from  a  dry  to  a  cold  one,  and  especially  if  accompa- 
nied with  white  frost,  will  induce  the  disease,  which  origi- 
nates in  excessive  inflammation  of  the  enveloping  membrane 
of  the  intestines.  The  animal  becomes  chilled  by  this  sud- 
den change  of  situation.  The  belly,  coming  most  in  contact 
with  the  damp  and  cold  ground,  is  first  affected ;  the  peri- 
toneal coat  of  the  intestines  becomes  chilled — reaction,  in- 
flammation, soon  follows — its  natural  function,  the  secretion 
of  a  fluid  to  lubricate  the  cavity  of  the  belly,  is  morbidly  and 
strangely  increased — the  fluid  accumulates,  and  it  is  red  and 
bloody  from  the  rupture  of  the  small  vessels  of  the  periton- 


360  DISEASES    OF    THE    SHEEP. 

eum  distended  by  inflammation.  The  inflammation  pursues 
its  course  with  ahnost  incredible  rapidity,  and  the  animal 
soon  dies. 


The  careless  observer  would  not  always  mark  the  diflfer- 
ence  between  diarrhcea  and  dysentery  ;  they  are,  however, 
perfectly  distinct  in  their  seat,  their  nature,  and  their  conse- 
quences. Diarrhoea  is  often  an  effort  of  nature  to  expel 
from  the  intestinal  canal  something  that  offends.  It  may  be 
only  increased  peristaltic  action  of  the  bowels,  increased  se- 
cretion from  the  mucous  glands,  and  accompanied  by  little 
inflammation  and  less  danger.  It  is,  at  first,  an  affection  ot 
the  small  intestines  alone  ;  but  it  may  extend  through  the 
■whole  alimentary  canal,  and  inflammation,  which  is  not  a  ne- 
cessary part  of  it,  appearing  and  increasing,  general  fever  may 
be  excited,  attended  by  considerable  danger.  Dysentery  is 
essentially  inflammation  of  the  large  intestines — the  result  of 
neglected  or  obstinate  diarrhoea,  or  altogether  distinct  from 
it — the  consequence  of  unwholesome  food — of  being  pastured 
on  wet  or  ill-drained  meadows — and  of  being  half  starved 
even  there.  Fever  is  a  constant  attendant  on  it  in  its  early 
stages,  and  wasting  and  debility  rapidly  follow. 

The  discharge  of  dysentery  is  diflerent  from  that  of  diar- 
rhoea. It  is  thmner,  and  yet  more  adhesive.  A  great  deal 
of  mucus  mingles  with  it,  which  causes  it  to  cling  to  the  tail 
and  the  thighs  ;  and  there  it  accumulates,  layer  after  layer 
— a  nuisance  to  the  animal,  a  warning  to  the  owner  of  much 
danger,  and  that  near  at  hand.  When  this  kind  of  evacua- 
tion has  been  established  but  a  little  while,  the  next  warning 
will  be  a  loss  of  flesh,  and  that  to  an  extent  that  would 
scarcely  be  deemed  credible.  Sometimes  the  animal  eats 
as  heartily  as  ever ;  at  other  times  the  appetite  utterly  fails. 
Dysentery  occasionally  carries  off"  its  victim  in  a  few  days ; 
but  frequently  will  live  five  or  six  weeks. 

It  is  only  lately  that  the  proper  treatment  of  this  malady 
has  been  recognized.  In  every  case  of  acute  dysentery, 
and  whenever  fever  is  present,  bleeding  is  indispensably  re- 
quisite ;  for  this  is  a  disease  of  inflammation.  Physic 
should  likewise  be  administered,  however  profuse  the  dis- 
charge may  be  ;  for  it  may  carry  away  some  of  that  perilous 
stuflf  which  has  accumulated  in  the  large  intestines,  and  is  a 
*  By  Youatt. 


POISON ANATOMY   OF   THE   LIVER.  Sfil 

source  of  fearful  irritation  there,  and  it  will  lessen  the  gene- 
ral fever  which  accompanies  this  stage  of  the  malady.  The 
sheep  must  be  removed,  and  its  food  changed.  Mashes, 
gruel,  and  a  small  quantity  of  hay,  must  be  given. 

Two  doses  of  physic  must  be  administered,  and  then  re- 
course must  be  had  to  astringents. 

The  purging  medicines  must  not  be  discontinued,  until 
there  is  a  perceptible  alteration  in  the  stools  ;  the  doses,  as 
a  general  rule,  should  be  small,  and  given  for  several  days. 

The  sheep  must  not  be  turned  on  the  same  pasture  from 
which  it  was  taken ;  let  it  be  a  dryer  one. 

POISON. 

Sheep  and  calves  will  often,  in  the  winter  or  spring  of  the 
year,  eat  greedily  of  the  low  Laurel  {Kalmia  Angustifolia). 
The  animal  appears  to  be  dull  and  stupid  ;  swells  a  little, 
and  is  constantly  gulping  up  a  greenish  fluid  which  it  swal- 
lows down  ;  a  part  of  it  will  trickle  out  of  its  mouth,  and  dis- 
color its  lips. 

The  plant  probably  brings  on  a  fermentation  in  the  stom- 
ach, and  Nature  endeavors  to  throw  off  the  poison  herb  by 
retching  or  vomiting. 

Treatment. — In  the  early  stages,  if  the  greenish  fluid  be 
suffered  to  escape  from  the  stomach,  the  animal  most  gene- 
rally recovers.  To  efl'ect  this,  gag  the  sheep,  which  may 
be  done  in  this  manner.  Take  a  stick  of  the  size  of  your 
wrist  and  six  inches  long, — place  it  in  the  animal's  mouth  ; 
tie  a  string  to  one  end  of  it,  pass  it  over  the  head  and  down 
to  the  other  end,  and  there  make  it  fast.  The  fluid  will  then 
run  from  the  mouth  as  fast  as  thrown  up  from  the  stomach. 
In  addition  to  this,  give  roasted  onions  and  sweetened  milk 
freely.* 
130 

DISEASES  OF  THE  LUNGS,  LIVER,  AND  KIDNEY. 

ANATOMY    OF    THE    LIVER. f 

It  seems  to  be  a  law  of  comparative  anatomy  that  the  bulk 
of  the  liver  shall  be  in  an  inverse  proportion  to  that  of  the 
lungs.  In  the  horse  the  lungs  are  necessarily  capacious. 
He  needs  a  large  supply  of  arterial  blood  in  order  to  answer 

*  Northern  Shepherd.  t  By  Youatt. 

31 


362  DISEASES    OF    THE    SHEEP. 

to  its  rapid  expenditure  when  the  utmost  exertion  of  strength 
and  speed  are  required  from  him.  In  the  ox  the  kmgs  are 
less  developed  ;  yet  this  animal  is  used  in  some  countries  as 
a  beast  of  burden,  and  employed  in  Great  Britain  in  agricul- 
tural labor ;  the  lungs,  therefore,  are  of  considerable  size, 
and  the  liver,  although  much  larger  than  in  the  horse,  is  re- 
stricted in  its  growth.  In  sheep  little  exertion  of  strength 
or  speed  is  required  ;  and  the  lungs  are  smaller  compared 
with  the  size  of  the  animal.  The  liver  is  proportionally 
larger :  it  is  about  one  twentieth  part  of  the  whole  weight  of 
the  animal,  or  nearly  double  the  proportionate  size  which  it 
is  in  the  human  being. 

The  liver  of  the  sheep  differs  little  in  form  and  situation 
from  that  of  the  ox.  It  is  placed  in  the  anterior  part  of  the 
abdomen,  between  the  maniplus  and  the  diaphragm.  It  has 
but  two  principal  lobes,  separated  by  a  triangular  scissure, 
through  which,  in  the  pregnant  ewe,  the  umbilical  vein  of 
the  foetus  passes.  Its  office  is  to  receive  the  blood  that  is 
returned  from  the  intestines  ;  to  separate  from  the  blood,  or 
to  secrete  by  means  of  it,  a  fluid  termed  bile,  and  to  transmit 
the  remaining  part  to  the  lungs,  there  to  undergo  the  usual 
process  of  purifaction,  and  be  changed  to  arterial  blood. 
The  vessel  to  which  the  bile  is  first  conveyed  is  the  gall- 
bladder;  where  it  is  stored  up  for  future  use,  and  perhaps 
undergoes  some  change.  From  the  gall-bladder  it  is  con- 
veyed to  the  first  intestine,  the  duodenum,  either  in  a  con- 
stant but  slow  stream,  or  probably  in  a  larger  stream  while 
the  work  of  digestion  is  going  on  ;  the  supply  from  the  gall- 
bladder, and  probably  the  secretion  from  the  liver,  being 
stopped  at  other  times.  A  little  before  this  duct  reaches  the 
intestine,  it  is  joined  and  perforated  by  the  duct  from  the 
pancreas.  The  fluid  from  the  pancreas  is  mixed  with  that 
from  the  liver,  and  the  compound  flows  on  to  the  duode- 
num." 

ROT. 

This  disease  is  classed  among  those  of  the  liver,  because, 
except  when  the  animal  dies  perfectly  worn  out  by  the  mal- 
ady, the  most  striking  and  the  supposed  characteristic  mis- 
chief is  found  in  this  organ. 

Happily  for  the  American  farmers,  this  destructive  mala- 
dy is,  comparatively,  of  unfrequent  occurrence  in  their 
flocks  ;  but  in  Great  Britain,  on  the  authority  of  Mr.  Youatt, 


ROT.  363 

more  than  a  million  of  sheep  and  lambs  die  every  year  by 
this  disease.  "In  the  winter  of  1830-31  this  number  was 
more  than  doubled ;  and  had  the  pestilence  committed  the 
same  ravages  throughout  the  kingdom  which  it  did  in  a  few 
of  the  middle,  eastern,  and  southern  counties,  the  breed  of 
sheep  would  have  been,  in  a  manner,  extirpated."  Many  of 
the  farmers  lost  their  entire  flocks,  not  an  individual  sheep 
escaping. 

It  appears,  however,  the  disease  is  not  peculiar  to  Eng- 
land. Many  sheep  are  destroyed  by  it  in  Germany.  In  the 
north  of  France  they  are  frequently  swept  away  by  it ;  and 
in  the  winter  of  1809  the  ravages  were  terrific  throughout 
the  kingdom.  It  has  prevailed  at  some  periods  nearly  over 
all  Europe,  as  far  north  as  Norway. 

The  compiler  has  no  personal  knowledge  of  this  destruc- 
tive malady,  and  is  therefore  compelled  to  rely  on  the  ac- 
count presented  by  Mr.  Youatt,  all  of  which  that  is  of  inter- 
est is  subjoined. 

"  The  early  symptoms  of  this  disease  are  exceedingly 
obscure  ;  this  is  much  to  be  deplored,  because  in  the  first 
stage  of  it  alone  does  it  often  admit  of  cure.  The  animal 
is  dull,  lagging  behind  his  companions — he  does  not  feed  so 
well  as  usual.  If  suspicion  has  been  a  little  excited  by  this, 
the  truth  of  the  matter  may  easily  be  put  to  the  test,  for  if 
the  wool  is  parted,  and  especially  about  the  brisket,  the  skin 
will  have  a  pale  yellow  hue. 

"  The  eye  of  the  sheep  beginning  to  sicken  with  the  rot 
can  never  be  mistaken  ;  it  is  injected,  but  pale  ;  the  small 
veins  at  the  corner  of  the  eye  are  turgid,  but  they  are  filled 
with  yellow  serous  fluid,  and  not  with  blood.  Farmers  very 
properly  pay  great  attention  to  this  in  their  examination  or 
purchase  of  sheep.  If  the  caruncle  is  red,  they  have  a  proof 
which  never  fails  them  that  the  animal  is  healthy.  There 
is  no  loss  of  condition,  but  quite  the  contrary,  for  the  sheep 
in  the  early  stage  of  the  rot  has  a  great  propensity  to  fatten. 
Mr.  Bakewell  was  aware  of  this,  for  he  used  to  overflow 
certain  of  his  pastures,  and  when  the  water  was  run  off* 
turn  those  of  his  sheep  there  which  he  wanted  to  prepare  for 
the  market.  They  speedily  became  rotted,  and  in  the  early 
stage  of  the  rot  they  accumulated  flesh  and  fat  with  wonder- 
ful rapidity.  By  this  manoeuvre  he  used  to  gain  five  or  six 
weeks  on  his  neighbors. 

"  As  the  disease  becomes  confirmed  the  yellow  tinge  be- 


364  DISEASES    OF    THE    SHEEP. 

gins  to  spread — the  muzzle  and  the  tongue  are  stained — the 
animal  is  more  dull  and  dispirited — his  false  condition  rap- 
idly disappears — the  membrane  of  the  nose  becomes  livid — 
the  tongue  gradually  assumes  the  same  character — the  eyes 
are  dull,  and  their  vessels  charged  with  a  yellow-brown 
fluid.  The  breath  now  becomes  fetid — the  bowels  variable 
— sometimes  costive,  and  at  other  times  loose  to  a  degree 
that  defies  the  power  of  medicine.  The  skin  often  becomes 
spotted  with  yellow  or  black — the  emaciation  is  more  and 
more  rapid — the  general  fever  increases — the  vessels  of  the 
eye  are  more  distended  and  red — the  skin  becomes  loose 
and  flabby,  and  if  it  is  pressed  upon,  a  peculiar  crackling 
sound  is  heard — the  wool  comes  ofl"  when  pulled  with  the 
slightest  force — the  appetite  entirely  fails — the  belly  begins 
to  enlarge — on  pressure  fluid  is  easily  recognized  within  it, 
and  hence  one  of  its  names  'the  hydropic'  or  dropsical  rot. 
The  animal  is  weak  in  every  limb — a  violent  purging  is  now- 
very  frequently  present — the  sheep  wastes  away  to  a  mere 
skeleton,  and  at  length  he  dies — the  duration  of  the  disease 
being  from  two  to  four  or  six  months. 

"  When  a  rotted  sheep  is  examined  after  death,  the  whole 
cellular  tissue  is  found  to  be  infiltrated,  and  a  yellow  serous 
fluid  everywhere  follows  the  knife.  The  muscles  are  soft 
and  flabby;  they  have  the  appearance  of  being  macerated. 
The  kidne5's  are  pale,  flaccid,  and  infiltrated.  The  belly  is 
frequently  filled  with  water,  or  purulent  matter ;  the  perito- 
neum is  everywhere  thickened,  and  the  bowels  adhere  to- 
gether by  means  of  an  unnatural  growth.  The  heart  is  en- 
larged and  softened,  and  the  lungs  are  filled  with  tubercles. 
The  principal  alterations  of  structure  are  in  the  liver.  It  is 
pale,  livid,  and  broken  down  with  the  slightest  pressure  ; 
and  on  being  boiled  it  will  almost  dissolve  away.  When 
the  liver  is  not  pale,  it  is  often  curiously  spotted.  In  some 
cases  it  is  speckled  like  the  back  of  a  toad.  Nevertheless, 
some  parts  of  it  are  hard  and  scirrhous  ;  others  are  ulcer- 
ated, and  the  biliary  ducts  are  filled  with  flukes.  Here  is 
the  decided  seat  of  the  disease,  and  it  is  here  that  the  na- 
ture of  the  malady  may  be  learned.  It  is  inflammation  of 
the  liver.  In  consequence  of  this  the  secretion  from  the 
liver  is  increased — at  first  scarcely  vitiated,  and  the  diges- 
tive powers  are  rendered  more  energetic  ;  but  soon  the  bile 
flows  so  abundantly  that  it  is  taken  into  the  system,  and  the 
eye,  the  brisket,  the  mouth,  become  yellow.     As  the  disease 


ROT.  365 

proceeds,  the  liver  becomes  disorganized,  and  its  secretion 
more  vitiated,  and  even  poisonous  ;  and  then  foUovi^s  a  total 
derangement  of  the  digestive  powers. 

The  liver  attracts  the  principal  attention  of  the  examiner ; 
it  displays  the  evident  effects  of  acute  and  destructive  in- 
flammation ;  and  still  more  plainly  the  ravages  of  the  para- 
sites with  which  its  ducts  are  crowded.  Here  is  plainly  the 
original  seat  of  the  disease  ;  the  centre  whence  a  destruc- 
tive influence  spreads  on  every  side.  Whatever  else  is  found, 
it  is  the  consequence  of  previous  mischief  existing  here. 
Then  the  first  inquiry  is  a  very  limited  one — the  nature  of 
this  hepatic  affection,  and  the  agency  of  the  parasites  that 
inhabit  the  liver.  Are  they  the  cause  or  consequence  of  dis- 
ease ? 

The  Fluke — the  Fasciola  of  Linnaeus — the  Distoma  he- 
paticum  of  Rodolphi — is  found  in  the  biliary  ducts  of  the 
sheep,  the  goat,  the  deer,  the  ox,  the  horse,  the  ass,  the  hog, 
the  dog,  the  rabbit,  and  various  other  animals,  and  even  in 
the  human  being.  It  is  from  three-quarters  of  an  inch  to 
an  inch  and  a  quarter  in  length,  and  from  one-third  to  half 
an  inch  in  greatest  breadth.  The  head  is  of  a  pointed  form, 
round  above,  and  flat  beneath  ;  and  the  mouth  opens  late- 
rally instead  of  vertically.  There  are  no  barbs  or  tenacula, 
as  described  by  some  authors.  The  eyes  are  placed  on  the 
most  prominent  part  of  the  head.  No  difference  of  sex  has 
yet  been  discovered  in  the  fluke-worm,  and  it  is  believed 
to  be  an  hermaphrodite.  *         *         *         * 

Then,  is  the  fluke-worm  the  cause  or  the  effect  of  the 
rot  ?  To  a  certain  degree  both.  They  aggravate  the  dis- 
ease ;  they  perpetuate  a  state  of  irritability  and  disorgani- 
zation, which  must  necessarily  undermine  the  strength  of 
any  animal ;  they  unnaturally  distend,  and  consequently 
weaken  the  passages  in  which  they  are  found  ;  they  force 
themselves  into  the  smaller  passages,  and,  always  swimming 
against  the  stream,  they  obstruct  the  flow  of  the  bile,  and 
produce  inflammation  by  its  accumulation  ;  they  consume 
the  nutritive  juices  by  which  the  neighboring  parts  should 
be  fed ;  and  they  impede  the  flow  of  the  bile  into  the  intes- 
tines, by  clogging  up  the  ducts  with  their  excrement  and 
their  spawn.  Notwithstanding  all  this,  however,  if  the 
fluke  follows  the  analogy  of  other  entozoa  and  parasites,  it 
is  the  effect  and  not  the  cause  of  the  rot.  The  ova  are 
continually  swallowed  by  the  sound  animals  and  the  dis- 

31* 


366  DISEASES   OF    lUE    SHEEP. 

eased  ;  but  it  is  only  when  the  fluids  are  altered,  and  some- 
times essentially  changed,  and  the  condition  of  the  digestive 
organs  is  materially  impaired,  that  their  appearance  is  fa- 
vored, or  their  multiplication  encouraged. 

WHAT,    THEN,    IS    THE    CAUSE     OF    THE    ROT    IN    SHEEP  ? 

The  knowledge  of  the  cause  can  alone  guide  us  to  a 
cure,  or  at  best  to  the  prevention  of  it.  It  does  not  arise 
from  deficiency  of  food ;  a  sheep  may  be  reduced  to  the 
lowest  state  of  condition — he  may  be  starved  outright,  but 
the  liver  would  not  be  necessarily  as  often  in  a  diseased 
state.  It  is  not  to  be  traced  to  the  effects  of  sudden  flush  of 
grass.  The  determination  of  blood  to  the  head,  diarrhcRa, 
dysentery,  might  be  thus  produced,  but  not  one  symptom  re- 
sembling rot.  Some  persons,  led  away  by  a  favorite  theory, 
have  traced  it  to  defective  ventilation  ;  but  in  the  closest 
keeping  to  which  the  British  sheep  is  usually  committed 
there  is  no  foul  air  to  be  got  rid  of,  and  defective  ventilation 
would  be  words  without  meaning.  *  #  #  * 

The  rot  in  sheep  is  evidently  connected  with  the  soil  or 
state  of  the  pasture.  It  is  confined  to  wet  seasons,  or 
to  the  feeding  on  ground  moist  and  marshy  at  all  seasons. 
It  has  reference  to  the  evaporation  of  water,  and  to  the  pres- 
ence and  decomposition  of  moist  vegetable  matter.  It  is 
rarely  or  almost  never  seen  on  dry  or  sandy  soils  and  in 
dry  seasons.  In  the  same  farm  there  are  certain  fields  on 
which  no  sheep  can  be  turned  with  impunity.  There  are 
others  that  seldom  or  never  give  the  rot.         *         #         # 

Some  seasons  are  far  more  favorable  to  the  development 
of  the  rot  than  others,  and  there  is  no  manner  of  doubt  as 
to  the  character  of  the  seasons.  After  a  rainy  summer,  or 
a  moist  autumn,  or  during  a  wet  winter,  the  rot  destroys  like 
a  pestilence.  A  return  and  a  continuance  of  dry  weather 
materially  arrests  its  murderous  progress.  It  is,  therefore, 
sufficiently  plain  that  the  rot  depends  upon,  or  is  caused  by 
the  existence  of  moisture.  A  rainy  season,  and  a  tenacious 
soil,  are  fruitful  or  inevitable  sources  of  it. 

But  there  is  something  more  than  moisture  necessary  for 
the  production  of  rot.  The  ground  must  be  wet,  and  its 
surface  exposed  to  the  air  ;  and  then  the  plants,  previously 
weakened  or  destroyed  by  the  moisture,  will  be  decomposed  ; 
and,  in  that  decomposition,  certain  gases   or  miasmata  will 


INFLAMMATION    OF    THE    LXINGS.  367 

be  developed,  that  cannot  long  be  breathed,  or  scarcely 
breathed  at  all,  by  the  sheep  without  producing  the  rot. 

Chemistry,  even  in  its  present  advanced  state,  will  afford 
no  means  of  analyzing  these  deleterious  gases  ;  and  it  is  a 
matter  of  little  practical  consequence  to  be  acquainted  with 
their  constituent  principles.  *  *  *  *  Then  the  mode  of  pre- 
vention consists  in  altering  the  character  of  as  much  of  the 
dangerous  ground  as  he  can,  and  keeping  his  sheep  from 
those  pastures  which  defy  all  his  attempts  to  improve  them. 

Treatjnent.-— In  the  early  stage  of  the  disease,  bleed. 
Abstract,  according  to  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  eight, 
ten,  or  twelve  ounces  of  blood.  There  is  no  disease  of  an 
inflammatory  character,  at  its  commencement,  which  is  not 
benefited  by  an  early  bleeding.  To  this  let  a  dose  of  physic 
succeed — two  or  three  ounces  of  Epsom  salts  ;  and  to  these 
means  let  a  change  of  diet  be  immediately  added — good  hay 
in  the  field,  and  hay,  straw,  or  chaff  in  the  straw-yard. 

To  this  should  be  added — a  simple  and  a  cheap  medicine, 
but  that  which  is  the  sheet  anchor  of  the  practitioner  here — 
common  salt.  *  *  *  *  p;;^  The  farmer  is  beginning  to  be 
aware  of  the  valuable  properties  of  salt  in  promoting  the 
condition,  and  relieving  and  preventing  many  of  the  diseases 
of  all  the  domesticated  animals.  In  the  first  place,  it  is  a 
purgative,  inferior  to  few,  when  given  in  a  full  dose  ;  and  it 
is  a  tonic  as  well  as  purgative.  Its  first  power  is  exerted 
on  the  digestive  organs — on  the  stomach  and  intestines — 
augmenting  the  secretions  and  quickening  the  energies  of 
each.  It  is  the  stimulus  which  Nature  herself  points  out, 
for,  in  moderate  quantities  and  mingled  with  the  food,  men 
and  beasts  are  fond  of  it.  The  sheep,  having  a  little  recov- 
ered from  the  disease,  should  still  continue  on  the  best  and 
dryest  pasture  on  the  farm,  and  should  always  have  salt 
within  their  reach.     It  should  be  rock  salt. 

INFLAMMATION    OF    THE    LUNG§. 

This  is  by  no  means  an  unfrequent  disease  among  sheep. 
It  is  caused  by  cold  and  wet  pasture — chills  after  hard  dri- 
ving— washing  before  shearing,  when  the  water  is  at  too  low 
a  temperature — shearing  when  the  weather  is  too  chilly  and 
wet,  and  other  circumstances  of  a  similar  description.  Its 
first  indication  is  that  of  fever — hard  and  quick  pulse — dis- 
inclination for  food — ceasing  to  chew  the  cud — unwilling- 
ness to  move — slight  heaving  of  the  flanks,  and  a  frequent 


868  DISEASES    OF    THE    SHEEP. 

and  painful  cough.  The  disease  soon  assumes  a  more  ag- 
gravated form,  but  further  description  will  be  useless  :  it  is 
sufficient  ibr  the  farmer  to  know  the  first  stages  of  the  mala- 
dy, and  then  pursue  that  course  of  treatment  which  experi- 
ence determines  as  best. 

Treatment. — Bleed  and  purge  freely,  and  secure  the  sheep 
in  some  comfortable  place,  free  from  all  exposure  to  the  vi- 
cissitudes of  the  weather.  Let  no  irritating  food  be  given. 
Mashes  of  wheat  bran  will  be  found  excellent,  with  a  little 
salt  occasionally. 

DROPSY. 

This  disease  is  induced  by  long  exposure  to  cold  and  wet 
weather.  Tapping  is  condemned  by  Blacklock,  unless  per- 
formed by  a  skilful  veterinary.  The  best  plan  is  to  bleed 
freely,  and  give  two  or  three  doses  of  Epsom  salts.  It  is 
better,  however,  in  general,  to  kill  the  sheep  at  once,  as 
rarely  a  permanent  cure  can  be  effected. 


DISEASES  OF  PARTURITION. 

ABORTION. 

This  disease  is  not  so  common  as  in  cows,  but  sometimes 
occurs  very  extensively  in  flocks  of  sheep.  Ewes  are  liable 
to  it  through  every  stage  of  pregnancy  ;  but  generally  it  oc- 
curs when  they  are  about  half-gone.  The  causes  are  vari- 
ious  : — sudden  fright,  jumping  over  ditches  and  whatnot, 
worried  by  dogs,  and  the  too  free  use  of  salt ;  but  the  prom- 
inent cause  is  the  unlimited  use  of  turnips  and  succulent 
food. 

The  symptoms,  according  to  Spooner,  first  manifested,  are 
dulness  and  refusal  to  feed  ;  the  ewe  will  be  seen  moping 
at  a  corner  of  the  fold,  and  will  be  heard  to  bleat  more  than 
usual.  To  these  succeed  restlessness,  and  often  trembling, 
with  slight  labor  pains  ;  and  in  the  course  of  twelve  hours 
abortion  will  have  taken  place.  Sometimes  the  parts  will 
be  so  relaxed,  that  the  uterus  or  vagina  will  become  invert- 
ed, and  the  expulsion  of  the  placenta  will  precede  that  of  the 
foetus. 

Mr.  Spooner  recommends  placing  the  ewe  in  a  dry  situa- 


INVERSION  OF  THE  UTERUS INTEGUMENT,  OR  SKIN.       369 

tion,  as  soon  as  her  situation  is  discovered,  and  the  follow- 
ing medicine  may  be  given  with  some  nourishing  gruel : 

Epsom  salts ^  ounce. 

Tincture  of  opium      -     -     -     1  drachm. 
Powdered  camphor    -     -     -     i      do- 

The  two  latter  medicines  may  be  repeated  the  following 
day,  but  not  the  salts,  unless  the  bowels  are  confined. 

INVERSION    OF    THE    UTERUS. 

Though  this  occasionally  takes  place  in  the  ewe  at  any 
period,  from  sudden  severe  exertion  or  straining  hard,  yet  it 
is  most  frequent  immediately  or  very  shortly  after  parturi- 
tion. In  this  case  it  arises  from  the  violent  spasmodic  ac- 
tion of  the  womb,  which  turns  inside  out,  and  protrudes  out 
of  the  sheep. 

No  time  should  be  lost  in  replacing  it.  The  ewe  must  be 
placed  on  her  back,  with  her  hind  feet  elevated ;  and  the 
hands  being  lubricated  with  oil  or  lard,  the  uterus  should  be 
gently  forced  back  into  its  natural  situation.  Twenty  to 
thirty  drops  of  the  tincture  of  opium  should  be  given  in  a 
pint  of  gruel,  and  the  ewe  kept  perfectly  quiet. 


This  is  inflammatory  affection  of  the  udder,  caused  some- 
times by  constitutional  derangement,  but  generally  by  the 
death  of  the  lamb,  and  the  milk  of  the  udder  becoming  co- 
agulated. 

An  ounce  or  two  of  Epsom  salts,  with  a  drachm  of  gin- 
ger, should  be  given  the  ewe,  dissolved  in  warm  water ;  let 
the  udder  be  fomented  with  water  as  hot  as  it  can  be  borne. 
The  fomentation,  if  necessary,  should  be  repeated,  and  then 
camphor  ointment  rubbed  upon  it  twice  a  day.  If  the 
swelling  continues,  and  matter  forms,  it  should  at  once  be 
opened  by  an  incision,  and  the  puss  pressed  out.  If  the 
smell  is  very  offensive,  it  should  be  syringed  with  a  weak 
solution  of  chloride  of  lime  for  several  days. 

THE    INTEGUMENT,    OR    SKIN.* 

The  skin  of  the  sheep,  although  composed,  like  that  of 
Other  animals,  of  the  cuticle,  the  subjacent  mucous  tissue  and 
the  true  skin,  differs  materially  from  that  of  most  of  them  in 

*  By  Youatt. 


370  DISEASES    OF   THE    SHEEP, 

some  of  its  functions.  It  is  exceedingly  deficient  both  in  the 
powers  of  secretion  and  absorption  ;  or  rather  there  are  cir- 
cumstances about  it  which  materially  limit  the  action  of  these 
functions  ;  and,  as  it  were,  confine  the  office  of  the  skin  to 
the  production  and  the  support  of  the  fleece.  It  is  surround- 
ed by  a  peculiar  secretion,  adhesive  and  impenetrable  to  mois- 
ture— the  yolk — destined  chiefly  to  preserve  the  wool  in  a  soft, 
pliable,  and  healthy  state. 

There  can  be  little  cutaneous  perspiration  going  forward 
from  the  skin  of  the  sheep,  and  there  are  consequently  {evi 
diseases  that  are  referrible  to  change  in  this  excretion  ;  and, 
on  the  other  hand,  little  or  no  advantage  can  be  derived  from 
an  increase  of  it,  as  indicating  a  salutary  direction  of  the  fluids, 
or  relieving  other  and  dangerously-congested  parts.  There 
is  likewise  less  expenditure  or  radiation  of  animal  heat,  both 
on  account  of  the  interposition  of  the  yolk,  and  the  non-con- 
ducting power  of  the  wool.  The  caloric  disengaged  from  the 
sheep  is  about  the  seventh  part  of  that  of  a  man.  This  is  a 
wise  and  kind  provision  of  nature,  well  explaining  the  means 
by  which  the  animal  is  enabled  to  endure  many  hardships 
from  vicissitudes  of  weather. 


DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN. 

Scab,  Erysipelas,  Johnswort-scab,  Pelt-i'ot,  Sore  Mouth, 
Maggots. 

SCAB,    OR    ITCH. 

This  disease  of  the  skin  is  exceedingly  common  among 
sheep  almost  all  over  the  civilized  world.  According  to  Mr. 
Youatt,  there  are  several  varieties  of  it.  "  A  sheep  is  occa- 
sionally observed  to  scratch  himself  in  the  most  furious  man- 
ner, and  with  scarcely  a  moment's  intermission.  He  rubs 
himself  against  every  projection  of  the  fence,  and  of  every 
post,  and  the  wool  comes  off  from  him  in  considerable  flakes. 
When  he  is  caught  there  is  no  appearance  whatever  of  cutane- 
ous disease.'"  Mr.  Young  says,  that  "  the  sheep  rub  them- 
selves in  all  attitudes — they  have  clear  skins  without  the  least 
sign  of  scab — never  observed  that  it  was  catching — and  the 
better  the  food  the  worse  they  become." 

Treatment. — The  sheep  should  be  caught  and  housed, 
shorn  as  closely  as  possible,  washed  all  over,  and  most  care- 


SCAB,    OR    ITCH,  371 

fully,  with  soap  and  water  ;  and  after  that,  on  the  second  day, 
with  a  wash  of  lime-water  and  tobacco  decoction,  of  equal 
parts. 

The  ordinary  scab  in  sheep  is  much  akin  to  the  mange  in 
other  animals.  It  is  most  common  in  the  spring  and  early 
part  of  the  summer.  It  may  be  produced  by  a  variety  of 
causes,  such  as  bad  heep,  and  exposure  to  cold  and  wet  weather  ; 
thus  producing  suppression  of  the  perspiration.  The  pre- 
vailing cause,  however,  is  contagion. 

Symptoms. — The  sheep  is  restless — scratching  and  nib- 
bling itself,  and  tearing  off  the  wool.  When  closely  exam- 
ined, the  skin  will  be  found  to  be  red  and  rough.  Numerous 
pustules  have  broken  and  run  together,  and  form  small  or 
large  patches  of  crust  or  scab — hence  the  name  of  the  disease. 
The  shoulders  and  the  back,  most  frequently,  earliest  exhibit 
these  pustules.  The  general  health  of  the  animal  is  affected 
according  to  the  extent  and  virulemce  of  the  eruption  ;  some- 
times he  pines  away  and  dies,  exhausted  by  continued  irri- 
tation and  suffering.  It  is  a  most  contagious  disease.  If  it 
is  once  introduced  into  a  flock,  the  farmer  may  be  assured 
that,  unless  the  diseased  sheep  are  immediately  removed,  the 
whole  of  his  flock  will  become  infected. 

It  seems  to  spread  among  the  sheep,  not  so  much  by  di- 
rect contact  as  by  means  of  the  rubbing-places ;  for  it  has 
happened,  that  when  a  farmer  has  got  rid  of  his  tainted  flock, 
and  covered  his  pastures  with  a  new  one,  the  disease  has  bro- 
ken out  again  ;  and  this  has  arisen  from  contact  of  the  sheep 
with  the  old  scratching  places  of  fences,  trees,  and  so  forth. 

"  After  it  was  found  that  the  itch  in  the  human  race  was 
caused  by  an  insect,  a  species  of  Acarus,  it  was  supposed  that 
similar  cutaneous  diseases  in  animals  might  arise  from  the 
same  source.  M.  Walz,  a  German,  was  the  first  to  establish 
this  point  and  fully  investigate  its  character,  and  numerous 
subsequent  examinations  have  proved  the  correctness  of  his 
opinions.  He  found  that  the  scab,  like  the  itch,  mange,  &c., 
is  caused  by  animalculae  ;  that  the  irritation  caused  by  his 
burrowing  in  the  skin,  forms  the  pustule,  and  that  when  this 
breaks,  the  acarus  leaves  his  habitation  and  travels  to  anoth- 
er part  of  the  skin,  and  thus  extends  the  disease.  When 
one  of  these  acari  is  placed  on  the  wool  of  a  sound  animal, 
they  quickly  travel  to  its  roots,  where  the  place  of  burying 
themselves  is  shown  by  a  minute  red  point.  About  the  six- 
teenth day  the  pimple  or  pustule  breaks,  and  if  the  acari  is 


872 


DISEASES    OF   THE    SHEEP. 


a  female  it  appears  with  a  multitude  of  young.  These  im- 
mediately set  to  work  on  the  skin,  bury  themselves  and  prop- 
agate until  the  poor  animal  is  irritated  to  death,  or  becomes 
incrusted  with  scab.  M  Walz  satisfactorily  traced  the  par- 
asite through  all  its  changes,  and  by  experiment  discovered 
its  mode  of  action,  and  method  of  infection.  He  found  that 
when  the  male  acari  was  placed  on  a  sheep  it  burrowed,  the 
pustule  was  formed,  but  the  itching  and  scab  soon  disappear- 
ed without  the  employment  of  any  remedy.  Such  was  not 
the  case  where  the  female  acari  was  placed  on  the  sound 
skin  ;  as  with  the  breaking  of  the  pustule  from  eight  to  fif- 
teen little  ones  made  their  appearance.  M.  Walz  found  that 
the  young  acari  kept  in  a  dry  place,  dried  and  crumbled  to 
dust ;  but  when  old,  that  it  would  retain  its  life  through  the 
whole  winter  ;  thus  proving  the  necessity  of  not  relying  on 
the  season  for  their  destruction,  but  on  preparations  of  active 
medicine  when  the  disease  shows  itself.  Of  the  origin  of 
these  insects,  we  of  course  can  know  nothing  ;  it  is  enough 
that  we  are  certain  when  they  make  their  appearance  they 
can  be  met  and  destroyed." — [Cultivator.) 


Fig.  3. 


Fi?  1.    The  insects  of  their  natural  size  on  a  dark  ground. 

Fig.  2.  The  fbniale,  of  366  times  the  natural  size,  larger  than  the  male,  of  an 
oval  form,  and  provided  with  eight  feet,  four  before  and  four  behind. 

a.  The  sucker. 

b.  b.  b.  b     The  four  anterior  feet,  with  their  trumpet-like  appendices. 

c.  c.    The  two  interior  hind-feet. 

d.  d.  The  two  outward  feet,  the  extremities  of  which  are  provided  with  some 
long  hairs,  and  on  other  parts  of  the  legs  are  shorter  hairs.  To  these  hairs  the 
young  ones  adhere  when  they  first  appear  from  the  pustule. 

e.  The  tail,  containing  the  anus  and  vulva,  garnished  by  some  short  hairs. 
Fig.  3.    The  male  on  his  back,  and  seen  by  the  same  magnifying  power. 


ERYSIPELAS.  373 

Treatment. — Shear  off  the  wool  about  the  pustules,  then 
let  the  scab  be  removed  with  knife  or  comb  :  after  which  the 
diseased  parts  must  be  washed  with  soap  and  water  ;  then 
apply  the  following  mixture  : — One  lb.  of  plug  tobacco  to  four 
gallons  of  water,  which  should  be  thoroughly  boiled  ;  then 
add  the  same  quantity  of  lime-water  with  one  pint  of  spirits 
of  turpentine. 

Another  recipe.  A  decoction  of  hellebore,  mixed  with 
vinegar,  sulphur,  and  spirits  of  turpentine. 

The  "Mountain  Shepherd's  Manual"  recommends  the 
following : 

Corrosive  sublimate   -      -      -      8  oz. 

White  hellebore  in  powder     -  12  oz. 
Whale,  or  other  oil           -      -      6  gallons. 

Rosin 2  lbs. 

Tallow 2  lbs. 

The  sublimate  is  to  be  reduced  to  a  fine  powder,  and 
mixed  with  a  portion  of  oil,  and  also  the  hellebore.  The 
rosin,  tallow,  and  remainder  of  the  oil  are  to  be  melted  to- 
gether, and  the  other  ingredients  then  added  and  well  mix- 
ed. Should  the  ointment  appear  too  thin,  the  proportion  of 
oil  may  be  reduced,  and  that  of  the  tallow  increased." 

Many  years  ago  the  first  recipe  was  used  in  the  writer's 
flock,  with  entire  success.  The  best  recipe,  however,  is  in 
the  shape  of  a  preventive,  namely,  warm  shelters  for  the 
flock  during  winter,  and  wholesome  and  nutritious  food  the 
year  round.  A  poor  sheep  will  always  be  the  first  to  suflfer 
from  this  loathsome  disease. 

ERYSIPELAS. 

The  appearance  of  this  disorder  is  that  of  a  red  inflamma- 
tory thickening  of  the  skin  breaking  out  into  a  fine  eruption 
frequently  watery,  attended  with  fever  and  heat.  It  attacks 
most  generally  those  sheep  which  are  in  the  best  condition, 
and  has  sometimes  proved  very  fatal,  it  being  a  disease 
which  does  not  run  long  before  it  kills  the  animal. 

Examination  after  death  generally  shows  an  inflammation 
of  the  stomach,  kidneys,  intestines,  or  the  neck  of  the  blad- 
der, which  may  be  brought  on  by  feeding  on  too  succulent 
food. 

Treatment. — A  change  of  diet  is  recommended,  and  cool- 
ing purgative  medicines  administered  freely.     The  foUow- 

32 


374  DISEASES    OF    THE    SHEEP. 

ing  prescription  has  been  used  with  success  : — Epsom  saUs, 
six  ounces  ;  nitre,  four  ounces  ;  boiling  water,  three  pints  : 
pour  the  water  upon  the  sahs,  and  when  about  blood  warm, 
add  four  ounces  of  spirits  of  turpentine — give  from  three  to 
four  table-spoonfuls  at  a  dose,  once  or  twice  per  day,  accord- 
ing to  the  severity  of  the  disease.* 

JOHNSWORT    SCAB,    OR    ITCH. 

That  pestiferous  weed,  called  Johnswort,  if  growing  abun- 
dantly where  sheep  are  pastured,  will  cause  an  irritation  of  the 
skin,  often  over  the  whole  body  and  legs  of  the  sheep  ;  but 
generally  it  is  confined  to  the  neighborhood  of  the  mouth. 
If  eaten  in  too  large  quantities,  it  produces  violent  inflamma- 
tion of  the  bowels,  and  is  frequently  fatal  to  lambs,  and 
sometimes  to  adults.  Its  efli'ects  when  inflammation  is  pro- 
duced internally  are  very  singular.  The  writer  has  wit- 
nessed the  most  fantastic  capers  of  sheep  in  this  situation, 
and  once  a  lamb,  while  running,  described  a  circle  with  all 
the  precision  of  a  circus  horse  :  this  was  continued  until  it 
fell  from  exhaustion. 

Treatment. — Anoint  the  irritated  parts  with  hog's  lard 
and  sulphur.  If  there  are  symptoms  of  inflammation  of  the 
stomach,  administer  tar — putting  it  into  the  mouth  of  the 
sheep  with  a  flattened  stick.  Simply  hog's  lard  is  used  fre- 
quently with  success.  Remove  the  flock  to  pasture  free 
from  the  weed,  and  salt  freely.  It  is  said  that  salt,  if  given 
often  to  sheep,  is  an  effectual  guard  against  the  poisonous 
properties  of  the  weed. 

PELT-ROT. 

This  is  a  disease  of  the  skin,  as  the  name  implies.  It 
causes  a  premature  falling  oflf  of  the  fleece  in  the  spring  of 
the  year. 

It  is  produced  by  exposure  during  the  winter,  and  low 
condition — the  latter  principally. 

Preventive. — Good  shelters  and  good  keep.  Let  the  wool 
fluids  be  kept  healthy  and  abundant,  and  there  will  be  no 
danger  of  any  attack  from  this  disease. 

SORE    MOUTH. 

This  is  supposed  by  some  to  be  caused  by  sheep  eating, 
in  the  winter  season,  noxious  weeds,  for  it  is  that  period  of 

*  Northern  Shepherd. 


MAGGOTS.  375 

the  year  generally  that  they  are  most  subject  to  it.  A  cor- 
respondent of  the  Cultivator  thus  speaks  concerning  it :  "  It 
generally  commenced  in  one  corner  of  the  mouth  and  spread 
over  both  lips,  and  the  lips  swelled  to  the  thickness  of  a 
man's  hand.  My  flock  consisted  of  about  300,  and  in  the 
space  of  three  weeks,  about  forty  died  of  the  distemper,  and 
not  one  had  recovered.  By  this  time  at  least  one  half  of  the 
remainder  of  the  flock  were  attacked.  It  occurred  to  me 
that  tar  would  be  as  likely  as  anything  to  give  relief.  I  ac- 
cordingly had  my  sheep  all  brought  together  ;  and  filled  their 
mouths,  and  daubed  on  to  their  lips  all  that  could  be  made 
to  stick;  and,  to  my  surprise,  it  effected  an  immediate  cure. 
I  lost  but  two  or  three  after  this,  and  these  were  nearly  dead 
when  I  made  the  application.  In  a  few  days,  every  sheep 
was  well." 

The  writer,  a  few  years  since,  had  a  few  of  his  sheep 
affected  in  a  similar  way,  and  inasmuch  as  it  was  confined 
to  but  one  flock,  he  attributed  it  to  irritating  weeds  cut  with 
the  hay.  The  application  of  tar  to  their  mouths  was  made, 
as  described  above,  which  effected  an  immediate  cure. 
Hog's  lard  and  sulphur  will  also  cure  the  disorder. 

MAGGOTS. 

Sheep  in  the  spring  are  subject  to  scours  or  diarrhcea, 
which  causes  an  accumulation  of  filth  about  the  tail  and  at- 
tracts the  maggot-fly  ;  and  again — rams  by  fighting  will  often 
lacerate  the  skin  around  the  forehead,  which  will  also  invite 
the  approach  of  the  fly.  If  maggots  are  at  work  about  the 
tail,  the  sheep  will  be  seen  biting  it,  and  rubbing  against 
fences  and  whatnot ;  and  the  ram  to  shake  his  head  almost 
constantly,  and  also  rubbing  against  every  object  that  pre- 
sents itself. 

Treatment. — Dislodge  the  worms  with  a  knife,  and  apply 
spirits  of  turpentine.  If  they  have  penetrated  far  into  the 
skin,  hold  the  sheep  in  such  a  position  as  to  retain  the  liquid 
for  a  minute  or  more  in  the  affected  part.  By  so  doing  the 
maggot  will  crawl  out  and  perish  instantly.  Sheep  cannot 
be  too  closely  watched  before  they  are  shorn,  otherwise 
some  will  be  destroyed  from  the  above  cause. 

Sheep  Louse  [Hippohosca  ovina)  and  the  Tick  (Acarus 
reduvius)  are  destroyed  by  tobacco  decoction.  For  particu- 
lars, see  "  Summer  Management  of  Sheep." 


376  DISEASES   OF    THE    SHEEP. 


DISEASES  OF  THE  HOOF. 

FOOT-ROT. 

This  common  scourge  of  the  sheep,  through  all  parts  of 
the  United  States,  requires  an  extended  notice  of  the  causes, 
and  the  most  approved  treatment.  The  compiler  has  had 
no  personal  observation  of  this  loathsome  malady,  other 
than  from  seeing  it  in  flocks  away  from  his  home,  not  a 
sheep  of  his  own  ever  having  been  attacked  with  it.  For 
this  reason,  he  is  compelled  to  rely  on  the  scientific  accounts 
of  Mr.  Youatt,  and  of  Professor  Dick  of  Edinburgh,  as  to 
the  causes,  and  to  intelligent  sheep-breeders  of  our  own 
country,  for  its  treatment. 

Mr.  Youatt  proceeds  to  say, — "  Foot-rot  is  a  disease  at 
first,  and  usually  throughout  its  whole  course,  confined  to  the 
foot.  The  first  indication  of  foot-rot  is  a  certain  degree  of 
lameness  in  the  animal.  If  he  is  caught  and  examined,  the 
foot  will  be  found  hot  and  tender,  the  horn  softer  than  usual, 
and  there  will  be  enlargement  about  the  coronet,  and  slight 
separation  of  the  hoof  from  it,  with  portions  of  the  horn 
torn  away,  and  ulcers  formed  below,  and  a  discharge  of  thin 
fetid  matter.  The  ulcers,  if  neglected,  continue  to  increase  ; 
they  throw  out  fungous  granulations,  they  separate  the  hoof 
more  and  more  from  the  parts  beneath,  until  at  length  it 
drops  oflf.  All  this  is  the  consequence  of  soft  and  marshy 
pasture.  The  mountain  or  the  Down  sheep — the  sheep  in 
whose  walk  there  is  no  poachy  ground,  if  he  is  not  actually 
exposed  to  infection  by  means  of  the  virus,  knows  nothing 
at  all  about  it ;  it  is  in  the  yielding  soil  of  the  low  country 
that  all  the  mischief  is  done." 

The  following  is  from  the  pen  of  Professor  Dick : — 

"  The  foot  presents  a  structure  and  arrangement  of  parts 
well  adapted  to  the  natural  habits  of  the  animal.  It  is  di- 
vided into  two  digits  or  toes,  which  are  shod  with  a  hoof 
composed  of  different  parts,  similar  in  many  respects  to  the 
hoof  of  the  horse.  Each  hoof  is  principally  composed  of 
the  crust,  or  wall,  and  the  sole.  The  crust,  extending  along 
the  outside  of  the  foot,  round  the  toe,  and  turning  inwards, 
is  continued  about  half  way  back  between  each  toe  on  the 
inside.  The  sole  fills  the  space  on  the  inferior  surface  of 
the  hoof  between  these  parts  of  the  crust,  and  being  contin- 
ued backwards  becomes  softer  as  it  proceeds,  assuming 


FOOT-ROT,  377 

somewhat  the  structure  of  the  substance  of  the  frog  in  the 
foot  of  the  horse,  and  performing,  at  the  same  time,  analo- 
gous functions.  The  whole  hoof,  too,  is  secreted  from  the 
vascular  tissue  underneath. 

"  Now  this  diversity  of  structure  is  for  particular  purposes. 
The  crust,  like  that  in  the  hoof  of  the  horse,  being  harder 
and  tougher  than  the  sole,  keeps  up  a  sharp  edge  on  the 
outer  margin,  and  is  mainly  intended  to  resist  the  wear-and- 
tear  to  which  the  foot  of  the  animal  is  exposed.  The  soft 
pasturage  on  which  the  sheep  is  occasionally  put  presents 
little,  if  any,  of  that  rough  friction  to  which  the  feet  of  the 
animal  is  naturally  intended  to  be  exposed.  The  crust, 
therefore,  grows  unrestrained  until  it  either  laps  over  the 
sole,  like  the  loose  sole  of  an  old  shoe,  and  serves  to  retain 
and  accumulate  the  earth  and  filth,  or  is  broken  off  in  de- 
tached parts  ;  in  some  cases  exposing  the  quick,  or  opening 
new  pores,  into  which  particles  of  earth  or  sand  force  their 
way,  until,  reaching  the  quick,  an  inflammation  is  set  up, 
which,  in  its  progress,  alters  or  destroys  the  whole  foot. 

"  The  finest  and  richest  old  pastures  and  lawns  are  particu- 
larly liable  to  this  disease,  and  so  are  soft,  marshy,  and  lux- 
uriant meadows.  It  exists  to  a  greater  or  less  extent  in 
every  situation  that  has  a  tendency  to  increase  the  growth 
of  the  hoofs  without  wearing  them  away. 

"  Sheep  that  are  brought  from  an  upland  range  of  pasture 
are  more  particularly  subject  to  it.  This  is  very  easily  ac- 
counted for.  By  means  of  the  exercise  which  the  animal 
was  compelled  to  take  on  account  of  the  scantier  production 
of  the  upland  pasture,  and  also  in  consequence  of  the  greater 
hardness  of  the  ground,  the  hoof  was  worn  down  as  fast  as 
it  grew  ;  but  on  its  new  and  moist  habitation,  the  hoofs  not 
only  continued  to  grow,  but  the  rapidity  of  that  growth  was 
much  increased,  while  the  salutary  friction  which  kept  the 
extension  of  the  foot  within  bounds  was  altogether  removed. 
When  the  nails  of  the  fingers  or  toes  of  the  human  being 
exceed  their  proper  length,  they  give  him  so  much  uneasi- 
ness as  to  induce  him  to  pare  them,  or  if  he  neglects  this 
operation  they  break.  He  can  pare  them  after  they  have 
been  broken,  and  the  inconvenience  soon  ceases,  and  the 
wound  heals.  When,  however,  the  hoof  of  the  sheep  ex- 
ceeds its  natural  length  and  thickness,  that  animal  has  no 
power  to  pare  them  down,  but  there  long  continues  a  wound, 
irritated  and  induced  to  spread,  by  the  exposure  of  its  sur- 
3?.* 


378  DISEASES    OF    THE    SHEEP. 

face,  and  the  introduction  of  foreign  and  annoying  matters 
into  it. 

"  The  different  parts  of  the  hoof,  Ukewise,  deprived  of  their 
natural  wear,  grow  out  of  their  proper  proportions.  Tlie 
crust,  especially,  grows  too  long ;  and  the  overgrown  parts 
either  break  off  in  irregular  rents,  or  by  overshooting  the 
sole  allow  particles  of  sand  and  dirt  to  enter  into  the  pores 
of  the  hoof.  These  particles  soon  reach  the  quick,  and  set 
up  the  inflammation  already  described,  and  followed  by  all 
its  destructive  eflects.  *  #  * 

"  The  ulceration  of  foot-rot  will  not  long  exist  without  the 
additional  annoyance  of  the  fly.  Maggots  will  multiply  on 
every  part  of  the  surface  and  burrow  in  all  directions.  To 
this,  as  may  be  readily  supposed,  will  be  added  a  great  deal 
of  constitutional  disturbance.  A  degree  of  inflammatory 
fever  is  produced.  The  animal  for  a  while  shifts  about  on 
its  knees  ;  but  at  length  the  powers  of  nature  fail,  and  it  dies 
from  irritation  and  want." 

Treatment. — The  following  is  Mr.  Youatt's  mode  of  cu- 
ring the  disease  ;  and  it  will  be  well  to  remember  that  this 
gentleman  is  highly  distinguished  in  England  for  his  emi- 
nent skill  and  knowledge  as  a  veterinary  surgeon. 

"  The  foot  must  be  carefully  examined,  and  every  portion 
of  loose  and  detached  horn  pared  off,  even  though  the  greater 
part,  or  almost  the  whole  of  the  hoof,  may  be  taken  away. 
The  horn  once  separated  from  the  parts  beneath  will  never 
again  unite  with  them,  but  become  a  foreign  body,  and  a 
source  of  pain,  inflammation,  and  fungous  sproutings.  This, 
then,  is  the  first  and  fundamental  thing — every  portion  of 
horn  that  is  in  the  slightest  degree  separated  from  the  parts 
beneath  must  be  cut  away.  A  small,  sharp,  curved-pointed 
knife,  or  a  small  drawing  knife,  will  be  the  best  instrument 
to  eflfect  this. 

"  If  there  are  any  fungous  granulations  they  must  be  cut 
down  with  the  knife  or  a  pair  of  sharp  curved  scissors,  un- 
less they  are  exceedingly  minute,  and  then  the  caustic 
about  to  be  mentioned  will  destroy  them.  The  whole  hoof 
must  be  thoroughly  cleaned,  although  it  may  occupy  no  little 
time,  and  inflict  considerable  pain  on  the  animal.  The  after 
expenditure  of  time,  and  the  suflering  of  the  patient,  will  be 
materially  diminished  by  this  decisive  measure. 

"  The  foot  should  then  be  washed  with  a  solution  of  chlo- 
ride of  lime,  in  the  proportion  of  one  pound  of  the  powder  to 


FOOT-ROT.  379 

a  gallon  of  water.  This  will  remove  the  fetor,  and  tendency 
to  sloughing  and  mortihcation,  which  are  the  too  frequent 
attendants  on  foot-rot.  The  muriate  or  butyr  of  antimony 
must  then  be  resorted  to,  and  by  means  of  a  swab,  applied 
to  every  denuded  part ;  lightly  where  the  surface  has  a 
healthy  appearance,  and  more  severely  where  fungous  gran- 
ulations have  been  cut  ofT,  or  there  are  small  granulations 
springing  up.  There  is  no  application  comparable  to  this. 
It  is  effectual  as  a  superficial  caustic  ;  and  it  so  readily  com- 
bines with  the  fluids  belonging  to  the  parts  to  which  it  is 
applied,  that  it  quickly  becomes  diluted,  and  comparatively 
powerless,  and  is  incapable  of  producing  any  deep  or  cor- 
roding mischief.  The  change  of  color  in  the  part  will  ac- 
curately show  to  what  portions  it  has  been  applied,  and  what 
effect  has  been  produced. 

"  If  the  foot  has  been  in  a  manner  stripped  of  its  horn,  and 
especially,  if  a  considerable  portion  of  the  sole  has  been 
removed,  it  may  be  expedient  to  wrap  a  little  clean  tow  round 
the  foot,  and  to  bind  it  tightly  down  with  tape,  the  sheep  be- 
ing removed  to  a  straw  yard,  or  some  enclosed  place,  or  to 
a  dryer  pasture.  This  last  provision  is  absolutely  necessary 
when  the  sheep  is  again  turned  out ;  for  if  the  foot  is  ex- 
posed to  the  original  cause  of  disease,  the  evil  will  return 
under  an  aggravated  form. 

"  The  foot  should  be  dressed  every  day  ;  each  new  separa- 
tion of  horn  removed  ;  and  every  portion  of  fungous  submit- 
ted to  the  action  of  the  caustic,  with  a  degree  of  severity 
proportioned  to  the  necessity  of  the  case.  The  new  horn 
should  likewise  be  examined.  If  it  appears  to  be  healthy 
and  tolerably  firm,  nothing  should  be  done  to  it ;  but  if  it  is 
soft  and  spongy,  the  caustic  must  be  lightly  applied.  The 
sooner  the  bandage  can  be  removed,  and  the  sheep  turned  into 
some  upland  or  thoroughly  dry  pasture,  the  better  it  will  be 
for  the  foot,  and  the  health  of  the  animal  generally. 

"  The  sheep  that  has  been  attacked  by  foot-rot  should  not 
be  suffered  to  rejoin  his  companions  while  there  is  the  slight- 
est discharge  from  any  part  of  the  hoof,  inasmuch  as  the  dis- 
ease is  highly  infectious." 

The  following  recipes  for  foot-rot  have  been  used  success- 
fully by  American  sheep-breeders  : 

By  Major  Grant,  of  Walpole,  N.  H. : — 4  oz.  blue  vitriol, 
2  oz.  verdigris  to  a  junk  bottle  of  urine.  The  same  has  been 
adopted  by  others  with  success. 


380  DISEASES   OF   THE   SHEEP, 

Another  : — Spirits  turpentine,  tar,  and  verdigris,  in  equal 
parts. 

Another,  by  Leonard  D.  Clift,  Esq.,of  Carmel,  Putnam  Co., 
N.  Y.  : — 3  quarts  of  alcohol,  1  pint  spirits  of  turpentine,  1 
pint  strong  vinegar,  1  lb.  blue  vitriol,  1  lb.  copperas,  1^  lbs. 
verdigris,  1  lb.  alum,  1  lb.  saltpetre,  pounded  fine  :  mix  in 
close  bottle,  shake  every  day,  and  let  it  stand  six  or  eight 
days  before  using:  also  mix  2  lbs.  honey  and  two  quarts 
of  tar,  which  must  be  applied  after  the  previous  compound. 
Two  applications  will  entirely  remove  the  disease.  A  cor- 
respondent of  the  Cultivator  says,  that  he  used  the  above 
with  perfect  success,  while  almost  every  other  recipe  that 
he  ever  heard  of,  failed. 

There  are  an  abundance  of  other  mixtures  or  com- 
pounds which  are  asserted  to  be  "  infallible  cures ;"  but  the 
question  naturally  arises.  Is  not  the  prevention  better  than  all  ? 
and  if  so,  what  is  it  ?  A  friend  of  the  writer,  after  having 
become  acquainted  with  the  true  cause  of  the  malady,  made 
known  by  Professor  Dick,  and  which  has  been  fully  present- 
ed to  the  reader,  immediately  after  his  sheep  are  tagged, 
which  is  done  in  April,  he  pares  the  horn  or  crust  of  the  hoof 
down  to  a  level  with  the  sole,  and  then  applies  a  mixture  of 
tar — say  four  quarts,  half  a  pint  of  spirits  of  turpentine,  and 
the  same  quantity  of  oil  of  vitriol,  using  it  almost  boiling  hot. 
The  two  latter  ingredients  are  not  mixed  with  the  tar  all  at 
once,  but  a  little  poured  in  at  a  time,  inasmuch  as  they  are, 
in  a  heated  stale,  very  evanescent.  A  small  brush  is  used, 
and  not  only  the  bottom  of  the  hoofs,  but  the  sides  and  clefts 
are  thoroughly  coated.  If  the  season  is  a  wet  one,  he  goes 
through  the  same  process  late  in  the  fall — but  not  otherwise. 
By  this  precaution,  although  in  the  district  of  his  residence 
foot-rot  is  common,  his  sheep  know  nothing  of  the  disease. 
This  is  at  least  worthy  of  a  trial  by  all. 

One  remark  more.  Foot-rot  is  contagious  beyond  all 
question :  and  hence  necessary  care  is  requisite  not  to  put 
sound  sheep  on  grounds  where  infected  ones  have  run ;  no, 
not  during  the  spring,  summer,  or  fall — not  until  the  frosts  of 
winter  have  utterly  destroyed  the  poison  virus  which  has 
been  left  by  diseased  flocks.  The  following  instance  will 
show  this  precaution  to  be  indispensably  necessary  :  A  farmer 
of  the  writer's  acquaintance  having  been  sorely  plagued  with 
foot-rot  in  his  flock,  frequently  renewing  itself  after  repeated 
cures,  resolved  to  slaughter  the  whole,  which  was  according- 


FOULS.  381 

ly  done.  Several  months  afterwards  he  possessed  himself 
of  another  flock,  which  were  known  never  to  have  been  in- 
fected, nor  was  the  disease  known  in  the  vicinity  where  their 
purchase  was  made  ;  and  lo  !  in  less  than  a  month  after  they 
were  brought  to  their  new  home,  the  sheep  became  diseased 
like  their  ill-fated  predecessors.  Every  farmer  should  de- 
duce a  lesson  from  this  not  uncommon  instance. 

FOULS. 

Blacklock  says — "  Another  variety  of  foot-rot  is  produced 
by  the  friction  of  long  grass  between  the  hoofs.  The  rubbing 
of  the  grass  frets  the  skin  in  the  cleft  of  the  hoof,  the  gland  in 
that  situatlion  swells,  becomes  enlarged,  and  suppurates.  This 
complaint  is,  however,  more  readily  remedied  than  the  other, 
and  does  not  cause  nearly  so  much  suffering  to  the  sheep. 
An  application  of  tar,  warmed  to  a  liquid,  and  a  small  quan- 
tity of  spirits  of  turpentine,  will  heal  the  irritation."  It  is 
not  contagious. 


CHAPTER  XVII. 

SURGICAL    OBSERVATIONS.* 


WOUNDS-TO  STOP  BLEEDING— REMOVAL  OF  EXTRANEOUS  MATTER 
—CLOSURE  OF  A  WOUND— BANDAGLNG— CLEAN  CUTS— PUNCTURED 
WOUNDS— BRUISES  AND  SPRAINS— WOUNDS  OF  JOINTS  — FRAC- 
TURES—BLOOD-LETTING. 


WOUNDS. 


All  the  wounds  which  can  be  inflicted  may  be  classed  un- 
der the  heads  of  incised^  punctured,  and  lacerated. 

An  incised  wound  is  one  made  by  a  cutting  instrument, 
such  as  a  knife  or  piece  of  glass. 

Punctured  wounds  are  those  produced  by  sharp-pointed 
bodies,  such  as  pins  or  thorns. 

Lacerated  wounds  are  those  occasioned  by  blunt  bodies, 
as  the  teeth  of  a  dog,  tearing  rather  than  cutting  the  flesh. 

1st.  Arrest  the  bleeding,  if  profuse,  and  likely  to  endan- 
ger life. 

2d.  Clip  away  the  wool  for  a  few  inches  around  the  in- 
jured part. 

3d.  Remove  dirt  or  other  foreign  body  from  the  wound. 

TO    STOP    BLEEDING. 

Bleeding  will,  if  no  large  arteries  are  divided,  cease  on 
the  free  exposure  of  the  surface  for  a  few  minutes  to  the  air; 
but  when  a  large  vessel  has  been  cut,  more  determined 
means  must  be  had  recourse  to.  Pressure  on  the  bleeding 
surface  and  its  neighborhood  will  in  many  cases  succeed, 
but  this  or  any  other  similar  method  is  far  inferior  to  that  of 
securing  the  open  vessel  by  a  thread.     To  accomplish  this, 

»  By  Blacklock. 


CLOSURE    OP    A    WOUND.  383 

the  mouth  of  the  vein  or  artery  must  be  slightly  drawn  out 
from  the  contiguous  surface,  by  means  of  a  small  hook,  call- 
ed by  surgeons  a  tenaculum^  and  easily  procured  from  any 
blacksmith.  While  the  mouth  of  the  vessel  is  thus  held  ex- 
posed, an  assistant  must  surround  it  with  a  noose  of  thread, 
which,  on  being  secured  with  a  double  knot,  will  effectually 
close  it.  The  thread  ought  to  be  of  white  silk,  though  any 
undyed  thread,  which  is  firm,  round,  and  capable  of  standing 
a  pull,  will  answer  the  purpose.  Care  must  be  taken  to 
place  the  thread,  before  tying  it,  fairly  behind  the  point  of 
the  tenaculum,  so  as  to  avoid  including  the  instrument  with- 
in the  ligature — a  circumstance  which  would  lead  to  the 
slipping  of  the  noose  and  failure  of  the  operation.  The 
hook  is  now  to  be  withdrawn,  and  one  end  of  the  ligature  cut 
off  by  scissors  a  short  distance  from  the  noose.  The  re- 
maining threads  are  allowed  to  hang  out  of  the  wound,  so  as 
to  admit  of  their  removal  when  they  become  loose,  which 
does  not,  however,  take  place  till  the  termination  of  the  first 
four  days,  and  they  are  frequently  retained  for  a  longer  pe- 
riod. At  each  time  the  wound  is  dressed,  after  the  fourth 
day,  the  ligatures  should  be  gently  pulled,  or,  which  is  pref- 
erable, twisted,  to  disengage  them,  if  at  all  loose,  so  that  the 
wound  may  be  more  speedily  closed.  Before  proceeding  to 
any  operation  where  bleeding  is  expected,  the  operator  should 
provide  himself  with  a  few  well-waxed  threads,  each  twelve 
inches  long,  so  that  no  delay  may  ensue  on  a  division  of 
large  vessels. 

REMOVAL  OF  EXTRANEOUS  MATTER. 

Dirt  is  best  removed  by  washing  with  a  sponge  or  old 
linen  rag  and  warm  water.  Other  foreign  bodies  may  in 
general  be  extracted  by  the  finger  and  thumb.  In  some 
cases,  however,  it  may  be  necessary  to  enlarge  the  wound 
with  a  fine-edged  knife,  in  order  to  facilitate  the  removal  of 
substances  which,  from  their  shape  or  situation,  cannot  be 
otherwise  displaced. 

CLOSURE    OF    A    WOUND. 

The  last  thing  to  be  done  is  to  bring  the  edges  of  the 
wound  into  as  accurate  contact  as  the  state  of  the  parts  will 
at  the  moment  permit,  without,  however,  using  any  force. 
This,  with  a  little  care,  is  readily  accomplished,  the  only 


384  SURGICAL    OPERATIONS. 

difficulty  being  to  retain  them  in  the  desired  position.  They 
may  be  held  in  contact  either  by  stitches,  plasters,  or  ban- 
dages, or  by  a  union  of  the  three.  Stitches  are  only  re- 
quired when  the  wound  gapes  to  a  considerable  degree,  as  it 
\\'\\\  always  do  when  running  across  a  muscle.  They  may 
be  applied  in  the  following  manner.  Transfix  one  side  of 
the  wound  with  a  curved  needle  with  a  well-waxed  thread, 
forcing  the  needle  from  without  obliquely  towards  the  bot- 
tom of  the  wound,  then  carry  it  through  the  opposite  side 
from  within,  taking  care  to  bring  it  out  about  the  same  dis- 
tance from  the  edge  as  that  at  which  it  entered  on  the  other 
margin.  The  needle  must  now  be  removed,  by  cutting  the 
threads  close  to  its  eye,  and  while  the  ends  are  allowed  to 
hang  loose.  Your  assistant  will  now  bring  the  sides  of  the 
wound  together  as  accurately  as  possible,  and  retain  them 
there  till  you  have  tied  the  corresponding  ends  of  the  threads 
in  a  double  knot. 

BANDAGING. 

Adhesive  plaster  is  in  some  instances  of  service,  but  upon 
the  whole  ought  rather  to  be  dispensed  with,  being  of  diffi- 
cult application,  and  moreover  tending  to  the  accumulation 
of  filth  and  the  discomfort  of  the  animal.  Nothing  will  be 
found  to  serve  the  purpose  of  supporting  the  parts  so  well  as 
a  properly  adjusted  bandage,  which  is  useful  in  every  in- 
stance, and  sure  to  stay  on  if  sewed  here  and  there  to  the 
fleece.  The  bandage  should  never  be  omitted  where  the 
wound  has  any  tendency  to  gape,  as  too  great  a  strain  upon 
the  stitches  cannot  but  lead  to  delay  in  the  healing  process. 
In  bandaging  a  limb  or  part  of  a  limb,  commence  always  at 
the  foot,  and  proceed  upwards  ;  in  other  parts  of  the  body, 
begin  where  you  find  it  most  convenient.  Before  applying 
a  bandage  to  a  wounded  surface,  a  couple  of  pieces  of  old 
linen  or  cotton  rag  should  be  folded  into  pads  or  compresses, 
and  laid  one  on  each  side  of  the  cut,  and  over  these  the  ban- 
dage should  be  rolled,  evenly  and  with  moderate  and  uniform 
firmness.  By  this  plan  the  separated  surfaces  are  support- 
ed and  preserved  in  close  juxtaposition,  especially  at  the 
bottom  of  the  wound,  a  thing  of  some  importance  where  the 
cavity  is  deep.  Transverse  cuts  of  the  limbs  of  sheep  re- 
quire more  careful  and  more  complicated  treatment  than  cuts 
in  other  parts,  as  there  is  a  constant  tendency  of  the  edges 
to  retract.     This  retraction  of  the  edges  may  be  in  some  de- 


CLEAN   CUTS PUNCTtTRED    WOUNDS.  885 

gree  obviated  by  the  application  of  a  splint,  which  may  bo 
made  of  a  slip  of  stiff  leather  well  wetted,  so  as  to  be  easily 
adapted  to  the  form  of  the  limb.  It  is  intended  to  impede 
the  motion  of  the  leg,  which  occasions  the  gaping  of  the 
wound,  and  must  therefore  be  made  to  pass  over  one  or  more 
joints  as  circumstances  may  require.  A  bandage  must  be 
placed  over  to  make  everything  secure. 

CLEAN    CUTS. 

Clean  cuts,  as  every  one  knows,  heal  readily  in  a  healthy 
animal,  seldom  demanding  above  three  dressings  ;  lacera- 
tions, on  the  other  hand,  require  a  longer  period  for  their 
reparation,  inasmuch  as  the  process  which  nature  goes 
throuoh  is  more  complicated.  In  the  former,  the  parts  are 
speedily  glued  together,  so  soon  almost  as  in  contact,  and 
the  union  is  generally  complete  within  the  first  thirty-six 
hours.  Not  so,  however,  with  the  latter.  Here  the  parts 
are  bruised,  torn,  and  perhaps  to  a  considerable  extent  want- 
ing. Some  of  the  bruised  portions  may  die,  and  are  of 
course  to  be  renewed.  This  is  a  process  requiring  a  great 
effort  on  the  part  of  the  vital  powers,  which  are  often  inade- 
quate to  the  task,  and  on  this  account  we  ought,  when  ihe 
injury  is  severe,  to  sacrifice  the  animal  rather  than  run  the 
risk  of  its  dying  during  the  process  of  the  attempted  cure. 
To  replace  the  lost  part,  suppuration  or  the  formation  of 
matter  commences  ;  while  under  cover  of  this,  a  crop  of 
fleshy  particles  (granulations)  rise  to  fill  the  vacancy. 
Granulations  are  best  promoted  by  warm  emollient  applica- 
tions, such  as  poultices  of  oatmeal,  linseed  meal,  or  barley 
flour,  which  ought  to  be  frequently  renewed  to  prevent  their 
becoming  cold  or  dry.  When  the  granulations  become  too 
luxuriant,  and  rise,  as  they  are  apt  to  do,  above  the  level  of 
the  skin,  the  poultices  must  be  laid  aside,  the  sore  washed 
once  or  twice  a  day  with  a  solution  of  sulphate  of  copper, 
(made  by  dissolving  two  or  three  drachms  of  blue  vitriol  in 
a  pint  of  sol't  water),  and  covered  carefully  over  with  a  little 
fine  tow,  spread  with  lard,  or  any  simple  ointment,  by  which 
means,  conjoined  with  cleanliness,  a  cure  will  easily  be  ac- 
complished. 

PUNCTURED    WOUNDS. 

The  orifice  being  small  in  these,  and  the  depth  consider- 
able, the  sides  are  apt  to  adhere  irregularly,  and  preveat  tJao 

83 


386  SURGICAL    OPERATIONS. 

free  escape  of  matter,  which  is  certain  to  collect  at  the  bot- 
tom. To  avoid  such  occurrences,  it  is  in  many  cases  proper 
to  convert  a  punctured  into  an  incised  wound.  When,  from 
neglecting  this,  the  matter  is  denied  an  outlet,  an  incision 
must  be  made  to  allow  it  to  escape,  otherwise  much  harm 
will  ensue  from  its  burrowing  between  the  diflerent  textures. 
Fomentations  will  also  here  be  serviceable,  and  should  be 
preferred  to  poultices.  To  apply  them,  place  well-boiled 
hay,  when  very  hot  and  moist,  within  a  fold  of  old  blanket 
or  woollen  cloth,  and  lay  it  on  the  injured  parts,  taking  care 
to  renew  the  heat  frequently,  by  dipping  the  bundle  in  the 
hot  decoction. 

BRUISES    AND    SPRAINS. 

These,  unless  severe,  need  not  be  interfered  with.  When 
the  shepherd,  however,  considers  it  necessary  to  make  an 
application,  he  cannot  do  better  than  foment  the  part  for  an 
hour  or  so  with  meadow  hay,  in  the  same  manner  as  recom- 
mended for  punctured  wounds. 

WOUNDS    OF    JOINTS. 

Such  wounds  are  highly  dangerous,  and  apt  to  baffle  the 
most  experienced.  If  the  injury  be  extensive,  the  best 
thing  the  farmer  can  do  is  to  slaughter  the  animal. 

FRACTURES. 

If  there  be  no  wound  of  the  soft  parts,  the  bone  being 
simply  broken,  the  treatment  is  extremely  easy.  Apply  a 
piece  of  wet  leather,  taking  care  to  ease  the  limb  when 
swelling  supervenes.  When  the  swelling  is  considerable, 
and  fever  present,  you  can  do  no  better  than  open  a  vein  of 
the  head  or  neck,  allowing  a  quantity  of  blood  to  escape, 
proportioned  to  the  size  and  condition  of  the  animal  and  the 
urgency  of  the  symptoms.  Purgatives  in  such  cases  should 
never  be  neglected.  Epsom  salts  in  ounce  doses,  given 
either  as  a  gruel  or  a  drench,  will  be  found  to  answer  the 
purpose  well.  If  the  broken  bones  are  kept  steady,  the  cure 
will  be  complete  in  from  three  to  four  weeks,  the  process  of 
reunion  always  proceeding  faster  in  a  young  than  in  an  old 
sheep.  Should  the  soft  parts  be  injured  to  any  extent,  or 
the  ends  of  the  bone  protruding,  recovery  is  very  uncertain, 
and  it  will  become  a  question  whether  it  would  not  be  better 
at  once  to  convert  the  animal  into  mutton. 


BLOOD-LETTING.  387 


BLOOD-LETTING. 


In  describing  this  operation,  too  much  stress  is  always 
laid  on  the  importance  of  opening  particular  veins,  or  divis- 
ions of  a  vein,  in  certain  diseases.  Such  directions  are  al- 
together unnecessary",  as  it  matters  not  from  what  part  of 
the  animal  the  blood  be  drawn,  provided  it  be  taken  quickly. 
Nothing  tends  so  much  to  the  recovery  of  an  animal  from  a 
disease  in  which  bleeding  is  required,  as  the  rapid  flow  of 
the  blood  from  a  large  orifice.  Little  impression  can  be 
made  on  an  acute  disease  by  the  slow  removal  of  even  a 
large  quantity  of  blood,  as  the  organs  have  time  to  accom- 
modate themselves  to  the  loss,  which  might,  for  any  good  it 
will  do,  as  well  be  dispensed  with.  Either  bleed  rapidly,  or 
bleed  not  at  all.  The  nearer  the  commencement  of  an  ail- 
ment, in  which  you  employ  bleeding,  the  operation  is  resorted 
to,  the  greater  the  chance  of  doing  good  ;  no  time  ought, 
therefore,  to  be  lost  in  using  the  lancet,  when  once  it  is 
known  to  be  required.  Bleeding  and  nicking  the  under  sur- 
face of  the  tail,  does  very  well  where  no  great  deal  of  blood 
is  required,  but  it  is  not  to  be  thought  of  if  the  veins  of  the 
face  or  neck  can  possibly  be  opened.  These  are  to  be 
taken  in  preference  to  a  vein  on  the  leg,  as  they  are  much 
more  readily  got  at.  The  facial  vein  commences  by  small 
branches  on  the  side  of  the  face,  and  runs  downwards  and 
backwards  to  the  base  of  the  jaw,  where  it  may  be  felt 
within  two  inches  of  the  angle,  or  opposite  the  middle 
grinding  tooth.  It  is  here  that  the  orifice  must  be  made  ; 
the  thumb  of  the  left  hand  being  held  against  the  vein,  so 
as  to  prevent  the  flow  of  blood  towards  the  heart,  will  make 
it  rise.  Some  prefer  opening  the  jugular  vein,  which  com- 
mences behind  the  eye  and  runs  down  the  side  of  the  neck. 
This  vessel  is,  however,  more  difficult  to  open  than  the 
former,  being  more  covered  with  wool,  and  not  so  easily  ex- 
posed or  made  to  swell.  To  effect  this,  a  cord  is  drawn 
tightly  round  the  neck,  close  to  the  shoulder,  so  as  to  stop 
the  circulation  through  the  vein,  and  render  it  perceptible 
to  the  finger.  A  lancet  is  the  instrument  generally  used  in 
bleeding,  though  a  sharp-pointed  penknife  will  do  at  a  pinch. 
The  opening  must  always  be  made  obliquely ;  but  before 
attempting  this  the  animal  must  be  secured,  by  placing  it 
between  the  operator's  legs,  with  its  croup  against  a  wall. 
The  selected  vein  is  then  fixed  by  the  fingers  of  the  opera- 


388  SURGICAL    OPERATIONS. 

tor's  left  hand,  so  as  to  prevent  it  rolling  or  slipping  before 
the  lancet.  Having  fairly  entered  the  vein,  the  point  of  the 
instrument  must  be  elevated,  at  the  same  time  that  it  is 
pushed  a  little  forward,  by  which  motion  it  will  be  lifted 
from,  or  cut  its  way  out  of  the  vein.  A  prescribed  quan- 
tity of  blood  should  never  be  drawn,  for  the  simple  reason, 
that  this  can  never  be  precisely  stated.  If  the  symptoms 
are  urgent,  as  in  all  likelihood  they  will,  your  best  plan  is 
not  to  stop  the  flow  of  blood  till  the  animal  fall  or  is  about 
to  fall.  When  this  occurs,  run  a  pin  through  the  edges  of 
the  orifice,  and  finish  by  twisting  round  it  a  lock  of  wool. 


APPENDIX 


LETTERS  FROM  DISTINGUISHED  WOOL-GROWERS 
ON  THE  MANAGEMENT  OF  THEIR  FLOCKS. 

LETTER  FROM  HON.  W.M.  JARVIS,  WEATHERSFIELD,  VERMONT. 

Dear  Sir, — I  received  your  favor  of  the  28tli  ultimo,  making 
inquiries  respecting  Merino  Sheep,  and  putting  several  questions 
to  me  regarding  those  invaluable  animals,  which  I  cheerfully  an- 
svrer ;  and  the  more  so,  because  at  some  future  period,  when  the 
wool-growing  business  may  be  a  primary  object  of  agriculture 
with  the  fai-mers  of  the  Northern  and  Western  States,  much  con- 
fusion may  arise  from  the  conflicting  pretensions  and  accounts  of 
many  persons  who  are  more  disposed  to  puff  up  their  flocks,  than 
to  give  the  public  correct  information. 

[Mr.  Jarvis  here  alludes  to  the  importation  of  Chancellor  Liv- 
ingston.] 

The  next  importation  was  by  Genl.  Humphreys  when  he  was 
about  leaving  the  Court  of  Spain,  in  1801,  to  give  place  to  the 
Hon.  Charles  Pinckney,  of  South  Carolina.  It  has  been  stated 
by  some  late  writer,  that  Genl.  Humphreys  married  a  Spanish 
lady  and  obtained  a  part  of  his  flock  by  means  of  her  father. 
This  is  not  correct.  Genl.  Humphreys  married  the  second  daugh- 
ter of  John  Buckley,  a  wealthy  British  merchant  of  Lisbon,  when 
he  was  Charge  at  the  Court  of  Portugal,  and  took  her  with  him 
to  Madrid  on  his  appointment,  in  1797,  Minister  at  that  Court. 
The  story  of  his  obtaining  these  sheep  is  this.  It  was  a  custom 
of  the  Spanish  Court,  when  a  Foreign  Minister  was  recalled,  on 
taking  leave  to  make  him  a  present  of  five  to  ten  bars  of  gold ; 
each  bar,  if  I  recollect  right,  was  of  one  pound  weight ;  but  as 
the  law  of  this  country  forbids  any  Minister  taking  any  present 
from  a  foreign  court,  Mr.  Humphreys  declined  it,  but  suggested 
to  the  Minister  that  he  should  be  much  gratified  with  a  royal  li- 
cense to  take  out  of  the  kingdom  two  hundred  Merino  sheep. 
This  the  Minister  stated  could  not  be  granted,  but  intimated  that 
if  he  wished  to  take  them  out  no  obstruction  should  be  thrown  in 
his  way.  These  were  purchased  in  Lower  Leon,  or  Upper  Es- 
tremdura,  and  driven  down  the  valley  of  the  Mondego  to  Figueira, 
where  they  were  embarked  for  the  United  States.     I  never  could 

33* 


390  APPENDIX. 

learn  out  of  what  flock  these  sheep  were  obtained,  but  they  un- 
questionably were  pure  blood  Transhuniantes,  which  is  the  only 
fact  of  importance  worth  knowing.  Still,  I  thought  it  worth  while 
to  go  into  the  above  detail,  as  some  late  writer  has  undertaken  to 
give  an  account  of  Genl.  Humphreys'  maniage  and  the  maimer  of 
obtaining  some  of  these  sheep,  very  different  from  the  above.* 
In  1831  and  1832,  I  made  inquiries  of  some  Connecticut  gentle- 
men about  Genl.  Humphreys'  flock,  and  they  told  me  that,  at  his 
death,  they  had  been  sold  in  small  parcels,  and  distributed  about. 
Man}'  now  make  a  parade  of  having  Paular  sheep,  and  those  who 
have  the  bump  of  credulity  largely  developed  on  the  cranium, 
may  believe  it,  but  I  am  persuaded  that  no  one  in  the  United 
States  can  trace  back  any  Merinos  they  may  have  had  for  the 
last  twenty  years  to  that  cabanna  or  flock.  As  I  have  mentioned 
elsewhere,  I  bred  my  Paulars,  Aiguerras,  Negrettis,  Escurials, 
and  Montarcos  separateh%  that  is,  each  kind  by  itself,  from  1811 
to  1816,  but  in  that  year  I  began  b}^  mixing  all  together,  and  have 
ever  since  bred  so  without  discrimination.  Although  at  tliat  early 
day  I  had  a  very  extensive  intercourse  with  our  breeders,  I  did 
not  know  of  another  breeder  who  purchased  Merinos  of  the  difler- 
ent  flocks  imported,  that  ever  took  any  pains  to  separate  the  dif- 
ferent kinds.  So  far  from  it,  there  was  a  general  opinion  perva- 
ding the  country  that  crossing  the  different  kinds  would  improve 
the  wool.  Doubtless  the  reason  why  we  have  latterly  heard  so 
much  puffiing  about  Paulars  is  owing  to  its  having  been  under- 
stood that  the  Paulars  carried  rather  the  heaviest  fleeces. 

From  1811  to  1826,  when  I  began  to  cross  with  the  Saxonies, 
my  average  weight  of  wool  was  3  lbs.  14  oz.  to  4  lbs.  2  oz.,  vary- 
ing according  to  the  keep.  The  weight  of  the  bucks  was  from  5i 
lbs.  to  6:1-  lbs.  in  good  stock  case,  all  washed  on  the  sheeps'  backs. 
My  flock  now  consists  of  1 60  pure  blood  Merino  ewes,  bucks,  and 
lambs,  100  pure  blood  Saxonies,  and  about  750  crossed  between 
pure  blood  Merinos  and  pure  blood  Saxonies.  My  flock  has  al- 
ways been  composed  (jf  the  descendants  of  the  Merinos  I  exported 
in  1809  and  '10,  and  the  Saxonies  imported  in  1826,  and  the  crosses 
between  the  two,  never  having  bred  from  any  other  kind.  The 
present  average  weight  of  my  flock  as  above  is  about  3  lbs.  4  oz. 
per  head,  but  the  pure  blood  Merino  part  of  it  will  not  vary  ma- 
terially from  the  original  weight. 

In  reply  to  your  question,  whether  I  consider  the  Escurial, 
Montarco,  Negretti,  Paular,  or  Gaudaloupe  most  profitable  to  the 
American  wool-grower,  I  reply,  that  as  none  of  these  varieties 
are  now  distinct  in  our  country,  we  cannot  have  a  choice ;  but 
when  I  had  a  control  of  the  five  flocks,  namely,  the  Paular,  the 

*  The  author  of  this  treatise  is  personally  acquainted  with  the  wool-frrower  who 
put  forth  the  statement  Mr.  Jarvis  alludes  to.  and  he  has  not  a  doubt  but  that  it 
was  innocently  done.  It  should  serve  as  a  caution,  however,  to  others,  to  beware 
of  poins  before  the  public  with  statements  of  which  they  have  not  proper  testi- 
mony to  sustain.  The  public  is  indebted  to  Mr.  Jarvis  for  the  exposure  of  several 
errors  relative  to  Merinos. 


APPENDIX.  391 

AigueiTas,  the  Escurial,  the  Negretti  and  Montareo,  I  thought 
there  was  so  little  difference  that  I  concluded  to  mix  them  all  to- 
gether. It  is  true  the  Paular  was  rather  the  handsomest  and  car- 
ried the  hea\'iest  fleece,  and  the  Escurial  was  a  shade  the  finest ; 
hut  the  wool  of  all  was  soft  and  silky  to  the  touch,  and  all  pos- 
sessed the  felting  or  fulling  properties  so  essential  for  superfine 
broadcloths. 

I  take  up  my  sheep  from  the  15th  to  the  25th  of  November, 
according  to  the  weather,  and  put  them  in  separate  yards  of  a 
hundred  to  two  hundred  in  a  yard,  having  a  trough  supplied  by 
running  water  from  an  aqueduct  in  each  yard.  I  give  about  a 
pound  and  a  quarter  of  hay  in  the  morning,  and  the  same  quantity 
in  the  afternoon  to  each  sheep,  fed  in  racks.  If  my  hay  runs 
short,  and  I  have  a  plenty  of  grain,  I  lessen  my  hay  and  give  a 
gill  of  com  or  a  half  pint  of  oats  per  head,  at  noon.  By  feeding 
in  racks  in  yards,  as  we  have  no  ti'ouble  m  driving  our  sheep  to 
w^ater,  one  man  will  feed  a  thousand  sheep,  and  take  care  of  four 
to  six  horses  in  a  stable  besides.  To  every  yard  there  is  attached 
a  shed  for  the  sheep  to  run  under  whenever  they  \\'ill,  and  when 
the  shed  gets  foul  it  is  lightly  strawed  over.  A  part  of  a  sill  is 
slightly  boxed  up  and  salt  kept  in  it.  Potatoes  contain  much  mu- 
cilage or  starch,  and  are  a  good  article  of  food.  The  sugar  beet  or 
mangel  wurtzel  possesses  much  saccharine  matter,  and  is  likewise 
nutritious.  When  hay  is  scarce,  about  half  may  be  saved  by 
givuig  an  equal  weight  of  either  sliced  up  in  a  cutting  machine. 
Rutabaga  is  also  good  food,  but  I  think  it  does  not  contain  more 
than  half  the  nutriment  of  either  of  the  foregoing. 

My  usual  yeaning  season  has  been  about  the  first  of  May,  but 
I  have  sometimes  purposely  had  the  lambs  come  ten  days  later, 
sometimes  ten  days  sooner,  and  the  success  of  either  has  much 
depended  on  the  state  of  the  weather.  In  a  lot  near  to  my  house 
where  a  man  has  looked  after  them  three  or  four  times  a  da}^  and 
in  rainy  and  stormy  weather  they  have  been  put  under  cover  at 
night,  I  have  raised  nine  lambs  from  ten  ewes ;  but  when  turned 
to  pasture  without  any  special  care,  we  generally  do  not  raise 
more  than  a  lamb  to  two  ewes.  But  I  am  satisfied  it  would 
amply  pay  breeders  if  their  pastures  were  within  convenient  dis- 
tances to  erect  slight  shanties  in  them,  and  in  stomiy  weather  to 
put  their  ewes  in  during  the  yeaning  season.  My  nile  has  been 
to  put  a  buck  to  twenty-five  to  thirty-five  ewes,  according  to  his 
strength:  the  Spanish  rule  was  one  to  twenty-five. 

Sheep  prefer  high  diy  grounds  for  pasture,  but  any  dry  lands 
will  answer  well.  They  are  not  so  healthy  when  fed  on  cold, 
wet,  or  swampy  land,  and  the  foot-rot  is  undoubtedly  occasioned 
by  swampy  grcninds.  As  sheep  are  somewhat  nice  in  the  choice 
of  their  food,  if  put  in  pastures  where  they  can  select  a  sufficiency, 
I  am  not  aware  that  the  coarse  or  finer  grasses  would  be  likely  to 
have  much  influence  on  the  quality  of  their  wool.  There  was  a 
general  opinion  prevalent  amongst  the  shepherds  of  Spain,  that  to 


392  APPENDLX. 

retain  tlie  soft,  flexible,  and  felting  properties  of  the  wool,  the 
Mennos  must  be  pa^^tured  the  year  round.  But  the  experience  of 
the  Saxon.?,  and  of  all  those  countries  where  the  Merinos  have 
been  bred,  has  proved  this  oi^inion  to  be  erroneous.  If  one  was 
to  reason  from  analogy,  we  should  conclude  that  the  wool  grovrn 
in  a  cold  climate  would  be  softer  than  that  raised  in  a  warm  one, 
as  it  is  a  well  known  fact  that  the  beaver  and  all  other  furred 
animals,  found  in  high  northern  latitudes,  have  longer,  softer,  and 
thicker  fur  than  the  same  species  have  in  southern  laritudes, 
Spain,  however,  has  a  mild  climate,  the  thennometer  being  sel- 
dom or  never  lower  than  forty  degrees  in  the  plains  of  Estrema- 
dura  or  Leon  during  the  winter,  but  the  excessive  heat  of  those 
plains  in  the  summer  is  avoided  by  pasturing  the  sheep  in  the 
mountainous  region.  I  think  this  breed  of  sheep  would  thrive  in 
the  Alleghany  range  a-s  far  south  as  Georgia,  and  everywhere 
north  of  forty  degrees  of  latitude.  But  I  am  inclined  to  believe, 
from  what  little  I  know  of  our  Western  Prairie.-^,  that  the  Leicester 
or  some  other  of  the  large,  strong,  long-wooled  breeds  of  sheep 
would  do  better  on  the  tall,  coarse  gi^asses  comm<3n  to  them. 

As  comiected  with  sheep  management,  it  will  not  be  improper 
to  point  out  the  remedies  for  some  of  the  moiit  common  diseases. 
Fo(jt-rot  was  totally  unknown  among  the  Spanish  3'Ierinos.  It 
was  brought  into  this  country  in  1826  A\nth  the  sheep  imported 
from  Saxony.  The  best  remedy  for  this  disease  is  Roman  or 
blue  vitriol,  pulverized  very  line,  three  parts,  and  one  part  of 
white  lead  mixed  into  a  thin  paste  with  hnseed  oil.  Shghtly  cut 
the  horn  of  the  hoof  to  come  at  the  part  aflected,  and  if  put  on 
in  season  one  or  two  dressings  will  almost  invariably  cure  them. 
The  foul  substances  ought  to  be  cleaned  out  with  a  knife  or  thin 
stick  from  between  the  hoof  before  it  is  put  on.  An  excellent  pre- 
ventive against  the  foot-rot  is  to  wash  the  hoof>  clean  in  strong 
soap  suds  ma,de  of  ordinaiy  soft  soap,  directly  after  shearing,  as 
dunng  this  pnjcess  their  feet  get  very  foul.*  The  scab,  however, 
was  a  disorder  to  which  the  Spanish  Merinos  were  very  subject, 
if  not  taken  great  care  of.  Sulphur  mixed  with  hog's  lard,  well 
rubbed  into  the  part  affected,  directly  afier  shearing,  will  cure  the 
disease.  Another  remedy  is  boiling  tobacco  in  water  till  the 
hquor  is  pretty  strong,  put  into  a  hogshf  ad  tub,  take  the  fore  legs 
in  one  hand  and  the  two  hind  legs  in  the  other,  and  immerse  the 
sheep  except  its  head  for  about  two  minutes,  then  take  a  very 
hard  brush  or  a  very  fine  curry-comb  and  scrub  the  hard  scab  off 
from  the  part  affected  till  it  appears  raw — pour  on  some  tobacco 
liquor  and  let  the  sheep  run.  One  or  two  dres.-ings  will  almost 
invariably  cure  them ;  the  be:=:t  time  likewise  is  directly  after 
shearing.  If  the  lambs  are  immersed,  it  must  be  in  a  much 
weaker  liquor,  as,  if  too  strong,  it  is  very  pernicious  to  them. 
Lambs  are  often  infested  with  ticks,  which  are  easily  destroyed 

*  This  will  be  avoided  by  littering  the  pounda  often  with  straw.— ilutAor  Am, 


APPENDIX.  393 

by  Immersing  tliem,  about  ten  days  or  a  fortnight  after  shearing 
the  ewes,  in  weak  tobacco  water.  Sheep  are  sometimes  subject 
to  be  blown  or  bloated,  which  I  believe  to  be  a  kind  of  colic. 
The  remedy  is  two  great  spoonfuls  of  castor  oil  mixed  with  a 
tea-spoonful  of  pulverized  rhubarb,  to  which  add  two  or  three 
great  spoonfuls  of  hot  water  to  make  it  more  fluid;  open  the 
mouth  and  put  do\\Ti  a  spoonful  at  a  time  as  fast  as  they  can 
swallow  it.  It  never  fails  to  cure  them  if  given  before  the  sheep 
has  fallen.  About  half  as  much  more  is  required  for  a  stout 
buck,  and  half  the  quantity  for  a  lamb.  If  pulverized  rhubarb  is 
not  at  hand,  ground  ginger  will  do,  but  it  is  not  so  certain. 

I  believe  I  have  now  answered  all  your  questions,  and  shall 
leave  you  at  liberty  to  make  what  use  you  please  of  this  letter, 
or  that  some  time  since  published  in  the  Cultivator,  which  I  the 
more  readily  do,  as  it  aflbrds  me  great  pleasure  to  aid,  in  any 
way,  the  advancement  of  this  very  important  branch  of  Ameri- 
can airriculture. 


LETTER  FROM  WM.  EROWNLEE,  OF  WASHINGTON,  PENNSYLVANIA. 

Dear  Sir, — I  received  your  letter  informing  me  of  your  inten- 
tion of  publishing  a  work  on  Sheep  Husbandry,  and  desiring  my 
\'iews  on  the  subject.  I  have  been  engaged  in  that  business  for 
nearly  thirty  j-ears,  and  have  at  this  time  a  flock  numbering 
about  three  thousand  and  five  hundred,  one  half  of  which  is  in 
this  county,  and  the  remainder  in  Lee  County,  Iowa.  I  com- 
menced my  flock  Av-ith  the  full-blooded  Merinos,  and  after  some 
time  crossed  them  with  the  long-wooled  Saxons,  which  I  received 
from  Dutchess  County,  N.  York.  My  flock  at  present  is  chiefly 
Saxon-blood,  and  average  about  three  lbs.  to  the  fleece  of  clean 
washed  wool.  I  give  the  preference  to  the  Saxonies,  as  their 
wool  is  rather  the  softest,  and  free  of  yolk  or  eke.  The  length  of 
time  we  feed  our  sheep,  and  the  amount  of  hay  they  consume,  I 
cannot  well  decide,  as  it  greatly  depends  on  the  winter,  and  the 
quantity  of  winter  pasture  that  we  may  have ;  but  generally  we 
have  to  feed  more  or  less  about  five  months,  in  which  time  the 
sheep  eat  from  six  to  eight  tons  of  hay  to  the  hundred ;  but  I  be- 
lieve in  a  close  winter,  and  without  much  Avinter  pasture,  that 
number  will  require  ten  tons.  I  prefer  good  clover  hay  to  any 
other,  as  they  vAW  improve  upon  it  more  than  other  descriptions. 
I  feed  but  little  grain  until  towards  spring,  and  then  make  use  of 
oats  and  com,  which  I  think  equally  good.  But  if  there  are  any 
dousy  or  poor  shr^p,  I  feed  them  some  grain  through  the  whole 
of  the  winter.  It  has  not  been  my  practice  to  feed  any  roots, 
although  I  think  them  very  good. 

I  have  been  in  the  habit  of  housing  my  sheep  in  the  winter. 
The  dimensions  of  my  shelters  are  about  sixty  or  seventy  feet  in 


394  APPENDIX. 

length,  aiid  sixteen  in  width,  which  are  closed  on  the  west  side 
and  open  at  the  east ;  some  are  covered  with  boards,  and  others 
with  straw. 

[The  kind  of  rack  Mr.  Brownlee  uses  is  the  box  rack.] 

As  for  pasture,  I  prefer  the  prairie  grass  to  any  other  until  to- 
wards fall,  when  it  becomes  dry,  and  sheep  will  not  do  so  well  on 
it  as  other  kinds.  The  blue  grass  I  think  ranks  next,  but  timothy 
and  clover  do  very  well.  The  prairie  grass  is  not  good  for  hay, 
in  my  opinion,  it  being  too  binding,  and  therefore  sheep  do  not 
thrive  upon  it  so  well. 

I  generally  keep  from  150  to  200  together  summer  and  winter, 
unless  on  the  prairies,  where  I  keep  one  thousand  together  in  the 
sunmier,  if  they  have  a  large  district  to  range  over.  AVhen  we 
keep  our  sheep  in  the  fields,  I  generally  change  them  once  a 
week,  and  keep  salt  and  ashes  (about  equal  portions)  in  a  trough 
under  some  shelter  constantly  by  them  summer  and  winter ;  they 
can  then  take  it  as  often  as  they  please,  and  the  ashes  Asill  prevent 
them  from  eating  too  much  salt.  The  effect  of  the  ashes  is  to 
keep  them  more  healthy.  I  think  sheep  should  not  be  without 
water  every  day  during  the  winter  when  confined  to  dr\'  food. 
My  bucks  are  put  with  the  ewes  from  the  15th  to  the  20th  of 
November,  and  usually  raise  from  80  to  90  lambs  to  the  hundred 
ewes. 

As  to  diseases,  I  am  happy  to  say  that  I  have  verj"  little  experi- 
mental knowledge  of  them,  as  our  sheep  have  not  been  exposed 
to  them,  until  last  summer,  when  the  foot-rot  visited  us,  which  is 
a  ver^'  stubborn  disease  to  cure.  I  had  it  in  one  of  my  flocks, 
but  I  think  I  have  eradicated  it  after  much  trouble,  and  will 
here  give  you  a  recipe  for  the  cure  of  it : — 

One  lb.  of  Blue  Vitriol  finely  pulveiized. 
One  ounce  of  Alum. 

Honey  and  hog's  lard  enough  to  make  a  stiff  salve.  The  feet 
must  be  closely  pared,  cleaned,  and  anointed  with  the  salve,  and 
the  sheep  should  be  kept  on  diy  ground  on  all  occasions  of  tliis 
kind. 

I  am  glad  to  hear  that  you  are  undertaking  a  work  of  the  de- 
scription you  name,  and  the  few  lines  of  broken  remarks  I  send 
you  are  at  your  service.  I  wish  you  much  success  in  your 
project. 


LETTER  FROM  CHARLES  B.  SMITH,  OF  WOLCOTTVILLE,  CONN. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  favor  of  the  12th  inst.  is  at  hand.  It  gives 
me  great  pleasure  to  leani  that  the  public  is  so  soon  to  be  in  pos- 
session of  a  work  on  Sheep  Husbandry,  the  need  of  which  I  have 
no  doubt  every  wool-grower  feels.  1  am  aware  that  I  can  give 
you  no  new  ideas  on  sheep  management,  yet  I  willingly  comply 
\Ndth  your  request  in  giving  you  my  experience  in  the  matter. 


APPENDIX.  395 

During  the  summer  season  my  sheep  receive  but  little  atten- 
tion. As  soon  as  they  are  shorn,  which  is  about  the  1st  of  June, 
I  immerse  all  of  them  in  a  decoction  of  tobacco  of  sufficient 
strength  to  kill  the  ticks,  if  there  are  any.  I  then  divide  them 
into  flocks,  paying  regard  only  to  sex  and  condition,  put  them  into 
pastures,  and  when  it  can  be  done  conveniently,  change  them 
eveiy  week.  They  are  regularly  salted  once  a  week.  About 
the  1st  November,  or  when  the  wool  is  of  sufficient  length  to 
judge  of  its  quahty,  I  examine  each  one  of  them  myself  and  se- 
lect for  sale  such  as  I  consider  of  the  least  value.  I  do  not  sell 
my  best  ewes,  although  I  am  not  unfrequently  offered  prices  for 
them  which  might  be  considered  exorbitant.  I  let  my  rams  re- 
main with  the  ewes  from  the  25th  of  November  till  1st  of  Jan- 
uary. During  the  winter  season,  if  the  ground  is  not  covered 
wdth  snow,  I  keep  them  in  yards,  always  providing  for  them  good 
shelters,  and  of  course  plenty  of  water — feed  them  in  the  common 
racks  or  boxes,  placed  in  the  open  yard,  on  hay  of  good  quality, 
and  give  them  as  much  as  they  will  eat.  I  do  not  feed  grain  or 
roots  of  any  kind.  I  find  by  this  ti^eatment  that  my  flock  go  out 
in  the  spring  in  as  good  condition  as  they  were  at  the  commence- 
ment of  winter,  with  their  wool  more  perfect  and  more  rich  in  ap- 
pearance.* If  sheep  in  good  condition  at  the  beginning  of  winter 
do  not  receive  sufficient  attention  during  the  winter  to  keep  them 
so,  of  course,  the  wool  will  show  it,  besides  it  very  much  lessens 
its  value.  I  have  been  engaged  for  several  years  past  in  the  pur- 
chase of  wool,  and  almost  daily  have  come  in  contact  with  wool 
of  this  description,  which  has  been  essentially  injured  by  the  bad 
management  of  the  flocks  during  the  winter  season. 

i  have  at  this  time  something  over  300  sheep,  most  of  which 
are  pure-blooded  Saxonies  (i.  e.,  if  the  importations  of  Saxons  were 
pure),  having  been  bred  from  imported  sheep.  I  have  long  been 
of  the  opinion  that  the  pure  Saxony  sheep,  well  managed,  would 
be  hardy,  and  my  object  in  the  commencement  of  my  flock  was 
to  produce  a  strong,  healthy  animal,  with  a  fleece  of  superfine 
quality,  and  good  weight ;  in  this  I  have  perhaps  succeeded  tol- 
erably well — certainly  beyond  my  expectations,  although  I  am 
far  from  being  satisfied  yet.  Notwithstanding  there  is  quite  a 
family  resemblance  throughout  the  flock,  yet  I  have  some  sheep 
which  are  so  different  from  any  I  have  seen  that  I  shall  not  be 
satisfied  unril  my  entire  flock  more  nearly  resemble  them  than 
they  now  do. 

I  had  much  rather  show  my  sheep  than  describe  them,  but  as 
you  wish  to  know  the  quantity  of  wool  they  yield,  (fee,  I  will 
give  you  the  weight  of  the  fleeces  of  104  ewes,  which  were  kept 
in  the  same  flock  last  winter,  and  which  raised  101  lambs;  their 
fleeces  (104)  weighed  341  lbs. ;  and  although  the  quahty  of  it  was 

*  Mr.  Smith  seems  to  be  well  aware  of  the  impolicy  of  high  feeding,  simply  to 
make  heavy  fleeces,  and  causing  harsh  and  wiry  wool. 


396  APPENDIX. 

considered  better  than  the  average  of  my  clip,  yet  it  was  sold 
with  my  entire  lot  for  70  cents  per  lb.,  to  Messrs.  Samuel  Slater 
6c  Son.s,  of  Providence,  R.  I.  To  give  you  some  idea  of  the 
constitution  of  my  sheej),  1  will  say  that  during  the  last  eighteen 
months  I  have  l(jst  but  four  sheep,  one  of  which  was  an  imported 
ram  injured  bv  righting.  1  had  forgotten  to  mention  that  I  im- 
ported from  Germany  two  years  since  two  rams  and  one  ewe;  I 
think  my  Hock  will  be  improved  by  this  cross. 


LETTER  FROM  JOHN  JOHNSTON,  OF  GENEVA,  NEW  YORK. 

Dear  Sir, — I  have  before  me  your  favor  of  the  24th  inst.,  and 
take  great  pleasure  in  stating  to  you  my  experience  and  practice 
in  sheep  farming. 

It  is  now  twenty-three  years  that  I  have  kept  sheep  in  this 
(Seneca)  county,  and  fw  the  last  16  years  my  flock  has  varied  in 
number  from  600  to  1000  ;  at  this  time  it  amounts  to  974,  all 
Merinos,  and  which  originated  from  the  flock  of  the  late  Hon.  R. 
S.  Rose,  before  he  crossed  with  the  Saxon  breed. 

In  relation  to  feeding  sheep,  my  early  custom  was  to  feed  with 
hay  alone  during  winter,  excepting  the  lambs,  to  which  I  gave  in 
addition  a  httle  oats  or  corn,  and  to  my  v/ethers,  which  were  stall- 
fed,  corn,  oats,  buckwheat  or  peas,  feeding  at  the  rate  of  one 
bushel  of  com,  or  its  ecpiivalent  in  other  grain,  per  day  to  the 
hundred,  allowing  also  as  much  hay  as  they  would  eat.  I  think 
buckwheat  quite  e(jual  to  corn  as  feed  for  sheep. 

Since  the  year  1840  I  have  adopted  a  different  system  of  keep- 
ing my  sheep,  at  least  so  long  as  my  straw  holds  out,  which  is 
generally  until  the  middle  of  Feb.  or  1st  of  March.  In  1840  I 
entered  the  winter  with  lOoO  sheep,  allowing  them  as  much  straw 
in  their  racks  as  they  would  eat,  and  some  to  waste.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  straw  I  fed  one  bushel  of  oats,  or  one  bushel  of  corn- 
cob meal,  (oats  also  mixed  in  grinding),  to  every  100  sheep  per 
day,  exce])t  my  lambs,  which  were  fed  on  hay.  Under  this 
treatment  my  sheep  wintered  well,  full  as  well  as  when  fed 
hay  alone.  I  threshed  every  week,  and  conseijuently  the  straw 
was  always  sweet. 

During  the  winter  of  1843-44,  I  tried  an  experiment  successful- 
ly, as  follows  : — I  selected  100  ewes  and  10  wethers  of  one  year 
old  past;  to  this  flock  I  fed  wheat  straw  only,  with  one  bushel 
oilcake  meal  per  day;  this  was  continued  imtil  the  22d  March, 
when  my  straw  was  exhausted.  I  then  fed  them  on  hay,  and 
discontinued  the  oil  meal.  This  flock  did  exceedingly  well,  being 
fat  in  the  spring.  I  also  fed  a  flock  of  lambs  (134)  in  the  same 
way  until  the  1st  March,  and  then  fed  them  on  hay,  discontinu- 
ing the  oil-cake ;  they  likewise  did  remarkably  well,  and  were 
the  best  yearlings  of  the  breed  I  ever  saw.     The  ewes  yielded 


APPENDIX.  397 

precisely  3|  lbs.  of  clean  washed  wool  per  head,  and  the  yearlings 
lacked  only  one  pound  in  the  aggregate  quantity  from  them,  of 
averaging  3|  lbs. 

The  present  season  I  am  feeding  the  whole  of  my  flock,  except 
the  lambs,  straw  and  oil  meal,  at  the  rate  of  one  bushel  to  the 
hundred  per  day;  318  lambs  are  fed  with  hay  and  an  allowance 
of  two  bushels  of  oil  meal  per  day.  I  may  as  well  say  here  that, 
in  my  opinion,  the  oil  meal  causes  the  wool  to  be  finer  than  the 
grain ;  it  is  moi-e  economical  also  than  hay — and  therefore  think 
it  the  best  feeding  for  sheep.  Clover  hay  will  certainly  fatten 
sheep,  if  well  cured,  but  they  eat  very  large  quantities  of  it,  and 
we  know  that  it  costs  more  to  cut  and  cure  than  herds  grass ; 
while  oil  meal  costs  at  the  mill  Sll  per  ton;  now  a  ton  contains 
40  bushels,  which  gives  27^  cents  cost  per  bushel.  If  I  then  feed 
150  days,  as  we  generally  do,  then  each  sheep  would  consume  41 
cents  worth  of  oil  meal,  and  no  more. 

The  quantity  of  hay  consumed  by  sheep  depends  much  on  the 
winter,  and  also  on  the  condition  of  the  lands.  If  the  fields  are 
left  rough  in  the  autumn,  with  the  pasture  old,  and  the  winter 
like  the  last,  and  mild  as  the  present  so  far,  sheep  would  not  re- 
quire so  much  hay.  But  where  the  pastures  are  close  fed  by  the 
end  of  November,  and  where  sheep  are  on  hay  for  150  days,  I  be- 
lieve that  each  sheep  will  in  that  period  consume  500  lbs.  of  hay, 
if  fed  nothing  else.  In  making  this  estimate,  I  of  course  suppose 
that  the  sheep  are  to  be  shorn  in  as  good  condition  as  they  were  in 
the  previous  November ;  such  is  almost  always  the  case  with 
mine,  for  I  have  no  opinion  of  putting  on  flesh  in  summer  to  be 
wasted  in  winter. 

In  respect  to  the  keeping  of  sheep  through  the  summer,  I 
would  remark  that  I  have  large  fallows,  and  I  change  my  sheep 
from  pastures  to  these  ;  after  hai-vest  they  have  a  range  on  the 
stubbles.  I  never  turn  from  winter  keep  until  the  pastures  are 
good ;  these  I  sow  with  plaster,  which  causes  a  great  increase  of 
feed. 

[Mr.  Johnston  states  that  his  ewes  raise  90  per  cent,  of  lambs.] 

In  relation  to  my  Bucks,  I  would  say  that  I  have  been  tempted 
recently  to  purchase  some  from  gentlemen  who  have  from  time 
to  time  boasted  of  their  large  average  weight  of  fleeces,  as  pub- 
lished in  the  Cultivator  and  other  papers  ;  but  unfortunately  thus 
far  none  of  them  have  produced  anything  near  the  average  weight 
of  wool  claimed  for  them,  which  I  cannot  account  for,  unless  the 
gentlemen  do  not  wash  as  clean  as  we  do  in  this  quarter.  Cer- 
tainly the  sheep  are  never  in  worse  condition  than  when  they 
came  into  my  hands.  For  several  years  past  my  flock  has  yield- 
ed an  average  of  from  3  to  3^  lbs. ;  the  last  clip  averaged  3  lbs. 
10  oz.,  and  this  year  I  hope  for  more. 

Since  I  commenced  purchasing  high-priced  bucks,  it  has  been 
my  practice  to  put  only  one  to  the  100  ewes ;  but  he  is  pennitted 
to  remain  among  them  only  about  30  days,  preferring  rather  a  dry 

34 


398  APPENDIX. 

ewe  to  a  late  lamb.  I  have  rarely,  however,  more  than  five  bar- 
ren ewes  to  the  100,  and  that  would  be  the  case  if  10  bucks  had 
been  pennitted  to  run  with  them.  The  time  when  I  tuni  in  my 
bucks  is  from  the  20th  to  the  25th  of  Nov. ;  the  ewes  therefore  be- 
gin yeaning  about  the  20th  of  April. 

[Mr.  Johnston  thinks,  and  very  rightly  too,  that  it  is  bad  policy 
to  put  ewes,  of  the  Saxon  and  Merino  blood,  to  buck  before  they 
are  two  and  a  half  years  old.] 

I  always  tag  my  sheep  thoroughly  before  I  turn  them  to  pas- 
ture, and  wash  them  well  about  twelve  days  before  shearing  them. 
I  salt  regularly  once  a  week  during  the  season  of  pasturage  ;  salt 
is  mixed  with  the  oil  meal  when  fed,  as  often  as  once  a  week,  or 
else  a  brine  is  made  and  sprinkled  over  the  straw. 

The  protection  of  sheep  from  severe  weather,  I  deem  very  im- 
portant. My  sheds  are  24  feet  wide,  16  feet  posts,  with  girts  5^ 
feet  from  the  foot  of  the  posts,  with  poles  laid  on  them  to  support 
the  hay,  leaving  the  clear  space  under  for  sheep  to  go  in  at  pleas- 
ure. 

[Mr.  Johnston  makes  use  of  the  box  rack,  and  his  feeding 
troughs  are  of  triangular  shape  and  made  of  boards.] 

During  some  winters  I  have  confined  my  sheep  to  their  yards, 
while  other  seasons  I  have  allowed  them  to  go  in  and  out  at  will ; 
but  the  fonner  management  I  deem  altogether  preferable,  though 
it  is  attended  with  much  additional  trouble  in  pumping  water  for 
them.  More  manure  is  made  by  confining  them  wholly,  an  object 
of  much  importance  to  the  fanner;  in  adtlition  to  all,  quietness  is 
promoted  by  it,  and  more  flesh  wdll  be  acquired  from  the  same 
amount  of  feed. 

[Mr.  Johnston  adopts  the  old  Scotch  system  of  castration — 
making  an  incision  on  each  side  of  the  scrotum,  and  then  drawing 
out  the  testicles  with  the  teeth  ;  he  thinks  highly  of  this  method.] 

In  conclusion,  I  will  add  that  laiid  in  this  neighborhood  is 
worth  fifty  dollars  per  acre,  and  will  pay  as  good  an  interest,  or 
perhaps  better,  by  raising  sheep,  than  by  tillage.  Yet  sheep  and 
wheat  do  well  together,  for  the  sheep  manure  the  land,  and  better 
crops  of  wheat  and  grass  follow. 


LETTER    FROM    JOSEPH    BARNARD,    OF    HOPKINTON,    NEW    HAMP- 
SHIRE. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  letter  of  12th  inst.  was  duly  received,  and  by 
its  contents  I  am  informed  that  you  are  preparing  a  work  for  publi- 
cation on  sheep-husbandry,  which  I  think  is  very  much  called  for 
in  this  country. 

You  wished  me  to  give  you  a  history  of  my  flock  of  sheep — 
their  pedigree,  &;c.  The  following  are  the  answers  to  your  in- 
quiries : — The  number  of  my  flock  is  between  three  and  four 


APPENDIX.  399 

hundred,  and  the  breed,  Saxony,  and  mostly  from  the  Searls  im- 
portation. I  also  obtained  a  buck  which  arrived  at  Boston  in 
1826,  from  the  Burendorf  flock,  one  of  the  most  esteemed  in  Sax- 
ony, for  which  we  paid  $128.  The  full-grown  sheep  of  my  flock 
shear  from  2  to  2^  lbs.  per  head,  when  in  good  condition.  The 
sheep  are  washed  very  clean,  tagged  close,  by  cutting  off"  all  the 
wool  that  is  in  the  least  dirty.  We  are  very  fastidious  in  doing 
up  our  wool  and  preparing  it  for  market.  I  received  in  1838  from 
the  American  Institute  (New  York)  a  medal  for  the  finest  wool, 
and  in  1839  my  wool  was  sorted  at  the  Middlesex  Manufactoiy, 
Lowell,  which  stood  thus  : — 

[It  having  been  stated  in  a  foi-mer  part  of  this  work  that  there 
were  American  Saxon  flocks  which  rivalled  the  German,  the  fol- 
lowing sorts  of  Mr.  Barnard's  wool  will  confirai  the  statement.] 
32  lbs.  Super  Extra        -         -  "  -^   ^      ^ 


124    " 

Extra 

154    " 

Prime ' 

103    " 

No.  1 

5i" 

"     2 

i" 

"     3 

00c. 

$  32  00 

90 

111  60 

80 

123  20 

70 

72  10 

60 

3  30 

50 

0  25 

419  $342  45 

[Average  per  lb.  nearly  82  cents.] 

When  my  flock  comes  to  the  bam  for  the  winter,  it  is  separated 
into  lots  of  from  50  to  60  each,  and  their  apartments  well  ven- 
tilated and  littered  ;  in  a  word,  I  aim  to  keep  the  flock  comfortable. 
The  principal  provender  given  them  is,  from  the  first  coming  to 
the  bam  until  February,  mowed  oats,  cut  when  about  half  ripe. 
From  the  latter  period  and  for  the  remainder  of  the  foddering 
season,  they  receive  boiled  potatoes,  oat  and  corn-cob  meal,  mixed 
together,  and  strewed  on  good  hay,  and  put  into  crib  boxes, 
which  ai'e  placed  in  the  sheep  stalls. 

[As  far  as  could  be  comprehended  from  the  description  of  the 
crib-boxes  they  are  similar  to  the  cut,  Figure  2.] 

I  browse  my  sheep  occasionally  during  the  winter  season,  by 
driving  them  into  the  pastures,  or  woods,  where  they  can  crop 
sweet-fern,  hemlock,  pine  and  cheekberry,  and  whatever  else  they 
please.  This  contributes  to  their  health ;  if  browse  cannot  be  ob- 
tained (owing  to  the  depth  of  snow),  roots  of  all  kinds  are  substi- 
tuted. Raw  potatoes  are  very  good,  if  given  regularly  and  in 
small  quantities.  Sheep,  to  do  well,  should  have  plenty  of  good 
water  provided  for  them  through  the  foddering  season. 

My  ewes  yean  their  lambs  in  the  month  of  May ;  I  raise  gen- 
erally 90  lambs  from  100  ewes.  My  loss  has  not  exceeded  2  per 
cent,  during  the  winter  season. 

[Mr.  Barnard  states  that  his  sheep  were  affected  with  foot- 
rot  about  20  years  since ;  his  remedy  for  the  disease  is  omitted.] 


400  APPENDIX. 


LETTER  FROM  HENRY  HARTZEL,  OF  DARLINGTON,  PENNSYLVANIA. 

Dear  Sir, — Yonr  communication  came  dnly  to  hand,  and  with 
the  greatest  pleasure  I  embrace  the  opportunity  of  communica- 
ting to  you,  as  far  as  conveniently  may  be,  the  inforaiation  de- 
sired. 

My  flock  at  present  numbers  about  900 — of  the  Merino  breed — 
originally  from  the  stock  of  Dickinson  of  Ohio,  and  Marvin  of 
this  Stale. 

2d.  The  flock  yields  from  3i  to  3^  lbs.  per  head. 

3d.  The  blood  is  considered  valuable,  and  my  sales  annually 
have  been  large. 

4th.  I  never  allow  my  sheep  to  herd  in  greater  numbers  than  50 
to  100,  either  summer  or  winter. 

5th.  For  the  last  two  vears,  I  have  folded  from  100  to  150  at 
the  commencement  of  winter,  within  a  small  yard  containing  wa- 
ter, without  removing  them  until  shearing.  These  were  for 
slaughtering,  and  fed  accordingly. 

We  generally  feed  clover  and  timothy  hay  three  times  per  day 
when  the  weather  is  severe,  and  when  otherwise,  twice  a  day. 
AVe  do  not  feed  grain  or  roots  till  in  January  or  February,  except 
to  such  portions  of  the  flock  as  appear  in  a  declining  condition. 
These  are  put  by  themselves,  and  fed  on  wheat  bran,  oats,  pota- 
toes, and  such  articles  as  the  nature  of  the  case  requires.  To  our 
breeding  ewes  we  generally  feed  from  a  bushel  and  a  half  to  two 
bushels  of  potatoes,  finely  cut,  with  the  addition  of  half  a  bushel 
of  bran  mixed  per  day  to  the  100.  The  sheep  for  slaughtering 
alluded  to,  receive  the  same  treatment  as  the  ewes,  except,  that  in- 
stead of  the  bran,  1  peck  of  oats  or  buckwheat  was  mixed  with  a 
peck  of  bran,  and  the  whole  mixed  with  the  potatoes,  and  fed  in  the 
latter  part  of  the  season  twice  a  day.  We  generally  feed  our 
com  fodder  at  noon. 

6th.  We  shelter  our  sheep  during  the  whole  winter  season. 

7th.  In  our  climate  we  are  obliged  to  fodder  five  months  of  the 
year. 

8th.  Blue  grass  and  white  clover  mixed,  and  timothy  are,  for 
sheep  pasture,  the  best  we  have  here. 

9th.  We  salt  our  flock  once  a  week,  but  think  twice  would  be 
better. 

10th.  When  we  think  our  hay  has  not  been  sufficiently  cured, 
or  has  been  damaged  by  bad  weather,  we  add  1  quart  of  salt  to 
the  ton  ;  but  when  well  cured,  we  do  not  salt  it  at  all. 

11th.  We  put  our  bucks  during  the  two  last  weeks  in  Nov., 
and  wean  our  lambs  in  the  latter  part  of  August.  It  is  destruc- 
tive to  put  lambs  upon  luxuriant  clover  immediately  after  wean- 

12th.  There  is  always  a  ready  cash  market  for  wool  in  this 
quarter. 


APPENDIX.  401 

IStli.  TI16  average  price  of  land  in  Beaver  county  is  about  15 
dollars  per  acre. 

14th.  The  foot-rot  is  a  disease  unkno\\Ti  to  the  sheep  of  Beaver 
county. 


JOINT    LETTER  FROM  CHAS.  W.  HULL   AND    M.  T.  TILDEN,  OF  NEW 
LEBANON,   NEW  YORK. 

The  flock  was  accidentally  commenced,  in  the  year  1810,  by 
the  late  Elam  Tilden.  He  was  in  New  York  waiting  the  sloop 
to  sail,  when  he  met  the  late  Chancellor  Livingston,  who  invited 
him  to  go  to  a  sale  of  Merino  sheep,  and  while  there  he  purcha- 
sed a  full-blooded  ewe,  and  shortly  after  purchased  of  other  impor- 
tations. 

From  this  stock  sprang  quite  a  flock  of  full-blooded  Merinos. 
In  1822  Mr.  Hull  became  associated  with  him,  and  as  soon  as 
the  Saxons  were  introduced,  they  commenced  crossing  with  them. 
In  1827  they  purchased  one  of  the  best  rams  ever  imported  (at  a 
sale  in  Brighton) ;  in  1828  they  purchased  largely  of  both  bucks 
and  ewes  at  the  large  sale  in  New  York.  From  this  stock,  pre- 
served pure,  have  sprung  our  present  flocks.  We  have  been  very 
particular  to  breed  from  the  best  Saxon  bucks  we  could  procure. 
The  flock  on  the  farm  of  the  late  Elam  Tilden  numbers  aboui 
800  ;   Mr.  Hull's  about  300. 

Formerly  our  aim  was  short  staple  and  light  wool ;  then  our 
fleeces  averaged  from  2  lbs.  6  oz.  to  2  lbs.  9  oz. ;  since  the  man- 
ufacturers have  discovered  that  length  of  staple  is  not  incompat- 
ible with  fine  wool,  we  have,  by  increasing  its  length,  increased 
its  weight  to  2|  lbs.,  and  we  hope,  by  judicious  breeding,  to  bring 
them  to  3  lbs.,  and  still  preserve  the  fineness  of  the  fleece. 

We  winter  in  herds,  ranging  from  50  to  100,  and  in  herding  aim 
lo  keep  those  of  an  age,  size,  and  sex  together.  We  shelter  all 
principally  in  cellar  bams,  and  feed  all  under  cover,  in  boxes, 
being  particular  to  keep  fresh  water  and  salt  by  them  constantly. 
We  consider  both  as  essential  for  them  as  for  neat  cattle  or  horses, 
for  by  having  both  water  and  salt  by  them,  they  never  eat  or 
dnnk  inordinately.  To  one  who  has  never  practised  this  system, 
it  would  be  quite  a  curiosity  to  see  them  running  from  the  hay  to 
the  water. 

Our  feed  is  well-cured  hay,  three  times  a  day,  of  which  we  feed 
them  all  they  will  eat,  which  is  about  15  tons  to  the  100,  except 
about  four  weeks  before  the  dropping  of  the  lambs,  when  we  feed 
the  ewes  about  a  peck  of  corn-cob  meal,  mixed  with  one  bushel 
potatoes,  or  Rutabaga,  grated,  to  the  100.  Occasionally  we  feed 
oat  and  barley  straw,  com  stalks,  &c.,  as  we  have  them  to  spare.* 
We  make  no  difference  in  the  feed  of  our  lambs. 

*  Messrs.  Hall  &  Tilden,  it  seems,  adopt  the  German  system  of  variety  of  food 
—for  which  they  are  to  be  commended  for  their  sagacity. 

84* 


402  APPENDLX. 

We  have  pursued  tliis  system  for  man}-  years,  and  would  like 
to  compare  our  flocks,  of  over  1100,  with  any  like  number  of  fine- 
wooled  to  be  found,  which  are  not  furnished  with  a  warm  shelter, 
let  their  feed  be  what  it  may.  Our  losses  have  also  been  very 
small,  not  averaging  one  per  cent.  We  aim  to  bring  them  into 
the  fold  in  fine  order,  which  we  consider  very  essential  to  their 
wintering  well.  Under  the  old  system  of  short  pastures,  feeding 
at  stacks  without  shelter,  you  may  estimate  the  per  centage  of 
loss,  as  high  as  3'ou  please,  and  not  overstretch  the  bounds  of  prob- 
abilit3%  Are  there  not  many  farmers  of  the  present  day,  who 
still  pursue  this  system,  and  wonder  why  they  lose  so  many  sheep, 
and  finally  ascribe  their  "  bad  luck"  to  disease  rather  than  the 
true  cause  ?  Experience  should  have  taught  them  ere  this,  that  a 
large  portion  of  hay  stacked  is  injured  by  stonns,  which,  at  the 
very  time  the  sheep  should  eat  plentifully,  they  almost  refuse  it, 
paj-ticularly  if  it  becomes  wet  by  a  drizzling  rain  or  a  snow  storm  ; 
as  a  consequence  the  loss  of  hay  and  sheep  is  large — the  flock 
comes  out  "  spring-poor" — cuts  less  wool,  and  that  more  or  less 
injured  for  manufacturing. 

We  tried  this  system  long  enough  to  see  its  utter  want  of  econ- 
omy, and  then  adopted  barns  vnth  basements  or  cellars  underneath, 
taking  care  to  have  them  well  ventilated ;  and  each  succeeding 
year  has  found  us  more  and  more  satisfied  with  our  experiment. 
So  firm  is  our  faith,  that  we  have  no  hesitation  in  recommending 
to  everj^  fanner  who  has  none,  to  lose  no  time  in  providing  them 
for  all  his  stock,  or  at  least  for  his  sheep.  The  increased  value 
of  the  manure  will  alone  pay  a  good  interest  upon  the  investment. 

Inbreeding  we  are  careful  to  avoid  the  "in-and-in  system." 
We  turn  out  from  the  1st  to  the  15th  Nov.,  and  put  from  50  to  100 
with  a  buck,  depending  on  his  age  and  constitution.  The  buck 
should  be  well  fed.  In  large  flocks,  from  80  to  85  lambs  to  the 
100  is  the  usual  average  raised ;  small  flocks  the  average  will 
range  higher.  Nights,  and  cold,  unpleasant  days,  we  are  careful 
to  keep  them  housed.  Wami  days  we  turn  them  out  to  graze, 
and  find  when  the  ewes  can  get  a  good  bite  of  grass,  that  the 
lambs  are  stronger,  and  that  they  require  less  feed  and  care.  We 
wean  about  the  20th  of  August.  The  sheep  should  be  tagged 
early  in  the  spring,  and  when  well  tagged  will  yield  from  16  to  20 
lbs.  to  the  hundred. 

From  several  causes,  Saxon  wool  is  not  now  cultivated  so 
eagerly  as  formerly,  and  the  demand  for  Merino  has  largely  in- 
creased. The  heavier  the  fleece,  the  larger  the  price,  even  though 
much  of  the  weight  consists  of  gum,  &;c.  This  is  a  lamentable 
fact,  but  how  can  it  be  expected  otherwise,  when  so  little  discrim- 
ination is  made  between  Saxon  and  Merino  wool?  Some  large 
flocks  have  been  broken  up,  and  sheep  shearing  from  3i  to  4  lbs. 
substituted,  and  we  predict,  if  this  system  of  buying  without 
making  a  suitable  discrimination  is  to  be  continued,  it  will  result 
eventually  in  the  destruction  of  nearly  all  the  fine-wooled  sheep  in 


APPENDIX.  403 

the  country.  Pride  will  doubtless  cause  some  of  us  to  continue 
growing  fine  wool,  for  a  time,  but  when  we  see  our  neighbors 
getting  about  as  much  by  the  pound,  and  more  by  the  fleece,  in- 
terest will  prompt  us  to  adopt  the  course  which  pays  best. 

The  supply  of  wool  having  been  larger  than  the  demand  for 
the  past  three  years,  has,  in  our  opinion,  led  the  manufacturers  to 
suppose  that  no  such  change  was  going  on.  When  the  old  stock 
is  worked  off  and  a  fair  competition  springs  up,  they  will  find  it 
difficult  to  obtain  a  supply  of  as  good  wool  as  under  the  same  de- 
mand three  years  ago. 

If  this  should  be  the  result  they  may  attribute  it  to  the  want  of 
their  usual  sagacity.  We  trust  they  will  look  to  this  subject  be- 
fore it  is  too  late.  All  the  wool-grower  needs  to  induce  him  to  grow 
fine  wool  is  a  proper  system  of  discrimination ;  let  this  be  done, 
and  there  ^vill  be  no  difficulty  in  procuring  a  supply. 

We  believe  that  a  proper  emulation  in  the  growing  of  fine  wool, 
tends  to  make  better  fanners,  for  if  they  once  acquire  a  taste  for 
superior  flocks,  it  will  extend  to  other  branches  of  farming,  which 
is  a  result  to  be  desired  by  every  one  who  has  the  interest  of  the 
fanning  community  at  heart. 


LETTER    FROM    JOSEPH    BARNUM,    OF    SHOREHAM,    VERMONT. 

Dear  Sir, — According  to  your  request,  I  herewith  send  you  a 
statement  of  my  management  of  sheep,  and  the  breed.  My  flock 
consists  of  about  700,  and  is  of  the  pure  Merino  blood ;  for  their 
pedigree  I  refer  you  to  Mr.  Randall's  statement  in  the  Albany 
Cultivator  of  December  last.  My  flock  was  bought  of  Mr.  A. 
Cock,  of  Long  Island,  by  Leonard  Bedell,  and  said  to  be  of  the 
Paular  breed.  I  now  own  the  flock  and  farm  of  the  said  Bedell,  and 
the  sheep  have  been  kept  pure  to  this  day.  Last  year  I  sheared 
610,  whi(«i  yielded  to  me  2441  lbs.  of  wool,  being  a  fraction  over 
four  pounds  per  head.  I  tag  my  sheep  immediately  before  turn- 
ing them  to  pasture,  and  take  from  each  about  3  onnces  of  wool. 

I  think  it  very  necessary  that  sheep  should  be  sheltered  in  win- 
ter. Feeding  roots  is  preferable  to  grain ;  oats,  however,  I  think 
as  good  a  grain  as  any.  Tuniips  and  can-ots  are  very  acceptable 
to  sheep,  especially  the  last.  One  bushel  of  carrots  to  the  hundred 
will  keep  them  thriving ;  half  a  bushel  of  oats  to  an  hundred  lambs 
daily  will  result  greatly  to  their  benefit.  Four  weeks  before  lamb- 
ing it  is  veiy  necessary  that  ewes  should  be  fed  from  8  to  16 
quarts  of  corn  or  peas  daily,  as  it  ^vill  contribute  to  their  strength, 
increase  their  milk,  and  give  less  trouble  in  raising  the  lambs.  I 
raise  from  85  to  95  lambs  from  100  ewes.  They  are  usually 
dropped  in  the  field,  during  the  month  of  May.  One  buck  to  a 
hundred  ewes  is  sufficient,  if  put  up  nights,  and  grained  high.  I 
do  not  allow  more  than  one  buck  to  go  with  a  flock  of  ewes  at  the 


404  APPENDIX. 

same  time.  I  prefer  ridge  land  for  pasture ;  an  acre  of  our  land 
will  pasture  from  4  to  10  sheep.  An  hundred  will  consume  from 
10  to  15  tons  of  hay,  if  fed  nothing  else. 


LETTER  FROM  CHARLES  COLT,  OF  GE>'ESEO,  JTEW  YORK. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  esteemed  favor  was  duly  received,  and  I 
hasten  to  comply  with  the  request  therein  contained.  I  have  not 
that  experience  to  give  you,  which  you  will  be  able  to  obtain 
from  many  of  your  correspondents,  but  such  information  as  I  am 
possessed  of  will  be  cheerfully  rendered. 

Four  years  ago,  I  commenced  my  present  flock  of  sheep  by 
purchasing  of  S.  C.  Scoville,  of  Litchfield  county,  Connecticut, 
twenty-five  yearling  ewes  and  one  yearling  buck.  This  is  all  I 
know  concerning  their  pedigree  ;  I,  however,  believe  them  to  be 
full-blooded  Saxons.  My  flock  at  present  numbers  two  hundred 
and  fifty-six.  Wishing  to  increase  it  as  fast  as  possible,  I  have 
ne\er  as  yet  been  able  to  cull  my  flock.  I  have  always  sold  my 
buck  lambs  in  the  fall  after  they  were  one  year  old. 

The  average  weight  of  wool  per  head  the  present  season  was 
2  lbs.  14  ounces.  I  am  fully  persuaded  that  by  pursuing  the 
course  I  have  marked  out  for  m3'self,  I  can  realize  at  least  3  lbs. 
per  head,  of  as  fine  quality  of  wool  as  I  now  get.  I  tag  my 
ewes  in  the  fall  and  all  my  sheep  in  the  spring,  before  turning 
them  out  to  pasture,  chpping  about  i  a  pound  from  each  sheep. 

At  shearing  I  do  not  put  into  the  fleece  any  tags,  or  any  of  the 
wool  that  falls  upon  the  floor  during  the  process  of  clipping.  My 
practice  is  to  wash  in  a  clean  running  stream,  if  possible,  soon 
after  a  hard  shower.  I  then  turn  my  sheep  into  a  hard  turf  pas- 
ture, shearing  from  six  to  ten  days  thereafter,  as  the  weather  will 
permit.  There  has  been  much  complaint  made  on  accoimt  of  the 
impossibility  of  shearing  Saxons  without  the  fleeces  breaking.  This 
is  owing  to  the  want  of  proper  benches  for  shearing.  I  use 
benches  about  four  feet  long,  two  being  connected  by  a  piece  of 
tow  cloth,  about  one  yard  wide  and  four  feet  long.  The  fleece 
falling  upon  the  cloth  is  kept  clean,  and  is  prevented  from  break- 
ing. 

I  protect  my  sheep  during  winter,  and  here  insert  a  ground 
plan  of  my  barn  and  sheds. 

[Mr.  Colt's  plan  is  meritorious,  but  of  necessity  is  omitted.] 

My  feeding  fixtures  are  racks  of  different  kinds.  The  best 
kind  is  upon  the  following  plan  : — The  bottom  is  a  two  inch  oak 
plank  a  toot  wide  and  sixteen  feet  long,  legs  four  and  a  half  feet 
long,  crossed  and  halved  together,  and  the  bottom  plank  framed 
into  them,  twenty  inches  from  the  ground,  by  a  two  inch  round 
tenon.  The  rack  is  filled  with  inch  rounds,  three  inches  apart. 
The  top  pieces  and  legs  are  made  of  oak  scantling,  four  by  two 


APPENDIX.  405 

inclies ;  and  the  top  pieces  are  connected  to  the  legs  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  bottom  plank  is,  the  tenon  nmning  through  the 
legs  sufficiently  to  put  in  a  small  wooden  pin.  The  rick  is  made 
flaring,  so  that  it  is  two  feet  wide  at  top.  The  cost  of  each  is 
about  two  dollars. 

I  have  never  had  my  attention  called  particularly  to  the  amount 
of  hay  Saxon  sheep  will  consume,  but  should  judge  I  had  kept 
well  one  hundred  during  the  winter  on  seven  tons,  together  with 
the  straw  and  chaff' I  fed  them. 

I  feed  neither  roots  nor  grain,  believing  it  to  be  neither  profit- 
able nor  economical  so  to  do,  for  the  following  reasons  : — It  is 
much  more  expensive  to  feed  grain ; — grain  I  conceive  to  be  an 
unnatural  food  for  sheep  ; — it  causes  an  undue  degree  of  heat, 
and  as  it  produces  a  greater  quantity  of  wool,  it  is  of  coarser  tex- 
ture. 

I  think  it  is  of  gi-eat  importance  that  a  sheep  should  be,  as 
nearly  as  possible,  in  the  same  condition,  as  regards  flesh,  at  all 
seasons  of  the  year,  particularly  a  flock  of  sheep  you  intend  to 
keep  and  breed  from.  This  you  cannot  do  and  feed  grain  a  portion 
of  the  year. 

I  think  variety  of  food  is  beneficial  during  the  winter.  I  should 
prefer  feeding  clover  hay  about  one-third  of  the  time  and  timothy 
the  remainder ;  clover  has  an  effect  upon  the  bowels  of  sheep 
similar  to  that  produced  by  grass.  I  also  feed  straw  and 
chaff',  believing  that  there  is  no  animal  to  which  they  can  be  fed 
with  as  much  profit. 

Never  having  fed  any  grain,  I  cannot  say  what  kind  will  pro- 
duce the  greatest  quantity  of  wool. 

The  supposirion  that  sheep  cannot  be  sufficiently  well  kept  upon 
hay  during  the  winter  is,  in  my  opinion,  erroneous.  Much  de- 
pends upon  the  time  at  which,  and  the  manner  in  which,  it  is 
cured.  I  am  satisfied  from  my  experience,  that  timothy  for 
sheep  should  be  cut  at  least  two  weeks  before  you  would  cut  it 
for  cattle  ;  before  the  seed  gets  fully  ripe,  and  clover  while  in  the 
blow.  My  practice  in  curing  timothy  is  to  turn  out  the  swarths 
immediately  after  the  mower  in  the  moniing,  turning  over  again 
after  dinner,  and  cocking  up  the  grass  before  night.  The  next 
day  (if  fine)  turning  out  from  cock  as  soon  as  the  dew  is  off', 
turning  over  twice,  and  getting  it  into  the  bam  before  night. 
Hay  should  be  thoroughly  cured,  and  still  be  as  fresh  as  possible. 
Clover  requires  a  different  process — I  tuni  out  as  in  timotby,  cure 
as  much  as  possible  the  first  day,  cock  it  up  at  night  in  tall, 
slim  cocks,  and  let  it  remain  so  two  or  three  days  till  it  is  nearly 
cured,  then  open  it  to  the  air  and  get  it  in.  This  process  of  cu- 
ring preserves  all  the  heads,  leares,  and  most  of  the  juice  of  the 
hay. 

There  is  no  difficulty  in  keeping  sheep  well  upon  such  hay, 
properly  fed  out.  I  feed  my  sheep  three  times  a  day  with  hay 
and  twice  with  straw  and  chaff,  watering  t^vice  daily. 


406  APPENDIX. 

I  put  my  bucks  about  the  1st  of  December.  Yearlings  with 
25  ewes,  older  ones  with  about  40.  1  make  it  a  practice  not  to 
put  a  ewe  until  she  is  two  years  old  past.  In  this  way  a  larger 
and  hardier  race  of  sheep  are  produced.  I  have  generally  been 
very'  successful  in  the  raising  of  lambs ;  coming  as  they  do  about 
the" first  of  May,  few  die.  Nine-tenths  I  think  would  be  a  fair 
estimate  of  theper  centage  of  lambs  I  raise.  Coming  late  in  the 
season,  they  generally  drop  in  the  field. 

It  is  difficult  to  say  how  many  Saxons  can  be  supported  on  an 
acre  of  land  during  the  year,  depending  as  it  does  on  the  quality 
of  the  soil,  the  manner  in  which  the  land  is  stocked,  the  care 
taken  of  the  sheep,  and  various  other  circumstances.  I  stock  my 
lands  with  one  bushel  of  timothy  seed  to  every  8  acres  in  the  fall, 
and  with  the  like  quantity  of  clover,  on  the  same  ground,  in  the 
spring.  Herd  grass  pasture  is  peferable  for  sheep,  but  clover  is 
best  to  plough  under  for  wheat.  During  the  summer  past  I  kept 
250  sheep  on  36  acres  of  pasture  ground ;  10  acres  of  meadow 
would  \neld  sufficient  hay  to  support  them  through  the  winter. 
This  would  seem  to  indicate  that  about  five  sheep  can  be  kept 
the  year  round  upon  an  acre  of  my  land. 

Good  improved  farms  in  this  section  are  worth  $35  per  acre. 

The  diseases  most  prevalent  are  the  foot-rot,  the  scab,  and  the 
grub  in  the  head,  but  never  having  had  any  diseases  in  my  flock,  I 
can  give  no  opinion  as  to  the  best  mode  of  treating  them.  Since 
I  commenced  my  present  flock,  1  have  lost  but  three  sheep. 


LETTER    FROM    C.    N.    BEMENT,    OF    ALBANY,    NEW    YORK. 

Dear  Sir. — Your  favor  came  duly  to  hand,  and  in  compliance 
with  your  request  offer  you  the  following  rephes  to  your  queries  : — 

In  regard  to  the  management  of  sheep,  I  fear  I  cannot  render 
you  such  information  as  you  may  wish,  as  I  have  never  kept  an 
exact  account  of  the  food  consumed  by  them,  neither  can  I  impart 
much  information  on  the  subject  of  feeding  sheep  for  slaughtering. 

You  are  aware,  I  presume,  that  my  little  flock  consists  of  the 
South  Down  variety,  which  are  so  highly  esteemed  in  England 
and  beginning  to  be  appreciated  in  this  country  for  the  quality  of 
their  flesh,  hardihood,  and  great  aptitude  to  take  on  fat. 

The  stock  from  which  my  flock  originated,  was  imported  by 
Sidney  Hawes,  in  1823,  of  whom  I  obtained  them,  consisting  of 
36  ewes,  2  bucks,  and  10  two-year  old  wethers.  The  ewes,  in 
consequence  of  the  carelessness  of  the  person  who  had  them  in 
charge,  the  winter  and  spring  previous  to  my  purchase,  lost  near- 
ly all  the  lambs  ;  and  at  the  time  they  came  into  my  possession, 
which  was  in  July,  they  were  most  all  afflicted  with  foot-rot. 
This  I  soon  cured  by  paring  the  hoofs  and  washing  with  a  prepa- 
ration of  blue  vitriol,  spirits  of  turpentine,  and  vinegar.     Some  of 


APPENDIX.  407 

them  were  so  lame  as  to  stand  on  their  knees  to  feed.  After  two 
or  three  applications  they  entirely  recovered,  and  became  very 
fat,  so  much  so,  that  I  feared  they  would  not  breed.  On  the  20th 
of  Nov.  I  commenced  feeding  the  ten  wethers  a  few  rutabagas, 
and  continued  to  increase  the  quantity  until  they  consumed  about 
three  bushels  per  day.  They  were  fed  as  much  hay  as  they 
would  eat.  I  sold  them  to  one  of  our  butchers,  early  in  Febru- 
ary, for  ten  dollars  per  head.  After  dressing,  their  carcases 
weighed  from  80  to  100  lbs.  each ;  and  the  mutton  was  gi-eatly 
admired,  and  extolled  for  its  high  flavor,  juicy  and  tender  (juality, 
by  all  who  partook  of  it.  Their  fat,  unhke  the  Bakewell  breed, 
lying  on  the  outside,  hke  pork,  was  firmly  mix-ed  with  the  lean, 
or  marbled,  as  some  term  it.  It  is  estimated  by  those  who  have 
cooked  the  South  Down  mutton,  that  there  is  as  much  edible  meat 
on  a  saddle  weighing  30  lbs.,  as  there  is  on  a  saddle  of  Bakewell 
weighing  40  lbs.,  as  a  great  proportion  of  the  latter  finds  its  way 
into  the  dripping-pan. 

I  winter  my  sheep  in  yards  with  tight  fences,  and  open  sheds, 
facing  the  east ;  feed  hay  in  board  racks,  under  cover,  and  no  gi-ain. 
I  put  the  bucks  with  the  ewes  about  the  25th  of  October,  so  that 
the  lambs  will  come  the  latter  part  of  March,  and  first  of  April. 
About  the  first  of  March  we  begin  to  feed  the  ewes,  say  one  bushel 
of  rutabagas  to  fifteen  head,  to  induce  a  flow  of  milk.  I  have  a 
warm  stable,  where  the  ewes  which  are  expected  to  lamb  are 
confined  nights.  The  lambs  are  confined  with  their  mothers  until 
three  or  four  days  old,  when  they  are  turned  into  the  yard,  and 
seem  to  stand  the  cold  as  well  as  their  mothers. 

This  method,  I  am  aware,  could  not  be  adopted  where  large 
flocks  of  sheep  are  kept.  Formerly,  I  allowed  the  lambs  to  come 
in  May,  and  used  to  lose  some  from  the  cold  storms  which  usually 
occur  in  that  month.  Lambs  will  stand  severe  cold,  if  dry,  much 
better  than  wet.  Besides,  we  have  more  time  to  look  after  them 
in  March,  than  we  have  in  May,  when  work  in  the  field  is  press- 
ing. Young  ewes  will  not  always  own  their  lambs  ;  by  having 
them  in  yards  they  are  more  at  our  command.  Another  advan- 
tage I  found  in  having  lambs  come  early  was,  that  when  first 
turned  to  pasture  the  young  lambs  will  feed  on  the  young  grass, 
by  which  means  their  growth  was  much  accelerated,  and  by  the 
first  of  July  were  fit  to  wean. 

The  South  Dowai  sheep  are  very  prolific,  often  producing  twins, 
and  sometimes  three  lambs  at  a  birth,  and  being  good  nurses,  will 
bring  them  up  as  well,  if  not  better,  than  some  other  breeds  will 
one.  A  neighbor  has  ten  half-blood  South  Dowti  ewes,  that  pro- 
duced last  s^Diing  twenty-one  lambs,  all  of  which  he  succeeded  in 
raising. 

My  flock  has  generally  consisted  of  breeding  ewes,  and  when  1 
have  weighed  their  fleeces,  they  have  averaged  3^  lbs.  per  head. 
I  had  one  buck,  which  at  two  years  old  gave  me  6^  lbs.  I  have 
sold  my  wool  from  25  to  35  cents  per  pound  ;  but  latterly  had  it 


408  APPENDIX. 

manufactured  into  flannel,  which  I  have  sold  at  50  to  58  cents  ^er 
yard. 

South  Down  sheep,  according  to  my  experience,  are  hetter 
adapted  for  those  farmers  living  near  market,  where  carcase  as 
well  as  wool  is  an  object.  They  are  also  well  adapted  to  cross 
with  our  native  sheep,  imparting  to  them  abetter  qualit}'-  of  mut- 
ton, as  well  as  wool,  stronger  constitution,  and  greater  aptitude  to 
fatten.  Butchers  will  pay  from  75  cents  to  -Si. 00  per  head  for 
early  lambs  of  this  cross,  and  the  mutton  will  alwaj^s  sell  more 
readily,  and  command  the  highest  price  in  market,  for,  as  the 
butchers  term  it,  they  always  "  die  well." 

There  is  another  good  quality  of  the  South  Do\ati  :  they  have 
not  a  roaming  disposition,  but  are  (]uiet  and  orderly,  seldom  leav- 
ing their  pasture,  even  when  the  fence  is  partly  down  ;  whereas, 
the  native  sheep  can  hardly  be  restrained  when  the  fences  are  up — 
in  fact,  I  have  had  some  long-legged  sheep,  that  would  clear,  at 
one  leap,  a  six  rail  fence.  After  nine  years  experience,  I  have 
found  the  South  Down  sheep  as  they  have  been  represented,  a 
tough,  hardy  race,  def3dng  the  severest  storms. 


LETTER    FROM     SAMUEL    WHITMAJf,    OF    WEST    HARTFORD,    CONN. 

Dear  Sir, — My  flock  at  present  consists  of  275,  some  of  which 
are  superfine  full- blood  Saxons,  raised  from  sheep  which  I  pur- 
chased at  auction,  at  Brighton,  Mass.,  and  imported  by  George 
and  Thomas  Searle,  of  Boston,  in  the  years  1824,  '25,  '26,  and  '28. 
In  1826,  I  bought  a  buck  without  homs,  which  I  think  laid  the 
foundation  for  all  the  wool  in  this  region,  which  may  be  said  to  be 
absolutely  superfine.  A  majority  of  my  present  flock  are  Saxony 
and  Merino  mixed,  \vith  a  few  half-blood  South  Downs,  and  a  few 
mixed  blood  Leicesters  for  experiment.  I  have  come  to  the  con- 
clusion that  the  Saxon,  after  it  has  attained  its  growth,  is  as  hardy 
a  sheep  as  any  with  which  I  have  been  acquainted.  Our  country 
in  general,  I  think  well  adapted  to  sheep.  Our  land,  however,  I 
think  too  valuable  for  sheep  husbandry,  being  worth  about  50  dol- 
lars per  acre.  Such  of  our  land  as  is  devoted  to  sheep  pastures 
are  those  in  which  clover  abounds.  In  winter  I  feed  under  cover 
entirely ;  my  shelters  are  in  my  bani  under  hay-lofts.  I  allow 
from  50  to  100  sheep  to  herd  together  in  winter.  I  do  not  think 
water  indispensable  for  sheep  when  they  can  get  plenty  of  clean 
snow  ;  but  think  they  do  better  where  thev  have  access  to  water. 
I  have  seldom  made  use  of  grain ;  when  I  have,  it  has  been  for 
that  class  of  sheep  which  I  have  thought  needed  better  keeping 
than  barely  hay,  whether  old  or  young.  White  beans  are  excel- 
lent ;  sometimes  I  have  made  use  of  oil  meal,  and  in  quantity  it 
has  been  from  half  to  one  gill  per  head  daily.  I  generally  suc- 
ceed in  raising  95  per  cent,  of  my  lambs  ;  in  my  first  stock  of  half- 


APPENDIX.  409 

blood  Saxons,  I  raised  126  lambs  from  127  ewes.  They  com- 
mence dropping  about  the  first  of  April,  and  I  wean  them  by  the 
first  of  September.  When  my  flock  was  mostly  Saxons,  it  shear- 
ed 2^  lbs.  per  head,  and  a  mixture  of  Merino  has  increased  it  to 
2|  lbs.  I  wash  them  in  brisk  running  water,  at  the  mill  tail,  and 
shear  from  7  to  10  days  after.  I  have  lost  5  per  cent,  yearly,  from 
disease,  age,  and  accident.  The  only  disease  from  which  they 
have  suffered  has  been  the  rot ;  in  two  instances  within  25  years, 
I  have  lost  20  per  cent,  from  this  cause.  Sometimes,  too,  they 
have  suffered  from  worm  in  the  head.  As  yet  I  am  ignorant 
of  any  cure  for  these  complaints.  I  feed  both  in  boxes  and  in 
racks. 

[The  former  are  like  cut  No.  1,  and,  as  near  as  comprehended, 
the  latter  conform  to  No.  2.     See  plate — racks.] 

Within  8  or  10  years  past,  I  have  several  times  sold  the  princi- 
pal part  of  my  flock,  always  reserving,  however,  some  of  the  very 
Ijest,  from  which  I  might  reproduce  another  flock  of  superior  ex- 
cellence. At  the  present  time  I  have  only  a  small  number  of  pure- 
blood  Saxons,  the  principal  part  consisting  of  the  aforementioned 
mixtures.  As  the  result  of  my  own  observation  and  experience 
with  regard  to  the  health  and  thrift  of  a  flock,  I  may  state  that,  in 
this  section  of  country,  at  least,  more  disease  is  induced  by  scanty 
and  bad  keeping,  than  from  any  other  cause  whatever. 


LETTER    FROM    MARK    R.    COCKRILL,  OF    NASHVILLE,    TENNESSEE. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  favor  duly  reached  me,  and  I  am  much 
pleased  to  give  you  any  infonnation  my  experience  has  taught 
me  upon  the  important  subject  of  wool-growing.  You  ask  many 
questions  which  I  will  endeavor  to  answer  in  part,  in  my  plain 
way  of  writing.  I  have  about  a  thousand  head  of  fine  sheep,  and 
from  400  to  500  long-wooled  or  mutton  sheep.  My  Saxon  sheep 
were  imported  in  1824  or  '26,  I  cannot  say  which,  and  I  find  as 
yet  no  falling  off  in  quantity  or  quality  of  their  fleeces;  on  the 
contraiy,  I  believe  a  little  improvement  on  both  points  and  a  lit- 
tle more  yolk,  when  well  provided  for,  which  you  know  does  not 
abound  much  in  the  Saxon  breed.  In  addition,  the  fleeces  are  a 
little  more  compact  than  formerly — hence  more  weight,  and,  from 
our  mild  climate,  the  staple  has  become  longer.  In  Tennessee 
we  do  not  fodder  more  than  80  or  100  days,  and  from  the  little 
snow,  our  sheep  pasture  upon  the  grain  fields,  which  soon  grow 
again,  and  thus  we  are  provided  with  an  excellent  substitute  for 
roots.  But  both  may  be  made  use  of  to  good  advantage,  as  all 
very  well  know  that  succulent  food  for  sheep  the  year  round,  the 
better  they  thrive.  I  assert  it  to  be  a  fact  that  the  cotton  region 
I  am  now  in  (Mr.  Cockrill  dates  from  Madison  county,  Mississippi, 
where  a  part  of  his  sheep  are  kept),  in  about  latitude  32  degrees 
35 


410  APPEJ^DIX. 

north,  is  better  tlian  any  country  north  of  it  to  grow  wool,  as  the 
sheep  can  be  kept  all  the  time  grazing,  by  sowing  small  grain,  for 
if  grazed  otf,  it  (juickly  grows  again  in  a  few  days ;  and  the  wool 
of  tine  Saxon  sheep  in  this  climate  is  softer  and  more  cotton-like 
than  any  I  have  ever  seen,  although  I  have  samples  from  all 
parts  of  the  world.  I  have  travelled  from  this  very  place  to 
Boston  sampling  all  the  sheep  of  note  on  the  way,  and  I  found 
nothing  on  my  journey  or  at  Boston  as  good  as  the  wool  I  had 
grown,  and  so  said  all  the  wool-staplers  whom  I  met  with,  and 
they  were  not  a  few.  I  presumed,  in  reality,  that  the  blood  of  my 
sheep  was  no  better  than  many  I  saw,  but  the  superiority  of  my 
wool  I  ascribed  to  our  climate,  and  the  provision  for  the  sheep  of 
succulent  food  the  year  round.  The  weight  of  my  fleeces  is  fair 
— say  from  3  to  5i  lbs.  each. 

At  my  residence,  near  Nashville,  in  latitude  36  deg.  north,  the 
best  lands,  if  well  set  in  blue  and  orchard  grass,  Avill  graze  from  5 
tf)  8  sheep  per  acre  during  the  grazing  season,  when  we  have  the 
usual  rains  through  the  summer.  With  proper  care  of  our 
grown  ewes,  we  may  calculate  on  raising  80  lambs  from  one  hun- 
dred. 

The  long-wooled  or  Bakewell  sheep  are  rather  short-lived  in 
Tennessee,  from  getting  too  fat  in  summer,  as  they  cannot  lose 
that  great  body  of  fat  without  deranging  their  health;  hence, 
compared  to  the  Saxon  or  Merino,  they  are  short-lived.  My  fine- 
wooled  lambs  commence  dropping  on  the  10th  of  March.  Our 
meadows  yield  from  1^  to  2^  tons  per  acre.  Tennessee  is  not 
the  true  grass  climate  ;  about  28  deg.  north  is  the  most  congenial 
for  grass  ;  notwithstanding,  our  State  is  fair  for  pasture  ;  blue  and 
orchard  grass,  white  and  red  clover,  prosper  pretty  well.  We 
feed  considerable  millet,  which  yields  from  4  to  6  tons  to  the  acre ; 
this  and  Irish  potatoes,  which  thrive  reasonably  well  here,  will 
keep  sheep  in  good  health  and  condition. 

There  is  much  country  in  Tennessee  and  other  Southern  States 
not  fit  for  the  plough,  and  would  do  admirably  well  for  fine-wool- 
ed  sheep,  and  can  be  profitably  so  employed.  A  small  capital 
thus  appropriated  here  in  Mississippi  would  do  better  than  cot- 
ton-growing, at  present  prices. 

[Mr.  Cockrill  states  that  sheep  are  exposed  to  liver-rot  and 
grubs  in  the  head.] 


I.ETTER    FROM    T.    C.    PETERS,  OF    DARIEN,    GENESEE    COUNTY, 
NEW    YORK. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  favor  covering  certain  queries  in  relation  to 
sheep  husbandry  is  before  me.  I  shall  give  you  an  account  of  our 
management  without  a  formal  answer   to  the  various  questions 


APPENDIX.  411 

whicli  your  letter  contains,  giving  you  full  liberty  to  use  so  much 
of  it  as  you  may  deem  important. 

We  have  been  engaged  in  the  business  fifteen  years,  and  for  ten 
years  our  flock  has  averaged  about  600,  mostly  Merinos,  or  a  cross 
of  Merino  and  Saxony.  The  average  yield  in  that  time  exceeds 
3i  lbs.,  probably  not  far  from  3  lbs.  6  oz.  of  washed  wool.  The 
sheep  are  usually  tagged  before  they  are  turned  out  to  grass. 
We  never  wash  our  sheep  until  the  water  is  warm,  nor  shear  un- 
til the  weather  has  become  warm  and  dry.  Hundreds  of  valuable 
sheep  are  lost  every  year  by  too  early  washing  and  shearing. 
If  a  rain-storm  comes  on  soon  after  shearing  we  give  them  shelter. 

The  bucks  are  let  among  the  ewes  about  the  5th  of  December, 
and  v/e  think  eight  to  an  hundred  not  too  many,  but  have  fre- 
quently used  but  five.  The  lambs  begin  to  drop  in  May,  and 
generally  continue  through  the  month.  In  April  we  usually  feed 
the  ewes  with  a  little  Indian  com  daily,  less  than  a  wine-glassful, 
to  each  one.  This  makes  them  strong,  and  the  lambs  are  much 
more  active  than  when  the  dam  has  not  been  so  fed.  About  the 
1st  of  September  we  take  the  lambs  from  the  ewes  and  put  them 
into  a  field  by  themselves  with  a  few  dry  ewes  or  wethers.  They 
are  wintered  in  a  separate  flock. 

Shelter  we  consider  indispensable,  not  so  much  against  cold, 
as  wet  and  storais.  Around  our  barns  we  have  sheds ;  but,  as 
we  prefer  wintering  a  portion  in  the  meadows,  we  make  our  stacks 
so  that  sheds  can  be  constructed  there  with  little  trouble.  Two 
stacks  are  built  about  60  feet  apart,  perhaps  further,  depending  upon 
the  number  intended  to  be  fed  there.  As  our  prevailing  wind  is  from 
the  west,  the  stacks  are  on  the  north  and  south  side  of  the  shed, 
and  it  is  open  to  the  east.  The  shed  is  usually  made  of  boards 
kept  for  the  purpose,  and  is  four  feet  high  in  the  rear  and  six  in 
front.  It  is  also  very  important  that  these  shelters  be  often  lit- 
tered with  dry  straw,  or  when  that  is  not  at  hand,  dry  muck  or 
swamp  earth  will  answer  if  put  in  often.  We  usually  put  a 
stack  of  straw  to  each  shed.  One  hundred  and  fifty  are  as  many 
as  it  is  prudent  to  keep  in  a  flock  during  the  winter,  though  we 
have  kept  as  many  as  two  hundred.  We  have  used  moveable 
mangers  or  board  racks  some,  but  generally  feed  upon  the  ground, 
and  fodder  often. 

We  have  fed  peas,  oats,  and  com ;  peas  we  consider  the  cheap- 
est food  [and  Mr.  Peters  might  have  added,  without  fear  of  con- 
troversy, the  best  to  promote  the  growth  of  a  soft  and  long  fila- 
ment] .  Like  many  others,  we  have  never  kept  any  account  of  the 
quantity  of  grain  fed. 

Twelve  tons  of  hay  is  considered  a  fair  allowance  for  100 
sheep  during  the  winter.  We  never  make  any  account  of  straw 
except  as  litter.  Sheep  do  best  when  they  have  free  access  to 
water  in  winter;  although  I  have  seen  sheep  winter  well  in 
fields  where  they  could  not  get  it ;  if  shut  up  in  yards  water  is  in- 


4 1  2  APPENDIX. 

The  pasturage  which  seems  to  do  best  for  sheep  is  in  old  fields 
which  have  been  long  in  grass.  They  prefer  dry,  rolhng  land. 
Old  pastures,  however,  should  be  close  fed  early  in  the  season,  so 
that  the  grass  will  come  up  alike  over  the  whole  tield ;  otherwise, 
it  ^^^ll  be  sj)otted.  We  usually  calculate  that  thirty  acres  should 
carr)'  100  sheep  through  summer  and  winter,  pasture,  hay,  and 
grain.  The  longer  a  tield  has  been  used  for  a  sheep-pasture  the 
more  it  will  support.  Fanns  which  will  carry  through  four  to 
the  acre,  summer  and  winter,  with  tolerable  buildings,  can  be 
bought  for  from  nine  to  fifteen  dollars  the  acre.  Lands  with  us 
are  valued  according  to  their  productiveness  of  wheat.  Good 
wheat  famis  are  worth  from  twenty-five  to  fifty  dollars  per  acre. 
The  most  profitable  fanning  with  us  is  sheep  and  wheat,  as  the 
sheep  do  much  the  best  with  us  when  they  have  the  free  range  of 
a  summer  fallow. 

Clover  hay,  if  Avell  cured,  makes  excellent  fodder  for  them.  We, 
when  stocking  for  hay,  put  one-third  timothy  with  the  clover  seed, 
and  mow  when  the  clover  is  in  blossom,  and  cure  in  cocks. 
There  can  be  no  better  hay  for  sheep  than  is  made  in  this  manner. 
Hence  there  is  no  stock  that  goes  so  well  with  wheat  raising  as 
sheep.  Many  persons  have  lost  sheep  by  tuniing  them  too  soon 
into  wheat  stubble.  They  should  not  be  allowed  to  go  in  until  the 
hogs  have  had  time  to  glean  the  field  thoroughly. 

We  usually  allow  fifteen  per  cent,  for  loss  of  lambs,  depending, 
however,  very  much  upon  the  season.  Our  loss  rarely  comes  up 
to  ten  per  cent.  Stall  feeding  has  not  been  much  practised  by  us, 
the  fall  market  generally  paying  the  best. 

The  only  disease  among  us  is  the  foot-rot,  and  that  has  been 
confined  to  the  two  flocks  in  which  it  appeared  ;  and  hopes  are 
entertained  by  our  flock-masters  that  it  will  be  eradicated. 
The  disease  was  brought  into  the  country  by  sheep  from  the 
southeast.  We  have  seen  nothing  of  it  yet  among  our  own,  and 
have  maintained  a  rigorous  quarantine  against  our  neighbors.  If 
vigilantly  watched,  I  hope  we  shall  be  able  to  prevent  its 
spreading. 


LETTER  FROM  DANIEL  B.  HAIGHT,  OF  WASHINGTON,  DUTCHESS 
COUNTY,  NEW  YORK. 

Dear  Sir, — I  received  a  letter  from  you,  in  which  you  wished 
me  to  inform  you  of  my  mode  of  keeping  sheep,  which  1  will  do 
with  pleasure,  although  I  have  not  had  very  much  experience  in 
keeping  South  Downs,  having,  until  recently,  kept  Saxons  only; 
therefore  I  am  not  able  to  answer  all  of  ^^our  interrogatories. 

I  have  a  small  but  valuable  flock  of  South  Downs,  which  I  in- 
tend to  increase  as  fast  as  practicable,  as  I  consider  them  the  most 


APPENDIX.  413 

profitable,  being  more  hardy  and  better  adapted  to  our  climate 
than  any  other  breed  of  sheep. 

I  have  had  a  few  of  the  Cotswold  breed,  but  was  glad  to  get 
rid  of  them  as  soon  as  possible,  on  account  of  their  being  very  ten- 
der, and  the  wool  of  little  value  ;  also,  their  requiring  more  food  for 
the  same  qaantity  of  mutton  than  the  South  Downs. 

You  wished  to  know  my  practice  of  wintering  sheep.  I  endeavor 
to  have  them  in  good  condition  at  the  commencement  of  winter, 
which  I  do  by  feeding  them  with  grain  when  the  pasture  begins 
to  fail,  as  I  think  there  is  much  lost  by  neglecting  them  at  this 
season  of  the  year.  [Mr.  Haight  never  uttered  a  truer  thing.] 
It  cannot  be  too  firmly  impressed  on  the  mind  of  every  farmer  that 
it  is  more  easy  to  keep  an  animal  in  good  condition,  and  requires 
less  food  to  do  it,  by  not  allowing  it  to  fall  awa3%  than  to  restore  it 
after  once  becoming  poor.     [Here  is  another  important  truth.] 

It  is  of  great  importance  to  protect  them  from  the  cold  winds 
and  storms,  particularly  rain.  I  keep  them  in  flocks  not  exceed- 
ing fifty,  and  a  less  number  is  preferable.  I  give  them  free  access 
to  water,  and  feed  them  morning  and  night  with  hay,  which  was 
lightly  salted  when  put  up,  and  some  kind  of  vegetables  in  the 
middle  of  the  day.  Potatoes,  in  my  opinion,  are  preferable  to  any 
other.  I  salt  them  frequently  in  the  pasturing  season,  and  keep 
their  noses  thoroughly  tarred  from  the  first  of  July  to  the  first  of 
October. 

You  wished  to  know  how  large  a  flock  I  keep.  I  have  only 
about  thirty  South  DoAvns,  and  two  hundred  and  fifty  Saxons ; 
the  foniier  will  yield  from  three  and  a  half  to  four  pounds  of  wool 
a  head,  and  the  last  clip  was  worth  thirty-seven  and  a  half  cents 
per  pound. 

You  also  wished  me  to  inform  you  of  my  mode  of  fattening 
them,  and  at  what  age  I  turn  them  off*  to  the  butcher.  I  am  not 
able  to  answer  these  inquiries,  having  kept  them  so  short  a  time, 
but  I  think  they  will  do  to  tuni  off"  at  two  years  old. 

I  weighed  some  of  my  lambs  at  three  months  and  a  half  old ; 
the  twins  weighed  from  seventy  to  eighty  pounds  each,  and  one 
single  lamb  one  hundred  and  one. 

I  have  my  ewes  to  lamb  about  the  middle  of  April,  and  gener- 
ally raise  two  lambs  from  each  ewe.  They  are  excellent  nursers, 
and  produce  very  fine  lambs  for  market. 

I  feed  my  ewes  a  little  grain  for  three  or  four  weeks  before 
lambing,  so  as  to  have  them  in  good  condition  for  yeaning,  and 
afterward  commence  feeding  them  wnth  vegetables  and  with  oat 
meal  and  wheat  bran  mixed  with  a  little  water,  which  I  increase 
as  the  lambs  increase  in  size. 

35* 


414  APPENDIX. 


LETTER    FROM    JOHX    H.    EWI.NG,    OF    WASHINGTON,    PEXN. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  favor  was  duly  received,  from  which  I  was 
pleased  to  learn  that  you  were  engaged  in  the  preparation  of  a 
work  on  sheep  husbandry  ;  one  much  needed  b}'  the  wool-grower, 
and  of  great  importance  to  the  country  generally,  as  comparative- 
ly little  is  known  on  the  subject.  Wool-growing  must,  in  time,  be- 
come the  great  business  of  this  country,  possessing  as  we  do  all 
the  facilities  to  produce  an  article  as  cheap  in  time  as  any  other 
country,  our  climate,  soil,  and  mountains  being  favorable  for  the 
business  ;  nothing,  therefore,  but  a  home  market  is  wanted  to  in- 
duce our  people  to  engage  largely  in  it,  and  shortly  not  only  sup- 
ply home  demand,  but  furnish  large  quantities  for  exportation. 
*****  *  * 

But  I  must  return  to  your  inquiries,  and  endeavor  to  impart,  as 
far  as  experience  will  warrant,  my  knowledge  of  wool-growing. 

I  have  been  engaged  in  the  business  about  twenty  years,  and 
have  given  it  my  personal  attention.  My  flock  exceeds  two 
thousand,  and  partake  more  of  the  Saxon  than  Merino  character, 
as  well  the  most  of  the  flocks  in  this  section  of  country  ;  and  yet  I 
am  inclined  to  think  the  most  of  the  original  stock  was  of  Merino 
blood.  But  many  of  the  flocks  have  been  formed  by  crossing  with 
the  native  sheep,  and  by  close  attention  for  a  series  of  years  have 
become  very  good,  and  will  generally  pass  for  full-blood  Merino. 
Shortly  after  the  introduction  of  the  Merino  sheep  in  this  country,  a 
few  enterprising  individuals,  namely,  the  late  William  Hoge, 
James  Gilmore,  and  others,  commenced  the  business,  which  was 
afterwards  much  improved  by  Wm.  Brownlee,  and  the  late 
Alexander  Reed,  and  some  others.  But  of  those  most  distinguish- 
ed for  their  efforts,  Messrs.  Wells  and  Dickinson  of  Steuben  villa, 
Ohio,  are  entitled  to  the  greatest  credit ;  they  made  great  prog- 
ress in  wool  improvement,  and  spent  a  fortune  to  accomplish 
their  purpose,  and  establishing  its  manufacture.  After  a  series  of 
reverses,  they  finally  failed,  to  the  great  regret  of  all  who  knew 
them.  Upon  the  sale  of  their  flock,  I  became  the  purchaser  of  a 
thousand,  from  which  my  stock  has  been  formed  ;  and  not^^'ith- 
standing  they  were  originally  from  the  best  imported  stock,  and 
the  greatest  care  and  attention  given  to  their  improvement  for 
many  years,  and  since  by  myself,  there  is  still  much  to  be  done. 
Nothing,  indeed,  is  more  difficult  than  the  making  of  proper  selec- 
tions of  such  as  produce  wool  desirable  to  the  manufacturer,  and 
at  the  same  time  profitable  to  the  wool-grower.  Again,  in  the 
selection  of  breeders,  the  peculiar  character  of  the  stock  will  be 
carried  down  for  generations ;  hence  the  selection  of  good  bucks 
is  all-important.  There  ought,  in  all  cases,  to  be  three  bucks  to 
the  hundred  ewes,  otherwise  the  bucks  will  be  more  or  less  injured. 

It  is  desirable  that  the  lambs  should  not  drop  before  the  middle 
of  April,  and  on  until  the  middle  of  May,  at  which  time  the  grass 


APPENDIX.  415 

will  begin  to  spring,  and  enable  the  ewes  to  fumisli  an  abundant 
supply  of  milk.  The  time  here  mentioned  is  applicable  to  this 
section  of  country  ;  the  most  suitable  period  in  other  places  must 
depend  on  the  climate  in  some  measure.  Whenever  the  ewes  can 
have  a  flush  of  grass  they  will  do  well ;  the  deficiency  of  pasture, 
however,  may  be  supplied  with  a  good  rj^e-field,  which  will  be 
rather  earlier,  and  no  danger  need  be  apprehended  in  turning  evv^es 
upon  rye,  as  they  will  not  scour  as  other  sheep ;  the  nourishment 
appears  to  be  secreted  in  milk. 

Our  foddering  season  here  lasts  from  five  to  six  months,  but  not 
more  than  three  or  four  of  bad  weather,  during  which  time  we 
feed  on  hay,  oats,  com  and  com  fodder.  Sheep  should  have  just 
what  hay  they  ^\dll  eat  up  clean ;  and  the  ewes  and  weaker  ones 
be  provided  with  a  bushel  of  oats  per  hundred  daily,  or  half  that 
quantity  of  com;  in  bad  weather  it  is  best  to  fodder  three  times  a 
day.  The  less  gi'ain,  however,  they  have  the  better,  provided 
they  can  be  kept  in  good  order,  which  alone  can  be  done  by  the 
use  of  roots,  or  an  extensive  range,  w^hich  has  been  permitted  to 
grow  up  during  the  summer,  which  of  all  others  is  the  best  mode 
of  keeping  (if  the  owner  has  extensive  lands) ;  under  these  cir- 
cumstances, sheep  will  require  but  little  care.  Those  who  adopt 
this  course  should  have  fields  of  blue  grass,  as  it  is  less  liable  to  be 
affected  with  frost  than  any  other,  and  one  of  the  best  for 
pasturage. 

Those  who  feed  during  the  winter  on  dry  food,  should  be  care- 
ful to  see  that  their  stock  has  plenty  of  water  ;  the  idea  that  sheep 
will  do  without  it  is  absurd,  except  when  upon  soft  grass  in  the 
summer.  Potatoes  are  excellent  to  counteract  the  binding  effect 
of  dry  food,  but  are  troublesome  to  feed  where  the  flocks  are  large ; 
when  given,  they  should  be  washed  and  cut  up  in  small  pieces. 

As  to  the  use  of  salt,  my  plan  is  to  salt  two  or  three  times  a 
week  in  the  summer,  more  frequently  in  wet  weather  than  in  dry, 
and  generally  on  the  ground.  I  do  not  salt  my  hay,  though  some 
of  our  wool-growers  speak  well  of  it ;  my  stock  is  supplied  with  it 
regularly  during  winter,  and  salt  is  very  essential  to  health. 

You  ask,  what  kind  of  pasturage  is  best  ?  My  experience  has 
led  me  to  believe  that  wood-land  range  is  best.  For  many  years, 
I  have  been  accustomed  to  graze  my  flock  on  the  mountains, 
where  it  is  all  covered  with  timber  and  underbrush,  and  whenever 
they  have  had  sufficient  scope,  have  done  well ;  and  my  opinion 
is,  that  it  has  greatly  contributed  to  their  health.  [This  is  to  be 
attributed  to  the  variety  of  herbage  they  obtained.]  Nothing 
more  conduces  to  the  health  of  sheep  than  frequent  change  of  pas- 
ture ;    without  it  they  will  not  thrive. 

[Mr.  Ewing  remarks  that  sheep  are  little  subject  to  disease  in 
his  section.] 

Another  and  important  matter  wnth  the  wool-grower,  is  the 
preparation  of  wool  for  market.  The  mode  I  have  adopted  in 
washing,  is  to  drive  the  sheep  across  some  water  that  will  s%vim 


416  APPENDIX. 

them,  two  or  three  hours  before  commencing  to  wash,  so  as  to  let 
the  wool  become  thurjughly  soaked ;  it  will  then  wii.sh  easily,  and 
all  the  ink  will  come  out,  leaving  the  wool  perfectly  white ;  those, 
however,  who  wish  to  make  the  manufacturer  pay  for  dirt,  will 
not  adopt  this  course. 

There  is  one  of  your  inquiries  which  I  have  omitted  to  refer  to, 
viz.,  the  effect  of  climate  and  herbage  upon  the  quality  of  the 
wool.  Upon  this  subject  there  can  be  but  little  doubt — a  north- 
em  climate  is  far  preferable  for  fine  wool,  and  I  am  of  opinion 
from  my  present  experience  that  very  fine  wool  cannot  be  raised 
in  the  South.  In  all  cases  that  I  have  known  it  tried,  the  wool 
has  deteriorated,  and  the  health  of  the  sheep  failed.  3Iuch  also, 
in  my  opinion,  depends  on  the  soil ;  high  poor  lands  will  ])roduce 
better  wool  than  rich  low  lands.  I  sent  a  flock  a  few  years  since 
to  Warren  county,  Illinois,  of  about  our  latitude,  and  after  three 
years'  experience,  I  scarcely  knew  my  own  wool ;  the  quantity 
of  wool  and  size  of  the  sheep  have  increased,  but  the  wool  has 
not  retained  its  fineness.  This  no  doubt  arises  from  the  pastur- 
age ;  the  sheep  become  very  fat  in  the  summer,  which  increases 
the  harshness  of  the  wool,  and  destroys  that  delicate  texture  it 
has  in  the  more  eastern  and  high  lands.  The  business  of  wool- 
growing  must  ultimately  settle  down  in  the  hilly  and  mountamous 
countries  where  lands  are  cheap,  and  climate  adapted  to  the  na- 
ture of  sheep.  Lands  in  this  section  are  worth  on  an  average  from 
20  to  25  dollars  per  acre,  and  at  present  the  growing  of  wool  is 
considered  better  than  the  raising  of  grain ;  this,  however,  will 
not  continue  long,  as  the  prices  of  grain  must  advance,  and  wool 
dechne. 

But  I  must  close  this  communication,  having  extended  it  be- 
yond your  in(|uiries ;  but  it  being  a  subject  of  much  interest  to 
me,  and  one  of  importance  to  the  country,  I  could  wish  our  peo- 
ple to  know  more  on  the  subject.  My  ardent  wishes  are  for  the 
success  of  your  undertaking. 


LETTER  FROM  LE0>'ARD   D.  CLIFT.  OF  CARMEL,  PUTNAM  COUNTY, 
NEW    YORK. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  favor  of  was  duly  received,  but  I  have 

not  found  time  before  this,  to  bestow  that  care  in  my  answer, 
which  its  importance  demands.  And  even  now,  I  know  not  whe- 
ther I  shall  be  able  to  do  the  subject  on  which  you  request  me  to 
write,  viz.,  "  my  experience  in  the  cultivation  of  the  long-wool- 
ed  sheep,"  that  justice,  which  will  give  satisfaction,  and  prove 
worthy  of  a  place  in  your  contemplated  treatise  on  American 
sheep  husbandry.  I  very  much  appreciate,  sir,  your  motive, 
and  the  object  you  have  in  view.  It  is  high  time  that  we  have 
eomething  American  on  this,  as  well  as  many  other  subjects  thaf 


APPENDIX.  417 

relate  to  our  agricultural  pursuits.  I  have  been  long  convinced, 
that  to  follow  implicitly  any  foreign  system  of  agriculture,  \vill, 
and  has  already,  led  us  into  many  fatal  errors. 

My  experience  has  been  considerable  with  almost  all  of  the 
different  breeds  of  sheep  which  have  been  common  among  us ; 
and  more  especially  for  the  last  ten  or  twelve  years  my  attention 
has  been  given,  in  a  great  degree,  to  a  flock  of  English,  or  long- 
"wooled  sheep.  During  this  time  I  have  imported  several  on  my 
own  account,  and  have  bought  quite  a  number  of  others  that  were 
imported,  and  have  spared  no  pains  nor  expense  to  establish  a 
sample  flock  of  English  mutton  sheep,  fit  or  suitable  to  propagate 
their  species,  or  turn  over  to  the  shambles. 

You  propose  a  number  of  questions,  relative  to  the  habits 
and  qualities  of  my  flock  as  a  distinct  breed — viz.,  the  Lincoln- 
shire. I  have,  as  is  well  known,  written  several  articles  in  re- 
spect to  them,  as  published  in  the  Albany  Cultivator  and  Amer- 
ican Agriculturist,  of  recent  dates.  This,  I  think,  supersedes  the 
necessity  of  repeating  what  I  have  already  said  about  them,  only 
further  to  say,  however,  that  taking  the  Lincolnshire  sheep  such 
as  I  have  bred,  of  this  species  of  sheep,  I  have  never  yet  had 
any,  in  all  respects,  their  equal.  They  have  a  compact,  well- 
formed  carcase,  and  covered  with  a  thick,  long,  and  fine-stapled 
fleece  of  wool,  including  the  belly,  neck,  and  legs.  No  sheep  will 
prove  as  hardy  in  our  Northern  climate,  as  those  well  covered  wdth 
wool ;  and  by  the  same  rule,  vice  versa,  in  the  Southern.  The 
fleece  is  the  protection  from  heat  as  well  as  cold,  and  more  than 
anything  else,  in  ray  opinion,  secures  the  good  and  hardy  constitu- 
tion of  the  sheep.  The  Lincolns  are  good  feeders,  and  from 
close  observation  I  have  noticed,  that  they  would  consume  much 
that  other  sheep  would  pass  over  and  leave.  They  are  quiet, 
and  easy  of  restraint,  and  excellent  nurses ;  but  at  the  same  time 
have  more  agility  and  spirit  of  countenance,  than  any  other  of  the 
long-wooled  breeds  with  which  I  am  acquainted. 

My  flock  of  Lincolns  have  usually  given  me  from  5  to  6i  lbs. 
of  wool  per  head,  on  the  average,  and  many  individuals  from  8 
to  10  lbs.,  clean  washed,  and  free  from  all  tags,  &c.  In  years 
gone  by,  I  have  sold  much  of  my  wool  at  37  cents  per  lb.,  and  the 
last  clip  brought  30  cents  per  lb.  This  kind  of  wool  is  now  be- 
ginning to  be  much  sought  for,  and  in  quick  demand  for  purposes 
of  worsted  fabrics,  &c.  And  now  that  machinery  is  being  put 
into  operation  for  the  manufacture  of  our  long  wools,  these  sheep, 
and  others  of  the  like  class,  must  be  the  most  profitable  to  culti- 
vate for  the  fleece  alone,  aside  from  their  great  value  for  mutton. 
I  have  sold  numbers  of  my  wethers  in  the  New  York  market,  ac- 
cording to  age,  &c.,  from  10  to  20  dollars  per  head.  My  lot  this 
winter,  marketed  about  the  1st  of  February,  brought  me  12 
dollars  per  head,  on  the  average.  Two  of  this  lot  was  sold  at 
15  dollars  each,  and  the  weight  of  the  carcases  dressed,  was  150 
and  133  lbs.     These  wethers  were  two  years  old  past.     I  fed 


418  APPENDIX. 

them  last  winter  with  good  hay,  and  a  moderate  feed  of  chopped 
turnips,  mixed  with  a  little  meal,  once  per  day ;  and  the  present 
winter,  until  marketed,  their  feed  was  about  one  pint  of  corn  and 
oats  to  each  sheep  per  day,  for  abcmt  eight  weeks  only. 

As  respects  my  general  mode  of  management  of  these  kind  of 
sheep,  it  may  be  asserted,  that  what  is  essential  to  the  proper 
management  of  one,  or  any  particular  breed  of  sheep,  is  essential 
to  all,  less  or  more.  A  few  things  I  can  only  name  ;  and  first,  I 
regard  protection  from  storms  in  winter,  and  the  right  sort  of  hay, 
secured  under  cover,  as  lying  at  the  foundation  of  all  good  sheep 
husbandry.  It  is  a  well  known  fact,  that  of  all  domestic  animals, 
the  sheep  is  the  most  harmless,  and  the  most  delicate  hi  the  choice 
of  its  food  ;  hence,  we  have  only  to  be  guided  by  these  principles 
of  their  nature,  in  all  our  management  of  them,  to  ensure  success. 

[Mr.  Clift  here  enters  into  minute  details  of  his  process  of  cu- 
ring hay,  which  is  very  meritorious,  and  worthy  of  imitation  by 
every  fanner,  but  of  necessity  is  omitted.] 

It  will  be  expected  that  I  should  say  something  of  the  manage- 
ment of  my  ewes  and  lambs  ;  first,  in  regard  to  the  ewes.  In  the 
fall,  about  the  first  of  September,  I  overhaul  my  whole  flock,  se- 
lecring  such  of  them  as  I  design  to  keep  over,  and  have  lambs  the 
following  spring,  selecting  none  but  those  I  feel  assured  will  re- 
main hardy  through  the  winter,  and  bring  a  good  lamb  or  lambs. 
The  remainder,  or  those  I  have  condemned  for  purposes  of  breed- 
ing, I  fat,  and  sell  to  the  drover  or  butcher,  as  soon  as  possible. 
It  is  important  that  ewes  should  be  in  a  thriving  condition,  pre- 
vious, and  at  the  time  of  taking  the  bucks,  which,  with  me,  is 
about  the  middle  of  October,  or  first  of  November.  I  endeavor  to 
have  my  ewes  come  into  the  winter  strong  in  flesh,  and  in  order 
to  this,  I  am  careful  not  to  keep  them  out  upon  the  fall  pastures 
too  late.  Many  sheep  are  permitted  to  fall  off  in  this  way,  when 
of  all  other  times  it  is  most  important  to  keep  up  thrift,  and  this  I 
do  by  giving  them  daily,  at  first,  a  bite  of  my  choicest  hay.  I  am 
not  in  the  habit  of  feeding  grain,  or  roots  of  any  kind,  to  my  stock 
ewes  during  winter.  This  I  do,  however,  when  the  time  draws 
nigh  for  them  to  bring  forth  their  young,  by  drawing  oft" from  lime 
to  time  those  coming  forward.  Ten  days  previous  feeding  at  this 
time  is  none  too  soon,  and  is  of  more  importance  than  twenty  after 
the  ewes  have  lambed,  if  you  could  do  but  the  one  or  the  other. 
But  my  practice  is  to  continue  the  grain  or  roots,  more  or  less, 
until  they  are  turned  off'  to  pasture  for  the  season.  Tagging  at 
this  time  is  highly  necessary,  and  should  be  perfonned  with  a  good 
pair  of  shears,  and  in  as  tasteful  a  manner  as  a  jockey  would  "trim 
his  horse ;  and  also  at  all  other  times,  when  any  dung  is  seen  ad- 
hering to  the  wool  about  the  tail. 

Small  ranges,  with  a  few  sheep  together,  and  shifted  often, 
sheep  will  thrive  the  best  when  at  pasture. 

Lambs  should  be  weaned  at  the  age  of  three  or  four  months.  I 
do  this  as  soon  as  my  early  mown  meadows  get  a  good  coat  of 


APPENDIX.  419 

grass,  say  from  the  middle  of  July  to  the  first  of  August.  There 
are  several  important  advantages  to  your  flock,  by  weaning  lambs 
at  those  ages.  At  the  time  mentioned,  the  grass  of  the  pastures 
begins  to  be  too  wiry  and  tough  for  the  lambs  to  thrive  upon  it, 
and  the  ewes  fail  in  flesh  on  the  same  account.  Both,  therefore, 
will  do  better  to  be  separated. 

I  might  yet  speak  of  many  things  connected  with  the  manage- 
ment of  sheep,  such  as  the  necessity  of  water  for  them  in  winter, 
keeping  them  free  from  ticks,  shelters,  bams,  racks,  &c.  All  these 
things  I  attend  to.  And  I  would  just  observe,  that  while  I  have 
been  penning  this  article,  we  have  had  here  an  unusually  severe 
snow-storm,  which  has  continued  some  forty-eight  h(jurs ;  and  I 
can  assure  you,  sir,  next  to  the  health  and  comfort  of  my  family, 
has  been  the  pleasure  and  satisfaction  of  having  every  animal  on 
my  premises  comfortably  housed  and  sheltered  from  the  howling 
storm  of  snow  and  wind  that  has  raged  without  and  around  us. 
Wiih  one  exception,  and  this  was  a  Tom  turkey,  that  would,  in 
spite  of  me,  keep  himself  perched  high  up  into  the  top  of  an  apple 
tree.  I  was  somewhat  vexed  at  the  foolish  bird,  but  let  him  have 
his  own  way.  Why,  sir,  motives  of  mercy  and  humanity,  as  well 
as  interest,  ought  to  influence  every  man  that  has  a  beast  or  bird, 
to  give  them  comfortable  protection,  and  food  sufficient  to  supply 
their  natures. 

I  regret  that  my  communication  is  not  more  acceptable  in  mat- 
ter as  well  as  manner ;  such  as  it  is,  however,  it  is  at  your  dis- 


LETTER    FROM    TALBOTT   HAMMOND,    OF    BROOKE    COUNTY,    VA. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  letter  was  duly  received,  and  you  have  my 
best  wishes  for  the  success  of  your  worthy  undertaking. 

The  number  of  my  flock  at  present  exceeds  one  thousand.  My 
sheep  are  principally  of  the  Spanish  Merino  blood.  My  fii'st  ad- 
venture was  in  the  fall  of  1822,  when  I  purchased  seven  ewes  and 
a  buck  of  my  brother,  Charles  Hammond,  of  Belmont  county, 
Ohio.  His  flock  was  bred  directly  from  the  flocks  of  Messrs. 
Wells  and  Dickinson,  of  Steubenville.  The  buck  that  I  obtained 
of  my  brother  was  an  imported  one,  for  which  he  paid  Mr. 
Dickinson  eighty  dollars  ;  he  was  quite  old  at  the  time  I  procured 
him.  I  have  since  then  crossed  my  sheep  with  Saxony  bucks 
from  Dutchess  county,  New  York,  but  the  result  was  not  very 
favorable  ;    therefore,  on  the  whole,  I  preferred  the  Merino. 

The  average  weight  of  my  clips  is  from  2|  to  3  lbs.  per  head. 
Our  foddering  season  in  this  country  is  not  less  than  four  months, 
and  sometimes  longer.  I  shelter  all  my  sheep  in  the  winter 
season.  I  have  two  shed  bams,  one  of  which  will  accommodate 
500,  the  other  300,  and  for  the  balance  of  the  flock  we  make  tem- 


420  APPENDIX. 

porary  sheds.  I  think  there  is  no  stock  needs  to  be  sheltered  from 
the  stomi  more  than  sheep,  as  we  are  subject  to  veiy  sudden 
changes  of  weather  in  this  climate  during  the  winter  months. 

Of  grain,  we  feed  principally  com  and  sheaf  oats ;  corn-cob 
meal  makes  a  very  hearty  feed.  J  have  no  doubt  but  sugar-beets 
and  other  roots  nn'ght  be  raised  and  fed  to  great  advantage  here, 
but  we  have  not  got  into  the  way  of  it  yet. 

I  think  the  best  flocks  of  sheep  in  the  State  are  of  the  Spanish 
Merino,  though  some  of  them  have  been  crossed  more  or  less  with 
the  Saxony.  "  In  my  opinion,  the  northwestern  part  of  the  State  is 
best  adapted  to  sheep,  the  land  being  hilly,  and  a  rich  limestone 
soil,  well  suited  to  the  production  of  grass. 

A  half  bushel  of  com  to  the  hundred,  or  a  dozen  sheaves  of  oats 
once  a  day,  is  about  our  rule  of  feeding  grain. 

On  the"^subject  of  housing  sheep,  I  am  decidedly  in  favor  of  good 
drj'  sheds  for  them ;  my  experience  is,  that  sheep  should  not  be 
suffered  to  get  wet  in  the  winter  season.  Last  winter,  I  had 
comfortable  shelters  for  all  my  sheep,  except  one  flock  of  about 
200,  which  were  exposed  to  the  weather  ;  and  I  have  no  hesitation 
in  saving  that  they  ate  one-fourth  more  feed  than  any  other  flock 
of  the  same  number  on  the  farm  ;  and  the  consequence  of  this  ex- 
posure was,  that  in  the  spring,  when  grass  came,  they  were  all 
very  poor,  while  the  rest  of  my  sheep  were  in  good  condition, 
with  full  coats  of  wool  on  them.  By  feeding  under  sheds  we  save 
all  the  manure,  which  is  a  very  desirable  object. 


LETTER  FROM  ASAHEL  B.  HODSKINS,  OF    WALPOLE,  N.  HAMPSHIRE. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  favor  was  duly  received,  in  which  you  pro- 
pound a  series  of  questions,  which  I  now  proceed  to  answer  to  the 
best  of  my  ability. 

My  stock  of  sheep  amounts  to  over  400  ;  about  one  half  of 
which  are  pure  Saxonies,  bred  from  the  importations  of  G.  and  T. 
Searls,  of  Boston  ;  the  residue  were  bred  from  pure  Merinos,  and 
which  have  been  crossed  with  Saxon  bucks  since  1825. 

My  sheep  average  3  lbs.  2  oz.  per  head  of  clean  washed  wool, 
which  shrinks,  in  cleansing,  from  22  to  25  per  cent.  I  shelter  my 
sheep  in  winter.  My  shelter  is  formed  by  digging  sufficiently 
deep  on  a  warm  dry  side  hill,  sloping  to  the  south,  and  building  a 
smooth-faced  stone  wall,  well  pointed  with  lime  mortar,  below  the 
frost  on  the  rear  side,  and  across  the  ends  and  the  middle,  to  sup- 
port my  bams,  and  rising  2^  feet  above  the  ground  on  the  rear 
side,  so  as  to  fill  against  it  to  turn  off  water,  and  admit  of  a  glass 
window  of  18  6x  8  glass.  There  are  six  divisions  of  my  princi- 
pal establishment,  and  one  of  these  windows  in  each  division,  hung 
to  the  sill  of  the  barn,  and  turns  upwards,  to  admit  a  fresh  current 
of  air,  which  I  think  is  indispensable  to  the  health  of  sheep.     On 


APPENDIX.  421 

these  walls  are  placed  my  barns,  126  feet  long,  with  additional 
supports  between  the  divisions  of  a  sill  and  posts,  the  whole  facing 
the  south,  with  12  feet  doorway  to  each,  and  closed  by  four  doors, 
so  as  to  shut  the  two  bottom,  and  leave  the  top  ones  open,  if 
necessary. 

[Mr.  Hodskin's  racks  conform  to  cut  No.  2.    (See  racks.)] 

I  do  not  give  my  sheep  grain  when  1  have  good  hay,  except 
wethers,  which  I  fatten ;  and  to  these  I  give  8  quarts  of  com  per 
day,  and  one  bushel  of  potatoes,  cut  fine.  To  my  lambs  I  give 
four  bundles  of  oats  per  day  to  the  one  hundred.  P^or  some  years 
past  I  have  given  to  my  breeding  ewes  5  pecks  of  potatoes  every 
other  day,  to  the  100,  from  the  time  they  were  put  in  winter 
quarters  till  turned  to  grass.  Three  weeks  before  my  ewes  drop 
their  lambs  they  are  provided  with  8  quarts  of  com,  and  the  same 
quantity  of  oats,  which  is  fed  between  potato  days. 

I  think  sheep  do  better  with  a  variety  of  food ;  mine  receive 
hay  three  times  per  day,  and  once  oat  straw,  the  latter  being  fed 
at  night.     I  think  they  do  much  better  thus  fed  than  on  hay  only. 

My  lambs  begin  to  drop  about  the  12th  of  April.  I  shut  my 
ewes  under  cover  nights,  while  dropping  their  lambs,  but  when 
grass  begins  to  appear,  I  turn  them  out  in  fair  weather,  near  by, 
where  I  can  see  to  them  often.  I  do  not  lose  on  an  average  two 
in  100 ;  I  reared  this  year  139  lambs  from  140  ewes,  and  gave 
three  others  away,  which  were  twin  lambs. 

I  think  I  have  as  hardy  a  flock  of  Saxonies  as  I  ever  saw  of 
Merinos,  and  are  well  formed  ;  but  there  are  other  flocks  in  this 
tov^Ti  as  hardy  as  my  own.  I  seldom  lose  a  sheep  except  by  dogs. 
I  do  not  know  of  a  Merino  flock,  that  produces  so  much  money 
per  head  as  mine  and  some  other  Saxon  flocks  in  this  place. 

I  do  not  believe  that  there  is  a  flock  of  pure  Merinos  in  New 
Hampshire ;  as  to  Saxons,  there  is  one  small  flock  in  this  place 
which  are  all  pure,  and  several,  a  part  only.  A  mixture  of  Me- 
rino, native,  and  Saxon  abound  the  most  in  this  section. 

I  should  have  said,  I  never  shut  my  sheep  under  cover  in  win- 
ter, unless  in  some  driving  snow-stonii,  and  never  close  my  back 
windows  except  when  the  weather  is  very  severe.  I  think  when 
sheep  are  provided  with  a  comfortable  shelter,  kept  clean  and 
well  littered,  they  will  seek  it,  when  needed. 

I  think  salting  another  essential  point  of  good  management. 
My  practice  is  to  keep  salt  by  them  in  troughs,  and  interaiixed 
with  a  little  flour  of  sulphur  ;  at  other  times,  a  little  tar.  Both  of 
these  substances  have  a  tendency  to  ward  off"  scab,  and  other  dis- 
tempers. 

I  also  practise  immersing  my  lambs  in  a  decoction  of  tobacco- 
water,  say  7  lbs.  of  tobacco  to  the  100,  to  destroy  ticks ;  besides, 
it  keeps  the  skin  healthy. 

36 


422  APPENDIX. 


LETTER    FROM    MESSRS.    PERKINS    AND    BROWN,    OF    AKRON,    SUM- 
MIT   COUNTY,    OHIO. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  favor  was  received,  and  our  reply  will  be  as 
brief  as  possible,  and  our  remarks  practical,  so  far  as  we  are  able 
to  make  them. 

We  have  about  1300  sheep,  Saxon,  and  mixed-blooded,  of 
Saxon  and  INIerino.  We  have  never  taken  more  than  59  lbs.  of 
wool  from  20  head  of  our  tine  sheep ;  but  our  flock  is  principally 
ewes  and  lambs.  We  are  so  well  aware  of  the  great  difference  in 
th^  manner  of  fitting  wool  for  market,  that  we  deem  the  reports  of 
wool-growers  in  this  particular  as  of  very  little  value.  We  sup- 
pose that  kind  of  sheep  (to  the  wool-grower)  which  not  only  pays 
the  most  cash  per  head,  but  pay  most  per  acre  for  the  land  they 
occupy,  to  be  the  best  breed.  These  remarks  we  do  not  intend  for 
those  who  can  sell  fat  sheep  and  lambs  to  good  account. 

We  take  this  opportunity  to  propose  to  those  who  keep  fine 
sheep,  that,  in  order  to  detennine  where  the  best  fine  sheep  may 
be  found,  each  man  concerned  furnish  yearly  a  certain  number 
of  fleeces — say  not  less  than  five  bucks,  20  lambs,  and  25  ewes — 
to  be  cleansed  by  some  manufactm-er  in  the  best  manner,  and  the 
cash  value  of  each  parcel  to  be  detennined  by  a  committee  of 
three  of  the  best  manufacturers  in  the  United  States ;  and  fur- 
ther, that  each  individual  deposit  with  his  wool  from  one  to  live 
dollars  towards  the  expense  of  cleansing,  and  publishing  a  full 
statement,  and  the  balance  to  be  paid  as  a  premium  to  him  who 
shall  furnish  50  fleeces  worth  most  in  cash  when  cleansed ;  or, 
in  other  words,  to  him  who  shall  furnish  the  greatest  weight  of 
the  most  valuable  pure  wool  per  head  from  each  of  the  kinds  of 
sheep  mentioned.  We  would  hke  to  go  into  something  of  that 
kind  the  present  season.     Who  will  join  us  ? 

Our  pure-blooded  Saxons  were  from  the  flocks  of  Samuel  Wliit- 
man,  of  West  Hartford,  Conn. ;  Col.  Jenison,  of  Walpole,  New 
Hampshire;  and  of  Frederick  Brandt,  of  Kilgore,  Carroll  county, 
Ohio,  who  brought  over  his  sheep  in  company  with  the  late  H. 
D.  Grove's,  ofHoosic,  New  York.  Our  mixed-blooded  sheep 
were  selected  from  some  of  the  best  flocks  in  the  counties  of 
Washington  and  Beaver,  in  Pennsylvania,  and  from  the  counties 
of  Brooke  and  Ohio  in  Virginia,  and  from  Columbiana  and  Stark 
counties  in  this  State. 

We  keep  more  or  less  in  a  flock  in  summer  and  winter,  accord- 
ing to  circumstances.  We  think  the  health  of  flocks  depends,  in 
summer,  more  upon  frequent  change  of  pasture,  than  the  number 
of  the  flock  ;  but  we  have  no  doubt  that  the  smaller  the  flock  at 
any  season  the  better.  We  generally  salt  twice  a  week  with 
about  three  quarts  to  100.  We  salt  our  hay  when  it  is  gathered. 
What  kind  of  pasture  is  best  for  sheep,  we  cannot  well  deter- 
mine ;  with  us  they  appear  to  be  most  fond  of  timothy  or  herds 


APPENDIX.  423 

grass.  The  amount  of  slieep  per  acre  that  our  lands  will  keep, 
varies  much  ;  some  of  them  will  support  five  to  the  acre  through 
the  year.  Lands  will  average  about  25  dollars  per  acre  here; 
and  we  tliink  wool-growing,  if  the  whole  business  was  properly 
managed,  and  the  sales  of  wool  made  understandingly,  might  be 
made  equal  to  any  other  farming  business. 

We  put  in  our  bucks  from  the  20th  of  Nov.  to  the  1st  of  Dec. 
We  probably  raise  80  per  cent,  of  lambs  to  the  100  ewes.  For 
the  two  last  winters  our  flock  suffered  severely  from  wonns  in 
the  head  ;  before  that  our  loss  was  merely  nominal.  We  shelter 
our  sheep.  Any  kind  of  shelter  that  will  keep  otf  the  storms  and 
break  the  winds,  and  yet  be  airy,  we  use. 

[Messrs.  Perkins  and  Brown  use  box  racks.] 

We  have  as  yet  had  no  experience  in  the  use  of  roots.  We 
feed  the  value  of  half  a  bushel  of  oats,  or  some  kind  of  grain, 
per  day,  to  the  hundred,  unless  we  have  them  in  as  good  condi- 
tion as  we  wish  them,  without  it ;  or  unless  we  have  plenty  of 
fall  feed  on  the  ground,  when  the  winter  sets  in ;  in  that  case,  we 
want  neither  roots  nor  grain,  except  in  extreme  cases.  We  stall- 
feed  no  sheep. 

The  most  fatal  of  all  diseases  of  which  we  have  any  experience. 
is  that  occasioned  by  the  fly  [CEstris  Ovis),  causing  the  worm  in 
the  head.  There  is  also  a  disorder  of  the  feet,  the  fouls,  to  which 
our  sheep  are  very  subject  in  summer.  It  is  very  easily  cured  with 
tar  only,  and  indeed  will  go  off  of  itself,  and  is  not  in  the  least  con- 
tagious. Our  honied  cattle  have  the  very  same.  We  suppose  it 
to  be  entirely  diflerent  from  foot-rot,  but  are  not  certain,  as  we  have 
no  experience  personally  with  that  disease.  [Messrs.  Perkins  and 
Brown  are  right  in  their  conjectures ;  see  Diseases  of  Sheep.]  We 
generally  get  along  with  as  good  common  care  of  our  flock  as  we 
can,  with  but  very  little  in  the  way  of  medicine. 

We  think  that  most  shepherds  do  not  examine  and  compare 
flocks  enough  to  know  what  constitutes  a  good  sheep ;  and  that 
an  animal  combining  constitution,  quality  of  wool,  as  well  as  quan- 
tity, would  -not  be  prefeiTed  by  thousands,  at  least  of  those  zvho 
tiiink  they  understand  the  matter  well.  The  last  remark  we  sup- 
pose to  be  the  most  valuable  we  can  make.  Our  success  must 
mainly  depend  on  our  first  learning  what  is  a  thoroughly  good 
animal,  and  in  the  next  place,  how  to  take  good  common  care  of 
him,  and  finally,  how  to  make  the  peculiar  traits  of  a  good  sheep 
as  general  in  our  flock  as  possible.  We  suppose,  if  our  flock  is  not 
what  it  should  be,  that  we  need  a  variety  to  make  it  so ;  say  very 
fine  sheep,  very  long-wooled  sheep,  and  very  thick-wooled  sheep  ; 
each  kind  of  good  constitution,  and  given  very  much  to  wool,  (i.  e.) 
woolly  all  over,  in  order  to  breed  successfully.  We  believe  any 
traits  may  be  imparted  to  a  flock,  and  would  like  to  see  our  brother 
wool-growers  getting  clear,  among  other  things,  of  that  worse  than 
useless  appendage,  the  horns.  We  think  it  best  to  class  our  ewes 
for  breeding,  giving  to  our  most  perfect  class  our  most  perfect 


424{  APPENDIX. 

bucks,  keeping  a  distinction  afterwards  in  all  lambs  from  that 
class.  For  those  ewes  that  are  defective  in  any  trait,  we  use 
bucks  that  excel  as  much  as  possible  in  those  traits ;  but  avoid 
breeding  in-and-ifu  We  doubt  not  that  Americans  are  capable 
of  as  nice  breeding  as  any  other  men  on  the  globe,  if  they  will  but 
apply  in  earnest  to  the  matter,  and  not  be  governed  by  foolish  prej- 
udice and  short-sighted  selfishness.  [The  sentence  would  have 
been  complete,  if  the  gentlemen  had  added  criminal  laziness.'] 
One  great  hindrance  to  improvement  is  the  strong  relish  many 
have  for  the  extravagant  accounts  that  some  give  of  the  pro- 
ceeds of  their  business,  and  the  marvellous  fine  puffing  they 
give  when  they  want  others  to  bay  of  them.  Sober  realities  will, 
we  believe,  wear  the  best. 


LETTER  FROM  E.  KIRBY,  OF  BROWNVILLE,  JEFFERSON  CO.,  N.  Y. 

Dear  Sir, — I  am  pleased  to  learn  from  your  favor  that  you  are 
progressing  with  your  treatise  on  sheep.  I  am  necessarily  so 
much  absent  from  home,  that  I  have  not  been  able  to  bestow  such 
careful  attention  upon  all  the  details  of  sheep  husbandry,  as  to 
authorize  me  to  set  up  for  a  teacher.  I  will  confine  myself,  there- 
fore, to  a  few  general  remarks,  bearing  on  such  points  of  the  in- 
quiries contained  in  your  letter  as  I  can  speak  to  with  some  con- 
fidence. 

I  have  about  1500  sheep.  I  formed  my  flock  nineteen  years 
ago,  by  the  purchase  of  500  high-grade  Merinos,  and  by  subse- 
quent additions,  which  I  endeavored  to  improve,  after  the  fashion 
of  the  time,  by  an  infusion  of  Saxon  blood,  for  which  purpose  I, 
from  time  to  time,  purchased  imported  Saxon  bucks.  Having  be- 
come satisfied  that  the  wool-buyers  do  not  make  a  just  discrimina- 
tion in  price  betAveen  fine  wool  and  that  of  inferior  grade,  and 
that  the  Spanish  Merino,  by  reason  of  its  heavier  fleece,  is  a  more 
profitable  sheep  for  the  farmer,  in  this  climate,  than  the  Saxon,  I 
am  endeavoring  to  get  back  to  the  Merino  platform,  or  rather  to 
medium  ground  between  it  and  the  Saxon,  which  shall  combine 
the  advantages  of  the  fine  staple  of  the  Saxon  wool  with  the 
heavier  fleeces,  and  more  rugged  constitution,  of  the  Merino. 
This  may  unquestionably  be  attained  by  proper  care  in  breeding 
these  rival  branches  of  the  family  together. 

To  this  end,  in  1842,  I  purchased  a  Rambouillet  buck  of  D.  C. 
Colhns,  of  Hartford,  Conn.  His  stock  promises  to  realize  my 
wishes.  My  yearlings  of  his  getting  are  greatly  admired ;  one 
buck,  in  especial,  is  a  noble  fellow.  I  lost  my  Rambouillet  buck 
in  the  spring  of  1843  ;  Mr.  Collins  kindly  sent  me  another,  which 
I  value  highly.  At  the  cattle  show  at  Poughkeepsie,  in  Septem- 
ber last,  I  purchased  one  of  the  Merino  bucks  exhibited  by  J.  N. 
Blakeslee,  of  Litchfield  County,  Conn.,  said  to  be  of  uncontaraina- 


APPENDIX.  425 

ted  descent  from  the  importations  of  Gen.  Humphreys  and  others. 
I  also,  at  the  same  time,  purchased  of  S.  W.  Jewett,  of  Vermont, 
one  of  the  Merino  bucks  exhibited  by  him.  He  is  a  fine  animal, 
of  fair  pretensions  to  purity  of  blood,  as  set  forth  in  the  certificates 
recently  published  by  H.  S.  Randall.  In  addition  to  these,  I  pro- 
cured, in  October  last,  two  bucks  and  six  ewes  from  Vermont.  I 
intended  to  get  them  from  Consul  Jarvis'  well-known  flock,  but 
they  came  from  his  neighborhood,  with  a  warranty  of  purity  of 
blood  ;  but  the  warrant  is  not  so  reliable  as  if  signed  by  Mr.  Jar- 
vis,  who  is  well  understood  to  have  pure  Merinos. 

You  have  asked  me  to  describe  my  flock  ;  I  have  done  so  fully, 
and  you  canjudge  of  its  character.  I  will  now  say  something  of 
its  treatment.  Commencing  the  business  of  farming  with  more 
zeal  than  experience,  I  fell  into  the  common  error,  that  sheep  re- 
quire no  shelter  in  winter.  The  consequence  was,  that  from  this 
cause,  and  perhaps  allowing  too  great  numbers  to  herd  together,  I 
lost  many  every  winter  for  several  years.  From  exposure  to  the 
weather  they  became  diseased,  discharged  mucus  from  the  nos- 
trils, and  numbers  perished  miserably.  The  survivors  came 
through  the  winter  greatly  emaciated — ewes,  from  want  of  nour- 
ishment for  their  lambs,  would  abandon  them  as  soon  as  dropped, 
and  many  of  them  perished  also. 

I  soon  became  conscious  of  the  improvidence,  as  well  as  cruelty, 
of  exposing  these  valuable  animals  to  the  pelting  storms  of  our 
severe  winters,  and  set  about  providing  shelter  for  them.  I  con- 
tented myself  at  first  with  sheds  open,  or  nearly  so,  at  the  sides, 
which  turned  the  rain  and  descending  snow,  but  left  the  sheep  ex- 
posed to  the  cutting  winds  that  prevail  so  frequently  in  the  winter 
months.  I  continued  to  improve  upon  these  structures,  till  now 
my  sheds  are  carefully  enclosed  on  all  sides,  with  an  opening  near 
each  end,  for  free  ingress  and  egress,  and  made  comfortable  by 
frequent  litterings  of  straw. 

Instead  of  the  severe  losses  I  used  to  sustain,  I  now  have  the 
satisfaction  of  wintering  my  sheep  with  very  little  loss  at  all,  and 
that  confined  to  the  old  and  infinn.  I  am  as  well  persuaded  of 
the  importance  of  providing  shelter  for  sheep,  in  this  rigorous  cli- 
mate, from  the  storms  of  winter,  as  of  any  other  ascertained  fact. 
Its  necessity  is  indicated,  as  well  by  the  instinct  which  invariably 
leads  them  in  bad  weather  to  seek  the  shelter  of  fences,  thickets, 
or  the  lee  of  bams,  as  by  the  fatal  effects  of  exposure.  The  ad- 
vantages of  this  sort  of  protection  may  be  summed  up  in  the  pres- 
ervation of  health,  consumption  of  less  food,  better  fleeces,  and 
more  lambs. 

My  sheep  are  usually  divided  into  lots  of  about  100  each  for 
winter  quarters,  though  sometimes  as  many  as  150  are  allowed 
to  run  together ;  but  the  smaller  the  divisions  the  better.  They 
are  fed  on  hay,  corn-stalks,  straw,  peas,  oats,  com,  oil-meal  or 
shorts,  according  to  circamstances.  Sometimes  portions  of  them 
rough  it  through  the  winter  on  hay  alone.    I  have  never  fed  them 

36* 


426  APPENDIX. 

with  rutabaga  or  other  roots,  except  to  a  small  extent,  with  pota- 
toes. I  am  not  so  systematic  and  careful  in  feeding  grain  as  to 
make  it  worth  while  to  go  into  details.  This  winter  I  am  feeding 
two  flocks  of  100  each  with  hay  at  morning  and  evening,  and  five 
half  pints  each  of  still-slops  at  noon.  The  slops  cost  me  17^  cents 
for  100  gallons,  and  the  expense  of  hauling  them  from  the  distille- 
ry, distant  about  60  rods.  The  sheep  are  thriving  under  this  treat- 
ment, but  T  am  not  clear  that  it  is  more  economical  than  feeding 
grain.  I  feed  out  much  less  grain  now  than  I  did  in  former  years, 
when  my  sheep  were  exposed  to  the  weather  A\'ithout  shelter,  and 
the  sheep  do  much  better  now  without  it  than  they  did  with  it. 

[Mr.  Kirby's  racks  are  of  the  box  kind.]  In  wet  weather  it  is 
of  great  advantage  to  be  able  to  fodder  under  shelter.  I  have 
abandoned  the  practice  of  salting  my  hay,  except  when  compelled, 
by  stress  of  weather,  to  house  it  before  it  is  thoroughly  cured. 
My  sheep  are  salted  about  once  a  week  the  year  round,  and  in- 
stead of  giving  them  tar  as  recommended  by  some  persons,  I  oc- 
casionally strew  the  yards  with  pine  boughs,  which  they  are 
fond  of. 

I  regard  the  fall  management  of  iambs  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant branches  of  sheep  husbandry.  Having  paid  for  my  ex- 
perience on  this  point  as  well  as  that  of  winter  shelter,  I  can 
speak  with  confidence.  They  should  be  separated  from  their 
dams  about  the  first  of  September,  and  with  a  few  old  sheep,  that 
require  nursing,  turned  to  the  best  pasture.  Care  should  be 
taken  that  they  are  not  stinted  till  removed  to  winter  quarters, 
when  they  should  have  a  small  allowance  of  grain  or  oil-meal, 
in  addition  to  a  plentiful  supply  of  good  hay.  As  soon  as  the 
pasture  begins  to  fail  the  ration  of  grain  should  be  supplied.  By 
neglecting  to  provide  suitable  pasture  for  a  lot  of  upwards  of 
100  very  superior  lambs  one  season,  I  lost  the  greater  part  of 
them  the  ensuing  winter.  My  utmost  efforts,  after  I  discovered 
the  error,  were  of  no  avail.  I  gave  them  a  comfortable  shed, 
plenty  of  litter,  good  hay,  a  regular  allowance  of  meal,  and  free 
access  to  water ;  but  they  never  recovered,  and  the  greater  part 
died  before  spring. 

My  bucks  and  ewes  are  put  together  about  the  first  of  Decem- 
ber. The  flock  which  I  keep  at  my  home  barn,  under  my  own 
eye,  and  from  which  I  raise  bucks  for  the  supply  of  my  own, 
and  many  of  my  neighbors'  flocks,  is  managed  in  this  way.  The 
ewes  in  lots  of  20  to  35  are  placed  in  separate  pens,  and  a  select 
buck  is  turned  into  each  pen,  %vhere  they  are  kept  together  15  or 
20  days.  The  ewes  in  each  pen  are  marked  with  a  letter  in  tar 
and  lampblack,  to  indicate  what  buck  they  were  served  by.  At 
shearing  time,  the  best  buck  lambs  are  selected,  and  receive  a 
mark  to  denote  their  origin. 

In  my  judgment,  water  is  as  essential  to  sheep  as  it  is  to  any 
other  animal.  They  will  go  through  the  winter  on  snow  instead 
of  water,  and  so  would  a  man  or  a  horse,  if  compelled  by  neces- 


Ai>PENi)ix.  427 

Blty  to  do  so ;  but  either  would  prefer  to  have  it  thawed  before 
using  it,  rather  than  perform  that  office  in  his  bowels. 

When  my  sheep  mn  in  large  flocks  without  shelter,  they  were 
occasionally  affected  with  the  scab,  but  since  I  have  provided  com- 
fortable sheds  for  them,  they  have  been  troubled  with  no  serious 
disease.     This  climate  is  well  suited  to  sheep. 


LETTER  FROM   STEPHEN  ATWOOD,   OF  WOODBURY,  CONNECTICUT. 

Dear  Sir, — I  have  made,  agreeably  to  your  request,  diligent  in- 
quiries respecting  the  varieties  of  ^Ierinos  imported  by  General 
Humphreys,  but  can  learn  nothing  definite  on  the  subject.  I  was 
17  years  old  at  the  time  of  their  arrival  in  this  country,  and  think 
Gen,  H.  called  them  Paulars ;  but  of  this  I  cannot  be  positive. 
I  purchased  a  ewe  from  his  flock,  for  which  I  paid  him  120  dol- 
lars, and  put  her  to  bucks  sold  by  him  into  my  immediate  neigh- 
borhood, and  her  descendants  to  bucks  raised  from  his  ewes,  until 
about  15  years  ago ;  since  then  I  have  used  bucks  of  my  own 
raising.  I  have  now  a  small  flock  of  Merinos,  in  number  about 
150,  about  half  of  which  are  ewes,  and  the  other  half  bucks  and 
wethers.  They  will  consume  through  the  winter  about  18  tons 
of  hay.  I  feed  the  ewes,  once  a  day,  half  a  gill  of  corn  and  oats 
mixed,  from  the  first  of  December  until  the  first  of  May.  I  feed 
the  lambs  the  above  given  time  with  half  the  quantity  mentioned ; 
the  rest  of  the  flock  hay  only.  I  wash  my  sheep  as  clean  as  I 
can  in  the  river,  and  let  them  run  6  or  8  days,  and  then  shear 
them;  we  generally  shear  from  10  to  15  per  day;  indeed,  I  never 
hired  a  man  that  sheared  as  many  as  20  in  one  day.  My  ewes 
will  shear  yearly  5  lbs.  of  wool  per  head,  my  lambs  5  lbs.  each, 
ai.d  wethers  6  lbs. ;  my  bucks  will  shear  from  7  to  9  lbs.  per 
head.  The  heaviest  ewe  fleece  last  spring  was  6  lbs.  6  oz.,  and 
the  heaviest  buck  fleece  12  lbs.  4  oz.  I  tag  my  sheep  in  the 
spring,  but  not  so  thoroughly  as  you  do.  The  buck  I  sold  you 
was  finer  than  my  others  would  average.  You  will  confess, 
doubtless,  that  he  is  a  noble  animal.  Since  I  began  my  full- 
blood  flock,  I  have  had  three  important  properties  in  view  to  com- 
bine, viz.,  constitution,  quantity,  and  quality  ;  my  success  has  at 
least  been  satisfactory  to  myself. 


LETTER  FROM  ABNER  BROWN,  OF  NORTHEAST,  DUTCHESS 
COUNTY,  NEW  YORK. 

Dear  Sir, — Yours  I  have  duly  received,  and  now  with  pleasure 
proceed  to  answer  some  of  your  interrogatories. 

My  flock  of  fine-wooled  sheep  is  small,  averaging  for  the  last 


428  APPENDIX. 

10  years  probably  160.  I  usually  shear  about  3  lbs.  of  wool  per 
head,  and  in  the  spring  chp  about  14  lbs.  of  tags  from  100  sheep. 
I  much  prefer  washing  in  a  stream  of  running  water ;  1  think 
this  mode  is  easier  for  the  washer,  and  there  is  less  risk  of  injuring 
the  animal.  Experienced  and  skilful  shearers  v/ill  sometimes 
shear  30  per  day,  and  do  their  work  well;  but  those  workmen 
who  manifest  carelessness,  or  recklessness  in  regard  to  the  com- 
fort of  sheep,  should  be  immediately  discharged.  I  think  that 
from  seventy-five  to  one  hundred  is  as  many  as  should  herd  to- 
gether in  the  winter  season.  The  building  for  shelter  should  be 
enclosed,  with  doors  to  open  and  shut,  as  circumstances  may  re- 
quire, on  the  south  side.  I  deem  it  of  vital  importance,  that 
sheep  have  easy  access  to  water,  during  the  winter  season.  If 
the  water  is  not  convenient  to  the  sheep-bam,  and  cannot  be 
brought  there,  then  carry  the  bam  to  the  water.  Some  assert 
that  sheep  will  live  in  winter  if  they  can  get  snow  ;  this  is  true, 
and  it  is  equally  true,  more  or  less  will  die  too.  Many  diseases 
are  induced  by  depriving  sheep  of  water. 

After  haying,  I  scrape  my  sheep-yards,  and  carry  the  manure 
on  to  my  meadows,  before  the  rowen  starts  much ;  in  that  way  I 
often  double  the  quantity  of  hay,  besides  improving  the  quality. 
[Mr.  Brown  made  an  experiment,  which  sarisfied  him,  that  nothing 
is  gained  by  feeding  fine-wooled  sheep  grain,  pro\aded  they  are 
well  cared  for  during  the  whole  year,  and  fed  enough  of  the  best 
quality  of  hay.] 

I  think  the  Saxon  sufficiently  hardy  to  endure  our  hard  winters 
wdth  that  care  and  attention  which  may  easily  be  given  to  all 
dumb  beasts  in  the  domestic  line,  intrusted  to  reasonable  and  ra- 
tional man.  It  is  true  that  farmers  somerimes,  either  by  breed- 
hig  in-and-in,  or  by  making  an  injudicious  cross,  will  obtain  an 
unsightly,  ill-shapen,  narrow-chested  animal,  with  weak  vitals, 
that  will  lie  downi  and  die  at  almost  any  time.  But  I  have  not 
lost  over  one  per  cent,  annually,  for  the  last  ten  years,  and  with 
large  flocks,  properly  managed,  no  greater  loss  will  accrue.  Suc- 
cess must  ever  depend  on  good  judgment  and  skill  in  management. 
[Nothing  more  true.] 

My  lambs  usually  drop  in  the  field  in  pleasant  weather  ;  but  if 
the  weather  is  stormy  or  cold,  the  ewes  are  placed  in  the  sheep- 
fold.     We  usually  raise  95  per  cent,  of  lambs  from  mature  ewes. 

The  fine-wooled  sheep  are  generally  cultivated  in  this  county 
now ;  but  there  are  some  Bakewells,  Lincolns,  Cotswolds,  and 
a  few  of  the  beautiful  South  Downs ;  there  seems  to  be  a  prevail- 
ing desire  among  fanners  in  this  vicinity  to  get  the  pure  Sax- 
ons. [Mr.  B.  uses  a  tobacco  decoction  to  destroy  ticks ;  his  local- 
ity is  well  adapted  to  sheep,  diseases  being  very  rare  ;  cures  the 
stretches  by  the  use  of  castor  oil ;  land  is  worth,  in  his  town,  from 
45  to  50  dollars  per  acre.] 


APPENDIX.  429 


LETTER  FROM  JESSE  EDINGTON,  OF  HOLLIDAY'S  COVE,  VIRGINIA. 

Dear  Sir, —  [Mr.  Edington  states,  that  liis  flock  was  formed  by 
the  purchase,  m  1821,  of  200  superior  ewes,  descended  from  Gen. 
Humphreys'  importation,  and  subsequently  by  a  portion  of  the 
celebrated  flock  of  Messrs.  Wells  and  Dickinson,  of  Ohio.]  These 
flocks  form  the  basis  of  my  present  flock  of  3000,  and  they  also 
form  the  basis  of  nearly  all  the  fine  sheep  hi  this  region  of  country. 

My  sheep  are  kept  in  flocks  of  about  200  each.  They  are  fed 
on  hay  and  com  ;  say  5  tons  to  the  100,  and  at  the  rate  of  50 
bushels  of  com  for  that  number,  which  is  fed  in  troughs,  and  half 
a  bushel  per  day.  Housing  I  think  is  necessaiy  to  protect  the 
animal  from  drenching  rains  in  winter,  as  frequent  wetting  of  the 
wool  renders  the  tops  stiff'  and  rotten,  and  the  whole  fleece  harsh 
and  apparently  coarse  ;  moreover,  injures  the  health  of  the  sheep, 
and  requires  more  provender  to  sustain  them.  In  severely  cold 
weather,  they  should  be  kept  closely  housed,  and  exposed  only  for 
the  purpose  of  obtaining  water.  [Mr.  E.  is  located  near  the  Ohio 
river,  and  raises  considerable  com,  the  stalks  of  which  he  feeds  his 
sheep  during  ^\'inter.]  I  raised  a  considerable  crop  of  sugar-beet, 
which  is  excellent  food  for  sheep,  but  expensive,  compared  with 
com.  Hay  and  com  I  think,  upon  the  whole,  the  cheapest,  best, 
and  most  convenient  feed  for  large  flocks,  with  some  oats  occa- 
sionally. 

My  average  yield  for  the  last  5  years  does  not  exceed  2^  lbs. 
per  head,  having  700  lambs,  800  to  1000  ewes,  and  the  greater 
part  of  the  flock  wot  full  grown.  I  raise  about  75  lambs  from  the 
100  ewes. 

I  wash  in  the  Ohio  river,  which  is  generally  very  clear  and  soft, 
with  a  pretty  strong  current.  We  put  about  150  in  a  feny  boat, 
anchored  a  short  distance  in  the  stream,  where  three  or  four  hands 
wash  over  the  sides  of  the  boat.  In  this  way,  a  sheep  can  be 
washed  pretty  clean  in  about  two  minutes,  and  then  they  are  per- 
mitted to  swim  ashore,  which  removes  all  remaining  dirt  and 
grease  from  the  wool.  They  are  then  put  on  a  clean  sward  from 
4  to  8  days  before  shearing.  The  wool,  washed  in  that  wa\%  vAW 
be  some  20  per  cent,  lighter  than  if  washed  in  cold,  limestone 
water.  [Mr.  Edington's  bams  are  spacious  and  convenient,  but 
his  description  is  omitted.]  I  put  my  rams  to  the  ewes  the  first 
week  in  November,  and  permit  two  or  three  to  the  100  ewes. 
The  rams  remain  with  them  about  four  weeks,  and  during  this  time 
they  are  fed  2  gills  of  com  a  day,  or  twice  that  quantity  of  oats, 
which  is  continued  for  a  month  after  their  separation  from  the 
ewes. 

Our  best  pasture  is  spear  grass  {poa  pratensis),  which  grows 
spontaneously  on  our  rich  lands,  and  will  last  the  year  round  ;  for 
early  and  late  grazing,  white  clover  is  uncertain.  We  are  obliged 
to  fodder  $ome  five  months  of  the  year.     I  sold  rny  crop  of  wool 


430  APPENDIX.. 

of  1830  to  Messrs.  Bullock  and  Davis,  at  75  cents  per  lb.,  wliich 
amounted  to  6,400  dollars.  I  raised  that  year  900  lambs,  and 
sold  800  sheep  for  2,500  dollars.  [If  Mr.  Edington's  success  has 
been  in  proportion  to  this  statement  since  the  period  he  mentions, 
is  it  not  highly  encouraging  to  our  Southern  brethren  to  under- 
take his  vocation,  of  growing  fine  wool  ?] 


LETTER    FROM    SAMUEL    GRANT,    OF   WALPOLE,    N.    HAMPSHIRE. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  esteemed  favor  of  the  16th  came  to  hand  a 
few  days  since.  I  am  gratified  to  leani  that  a  work  of  the  nature 
you  mention,  so  much  needed  by  wool-growers,  is  about  to  be 
published. 

My  flock  at  present  numbers  between  800  and  900,  Saxony, 
Merino,  and  half-bloods,  the  Saxons,  perhaps,  predominating. 
My  Saxons  are  p?<re-blooded,  bred  from  the  flocks  imported  by 
Searle  and  Kratzman,  in  1829.  For  the  last  three  or  four  years, 
I  have  crossed  part  of  my  flock  with  Jarvis  Merinos.  My  fleeces 
averaged  last  season  3  lbs.  6  oz.  well-washed  wool,  which,  con- 
sidering the  nuinber  of  Saxony  fleeces,  is  a  fair  average.  My 
sheep  (and  this  will  apply  to  every  lot  in  town)  are  closely  shel- 
tered in  winter,  and  all  have  pure  water  in  abundance  at  all 
times.  This  I  consider  absolutely  necessary.  I  feed  in  racks, 
under  the  hay -lofts,  wdth  corresponding  openings  above,  where  hay 
is  carefully  shaken  down,  at  least  three  times  a  day.  Hay  is  the 
principal  article  of  food.  I  have  sometimes  fed  straw  alone,  with 
a  bushel  of  potatoes,  (cut  by  machine)  to  100  ewes,  with  good 
success.  The  smallest,  pooreist  lambs  are  selected  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  winter  season,  and  usually  fed  with  the  better  kinds 
of  hay,  rowen,  &c.,  together  with  perhaps  half  a  pint  oats  each 
per  day.  I  feed  either  potatoes  or  oats  liberally  to  ewes,  four  to 
six  weeks  before  they  commence  having  lambs ;  litter  the  folds 
well  with  straw,  at  all  times,  to  make  them  comfortable,  and  to 
increase  the  quantity  of  manure.  I  fatten  generally  with  coiti 
— dislike  potatoes  for  this  purpose.  We  are  careful  to  waste  no 
hay,  every  particle  is  eaten,  when  the  quality  is  good ;  feeding 
without  racks  I  consider  slovenly  and  wasteful.  We  tend  our 
bucks  when  put  to  ewes,  pennitting  them  to  serve  6  or  8  per  day, 
and  are  careful  to  feed  their  lordships  high ;  they  seldom  exceed 
100  ewes,  going  but  once  to  the  same  ewe.  We  are  partial  to, 
and  take  good  care  of  our  bucks  throughout  the  year.  I  have 
used  this  fall  a  Merino  buck  which  sheared  the  past  season  13^ 
lbs.  washed  wool. 

The  Saxons  are  not  considered  too  tender  for  this  region.  We 
are  obliged  to  treat  them  carefully,  but  find  no  difficulty  at  all  in 
rearing  them.  Our  ewes  seldom  foal  out  of  doors,  except  per- 
haps during  the  day,  at  which  time  they  have  the  limits  of  the 


APPENDIX.  431 

yard.  We  oftentimes  raise  94  to  98  lambs  from  an  Imndred  ewes. 
The  price  of  pure  Saxony  ewes  varies  from  two  to  four  dollars. 
There  are  no  diseases  among  sheep  at  present  in  this  quarter,  ex- 
cept perhaps  some  cases  of  foot-rot.  The  best  remedy  for  this 
disease  is,  first,  paring  the  hoofs  closely,  and  then  apply  a  wash 
composed  of  the  following  ingredients  :  say,  4  oz.  blue  vitriol,  2 
oz.  verdigris  to  a  junk  bottle  of  urine.     This  is  "  sure  fire." 

I  have  no  means  of  ascertaining  accurately  the  amount  of  hay 
necessary  for  100  sheep  during  the  winter;  I  should  think  at 
least  12  or  13  tons.  We  are  in  the  habit  of  dipping  our  sheep  in 
a  strong  decoction  of  tobacco,  immediately  after  shearing,  for  the 
purpose  of  destroying  ticks.  We  give  salt  weekly,  but  never  feed 
tar. 

[The  feeding-racks  of  Mr.  Grant  conform  to  the  cut  Fig.  2, 
to  whom,  with  Mr.  Hodskins,  the  writer  is  indebted  for  the  de- 
sign.] 

At  the  time  Searle  and  KJratzman  imported  their  sheep,  some- 
thing hke  1000  of  the  very  best  grades  were  selected  in  Gennany, 
and  from  this  lot  about  150  again  selected  and  reserved  for  them- 
selves, being  the  cream  of  the  entire  flock.  This  last  very  supe- 
rior lot  were  given  into  my  hands  to  keep,  and  eventually  became 
mine. 


LETTER    FROM  JACOB    N.    BLAKESLEE,    OF    WATERTOWN,    LITCH- 
FIELD   COUNTY,    CONN. 

Dear  Sir, — Your  favor  has  been  received,  in  which  you  ex- 
press a  wish  to  know  the  pedigree  of  my  flock  of  Merinos,  and 
some  particulars  as  to  my  mode  of  management.  In  reference  to 
pedigree,  I  must  refer  you  to  a  statement  of  mine  on  the  subject, 
and  published  in  the  Nov.  number  of  the  Albany  Cultivator  of 
1844.  [The  following  is  an  extract :]  "My  pure  bloods  are  the 
offspring  of  some  of  the  first  that  ever  came  into  the  United  States, 
brought  into  the  country  by  David  Humphreys  in  1802,  which  were 
a  present  to  his  wife  by  her  father.  After  a  few  years,  two  pairs 
of  them  were  purchased  by  Daniel  Bacon,  of  Woodbury,  Litch- 
field county.  They  were  kept  in  their  pure  state  till  1811.  There 
was  then  an  importation  of  the  Guadaloupe  sheep  by  a  company 
formed  in  Litchfield  county  ;  John  De  Forest,  supercargo.  They 
arrived  at  New  Haven,  and  were  sold  at  auction,  Jan.  17,  1811. 
There  was  one  full-blooded  Escurial  buck,  which  was  purchased 
by  Daniel  Bacon  at  S275,  and  was  crossed  upon  those  sheep  that 
came  by  the  way  of  Mrs.  Humphreys.  He  continued  this  cross 
rill  1816  or  1817,  when  he  sold  his  Escurial  buck  to  Wilham  K. 
Lampson  for  $1,130.  He  kept  his  sheep  pure  till  the  introduc- 
tion of  Saxony  sheep.  He  then  sold  the  remainder  of  his  flock  to 
Daniel  Martin.     I  began  a  flock  of  sheep  in  1815,  that  were  im- 


432  APPENDIX. 

ported  by  Peck  &  Atwater,  New  Haven.  A  part  of  them  were 
the  Negretti  and  a  part  Montarco.  I  let  them  run  together  till 
IS'23.  I  then  procuied  the  use  of  a  buck  for  three  seasons,  bred 
by  Daniel  Bacon  from  his  Escurial  buck.  The  average  weight 
of  the  fleeces  of  the  stock  from  this  buck  was  four  pounds,  and 
the  wool  brought  me  ten  cents  a  pound  more  than  the  original 
stock.  In  1828  I  purchased  a  buck  that  was  raised  by  Daniel 
Bacon.  From  that  time  down  to  the  present,  1  have  kept  that 
blood  pure  ;  this  flock  is  now  a  cross  of  three  sorts  of  Spanish 
sheep,  and  perfectly  clear  from  native  or  Saxony  blood.  My 
farm  is  not  a  healthy  farm  for  sheep,  and  of  course  they  are  a  lit- 
tle under  size.  They  are  a  full,  round,  handsome-bodied  sheep, 
with  shortish  legs  and  a  very  round  neck.  They  have  very 
heavy  fleeces  for  their  size.  Their  wool  is  a  long  staple,  a  great 
deal  of  crimp,  and  very  compact  at  the  outer  end.  They  have 
generally  wool  about  their  face  and  on  their  legs  down  to  their 
feet.  After  taking  great  pains  to  wash  them,  the  average  weight 
of  their  fleeces  this  season  was  three  pounds  and  a  half,  and  there 
are  veiyfew  flocks  of  Saxony  sheep  any  finer.  Mr.  Samuel  Law- 
rence, of  Lowell,  who  has  had  this  wool  for  four  seasons  past,  has 
given  his  opinion  that  there  is  no  Merino  wool  that  compares  with 
it.  This  improvement  has  been  made  by  a  cross  of  the  different 
breeds.  I  am  decidedly  of  the  opinion  that  there  is  no  full-blood 
animal  equal  to  a  cross  ;  the  reason  I  give  is,  that  there  is  no  per- 
fect animal  on  the  face  of  this  earth  :  where  an  animal  is  imper- 
fect, you  can  never  remedy  the  defect  by  the  use  of  an  animal 
that  has  the  same  defect." 

I  have  for  the  last  ten  years  kept  from  four  to  six  hundred 
sheep,  but  they  were  not  all  of  the  breed  of  which  I  have  given 
the  pedigree.  My  last  clip  from  my  pure  bloods  averaged  just  3i 
lbs.  per  head,  exclusive  of  tag-wool.  I  raise  from  90  to  95  lambs 
to  the  100  ewes.  My  lambs  are  dropped  in  the  month  of  March, 
and  of  course  during  that  time  the  ewes  are  protected.  My  best 
buck  went  to  160  ewes  the  present  season,  and  was  fed  high  du- 
ring service ;  50  ewes  are  enough  for  one  buck,  if  he  is  pennitted 
to  run  altogether  with  them.  My  sheep  generally  are  fed  in  the 
open  field  in  the  winter  season,  having  sheds,  however,  to  run 
under  when  it  suits  them.  My  practice  is  to  confine  them  to 
hay  mostly,  except  my  ewes,  before  and  during  their  yeaning, 
when  they  are  grained.  I  feed  grain  also  to  my  feeble  sheep.  I 
think  a  change  of  food  very  conducive  to  the  health  of  a  flock, 
and  I  conform  to  this  opinion  as  far  as  possible.  In  regard  to  other 
particulars  of  management,  I  probably  differ  so  little  from  the 
practice  of  many  other  wool-growers,  that  it  is  needless,  perhaps, 
to  enter  into  further  details.  My  attention  is  not  confined  to  rais- 
ing of  sheep,  but  for  years  past  have  bred  many  cattle  and 
horses ;  the  former  is  of  the  Devon  blood. 


APPENDIX.  43  i 


LETTER    FROM    STEPHEN    SIBLEY,    OF   HGPKINTON,    NEW    HAMP- 
SHIRE. 

Dear  Sir, — In  answer  to  yours  of  the  14tli  inst.,  I  will  say  that 
my  flock  of  sheep  is  of  the  Saxon  breed,  and  at  this  time  numbers 
three  hundred  ;  before  my  sales  in  the  fall,  it  usually  reaches 
from  three  hundred  seventy-five  to  four  hundred.  1  began  my 
flock  in  the  fall  of  eighteen  hundred  and  twenty-one,  with  a  few 
Merinos  which  originated  from  a  flock  imported  into  this  country 
from  Spain,  and  kept  in  the  neighborhood  of  Newburyport,  Mass., 
by  a  gentleman  of  the  name  of  Gorham  Parsons.  1  bred  in  the 
same  flock  several  years,  and  then  procured  and  put  to  my  sheep 
an  imported  Merino  buck.  In  the  summer  of  1826  a  cargo  of 
very  fine  Saxony  sheep  was  imported  into  Boston,  and  sold  at 
Brighton,  Mass.  A  friend  of  mine  in  Hillsborough  county  in  this 
State  attended  the  sale  and  bought  two  bucks,  one  of  which  I 
purchased  immediately  after  his  return.  In  1828  I  introduced 
into  my  flock  a  few  Saxony  ewes.  The  principal  importers  of 
Saxony  sheep  into  New  England  were  two  gentlemen  of  Boston 
by  the  name  of  Searle.  They  purchased  in  Saxony,  for  their  own 
use,  one  hundred  ewes  and  four  bucks,  without  regard  to  price. 
That  flock  was  taken  to  Walpoie,  N.  H.,  by  Samuel  Grant,  wdio 
eventually  became  the  owner  of  it,  and  from  that  stock  I  drew  my 
male  breeders  from  1832  to  1839.  I  likewise  bought  of  the  same 
gentleman  a  few  of  his  most  approved  ewes.  In  the  fall  of  1639, 
I  visited  the  celebrated  flock  of  Electoral  Saxony  sheep  of  the 
late  Henry  D.  Grove,  of  Hoosic,  New  York,  and  bought  of  that 
gentleman  forty-seven  ewes  and  three  bucks.  Since  my  purchase 
of  Mr.  Grove,  I  have  introduced  no  sheep  from  abroad  into  my 
flock,  for  I  am  satisfied  it  cannot  be  done  from  any  flock  in  this 
country,  without  producing  a  retrograde.  I  am  an  equal  owner 
with  another  person  of  a  silver  medal,  awarded  for  the  finest 
American  wool  by  the  American  Institute  at  the  city  of  New 
York  in  1838.  The  Massachusetts  Chaiitable  Mechanic  As- 
sociation also  awarded  to  me  a  splendid  gold  medal  for  the  finest 
American  w^ool  in  1841. 

My  sheep  are  small,  beautifully  proportioned,  and  perfectly 
healthy.  I  shear  per  head  on  an  average,  after  tagging  three 
ounces  from  each,  about  two  pounds  of  wool.  I  dispose  of  all 
my  wethers  as  young  as  possible  to  give  place  to  breeders,  which 
are  more  profitable.  Were  I  to  keep  a  usual  proportion  of  full- 
grown  males  it  would  bring  up  my  average  to  about  two  and  a 
half  pounds.  I  have  made  it  a  nile  for  about  twenty  j^ears  to 
cull  from  my  flock  every  coarse  and  ordinary  ewe,  and  breed  from 
the  finest  only,  with  the  utmost  care  as  to  male  parentage.  I 
make  the  month  of  May  my  yeaning  month,  for  I  have  never 
known  a  delicately  fine-wooled  sheep  that  came  in  the  winter.  Cli- 
mate has  an  effect,  and  a  very  great  one,  on  our  flocks,  as  regards 

37 


434  APPENDLX. 

the  quality  of  wool.  All  agree  that  a  cold  climate  is  calculated 
to  produce  a  finer,  softer,  and  more  abundant  covering  for  the 
animal  creation,  than  a  hot  one,  and  for  that  reason  a  lamb  that  is 
dropped  in  May,  or  the  fore  part  of  June,  will  produce  more,  and 
better,  wool  than  one  that  comes  in  the  fall  or  fore  part  of  winter. 
By  allowing  the  male  to  go  to  the  female  in  December,  we  have 
the  whole  of  the  winter  for  the  formation  of  the  animal,  and  with 
all  the  other  parts  every  fibre  of  wool  is  formed,  and  the  lamb  is 
fitted  for  a  cold  climate,  with  a  fleece  of  the  finest  and  warmest 
kind.  After  the  perfect  fomiation  and  production  of  the  animal, 
the  heat  of  our  summers  produces  no  change  in  the  quality  of  the 
wool,  or,  if  any,  it  is  so  slight  as  to  be  wholly  unperceived. 
Sheep  that  are  at  all  times  kept  in  a  perfectly  healthy  condition, 
continue  to  produce  wool  equally  fine,  soft,  and  beautiful,  year  af- 
ter year,  till  visited  by  old  age,  and  then,  like  the  hair  of  an  aged 
person,  it  becomes  in  some  degree  more  harsh  and  rigid.  Were 
we  to  provide  for  the  birth  of  lambs  in  December,  gestation  would 
be  going  on  during  the  heat  of  summer,  and  nature,  true  to  her 
work,  would  prepare  the  lamb  with  a  hairy,  coarse  covering, 
suited  to  a  wami  cliinate.  The  broken  surface,  the  dry  summers, 
and  steadily  cold  winters  of  New  England,  New  Yojk,  Pennsylva- 
nia, seem  admirably  adapted  to  the  perfect  development  of  all  the 
valuable  properties  of  the  sheep  ;  and  it  is  certainly  true  that  the 
offspring  of  the  Spanish  and  Saxony  sheep  that  have  been  judi- 
ciously managed,  and  bred  in  this  secrion  of  country,  now  produce 
wool  more  open  and  free,  and  more  elastic  and  delicately  fine, 
than  the  imported  original  stock.  It  is  not  known  that  any  per- 
son in  this  country  has  gone  into  a  minute  calcularion  of  the 
greater  or  less  increase  of  wool  arising  from  different  kinds  of 
food  ;  nor  is  it  necessary,  for  Providence  itself  attends  to  this  bu- 
siness, and  it  will  not  lead  the  husbandman  astray  if  he  furnishes 
his  flock  with  a  variety  of  food  such  as  their  appetites  crave.  The 
disposition  of  sheep  prompts  them  to  range  over  a  precipitous 
country,  where  herbage  is  various  and  territory  extensive.  No 
domestic  animal  feeds  upon  so  many  kinds  of  plants  as  the  sheep, 
ner  does  any  so  quickly  pine  by  confinement  to  any  one  kind. 
Peculiarity  of  pasture  may  have  some  effect  upon  the  fleece, 
making  it  finer  or  coarser,  so  far  as  it  affects  the  general  health 
of  the  sheep,  and  no  farther.  The  most  perfect  and  valuable  wool 
that  can  be  produced  is  from  sheep  that  are  neither  over-fat  nor 
miserably  lean,  but  in  a  perfectly  healthy  condition.  The  main 
and  almost  entire  reliance  for  the  improvement  of  the  wool  of  our 
flocks  is  in  judicious  selection,  season  of  breeding,  patience,  and 
the  shepherd's  unceasing  attention.  By  a  long  and  undeviating 
course  in  these  practices,  our  best  flocks  may  be  made  to  yield 
fleeces  that  will  not  suffer  by  a  comparison  with  the  finest  the 
world  produces ;  and  thus  the  avaricious  may  gratify  his  desire, 
and  the  patriotic  be  prouder  of  his  country. 

During  the  inclemency  of  our  winters  sheep  should  be  well 


APPENDIX.  435 

sheltered,  but  the  stalls  at  all  times  well  ventilated  and  made  to 
accommodate  not  more  than  one  hundred.  The  wethers  ought  not 
to  be  allowed  to  go  in  the  stalls  with  the  ewes  in  winter,  nor  the 
lambs  the  first  season  of  foddering  with  either.  The  cribs  should 
be  swept  daily  and  replenished  with  hay,  cut  in  proper  season 
and  perfectly  dried,  and  made  from  all  the  usual  kinds  of  our 
grasses — the  more  kinds  the  better,  not  excluding  the  sour  ones 
that  grow  upon  our  low  lands  ;  and  weeds  and  vines  may  also  be 
included  to  advantage.  In  addition  to  hay,  about  12  quarts  of 
Indian  corn  or  an  equivalent  of  smaller  grain  ought  to  be  fed 
daily  to  a  hundred  ewes,  during  three  or  four  weeks  in  the  rut- 
ting, and  four  or  five  weeks  in  yeaning  season — beginning  the  lat- 
ter term  three  wrecks  before  yeaning.  Lambs  ought  to  be  fed 
during  the  whole  of  the  first  winter  with  about  six  quarts  of  com 
or  its  equivalent,  daily,  to  the  hundred.  Wethers  full  grown  and 
healthy  will  pass  the  winter  very  well  without  grain. 

That  management  may  be  perfect,  it  is  very  essential  that  ex- 
ercise, fresh  air,  and  green  food,  should  be  given  our  flocks  through 
all  the  winter,  and  as  often  as  four  or  five  times  each  week.  This 
can  best  be  done  by  dri\dng  them  to  the  woods  where  they  can 
browse  from  the  bushes,  or  boughs  pendant  from  large  trees.  If 
the  browse  is  beyond  their  reach,  it  ought  to  be  cut  for  them  and 
placed  in  rows  from  which  they  can  conveniently  feed  without  the 
privilege  of  running  over  it.  No  snow  is  so  deep  as  to  prevent 
this  being  done,  for,  led  by  the  shepherd,  they  make  their  own  paths 
and  use  them  when  needed.  If  browsing  sheep  is  not  practicable 
with  all  wool-growers,  they  certainly  can  give  their  flocks  exer- 
cise in  some  other  way,  and  green  food  also,  by  deahng  out  to 
them  potatoes,  or  some  kind  of  turnips,  which  will  be  better  than 
nothing  green  ;  turnips,  however,  are  not  regarded  in  this  place 
conducive  to  the  growth  of  wool. 

In  the  season  of  shearing,  sheep  ought  to  be  washed  as  clean  as 
possible  in  soft  running  water,  and  their  fleeces  suffered  to  dry  on 
them,  and  then  become  a  very  little  moist  with  the  oil  of  the  ani- 
mal before  shearing.  No  definite  time  can  be  fixed  between 
washing  and  shearing,  for  that  depends  on  the  weather.  The  honest 
wool-grower  will  readily  decide  on  the  proper  time  to  shear,  and 
be  careful  that  his  sheep  do  not  wallow  in  the  sand-bank  or  upon 
ploughed  ground,  after  the  disappearance  of  snow  in  the  spring, 
and  before  shearing. 

Sheep  of  the  Merino  and  Saxon  family  are  smaller  than  most 
other  kinds,  but  they  produce  the  finest  wool  known  in  this  or  any 
other  country.  The  size  and  quantity  of  wool  per  head  has  been 
an  objection  to  these  sheep  by  some.  It  is  calculated  that  if  the 
cash  income  of  a  large,  coarse,  individual  sheep  is  greater  than 
that  of  a  small,  fine  one,  the  coarse  sheep  are  most  profitable  to  the 
wool-grower.  These  partial  calculations  are  delusive  ;  for  it  re- 
quires the  same,  or  nearly  the  same  quantity  and  quality  of  food 


436  APPENDIX. 

to  produce  a  pound  of  wool  or  a  pound  of  mutton,  whether  it  be 
given  to  a  large  or  a  small  sheep.  The  rational  and  safe  basis  on 
which  a  profit  is  to  be  calculated  and  derived,  is  upon  the  quan- 
tity and  cost  of  food  and  the  greater  value  of  wool  and  mutton 
produced  therefrom.  Fine  sheep,  ever  since  their  introduction  into 
New  England,  have  been  duly  valued  by  some,  and  they  are  now 
coming  into  more  general  favor — the  demand  and  price  steadily 
increasing. 

The  American  who  shall  publish  a  work  on  Sheep  Husbandry, 
such  as  is  needed  and  shall  be  api)roved,  will  do  a  greater  service 
to  his  country  than  all  the  furious  politicians  in  it,  and  secure  to 
himself  a  name  as  durable  as  our  granite,  while  theirs  pass  from 
the  world  like  shadows.  I  heartily  wish  you  all  the  success  due 
to  your  laudable  undertaking. 


LETTER  FROM    SAMUEL  LAWRENCE,  OF  LOWELL,  MASSACHUSETTS. 

Dear  Sir, —  ******  That  the  properties  of  wool 
are  affected  by  herbage  and  soil,  I  have  not  a  doubt,  and  were  it 
not  inx-idious,  I  would  name  some  sections  where  wool-growers  are 
greatly  favored  by  nature.  One  thing  is  certain,  whatever  may 
be  the  character  of  the  soil,  where  there  are  good  shepherds  there 
is  sure  to  be  found  good  wool.  By  judicious  selections  and  cross- 
ing, I  believe  a  breed  may  be  reared  which  will  give  4  lbs.  of  ex- 
quisitely fine  wool  to  the  fleece. 

We  can  make  a  fine  cloth  from  a  long  staple,  if  the  felting  prop- 
erty is  right. 

As  a  general  remark,  the  wool  of  this  country  is  badly  put  up, 
the  sheep  are  not  properly  washed,  then  they  are  allowed  to  run 
too  long  after  washing  before  being  sheared  ;  and  what  is  worse, 
the  "  tags  and  stuff""  are  rolled  up  inside  the  fleece,  and  tied  with 
tow  yam.  or  heavy  twine  in  enormous  quantities.  There  are 
honorable  exceptions  to  this  usage,  and  the  names  of  the  parties  I 
should  like  to  show  up  as  models  for  their  inferiors  to  imitate. 
Manufacturers  are  quite  as  much  to  blame  in  this  business  as 
wool-growers  ;  they  have  seldom  made  sufficient  difference  in 
prices  between  wool  in  good  and  bad  condition. 

The  woollen  manufacture  of  this  country  is  on  a  more  perma- 
nent base  than  at  any  former  period  of  its  history,  as  there  are 
engaged  in  it  more  men  of  character  and  property,  and  the 
amount  of  skill  employed  is  very  great.  Should  anything  be 
done  to  injure  the  present  excellent  tariff",  the  wool-grower  will  re- 
ceive the  blow.  Our  works  are  in  full  operation  as  usual,  and  if 
we  have  no  accidents,  shall  work  over  a  million  of  pounds  this 
year.     We  are  preparing  to  extend  our  works  by  the  addition  of 


APPENDIX.  437 

a  new  mill,  which  will  require  from  three  to  four  hundred  thou- 
sand pounds  more  per  annum ;  this  will  not  be  completed  till  the 
fall  of  1846. 

If  the  wool-growers  of  this  country  will  carry  on  their  business 
wnth  as  much  heart  and  spirit  as  the  Middlesex  Company,  the 
time  is  not  distant  when  we  shall  export  woollens  to  foreign 
countries. 

37* 


September,  1845. 

MESSRS.  HARPER  AND  BROTHERS 

PUBLISH  THIS  DAY, 

ELEMENTS  OF  MORALITY  AND  POLITY, 

BY   PROF.  WHEWELL 

This  valuable  new  production,  from  the  pen  of  one  of  the 
most  eminent  scholars  of  the  age,  exhibits  in  a  lucid,  exact, 
and  elegant  style,  the  great  principles  of  moral,  political, 
and  ecclesiastical  science  in  a  far  more  complete  and  me- 
thodical manner  than  has  ever  yet  been  presented  to  the 
public.  In  offering  this  work  to  the  American  reader,  the 
Publishers  beg  leave  to  introduce  it  as  the  commencement 
of  a  new  and  attractive  series  oi  sterling  books,  to  be  is- 
sued by  them,  under  the  general  designation  of 

Harper's  New  Miscellany. 

The  volumes  of  which  will  be  legibly  printed,  in  duodecimo, 
on  fine  paper,  and  bound  in  extra  muslin  gilt. 

Price  Fifty  Cents  a  Volume, 

and  issued  at  short  intervals. 
To  render  accessible  to  the  million  the  fullest  advanta- 
ges of  popular  instruction  in  the  various  divisions  of  human 
knowledge  is  the  design  of  the  above  series.  It  is  apparent 
in  the  present  day  that  books  of  intrinsic  value  are  de- 
manded by  the  people.  Formerly  the  popular  taste  prefer- 
red mainly  works  of  mere  amusement;  the  great  body  of 
readers  now  seek  them  as  vehicles  of  general  knowledge 
— books  of  a  more  permanently  valuable  cast — devoted  to 
some  of  the  departments  of  science  or  general  literature. 
A  new  race  has  sprung  up,  glowing  with  the  first  ener- 
gies of  youth,  requiring  more  expanded  ideas  of  the  world 
in  which  they  live,  and  a  more  reliable  and  well-digested 
knowledge  of  the  men,  and  the  events  of  other  times  and 
countries.  A  class  of  books  expressly  adapted  to  this  de- 
mand it  is  the  aim  of  the  Publishers  to  supply,  and  at 


a  price  so  exceedingly  cheap  that  every  person  of  ordinary 
taste  and  advantages  may  thus  become  possessed  of  a 

Complete  Library  of  the  Selectcst  Litera- 
ture of  the  Language  and  the  Age. 

In  this  collection  it  is  intended  to  include  the  best  pro 
ductions  in  every  department  of  knowledge  ;  popular  philo- 
sophical treatises  on  topics  of  universal  interest ;  the  most 
compact  and  brilliant  historical  books  ;  valuable  biographi- 
cal memoirs  ;  modern  voyages  and  travels,  &c.  ;  together 
with  scientific  and  other  collateral  divisions  ;  in  the  selec- 
tion of  all  which,  the  most  careful  discrimination  will  be  ob- 
served. A  mere  glance  over  the  wide  domain  of  our  English 
literature  will  exhibit  much  yet  unexplored  and  uncultiva- 
ted, from  which  might  be  gathered  the  fruits  of  a  rich,  lux- 
uriant harvest ;  besides  which,  the  ever-teeming  issues  of 
the  European  press  open  up  a  vast  revenue  of  literary 
wealth,  from  which  the  above  collection  may  be  liberally 
supplied.  Original  productions  of  American  writers  will 
also  occasionally  be  introduced.  In  submitting,  therefore, 
the  esteemed  work  of  Prof.  Whew^ell  as  a  kind  of  first-fruits 
of  their  new  "  Miscellany,"  the  publishers  deem  it  only 
necessary  to  add,  that  their  arrangements  for  carrying  for- 
ward the  enterprise  being  of  the  most  complete  and  efficient 
kind,  they  confidently  rely  upon  their  efforts  being  met  with 
a  ready  response  from  the  entire  reading  community. 

This,  they  venture  to  believe,  will  be  insured  to  their 
Miscellany,  no  less  from  the  intrinsic  value  of  the  collec- 
tion, than  from  its  unparalleled  economy  ;  each  volume 
being  elegantly  produced,  bound  in  handsome  and  substan- 
tial STYLE,  FITTED  WITHOUT  FARTHER  EXPENSE  FOR  PERMA- 
NENT PRESERVATION  IN  THE  LiBRARY ;  the  wholc  serics  be- 
ing issued  in  uniform  binding,  while  the  price  of  each  vol- 
ume will  be  only  Fifty  Cents,  far  below  the  cost  of  any  sim- 
ilar series  of  books  yet  published  in  this,  or,  it  is  bel'evc*, 
any  other  country. 


^ 


wy^', 


'u/^ 


w////y////////////////////^^^^ 


^^//^//^^/^//yj&j 


y///////////y///////////////y////y//////^A£jt^j/jjjfj^